Papers, guidelines and statements
Ordered by record ID. Record IDs are permanent.
REF-001
Paper, guideline or statement
ACT Wellbeing Framework
ACT Government · n.d. · ACT Government
ACT Government tracks quality of life across twelve wellbeing domains and a Personal Wellbeing Index covering standard of living, health, achievement, relationships, safety, community connectedness and future security. A dashboard of 56 indicators, updated every two years, informs ACT Budget decisions and shows where some community groups sit below average wellbeing.
Full APA reference
ACT Government. (n.d.). ACT Wellbeing Framework. https://www.act.gov.au/wellbeing
View the source
Related items: GOV-158
All fields
- ID
- REF-001
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- ACT Government
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- ACT Wellbeing Framework
- Description
- ACT Government tracks quality of life across twelve wellbeing domains and a Personal Wellbeing Index covering standard of living, health, achievement, relationships, safety, community connectedness and future security. A dashboard of 56 indicators, updated every two years, informs ACT Budget decisions and shows where some community groups sit below average wellbeing.
- Publication or publisher
- ACT Government
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - ACT
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.act.gov.au/wellbeing
- Related items
- GOV-158
- Full APA reference
- ACT Government. (n.d.). ACT Wellbeing Framework. https://www.act.gov.au/wellbeing
- Same document as
- GOV-158
REF-002
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine and the science of cholesterol reduction: A systematic review of non-medication approaches among adults
Akewe, T. O., Taiwo, O., Ejiyooye, T. F., Achara, K. E., Adebiyi, O., & Okoye, E. J. · 2026 · Cureus, 18(8), e115435
Systematic review of non-drug cholesterol approaches in adults, finding Mediterranean and plant-based eating lowered LDL cholesterol, while regular activity cut triglycerides and raised HDL; poor sleep and smoking worsened lipids. Supports offering diet, movement, sleep and stress care alongside medication, with adherence the main limit.
Full APA reference
Akewe, T. O., Taiwo, O., Ejiyooye, T. F., Achara, K. E., Adebiyi, O., & Okoye, E. J. (2026). Lifestyle medicine and the science of cholesterol reduction: A systematic review of non-medication approaches among adults. Cureus, 18(8), e115435. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.115435
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 30 August 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-002
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Akewe, T. O., Taiwo, O., Ejiyooye, T. F., Achara, K. E., Adebiyi, O., & Okoye, E. J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine and the science of cholesterol reduction: A systematic review of non-medication approaches among adults
- Description
- Systematic review of non-drug cholesterol approaches in adults, finding Mediterranean and plant-based eating lowered LDL cholesterol, while regular activity cut triglycerides and raised HDL; poor sleep and smoking worsened lipids. Supports offering diet, movement, sleep and stress care alongside medication, with adherence the main limit.
- Publication or publisher
- Cureus, 18(8), e115435
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.115435
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.115435
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 30 August 2026
- Full APA reference
- Akewe, T. O., Taiwo, O., Ejiyooye, T. F., Achara, K. E., Adebiyi, O., & Okoye, E. J. (2026). Lifestyle medicine and the science of cholesterol reduction: A systematic review of non-medication approaches among adults. Cureus, 18(8), e115435. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.115435
REF-003
Paper, guideline or statement
Applying the time needed to treat to NICE guidelines on lifestyle interventions
Albarqouni, L., Montori, V., Jørgensen, K. J., Ringsten, M., Bulbeck, H., & Johannson, M · 2023 · BMJ Evidence-Based Medicine, bmjebm-2022-112225
Albarqouni and colleagues applied the time needed to treat measure to the individually oriented lifestyle interventions NICE recommends, estimating clinician hours needed to deliver them to all eligible UK adults. Their estimates suggest the NHS employs too few clinicians to comply, so panels should weigh opportunity costs against population level prevention.
Full APA reference
Albarqouni, L., Montori, V., Jørgensen, K. J., Ringsten, M., Bulbeck, H., & Johannson, M. (2023). Applying the time needed to treat to NICE guidelines on lifestyle interventions. BMJ Evidence-Based Medicine, bmjebm-2022-112225. https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJEBM-2022-112225
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-003
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Albarqouni, L., Montori, V., Jørgensen, K. J., Ringsten, M., Bulbeck, H., & Johannson, M
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Applying the time needed to treat to NICE guidelines on lifestyle interventions
- Description
- Albarqouni and colleagues applied the time needed to treat measure to the individually oriented lifestyle interventions NICE recommends, estimating clinician hours needed to deliver them to all eligible UK adults. Their estimates suggest the NHS employs too few clinicians to comply, so panels should weigh opportunity costs against population level prevention.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Evidence-Based Medicine, bmjebm-2022-112225
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJEBM-2022-112225
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJEBM-2022-112225
- Full APA reference
- Albarqouni, L., Montori, V., Jørgensen, K. J., Ringsten, M., Bulbeck, H., & Johannson, M. (2023). Applying the time needed to treat to NICE guidelines on lifestyle interventions. BMJ Evidence-Based Medicine, bmjebm-2022-112225. https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJEBM-2022-112225
REF-004
Paper, guideline or statement
ACLM releases updated dietary position statement
American College of Lifestyle Medicine (Karlsen, M.) · 2026 · American College of Lifestyle Medicine
Position statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine, developed by an expert panel over a year for its 15,000 members, framing food as medicine as a continuum from prevention to disease reversal. Sets nutrition competencies and culturally tailored support for underserved groups.
Full APA reference
Karlsen, M. (2026, February 9). ACLM releases updated dietary position statement. American College of Lifestyle Medicine. https://lifestylemedicine.org/aclm-releases-updated-dietary-position-statement/
View the source
Verified publication date: 9 February 2026 (page states "Feb 9, 2026")
All fields
- ID
- REF-004
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine (Karlsen, M.)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- ACLM releases updated dietary position statement
- Description
- Position statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine, developed by an expert panel over a year for its 15,000 members, framing food as medicine as a continuum from prevention to disease reversal. Sets nutrition competencies and culturally tailored support for underserved groups.
- Publication or publisher
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://lifestylemedicine.org/aclm-releases-updated-dietary-position-statement/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 9 February 2026 (page states "Feb 9, 2026")
- Full APA reference
- Karlsen, M. (2026, February 9). ACLM releases updated dietary position statement. American College of Lifestyle Medicine. https://lifestylemedicine.org/aclm-releases-updated-dietary-position-statement/
REF-005
Paper, guideline or statement
Homepage
Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine · 2025
Homepage of the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine, formerly the Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine, launched 2015 with over 950 members, offering training across the six pillars, a fellowship pathway, practitioner directory and advocacy. Useful entry point for referral, credentialing and professional development.
Full APA reference
Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/
View the source
ASLM is a health promotion charity working towards improved prevention, management and treatment of chronic, complex and lifestyle-related conditions. Lifestyle-related includes environmental, societal and behavioural factors. Now trading as the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine; earlier publications appear under the former name.
All fields
- ID
- REF-005
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Homepage
- Description
- Homepage of the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine, formerly the Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine, launched 2015 with over 950 members, offering training across the six pillars, a fellowship pathway, practitioner directory and advocacy. Useful entry point for referral, credentialing and professional development.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Societies / Research Centres
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/
- Verification note
- ASLM is a health promotion charity working towards improved prevention, management and treatment of chronic, complex and lifestyle-related conditions. Lifestyle-related includes environmental, societal and behavioural factors. Now trading as the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine; earlier publications appear under the former name.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/
REF-006
Paper, guideline or statement
National framework for alcohol, tobacco and other drug treatment 2019–2029
Australian Government Department of Health · 2019
Covering 2019 to 2029, the framework aims for everyone seeking alcohol, tobacco, prescribed medicine or other drug treatment to access quality care, structured around harm reduction, screening and assessment, and intensive interventions. Principles guide treatment planning, purchasing, monitoring and partnerships, with the Ministerial Drug and Alcohol Forum overseeing implementation; primary prevention falls outside scope.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health. (2019). National framework for alcohol, tobacco and other drug treatment 2019–2029. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-framework-for-alcohol-tobacco-and-other-drug-treatment-2019-29
View the source
Related items: REF-585
All fields
- ID
- REF-006
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- National framework for alcohol, tobacco and other drug treatment 2019–2029
- Description
- Covering 2019 to 2029, the framework aims for everyone seeking alcohol, tobacco, prescribed medicine or other drug treatment to access quality care, structured around harm reduction, screening and assessment, and intensive interventions. Principles guide treatment planning, purchasing, monitoring and partnerships, with the Ministerial Drug and Alcohol Forum overseeing implementation; primary prevention falls outside scope.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-framework-for-alcohol-tobacco-and-other-drug-treatment-2019-29
- Related items
- REF-585
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health. (2019). National framework for alcohol, tobacco and other drug treatment 2019–2029. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-framework-for-alcohol-tobacco-and-other-drug-treatment-2019-29
REF-007
Paper, guideline or statement
National preventive health strategy 2021–2030
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care · 2021
Running 2021 to 2030, the strategy sets seven focus areas: tobacco and nicotine, healthy diet, physical activity, cancer screening, immunisation, alcohol and drug harm, and mental health promotion. Targets include 5% of health spending on prevention by 2030 and three extra years of full health for the lowest socioeconomic quintiles and First Nations people.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2021). National preventive health strategy 2021–2030. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-preventive-health-strategy-2021-2030
View the source
Related items: GOV-019
All fields
- ID
- REF-007
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- National preventive health strategy 2021–2030
- Description
- Running 2021 to 2030, the strategy sets seven focus areas: tobacco and nicotine, healthy diet, physical activity, cancer screening, immunisation, alcohol and drug harm, and mental health promotion. Targets include 5% of health spending on prevention by 2030 and three extra years of full health for the lowest socioeconomic quintiles and First Nations people.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-preventive-health-strategy-2021-2030
- Related items
- GOV-019
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2021). National preventive health strategy 2021–2030. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-preventive-health-strategy-2021-2030
- Same document as
- GOV-019
REF-008
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical activity and exercise guidelines for all Australians
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care · 2021
Australia's 24 hour movement guidelines set advice for infants, children, adults, older adults, pregnancy, disability and chronic conditions, treating physical activity, sitting, screen time and sleep as one package. Benchmarks include 30 minutes tummy time for babies, three hours energetic play at ages one to two, and no screen time before age two.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2021, May 7). Physical activity and exercise guidelines for all Australians. https://www.health.gov.au/topics/physical-activity-and-exercise/physical-activity-and-exercise-guidelines-for-all-australians
View the source
Related items: REF-507
All fields
- ID
- REF-008
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Physical activity and exercise guidelines for all Australians
- Description
- Australia's 24 hour movement guidelines set advice for infants, children, adults, older adults, pregnancy, disability and chronic conditions, treating physical activity, sitting, screen time and sleep as one package. Benchmarks include 30 minutes tummy time for babies, three hours energetic play at ages one to two, and no screen time before age two.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/topics/physical-activity-and-exercise/physical-activity-and-exercise-guidelines-for-all-australians
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2021, May 7). Physical activity and exercise guidelines for all Australians. https://www.health.gov.au/topics/physical-activity-and-exercise/physical-activity-and-exercise-guidelines-for-all-australians
REF-009
Paper, guideline or statement
National Obesity Strategy 2022–2032 – At a glance – Summary with a logic framework
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care · 2022
Prepared by the Health Ministers Meeting for 2022 to 2032, it sets goals for healthy environments, empowering people and early intervention, plus principles on equity and weight stigma. Targets for 2030 include five daily serves of vegetables, cutting discretionary food energy from over 30% to under 20%, and halting the rise in adult obesity.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2022). National Obesity Strategy 2022–2032 – At a glance – Summary with a logic framework. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-obesity-strategy-2022-2032-at-a-glance-summary-with-a-logic-framework?language=en
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-009
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- National Obesity Strategy 2022–2032 – At a glance – Summary with a logic framework
- Description
- Prepared by the Health Ministers Meeting for 2022 to 2032, it sets goals for healthy environments, empowering people and early intervention, plus principles on equity and weight stigma. Targets for 2030 include five daily serves of vegetables, cutting discretionary food energy from over 30% to under 20%, and halting the rise in adult obesity.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-obesity-strategy-2022-2032-at-a-glance-summary-with-a-logic-framework?language=en
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care. (2022). National Obesity Strategy 2022–2032 – At a glance – Summary with a logic framework. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-obesity-strategy-2022-2032-at-a-glance-summary-with-a-logic-framework?language=en
REF-010
Paper, guideline or statement
National Strategic Framework for Chronic Conditions 2026-35
Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing · 2026 · Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
Refreshing the 2017 to 2025 edition, the Department of Health, Disability and Ageing sets seven principles for 2026 to 2035, including equity, person centred multidisciplinary care, sustainability and climate resilience. Shaped by over 400 consultation submissions, it steers policy towards prevention and multimorbidity, asking that care be holistic, culturally safe and trauma informed.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. (2026). National Strategic Framework for Chronic Conditions 2026-35. Commonwealth of Australia. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-strategic-framework-for-chronic-conditions
View the source
Related items: REF-012, GOV-003
Verified publication date: 2 March 2026 (departmental launch news page "New 10-year framework and program for chronic condition launched", dated 2 March 2026; framework document titled 2026-35) Supersedes the 2017 to 2025 framework, recorded at REF-012.
All fields
- ID
- REF-010
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- National Strategic Framework for Chronic Conditions 2026-35
- Description
- Refreshing the 2017 to 2025 edition, the Department of Health, Disability and Ageing sets seven principles for 2026 to 2035, including equity, person centred multidisciplinary care, sustainability and climate resilience. Shaped by over 400 consultation submissions, it steers policy towards prevention and multimorbidity, asking that care be holistic, culturally safe and trauma informed.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-strategic-framework-for-chronic-conditions
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 2 March 2026 (departmental launch news page "New 10-year framework and program for chronic condition launched", dated 2 March 2026; framework document titled 2026-35) Supersedes the 2017 to 2025 framework, recorded at REF-012.
- Related items
- REF-012; GOV-003
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. (2026). National Strategic Framework for Chronic Conditions 2026-35. Commonwealth of Australia. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/national-strategic-framework-for-chronic-conditions
- Same document as
- GOV-003
REF-011
Paper, guideline or statement
Measuring what matters: Australia's first wellbeing framework
Australian Government Treasury · 2023
Treasury's framework organises wellbeing into five themes, healthy, secure, sustainable, cohesive and prosperous, supported by 12 dimensions and 50 indicators, with inclusion, equity and fairness cutting across them. The healthy theme covers physical and mental health and service access, and Treasury commits to guidance helping agencies embed the framework in policy development and evaluation.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Treasury. (2023). Measuring what matters: Australia's first wellbeing framework. https://treasury.gov.au/policy-topics/measuring-what-matters
View the source
Related items: GOV-012
All fields
- ID
- REF-011
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Treasury
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Measuring what matters: Australia's first wellbeing framework
- Description
- Treasury's framework organises wellbeing into five themes, healthy, secure, sustainable, cohesive and prosperous, supported by 12 dimensions and 50 indicators, with inclusion, equity and fairness cutting across them. The healthy theme covers physical and mental health and service access, and Treasury commits to guidance helping agencies embed the framework in policy development and evaluation.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://treasury.gov.au/policy-topics/measuring-what-matters
- Related items
- GOV-012
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Treasury. (2023). Measuring what matters: Australia's first wellbeing framework. https://treasury.gov.au/policy-topics/measuring-what-matters
- Same document as
- GOV-012
REF-012
Paper, guideline or statement
National strategic framework for chronic conditions
Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council · 2017 · Australian Government Department of Health
Agreed by the Australian Health Ministers' Advisory Council for 2017 to 2025, it set three objectives: prevention, efficient and appropriate care to optimise quality of life, and targeting priority populations. Eleven strategic priority areas span risk reduction, critical life stages, early detection, continuity of care and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health.
Full APA reference
Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council. (2017). National strategic framework for chronic conditions. Australian Government Department of Health. https://extranet.who.int/ncdccs/Data/AUS_NCD_National%20Strategic%20Framework%20for%20Chronic%20Conditions.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-010
The health.gov.au landing page now serves the 2026–35 edition, so this record points at the full 2017 framework held in the WHO noncommunicable disease document repository, carrying the copyright line © Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council 2017 and stating a 2017 to 2025 period. Verified 8 September 2026. Superseded by REF-010.
All fields
- ID
- REF-012
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- National strategic framework for chronic conditions
- Description
- Agreed by the Australian Health Ministers' Advisory Council for 2017 to 2025, it set three objectives: prevention, efficient and appropriate care to optimise quality of life, and targeting priority populations. Eleven strategic priority areas span risk reduction, critical life stages, early detection, continuity of care and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Government Department of Health
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines; Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://extranet.who.int/ncdccs/Data/AUS_NCD_National%20Strategic%20Framework%20for%20Chronic%20Conditions.pdf
- Verification note
- The health.gov.au landing page now serves the 2026–35 edition, so this record points at the full 2017 framework held in the WHO noncommunicable disease document repository, carrying the copyright line © Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council 2017 and stating a 2017 to 2025 period. Verified 8 September 2026. Superseded by REF-010.
- Related items
- REF-010
- Full APA reference
- Australian Health Ministers’ Advisory Council. (2017). National strategic framework for chronic conditions. Australian Government Department of Health. https://extranet.who.int/ncdccs/Data/AUS_NCD_National%20Strategic%20Framework%20for%20Chronic%20Conditions.pdf
REF-013
Paper, guideline or statement
Behaviours & risk factors
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025
The Australian Institute of Health and Welfare collects its national reporting on behavioural risk factors here, including Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia, illicit drug use, and Injury in Australia. Continuously updated web reports and data tables give clinicians and policy staff current prevalence baselines for substance use, injury and accidental poisoning.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Behaviours & risk factors. Retrieved May 14, 2025, from https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/behaviours-risk-factors
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-013
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Behaviours & risk factors
- Description
- The Australian Institute of Health and Welfare collects its national reporting on behavioural risk factors here, including Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia, illicit drug use, and Injury in Australia. Continuously updated web reports and data tables give clinicians and policy staff current prevalence baselines for substance use, injury and accidental poisoning.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/behaviours-risk-factors
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Behaviours & risk factors. Retrieved May 14, 2025, from https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/behaviours-risk-factors
REF-014
Paper, guideline or statement
Clinician experiences of healthy lifestyle promotion and perceptions of digital interventions as complementary tools for lifestyle behavior change in primary care
Berman, K., Kolaas, E., Petersén, P., Bendtsen, E., Hedman, C., Linderoth, U., ... & Thurang, A · 2018 · BMC Family Practice, 19(1), 139
Qualitative Swedish study, 10 focus groups with 46 primary care clinicians, finding they want structured, evidence based lifestyle routines and view digital tools as complements rather than replacements for personal consultations. Points to where technology can extend, not substitute, lifestyle counselling.
Full APA reference
Berman, K., Kolaas, E., Petersén, P., Bendtsen, E., Hedman, C., Linderoth, U., ... & Thurang, A. (2018). Clinician experiences of healthy lifestyle promotion and perceptions of digital interventions as complementary tools for lifestyle behavior change in primary care. BMC Family Practice, 19(1), 139. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-018-0829-z
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-014
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Berman, K., Kolaas, E., Petersén, P., Bendtsen, E., Hedman, C., Linderoth, U., ... & Thurang, A
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Clinician experiences of healthy lifestyle promotion and perceptions of digital interventions as complementary tools for lifestyle behavior change in primary care
- Description
- Qualitative Swedish study, 10 focus groups with 46 primary care clinicians, finding they want structured, evidence based lifestyle routines and view digital tools as complements rather than replacements for personal consultations. Points to where technology can extend, not substitute, lifestyle counselling.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Family Practice, 19(1), 139
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-018-0829-z
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-018-0829-z
- Full APA reference
- Berman, K., Kolaas, E., Petersén, P., Bendtsen, E., Hedman, C., Linderoth, U., ... & Thurang, A. (2018). Clinician experiences of healthy lifestyle promotion and perceptions of digital interventions as complementary tools for lifestyle behavior change in primary care. BMC Family Practice, 19(1), 139. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-018-0829-z
REF-015
Paper, guideline or statement
Barriers and facilitators perceived by healthcare professionals for implementing lifestyle interventions in patients with osteoarthritis: A scoping review
Bouma, S. E., Van Beek, J. F. E., Diercks, R. L., Van Der Woude, L. H. V., Stevens, M., & Van Den Akker-Scheek, I · 2022 · BMJ Open, 12(2)
Scoping review of 36 articles yielding 809 factors across nine domains on delivering lifestyle interventions in hip and knee osteoarthritis. Barriers included weak interdisciplinary collaboration, low patient health literacy and clinician skill gaps, showing training and team design matter as much as the intervention itself.
Full APA reference
Bouma, S. E., Van Beek, J. F. E., Diercks, R. L., Van Der Woude, L. H. V., Stevens, M., & Van Den Akker-Scheek, I. (2022). Barriers and facilitators perceived by healthcare professionals for implementing lifestyle interventions in patients with osteoarthritis: A scoping review. BMJ Open, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2021-056831
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-015
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Bouma, S. E., Van Beek, J. F. E., Diercks, R. L., Van Der Woude, L. H. V., Stevens, M., & Van Den Akker-Scheek, I
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Barriers and facilitators perceived by healthcare professionals for implementing lifestyle interventions in patients with osteoarthritis: A scoping review
- Description
- Scoping review of 36 articles yielding 809 factors across nine domains on delivering lifestyle interventions in hip and knee osteoarthritis. Barriers included weak interdisciplinary collaboration, low patient health literacy and clinician skill gaps, showing training and team design matter as much as the intervention itself.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open, 12(2)
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2021-056831
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2021-056831
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Bouma, S. E., Van Beek, J. F. E., Diercks, R. L., Van Der Woude, L. H. V., Stevens, M., & Van Den Akker-Scheek, I. (2022). Barriers and facilitators perceived by healthcare professionals for implementing lifestyle interventions in patients with osteoarthritis: A scoping review. BMJ Open, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2021-056831
REF-016
Paper, guideline or statement
Nature and mental health: An ecosystem service perspective
Bratman, G. N., Anderson, C. B., Berman, M. G., Cochran, B., de Vries, S., Flanders, J., Folke, C., Frumkin, H., Gross, J. J., Hartig, T., Kahn, P. H., Kuo, M., Lawler, J. J., Levin, P. S., Lindahl, T., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Mitchell, R., Ouyang, Z., Roe, J., … Daily, G. C · 2019 · Science Advances, 5(7)
Consensus framework from an international working group linking natural features, exposure, experience and mental health effects, agreeing nature contact raises wellbeing and lowers some mental illness risk while access shrinks worldwide. Lets planners and clinicians treat green space as health infrastructure.
Full APA reference
Bratman, G. N., Anderson, C. B., Berman, M. G., Cochran, B., de Vries, S., Flanders, J., Folke, C., Frumkin, H., Gross, J. J., Hartig, T., Kahn, P. H., Kuo, M., Lawler, J. J., Levin, P. S., Lindahl, T., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Mitchell, R., Ouyang, Z., Roe, J., … Daily, G. C. (2019). Nature and mental health: An ecosystem service perspective. Science Advances, 5(7).https://doi.org/10.1126/SCIADV.AAX0903
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-016
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Bratman, G. N., Anderson, C. B., Berman, M. G., Cochran, B., de Vries, S., Flanders, J., Folke, C., Frumkin, H., Gross, J. J., Hartig, T., Kahn, P. H., Kuo, M., Lawler, J. J., Levin, P. S., Lindahl, T., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Mitchell, R., Ouyang, Z., Roe, J., … Daily, G. C
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Nature and mental health: An ecosystem service perspective
- Description
- Consensus framework from an international working group linking natural features, exposure, experience and mental health effects, agreeing nature contact raises wellbeing and lowers some mental illness risk while access shrinks worldwide. Lets planners and clinicians treat green space as health infrastructure.
- Publication or publisher
- Science Advances, 5(7)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1126/SCIADV.AAX0903
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1126/SCIADV.AAX0903
- Full APA reference
- Bratman, G. N., Anderson, C. B., Berman, M. G., Cochran, B., de Vries, S., Flanders, J., Folke, C., Frumkin, H., Gross, J. J., Hartig, T., Kahn, P. H., Kuo, M., Lawler, J. J., Levin, P. S., Lindahl, T., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Mitchell, R., Ouyang, Z., Roe, J., … Daily, G. C. (2019). Nature and mental health: An ecosystem service perspective. Science Advances, 5(7).https://doi.org/10.1126/SCIADV.AAX0903
REF-017
Paper, guideline or statement
Updated Canadian recommendations for talking with patients about alcohol and managing high-risk drinking and alcohol use disorder
Canadian Research Initiative on Substance Matters (Wood, E., & Rehm, J., co-chairs) · 2026 · Canadian Medical Association Journal / BC Centre on Substance Use
Canadian recommendations released May 2026, informed by a systematic review of screening tools, replacing long routine questionnaires with a short permission seeking question and targeted follow up for people drinking at risk. Frees clinician time and makes alcohol conversations less confronting in primary care.
Full APA reference
BC Centre on Substance Use. (2026, May 4). New Canadian recommendations aim to redefine how health professionals talk to their patients about alcohol [News release]. https://www.bccsu.ca/blog/news-release/new-canadian-recommendations-aim-to-redefine-how-health-professionals-talk-to-their-patients-about-alcohol/
View the source
Related items: REF-567
Verified publication date: 4 May 2026 (guideline DOI 10.1503/cmaj.251759 cited on the release)
All fields
- ID
- REF-017
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Canadian Research Initiative on Substance Matters (Wood, E., & Rehm, J., co-chairs)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Updated Canadian recommendations for talking with patients about alcohol and managing high-risk drinking and alcohol use disorder
- Description
- Canadian recommendations released May 2026, informed by a systematic review of screening tools, replacing long routine questionnaires with a short permission seeking question and targeted follow up for people drinking at risk. Frees clinician time and makes alcohol conversations less confronting in primary care.
- Publication or publisher
- Canadian Medical Association Journal / BC Centre on Substance Use
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.bccsu.ca/blog/news-release/new-canadian-recommendations-aim-to-redefine-how-health-professionals-talk-to-their-patients-about-alcohol/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 4 May 2026 (guideline DOI 10.1503/cmaj.251759 cited on the release)
- Related items
- REF-567
- Full APA reference
- BC Centre on Substance Use. (2026, May 4). New Canadian recommendations aim to redefine how health professionals talk to their patients about alcohol [News release]. https://www.bccsu.ca/blog/news-release/new-canadian-recommendations-aim-to-redefine-how-health-professionals-talk-to-their-patients-about-alcohol/
REF-018
Paper, guideline or statement
Canadian 24-Hour Movement Guidelines: An integration of physical activity, sedentary behaviour, and sleep
Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology · 2025
Canadian guidelines treating activity, sitting time and sleep as one 24 hour package, with recommendations for ages 0 to 4, 5 to 17, 18 to 64 and 65 plus, and advice to swap sitting for activity. Offers a whole day model suited to lifestyle consultations.
Full APA reference
Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology. (2025). Canadian 24-Hour Movement Guidelines: An integration of physical activity, sedentary behaviour, and sleep. Retrieved from https://csepguidelines.ca/
View the source
Related items: REF-507
All fields
- ID
- REF-018
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Canadian 24-Hour Movement Guidelines: An integration of physical activity, sedentary behaviour, and sleep
- Description
- Canadian guidelines treating activity, sitting time and sleep as one 24 hour package, with recommendations for ages 0 to 4, 5 to 17, 18 to 64 and 65 plus, and advice to swap sitting for activity. Offers a whole day model suited to lifestyle consultations.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://csepguidelines.ca/
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology. (2025). Canadian 24-Hour Movement Guidelines: An integration of physical activity, sedentary behaviour, and sleep. Retrieved from https://csepguidelines.ca/
REF-019
Paper, guideline or statement
CSEP expands Canada's 24-Hour Movement Guidelines with multilingual resources to advance health equity
Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology · 2026 · Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology
Announcement that Canada's 24 hour movement guidelines and supporting tools are now available in 12 languages, including Arabic, Tagalog, Mandarin, Punjabi and Spanish, alongside primary care and physiotherapy toolkits. Treats language access as a determinant of health, a model for equitable lifestyle advice.
Full APA reference
Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology. (2026, March 11). CSEP expands Canada's 24-Hour Movement Guidelines with multilingual resources to advance health equity. https://csep.ca/2026/03/11/csep-expands-canadas-24-hour-movement-guidelines-with-multilingual-resources-to-advance-health-equity/
View the source
Verified publication date: 11 March 2026 (page states "Ottawa, ON - March 11, 2026")
All fields
- ID
- REF-019
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- CSEP expands Canada's 24-Hour Movement Guidelines with multilingual resources to advance health equity
- Description
- Announcement that Canada's 24 hour movement guidelines and supporting tools are now available in 12 languages, including Arabic, Tagalog, Mandarin, Punjabi and Spanish, alongside primary care and physiotherapy toolkits. Treats language access as a determinant of health, a model for equitable lifestyle advice.
- Publication or publisher
- Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://csep.ca/2026/03/11/csep-expands-canadas-24-hour-movement-guidelines-with-multilingual-resources-to-advance-health-equity/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 11 March 2026 (page states "Ottawa, ON - March 11, 2026")
- Full APA reference
- Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology. (2026, March 11). CSEP expands Canada's 24-Hour Movement Guidelines with multilingual resources to advance health equity. https://csep.ca/2026/03/11/csep-expands-canadas-24-hour-movement-guidelines-with-multilingual-resources-to-advance-health-equity/
REF-020
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle risk factors and the primary prevention of cancer
Cancer Australia · 2025
Cancer Australia's position statement, endorsed by Cancer Council Australia, holds at least one third of cancers are preventable and potentially over half avoidable when healthy lifestyle is combined with regular screening. It directs adults towards modifiable lifestyle factors and screening, giving clinicians agency backing to treat prevention as core cancer control rather than optional advice.
Full APA reference
Cancer Australia. (2025). Lifestyle risk factors and the primary prevention of cancer. https://www.canceraustralia.gov.au/resources/position-statements/lifestyle-risk-factors-and-primary-prevention-cancer
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-020
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Cancer Australia
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Lifestyle risk factors and the primary prevention of cancer
- Description
- Cancer Australia's position statement, endorsed by Cancer Council Australia, holds at least one third of cancers are preventable and potentially over half avoidable when healthy lifestyle is combined with regular screening. It directs adults towards modifiable lifestyle factors and screening, giving clinicians agency backing to treat prevention as core cancer control rather than optional advice.
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.canceraustralia.gov.au/resources/position-statements/lifestyle-risk-factors-and-primary-prevention-cancer
- Full APA reference
- Cancer Australia. (2025). Lifestyle risk factors and the primary prevention of cancer. https://www.canceraustralia.gov.au/resources/position-statements/lifestyle-risk-factors-and-primary-prevention-cancer
REF-021
Paper, guideline or statement
Keeping the Body in Mind – Primary
Central and Eastern Sydney Primary Health Network · n.d. · CESPHN
Central and Eastern Sydney PHN funds this free 12 week Mindgardens program for people aged 18 to 75 with severe mental illness, offering six sessions with an exercise physiologist, dietitian and nicotine treatment specialist. Group cooking, exercise and peer support are included, and GPs refer patients not already under public mental health care.
Full APA reference
Central and Eastern Sydney Primary Health Network. (n.d.). Keeping the Body in Mind – Primary. CESPHN. Retrieved from https://cesphn.org.au/general-practice/help-my-patients-with/mental-health/mental-health-services-funded-by-cesphn/kbimp
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-021
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Central and Eastern Sydney Primary Health Network
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Keeping the Body in Mind – Primary
- Description
- Central and Eastern Sydney PHN funds this free 12 week Mindgardens program for people aged 18 to 75 with severe mental illness, offering six sessions with an exercise physiologist, dietitian and nicotine treatment specialist. Group cooking, exercise and peer support are included, and GPs refer patients not already under public mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- CESPHN
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://cesphn.org.au/general-practice/help-my-patients-with/mental-health/mental-health-services-funded-by-cesphn/kbimp
- Full APA reference
- Central and Eastern Sydney Primary Health Network. (n.d.). Keeping the Body in Mind – Primary. CESPHN. Retrieved from https://cesphn.org.au/general-practice/help-my-patients-with/mental-health/mental-health-services-funded-by-cesphn/kbimp
REF-022
Paper, guideline or statement
Building on the Doha Declaration: A white paper on advancing lifestyle medicine for non-communicable disease prevention and health system transformation
Cheema, S., Abraham, A., Mechley, A., Lapsa-Lesinske, A., Mercore Hutanu, E., Lee, J. S., Lanza Sagardia, S. D., Feroz, S., Poobalasingam, S., & Mamtani, R. · 2026 · Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1873047
White paper from a consensus meeting of 26 global lifestyle medicine experts, building on the Doha Declaration, arguing that around 80% of non-communicable diseases are preventable through six pillars including nutrition, activity, sleep and social connection. Maps how health systems, training and policy can embed prevention.
Full APA reference
Cheema, S., Abraham, A., Mechley, A., Lapsa-Lesinske, A., Mercore Hutanu, E., Lee, J. S., Lanza Sagardia, S. D., Feroz, S., Poobalasingam, S., & Mamtani, R. (2026). Building on the Doha Declaration: A white paper on advancing lifestyle medicine for non-communicable disease prevention and health system transformation. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1873047. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1873047
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 7 July 2026 (page shows accepted 06 July 2026, published 07 July 2026)
All fields
- ID
- REF-022
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cheema, S., Abraham, A., Mechley, A., Lapsa-Lesinske, A., Mercore Hutanu, E., Lee, J. S., Lanza Sagardia, S. D., Feroz, S., Poobalasingam, S., & Mamtani, R.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Building on the Doha Declaration: A white paper on advancing lifestyle medicine for non-communicable disease prevention and health system transformation
- Description
- White paper from a consensus meeting of 26 global lifestyle medicine experts, building on the Doha Declaration, arguing that around 80% of non-communicable diseases are preventable through six pillars including nutrition, activity, sleep and social connection. Maps how health systems, training and policy can embed prevention.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1873047
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/public-health/articles/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1873047/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1873047
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 7 July 2026 (page shows accepted 06 July 2026, published 07 July 2026)
- Full APA reference
- Cheema, S., Abraham, A., Mechley, A., Lapsa-Lesinske, A., Mercore Hutanu, E., Lee, J. S., Lanza Sagardia, S. D., Feroz, S., Poobalasingam, S., & Mamtani, R. (2026). Building on the Doha Declaration: A white paper on advancing lifestyle medicine for non-communicable disease prevention and health system transformation. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1873047. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1873047
REF-023
Paper, guideline or statement
Impact of healthy lifestyle on the incidence and progression trajectory of mental disorders: A prospective study in the UK Biobank
Chen, H. W., Huang, R. D., Li, L. H., Zhou, R., Cao, B. F., Liu, K., Wang, S. A., Zhong, Q., Wei, Y. F., & Wu, X. B · 2024 · Journal of Affective Disorders, 358, 383–390
Prospective cohort of 385,704 UK Biobank adults without mental illness found higher healthy lifestyle scores lowered the risk of developing anxiety or depression, and of progressing to having both, with hazard ratios of 0.90 to 0.95. Shows habits shape the course of illness, not just its onset.
Full APA reference
Chen, H. W., Huang, R. D., Li, L. H., Zhou, R., Cao, B. F., Liu, K., Wang, S. A., Zhong, Q., Wei, Y. F., & Wu, X. B. (2024). Impact of healthy lifestyle on the incidence and progression trajectory of mental disorders: A prospective study in the UK Biobank. Journal of Affective Disorders, 358, 383–390. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JAD.2024.05.054
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-482
All fields
- ID
- REF-023
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Chen, H. W., Huang, R. D., Li, L. H., Zhou, R., Cao, B. F., Liu, K., Wang, S. A., Zhong, Q., Wei, Y. F., & Wu, X. B
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Impact of healthy lifestyle on the incidence and progression trajectory of mental disorders: A prospective study in the UK Biobank
- Description
- Prospective cohort of 385,704 UK Biobank adults without mental illness found higher healthy lifestyle scores lowered the risk of developing anxiety or depression, and of progressing to having both, with hazard ratios of 0.90 to 0.95. Shows habits shape the course of illness, not just its onset.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Affective Disorders, 358, 383–390
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JAD.2024.05.054
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JAD.2024.05.054
- Related items
- REF-482
- Full APA reference
- Chen, H. W., Huang, R. D., Li, L. H., Zhou, R., Cao, B. F., Liu, K., Wang, S. A., Zhong, Q., Wei, Y. F., & Wu, X. B. (2024). Impact of healthy lifestyle on the incidence and progression trajectory of mental disorders: A prospective study in the UK Biobank. Journal of Affective Disorders, 358, 383–390. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JAD.2024.05.054
REF-024
Paper, guideline or statement
Barriers and facilitators to the implementation of lifestyle management in polycystic ovary syndrome: Endocrinologists' and obstetricians and gynaecologists' perspectives
Chhour, I., Blackshaw, L., Moran, L. J., Boyle, J. A., Robinson, T., & Lim, S. S · 2022 · Patient Education and Counseling, 105(7), 2292–2298
Interview study with 11 endocrinologists and 10 obstetrician gynaecologists managing polycystic ovary syndrome found all valued lifestyle change but lacked consultation time and access to allied health services. Points to team based care and credible, condition specific advice as practical fixes for busy specialists.
Full APA reference
Chhour, I., Blackshaw, L., Moran, L. J., Boyle, J. A., Robinson, T., & Lim, S. S. (2022). Barriers and facilitators to the implementation of lifestyle management in polycystic ovary syndrome: Endocrinologists' and obstetricians and gynaecologists' perspectives. Patient Education and Counseling, 105(7), 2292–2298. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PEC.2021.12.013
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-463
All fields
- ID
- REF-024
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Chhour, I., Blackshaw, L., Moran, L. J., Boyle, J. A., Robinson, T., & Lim, S. S
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Barriers and facilitators to the implementation of lifestyle management in polycystic ovary syndrome: Endocrinologists' and obstetricians and gynaecologists' perspectives
- Description
- Interview study with 11 endocrinologists and 10 obstetrician gynaecologists managing polycystic ovary syndrome found all valued lifestyle change but lacked consultation time and access to allied health services. Points to team based care and credible, condition specific advice as practical fixes for busy specialists.
- Publication or publisher
- Patient Education and Counseling, 105(7), 2292–2298
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PEC.2021.12.013
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PEC.2021.12.013
- Related items
- REF-463
- Full APA reference
- Chhour, I., Blackshaw, L., Moran, L. J., Boyle, J. A., Robinson, T., & Lim, S. S. (2022). Barriers and facilitators to the implementation of lifestyle management in polycystic ovary syndrome: Endocrinologists' and obstetricians and gynaecologists' perspectives. Patient Education and Counseling, 105(7), 2292–2298. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PEC.2021.12.013
REF-025
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise for depression
Clegg, A. J., Hill, J. E., Mullin, D. S., Harris, C., Smith, C. J., Lightbody, C. E., Dwan, K., Cooney, G. M., Mead, G. E., & Watkins, C. L. · 2026 · Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1(1), CD004366
Cochrane review of 73 randomised trials with at least 4,985 adults found exercise reduced depressive symptoms compared with no treatment, standardised mean difference 0.67, though certainty was low and effects shrank in higher quality trials. Supports movement as a mainstream but modest depression treatment.
Full APA reference
Clegg, A. J., Hill, J. E., Mullin, D. S., Harris, C., Smith, C. J., Lightbody, C. E., Dwan, K., Cooney, G. M., Mead, G. E., & Watkins, C. L. (2026). Exercise for depression. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1(1), CD004366. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD004366.pub7
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Verified publication date: 8 January 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Jan 8")
All fields
- ID
- REF-025
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Clegg, A. J., Hill, J. E., Mullin, D. S., Harris, C., Smith, C. J., Lightbody, C. E., Dwan, K., Cooney, G. M., Mead, G. E., & Watkins, C. L.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Exercise for depression
- Description
- Cochrane review of 73 randomised trials with at least 4,985 adults found exercise reduced depressive symptoms compared with no treatment, standardised mean difference 0.67, though certainty was low and effects shrank in higher quality trials. Supports movement as a mainstream but modest depression treatment.
- Publication or publisher
- Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1(1), CD004366
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41500513/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD004366.pub7
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 8 January 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Jan 8")
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Clegg, A. J., Hill, J. E., Mullin, D. S., Harris, C., Smith, C. J., Lightbody, C. E., Dwan, K., Cooney, G. M., Mead, G. E., & Watkins, C. L. (2026). Exercise for depression. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1(1), CD004366. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD004366.pub7
REF-026
Paper, guideline or statement
Implementation of a lifestyle and life-skills intervention to prevent weight-gain and cardiometabolic abnormalities in young people with first-episode psychosis as part of routine care: The Keeping the Body in Mind program
Curtis, J., Teasdale, S. B., Morell, R., Wadhwa, P., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., O'Donnell, C., Fibbins, H., & Ward, P. B · 2024 · Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 18(9), 731–738
Audit of 182 young people with first episode psychosis across three community services showed the 12 week Keeping the Body in Mind program held average weight gain to 1.5 kg, with 81% avoiding clinically significant gain. Evidence that metabolic prevention works inside routine care.
Full APA reference
Curtis, J., Teasdale, S. B., Morell, R., Wadhwa, P., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., O'Donnell, C., Fibbins, H., & Ward, P. B. (2024). Implementation of a lifestyle and life-skills intervention to prevent weight-gain and cardiometabolic abnormalities in young people with first-episode psychosis as part of routine care: The Keeping the Body in Mind program. Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 18(9), 731–738. https://doi.org/10.1111/eip.13508
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-026
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Curtis, J., Teasdale, S. B., Morell, R., Wadhwa, P., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., O'Donnell, C., Fibbins, H., & Ward, P. B
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Implementation of a lifestyle and life-skills intervention to prevent weight-gain and cardiometabolic abnormalities in young people with first-episode psychosis as part of routine care: The Keeping the Body in Mind program
- Description
- Audit of 182 young people with first episode psychosis across three community services showed the 12 week Keeping the Body in Mind program held average weight gain to 1.5 kg, with 81% avoiding clinically significant gain. Evidence that metabolic prevention works inside routine care.
- Publication or publisher
- Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 18(9), 731–738
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1111/eip.13508
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/eip.13508
- Full APA reference
- Curtis, J., Teasdale, S. B., Morell, R., Wadhwa, P., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., O'Donnell, C., Fibbins, H., & Ward, P. B. (2024). Implementation of a lifestyle and life-skills intervention to prevent weight-gain and cardiometabolic abnormalities in young people with first-episode psychosis as part of routine care: The Keeping the Body in Mind program. Early Intervention in Psychiatry, 18(9), 731–738. https://doi.org/10.1111/eip.13508
REF-027
Paper, guideline or statement
From impact factors to real impact: Translating evidence on lifestyle interventions into routine mental health care
Deenik, J., Czosnek, L., Teasdale, S. B., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Schuch, F. B., Tenback, Di. E., Van Harten, P. N., Tak, E. C. P. M., Lederman, O., Ward, P. B., Hendriksen, I. J. M., Vancampfort, D., & Rosenbaum, S · 2020 · Translational Behavioral Medicine, 10(4), 1070–1073
Commentary arguing that despite growing trial evidence, lifestyle interventions rarely reach routine mental health services, and calling for implementation science to close that gap. Useful framing for anyone moving exercise, diet and sleep programs from research papers into everyday clinical practice and funding decisions.
Full APA reference
Deenik, J., Czosnek, L., Teasdale, S. B., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Schuch, F. B., Tenback, Di. E., Van Harten, P. N., Tak, E. C. P. M., Lederman, O., Ward, P. B., Hendriksen, I. J. M., Vancampfort, D., & Rosenbaum, S. (2020). From impact factors to real impact: Translating evidence on lifestyle interventions into routine mental health care. Translational Behavioral Medicine, 10(4), 1070–1073. https://doi.org/10.1093/tbm/ibz067
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-496, REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-027
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Deenik, J., Czosnek, L., Teasdale, S. B., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Schuch, F. B., Tenback, Di. E., Van Harten, P. N., Tak, E. C. P. M., Lederman, O., Ward, P. B., Hendriksen, I. J. M., Vancampfort, D., & Rosenbaum, S
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- From impact factors to real impact: Translating evidence on lifestyle interventions into routine mental health care
- Description
- Commentary arguing that despite growing trial evidence, lifestyle interventions rarely reach routine mental health services, and calling for implementation science to close that gap. Useful framing for anyone moving exercise, diet and sleep programs from research papers into everyday clinical practice and funding decisions.
- Publication or publisher
- Translational Behavioral Medicine, 10(4), 1070–1073
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/tbm/ibz067
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/tbm/ibz067
- Related items
- REF-496; REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Deenik, J., Czosnek, L., Teasdale, S. B., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Schuch, F. B., Tenback, Di. E., Van Harten, P. N., Tak, E. C. P. M., Lederman, O., Ward, P. B., Hendriksen, I. J. M., Vancampfort, D., & Rosenbaum, S. (2020). From impact factors to real impact: Translating evidence on lifestyle interventions into routine mental health care. Translational Behavioral Medicine, 10(4), 1070–1073. https://doi.org/10.1093/tbm/ibz067
REF-028
Paper, guideline or statement
Nature is nurture: A scoping review of nature exposure as an equigenic intervention on children's psychological health
Denker, K. I., & Faber Taylor, A. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1731222
Scoping review of 123 studies from 2003 to 2025 asking whether nature exposure narrows health gaps found 37 of the 64 studies comparing advantage groups supported an equigenic effect, including 19 of 24 on children's mental health. Frames greenspace as an equity measure, not just an amenity.
Full APA reference
Denker, K. I., & Faber Taylor, A. (2026). Nature is nurture: A scoping review of nature exposure as an equigenic intervention on children's psychological health. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1731222. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1731222
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 10 April 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-028
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Denker, K. I., & Faber Taylor, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Nature is nurture: A scoping review of nature exposure as an equigenic intervention on children's psychological health
- Description
- Scoping review of 123 studies from 2003 to 2025 asking whether nature exposure narrows health gaps found 37 of the 64 studies comparing advantage groups supported an equigenic effect, including 19 of 24 on children's mental health. Frames greenspace as an equity measure, not just an amenity.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1731222
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychology/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1731222/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1731222
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 10 April 2026
- Full APA reference
- Denker, K. I., & Faber Taylor, A. (2026). Nature is nurture: A scoping review of nature exposure as an equigenic intervention on children's psychological health. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1731222. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1731222
REF-029
Paper, guideline or statement
Health Inequalities Annual Report 2026
Department of Health (Northern Ireland) & Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency · 2026 · GOV.UK / Department of Health (Northern Ireland)
The Department of Health and NISRA compare the 20% most and least deprived areas of Northern Ireland across 70 indicators covering mental health, alcohol, smoking, drugs and diet. The 2026 edition reports a male life expectancy gap of 7.2 years and a male healthy life expectancy gap of 14.9 years, with trust and council breakdowns.
Full APA reference
Department of Health (Northern Ireland) & Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency. (2026, March 25). Health inequalities annual report 2026. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/health-inequalities-annual-report-2026
View the source
Verified publication date: 25 March 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-029
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Department of Health (Northern Ireland) & Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Health Inequalities Annual Report 2026
- Description
- The Department of Health and NISRA compare the 20% most and least deprived areas of Northern Ireland across 70 indicators covering mental health, alcohol, smoking, drugs and diet. The 2026 edition reports a male life expectancy gap of 7.2 years and a male healthy life expectancy gap of 14.9 years, with trust and council breakdowns.
- Publication or publisher
- GOV.UK / Department of Health (Northern Ireland)
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/health-inequalities-annual-report-2026
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 25 March 2026
- Full APA reference
- Department of Health (Northern Ireland) & Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency. (2026, March 25). Health inequalities annual report 2026. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/health-inequalities-annual-report-2026
REF-030
Paper, guideline or statement
A National framework for recovery-oriented mental health services: guide for practitioners and providers
Department of Health and Aged Care · 2013
Issued by the Commonwealth in 2013, the guide sets the domains and capabilities practitioners and providers need for recovery oriented practice, aligned with the 2010 National Standards for Mental Health Services. It urges changes to workforce skill mix, more lived experience input, and removal of barriers to work, education and community life.
Full APA reference
Department of Health and Aged Care. (2013). A National framework for recovery-oriented mental health services: guide for practitioners and providers. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/a-national-framework-for-recovery-oriented-mental-health-services-policy-and-theory?language=en
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-030
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Department of Health and Aged Care
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- A National framework for recovery-oriented mental health services: guide for practitioners and providers
- Description
- Issued by the Commonwealth in 2013, the guide sets the domains and capabilities practitioners and providers need for recovery oriented practice, aligned with the 2010 National Standards for Mental Health Services. It urges changes to workforce skill mix, more lived experience input, and removal of barriers to work, education and community life.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/a-national-framework-for-recovery-oriented-mental-health-services-policy-and-theory?language=en
- Full APA reference
- Department of Health and Aged Care. (2013). A National framework for recovery-oriented mental health services: guide for practitioners and providers. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/a-national-framework-for-recovery-oriented-mental-health-services-policy-and-theory?language=en
REF-031
Paper, guideline or statement
Cardiovascular disease modern service framework
Department of Health and Social Care · 2026 · GOV.UK
Published in July 2026 for England, it sets 12 priorities covering cardiovascular, kidney and metabolic risk detection, faster stroke and heart attack treatment, and rehabilitation. The stated aim is a 25% cut in premature heart disease and stroke deaths within a decade, preventing 1,600 to 2,400 under 75 deaths a year, and narrowing inequalities.
Full APA reference
Department of Health and Social Care. (2026, July 7). Cardiovascular disease modern service framework. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cardiovascular-disease-modern-service-framework
View the source
Verified publication date: 7 July 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-031
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Department of Health and Social Care
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Cardiovascular disease modern service framework
- Description
- Published in July 2026 for England, it sets 12 priorities covering cardiovascular, kidney and metabolic risk detection, faster stroke and heart attack treatment, and rehabilitation. The stated aim is a 25% cut in premature heart disease and stroke deaths within a decade, preventing 1,600 to 2,400 under 75 deaths a year, and narrowing inequalities.
- Publication or publisher
- GOV.UK
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cardiovascular-disease-modern-service-framework
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 7 July 2026
- Full APA reference
- Department of Health and Social Care. (2026, July 7). Cardiovascular disease modern service framework. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/cardiovascular-disease-modern-service-framework
REF-032
Paper, guideline or statement
Informing the mental health strategy for England: Call for evidence
Department of Health and Social Care · 2026 · GOV.UK
The Department of Health and Social Care invites evidence of good practice from mental health and wider health services, local government, education and training settings, workplaces and community settings. Submissions will shape a cross government mental health approach under the 10 Year Health Plan for England, drawing mainly on service providers and people delivering services.
Full APA reference
Department of Health and Social Care. (2026, May 15). Informing the mental health strategy for England: Call for evidence. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england
View the source
Verified publication date: 15 May 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-032
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Department of Health and Social Care
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Informing the mental health strategy for England: Call for evidence
- Description
- The Department of Health and Social Care invites evidence of good practice from mental health and wider health services, local government, education and training settings, workplaces and community settings. Submissions will shape a cross government mental health approach under the 10 Year Health Plan for England, drawing mainly on service providers and people delivering services.
- Publication or publisher
- GOV.UK
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 15 May 2026
- Full APA reference
- Department of Health and Social Care. (2026, May 15). Informing the mental health strategy for England: Call for evidence. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/calls-for-evidence/informing-the-mental-health-strategy-for-england
REF-034
Paper, guideline or statement
Joint position statement: Addressing the physical health of people with mental illness
Dietitians Australia, Exercise & Sports Science Australia, & Australian Psychological Society · 2017 · Joint professional position statement
Joint statement from three Australian professional bodies covering dietetics, exercise science and psychology, calling for holistic multidisciplinary treatment of the physical health of people living with mental illness and endorsing dietary and exercise interventions as core parts of that care. Gives practitioners professional backing to argue for funded dietitian and exercise physiologist roles inside mental health teams.
Full APA reference
Dietitians Australia, Exercise & Sports Science Australia, & Australian Psychological Society. (2017). Joint position statement: Addressing the physical health of people with mental illness. https://dietitiansaustralia.org.au/advocacy-and-policy/joint-position-statements/addressing-physical-health-people-mental-illness-joint-position-statement
View the source
Link confirmed 3 September 2026. Merged on 8 September 2026 with a duplicate entry for the same statement, which listed the first body under its former name, Dietitians Association of Australia.
All fields
- ID
- REF-034
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Dietitians Australia, Exercise & Sports Science Australia, & Australian Psychological Society
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Joint position statement: Addressing the physical health of people with mental illness
- Description
- Joint statement from three Australian professional bodies covering dietetics, exercise science and psychology, calling for holistic multidisciplinary treatment of the physical health of people living with mental illness and endorsing dietary and exercise interventions as core parts of that care. Gives practitioners professional backing to argue for funded dietitian and exercise physiologist roles inside mental health teams.
- Publication or publisher
- Joint professional position statement
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://dietitiansaustralia.org.au/advocacy-and-policy/joint-position-statements/addressing-physical-health-people-mental-illness-joint-position-statement
- Verification note
- Link confirmed 3 September 2026. Merged on 8 September 2026 with a duplicate entry for the same statement, which listed the first body under its former name, Dietitians Association of Australia.
- Full APA reference
- Dietitians Australia, Exercise & Sports Science Australia, & Australian Psychological Society. (2017). Joint position statement: Addressing the physical health of people with mental illness. https://dietitiansaustralia.org.au/advocacy-and-policy/joint-position-statements/addressing-physical-health-people-mental-illness-joint-position-statement
REF-035
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine: The ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of a developing discipline
Egger, G · 2019 · Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 665–668
Overview positioning lifestyle medicine between clinical medicine and public health, describing what it adds in four areas, science, skills, tools and procedures, and urging clinicians to address distal environmental drivers the author calls anthropogens. A practical orientation for general practitioners managing chronic disease.
Full APA reference
Egger, G. (2019). Lifestyle medicine: The ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of a developing discipline. Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 665–668. https://www1.racgp.org.au/ajgp/2019/october/lifestyle-medicine
View the source
Related items: REF-458
All fields
- ID
- REF-035
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Egger, G
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine: The ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of a developing discipline
- Description
- Overview positioning lifestyle medicine between clinical medicine and public health, describing what it adds in four areas, science, skills, tools and procedures, and urging clinicians to address distal environmental drivers the author calls anthropogens. A practical orientation for general practitioners managing chronic disease.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 665–668
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Other
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Other or unspecified
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www1.racgp.org.au/ajgp/2019/october/lifestyle-medicine
- Related items
- REF-458
- Full APA reference
- Egger, G. (2019). Lifestyle medicine: The ‘why’, ‘what’ and ‘how’ of a developing discipline. Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 665–668. https://www1.racgp.org.au/ajgp/2019/october/lifestyle-medicine
REF-036
Paper, guideline or statement
The relationship between nutrition and depression in the life process: A mini-review
Ekinci, G. N., & Sanlier, N · 2023 · Experimental Gerontology, 172
Mini review linking diet quality and specific nutrients, including folate, vitamins B12, B6 and D, omega 3 fats, magnesium, selenium and zinc, to depression risk across the lifespan, noting mood and food choices influence each other. Background reading for nutrition conversations in mental health care.
Full APA reference
Ekinci, G. N., & Sanlier, N. (2023). The relationship between nutrition and depression in the life process: A mini-review. Experimental Gerontology, 172. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.EXGER.2022.112072
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-036
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Ekinci, G. N., & Sanlier, N
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The relationship between nutrition and depression in the life process: A mini-review
- Description
- Mini review linking diet quality and specific nutrients, including folate, vitamins B12, B6 and D, omega 3 fats, magnesium, selenium and zinc, to depression risk across the lifespan, noting mood and food choices influence each other. Background reading for nutrition conversations in mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- Experimental Gerontology, 172
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.EXGER.2022.112072
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.EXGER.2022.112072
- Full APA reference
- Ekinci, G. N., & Sanlier, N. (2023). The relationship between nutrition and depression in the life process: A mini-review. Experimental Gerontology, 172. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.EXGER.2022.112072
REF-037
Paper, guideline or statement
Ending loneliness together in Australia: The first national strategy to tackle loneliness
Ending Loneliness Together · 2020
Ending Loneliness Together's November 2020 white paper uses surveys from 2018 and 2019 plus pandemic monitoring in early 2020, arguing loneliness is subjective and distinct from social isolation. Its three recommendations are a National Loneliness Strategy involving lived experience and all governments, an anti stigma awareness campaign, and faster translation of evidence into practice.
Full APA reference
Ending Loneliness Together. (2020). Ending loneliness together in Australia: The first national strategy to tackle loneliness. https://endingloneliness.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Ending-Loneliness-Together-in-Australia_Nov20.pdf
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-037
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Ending Loneliness Together
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Ending loneliness together in Australia: The first national strategy to tackle loneliness
- Description
- Ending Loneliness Together's November 2020 white paper uses surveys from 2018 and 2019 plus pandemic monitoring in early 2020, arguing loneliness is subjective and distinct from social isolation. Its three recommendations are a National Loneliness Strategy involving lived experience and all governments, an anti stigma awareness campaign, and faster translation of evidence into practice.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://endingloneliness.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Ending-Loneliness-Together-in-Australia_Nov20.pdf
- Full APA reference
- Ending Loneliness Together. (2020). Ending loneliness together in Australia: The first national strategy to tackle loneliness. https://endingloneliness.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/Ending-Loneliness-Together-in-Australia_Nov20.pdf
REF-038
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of a brief lifestyle intervention targeting mental health staff: analysis of physical fitness and activity in the Keeping Our Staff in Mind study
Fibbins, H., Ward, P. B., Curtis, J., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., Morell, R., & Rosenbaum, S · 2020 · BMJ Open Sport & Exercise Medicine, 6(1), e000761
Single arm study of 106 Australian public mental health staff offered five sessions of exercise and nutrition counselling found cardiorespiratory fitness improved significantly by 16 weeks. Suggests supporting staff health is a route to shifting service culture so consumers' physical health is taken seriously.
Full APA reference
Fibbins, H., Ward, P. B., Curtis, J., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., Morell, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (2020). Effectiveness of a brief lifestyle intervention targeting mental health staff: analysis of physical fitness and activity in the Keeping Our Staff in Mind study. BMJ Open Sport & Exercise Medicine, 6(1), e000761. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000761
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-038
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Fibbins, H., Ward, P. B., Curtis, J., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., Morell, R., & Rosenbaum, S
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Effectiveness of a brief lifestyle intervention targeting mental health staff: analysis of physical fitness and activity in the Keeping Our Staff in Mind study
- Description
- Single arm study of 106 Australian public mental health staff offered five sessions of exercise and nutrition counselling found cardiorespiratory fitness improved significantly by 16 weeks. Suggests supporting staff health is a route to shifting service culture so consumers' physical health is taken seriously.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open Sport & Exercise Medicine, 6(1), e000761
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000761
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000761
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Fibbins, H., Ward, P. B., Curtis, J., Watkins, A., Lederman, O., Morell, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (2020). Effectiveness of a brief lifestyle intervention targeting mental health staff: analysis of physical fitness and activity in the Keeping Our Staff in Mind study. BMJ Open Sport & Exercise Medicine, 6(1), e000761. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjsem-2020-000761
REF-039
Paper, guideline or statement
Food and mood: How do diet and nutrition affect mental well-being?
Firth, J., Firth, J., Gangwisch, J. E., Gangwisch, J. E., Borisini, A., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Mayer, E. A., & Mayer, E. A · 2020 · The BMJ, 369
Peer reviewed BMJ analysis summarising evidence that Mediterranean style eating is linked to better mental health than Western diets, with plausible pathways through blood sugar, immune activation and the gut microbiome, while noting causation is unsettled. A balanced primer for clinicians asked whether food lifts mood.
Full APA reference
Firth, J., Firth, J., Gangwisch, J. E., Gangwisch, J. E., Borisini, A., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Mayer, E. A., & Mayer, E. A. (2020). Food and mood: How do diet and nutrition affect mental well-being? The BMJ, 369. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m2382
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-039
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Firth, J., Firth, J., Gangwisch, J. E., Gangwisch, J. E., Borisini, A., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Mayer, E. A., & Mayer, E. A
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Food and mood: How do diet and nutrition affect mental well-being?
- Description
- Peer reviewed BMJ analysis summarising evidence that Mediterranean style eating is linked to better mental health than Western diets, with plausible pathways through blood sugar, immune activation and the gut microbiome, while noting causation is unsettled. A balanced primer for clinicians asked whether food lifts mood.
- Publication or publisher
- The BMJ, 369
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m2382
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m2382
- Full APA reference
- Firth, J., Firth, J., Gangwisch, J. E., Gangwisch, J. E., Borisini, A., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Wootton, R. E., Mayer, E. A., & Mayer, E. A. (2020). Food and mood: How do diet and nutrition affect mental well-being? The BMJ, 369. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m2382
REF-040
Paper, guideline or statement
The Effects of Dietary Improvement on Symptoms of Depression and Anxiety: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials
Firth, J., Marx, W., Dash, S., Carney, R., Teasdale, S. B., Solmi, M., Stubbs, B., Schuch, F. B., Carvalho, A. F., Jacka, F., & Sarris, J · 2019 · Psychosomatic Medicine, 81(3), 265–280
Meta-analysis of 16 randomised trials with outcome data for 45,826 people found dietary improvement produced a small but reliable reduction in depressive symptoms, Hedges' g 0.16, with no effect on anxiety and larger gains for women. Supports diet as an add on population level mental health measure.
Full APA reference
Firth, J., Marx, W., Dash, S., Carney, R., Teasdale, S. B., Solmi, M., Stubbs, B., Schuch, F. B., Carvalho, A. F., Jacka, F., & Sarris, J. (2019). The Effects of Dietary Improvement on Symptoms of Depression and Anxiety: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Psychosomatic Medicine, 81(3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0000000000000673
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-040
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Firth, J., Marx, W., Dash, S., Carney, R., Teasdale, S. B., Solmi, M., Stubbs, B., Schuch, F. B., Carvalho, A. F., Jacka, F., & Sarris, J
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- The Effects of Dietary Improvement on Symptoms of Depression and Anxiety: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 16 randomised trials with outcome data for 45,826 people found dietary improvement produced a small but reliable reduction in depressive symptoms, Hedges' g 0.16, with no effect on anxiety and larger gains for women. Supports diet as an add on population level mental health measure.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychosomatic Medicine, 81(3), 265–280
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0000000000000673
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0000000000000673
- Full APA reference
- Firth, J., Marx, W., Dash, S., Carney, R., Teasdale, S. B., Solmi, M., Stubbs, B., Schuch, F. B., Carvalho, A. F., Jacka, F., & Sarris, J. (2019). The Effects of Dietary Improvement on Symptoms of Depression and Anxiety: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Psychosomatic Medicine, 81(3), 265–280. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0000000000000673
REF-041
Paper, guideline or statement
A meta-review of "lifestyle psychiatry": the role of exercise, smoking, diet and sleep in the prevention and treatment of mental disorders
Firth, J., Solmi, M., Wootton, R. E., Vancampfort, D., Schuch, F. B., Hoare, E., Gilbody, S., Torous, J., Teasdale, S. B., Jackson, S. E., Smith, L., Eaton, M., Jacka, F. N., Veronese, N., Marx, W., Ashdown-Franks, G., Siskind, D., Sarris, J., Rosenbaum, S., … Stubbs, B · 2020 · World Psychiatry, 19(3), 360–380
Meta-review synthesising 29 meta-analyses of cohort studies, 12 Mendelian randomisation studies and further top tier evidence on exercise, smoking, diet and sleep across depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and ADHD. Physical activity has the strongest case for prevention and treatment, while smoking looks causal.
Full APA reference
Firth, J., Solmi, M., Wootton, R. E., Vancampfort, D., Schuch, F. B., Hoare, E., Gilbody, S., Torous, J., Teasdale, S. B., Jackson, S. E., Smith, L., Eaton, M., Jacka, F. N., Veronese, N., Marx, W., Ashdown-Franks, G., Siskind, D., Sarris, J., Rosenbaum, S., … Stubbs, B. (2020). A meta-review of "lifestyle psychiatry": the role of exercise, smoking, diet and sleep in the prevention and treatment of mental disorders. World Psychiatry, 19(3), 360–380. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20773
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-464, REF-481, REF-496, REF-508, REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-041
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Firth, J., Solmi, M., Wootton, R. E., Vancampfort, D., Schuch, F. B., Hoare, E., Gilbody, S., Torous, J., Teasdale, S. B., Jackson, S. E., Smith, L., Eaton, M., Jacka, F. N., Veronese, N., Marx, W., Ashdown-Franks, G., Siskind, D., Sarris, J., Rosenbaum, S., … Stubbs, B
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- A meta-review of "lifestyle psychiatry": the role of exercise, smoking, diet and sleep in the prevention and treatment of mental disorders
- Description
- Meta-review synthesising 29 meta-analyses of cohort studies, 12 Mendelian randomisation studies and further top tier evidence on exercise, smoking, diet and sleep across depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and ADHD. Physical activity has the strongest case for prevention and treatment, while smoking looks causal.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 19(3), 360–380
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20773
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20773
- Related items
- REF-464; REF-481; REF-496; REF-508; REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Firth, J., Solmi, M., Wootton, R. E., Vancampfort, D., Schuch, F. B., Hoare, E., Gilbody, S., Torous, J., Teasdale, S. B., Jackson, S. E., Smith, L., Eaton, M., Jacka, F. N., Veronese, N., Marx, W., Ashdown-Franks, G., Siskind, D., Sarris, J., Rosenbaum, S., … Stubbs, B. (2020). A meta-review of "lifestyle psychiatry": the role of exercise, smoking, diet and sleep in the prevention and treatment of mental disorders. World Psychiatry, 19(3), 360–380. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20773
REF-042
Paper, guideline or statement
Homepage
Food & Mood Centre · 2025
Homepage of Deakin University's Food & Mood Centre, a multidisciplinary nutritional psychiatry research group working from microbiology to public health on diet based prevention and treatment of mental disorders. Offers education and evidence summaries, a credible Australian reference point for clients asking about food and mood.
Full APA reference
Food & Mood Centre. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/
View the source
Deakin University multi-disciplinary research centre studying how what we eat influences brain, mood and mental health.
All fields
- ID
- REF-042
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Food & Mood Centre
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Homepage
- Description
- Homepage of Deakin University's Food & Mood Centre, a multidisciplinary nutritional psychiatry research group working from microbiology to public health on diet based prevention and treatment of mental disorders. Offers education and evidence summaries, a credible Australian reference point for clients asking about food and mood.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- University research centre
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Societies / Research Centres
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/
- Verification note
- Deakin University multi-disciplinary research centre studying how what we eat influences brain, mood and mental health.
- Full APA reference
- Food & Mood Centre. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/
REF-043
Paper, guideline or statement
Guidelines for clinical practice - Food & Mood Academy
Food & Mood Centre · 2025
Clinical practice guidelines from Deakin's Food & Mood Centre with the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine on lifestyle based care for major depressive disorder, graded by strength of evidence and paired with consumer resources. Gives clinicians a structured way to add diet, activity and sleep support to depression treatment.
Full APA reference
Food & Mood Centre. (2025). Guidelines for clinical practice - Food & Mood Academy. Retrieved from https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/academy/guidelines-clinical-practice/
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-043
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Food & Mood Centre
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Guidelines for clinical practice - Food & Mood Academy
- Description
- Clinical practice guidelines from Deakin's Food & Mood Centre with the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine on lifestyle based care for major depressive disorder, graded by strength of evidence and paired with consumer resources. Gives clinicians a structured way to add diet, activity and sleep support to depression treatment.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- University research centre
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/academy/guidelines-clinical-practice/
- Full APA reference
- Food & Mood Centre. (2025). Guidelines for clinical practice - Food & Mood Academy. Retrieved from https://foodandmoodcentre.com.au/academy/guidelines-clinical-practice/
REF-044
Paper, guideline or statement
The effects of improving sleep on mental health (OASIS): a randomised controlled trial with mediation analysis
Freeman, D., Sheaves, B., Goodwin, G. M., Yu, L. M., Nickless, A., Harrison, P. J., Emsley, R., Luik, A. I., Foster, R. G., Wadekar, V., Hinds, C., Gumley, A., Jones, R., Lightman, S., Jones, S., Bentall, R., Kinderman, P., Rowse, G., Brugha, T., … Espie, C. A · 2017 · The Lancet. Psychiatry, 4(10), 749
Randomised trial of 3,755 students with insomnia across 26 UK universities: digital cognitive behavioural therapy sharply reduced insomnia (d=1.11) and also cut paranoia and hallucinations, with sleep improvement mediating those gains. Indicates poor sleep helps cause psychotic experiences, so sleep treatment deserves higher priority in mental health services.
Full APA reference
Freeman, D., Sheaves, B., Goodwin, G. M., Yu, L. M., Nickless, A., Harrison, P. J., Emsley, R., Luik, A. I., Foster, R. G., Wadekar, V., Hinds, C., Gumley, A., Jones, R., Lightman, S., Jones, S., Bentall, R., Kinderman, P., Rowse, G., Brugha, T., … Espie, C. A. (2017). The effects of improving sleep on mental health (OASIS): a randomised controlled trial with mediation analysis. The Lancet. Psychiatry, 4(10), 749. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(17)30328-0
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-044
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Freeman, D., Sheaves, B., Goodwin, G. M., Yu, L. M., Nickless, A., Harrison, P. J., Emsley, R., Luik, A. I., Foster, R. G., Wadekar, V., Hinds, C., Gumley, A., Jones, R., Lightman, S., Jones, S., Bentall, R., Kinderman, P., Rowse, G., Brugha, T., … Espie, C. A
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- The effects of improving sleep on mental health (OASIS): a randomised controlled trial with mediation analysis
- Description
- Randomised trial of 3,755 students with insomnia across 26 UK universities: digital cognitive behavioural therapy sharply reduced insomnia (d=1.11) and also cut paranoia and hallucinations, with sleep improvement mediating those gains. Indicates poor sleep helps cause psychotic experiences, so sleep treatment deserves higher priority in mental health services.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet. Psychiatry, 4(10), 749
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(17)30328-0
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(17)30328-0
- Full APA reference
- Freeman, D., Sheaves, B., Goodwin, G. M., Yu, L. M., Nickless, A., Harrison, P. J., Emsley, R., Luik, A. I., Foster, R. G., Wadekar, V., Hinds, C., Gumley, A., Jones, R., Lightman, S., Jones, S., Bentall, R., Kinderman, P., Rowse, G., Brugha, T., … Espie, C. A. (2017). The effects of improving sleep on mental health (OASIS): a randomised controlled trial with mediation analysis. The Lancet. Psychiatry, 4(10), 749. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(17)30328-0
REF-045
Paper, guideline or statement
New WHO guidance on mental health and well-being across government sectors
Funk, M., Drew, N., Cole, C., & Moro, M. F. · 2026 · World Psychiatry, 25(1), 147-148
Funk and colleagues describe the World Health Organization's 2025 collection, one overarching guidance plus twelve companion guides, for embedding mental health across ten government sectors including education, justice, employment and social protection. Eight steps run from policy dialogue to implementation, with principles on human rights, the life course, social determinants and lived experience participation.
Full APA reference
Funk, M., Drew, N., Cole, C., & Moro, M. F. (2026). New WHO guidance on mental health and well-being across government sectors. World Psychiatry, 25(1), 147-148. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70016
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 14 January 2026 (published online; issue date February 2026)
All fields
- ID
- REF-045
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Funk, M., Drew, N., Cole, C., & Moro, M. F.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- New WHO guidance on mental health and well-being across government sectors
- Description
- Funk and colleagues describe the World Health Organization's 2025 collection, one overarching guidance plus twelve companion guides, for embedding mental health across ten government sectors including education, justice, employment and social protection. Eight steps run from policy dialogue to implementation, with principles on human rights, the life course, social determinants and lived experience participation.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 25(1), 147-148
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12805070/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70016
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 14 January 2026 (published online; issue date February 2026)
- Full APA reference
- Funk, M., Drew, N., Cole, C., & Moro, M. F. (2026). New WHO guidance on mental health and well-being across government sectors. World Psychiatry, 25(1), 147-148. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70016
REF-046
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise interventions are most consistently supported for depressive disorders: An umbrella review of diagnosed depressive and anxiety disorders
Gao, Zhang, Ma, J., & Lyu, Z. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1871522
Umbrella review of 9 reviews covering 89 unique primary studies found exercise consistently reduced symptoms in major depression (Hedges' g -0.79), while anxiety disorder evidence showed no clear benefit and most reviews were low or critically low quality. Supports prescribing exercise for depression while staying cautious for anxiety.
Full APA reference
Gao, Zhang, Ma, J., & Lyu, Z. (2026). Exercise interventions are most consistently supported for depressive disorders: An umbrella review of diagnosed depressive and anxiety disorders. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1871522. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1871522
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 3 July 2026 (page metadata datePublished 2026-07-03)
All fields
- ID
- REF-046
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gao, Zhang, Ma, J., & Lyu, Z.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Exercise interventions are most consistently supported for depressive disorders: An umbrella review of diagnosed depressive and anxiety disorders
- Description
- Umbrella review of 9 reviews covering 89 unique primary studies found exercise consistently reduced symptoms in major depression (Hedges' g -0.79), while anxiety disorder evidence showed no clear benefit and most reviews were low or critically low quality. Supports prescribing exercise for depression while staying cautious for anxiety.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1871522
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychiatry/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1871522/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1871522
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 3 July 2026 (page metadata datePublished 2026-07-03)
- Full APA reference
- Gao, Zhang, Ma, J., & Lyu, Z. (2026). Exercise interventions are most consistently supported for depressive disorders: An umbrella review of diagnosed depressive and anxiety disorders. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1871522. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1871522
REF-047
Paper, guideline or statement
Unhealthy lifestyle behaviours and psychological distress: A longitudinal study of Australian adults aged 45 years and older
George, E. S., Davidson, I., El Masri, A., Meade, T., & Kolt, G. S · 2022 · International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(7), 4399
Longitudinal analysis of 163,707 Australians aged 45 and older in the 45 and Up Study found people reporting five unhealthy behaviours had 2.4 times the odds of high psychological distress at follow up, rising to 3.0 times with six or more. Supports tackling clustered behaviours together.
Full APA reference
George, E. S., Davidson, I., El Masri, A., Meade, T., & Kolt, G. S. (2022). Unhealthy lifestyle behaviours and psychological distress: A longitudinal study of Australian adults aged 45 years and older. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(7), 4399. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19074399
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-451
All fields
- ID
- REF-047
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- George, E. S., Davidson, I., El Masri, A., Meade, T., & Kolt, G. S
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Unhealthy lifestyle behaviours and psychological distress: A longitudinal study of Australian adults aged 45 years and older
- Description
- Longitudinal analysis of 163,707 Australians aged 45 and older in the 45 and Up Study found people reporting five unhealthy behaviours had 2.4 times the odds of high psychological distress at follow up, rising to 3.0 times with six or more. Supports tackling clustered behaviours together.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(7), 4399
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19074399
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19074399
- Related items
- REF-451
- Full APA reference
- George, E. S., Davidson, I., El Masri, A., Meade, T., & Kolt, G. S. (2022). Unhealthy lifestyle behaviours and psychological distress: A longitudinal study of Australian adults aged 45 years and older. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(7), 4399. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19074399
REF-048
Paper, guideline or statement
Preventive Health SA
Government of South Australia · n.d.
South Australia's prevention agency works across obesity prevention, alcohol and other drugs, tobacco and vaping, and mental health and wellbeing, publishing strategies such as the Walking Strategy 2022 to 2032. Its levers include banning unhealthy food advertising on government buses and trains, Health in All Policies work with councils, and suicide prevention community grants.
Full APA reference
Government of South Australia. (n.d.). Preventive Health SA. https://www.preventivehealth.sa.gov.au/
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-048
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Government of South Australia
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Preventive Health SA
- Description
- South Australia's prevention agency works across obesity prevention, alcohol and other drugs, tobacco and vaping, and mental health and wellbeing, publishing strategies such as the Walking Strategy 2022 to 2032. Its levers include banning unhealthy food advertising on government buses and trains, Health in All Policies work with councils, and suicide prevention community grants.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - South Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.preventivehealth.sa.gov.au/
- Full APA reference
- Government of South Australia. (n.d.). Preventive Health SA. https://www.preventivehealth.sa.gov.au/
REF-049
Paper, guideline or statement
State Public Health Plan South Australia 2026: Healthy, Liveable, Connected
Government of South Australia, SA Health · 2026 · Government of South Australia, SA Health
Made under the South Australian Public Health Act 2011, the 2026 plan names five priority areas: infectious disease control, healthy living to reduce chronic disease, mental health and wellbeing, injury reduction and healthy environments. Councils must review regional public health plans every five years and report to the Chief Public Health Officer biennially.
Full APA reference
Government of South Australia. (2026). State public health plan South Australia 2026: Healthy, liveable, connected. SA Health. https://www.sahealth.sa.gov.au/wps/wcm/connect/public+content/sa+health+internet/about+us/legislation/public+health+act/state+public+health+plan/state+public+health+plan
View the source
Related items: GOV-123
Preventive health strategy. Operative period: From 2026, next statutory cycle. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Resource page titled "SA State Public Health Plan 2026" and states the Plan was co-developed with public health stakeholders; the linked PDF is named "State Public Health Plan_2026 FINAL"
All fields
- ID
- REF-049
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Government of South Australia, SA Health
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- State Public Health Plan South Australia 2026: Healthy, Liveable, Connected
- Description
- Made under the South Australian Public Health Act 2011, the 2026 plan names five priority areas: infectious disease control, healthy living to reduce chronic disease, mental health and wellbeing, injury reduction and healthy environments. Councils must review regional public health plans every five years and report to the Chief Public Health Officer biennially.
- Publication or publisher
- Government of South Australia, SA Health
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - South Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.sahealth.sa.gov.au/wps/wcm/connect/public+content/sa+health+internet/resources/sa+state+public+health+plan+2026
- Verification note
- Preventive health strategy. Operative period: From 2026, next statutory cycle. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Resource page titled "SA State Public Health Plan 2026" and states the Plan was co-developed with public health stakeholders; the linked PDF is named "State Public Health Plan_2026 FINAL"
- Related items
- GOV-123
- Full APA reference
- Government of South Australia. (2026). *State public health plan South Australia 2026: Healthy, liveable, connected*. SA Health. https://www.sahealth.sa.gov.au/wps/wcm/connect/public+content/sa+health+internet/about+us/legislation/public+health+act/state+public+health+plan/state+public+health+plan
- Same document as
- GOV-123
REF-050
Paper, guideline or statement
Health and Wellbeing Queensland Strategic Plan 2023-2027
Health and Wellbeing Queensland · 2023 · Health and Wellbeing Queensland
Health and Wellbeing Queensland's 2023 to 2027 plan sets five objectives: make a healthier Queensland, champion prevention, drive systems change, commit to impact and thrive together. Strategies include intensive prevention delivery in priority regions, advancing health equity with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, and creating healthier places where Queenslanders live, learn, work and play.
Full APA reference
Health and Wellbeing Queensland. (2026). Health and Wellbeing Queensland strategic plan 2023-27 (April 2026 review). Queensland Government. https://hw.qld.gov.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/HWQld_Strategic_Plan_2023-27_APRIL_26.pdf
View the source
Related items: GOV-087
Preventive health strategy. Operative period: 2023-2027, reviewed April 2026. Status: Current. Evidence on page: PDF states "This strategic plan was reviewed in April 2026 and remains current for the reporting period 2026-2027"
All fields
- ID
- REF-050
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland Strategic Plan 2023-2027
- Description
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland's 2023 to 2027 plan sets five objectives: make a healthier Queensland, champion prevention, drive systems change, commit to impact and thrive together. Strategies include intensive prevention delivery in priority regions, advancing health equity with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, and creating healthier places where Queenslanders live, learn, work and play.
- Publication or publisher
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Queensland
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://hw.qld.gov.au/about-us/strategic-plan/
- Verification note
- Preventive health strategy. Operative period: 2023-2027, reviewed April 2026. Status: Current. Evidence on page: PDF states "This strategic plan was reviewed in April 2026 and remains current for the reporting period 2026-2027"
- Related items
- GOV-087
- Full APA reference
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland. (2026). *Health and Wellbeing Queensland strategic plan 2023-27* (April 2026 review). Queensland Government. https://hw.qld.gov.au/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/HWQld_Strategic_Plan_2023-27_APRIL_26.pdf
- Same document as
- GOV-087
REF-051
Paper, guideline or statement
Making healthy happen
Health and Wellbeing Queensland · n.d.
Queensland's prevention agency uses this site to push nutrition, physical activity and wellbeing, offering free recipes, workouts, professional development and referral pathways for clinicians. Its October 2025 benchmarking found only 32% of Queenslanders ate five serves of fruit and vegetables in a day that week, framing the case for small habit changes.
Full APA reference
Health and Wellbeing Queensland. (n.d.). Making healthy happen. https://hw.qld.gov.au/
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-051
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Making healthy happen
- Description
- Queensland's prevention agency uses this site to push nutrition, physical activity and wellbeing, offering free recipes, workouts, professional development and referral pathways for clinicians. Its October 2025 benchmarking found only 32% of Queenslanders ate five serves of fruit and vegetables in a day that week, framing the case for small habit changes.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Queensland
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://hw.qld.gov.au/
- Full APA reference
- Health and Wellbeing Queensland. (n.d.). Making healthy happen. https://hw.qld.gov.au/
REF-052
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression
Heissel, A., Heinen, D., Brokmeier, L. L., Skarabis, N., Kangas, M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Ward, P. B., Rosenbaum, S., Hallgren, M., & Schuch, F · 2023 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57(16), 1049
Meta-analysis of 41 randomised trials with 2,264 adults found exercise produced large reductions in depressive symptoms (SMD -0.95, number needed to treat 2), with effects moderate but still clear in the 12 low risk of bias trials. Backs exercise as a core depression treatment rather than an optional extra.
Full APA reference
Heissel, A., Heinen, D., Brokmeier, L. L., Skarabis, N., Kangas, M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Ward, P. B., Rosenbaum, S., Hallgren, M., & Schuch, F. (2023). Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57(16), 1049. https://doi.org/10.1136/BJSPORTS-2022-106282
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-052
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Heissel, A., Heinen, D., Brokmeier, L. L., Skarabis, N., Kangas, M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Ward, P. B., Rosenbaum, S., Hallgren, M., & Schuch, F
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 41 randomised trials with 2,264 adults found exercise produced large reductions in depressive symptoms (SMD -0.95, number needed to treat 2), with effects moderate but still clear in the 12 low risk of bias trials. Backs exercise as a core depression treatment rather than an optional extra.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57(16), 1049
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BJSPORTS-2022-106282
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BJSPORTS-2022-106282
- Full APA reference
- Heissel, A., Heinen, D., Brokmeier, L. L., Skarabis, N., Kangas, M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Ward, P. B., Rosenbaum, S., Hallgren, M., & Schuch, F. (2023). Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57(16), 1049. https://doi.org/10.1136/BJSPORTS-2022-106282
REF-053
Paper, guideline or statement
Enhancing Mental Health, Well-Being and Active Lifestyles of University Students by Means of Physical Activity and Exercise Research Programs
Herbert, C · 2022 · Frontiers in Public Health, 10
Review plus early results from five intervention studies in Ulm University's Anem Fit&Well project with healthy German students, indicating regular exercise and even single low to moderate intensity bouts buffer perceived stress and ease depressive and anxiety symptoms. Argues universities should build movement into student wellbeing and prevention programs.
Full APA reference
Herbert, C. (2022). Enhancing Mental Health, Well-Being and Active Lifestyles of University Students by Means of Physical Activity and Exercise Research Programs. Frontiers in Public Health, 10. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.849093
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-449
All fields
- ID
- REF-053
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Herbert, C
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Enhancing Mental Health, Well-Being and Active Lifestyles of University Students by Means of Physical Activity and Exercise Research Programs
- Description
- Review plus early results from five intervention studies in Ulm University's Anem Fit&Well project with healthy German students, indicating regular exercise and even single low to moderate intensity bouts buffer perceived stress and ease depressive and anxiety symptoms. Argues universities should build movement into student wellbeing and prevention programs.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 10
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.849093
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.849093
- Related items
- REF-449
- Full APA reference
- Herbert, C. (2022). Enhancing Mental Health, Well-Being and Active Lifestyles of University Students by Means of Physical Activity and Exercise Research Programs. Frontiers in Public Health, 10. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.849093
REF-054
Paper, guideline or statement
iyarn for You!
iyarn · n.d.
Product page for iyarn, an online check in tool, free to trial, where individuals, teams, schools and families rate self chosen life areas on a numerical scale, add notes and track change over time. Offers a simple structured way to make wellbeing conversations and self monitoring routine.
Full APA reference
iyarn. (n.d.). iyarn for You! Retrieved May 17, 2025, from https://iyarn.com/iyarn-for-you/
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-054
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- iyarn
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- iyarn for You!
- Description
- Product page for iyarn, an online check in tool, free to trial, where individuals, teams, schools and families rate self chosen life areas on a numerical scale, add notes and track change over time. Offers a simple structured way to make wellbeing conversations and self monitoring routine.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Other or unspecified
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iyarn.com/iyarn-for-you/
- Full APA reference
- iyarn. (n.d.). iyarn for You! Retrieved May 17, 2025, from https://iyarn.com/iyarn-for-you/
REF-055
Paper, guideline or statement
Promoting brain health through exercise and diet in older adults: a physiological perspective
Jackson, P. A., Pialoux, V., Corbett, D., Drogos, L., Erickson, K. I., Eskes, G. A., & Poulin, M. J · 2016 · Journal of Physiology, 594(16), 4485–4498
Physiology focused review arguing that physical activity, mental stimulation and a Mediterranean style diet build brain, cerebrovascular and cognitive reserve in older adults, helping preserve thinking skills for longer. Explains the biological mechanisms behind lifestyle advice for ageing clients and for reducing dementia risk.
Full APA reference
Jackson, P. A., Pialoux, V., Corbett, D., Drogos, L., Erickson, K. I., Eskes, G. A., & Poulin, M. J. (2016). Promoting brain health through exercise and diet in older adults: a physiological perspective. Journal of Physiology, 594(16), 4485–4498. https://doi.org/10.1113/JP271270
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-055
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Jackson, P. A., Pialoux, V., Corbett, D., Drogos, L., Erickson, K. I., Eskes, G. A., & Poulin, M. J
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Promoting brain health through exercise and diet in older adults: a physiological perspective
- Description
- Physiology focused review arguing that physical activity, mental stimulation and a Mediterranean style diet build brain, cerebrovascular and cognitive reserve in older adults, helping preserve thinking skills for longer. Explains the biological mechanisms behind lifestyle advice for ageing clients and for reducing dementia risk.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Physiology, 594(16), 4485–4498
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1113/JP271270
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1113/JP271270
- Full APA reference
- Jackson, P. A., Pialoux, V., Corbett, D., Drogos, L., Erickson, K. I., Eskes, G. A., & Poulin, M. J. (2016). Promoting brain health through exercise and diet in older adults: a physiological perspective. Journal of Physiology, 594(16), 4485–4498. https://doi.org/10.1113/JP271270
REF-056
Paper, guideline or statement
Barriers and facilitators to lifestyle risk communication by Australian general practice nurses
James, S., Halcomb, E., Desborough, J., & McInnes, S · 2021 · Australian Journal of Primary Health, 27(1), 30–35
Interview study with 15 registered nurses in general practices in south eastern Australia identified six influences on discussing lifestyle risk, including training and confidence, funding arrangements, competing priorities, organisational support and role autonomy. Shows prevention conversations need protected time, payment and education, not just willing staff.
Full APA reference
James, S., Halcomb, E., Desborough, J., & McInnes, S. (2021). Barriers and facilitators to lifestyle risk communication by Australian general practice nurses. Australian Journal of Primary Health, 27(1), 30–35. https://doi.org/10.1071/PY20139
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-056
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- James, S., Halcomb, E., Desborough, J., & McInnes, S
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Barriers and facilitators to lifestyle risk communication by Australian general practice nurses
- Description
- Interview study with 15 registered nurses in general practices in south eastern Australia identified six influences on discussing lifestyle risk, including training and confidence, funding arrangements, competing priorities, organisational support and role autonomy. Shows prevention conversations need protected time, payment and education, not just willing staff.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Journal of Primary Health, 27(1), 30–35
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1071/PY20139
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1071/PY20139
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- James, S., Halcomb, E., Desborough, J., & McInnes, S. (2021). Barriers and facilitators to lifestyle risk communication by Australian general practice nurses. Australian Journal of Primary Health, 27(1), 30–35. https://doi.org/10.1071/PY20139
REF-057
Paper, guideline or statement
Determinants of preferences for lifestyle changes versus medication and beliefs in ability to maintain lifestyle changes
Jarbøl, D. E., Larsen, P. V., Gyrd-Hansen, D., Søndergaard, J., Brandt, C., Leppin, A., Barfoed, B. L., & Nielsen, J. B · 2017 · A population-based survey. Preventive Medicine Reports, 6, 66–73
Survey of 1,069 Danes aged 40 to 60 imagining raised heart disease risk found 962 preferred lifestyle change over medication, yet lower education, existing risk factors and poorer health predicted weak belief in sustaining change. Reminds clinicians to build confidence and address circumstances, not just record a preference.
Full APA reference
Jarbøl, D. E., Larsen, P. V., Gyrd-Hansen, D., Søndergaard, J., Brandt, C., Leppin, A., Barfoed, B. L., & Nielsen, J. B. (2017). Determinants of preferences for lifestyle changes versus medication and beliefs in ability to maintain lifestyle changes. A population-based survey. Preventive Medicine Reports, 6, 66–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PMEDR.2017.02.010
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-057
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Jarbøl, D. E., Larsen, P. V., Gyrd-Hansen, D., Søndergaard, J., Brandt, C., Leppin, A., Barfoed, B. L., & Nielsen, J. B
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Determinants of preferences for lifestyle changes versus medication and beliefs in ability to maintain lifestyle changes
- Description
- Survey of 1,069 Danes aged 40 to 60 imagining raised heart disease risk found 962 preferred lifestyle change over medication, yet lower education, existing risk factors and poorer health predicted weak belief in sustaining change. Reminds clinicians to build confidence and address circumstances, not just record a preference.
- Publication or publisher
- A population-based survey. Preventive Medicine Reports, 6, 66–73
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PMEDR.2017.02.010
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PMEDR.2017.02.010
- Full APA reference
- Jarbøl, D. E., Larsen, P. V., Gyrd-Hansen, D., Søndergaard, J., Brandt, C., Leppin, A., Barfoed, B. L., & Nielsen, J. B. (2017). Determinants of preferences for lifestyle changes versus medication and beliefs in ability to maintain lifestyle changes. A population-based survey. Preventive Medicine Reports, 6, 66–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PMEDR.2017.02.010
REF-058
Paper, guideline or statement
Guidelines Recommending That Clinicians Advise Patients on Lifestyle Changes: A Popular but Questionable Approach to Improve Public Health
Johansson, M., Niklasson, A., Albarqouni, L., Jørgensen, K. J., Guyatt, G., & Montori, V. M · 2024 · Annals of Internal Medicine
Editorial arguing routine lifestyle counselling is weakly evidenced: of 379 UK guideline lifestyle recommendations only 3% had reliable evidence of benefit, and delivering them all would need about five times the current nursing workforce. Warns of stigma and lost consultation time, urging community and structural action instead.
Full APA reference
Johansson, M., Niklasson, A., Albarqouni, L., Jørgensen, K. J., Guyatt, G., & Montori, V. M. (2024). Guidelines Recommending That Clinicians Advise Patients on Lifestyle Changes: A Popular but Questionable Approach to Improve Public Health. Annals of Internal Medicine. https://doi.org/10.7326/annals-24-00283
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-058
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Johansson, M., Niklasson, A., Albarqouni, L., Jørgensen, K. J., Guyatt, G., & Montori, V. M
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Guidelines Recommending That Clinicians Advise Patients on Lifestyle Changes: A Popular but Questionable Approach to Improve Public Health
- Description
- Editorial arguing routine lifestyle counselling is weakly evidenced: of 379 UK guideline lifestyle recommendations only 3% had reliable evidence of benefit, and delivering them all would need about five times the current nursing workforce. Warns of stigma and lost consultation time, urging community and structural action instead.
- Publication or publisher
- Annals of Internal Medicine
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.7326/annals-24-00283
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.7326/annals-24-00283
- Full APA reference
- Johansson, M., Niklasson, A., Albarqouni, L., Jørgensen, K. J., Guyatt, G., & Montori, V. M. (2024). Guidelines Recommending That Clinicians Advise Patients on Lifestyle Changes: A Popular but Questionable Approach to Improve Public Health. Annals of Internal Medicine. https://doi.org/10.7326/annals-24-00283
REF-059
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle as Medicine: The Case for a True Health Initiative
Katz, D. L., Frates, E. P., Bonnet, J. P., Gupta, S. K., Vartiainen, E., & Carmona, R. H · 2018 · American Journal of Health Promotion, 32(6), 1452–1458
Commentary noting roughly 80% of chronic disease and premature death is preventable through not smoking, being active and eating well, and proposing a global coalition of experts to cut through conflicting nutrition messages. Makes the case for consistent, trusted public communication about lifestyle fundamentals.
Full APA reference
Katz, D. L., Frates, E. P., Bonnet, J. P., Gupta, S. K., Vartiainen, E., & Carmona, R. H. (2018). Lifestyle as Medicine: The Case for a True Health Initiative. American Journal of Health Promotion, 32(6), 1452–1458. https://doi.org/10.1177/0890117117705949
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-059
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Katz, D. L., Frates, E. P., Bonnet, J. P., Gupta, S. K., Vartiainen, E., & Carmona, R. H
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Lifestyle as Medicine: The Case for a True Health Initiative
- Description
- Commentary noting roughly 80% of chronic disease and premature death is preventable through not smoking, being active and eating well, and proposing a global coalition of experts to cut through conflicting nutrition messages. Makes the case for consistent, trusted public communication about lifestyle fundamentals.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Health Promotion, 32(6), 1452–1458
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0890117117705949
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0890117117705949
- Full APA reference
- Katz, D. L., Frates, E. P., Bonnet, J. P., Gupta, S. K., Vartiainen, E., & Carmona, R. H. (2018). Lifestyle as Medicine: The Case for a True Health Initiative. American Journal of Health Promotion, 32(6), 1452–1458. https://doi.org/10.1177/0890117117705949
REF-060
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine: the future of chronic disease management
Kushner, R. F., & Sorensen, K. W · 2013 · Current Opinion in Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Obesity, 20(5), 389–395
Review positioning lifestyle medicine as a systematic approach to chronic disease, noting that behaviour driven noncommunicable diseases account for about 63% of deaths worldwide while healthy living remains rare. Argues clinicians need specific competencies in behaviour change, diet, weight, stress, substance use and self management support.
Full APA reference
Kushner, R. F., & Sorensen, K. W. (2013). Lifestyle medicine: the future of chronic disease management. Current Opinion in Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Obesity, 20(5), 389–395. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.MED.0000433056.76699.5D
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-060
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Kushner, R. F., & Sorensen, K. W
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine: the future of chronic disease management
- Description
- Review positioning lifestyle medicine as a systematic approach to chronic disease, noting that behaviour driven noncommunicable diseases account for about 63% of deaths worldwide while healthy living remains rare. Argues clinicians need specific competencies in behaviour change, diet, weight, stress, substance use and self management support.
- Publication or publisher
- Current Opinion in Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Obesity, 20(5), 389–395
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1097/01.MED.0000433056.76699.5D
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/01.MED.0000433056.76699.5D
- Full APA reference
- Kushner, R. F., & Sorensen, K. W. (2013). Lifestyle medicine: the future of chronic disease management. Current Opinion in Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Obesity, 20(5), 389–395. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.MED.0000433056.76699.5D
REF-061
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed food exposure and adverse health outcomes: umbrella review of epidemiological meta-analyses
Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Du, S., Ashtree, D. N., McGuinness, A. J., Gauci, S., Baker, P., Lawrence, M., Rebholz, C. M., Srour, B., Touvier, M., Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Segasby, T., & Marx, W · 2024 · BMJ, 384
Umbrella review of 14 meta-analyses, 45 pooled analyses and 9.9 million participants linked higher ultra-processed food intake to increased risk of death, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes, obesity, anxiety and common mental disorders. Strengthens the case for food policy that limits ultra-processed products, not just individual advice.
Full APA reference
Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Du, S., Ashtree, D. N., McGuinness, A. J., Gauci, S., Baker, P., Lawrence, M., Rebholz, C. M., Srour, B., Touvier, M., Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Segasby, T., & Marx, W. (2024). Ultra-processed food exposure and adverse health outcomes: umbrella review of epidemiological meta-analyses. BMJ, 384. https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJ-2023-077310
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-061
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Du, S., Ashtree, D. N., McGuinness, A. J., Gauci, S., Baker, P., Lawrence, M., Rebholz, C. M., Srour, B., Touvier, M., Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Segasby, T., & Marx, W
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Ultra-processed food exposure and adverse health outcomes: umbrella review of epidemiological meta-analyses
- Description
- Umbrella review of 14 meta-analyses, 45 pooled analyses and 9.9 million participants linked higher ultra-processed food intake to increased risk of death, cardiovascular disease, type 2 diabetes, obesity, anxiety and common mental disorders. Strengthens the case for food policy that limits ultra-processed products, not just individual advice.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 384
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJ-2023-077310
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJ-2023-077310
- Full APA reference
- Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Du, S., Ashtree, D. N., McGuinness, A. J., Gauci, S., Baker, P., Lawrence, M., Rebholz, C. M., Srour, B., Touvier, M., Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Segasby, T., & Marx, W. (2024). Ultra-processed food exposure and adverse health outcomes: umbrella review of epidemiological meta-analyses. BMJ, 384. https://doi.org/10.1136/BMJ-2023-077310
REF-062
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies
Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W · 2022 · Nutrients, 14(13), 2568
Meta-analysis of 17 observational studies with 385,541 participants across seven countries found higher ultra-processed food consumption was associated with greater odds of depressive and anxiety symptoms. Links everyday diet quality directly to mental health, supporting routine dietary questions in psychological assessment and care planning.
Full APA reference
Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W. (2022). Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Nutrients, 14(13), 2568. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-062
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 17 observational studies with 385,541 participants across seven countries found higher ultra-processed food consumption was associated with greater odds of depressive and anxiety symptoms. Links everyday diet quality directly to mental health, supporting routine dietary questions in psychological assessment and care planning.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutrients, 14(13), 2568
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568
- Full APA reference
- Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W. (2022). Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Nutrients, 14(13), 2568. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568
REF-063
Paper, guideline or statement
A multi-study investigation of social connectedness and health
Lange, L. J., & Crawford, A. B. · 2024 · Current Psychology, 43, 20014-20023
Three linked surveys of 486 students, 225 people with chronic illness and 280 adults found social connectedness independently predicted fewer physical symptoms and better health related quality of life, with stress partly explaining the link. Positions belonging as a health factor worth assessing alongside diet and exercise.
Full APA reference
Lange, L.J., Crawford, A.B. A multi-study investigation of social connectedness and health. Curr Psychol 43, 20014–20023 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-024-05791-2
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-063
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Lange, L. J., & Crawford, A. B.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- A multi-study investigation of social connectedness and health
- Description
- Three linked surveys of 486 students, 225 people with chronic illness and 280 adults found social connectedness independently predicted fewer physical symptoms and better health related quality of life, with stress partly explaining the link. Positions belonging as a health factor worth assessing alongside diet and exercise.
- Publication or publisher
- Current Psychology, 43, 20014-20023
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-024-05791-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-024-05791-2
- Full APA reference
- Lange, L.J., Crawford, A.B. A multi-study investigation of social connectedness and health. Curr Psychol 43, 20014–20023 (2024). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-024-05791-2
REF-064
Paper, guideline or statement
Role of exercise physiologists in mental health support and recovery: 2026 Exercise and Sports Science Australia (ESSA) Consensus Statement
Lederman, O., Chapman, J., Fibbins, H., Haywood, D., Hart, N. H., Furzer, B., Wright, K., McKeon, G., Brinsley, J., Mastrogiovanni, C., Semaan, A., Llana, A., Stanton, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (Exercise and Sports Science Australia) · 2026 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, 60(8), 568-582
Consensus statement from 24 Australian experts, using a four step Delphi with 80% agreement across 12 items, sets six best-practice principles for exercise physiologists in mental health care, including trauma informed and recovery oriented practice. Gives services a workforce model for embedding exercise in multidisciplinary mental health teams.
Full APA reference
Lederman, O., Chapman, J., Fibbins, H., Haywood, D., Hart, N. H., Furzer, B., Wright, K., McKeon, G., Brinsley, J., Mastrogiovanni, C., Semaan, A., Llana, A., Stanton, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (2026). Role of exercise physiologists in mental health support and recovery: 2026 Exercise and Sports Science Australia (ESSA) Consensus Statement. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 60(8), 568-582. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-110879
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Verified publication date: 31 March 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-064
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lederman, O., Chapman, J., Fibbins, H., Haywood, D., Hart, N. H., Furzer, B., Wright, K., McKeon, G., Brinsley, J., Mastrogiovanni, C., Semaan, A., Llana, A., Stanton, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (Exercise and Sports Science Australia)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Role of exercise physiologists in mental health support and recovery: 2026 Exercise and Sports Science Australia (ESSA) Consensus Statement
- Description
- Consensus statement from 24 Australian experts, using a four step Delphi with 80% agreement across 12 items, sets six best-practice principles for exercise physiologists in mental health care, including trauma informed and recovery oriented practice. Gives services a workforce model for embedding exercise in multidisciplinary mental health teams.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, 60(8), 568-582
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41850728/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-110879
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 31 March 2026
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Lederman, O., Chapman, J., Fibbins, H., Haywood, D., Hart, N. H., Furzer, B., Wright, K., McKeon, G., Brinsley, J., Mastrogiovanni, C., Semaan, A., Llana, A., Stanton, R., & Rosenbaum, S. (2026). Role of exercise physiologists in mental health support and recovery: 2026 Exercise and Sports Science Australia (ESSA) Consensus Statement. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 60(8), 568-582. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-110879
REF-065
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical activity and nutrition in relation to resilience: a cross-sectional study
Leipold, B., Klier, K., Dapperger, E., & Schmidt, A · 2024 · Scientific Reports 2024 14:1, 14(1), 1–11
Two German surveys of 685 and 625 adults found that regular physical activity and nutritional awareness were linked to higher life satisfaction and weakened the negative effect of stress on it. Supports treating everyday eating and movement habits as resilience resources, not only physical health behaviours.
Full APA reference
Leipold, B., Klier, K., Dapperger, E., & Schmidt, A. (2024). Physical activity and nutrition in relation to resilience: a cross-sectional study. Scientific Reports 2024 14:1, 14(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-52753-6
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-065
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Leipold, B., Klier, K., Dapperger, E., & Schmidt, A
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Physical activity and nutrition in relation to resilience: a cross-sectional study
- Description
- Two German surveys of 685 and 625 adults found that regular physical activity and nutritional awareness were linked to higher life satisfaction and weakened the negative effect of stress on it. Supports treating everyday eating and movement habits as resilience resources, not only physical health behaviours.
- Publication or publisher
- Scientific Reports 2024 14:1, 14(1), 1–11
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-52753-6
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-52753-6
- Full APA reference
- Leipold, B., Klier, K., Dapperger, E., & Schmidt, A. (2024). Physical activity and nutrition in relation to resilience: a cross-sectional study. Scientific Reports 2024 14:1, 14(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-52753-6
REF-066
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of mind-body exercises on depressive symptoms in older adults: A comprehensive umbrella review of the evidence
Li, F., Li, Q., Huang, J., Li, X., & Lu, Z. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1806563
Umbrella review of 25 systematic reviews covering over 20,000 people aged 60 and older found tai chi, yoga and qigong moderately reduced depressive symptoms, pooled effect size 0.51. Points to low cost, low risk group activities that clinicians can recommend to older clients alongside usual care.
Full APA reference
Li, F., Li, Q., Huang, J., Li, X., & Lu, Z. (2026). Effects of mind-body exercises on depressive symptoms in older adults: A comprehensive umbrella review of the evidence. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1806563. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1806563
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-507, REF-572
Verified publication date: 7 May 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-066
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Li, F., Li, Q., Huang, J., Li, X., & Lu, Z.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of mind-body exercises on depressive symptoms in older adults: A comprehensive umbrella review of the evidence
- Description
- Umbrella review of 25 systematic reviews covering over 20,000 people aged 60 and older found tai chi, yoga and qigong moderately reduced depressive symptoms, pooled effect size 0.51. Points to low cost, low risk group activities that clinicians can recommend to older clients alongside usual care.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1806563
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychology/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1806563/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1806563
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 7 May 2026
- Related items
- REF-507; REF-572
- Full APA reference
- Li, F., Li, Q., Huang, J., Li, X., & Lu, Z. (2026). Effects of mind-body exercises on depressive symptoms in older adults: A comprehensive umbrella review of the evidence. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1806563. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1806563
REF-067
Paper, guideline or statement
Positive Psychology in Lifestyle Medicine and Health Care: Strategies for Implementation
Lianov, L. S., Fredrickson, B. L., Barron, C., Krishnaswami, J., & Wallace, A · 2019 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 13(5), 480
Implementation article from the first Summit on Happiness Science in Healthcare, setting out how positive psychology can be built into clinical conversations, treatment plans, staff wellbeing programs, medical education and research. Offers concrete steps for adding emotional wellbeing to lifestyle medicine practice rather than leaving it optional.
Full APA reference
Lianov, L. S., Fredrickson, B. L., Barron, C., Krishnaswami, J., & Wallace, A. (2019). Positive Psychology in Lifestyle Medicine and Health Care: Strategies for Implementation. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 13(5), 480. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827619838992
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-067
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Lianov, L. S., Fredrickson, B. L., Barron, C., Krishnaswami, J., & Wallace, A
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Positive Psychology in Lifestyle Medicine and Health Care: Strategies for Implementation
- Description
- Implementation article from the first Summit on Happiness Science in Healthcare, setting out how positive psychology can be built into clinical conversations, treatment plans, staff wellbeing programs, medical education and research. Offers concrete steps for adding emotional wellbeing to lifestyle medicine practice rather than leaving it optional.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 13(5), 480
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827619838992
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827619838992
- Full APA reference
- Lianov, L. S., Fredrickson, B. L., Barron, C., Krishnaswami, J., & Wallace, A. (2019). Positive Psychology in Lifestyle Medicine and Health Care: Strategies for Implementation. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 13(5), 480. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827619838992
REF-068
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of physical activity interventions on mental health in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analysis of intervention type and baseline risk as moderators
Liu, Q., Xu, Z., Tai, P., Lian, Z., Cheng, W., & Zhang, J. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1825603
Meta-analysis of 24 physical activity trials in children and adolescents found a small mental health benefit, effect size 0.19, rising to 0.31 among young people already at psychological risk and for mind body programs. Supports targeting school and community activity programs at higher risk groups.
Full APA reference
Liu, Q., Xu, Z., Tai, P., Lian, Z., Cheng, W., & Zhang, J. (2026). Effects of physical activity interventions on mental health in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analysis of intervention type and baseline risk as moderators. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1825603. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1825603
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 29 May 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 May 29")
All fields
- ID
- REF-068
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Liu, Q., Xu, Z., Tai, P., Lian, Z., Cheng, W., & Zhang, J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of physical activity interventions on mental health in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analysis of intervention type and baseline risk as moderators
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 24 physical activity trials in children and adolescents found a small mental health benefit, effect size 0.19, rising to 0.31 among young people already at psychological risk and for mind body programs. Supports targeting school and community activity programs at higher risk groups.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1825603
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42293965/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1825603
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 29 May 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 May 29")
- Full APA reference
- Liu, Q., Xu, Z., Tai, P., Lian, Z., Cheng, W., & Zhang, J. (2026). Effects of physical activity interventions on mental health in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analysis of intervention type and baseline risk as moderators. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1825603. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1825603
REF-069
Paper, guideline or statement
The health economics of social prescribing: Systematic review of the international evidence
Lynch, M., Keating, A. J., Morrow, E., & Spencer, L. H. · 2026 · Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1753435
Systematic review of 18 international economic evaluations of social prescribing, 9 of them British, found schemes such as exercise referral, community singing and chair yoga were generally cost-effective, though methods were inconsistent and rarely used standard health economics. Useful for commissioners weighing investment in non-medical community supports.
Full APA reference
Lynch, M., Keating, A. J., Morrow, E., & Spencer, L. H. (2026). The health economics of social prescribing: Systematic review of the international evidence. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1753435. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1753435
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-485
Verified publication date: 28 January 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-069
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lynch, M., Keating, A. J., Morrow, E., & Spencer, L. H.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The health economics of social prescribing: Systematic review of the international evidence
- Description
- Systematic review of 18 international economic evaluations of social prescribing, 9 of them British, found schemes such as exercise referral, community singing and chair yoga were generally cost-effective, though methods were inconsistent and rarely used standard health economics. Useful for commissioners weighing investment in non-medical community supports.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1753435
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/public-health/articles/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1753435/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1753435
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 28 January 2026
- Related items
- REF-485
- Full APA reference
- Lynch, M., Keating, A. J., Morrow, E., & Spencer, L. H. (2026). The health economics of social prescribing: Systematic review of the international evidence. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, 1753435. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1753435
REF-070
Paper, guideline or statement
The 2020 Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders
Malhi, G. S., Bell, E., Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Bryant, R., Hazell, P., Hopwood, M., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Porter, R., Singh, A. B., & Murray, G · 2021 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(1), 7–117
Clinical practice guidelines from the Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists covering depressive and bipolar disorders, updating the 2015 edition with evidence plus expert consensus for psychiatrists, psychologists and GPs. Sets the regional standard against which lifestyle additions to mood disorder treatment are judged.
Full APA reference
Malhi, G. S., Bell, E., Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Bryant, R., Hazell, P., Hopwood, M., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Porter, R., Singh, A. B., & Murray, G. (2021). The 2020 Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(1), 7–117. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420979353
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-073, REF-301, REF-252, REF-041, GOV-020
All fields
- ID
- REF-070
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Malhi, G. S., Bell, E., Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Bryant, R., Hazell, P., Hopwood, M., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Porter, R., Singh, A. B., & Murray, G
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- The 2020 Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders
- Description
- Clinical practice guidelines from the Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists covering depressive and bipolar disorders, updating the 2015 edition with evidence plus expert consensus for psychiatrists, psychologists and GPs. Sets the regional standard against which lifestyle additions to mood disorder treatment are judged.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(1), 7–117
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420979353
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420979353
- Related items
- REF-073; REF-301; REF-252; REF-041; GOV-020
- Full APA reference
- Malhi, G. S., Bell, E., Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Bryant, R., Hazell, P., Hopwood, M., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Porter, R., Singh, A. B., & Murray, G. (2021). The 2020 Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(1), 7–117. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420979353
REF-071
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle interventions for mental health
Manger, S · 2019 · Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 670–673
Clinical review for Australian general practitioners summarising evidence on nutrition, physical activity, sleep, smoking cessation, reduced alcohol and drug use, and stress management in mental illness, noting anxiety disorders affect 14.4% of adults yearly. Positions GPs as the practical starting point for lifestyle change with mentally unwell patients.
Full APA reference
Manger, S. (2019). Lifestyle interventions for mental health. Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 670–673. https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-06-19-4964
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-071
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Manger, S
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Lifestyle interventions for mental health
- Description
- Clinical review for Australian general practitioners summarising evidence on nutrition, physical activity, sleep, smoking cessation, reduced alcohol and drug use, and stress management in mental illness, noting anxiety disorders affect 14.4% of adults yearly. Positions GPs as the practical starting point for lifestyle change with mentally unwell patients.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 670–673
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-06-19-4964
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-06-19-4964
- Full APA reference
- Manger, S. (2019). Lifestyle interventions for mental health. Australian Journal of General Practice, 48(10), 670–673. https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-06-19-4964
REF-072
Paper, guideline or statement
Health equity in England: The Marmot Review 10 years on
Marmot, M., Allen, J., Boyce, T., Goldblatt, P., & Morrison, J · 2020 · Institute of Health Equity
Review of health inequalities in England a decade after the 2010 Marmot Review, finding life expectancy stalled for the first time in over 100 years and fell for women in the poorest 10% of areas. Core evidence that social and economic conditions, not individual choices alone, drive health gaps.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M., Allen, J., Boyce, T., Goldblatt, P., & Morrison, J. (2020). Health equity in England: The Marmot Review 10 years on. Institute of Health Equity. https://www.health.org.uk/publications/reports/the-marmot-review-10-years-on
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-072
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M., Allen, J., Boyce, T., Goldblatt, P., & Morrison, J
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Health equity in England: The Marmot Review 10 years on
- Description
- Review of health inequalities in England a decade after the 2010 Marmot Review, finding life expectancy stalled for the first time in over 100 years and fell for women in the poorest 10% of areas. Core evidence that social and economic conditions, not individual choices alone, drive health gaps.
- Publication or publisher
- Institute of Health Equity
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.org.uk/publications/reports/the-marmot-review-10-years-on
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M., Allen, J., Boyce, T., Goldblatt, P., & Morrison, J. (2020). Health equity in England: The Marmot Review 10 years on. Institute of Health Equity. https://www.health.org.uk/publications/reports/the-marmot-review-10-years-on
REF-073
Paper, guideline or statement
Clinical guidelines for the use of lifestyle-based mental health care in major depressive disorder: World Federation of Societies for Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) and Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine (ASLM) taskforce
Marx, W., Manger, S. H., Blencowe, M., Murray, G., Ho, F. Y. Y., Lawn, S., … O’Neil, A · 2022 · The World Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 24(5), 333–386
International guidelines from a taskforce spanning nine countries, agreed through two Delphi rounds needing over 80% consensus, on using exercise, diet, sleep, smoking cessation, stress management, work, social support and green space in adults with major depression. First global standard for prescribing lifestyle care in depression.
Full APA reference
Marx, W., Manger, S. H., Blencowe, M., Murray, G., Ho, F. Y. Y., Lawn, S., … O’Neil, A. (2022). Clinical guidelines for the use of lifestyle-based mental health care in major depressive disorder: World Federation of Societies for Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) and Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine (ASLM) taskforce. The World Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 24(5), 333–386. https://doi.org/10.1080/15622975.2022.2112074
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-041, REF-166, REF-391, REF-448
Title and corporate author are reproduced as published in 2022. The society now trades as the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine.
All fields
- ID
- REF-073
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Marx, W., Manger, S. H., Blencowe, M., Murray, G., Ho, F. Y. Y., Lawn, S., … O’Neil, A
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Clinical guidelines for the use of lifestyle-based mental health care in major depressive disorder: World Federation of Societies for Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) and Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine (ASLM) taskforce
- Description
- International guidelines from a taskforce spanning nine countries, agreed through two Delphi rounds needing over 80% consensus, on using exercise, diet, sleep, smoking cessation, stress management, work, social support and green space in adults with major depression. First global standard for prescribing lifestyle care in depression.
- Publication or publisher
- The World Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 24(5), 333–386
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1080/15622975.2022.2112074
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/15622975.2022.2112074
- Verification note
- Title and corporate author are reproduced as published in 2022. The society now trades as the Australian Society of Lifestyle Medicine.
- Related items
- REF-041; REF-166; REF-391; REF-448
- Full APA reference
- Marx, W., Manger, S. H., Blencowe, M., Murray, G., Ho, F. Y. Y., Lawn, S., … O’Neil, A. (2022). Clinical guidelines for the use of lifestyle-based mental health care in major depressive disorder: World Federation of Societies for Biological Psychiatry (WFSBP) and Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine (ASLM) taskforce. The World Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 24(5), 333–386. https://doi.org/10.1080/15622975.2022.2112074
REF-074
Paper, guideline or statement
The risk associated with ultra-processed food intake on depressive symptoms and mental health in older adults: A target trial emulation
Mengist, B., Lotfaliany, M., Pasco, J. A., Agustini, B., Berk, M., Forbes, M., Lane, M. M., Orchard, S. G., Ryan, J., Owen, A. J., Woods, R. L., McNeil, J. J., & Mohebbi, M · 2025 · BMC Medicine, 23, 172
Target trial emulation of 11,192 Australian adults aged 70 and over in the ASPREE study found those eating four or more daily servings of ultra-processed food had a 10% higher risk of depressive symptoms over roughly six years. Strengthens the case for asking older clients about food quality.
Full APA reference
Mengist, B., Lotfaliany, M., Pasco, J. A., Agustini, B., Berk, M., Forbes, M., Lane, M. M., Orchard, S. G., Ryan, J., Owen, A. J., Woods, R. L., McNeil, J. J., & Mohebbi, M. (2025). The risk associated with ultra-processed food intake on depressive symptoms and mental health in older adults: A target trial emulation. BMC Medicine, 23, 172. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-025-04002-4
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-074
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Mengist, B., Lotfaliany, M., Pasco, J. A., Agustini, B., Berk, M., Forbes, M., Lane, M. M., Orchard, S. G., Ryan, J., Owen, A. J., Woods, R. L., McNeil, J. J., & Mohebbi, M
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- The risk associated with ultra-processed food intake on depressive symptoms and mental health in older adults: A target trial emulation
- Description
- Target trial emulation of 11,192 Australian adults aged 70 and over in the ASPREE study found those eating four or more daily servings of ultra-processed food had a 10% higher risk of depressive symptoms over roughly six years. Strengthens the case for asking older clients about food quality.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Medicine, 23, 172
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-025-04002-4
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-025-04002-4
- Full APA reference
- Mengist, B., Lotfaliany, M., Pasco, J. A., Agustini, B., Berk, M., Forbes, M., Lane, M. M., Orchard, S. G., Ryan, J., Owen, A. J., Woods, R. L., McNeil, J. J., & Mohebbi, M. (2025). The risk associated with ultra-processed food intake on depressive symptoms and mental health in older adults: A target trial emulation. BMC Medicine, 23, 172. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-025-04002-4
REF-075
Paper, guideline or statement
Stronger Together: A Path Towards an EU Mental Health Strategy For All
Mental Health Europe · 2026 · Mental Health Europe
Policy statement from Mental Health Europe calling for a binding EU Mental Health Strategy for 2027 to 2037 as the 2023 approach and its 20 initiatives wind down, with mental ill health costing over 600 billion euro yearly. Five priorities include prevention and community based care.
Full APA reference
Mental Health Europe. (2026, May 4). Stronger together: A path towards an EU mental health strategy for all [Policy brief]. https://www.mentalhealtheurope.org/statement-stronger-together-a-path-towards-a-eu-mental-health-strategy-for-all/
View the source
Verified publication date: 4 May 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-075
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mental Health Europe
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Stronger Together: A Path Towards an EU Mental Health Strategy For All
- Description
- Policy statement from Mental Health Europe calling for a binding EU Mental Health Strategy for 2027 to 2037 as the 2023 approach and its 20 initiatives wind down, with mental ill health costing over 600 billion euro yearly. Five priorities include prevention and community based care.
- Publication or publisher
- Mental Health Europe
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- European Union
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.mentalhealtheurope.org/statement-stronger-together-a-path-towards-a-eu-mental-health-strategy-for-all/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 4 May 2026
- Full APA reference
- Mental Health Europe. (2026, May 4). Stronger together: A path towards an EU mental health strategy for all [Policy brief]. https://www.mentalhealtheurope.org/statement-stronger-together-a-path-towards-a-eu-mental-health-strategy-for-all/
REF-076
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle psychiatry: Evidence-based lifestyle interventions for mental and physical health
Merlo, G., & Sugden, S. G · 2024 · Psychiatric Times
Clinical commentary introducing lifestyle psychiatry to practising clinicians, covering six pillars of nutrition, sleep, exercise, relationships, stress and substance use, and citing emerging guidance from Australasia, Britain and the United States. Accessible orientation piece for clinicians new to prescribing lifestyle change alongside medication and therapy.
Full APA reference
Merlo, G., & Sugden, S. G. (2024). Lifestyle psychiatry: Evidence-based lifestyle interventions for mental and physical health. Psychiatric Times. Retrieved from https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/lifestyle-psychiatry-evidence-based-lifestyle-interventions-for-mental-and-physical-health
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-076
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Merlo, G., & Sugden, S. G
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Lifestyle psychiatry: Evidence-based lifestyle interventions for mental and physical health
- Description
- Clinical commentary introducing lifestyle psychiatry to practising clinicians, covering six pillars of nutrition, sleep, exercise, relationships, stress and substance use, and citing emerging guidance from Australasia, Britain and the United States. Accessible orientation piece for clinicians new to prescribing lifestyle change alongside medication and therapy.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychiatric Times
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Other
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Other or unspecified
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/lifestyle-psychiatry-evidence-based-lifestyle-interventions-for-mental-and-physical-health
- Full APA reference
- Merlo, G., & Sugden, S. G. (2024). Lifestyle psychiatry: Evidence-based lifestyle interventions for mental and physical health. Psychiatric Times. Retrieved from https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/lifestyle-psychiatry-evidence-based-lifestyle-interventions-for-mental-and-physical-health
REF-077
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental Health in Lifestyle Medicine: A Call to Action
Merlo, G., & Vela, A · 2022 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(1), 7–20
Call to action arguing lifestyle medicine should treat mental health as central rather than incidental, reviewing evidence across all six pillars and noting one in five American adults experiences a mental disorder. Frames the two way link between lifestyle and mental health as a core professional responsibility.
Full APA reference
Merlo, G., & Vela, A. (2022). Mental Health in Lifestyle Medicine: A Call to Action. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(1), 7–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276211013313
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-077
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Merlo, G., & Vela, A
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Mental Health in Lifestyle Medicine: A Call to Action
- Description
- Call to action arguing lifestyle medicine should treat mental health as central rather than incidental, reviewing evidence across all six pillars and noting one in five American adults experiences a mental disorder. Frames the two way link between lifestyle and mental health as a core professional responsibility.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(1), 7–20
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276211013313
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276211013313
- Full APA reference
- Merlo, G., & Vela, A. (2022). Mental Health in Lifestyle Medicine: A Call to Action. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(1), 7–20. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276211013313
REF-078
Paper, guideline or statement
Perceptions of mental health professionals on nutritional psychiatry as an adjunct treatment in mainstream psychiatric settings in New South Wales, Australia
Minhas, J., & Mcbride, J. C · 2024 · Cureus, 16(3), e56906
Survey of 40 mental health professionals in New South Wales found 85 to 93% considered nutrition important for mental health, yet 54% rated their own knowledge low and 43% had no nutrition teaching in training, while 92% wanted further education. Identifies a clear workforce training gap.
Full APA reference
Minhas, J., & Mcbride, J. C. (2024). Perceptions of mental health professionals on nutritional psychiatry as an adjunct treatment in mainstream psychiatric settings in New South Wales, Australia. Cureus, 16(3), e56906. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.56906
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-078
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Minhas, J., & Mcbride, J. C
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Perceptions of mental health professionals on nutritional psychiatry as an adjunct treatment in mainstream psychiatric settings in New South Wales, Australia
- Description
- Survey of 40 mental health professionals in New South Wales found 85 to 93% considered nutrition important for mental health, yet 54% rated their own knowledge low and 43% had no nutrition teaching in training, while 92% wanted further education. Identifies a clear workforce training gap.
- Publication or publisher
- Cureus, 16(3), e56906
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.56906
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.56906
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Minhas, J., & Mcbride, J. C. (2024). Perceptions of mental health professionals on nutritional psychiatry as an adjunct treatment in mainstream psychiatric settings in New South Wales, Australia. Cureus, 16(3), e56906. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.56906
REF-079
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2026-2036
Ministry of Health (Manatu Hauora) · 2026 · Ministry of Health, New Zealand
The Ministry of Health's strategy for 2026 to 2036 sets four priorities for New Zealand: prevention and early intervention, access to supports and services, workforce, and effectiveness. Its actions include wraparound housing and employment support for people leaving the system, and cross agency work on the social and economic determinants of wellbeing.
Full APA reference
Ministry of Health. (2026). Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2026-2036. New Zealand Government. https://www.health.govt.nz/publications/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2026-2036
View the source
Verified publication date: August 2026 (strategy document states "Published in August 2026 by the Ministry of Health"; embargo notice "6 August 2026")
All fields
- ID
- REF-079
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ministry of Health (Manatu Hauora)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2026-2036
- Description
- The Ministry of Health's strategy for 2026 to 2036 sets four priorities for New Zealand: prevention and early intervention, access to supports and services, workforce, and effectiveness. Its actions include wraparound housing and employment support for people leaving the system, and cross agency work on the social and economic determinants of wellbeing.
- Publication or publisher
- Ministry of Health, New Zealand
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.govt.nz/publications/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2026-2036
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: August 2026 (strategy document states "Published in August 2026 by the Ministry of Health"; embargo notice "6 August 2026")
- Full APA reference
- Ministry of Health. (2026). Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2026-2036. New Zealand Government. https://www.health.govt.nz/publications/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2026-2036
REF-080
Paper, guideline or statement
Combining Lifestyle Medicine and Positive Psychology to Improve Mental Health and Emotional Well-being
Morton, D. P · 2018 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 12(5), 370–374
Evidence review pairing lifestyle medicine with positive psychology, citing over 80,000 Britons studied on fruit and vegetable intake and happiness, and more than 25 studies linking activity to better mood, plus nature, light, sleep, gratitude and service. Practical framework for wellbeing focused group programs.
Full APA reference
Morton, D. P. (2018). Combining Lifestyle Medicine and Positive Psychology to Improve Mental Health and Emotional Well-being. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 12(5), 370–374. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827618766482/ASSET/1559827618766482.FP.PNG_V03
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-080
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Morton, D. P
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Combining Lifestyle Medicine and Positive Psychology to Improve Mental Health and Emotional Well-being
- Description
- Evidence review pairing lifestyle medicine with positive psychology, citing over 80,000 Britons studied on fruit and vegetable intake and happiness, and more than 25 studies linking activity to better mood, plus nature, light, sleep, gratitude and service. Practical framework for wellbeing focused group programs.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 12(5), 370–374
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827618766482/ASSET/1559827618766482.FP.PNG_V03
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827618766482/ASSET/1559827618766482.FP.PNG_V03
- Full APA reference
- Morton, D. P. (2018). Combining Lifestyle Medicine and Positive Psychology to Improve Mental Health and Emotional Well-being. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 12(5), 370–374. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827618766482/ASSET/1559827618766482.FP.PNG_V03
REF-081
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian dietary guidelines
National Health and Medical Research Council · 2013
The National Health and Medical Research Council's 2013 guidelines set five rules: match intake to energy needs while active, eat from the five food groups, limit saturated fat, salt, added sugars and alcohol, support breastfeeding, and handle food safely. They cover healthy Australians only, and rule out weight loss dieting in pregnancy and childhood.
Full APA reference
National Health and Medical Research Council. (2013). Australian dietary guidelines. https://www.eatforhealth.gov.au/sites/default/files/2022-09/n55_australian_dietary_guidelines.pdf
View the source
Related items: GOV-030
All fields
- ID
- REF-081
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- National Health and Medical Research Council
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Australian dietary guidelines
- Description
- The National Health and Medical Research Council's 2013 guidelines set five rules: match intake to energy needs while active, eat from the five food groups, limit saturated fat, salt, added sugars and alcohol, support breastfeeding, and handle food safely. They cover healthy Australians only, and rule out weight loss dieting in pregnancy and childhood.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.eatforhealth.gov.au/sites/default/files/2022-09/n55_australian_dietary_guidelines.pdf
- Related items
- GOV-030
- Full APA reference
- National Health and Medical Research Council. (2013). Australian dietary guidelines. https://www.eatforhealth.gov.au/sites/default/files/2022-09/n55_australian_dietary_guidelines.pdf
- Same document as
- GOV-030
REF-082
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian guidelines to reduce health risks from drinking alcohol
National Health and Medical Research Council · 2020
The National Health and Medical Research Council's 2020 advice sets three guidelines: healthy adults no more than 10 standard drinks a week and 4 on any day, no alcohol under 18, and none in pregnancy or breastfeeding. One standard drink equals 10 grams of pure alcohol, giving clinicians a fixed threshold for screening.
Full APA reference
National Health and Medical Research Council. (2020). Australian guidelines to reduce health risks from drinking alcohol. https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/australian-guidelines-reduce-health-risks-drinking-alcohol
View the source
Related items: REF-567
All fields
- ID
- REF-082
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- National Health and Medical Research Council
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Australian guidelines to reduce health risks from drinking alcohol
- Description
- The National Health and Medical Research Council's 2020 advice sets three guidelines: healthy adults no more than 10 standard drinks a week and 4 on any day, no alcohol under 18, and none in pregnancy or breastfeeding. One standard drink equals 10 grams of pure alcohol, giving clinicians a fixed threshold for screening.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/australian-guidelines-reduce-health-risks-drinking-alcohol
- Related items
- REF-567
- Full APA reference
- National Health and Medical Research Council. (2020). Australian guidelines to reduce health risks from drinking alcohol. https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/australian-guidelines-reduce-health-risks-drinking-alcohol
REF-083
Paper, guideline or statement
Community engagement: Improving health and wellbeing and reducing health inequalities (NICE Guideline NG44)
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence · 2016 · NICE
NICE guideline NG44, issued in 2016, tells local authorities, the NHS and voluntary organisations how to engage communities, covering overarching principles, collaborations and partnerships, peer and lay roles, embedding engagement in initiatives, and making participation easy. Use is not mandatory, but commissioners must still meet statutory duties to reduce health inequalities and eliminate discrimination.
Full APA reference
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2016). Community engagement: Improving health and wellbeing and reducing health inequalities (NICE Guideline NG44). NICE. Retrieved from https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng44
View the source
Related items: REF-452
All fields
- ID
- REF-083
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Community engagement: Improving health and wellbeing and reducing health inequalities (NICE Guideline NG44)
- Description
- NICE guideline NG44, issued in 2016, tells local authorities, the NHS and voluntary organisations how to engage communities, covering overarching principles, collaborations and partnerships, peer and lay roles, embedding engagement in initiatives, and making participation easy. Use is not mandatory, but commissioners must still meet statutory duties to reduce health inequalities and eliminate discrimination.
- Publication or publisher
- NICE
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng44
- Related items
- REF-452
- Full APA reference
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2016). Community engagement: Improving health and wellbeing and reducing health inequalities (NICE Guideline NG44). NICE. Retrieved from https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng44
REF-084
Paper, guideline or statement
Equally well consensus statement
National Mental Health Commission · 2021 · National Mental Health Commission
The National Mental Health Commission's 2016 consensus statement sets six essential elements: holistic person centred care, promotion and prevention, equity of access, better quality health care, coordinated regional integration, and monitoring of progress. It cites people with psychosis dying 14 to 23 years earlier, and $15 billion a year in physical illness costs.
Full APA reference
National Mental Health Commission. (2021). Equally well consensus statement. National Mental Health Commission. https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/equally-well-consensus-statement
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-084
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- National Mental Health Commission
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Equally well consensus statement
- Description
- The National Mental Health Commission's 2016 consensus statement sets six essential elements: holistic person centred care, promotion and prevention, equity of access, better quality health care, coordinated regional integration, and monitoring of progress. It cites people with psychosis dying 14 to 23 years earlier, and $15 billion a year in physical illness costs.
- Publication or publisher
- National Mental Health Commission
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/equally-well-consensus-statement
- Full APA reference
- National Mental Health Commission. (2021). Equally well consensus statement. National Mental Health Commission. https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/equally-well-consensus-statement
REF-085
Paper, guideline or statement
2026 National Stigma and Discrimination Report Card
National Mental Health Commission · 2026 · National Mental Health Commission
The National Mental Health Commission, with SANE Australia, surveyed 6,032 adults in 2024 and found 70% of people with mental health challenges faced discrimination in at least one life domain, while 68% said stigma was worse than their symptoms. It sets six action areas, including targeting high impact settings and reducing structural stigma.
Full APA reference
National Mental Health Commission. (2026). 2026 National Stigma and Discrimination Report Card: Full report. https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/2026-national-stigma-and-discrimination-report-card-full-report
View the source
Related items: REF-501, REF-593
Verified publication date: 6 July 2026 (date shown on publication page)
All fields
- ID
- REF-085
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Mental Health Commission
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- 2026 National Stigma and Discrimination Report Card
- Description
- The National Mental Health Commission, with SANE Australia, surveyed 6,032 adults in 2024 and found 70% of people with mental health challenges faced discrimination in at least one life domain, while 68% said stigma was worse than their symptoms. It sets six action areas, including targeting high impact settings and reducing structural stigma.
- Publication or publisher
- National Mental Health Commission
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/2026-national-stigma-and-discrimination-report-card-full-report
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 6 July 2026 (date shown on publication page)
- Related items
- REF-501; REF-593
- Full APA reference
- National Mental Health Commission. (2026). 2026 National Stigma and Discrimination Report Card: Full report. https://www.mentalhealthcommission.gov.au/publications/2026-national-stigma-and-discrimination-report-card-full-report
REF-086
Paper, guideline or statement
Is the Comparison between exercise and pharmacologic treatment of depression in the clinical practice guideline of the American college of physicians evidence-based? Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8(MAY)
Netz, Y · 2017 · Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8
Perspective piece re-examining 3 trials comparing exercise with antidepressants and 11 adding exercise to medication, arguing the American College of Physicians guideline wrongly omitted exercise despite comparable results. Supports offering structured activity as a legitimate option when clients resist or cannot tolerate drugs.
Full APA reference
Netz, Y. (2017). Is the Comparison between exercise and pharmacologic treatment of depression in the clinical practice guideline of the American college of physicians evidence-based? Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8(MAY). https://doi.org/10.3389/FPHAR.2017.00257/PDF
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-086
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Netz, Y
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Is the Comparison between exercise and pharmacologic treatment of depression in the clinical practice guideline of the American college of physicians evidence-based? Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8(MAY)
- Description
- Perspective piece re-examining 3 trials comparing exercise with antidepressants and 11 adding exercise to medication, arguing the American College of Physicians guideline wrongly omitted exercise despite comparable results. Supports offering structured activity as a legitimate option when clients resist or cannot tolerate drugs.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3389/FPHAR.2017.00257/PDF
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/FPHAR.2017.00257/PDF
- Full APA reference
- Netz, Y. (2017). Is the Comparison between exercise and pharmacologic treatment of depression in the clinical practice guideline of the American college of physicians evidence-based? Frontiers in Pharmacology, 8(MAY). https://doi.org/10.3389/FPHAR.2017.00257/PDF
REF-087
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of exercise for depression: Systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
Noetel, M., Sanders, T., Gallardo-Gómez, D., Taylor, P., del Pozo Cruz, B., van den Hoek, D., Smith, J. J., Mahoney, J., Spathis, J., Moresi, M., Pagano, R., Pagano, L., Vasconcellos, R., Arnott, H., Varley, B., Parker, P., Biddle, S. J. H., & Lonsdale, C · 2024 · BMJ, 384, e075847
Network meta-analysis of 218 randomised trials and 14,170 participants found walking or jogging (effect size 0.62), yoga (0.55) and strength training (0.49) reduced depression against active controls, with benefits rising with intensity. Gives clinicians concrete dose and modality guidance.
Full APA reference
Noetel, M., Sanders, T., Gallardo-Gómez, D., Taylor, P., del Pozo Cruz, B., van den Hoek, D., Smith, J. J., Mahoney, J., Spathis, J., Moresi, M., Pagano, R., Pagano, L., Vasconcellos, R., Arnott, H., Varley, B., Parker, P., Biddle, S. J. H., & Lonsdale, C. (2024). Effect of exercise for depression: Systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. BMJ, 384, e075847. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-075847
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-087
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Noetel, M., Sanders, T., Gallardo-Gómez, D., Taylor, P., del Pozo Cruz, B., van den Hoek, D., Smith, J. J., Mahoney, J., Spathis, J., Moresi, M., Pagano, R., Pagano, L., Vasconcellos, R., Arnott, H., Varley, B., Parker, P., Biddle, S. J. H., & Lonsdale, C
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Effect of exercise for depression: Systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
- Description
- Network meta-analysis of 218 randomised trials and 14,170 participants found walking or jogging (effect size 0.62), yoga (0.55) and strength training (0.49) reduced depression against active controls, with benefits rising with intensity. Gives clinicians concrete dose and modality guidance.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 384, e075847
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-075847
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-075847
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Noetel, M., Sanders, T., Gallardo-Gómez, D., Taylor, P., del Pozo Cruz, B., van den Hoek, D., Smith, J. J., Mahoney, J., Spathis, J., Moresi, M., Pagano, R., Pagano, L., Vasconcellos, R., Arnott, H., Varley, B., Parker, P., Biddle, S. J. H., & Lonsdale, C. (2024). Effect of exercise for depression: Systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. BMJ, 384, e075847. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-075847
REF-088
Paper, guideline or statement
Healthy eating and active living strategy 2022–2032
NSW Government · 2022
NSW Health published this ten year plan in September 2022 with four priorities: prevention programs and services, routine healthy eating and active living advice within clinical care, social marketing for behaviour change, and healthier food and built environments. Running to 2032, it targets overweight and obesity through joint action with partner agencies.
Full APA reference
NSW Government. (2022). Healthy eating and active living strategy 2022–2032. https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/heal/Pages/nsw-healthy-eating-strategy.aspx
View the source
Related items: GOV-054
All fields
- ID
- REF-088
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- NSW Government
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Healthy eating and active living strategy 2022–2032
- Description
- NSW Health published this ten year plan in September 2022 with four priorities: prevention programs and services, routine healthy eating and active living advice within clinical care, social marketing for behaviour change, and healthier food and built environments. Running to 2032, it targets overweight and obesity through joint action with partner agencies.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/heal/Pages/nsw-healthy-eating-strategy.aspx
- Related items
- GOV-054
- Full APA reference
- NSW Government. (2022). Healthy eating and active living strategy 2022–2032. https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/heal/Pages/nsw-healthy-eating-strategy.aspx
- Same document as
- GOV-054
REF-089
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical health care for people living with mental health issues
NSW Ministry of Health · 2023 · NSW Health
NSW Health guideline GL2021_006 splits physical health care for people with mental health issues into five chapters: prevention and health promotion, access and intervention, comprehensive assessment, effective and integrated care, and value based care. Services must screen routinely, act on findings under the rule "don't just screen, intervene", and co-design integrated care plans.
Full APA reference
NSW Ministry of Health. (2023). Physical health care for people living with mental health issues. NSW Health. Retrieved from https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/mentalhealth/professionals/physical-health-care/Pages/default.aspx
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-089
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- NSW Ministry of Health
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Physical health care for people living with mental health issues
- Description
- NSW Health guideline GL2021_006 splits physical health care for people with mental health issues into five chapters: prevention and health promotion, access and intervention, comprehensive assessment, effective and integrated care, and value based care. Services must screen routinely, act on findings under the rule "don't just screen, intervene", and co-design integrated care plans.
- Publication or publisher
- NSW Health
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/mentalhealth/professionals/physical-health-care/Pages/default.aspx
- Full APA reference
- NSW Ministry of Health. (2023). Physical health care for people living with mental health issues. NSW Health. Retrieved from https://www.health.nsw.gov.au/mentalhealth/professionals/physical-health-care/Pages/default.aspx
REF-090
Paper, guideline or statement
TPG26-02 NSW Performance and Wellbeing Framework
NSW Treasury · 2026 · NSW Treasury
NSW Treasury's TPG26-02, issued February 2026, makes it mandatory for general government sector agencies to report against the Performance and Wellbeing Framework introduced in the 2025 to 2026 budget. It supersedes TPP18-09 Outcome Budgeting and links agency spending decisions to measures of the wellbeing of the people of NSW.
Full APA reference
NSW Treasury. (2026). TPG26-02 NSW performance and wellbeing framework. NSW Government. https://arp.nsw.gov.au/tpg26-02-nsw-performance-and-wellbeing-framework
View the source
Related items: GOV-045
Wellbeing framework. Operative period: Active, mandatory, no end date. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Page states Issued 25 February 2026, Status Active, Compliance Mandatory, supersedes TPP18-09 Outcome Budgeting
All fields
- ID
- REF-090
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- NSW Treasury
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- TPG26-02 NSW Performance and Wellbeing Framework
- Description
- NSW Treasury's TPG26-02, issued February 2026, makes it mandatory for general government sector agencies to report against the Performance and Wellbeing Framework introduced in the 2025 to 2026 budget. It supersedes TPP18-09 Outcome Budgeting and links agency spending decisions to measures of the wellbeing of the people of NSW.
- Publication or publisher
- NSW Treasury
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://arp.nsw.gov.au/tpg26-02-nsw-performance-and-wellbeing-framework
- Verification note
- Wellbeing framework. Operative period: Active, mandatory, no end date. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Page states Issued 25 February 2026, Status Active, Compliance Mandatory, supersedes TPP18-09 Outcome Budgeting
- Related items
- GOV-045
- Full APA reference
- NSW Treasury. (2026). *TPG26-02 NSW performance and wellbeing framework*. NSW Government. https://arp.nsw.gov.au/tpg26-02-nsw-performance-and-wellbeing-framework
- Same document as
- GOV-045
REF-091
Paper, guideline or statement
Efficacy of a multimodal lifestyle intervention (The Lift Project) for improving the mental health of individuals with an affective mood disorder living in South Africa
Oakes-Cornellissen, A., Morton, D., Rankin, P., & Renfrew, M · 2023 · Frontiers in Psychology, 14
Single arm pilot of the 10 week Lift Project with 23 adults taking psychiatric medication in Kathu, South Africa, improved all six outcomes, with effect sizes of 0.66 to 1.71. Shows group lifestyle and positive psychology programs can work in small, low resource mining communities.
Full APA reference
Oakes-Cornellissen, A., Morton, D., Rankin, P., & Renfrew, M. (2023). Efficacy of a multimodal lifestyle intervention (The Lift Project) for improving the mental health of individuals with an affective mood disorder living in South Africa. Frontiers in Psychology, 14. https://doi.org/10.3389/FPSYG.2023.1127068/PDF
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-091
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Oakes-Cornellissen, A., Morton, D., Rankin, P., & Renfrew, M
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Efficacy of a multimodal lifestyle intervention (The Lift Project) for improving the mental health of individuals with an affective mood disorder living in South Africa
- Description
- Single arm pilot of the 10 week Lift Project with 23 adults taking psychiatric medication in Kathu, South Africa, improved all six outcomes, with effect sizes of 0.66 to 1.71. Shows group lifestyle and positive psychology programs can work in small, low resource mining communities.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 14
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3389/FPSYG.2023.1127068/PDF
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/FPSYG.2023.1127068/PDF
- Full APA reference
- Oakes-Cornellissen, A., Morton, D., Rankin, P., & Renfrew, M. (2023). Efficacy of a multimodal lifestyle intervention (The Lift Project) for improving the mental health of individuals with an affective mood disorder living in South Africa. Frontiers in Psychology, 14. https://doi.org/10.3389/FPSYG.2023.1127068/PDF
REF-092
Paper, guideline or statement
Designing Lifestyle Interventions for Common Mental Disorders: What Can We Learn from Diabetes Prevention Programs? Nutrients 2021, Vol. 13, Page 3766, 13(11), 3766
Opie, R. S., Jacka, F. N., Marx, W., Rocks, T., Young, C., & O’neil, A · 2021 · Nutrients, 13(11), 3766
Narrative review borrowing from diabetes prevention programs to design lifestyle interventions for common mental disorders, favouring group delivery, peer support, cultural adaptation, affordability and retention over weight focused framing. Offers a practical checklist for anyone scaling lifestyle psychiatry beyond small trials.
Full APA reference
Opie, R. S., Jacka, F. N., Marx, W., Rocks, T., Young, C., & O’neil, A. (2021). Designing Lifestyle Interventions for Common Mental Disorders: What Can We Learn from Diabetes Prevention Programs? Nutrients 2021, Vol. 13, Page 3766, 13(11), 3766. https://doi.org/10.3390/NU13113766
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-092
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Opie, R. S., Jacka, F. N., Marx, W., Rocks, T., Young, C., & O’neil, A
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Designing Lifestyle Interventions for Common Mental Disorders: What Can We Learn from Diabetes Prevention Programs? Nutrients 2021, Vol. 13, Page 3766, 13(11), 3766
- Description
- Narrative review borrowing from diabetes prevention programs to design lifestyle interventions for common mental disorders, favouring group delivery, peer support, cultural adaptation, affordability and retention over weight focused framing. Offers a practical checklist for anyone scaling lifestyle psychiatry beyond small trials.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutrients, 13(11), 3766
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3390/NU13113766
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/NU13113766
- Full APA reference
- Opie, R. S., Jacka, F. N., Marx, W., Rocks, T., Young, C., & O’neil, A. (2021). Designing Lifestyle Interventions for Common Mental Disorders: What Can We Learn from Diabetes Prevention Programs? Nutrients 2021, Vol. 13, Page 3766, 13(11), 3766. https://doi.org/10.3390/NU13113766
REF-093
Paper, guideline or statement
Clarifying the role of sleep in depression: A narrative review
Pandi-Perumal, S. R., Monti, J. M., Burman, D., Karthikeyan, R., BaHammam, A. S., Spence, D. W., Brown, G. M., & Narashimhan, M · 2020 · Psychiatry Research, 291
Narrative review of human and animal evidence links depression, which affects 4.4% to 20% of people, with disrupted circadian rhythms, melatonin signalling, neuroinflammation and sleep apnoea. Makes the case for treating sleep as a treatment target rather than only a symptom.
Full APA reference
Pandi-Perumal, S. R., Monti, J. M., Burman, D., Karthikeyan, R., BaHammam, A. S., Spence, D. W., Brown, G. M., & Narashimhan, M. (2020). Clarifying the role of sleep in depression: A narrative review. Psychiatry Research, 291. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113239
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-093
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Pandi-Perumal, S. R., Monti, J. M., Burman, D., Karthikeyan, R., BaHammam, A. S., Spence, D. W., Brown, G. M., & Narashimhan, M
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Clarifying the role of sleep in depression: A narrative review
- Description
- Narrative review of human and animal evidence links depression, which affects 4.4% to 20% of people, with disrupted circadian rhythms, melatonin signalling, neuroinflammation and sleep apnoea. Makes the case for treating sleep as a treatment target rather than only a symptom.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychiatry Research, 291
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113239
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113239
- Full APA reference
- Pandi-Perumal, S. R., Monti, J. M., Burman, D., Karthikeyan, R., BaHammam, A. S., Spence, D. W., Brown, G. M., & Narashimhan, M. (2020). Clarifying the role of sleep in depression: A narrative review. Psychiatry Research, 291. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.PSYCHRES.2020.113239
REF-094
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine: A foundational framework for high-value care
Patel, P. · 2026 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine
Commentary on the American College of Lifestyle Medicine position statement, which sets five principles for lifestyle medicine as high value care in a country where about 76% of adults have a chronic condition. Argues payment reform and shared training are needed to embed it.
Full APA reference
Patel, P. (2026). Lifestyle medicine: A foundational framework for high-value care. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276261420127
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-458
Verified publication date: 31 January 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-094
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Patel, P.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine: A foundational framework for high-value care
- Description
- Commentary on the American College of Lifestyle Medicine position statement, which sets five principles for lifestyle medicine as high value care in a country where about 76% of adults have a chronic condition. Argues payment reform and shared training are needed to embed it.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12861401/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276261420127
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 31 January 2026
- Related items
- REF-458
- Full APA reference
- Patel, P. (2026). Lifestyle medicine: A foundational framework for high-value care. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276261420127
REF-095
Paper, guideline or statement
Longitudinal associations of loneliness with mental ill-health, physical ill-health, lifestyle factors and mortality in ageing adults in Thailand
Pengpid, S., Peltzer, K., & Anantanasuwong, D · 2023 · BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–10
Cohort study following 5,616 Thai adults aged 45 and over from 2015 to 2020 found loneliness, reported by about 22%, predicted depression, insomnia, poorer physical health, and new diabetes, kidney disease and disability. Strengthens the case for treating social connection as a clinical risk factor.
Full APA reference
Pengpid, S., Peltzer, K., & Anantanasuwong, D. (2023). Longitudinal associations of loneliness with mental ill-health, physical ill-health, lifestyle factors and mortality in ageing adults in Thailand. BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-05263-0
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-508, REF-570
All fields
- ID
- REF-095
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Pengpid, S., Peltzer, K., & Anantanasuwong, D
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Longitudinal associations of loneliness with mental ill-health, physical ill-health, lifestyle factors and mortality in ageing adults in Thailand
- Description
- Cohort study following 5,616 Thai adults aged 45 and over from 2015 to 2020 found loneliness, reported by about 22%, predicted depression, insomnia, poorer physical health, and new diabetes, kidney disease and disability. Strengthens the case for treating social connection as a clinical risk factor.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–10
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-05263-0
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-05263-0
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-508; REF-570
- Full APA reference
- Pengpid, S., Peltzer, K., & Anantanasuwong, D. (2023). Longitudinal associations of loneliness with mental ill-health, physical ill-health, lifestyle factors and mortality in ageing adults in Thailand. BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-05263-0
REF-096
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle psychiatry for depression and anxiety: Beyond diet and exercise
Piotrowski, M. C., Lunsford, J., & Gaynes, B. N · 2021 · Lifestyle Medicine, 2(1)
Review widening lifestyle psychiatry past diet and exercise to sleep, stress, substance use and relationships, plus five neglected targets: financial stability, time in nature, pet ownership, materialistic values and screen use. Expands the list of modifiable factors clinicians can realistically explore with clients.
Full APA reference
Piotrowski, M. C., Lunsford, J., & Gaynes, B. N. (2021). Lifestyle psychiatry for depression and anxiety: Beyond diet and exercise. Lifestyle Medicine, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.1002/LIM2.21
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-096
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Piotrowski, M. C., Lunsford, J., & Gaynes, B. N
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Lifestyle psychiatry for depression and anxiety: Beyond diet and exercise
- Description
- Review widening lifestyle psychiatry past diet and exercise to sleep, stress, substance use and relationships, plus five neglected targets: financial stability, time in nature, pet ownership, materialistic values and screen use. Expands the list of modifiable factors clinicians can realistically explore with clients.
- Publication or publisher
- Lifestyle Medicine, 2(1)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1002/LIM2.21
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/LIM2.21
- Full APA reference
- Piotrowski, M. C., Lunsford, J., & Gaynes, B. N. (2021). Lifestyle psychiatry for depression and anxiety: Beyond diet and exercise. Lifestyle Medicine, 2(1). https://doi.org/10.1002/LIM2.21
REF-097
Paper, guideline or statement
A Scotland where everybody thrives: Public Health Scotland’s strategic plan 2022 to 2025
Public Health Scotland · 2024
Public Health Scotland's plan for 2022 to 2025 commits it to prevent disease, prolong healthy life, promote health and wellbeing, and put reducing health inequalities at the heart of its work. Noting that people in Scotland's poorest areas die more than 10 years earlier than the wealthiest, it targets child poverty and mental wellbeing.
Full APA reference
Public Health Scotland. (2024). A Scotland where everybody thrives: Public Health Scotland’s strategic plan 2022 to 2025. Retrieved from https://publichealthscotland.scot/about-us/what-we-do-and-how-we-work/a-scotland-where-everybody-thrives-public-health-scotland-s-strategic-plan-2022-to-2025/
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-097
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Public Health Scotland
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- A Scotland where everybody thrives: Public Health Scotland’s strategic plan 2022 to 2025
- Description
- Public Health Scotland's plan for 2022 to 2025 commits it to prevent disease, prolong healthy life, promote health and wellbeing, and put reducing health inequalities at the heart of its work. Noting that people in Scotland's poorest areas die more than 10 years earlier than the wealthiest, it targets child poverty and mental wellbeing.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Scotland
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://publichealthscotland.scot/about-us/what-we-do-and-how-we-work/a-scotland-where-everybody-thrives-public-health-scotland-s-strategic-plan-2022-to-2025/
- Full APA reference
- Public Health Scotland. (2024). A Scotland where everybody thrives: Public Health Scotland’s strategic plan 2022 to 2025. Retrieved from https://publichealthscotland.scot/about-us/what-we-do-and-how-we-work/a-scotland-where-everybody-thrives-public-health-scotland-s-strategic-plan-2022-to-2025/
REF-098
Paper, guideline or statement
Together we can: Our 10-year strategy to 2035
Public Health Scotland · 2026 · Public Health Scotland
Public Health Scotland's Together We Can, published January 2026, sets five drivers to 2035: building a prevention focused system, improving social and economic conditions, strengthening places and communities, enabling healthy living, and equitable access to health and care. It aims to raise life expectancy and narrow the gap between the most and least deprived communities.
Full APA reference
Public Health Scotland. (2026). Together we can: Our 10-year strategy to 2035. https://publichealthscotland.scot/publications/together-we-can-our-10-year-strategy-to-2035/
View the source
Verified publication date: 27 January 2026 (publication date shown on the publications page)
All fields
- ID
- REF-098
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Public Health Scotland
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Together we can: Our 10-year strategy to 2035
- Description
- Public Health Scotland's Together We Can, published January 2026, sets five drivers to 2035: building a prevention focused system, improving social and economic conditions, strengthening places and communities, enabling healthy living, and equitable access to health and care. It aims to raise life expectancy and narrow the gap between the most and least deprived communities.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Scotland
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Scotland
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://publichealthscotland.scot/publications/together-we-can-our-10-year-strategy-to-2035/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 27 January 2026 (publication date shown on the publications page)
- Full APA reference
- Public Health Scotland. (2026). Together we can: Our 10-year strategy to 2035. https://publichealthscotland.scot/publications/together-we-can-our-10-year-strategy-to-2035/
REF-099
Paper, guideline or statement
Screening equity strategy 2026 to 2031
Public Health Wales · 2026 · Public Health Wales
Public Health Wales sets five priorities for 2026 to 2031: accessible information, working together, using our services, learning and training, and monitoring and evaluation of impact. A Screening Division Equity Action Plan will set who acts and by when, promising online booking, flexible appointments and targeted calls to non responders.
Full APA reference
Public Health Wales. (2026). Screening equity strategy 2026 to 2031. https://phw.nhs.wales/reports/screening-equity-strategy-2026-to-2031/
View the source
Verified publication date: 18 August 2026 (page states "18th August 2026")
All fields
- ID
- REF-099
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Public Health Wales
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Screening equity strategy 2026 to 2031
- Description
- Public Health Wales sets five priorities for 2026 to 2031: accessible information, working together, using our services, learning and training, and monitoring and evaluation of impact. A Screening Division Equity Action Plan will set who acts and by when, promising online booking, flexible appointments and targeted calls to non responders.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Wales
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Wales
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://phw.nhs.wales/reports/screening-equity-strategy-2026-to-2031/
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 18 August 2026 (page states "18th August 2026")
- Full APA reference
- Public Health Wales. (2026). Screening equity strategy 2026 to 2031. https://phw.nhs.wales/reports/screening-equity-strategy-2026-to-2031/
REF-100
Paper, guideline or statement
Prevention strategic framework 2017–2026
Queensland Government · 2017
Queensland Health's framework for 2017 to 2026 aims to increase healthy behaviours through two objectives, healthy places and empowered people, and targets tobacco smoking and vaping, unsafe sun exposure, unhealthy eating and physical inactivity. It puts Queensland chronic disease costs at $9.6 billion and cites a median $14 return for every $1 invested in prevention.
Full APA reference
Queensland Government. (2017). Prevention strategic framework 2017–2026. https://www.health.qld.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0036/651798/prevention-strategic-framework.pdf
View the source
Related items: GOV-097
All fields
- ID
- REF-100
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Queensland Government
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Prevention strategic framework 2017–2026
- Description
- Queensland Health's framework for 2017 to 2026 aims to increase healthy behaviours through two objectives, healthy places and empowered people, and targets tobacco smoking and vaping, unsafe sun exposure, unhealthy eating and physical inactivity. It puts Queensland chronic disease costs at $9.6 billion and cites a median $14 return for every $1 invested in prevention.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Queensland
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.qld.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0036/651798/prevention-strategic-framework.pdf
- Related items
- GOV-097
- Full APA reference
- Queensland Government. (2017). Prevention strategic framework 2017–2026. https://www.health.qld.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0036/651798/prevention-strategic-framework.pdf
- Same document as
- GOV-097
REF-101
Paper, guideline or statement
Queensland Spirit: The Road to 2032
Queensland Government · 2026 · Queensland Government
The Queensland Government's sport plan, announced July 2026, sets four priorities: Games On!, the home of Australian sport, Play On! and Beyond 2032. It funds $200 sports vouchers, up to $150 for learn to swim for children aged 0 to 4, and grassroots infrastructure for 8,500 clubs serving 865,000 participants.
Full APA reference
Queensland Government. (2026, July 23). Queensland Spirit: The road to 2032. https://statements.qld.gov.au/statements/105647
View the source
Related items: GOV-084
Physical activity strategy. Operative period: To 2032. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Ministerial statement states "Published Thursday, 23 July, 2026 at 01:20 PM"; strategy page at https://www.sport.qld.gov.au/sport/sport-strategy
All fields
- ID
- REF-101
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Queensland Government
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Queensland Spirit: The Road to 2032
- Description
- The Queensland Government's sport plan, announced July 2026, sets four priorities: Games On!, the home of Australian sport, Play On! and Beyond 2032. It funds $200 sports vouchers, up to $150 for learn to swim for children aged 0 to 4, and grassroots infrastructure for 8,500 clubs serving 865,000 participants.
- Publication or publisher
- Queensland Government
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Queensland
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://statements.qld.gov.au/statements/105647
- Verification note
- Physical activity strategy. Operative period: To 2032. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Ministerial statement states "Published Thursday, 23 July, 2026 at 01:20 PM"; strategy page at https://www.sport.qld.gov.au/sport/sport-strategy
- Related items
- GOV-084
- Full APA reference
- Queensland Government. (2026, July 23). *Queensland Spirit: The road to 2032*. https://statements.qld.gov.au/statements/105647
- Same document as
- GOV-084
REF-102
Paper, guideline or statement
Adherence to Australian diet, physical activity and alcohol guidelines is associated with lower risk of depression and anxiety: A secondary analysis of the CALM trial
Radovic, L. K., Orr, R., Lane, M. M., Jacka, F. N., Jabeen, T., Young, L. M., Saunders, D., Mahoney, S., Turner, M., Bryan, M., John, T., Marx, W., Rocks, T., O'Neil, A., & Ashtree, D. N. · 2026 · International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 77(2), 136-145
Secondary analysis pooling both arms of the CALM trial, 182 distressed Australian adults, found meeting activity guidelines (risk ratio 0.51), limiting alcohol (0.59) and higher diet quality (0.93) predicted less depression and anxiety. Lets clinicians use familiar national guidelines as mental health advice.
Full APA reference
Radovic, L. K., Orr, R., Lane, M. M., Jacka, F. N., Jabeen, T., Young, L. M., Saunders, D., Mahoney, S., Turner, M., Bryan, M., John, T., Marx, W., Rocks, T., O'Neil, A., & Ashtree, D. N. (2026). Adherence to Australian diet, physical activity and alcohol guidelines is associated with lower risk of depression and anxiety: A secondary analysis of the CALM trial. International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 77(2), 136-145. https://doi.org/10.1080/09637486.2026.2624827
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-565
Verified publication date: March 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Mar", epub 2 March 2026)
All fields
- ID
- REF-102
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Radovic, L. K., Orr, R., Lane, M. M., Jacka, F. N., Jabeen, T., Young, L. M., Saunders, D., Mahoney, S., Turner, M., Bryan, M., John, T., Marx, W., Rocks, T., O'Neil, A., & Ashtree, D. N.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Adherence to Australian diet, physical activity and alcohol guidelines is associated with lower risk of depression and anxiety: A secondary analysis of the CALM trial
- Description
- Secondary analysis pooling both arms of the CALM trial, 182 distressed Australian adults, found meeting activity guidelines (risk ratio 0.51), limiting alcohol (0.59) and higher diet quality (0.93) predicted less depression and anxiety. Lets clinicians use familiar national guidelines as mental health advice.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 77(2), 136-145
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41769734/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/09637486.2026.2624827
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: March 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Mar", epub 2 March 2026)
- Related items
- REF-565
- Full APA reference
- Radovic, L. K., Orr, R., Lane, M. M., Jacka, F. N., Jabeen, T., Young, L. M., Saunders, D., Mahoney, S., Turner, M., Bryan, M., John, T., Marx, W., Rocks, T., O'Neil, A., & Ashtree, D. N. (2026). Adherence to Australian diet, physical activity and alcohol guidelines is associated with lower risk of depression and anxiety: A secondary analysis of the CALM trial. International Journal of Food Sciences and Nutrition, 77(2), 136-145. https://doi.org/10.1080/09637486.2026.2624827
REF-103
Paper, guideline or statement
The acceptability of lifestyle medicine for the treatment of mental illness: Perspectives of people with and without lived experience of mental illness
Richardson, K., Petukhova, R., Hughes, S., Pitt, J., Yücel, M., & Segrave, R · 2024 · BMC Public Health, 24(1), Article 171
Online survey of 649 Australian adults, 54% with lived experience of mental illness, found 77% felt positive about lifestyle medicine and 86% understood it, yet fewer than half felt able to sustain it. Suggests confidence, effort and cost, not credibility, are the real barriers.
Full APA reference
Richardson, K., Petukhova, R., Hughes, S., Pitt, J., Yücel, M., & Segrave, R. (2024). The acceptability of lifestyle medicine for the treatment of mental illness: Perspectives of people with and without lived experience of mental illness. BMC Public Health, 24(1), Article 171. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-024-17683-y
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-103
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Richardson, K., Petukhova, R., Hughes, S., Pitt, J., Yücel, M., & Segrave, R
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The acceptability of lifestyle medicine for the treatment of mental illness: Perspectives of people with and without lived experience of mental illness
- Description
- Online survey of 649 Australian adults, 54% with lived experience of mental illness, found 77% felt positive about lifestyle medicine and 86% understood it, yet fewer than half felt able to sustain it. Suggests confidence, effort and cost, not credibility, are the real barriers.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 24(1), Article 171
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-024-17683-y
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-024-17683-y
- Full APA reference
- Richardson, K., Petukhova, R., Hughes, S., Pitt, J., Yücel, M., & Segrave, R. (2024). The acceptability of lifestyle medicine for the treatment of mental illness: Perspectives of people with and without lived experience of mental illness. BMC Public Health, 24(1), Article 171. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-024-17683-y
REF-104
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle Medicine Is Truly the Strong Foundation for Modern Health Care
Rippe, J. M · 2020 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(5), 468–470
Editorial introducing a journal issue drawn from the 2019 American College of Lifestyle Medicine conference, arguing lifestyle medicine belongs at the foundation of health care from birth to old age. Useful for explaining why nutrition, activity, sleep, stress and social connection are handled together.
Full APA reference
Rippe, J. M. (2020). Lifestyle Medicine Is Truly the Strong Foundation for Modern Health Care. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(5), 468–470. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620912165
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-104
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Rippe, J. M
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Lifestyle Medicine Is Truly the Strong Foundation for Modern Health Care
- Description
- Editorial introducing a journal issue drawn from the 2019 American College of Lifestyle Medicine conference, arguing lifestyle medicine belongs at the foundation of health care from birth to old age. Useful for explaining why nutrition, activity, sleep, stress and social connection are handled together.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(5), 468–470
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620912165
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620912165
- Full APA reference
- Rippe, J. M. (2020). Lifestyle Medicine Is Truly the Strong Foundation for Modern Health Care. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(5), 468–470. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620912165
REF-105
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health and wellbeing: Position statement Positive Health and Wellbeing – retrieved May 2025 from
Royal Society for Public Health · n.d.
Royal Society for Public Health position statement treats mental health as core public health business, citing mental illness as the largest global disease burden, affecting over one in four people and costing England £105.2 billion in 2009 to 2010. Calls for wellbeing impact assessment and prevention.
Full APA reference
Royal Society for Public Health. (n.d.). Mental health and wellbeing: Position statement Positive Health and Wellbeing – retrieved May 2025 from https://www.rsph.org.uk/static/uploaded/8952b9b1-4d22-437b-865c7738ee68d2f9.pdf
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-105
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Royal Society for Public Health
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Mental health and wellbeing: Position statement Positive Health and Wellbeing – retrieved May 2025 from
- Description
- Royal Society for Public Health position statement treats mental health as core public health business, citing mental illness as the largest global disease burden, affecting over one in four people and costing England £105.2 billion in 2009 to 2010. Calls for wellbeing impact assessment and prevention.
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.rsph.org.uk/static/uploaded/8952b9b1-4d22-437b-865c7738ee68d2f9.pdf
- Full APA reference
- Royal Society for Public Health. (n.d.). Mental health and wellbeing: Position statement Positive Health and Wellbeing – retrieved May 2025 from https://www.rsph.org.uk/static/uploaded/8952b9b1-4d22-437b-865c7738ee68d2f9.pdf
REF-106
Paper, guideline or statement
Well-being is more than happiness and life satisfaction: A multidimensional analysis of 21 countries
Ruggeri, K., Garcia-Garzon, E., Maguire, Á., et al. · 2020 · Health and Quality of Life Outcomes, 18, 192
Analysis of European Social Survey data from roughly 40,000 respondents in each of 2006 and 2012 across 21 countries built a ten dimension measure of psychological wellbeing. Single happiness or satisfaction scores can hide problems, so tracking separate dimensions gives policy and practice clearer targets for improving wellbeing.
Full APA reference
Ruggeri, K., Garcia-Garzon, E., Maguire, Á. et al. Well-being is more than happiness and life satisfaction: a multidimensional analysis of 21 countries. Health Qual Life Outcomes 18, 192 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12955-020-01423-y
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-106
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Ruggeri, K., Garcia-Garzon, E., Maguire, Á., et al.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Well-being is more than happiness and life satisfaction: A multidimensional analysis of 21 countries
- Description
- Analysis of European Social Survey data from roughly 40,000 respondents in each of 2006 and 2012 across 21 countries built a ten dimension measure of psychological wellbeing. Single happiness or satisfaction scores can hide problems, so tracking separate dimensions gives policy and practice clearer targets for improving wellbeing.
- Publication or publisher
- Health and Quality of Life Outcomes, 18, 192
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12955-020-01423-y
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12955-020-01423-y
- Full APA reference
- Ruggeri, K., Garcia-Garzon, E., Maguire, Á. et al. Well-being is more than happiness and life satisfaction: a multidimensional analysis of 21 countries. Health Qual Life Outcomes 18, 192 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12955-020-01423-y
REF-107
Paper, guideline or statement
Social connectedness improves public mental health: Investigating bidirectional relationships in the New Zealand attitudes and values survey
Saeri, A. K., Cruwys, T., Barlow, F. K., Stronge, S., & Sibley, C. G · 2018 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52(4), 365–374
Cross lagged analysis of about 21,227 New Zealanders in a national longitudinal values survey showed social connectedness predicted later mental health more strongly and consistently than mental health predicted connectedness. Positions belonging and social ties as a modifiable determinant worth building into prevention programs and clinical care.
Full APA reference
Saeri, A. K., Cruwys, T., Barlow, F. K., Stronge, S., & Sibley, C. G. (2018). Social connectedness improves public mental health: Investigating bidirectional relationships in the New Zealand attitudes and values survey. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52(4), 365–374. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867417723990/
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506
All fields
- ID
- REF-107
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Saeri, A. K., Cruwys, T., Barlow, F. K., Stronge, S., & Sibley, C. G
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Social connectedness improves public mental health: Investigating bidirectional relationships in the New Zealand attitudes and values survey
- Description
- Cross lagged analysis of about 21,227 New Zealanders in a national longitudinal values survey showed social connectedness predicted later mental health more strongly and consistently than mental health predicted connectedness. Positions belonging and social ties as a modifiable determinant worth building into prevention programs and clinical care.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52(4), 365–374
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867417723990/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867417723990/
- Related items
- REF-506
- Full APA reference
- Saeri, A. K., Cruwys, T., Barlow, F. K., Stronge, S., & Sibley, C. G. (2018). Social connectedness improves public mental health: Investigating bidirectional relationships in the New Zealand attitudes and values survey. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 52(4), 365–374. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867417723990/
REF-108
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle factors and psychological well-being: 10-year follow-up study in Lithuanian urban population
Sapranaviciute-Zabazlajeva, L., Sileikiene, L., Luksiene, D., Tamosiunas, A., Radisauskas, R., Milvidaite, I., & Bobak, M · 2022 · BMC Public Health, 22, Article 1011
Ten year follow up of 3,267 adults aged 45 to 72 in Kaunas, Lithuania, found healthier baseline behaviours predicted higher psychological wellbeing a decade later on the CASP-12 scale. Supports lifestyle change as a long term investment in mental wellbeing, not only physical health.
Full APA reference
Sapranaviciute-Zabazlajeva, L., Sileikiene, L., Luksiene, D., Tamosiunas, A., Radisauskas, R., Milvidaite, I., & Bobak, M. (2022). Lifestyle factors and psychological well-being: 10-year follow-up study in Lithuanian urban population. BMC Public Health, 22, Article 1011. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-13413-4
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-108
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Sapranaviciute-Zabazlajeva, L., Sileikiene, L., Luksiene, D., Tamosiunas, A., Radisauskas, R., Milvidaite, I., & Bobak, M
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Lifestyle factors and psychological well-being: 10-year follow-up study in Lithuanian urban population
- Description
- Ten year follow up of 3,267 adults aged 45 to 72 in Kaunas, Lithuania, found healthier baseline behaviours predicted higher psychological wellbeing a decade later on the CASP-12 scale. Supports lifestyle change as a long term investment in mental wellbeing, not only physical health.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 22, Article 1011
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-13413-4
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-13413-4
- Full APA reference
- Sapranaviciute-Zabazlajeva, L., Sileikiene, L., Luksiene, D., Tamosiunas, A., Radisauskas, R., Milvidaite, I., & Bobak, M. (2022). Lifestyle factors and psychological well-being: 10-year follow-up study in Lithuanian urban population. BMC Public Health, 22, Article 1011. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-022-13413-4
REF-109
Paper, guideline or statement
The effect of aerobic exercises of different intensities on anxiety, cigarette addiction, sleep quality, and quality of life in former smokers
Sarıtoy, A., & Usgu, S · 2022 · Irish Journal of Medical Science
Randomised trial of 60 recent quitters aged 18 to 45 in Turkey compared eight weeks of mild and moderate intensity aerobic exercise with no exercise. Moderate intensity cut cravings most and mild intensity improved sleep disturbance, though anxiety and quality of life were unchanged.
Full APA reference
Sarıtoy, A., & Usgu, S. (2022). The effect of aerobic exercises of different intensities on anxiety, cigarette addiction, sleep quality, and quality of life in former smokers. Irish Journal of Medical Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-022-03065-z
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-109
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Sarıtoy, A., & Usgu, S
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- The effect of aerobic exercises of different intensities on anxiety, cigarette addiction, sleep quality, and quality of life in former smokers
- Description
- Randomised trial of 60 recent quitters aged 18 to 45 in Turkey compared eight weeks of mild and moderate intensity aerobic exercise with no exercise. Moderate intensity cut cravings most and mild intensity improved sleep disturbance, though anxiety and quality of life were unchanged.
- Publication or publisher
- Irish Journal of Medical Science
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-022-03065-z
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-022-03065-z
- Full APA reference
- Sarıtoy, A., & Usgu, S. (2022). The effect of aerobic exercises of different intensities on anxiety, cigarette addiction, sleep quality, and quality of life in former smokers. Irish Journal of Medical Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11845-022-03065-z
REF-110
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine: A new medical specialty? BMJ, 363, k4442
Sayburn, A · 2018
BMJ feature from 2018 charts rising interest in lifestyle medicine, noting 40 health professionals sat the first British Society of Lifestyle Medicine diploma exam, and asks whether it should be a standalone specialty or embedded across existing ones. Useful background on how the field is defined and contested.
Full APA reference
Sayburn, A. (2018). Lifestyle medicine: A new medical specialty? BMJ, 363, k4442. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.k4442
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-110
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Sayburn, A
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine: A new medical specialty? BMJ, 363, k4442
- Description
- BMJ feature from 2018 charts rising interest in lifestyle medicine, noting 40 health professionals sat the first British Society of Lifestyle Medicine diploma exam, and asks whether it should be a standalone specialty or embedded across existing ones. Useful background on how the field is defined and contested.
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.k4442
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.k4442
- Full APA reference
- Sayburn, A. (2018). Lifestyle medicine: A new medical specialty? BMJ, 363, k4442. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.k4442
REF-111
Paper, guideline or statement
Does improving sleep lead to better mental health? A meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
Scott, A. · 2021 · Sleep, 44(Supplement_2), A300
Meta-analysis of 54 randomised trials with 6,876 participants found interventions that improved sleep also improved mental health overall (g = 0.47), with the largest gains for depression (0.54), then anxiety and stress. Bigger sleep gains produced bigger mental health gains, making sleep a practical treatment target.
Full APA reference
Alexander Scott, 770 Does Improving Sleep Lead to Better Mental Health? A Meta-Analysis of Randomised Controlled Trials, Sleep, Volume 44, Issue Supplement_2, May 2021, Page A300, https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/zsab072.767
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-111
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Scott, A.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Does improving sleep lead to better mental health? A meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 54 randomised trials with 6,876 participants found interventions that improved sleep also improved mental health overall (g = 0.47), with the largest gains for depression (0.54), then anxiety and stress. Bigger sleep gains produced bigger mental health gains, making sleep a practical treatment target.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep, 44(Supplement_2), A300
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/zsab072.767
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/zsab072.767
- Full APA reference
- Alexander Scott, 770 Does Improving Sleep Lead to Better Mental Health? A Meta-Analysis of Randomised Controlled Trials, Sleep, Volume 44, Issue Supplement_2, May 2021, Page A300, https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/zsab072.767
REF-112
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews
Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O’Connor, E., Ferguson, T., Eglitis, E., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E., & Maher, C · 2023 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, bjsports-2022-106195
Umbrella review of 97 systematic reviews, covering 1,039 randomised trials and 128,119 adults, found physical activity produced medium reductions in depression and anxiety symptoms compared with usual care (median standardised effects around 0.43 and 0.42). Strong justification for prescribing movement as frontline mental health care.
Full APA reference
Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O’Connor, E., Ferguson, T., Eglitis, E., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E., & Maher, C. (2023). Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews. British Journal of Sports Medicine, bjsports-2022-106195. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-112
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O’Connor, E., Ferguson, T., Eglitis, E., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E., & Maher, C
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews
- Description
- Umbrella review of 97 systematic reviews, covering 1,039 randomised trials and 128,119 adults, found physical activity produced medium reductions in depression and anxiety symptoms compared with usual care (median standardised effects around 0.43 and 0.42). Strong justification for prescribing movement as frontline mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, bjsports-2022-106195
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195
- Full APA reference
- Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O’Connor, E., Ferguson, T., Eglitis, E., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E., & Maher, C. (2023). Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews. British Journal of Sports Medicine, bjsports-2022-106195. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195
REF-113
Paper, guideline or statement
Sleep hygiene: Good sleep habits
Sleep Health Foundation · n.d.
Australian consumer fact sheet setting out practical sleep habits, including regular bed and wake times, a wind down hour, switching off screens one to two hours before bed, limiting caffeine, and getting up when sleep will not come. Plain language handout suited to client education and self management.
Full APA reference
Sleep Health Foundation. (n.d.). Sleep hygiene: Good sleep habits. https://www.sleephealthfoundation.org.au/sleep-topics/sleep-hygiene-good-sleep-habits
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-113
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Sleep Health Foundation
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Sleep hygiene: Good sleep habits
- Description
- Australian consumer fact sheet setting out practical sleep habits, including regular bed and wake times, a wind down hour, switching off screens one to two hours before bed, limiting caffeine, and getting up when sleep will not come. Plain language handout suited to client education and self management.
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.sleephealthfoundation.org.au/sleep-topics/sleep-hygiene-good-sleep-habits
- Full APA reference
- Sleep Health Foundation. (n.d.). Sleep hygiene: Good sleep habits. https://www.sleephealthfoundation.org.au/sleep-topics/sleep-hygiene-good-sleep-habits
REF-114
Paper, guideline or statement
The Role of Gut Microbiota, Nutrition, and Physical Activity in Depression and Obesity-Interdependent Mechanisms/Co-Occurrence
Sochacka, K., Kotowska, A., & Lachowicz-Wiśniewska, S · 2024 · Nutrients, 16(7)
Narrative review of human and animal evidence on how gut bacteria, diet quality and inactivity link depression and obesity through inflammation and a leaky gut barrier. Frames probiotics and prebiotics as possible add ons to balanced eating and exercise rather than standalone fixes, pending stronger trials.
Full APA reference
Sochacka, K., Kotowska, A., & Lachowicz-Wiśniewska, S. (2024). The Role of Gut Microbiota, Nutrition, and Physical Activity in Depression and Obesity-Interdependent Mechanisms/Co-Occurrence. Nutrients, 16(7). https://doi.org/10.3390/NU16071039
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-508
All fields
- ID
- REF-114
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Sochacka, K., Kotowska, A., & Lachowicz-Wiśniewska, S
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The Role of Gut Microbiota, Nutrition, and Physical Activity in Depression and Obesity-Interdependent Mechanisms/Co-Occurrence
- Description
- Narrative review of human and animal evidence on how gut bacteria, diet quality and inactivity link depression and obesity through inflammation and a leaky gut barrier. Frames probiotics and prebiotics as possible add ons to balanced eating and exercise rather than standalone fixes, pending stronger trials.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutrients, 16(7)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3390/NU16071039
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/NU16071039
- Related items
- REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Sochacka, K., Kotowska, A., & Lachowicz-Wiśniewska, S. (2024). The Role of Gut Microbiota, Nutrition, and Physical Activity in Depression and Obesity-Interdependent Mechanisms/Co-Occurrence. Nutrients, 16(7). https://doi.org/10.3390/NU16071039
REF-115
Paper, guideline or statement
Anti-inflammatory diets and mental health: A scoping review of randomized controlled trials and systematic evidence syntheses
Sprengel, M. L., Mansoor, R., Latsou, N., Allen, S., Lubarsky, O., Mark, K., Gizzi, L., & Vieten, C. · 2026 · Frontiers in Nutrition, 13, 1795350
Scoping review screened 21,923 records and included 42 randomised trials plus 23 evidence syntheses of anti-inflammatory eating in adults. Improvement in at least one mental health outcome appeared in 28 of the 42 trials, most consistently for depression, with Mediterranean style patterns the most tested approach.
Full APA reference
Sprengel, M. L., Mansoor, R., Latsou, N., Allen, S., Lubarsky, O., Mark, K., Gizzi, L., & Vieten, C. (2026). Anti-inflammatory diets and mental health: A scoping review of randomized controlled trials and systematic evidence syntheses. Frontiers in Nutrition, 13, 1795350. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2026.1795350
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 13 April 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Apr 13")
All fields
- ID
- REF-115
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sprengel, M. L., Mansoor, R., Latsou, N., Allen, S., Lubarsky, O., Mark, K., Gizzi, L., & Vieten, C.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Anti-inflammatory diets and mental health: A scoping review of randomized controlled trials and systematic evidence syntheses
- Description
- Scoping review screened 21,923 records and included 42 randomised trials plus 23 evidence syntheses of anti-inflammatory eating in adults. Improvement in at least one mental health outcome appeared in 28 of the 42 trials, most consistently for depression, with Mediterranean style patterns the most tested approach.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Nutrition, 13, 1795350
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42051341/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2026.1795350
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 13 April 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Apr 13")
- Full APA reference
- Sprengel, M. L., Mansoor, R., Latsou, N., Allen, S., Lubarsky, O., Mark, K., Gizzi, L., & Vieten, C. (2026). Anti-inflammatory diets and mental health: A scoping review of randomized controlled trials and systematic evidence syntheses. Frontiers in Nutrition, 13, 1795350. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2026.1795350
REF-116
Paper, guideline or statement
Integrating physical activity into routine psychiatric care: A review
Stubbs, B., Ma, R., Teychenne, M., Kinnafick, F., Mossaheb, N., Korman, N., Trott, M., Rosenbaum, S., Schuch, F., Firth, J., & Vancampfort, D. · 2026 · JAMA Psychiatry, 83(5), 535-542
Review of physical activity in psychiatric care notes adults with severe mental illness often sit more than 10 hours daily and live 10 to 20 years less, while structured exercise cuts depressive and psychotic symptoms moderately to largely. Argues activity, including two strength sessions weekly, belongs in standard treatment.
Full APA reference
Stubbs, B., Ma, R., Teychenne, M., Kinnafick, F., Mossaheb, N., Korman, N., Trott, M., Rosenbaum, S., Schuch, F., Firth, J., & Vancampfort, D. (2026). Integrating physical activity into routine psychiatric care: A review. JAMA Psychiatry, 83(5), 535-542. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.0026
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Verified publication date: 1 May 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 May 1")
All fields
- ID
- REF-116
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Stubbs, B., Ma, R., Teychenne, M., Kinnafick, F., Mossaheb, N., Korman, N., Trott, M., Rosenbaum, S., Schuch, F., Firth, J., & Vancampfort, D.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Integrating physical activity into routine psychiatric care: A review
- Description
- Review of physical activity in psychiatric care notes adults with severe mental illness often sit more than 10 hours daily and live 10 to 20 years less, while structured exercise cuts depressive and psychotic symptoms moderately to largely. Argues activity, including two strength sessions weekly, belongs in standard treatment.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Psychiatry, 83(5), 535-542
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41779424/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.0026
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 1 May 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 May 1")
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Stubbs, B., Ma, R., Teychenne, M., Kinnafick, F., Mossaheb, N., Korman, N., Trott, M., Rosenbaum, S., Schuch, F., Firth, J., & Vancampfort, D. (2026). Integrating physical activity into routine psychiatric care: A review. JAMA Psychiatry, 83(5), 535-542. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.0026
REF-117
Paper, guideline or statement
Management of adult insomnia in Australia: A joint position statement
Sweetman, A., Putland, S., Meaklim, H., Winter, S., Kennedy, G., Lack, L., Bartlett, D., ... Ree, M. (Australasian Sleep Association, Sleep Health Foundation, RACGP, Australian Psychological Society, Pharmaceutical Society of Australia, and Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association) · 2026 · Sleep Advances (Oxford University Press)
Joint Australian position statement from six professional bodies, including the sleep, general practice, psychology, pharmacy and nursing peaks, names multi-component cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia as first line for adults. Sleep hygiene alone is judged inadequate for chronic insomnia and medicines are reserved for adjunct or second line use.
Full APA reference
Sweetman, A., Putland, S., Meaklim, H., Winter, S., Kennedy, G., Lack, L., Bartlett, D., ... Ree, M. (2026). Management of adult insomnia in Australia: A joint position statement of the Australasian Sleep Association, Sleep Health Foundation, Royal Australian College of General Practitioners, Australian Psychological Society, Pharmaceutical Society of Australia, and Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association. Sleep Advances. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleepadvances/zpag086
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 29 July 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-117
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sweetman, A., Putland, S., Meaklim, H., Winter, S., Kennedy, G., Lack, L., Bartlett, D., ... Ree, M. (Australasian Sleep Association, Sleep Health Foundation, RACGP, Australian Psychological Society, Pharmaceutical Society of Australia, and Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Management of adult insomnia in Australia: A joint position statement
- Description
- Joint Australian position statement from six professional bodies, including the sleep, general practice, psychology, pharmacy and nursing peaks, names multi-component cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia as first line for adults. Sleep hygiene alone is judged inadequate for chronic insomnia and medicines are reserved for adjunct or second line use.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep Advances (Oxford University Press)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://academic.oup.com/sleepadvances/advance-article/doi/10.1093/sleepadvances/zpag086/8746744
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleepadvances/zpag086
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 29 July 2026
- Full APA reference
- Sweetman, A., Putland, S., Meaklim, H., Winter, S., Kennedy, G., Lack, L., Bartlett, D., ... Ree, M. (2026). Management of adult insomnia in Australia: A joint position statement of the Australasian Sleep Association, Sleep Health Foundation, Royal Australian College of General Practitioners, Australian Psychological Society, Pharmaceutical Society of Australia, and Australian Primary Health Care Nurses Association. Sleep Advances. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleepadvances/zpag086
REF-118
Paper, guideline or statement
Launching into Tasmania's Health Revolution: Tasmania's 20-year preventive health strategy
Tasmanian Government (Archer, B., Minister for Health, Mental Health and Wellbeing) · 2026 · Tasmanian Government, Office of the Premier
Tasmania's 20 year preventive health strategy, The Health Revolution, covers 2026 to 2046 and was released in June 2026 with $20 million over four years and a first action plan. Shaped by almost 6,000 contributors, it names stable housing, secure jobs, education, safe transport, healthy food and social connection as conditions that shape health.
Full APA reference
Archer, B. (2026, June 4). Launching into Tasmania's Health Revolution [Media release]. Tasmanian Government. https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/june/launching-into-tasmanias-health-revolution
View the source
Related items: GOV-138
Verified publication date: 4 June 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-118
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Tasmanian Government (Archer, B., Minister for Health, Mental Health and Wellbeing)
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Launching into Tasmania's Health Revolution: Tasmania's 20-year preventive health strategy
- Description
- Tasmania's 20 year preventive health strategy, The Health Revolution, covers 2026 to 2046 and was released in June 2026 with $20 million over four years and a first action plan. Shaped by almost 6,000 contributors, it names stable housing, secure jobs, education, safe transport, healthy food and social connection as conditions that shape health.
- Publication or publisher
- Tasmanian Government, Office of the Premier
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Tasmania
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/june/launching-into-tasmanias-health-revolution
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 4 June 2026
- Related items
- GOV-138
- Full APA reference
- Archer, B. (2026, June 4). Launching into Tasmania's Health Revolution [Media release]. Tasmanian Government. https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/june/launching-into-tasmanias-health-revolution
- Same document as
- GOV-138
REF-119
Paper, guideline or statement
Rethink and Beyond: discussion paper for Tasmania's next mental health strategy
Tasmanian Government, Department of Health · 2026 · Tasmanian Government, Department of Health
The Tasmanian Department of Health opened consultation on 24 March 2026 on Rethink and Beyond, the mental health strategy following Rethink 2015 to 2025 and Rethink 2020. It draws on an October 2025 roundtable and the preventive health consultation, and asks how to build a more integrated, person centred system with stronger lived experience leadership.
Full APA reference
Tasmanian Government. (2026, March 24). Rethink and Beyond: Consultation on Tasmania's next mental health strategy. https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/march/consultation-opens-on-tasmanias-next-mental-health-strategy
View the source
Related items: GOV-139
Mental health plan. Operative period: Consultation opened 24 March 2026 and closed 1 May 2026. Status: Draft or consultation. Evidence on page: Release states consultation opened 24 March 2026 and closed 1 May 2026; the preceding Rethink 2020 State Plan 2020-2025 has ended
All fields
- ID
- REF-119
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Tasmanian Government, Department of Health
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Rethink and Beyond: discussion paper for Tasmania's next mental health strategy
- Description
- The Tasmanian Department of Health opened consultation on 24 March 2026 on Rethink and Beyond, the mental health strategy following Rethink 2015 to 2025 and Rethink 2020. It draws on an October 2025 roundtable and the preventive health consultation, and asks how to build a more integrated, person centred system with stronger lived experience leadership.
- Publication or publisher
- Tasmanian Government, Department of Health
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Tasmania
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/march/consultation-opens-on-tasmanias-next-mental-health-strategy
- Verification note
- Mental health plan. Operative period: Consultation opened 24 March 2026 and closed 1 May 2026. Status: Draft or consultation. Evidence on page: Release states consultation opened 24 March 2026 and closed 1 May 2026; the preceding Rethink 2020 State Plan 2020-2025 has ended
- Related items
- GOV-139
- Full APA reference
- Tasmanian Government. (2026, March 24). *Rethink and Beyond: Consultation on Tasmania's next mental health strategy*. https://www.premier.tas.gov.au/latest-news/2026/march/consultation-opens-on-tasmanias-next-mental-health-strategy
- Same document as
- GOV-139
REF-120
Paper, guideline or statement
Smoking, nutrition, alcohol, physical activity (SNAP): A population health guide to behavioural risk factors in general practice (2nd ed.)
The Royal Australian College of General Practitioners · 2015 · RACGP
RACGP practice guide helps general practice teams address four behavioural risk factors, smoking, nutrition, alcohol and physical activity, with recommendations graded A to D against NHMRC evidence levels I to IV and practice points where evidence is thin. Gives Australian clinicians a structured routine for risk factor conversations.
Full APA reference
The Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2015). Smoking, nutrition, alcohol, physical activity (SNAP): A population health guide to behavioural risk factors in general practice (2nd ed.). RACGP. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/snap
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-120
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- The Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Smoking, nutrition, alcohol, physical activity (SNAP): A population health guide to behavioural risk factors in general practice (2nd ed.)
- Description
- RACGP practice guide helps general practice teams address four behavioural risk factors, smoking, nutrition, alcohol and physical activity, with recommendations graded A to D against NHMRC evidence levels I to IV and practice points where evidence is thin. Gives Australian clinicians a structured routine for risk factor conversations.
- Publication or publisher
- RACGP
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Guidelines
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/snap
- Full APA reference
- The Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2015). Smoking, nutrition, alcohol, physical activity (SNAP): A population health guide to behavioural risk factors in general practice (2nd ed.). RACGP. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/snap
REF-121
Paper, guideline or statement
Measuring wellbeing: The LSF Dashboard
The Treasury New Zealand · 2025
The New Zealand Treasury's Living Standards Framework dashboard, refreshed in April 2022 and updated with data to March 2025, reports wellbeing indicators across individual and collective wellbeing, institutions and governance, and national wealth. Indicators break down by sex, ethnicity and region and feed the Wellbeing Report required every four years under the Public Finance Act.
Full APA reference
The Treasury New Zealand. (2025). Measuring wellbeing: The LSF Dashboard. Retrieved from https://www.treasury.govt.nz/information-and-services/nz-economy/higher-living-standards/measuring-wellbeing-lsf-dashboard
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-121
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- The Treasury New Zealand
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Measuring wellbeing: The LSF Dashboard
- Description
- The New Zealand Treasury's Living Standards Framework dashboard, refreshed in April 2022 and updated with data to March 2025, reports wellbeing indicators across individual and collective wellbeing, institutions and governance, and national wealth. Indicators break down by sex, ethnicity and region and feed the Wellbeing Report required every four years under the Public Finance Act.
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.treasury.govt.nz/information-and-services/nz-economy/higher-living-standards/measuring-wellbeing-lsf-dashboard
- Full APA reference
- The Treasury New Zealand. (2025). Measuring wellbeing: The LSF Dashboard. Retrieved from https://www.treasury.govt.nz/information-and-services/nz-economy/higher-living-standards/measuring-wellbeing-lsf-dashboard
REF-122
Paper, guideline or statement
Complementary medicine in psychology practice: an analysis of Australian psychology guidelines and a comparison with other psychology associations from English speaking countries
Thomson-Casey, C., Adams, J., & McIntyre, E · 2022 · BMC Complementary Medicine and Therapies, 22(1), 1–13
Document analysis of 58 Australian psychology guidance documents, 42 from the APS, 14 from the Psychology Board and 2 from AHPRA, found no direct reference to complementary medicine, unlike overseas associations. Leaves psychologists without guidance on scope of practice, informed consent and traditional healing practices clients already use.
Full APA reference
Thomson-Casey, C., Adams, J., & McIntyre, E. (2022). Complementary medicine in psychology practice: an analysis of Australian psychology guidelines and a comparison with other psychology associations from English speaking countries. BMC Complementary Medicine and Therapies, 22(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12906-022-03620-2
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
All fields
- ID
- REF-122
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Thomson-Casey, C., Adams, J., & McIntyre, E
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Complementary medicine in psychology practice: an analysis of Australian psychology guidelines and a comparison with other psychology associations from English speaking countries
- Description
- Document analysis of 58 Australian psychology guidance documents, 42 from the APS, 14 from the Psychology Board and 2 from AHPRA, found no direct reference to complementary medicine, unlike overseas associations. Leaves psychologists without guidance on scope of practice, informed consent and traditional healing practices clients already use.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Complementary Medicine and Therapies, 22(1), 1–13
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12906-022-03620-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12906-022-03620-2
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Thomson-Casey, C., Adams, J., & McIntyre, E. (2022). Complementary medicine in psychology practice: an analysis of Australian psychology guidelines and a comparison with other psychology associations from English speaking countries. BMC Complementary Medicine and Therapies, 22(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12906-022-03620-2
REF-123
Paper, guideline or statement
Brain, lifestyle and environmental pathways linking physical and mental health
Tian, Y. E., Cole, J. H., Bullmore, E. T., & Zalesky, A · 2024 · Nature Mental Health, 2(10), 1250–1261
UK Biobank study of 18,083 adults aged 40 to 70, with brain scans taken 4 to 14 years after health assessment, traced how the heart, lungs, liver, kidneys, muscles, immune and metabolic systems shape later depression, anxiety and neuroticism partly through brain structure. Maps lifestyle as an upstream lever.
Full APA reference
Tian, Y. E., Cole, J. H., Bullmore, E. T., & Zalesky, A. (2024). Brain, lifestyle and environmental pathways linking physical and mental health. Nature Mental Health, 2(10), 1250–1261. https://doi.org/10.1038/S44220-024-00303-
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-123
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Tian, Y. E., Cole, J. H., Bullmore, E. T., & Zalesky, A
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Brain, lifestyle and environmental pathways linking physical and mental health
- Description
- UK Biobank study of 18,083 adults aged 40 to 70, with brain scans taken 4 to 14 years after health assessment, traced how the heart, lungs, liver, kidneys, muscles, immune and metabolic systems shape later depression, anxiety and neuroticism partly through brain structure. Maps lifestyle as an upstream lever.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Mental Health, 2(10), 1250–1261
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1038/S44220-024-00303-
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/S44220-024-00303-
- Full APA reference
- Tian, Y. E., Cole, J. H., Bullmore, E. T., & Zalesky, A. (2024). Brain, lifestyle and environmental pathways linking physical and mental health. Nature Mental Health, 2(10), 1250–1261. https://doi.org/10.1038/S44220-024-00303-
REF-124
Paper, guideline or statement
Adherence to the MIND diet is inversely associated with odds and severity of anxiety disorders: a case–control study
Torabynasab, K., Shahinfar, H., Jazayeri, S., Effatpanah, M., Azadbakht, L., & Abolghasemi, J · 2023 · BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–9
Case control study in Iran compared 85 adults with psychiatrist diagnosed anxiety disorders against 170 healthy controls, scoring diet against 14 MIND diet components. Closer adherence went with lower anxiety severity on the GAD-7, adding to the case for dietary counselling within mental health care.
Full APA reference
Torabynasab, K., Shahinfar, H., Jazayeri, S., Effatpanah, M., Azadbakht, L., & Abolghasemi, J. (2023). Adherence to the MIND diet is inversely associated with odds and severity of anxiety disorders: a case–control study. BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-04776-Y
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-124
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Torabynasab, K., Shahinfar, H., Jazayeri, S., Effatpanah, M., Azadbakht, L., & Abolghasemi, J
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Adherence to the MIND diet is inversely associated with odds and severity of anxiety disorders: a case–control study
- Description
- Case control study in Iran compared 85 adults with psychiatrist diagnosed anxiety disorders against 170 healthy controls, scoring diet against 14 MIND diet components. Closer adherence went with lower anxiety severity on the GAD-7, adding to the case for dietary counselling within mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–9
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-04776-Y
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-04776-Y
- Full APA reference
- Torabynasab, K., Shahinfar, H., Jazayeri, S., Effatpanah, M., Azadbakht, L., & Abolghasemi, J. (2023). Adherence to the MIND diet is inversely associated with odds and severity of anxiety disorders: a case–control study. BMC Psychiatry 2023 23:1, 23(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1186/S12888-023-04776-Y
REF-125
Paper, guideline or statement
Optimising the effects of physical activity on mental health and wellbeing: A joint consensus statement from Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society
Vella, S. A., Aidman, E., Teychenne, M., Smith, J. J., Swann, C., Rosenbaum, S., White, R. L., & Lubans, D. R. · 2023 · Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 26(2), 132-139
Australian consensus statement developed by eight experts for Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society concludes mental health benefits depend on the type, setting, social context, domain and delivery style of activity, not the dose alone. Practitioners are urged to prioritise enjoyment, autonomy and social connection.
Full APA reference
Vella SA, Aidman E, Teychenne M, Smith JJ, Swann C, Rosenbaum S, White RL, Lubans DR. Optimising the effects of physical activity on mental health and wellbeing: A joint consensus statement from Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society. J Sci Med Sport. 2023 Feb;26(2):132-139. doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2023.01.001. Epub 2023 Jan 8. PMID: 36737260.
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Link confirmed 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-125
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Vella, S. A., Aidman, E., Teychenne, M., Smith, J. J., Swann, C., Rosenbaum, S., White, R. L., & Lubans, D. R.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Optimising the effects of physical activity on mental health and wellbeing: A joint consensus statement from Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society
- Description
- Australian consensus statement developed by eight experts for Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society concludes mental health benefits depend on the type, setting, social context, domain and delivery style of activity, not the dose alone. Practitioners are urged to prioritise enjoyment, autonomy and social connection.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport, 26(2), 132-139
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Position statements, white papers and strategy
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36737260/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsams.2023.01.001
- Verification note
- Link confirmed 3 September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Vella SA, Aidman E, Teychenne M, Smith JJ, Swann C, Rosenbaum S, White RL, Lubans DR. Optimising the effects of physical activity on mental health and wellbeing: A joint consensus statement from Sports Medicine Australia and the Australian Psychological Society. J Sci Med Sport. 2023 Feb;26(2):132-139. doi: 10.1016/j.jsams.2023.01.001. Epub 2023 Jan 8. PMID: 36737260.
REF-126
Paper, guideline or statement
Multimorbidity patterns influence mobility disability prevention in frail older adults from the SPRINTT trial
Vetrano, D. L., Gregorio, C., Triolo, F., Soraci, L., Cherubini, A., Tosato, M., von Haehling, S., Marzetti, E., Landi, F., & Calvani, R. · 2026 · Nature Aging (advance online publication)
Secondary analysis of the SPRINTT randomised trial, involving 1,199 frail adults over 70 across 11 European countries, found the exercise and nutrition program cut mobility disability or death by 22 per cent overall and 35 per cent for those with psychiatric multimorbidity. Cardiometabolic and respiratory groups gained almost nothing.
Full APA reference
Vetrano, D. L., Gregorio, C., Triolo, F., Soraci, L., Cherubini, A., Tosato, M., von Haehling, S., Marzetti, E., Landi, F., & Calvani, R. (2026). Multimorbidity patterns influence mobility disability prevention in frail older adults from the SPRINTT trial. Nature Aging. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43587-026-01188-x
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-507
Verified publication date: 31 August 2026. Post hoc analysis of the SPRINTT randomised trial, 1,199 adults aged over 70 with physical frailty, low muscle mass and at least two chronic conditions across 11 European countries. The physical activity and nutrition intervention cut mobility disability or death by 22 per cent overall, by 35 per cent in the psychiatric multimorbidity pattern, and showed essentially no benefit in the cardiometabolic and respiratory patterns.
All fields
- ID
- REF-126
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Vetrano, D. L., Gregorio, C., Triolo, F., Soraci, L., Cherubini, A., Tosato, M., von Haehling, S., Marzetti, E., Landi, F., & Calvani, R.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Multimorbidity patterns influence mobility disability prevention in frail older adults from the SPRINTT trial
- Description
- Secondary analysis of the SPRINTT randomised trial, involving 1,199 frail adults over 70 across 11 European countries, found the exercise and nutrition program cut mobility disability or death by 22 per cent overall and 35 per cent for those with psychiatric multimorbidity. Cardiometabolic and respiratory groups gained almost nothing.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Aging (advance online publication)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nature.com/articles/s43587-026-01188-x
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s43587-026-01188-x
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 31 August 2026. Post hoc analysis of the SPRINTT randomised trial, 1,199 adults aged over 70 with physical frailty, low muscle mass and at least two chronic conditions across 11 European countries. The physical activity and nutrition intervention cut mobility disability or death by 22 per cent overall, by 35 per cent in the psychiatric multimorbidity pattern, and showed essentially no benefit in the cardiometabolic and respiratory patterns.
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Vetrano, D. L., Gregorio, C., Triolo, F., Soraci, L., Cherubini, A., Tosato, M., von Haehling, S., Marzetti, E., Landi, F., & Calvani, R. (2026). Multimorbidity patterns influence mobility disability prevention in frail older adults from the SPRINTT trial. Nature Aging. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43587-026-01188-x
REF-127
Paper, guideline or statement
Victorian public health and wellbeing plan 2019–2023
Victorian Government Department of Health and Human Services · 2019
Victoria's third statutory public health and wellbeing plan covers 2019 to 2023 and names 10 priorities, with four focus areas: tackling climate change, increasing healthy eating, increasing active living and reducing tobacco related harm. Remaining priorities include improving mental wellbeing, and actions include integrating healthy lifestyle counselling and referrals into routine healthcare.
Full APA reference
Victorian Government Department of Health and Human Services. (2019). Victorian public health and wellbeing plan 2019–2023. https://www.health.vic.gov.au/publications/victorian-public-health-and-wellbeing-plan-2019-2023
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-127
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Victorian Government Department of Health and Human Services
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Victorian public health and wellbeing plan 2019–2023
- Description
- Victoria's third statutory public health and wellbeing plan covers 2019 to 2023 and names 10 priorities, with four focus areas: tackling climate change, increasing healthy eating, increasing active living and reducing tobacco related harm. Remaining priorities include improving mental wellbeing, and actions include integrating healthy lifestyle counselling and referrals into routine healthcare.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.vic.gov.au/publications/victorian-public-health-and-wellbeing-plan-2019-2023
- Full APA reference
- Victorian Government Department of Health and Human Services. (2019). Victorian public health and wellbeing plan 2019–2023. https://www.health.vic.gov.au/publications/victorian-public-health-and-wellbeing-plan-2019-2023
REF-128
Paper, guideline or statement
Western Australian Mental Health and Alcohol and Other Drugs Strategy 2026-2031
WA Mental Health Commission · 2026 · WA Mental Health Commission
The WA Mental Health Commission's strategy for 2026 to 2031 is built on aspirations across four domains, people, community, services and leadership, and five strategic pillars spanning prevention through to specialist services. Statewide consultation in late 2024 shaped it, and delivery runs through published Annual Implementation and Monitoring Plans tracking Commission and partner agency actions.
Full APA reference
WA Mental Health Commission. (2026). Western Australian mental health and alcohol and other drugs strategy 2026-2031. Government of Western Australia. https://mhaod.mhc.wa.gov.au/
View the source
Related items: GOV-109
Mental health plan. Operative period: 2026-2031. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Commission page states "last updated: 6 July 2026"; the strategy site refers to "the final document" and to annual implementation and monitoring plans, replacing the 2020-2030 Services Plan
All fields
- ID
- REF-128
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- WA Mental Health Commission
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Western Australian Mental Health and Alcohol and Other Drugs Strategy 2026-2031
- Description
- The WA Mental Health Commission's strategy for 2026 to 2031 is built on aspirations across four domains, people, community, services and leadership, and five strategic pillars spanning prevention through to specialist services. Statewide consultation in late 2024 shaped it, and delivery runs through published Annual Implementation and Monitoring Plans tracking Commission and partner agency actions.
- Publication or publisher
- WA Mental Health Commission
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Western Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.mhc.wa.gov.au/our-initiatives/our-projects/mental-health-and-alcohol-and-other-drugs-strategy-2026-2031
- Verification note
- Mental health plan. Operative period: 2026-2031. Status: Current. Evidence on page: Commission page states "last updated: 6 July 2026"; the strategy site refers to "the final document" and to annual implementation and monitoring plans, replacing the 2020-2030 Services Plan
- Related items
- GOV-109
- Full APA reference
- WA Mental Health Commission. (2026). *Western Australian mental health and alcohol and other drugs strategy 2026-2031*. Government of Western Australia. https://mhaod.mhc.wa.gov.au/
- Same document as
- GOV-109
REF-129
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of a Lifestyle Intervention for People With a Severe Mental Illness in Dutch Outpatient Mental Health Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial
Walburg, F. S., Berno Van Meijel, ;, Hoekstra, T., Kol, J., Laura, ;, Pape, M., Willemina De Joode, J., van Tulder, M., & Adriaanse, M · 2023 · JAMA Psychiatry
Pragmatic cluster randomised trial in 224 Dutch adults with severe mental illness and a body mass index of 27 or more found a 12 month group lifestyle program produced 3.3 kg more weight loss than usual care. Attendance drove results, so services must actively support engagement.
Full APA reference
Walburg, F. S., Berno Van Meijel, ;, Hoekstra, T., Kol, J., Laura, ;, Pape, M., Willemina De Joode, J., van Tulder, M., & Adriaanse, M. (2023). Effectiveness of a Lifestyle Intervention for People With a Severe Mental Illness in Dutch Outpatient Mental Health Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry. https://doi.org/10.1001/JAMAPSYCHIATRY.2023.1566
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-129
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Walburg, F. S., Berno Van Meijel, ;, Hoekstra, T., Kol, J., Laura, ;, Pape, M., Willemina De Joode, J., van Tulder, M., & Adriaanse, M
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Effectiveness of a Lifestyle Intervention for People With a Severe Mental Illness in Dutch Outpatient Mental Health Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial
- Description
- Pragmatic cluster randomised trial in 224 Dutch adults with severe mental illness and a body mass index of 27 or more found a 12 month group lifestyle program produced 3.3 kg more weight loss than usual care. Attendance drove results, so services must actively support engagement.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Psychiatry
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1001/JAMAPSYCHIATRY.2023.1566
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/JAMAPSYCHIATRY.2023.1566
- Full APA reference
- Walburg, F. S., Berno Van Meijel, ;, Hoekstra, T., Kol, J., Laura, ;, Pape, M., Willemina De Joode, J., van Tulder, M., & Adriaanse, M. (2023). Effectiveness of a Lifestyle Intervention for People With a Severe Mental Illness in Dutch Outpatient Mental Health Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry. https://doi.org/10.1001/JAMAPSYCHIATRY.2023.1566
REF-130
Paper, guideline or statement
Association between green space exposure and elderly health: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Wang, M., Che, Y., Tan, X., Zhang, N., Yu, S., & Yan, P. · 2026 · BMC Public Health, 26(1), 491
Systematic review and meta-analysis of 27 studies on green space and older people's health reported lower odds of Alzheimer's disease (0.86) and depression (0.72), with mixed cardiovascular results. Supports nature based prescribing and greener neighbourhoods as low cost levers for ageing bodies and minds.
Full APA reference
Wang, M., Che, Y., Tan, X., Zhang, N., Yu, S., & Yan, P. (2026). Association between green space exposure and elderly health: A systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Public Health, 26(1), 491. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-26137-y
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 8 January 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Jan 8")
All fields
- ID
- REF-130
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, M., Che, Y., Tan, X., Zhang, N., Yu, S., & Yan, P.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Association between green space exposure and elderly health: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Systematic review and meta-analysis of 27 studies on green space and older people's health reported lower odds of Alzheimer's disease (0.86) and depression (0.72), with mixed cardiovascular results. Supports nature based prescribing and greener neighbourhoods as low cost levers for ageing bodies and minds.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 26(1), 491
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41507873/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-26137-y
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 8 January 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Jan 8")
- Full APA reference
- Wang, M., Che, Y., Tan, X., Zhang, N., Yu, S., & Yan, P. (2026). Association between green space exposure and elderly health: A systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Public Health, 26(1), 491. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-26137-y
REF-131
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health and wellbeing strategy 2025 to 2035
Welsh Government · 2025
The Welsh Government's 2025 to 2035 strategy, replacing Together for Mental Health, sets four vision statements: the building blocks are in place, everyone has knowledge and confidence, a connected system, and seamless services. Blocks include safe homes, good jobs and enough money, and public bodies must assess impacts on mental as well as physical health.
Full APA reference
Welsh Government. (2025). Mental health and wellbeing strategy 2025 to 2035. Retrieved from https://www.gov.wales/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2025-2035
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-131
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Welsh Government
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Mental health and wellbeing strategy 2025 to 2035
- Description
- The Welsh Government's 2025 to 2035 strategy, replacing Together for Mental Health, sets four vision statements: the building blocks are in place, everyone has knowledge and confidence, a connected system, and seamless services. Blocks include safe homes, good jobs and enough money, and public bodies must assess impacts on mental as well as physical health.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Wales
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.gov.wales/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2025-2035
- Full APA reference
- Welsh Government. (2025). Mental health and wellbeing strategy 2025 to 2035. Retrieved from https://www.gov.wales/mental-health-and-wellbeing-strategy-2025-2035
REF-132
Paper, guideline or statement
Health promotion strategic framework 2022–2026
Western Australian Department of Health · 2022
WA Health's Population and Preventive Health Directorate guides chronic disease and injury prevention from 2022 to 2026 through four priorities: reducing tobacco use, healthy eating and active living, reducing harmful alcohol use, and preventing injury. Its goal is equitable improvement in health behaviours and environments, with partners outside the health system invited to use it.
Full APA reference
Western Australian Department of Health. (2022). Health promotion strategic framework 2022–2026. https://www.health.wa.gov.au/Reports-and-publications/WA-Health-Promotion-Strategic-Framework
View the source
Related items: GOV-112
All fields
- ID
- REF-132
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Western Australian Department of Health
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Health promotion strategic framework 2022–2026
- Description
- WA Health's Population and Preventive Health Directorate guides chronic disease and injury prevention from 2022 to 2026 through four priorities: reducing tobacco use, healthy eating and active living, reducing harmful alcohol use, and preventing injury. Its goal is equitable improvement in health behaviours and environments, with partners outside the health system invited to use it.
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Western Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Frameworks and policies
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.health.wa.gov.au/Reports-and-publications/WA-Health-Promotion-Strategic-Framework
- Related items
- GOV-112
- Full APA reference
- Western Australian Department of Health. (2022). Health promotion strategic framework 2022–2026. https://www.health.wa.gov.au/Reports-and-publications/WA-Health-Promotion-Strategic-Framework
- Same document as
- GOV-112
REF-133
Paper, guideline or statement
Spending at least 120 minutes a week in nature is associated with good health and wellbeing
White, M. P., Alcock, I., Grellier, J., Wheeler, B. W., Hartig, T., Warber, S. L., Bone, A., Depledge, M. H., & Fleming, L. E · 2019 · Scientific Reports, 9, 7730
Cross sectional survey analysis of about 20,000 English adults in 2014 to 2016 found at least 120 minutes of recreational nature contact weekly, however it was accumulated, was linked to better self rated health and wellbeing. Gives practitioners a simple, equitable weekly dose to suggest.
Full APA reference
White, M. P., Alcock, I., Grellier, J., Wheeler, B. W., Hartig, T., Warber, S. L., Bone, A., Depledge, M. H., & Fleming, L. E. (2019). Spending at least 120 minutes a week in nature is associated with good health and wellbeing. Scientific Reports, 9, 7730. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44097-3
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-133
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- White, M. P., Alcock, I., Grellier, J., Wheeler, B. W., Hartig, T., Warber, S. L., Bone, A., Depledge, M. H., & Fleming, L. E
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Spending at least 120 minutes a week in nature is associated with good health and wellbeing
- Description
- Cross sectional survey analysis of about 20,000 English adults in 2014 to 2016 found at least 120 minutes of recreational nature contact weekly, however it was accumulated, was linked to better self rated health and wellbeing. Gives practitioners a simple, equitable weekly dose to suggest.
- Publication or publisher
- Scientific Reports, 9, 7730
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44097-3
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44097-3
- Full APA reference
- White, M. P., Alcock, I., Grellier, J., Wheeler, B. W., Hartig, T., Warber, S. L., Bone, A., Depledge, M. H., & Fleming, L. E. (2019). Spending at least 120 minutes a week in nature is associated with good health and wellbeing. Scientific Reports, 9, 7730. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-019-44097-3
REF-134
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO housing and health guidelines
World Health Organization · 2018 · World Health Organization
WHO guidelines built on commissioned systematic reviews, recommending action on crowding, indoor cold and heat, home injury hazards and accessibility, alongside existing guidance on air quality, noise, lead and radon. Anchors housing as a modifiable social determinant demanding cooperation beyond the health sector.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2018). WHO housing and health guidelines. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241550376
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-134
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- WHO housing and health guidelines
- Description
- WHO guidelines built on commissioned systematic reviews, recommending action on crowding, indoor cold and heat, home injury hazards and accessibility, alongside existing guidance on air quality, noise, lead and radon. Anchors housing as a modifiable social determinant demanding cooperation beyond the health sector.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241550376
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2018). WHO housing and health guidelines. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241550376
REF-135
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour
World Health Organization · 2020 · WHO
Global WHO guidelines advise adults to accumulate 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous activity weekly, children an average of 60 minutes daily, and everyone to limit sedentary time. Sets the benchmark for activity advice across ages and abilities.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2020). WHO guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. WHO. Retrieved from here https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240015128
View the source
Related items: REF-298, REF-450
Link confirmed 3 September 2026. This is the WHO issuing publication. The same guidelines are also published as a peer reviewed article, recorded at REF-298.
All fields
- ID
- REF-135
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- WHO guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour
- Description
- Global WHO guidelines advise adults to accumulate 150 to 300 minutes of moderate or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous activity weekly, children an average of 60 minutes daily, and everyone to limit sedentary time. Sets the benchmark for activity advice across ages and abilities.
- Publication or publisher
- WHO
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240015128
- Verification note
- Link confirmed 3 September 2026. This is the WHO issuing publication. The same guidelines are also published as a peer reviewed article, recorded at REF-298.
- Related items
- REF-298; REF-450
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2020). WHO guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. WHO. Retrieved from here https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240015128
REF-136
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being, 2022 revision
World Health Organization · 2022 · WHO
Revised WHO guideline recommends self-care interventions for every country and economic setting, citing a projected shortage of 11 million health workers by 2030 and 400 million people lacking essential services. Legitimises supported self-management as a mainstream part of lifestyle and wellbeing care.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2022). WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being, 2022 revision. WHO. Retrieved from WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being
View the source
Link confirmed 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-136
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being, 2022 revision
- Description
- Revised WHO guideline recommends self-care interventions for every country and economic setting, citing a projected shortage of 11 million health workers by 2030 and 400 million people lacking essential services. Legitimises supported self-management as a mainstream part of lifestyle and wellbeing care.
- Publication or publisher
- WHO
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Reference list only
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/357828
- Verification note
- Link confirmed 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2022). WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being, 2022 revision. WHO. Retrieved from WHO guideline on self-care interventions for health and well-being
REF-137
Paper, guideline or statement
Annual progress report towards the implementation of the Roadmap for health and well-being in Central Asia (2022–2025)
World Health Organization · 2023 · WHO
WHO Europe's 2023 report tracks the first year of the Roadmap for health and well being in Central Asia, endorsed in September 2022 by health ministers of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan, covering 11 action areas and 32 reform initiatives. Progress includes a Mental Health Coalition flagship, obesity policy dialogues and tobacco cessation training.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2023). Annual progress report towards the implementation of the Roadmap for health and well-being in Central Asia (2022–2025). WHO. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-7596-47363-69541
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-137
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Annual progress report towards the implementation of the Roadmap for health and well-being in Central Asia (2022–2025)
- Description
- WHO Europe's 2023 report tracks the first year of the Roadmap for health and well being in Central Asia, endorsed in September 2022 by health ministers of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan, covering 11 action areas and 32 reform initiatives. Progress includes a Mental Health Coalition flagship, obesity policy dialogues and tobacco cessation training.
- Publication or publisher
- WHO
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-7596-47363-69541
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2023). Annual progress report towards the implementation of the Roadmap for health and well-being in Central Asia (2022–2025). WHO. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-7596-47363-69541
REF-138
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO releases new guidance on monitoring the social determinants of health equity
World Health Organization · 2024 · World Health Organization
WHO announcement of an operational framework for monitoring social determinants of health equity, responding to World Health Assembly resolution WHA74.16 of 2021, offering an indicator menu and a step by step national monitoring process. Gives governments practical tools to measure inequity and act on it.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2024). WHO releases new guidance on monitoring the social determinants of health equity. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news/item/19-02-2024-who-releases-new-guidance-on-monitoring-the-social-determinants-of-health-equity
View the source
All fields
- ID
- REF-138
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- WHO releases new guidance on monitoring the social determinants of health equity
- Description
- WHO announcement of an operational framework for monitoring social determinants of health equity, responding to World Health Assembly resolution WHA74.16 of 2021, offering an indicator menu and a step by step national monitoring process. Gives governments practical tools to measure inequity and act on it.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.who.int/news/item/19-02-2024-who-releases-new-guidance-on-monitoring-the-social-determinants-of-health-equity
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2024). WHO releases new guidance on monitoring the social determinants of health equity. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news/item/19-02-2024-who-releases-new-guidance-on-monitoring-the-social-determinants-of-health-equity
REF-139
Paper, guideline or statement
Risk reduction of cognitive decline and dementia: WHO guidelines
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
Second edition of WHO's dementia risk reduction guidelines, updating the 2019 version with recommendations on healthy behaviours, managing conditions that raise risk, reducing environmental exposures and tailored multidomain interventions. Positions brain health as a lifestyle and policy target rather than only a clinical one.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). Risk reduction of cognitive decline and dementia: WHO guidelines. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123557
View the source
Related items: REF-457, REF-472, REF-578
Verified publication date: 15 July 2026 (WHO launch news item "New WHO guidelines: up to 45% of dementia risk could be prevented or delayed", 15-07-2026)
All fields
- ID
- REF-139
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Risk reduction of cognitive decline and dementia: WHO guidelines
- Description
- Second edition of WHO's dementia risk reduction guidelines, updating the 2019 version with recommendations on healthy behaviours, managing conditions that raise risk, reducing environmental exposures and tailored multidomain interventions. Positions brain health as a lifestyle and policy target rather than only a clinical one.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123557
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 15 July 2026 (WHO launch news item "New WHO guidelines: up to 45% of dementia risk could be prevented or delayed", 15-07-2026)
- Related items
- REF-457; REF-472; REF-578
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). Risk reduction of cognitive decline and dementia: WHO guidelines. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123557
REF-140
Paper, guideline or statement
Implementing what works in alcohol policy: Progress report on the SAFER initiative
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
WHO progress report on the SAFER initiative since its 2018 launch, covering five cost effective alcohol measures spanning availability, drink driving, treatment access, advertising and pricing, with country experiences from Uganda, Nepal and Ireland. Shows population level policy reduces harm, and warns against commercial interference.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). Implementing what works in alcohol policy: Progress report on the SAFER initiative. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240120587
View the source
Verified publication date: 26 June 2026 (WHO news item "New WHO report charts progress on the SAFER alcohol policy initiative", 26-06-2026)
All fields
- ID
- REF-140
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Implementing what works in alcohol policy: Progress report on the SAFER initiative
- Description
- WHO progress report on the SAFER initiative since its 2018 launch, covering five cost effective alcohol measures spanning availability, drink driving, treatment access, advertising and pricing, with country experiences from Uganda, Nepal and Ireland. Shows population level policy reduces harm, and warns against commercial interference.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240120587
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 26 June 2026 (WHO news item "New WHO report charts progress on the SAFER alcohol policy initiative", 26-06-2026)
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). Implementing what works in alcohol policy: Progress report on the SAFER initiative. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240120587
REF-141
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychological self-help interventions: Delivering self-help for individuals, featuring Step-by-Step and Doing What Matters in Times of Stress
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
WHO implementation guide for delivering psychological self-help, featuring Step-by-Step and Doing What Matters in Times of Stress, each trialled with only 15 minutes of non specialist support across five weeks. Offers scalable options where more than a billion people live with mental ill health.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026, June 1). WHO launches new guide to help scale psychological self-help. https://www.who.int/news/item/01-06-2026-who-launches-new-guide-to-help-scale-psychological-self-help
View the source
Verified publication date: 1 June 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-141
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Psychological self-help interventions: Delivering self-help for individuals, featuring Step-by-Step and Doing What Matters in Times of Stress
- Description
- WHO implementation guide for delivering psychological self-help, featuring Step-by-Step and Doing What Matters in Times of Stress, each trialled with only 15 minutes of non specialist support across five weeks. Offers scalable options where more than a billion people live with mental ill health.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/news/item/01-06-2026-who-launches-new-guide-to-help-scale-psychological-self-help
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 1 June 2026
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026, June 1). WHO launches new guide to help scale psychological self-help. https://www.who.int/news/item/01-06-2026-who-launches-new-guide-to-help-scale-psychological-self-help
REF-142
Paper, guideline or statement
Global status report on cancer 2026: The future we choose together
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
WHO's 280 page global cancer assessment tracks incidence, mortality, survival, risk factors and health system capacity, then sets seven recommendations around three shifts: better capabilities, better protections and better value. Frames prevention and equity, not treatment alone, as the decisive levers for cancer outcomes.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). Global status report on cancer 2026: The future we choose together. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123977
View the source
Verified publication date: 8 July 2026 (WHO launch news item dated 08-07-2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012397-7)
All fields
- ID
- REF-142
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Global status report on cancer 2026: The future we choose together
- Description
- WHO's 280 page global cancer assessment tracks incidence, mortality, survival, risk factors and health system capacity, then sets seven recommendations around three shifts: better capabilities, better protections and better value. Frames prevention and equity, not treatment alone, as the decisive levers for cancer outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123977
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 8 July 2026 (WHO launch news item dated 08-07-2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012397-7)
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). Global status report on cancer 2026: The future we choose together. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123977
REF-143
Paper, guideline or statement
Promoting physical activity and healthy diets for healthy ageing in the WHO European Region
World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe · 2023 · WHO
WHO Europe report argues that activity levels and diet quality in later life still shape function, mobility and independence, and showcases innovations Member States can adapt and scale. Backs investment in lifestyle programs for older adults so rising life expectancy brings more healthy years.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe. (2023). Promoting physical activity and healthy diets for healthy ageing in the WHO European Region. WHO. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-8002-47770-70520
View the source
Related items: REF-507
All fields
- ID
- REF-143
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Promoting physical activity and healthy diets for healthy ageing in the WHO European Region
- Description
- WHO Europe report argues that activity levels and diet quality in later life still shape function, mobility and independence, and showcases innovations Member States can adapt and scale. Backs investment in lifestyle programs for older adults so rising life expectancy brings more healthy years.
- Publication or publisher
- WHO
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-8002-47770-70520
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe. (2023). Promoting physical activity and healthy diets for healthy ageing in the WHO European Region. WHO. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/WHO-EURO-2023-8002-47770-70520
REF-144
Paper, guideline or statement
Transdiagnostic effects of combined sleep-circadian interventions on depressive symptoms and sleep outcomes in adults with mental disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
Xu, J., Wang, B., Zhu, W., Song, P., & Ao, H. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1901978
Meta-analysis of 11 randomised trials, each with 33 to 396 participants, of combined sleep and circadian treatments for adults with mental disorders found moderate reductions in depressive symptoms (standardised mean difference 0.51) and better treatment response (risk ratio 1.68). Supports targeting sleep timing to improve mood.
Full APA reference
Xu, J., Wang, B., Zhu, W., Song, P., & Ao, H. (2026). Transdiagnostic effects of combined sleep-circadian interventions on depressive symptoms and sleep outcomes in adults with mental disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1901978. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1901978
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 6 August 2026
All fields
- ID
- REF-144
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Xu, J., Wang, B., Zhu, W., Song, P., & Ao, H.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Transdiagnostic effects of combined sleep-circadian interventions on depressive symptoms and sleep outcomes in adults with mental disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
- Description
- Meta-analysis of 11 randomised trials, each with 33 to 396 participants, of combined sleep and circadian treatments for adults with mental disorders found moderate reductions in depressive symptoms (standardised mean difference 0.51) and better treatment response (risk ratio 1.68). Supports targeting sleep timing to improve mood.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1901978
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1901978/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1901978
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 6 August 2026
- Full APA reference
- Xu, J., Wang, B., Zhu, W., Song, P., & Ao, H. (2026). Transdiagnostic effects of combined sleep-circadian interventions on depressive symptoms and sleep outcomes in adults with mental disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 17, 1901978. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2026.1901978
REF-145
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of health, behavioral factors, and incident dementia: A prospective cohort study
Zhang, H., Ding, C., Xu, Y., Hao, H., Gong, Y., An, T., Hu, Z., Li, Y., Wang, X., Jiang, S., Hao, M., & Li, X. · 2026 · Alzheimer's Research and Therapy, 18(1), 107
Prospective cohort of 17,303 dementia free American adults followed from 2006 to 2020 recorded 1,942 dementia cases; people with five or more social disadvantages plus two or more risky behaviours had roughly nine times the risk. Argues social conditions and behaviour must be addressed together.
Full APA reference
Zhang, H., Ding, C., Xu, Y., Hao, H., Gong, Y., An, T., Hu, Z., Li, Y., Wang, X., Jiang, S., Hao, M., & Li, X. (2026). Social determinants of health, behavioral factors, and incident dementia: A prospective cohort study. Alzheimer's Research and Therapy, 18(1), 107. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13195-026-02037-0
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 30 March 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Mar 30")
All fields
- ID
- REF-145
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, H., Ding, C., Xu, Y., Hao, H., Gong, Y., An, T., Hu, Z., Li, Y., Wang, X., Jiang, S., Hao, M., & Li, X.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Social determinants of health, behavioral factors, and incident dementia: A prospective cohort study
- Description
- Prospective cohort of 17,303 dementia free American adults followed from 2006 to 2020 recorded 1,942 dementia cases; people with five or more social disadvantages plus two or more risky behaviours had roughly nine times the risk. Argues social conditions and behaviour must be addressed together.
- Publication or publisher
- Alzheimer's Research and Therapy, 18(1), 107
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41906138/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s13195-026-02037-0
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 30 March 2026 (PubMed record: "2026 Mar 30")
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, H., Ding, C., Xu, Y., Hao, H., Gong, Y., An, T., Hu, Z., Li, Y., Wang, X., Jiang, S., Hao, M., & Li, X. (2026). Social determinants of health, behavioral factors, and incident dementia: A prospective cohort study. Alzheimer's Research and Therapy, 18(1), 107. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13195-026-02037-0
REF-146
Paper, guideline or statement
Accelerometry-measured prolonged and interrupted sedentary behavior and cancer incidence and mortality: A cohort study of 91,292 UK Biobank participants
Zhou, Z., Trost, S. G., Ryde, G. C., Parra-Soto, S., Fang, Z., Xu, C., et al. · 2026 · PLOS Medicine, 23(7), e1004767
Cohort of 91,292 UK Biobank adults wearing accelerometers, followed a median 12.4 years, found each extra daily hour of prolonged sitting raised cancer death risk by 9 percent, while broken up sitting lowered it by 18 percent. Supports advising frequent movement breaks, including light activity.
Full APA reference
Zhou, Z., Trost, S. G., Ryde, G. C., Parra-Soto, S., Fang, Z., Xu, C., et al. (2026). Accelerometry-measured prolonged and interrupted sedentary behavior and cancer incidence and mortality: A cohort study of 91,292 UK Biobank participants. PLOS Medicine, 23(7), e1004767. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1004767
View the sourceDOI
Verified publication date: 2 July 2026 (page states "July 2, 2026")
All fields
- ID
- REF-146
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhou, Z., Trost, S. G., Ryde, G. C., Parra-Soto, S., Fang, Z., Xu, C., et al.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Accelerometry-measured prolonged and interrupted sedentary behavior and cancer incidence and mortality: A cohort study of 91,292 UK Biobank participants
- Description
- Cohort of 91,292 UK Biobank adults wearing accelerometers, followed a median 12.4 years, found each extra daily hour of prolonged sitting raised cancer death risk by 9 percent, while broken up sitting lowered it by 18 percent. Supports advising frequent movement breaks, including light activity.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS Medicine, 23(7), e1004767
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1004767
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1004767
- Verification note
- Verified publication date: 2 July 2026 (page states "July 2, 2026")
- Full APA reference
- Zhou, Z., Trost, S. G., Ryde, G. C., Parra-Soto, S., Fang, Z., Xu, C., et al. (2026). Accelerometry-measured prolonged and interrupted sedentary behavior and cancer incidence and mortality: A cohort study of 91,292 UK Biobank participants. PLOS Medicine, 23(7), e1004767. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1004767
REF-147
Paper, guideline or statement
Identifying enablers and barriers to referral, uptake and completion of lifestyle modification programmes: A rapid literature review
Zurynski, Y., Smith, C., Siette, J., Nic Giolla Easpaig, B., Simons, M., & Knaggs, G. T · 2021 · BMJ Open, 11(3), e045094
Rapid review of 29 documents, 14 of them grey literature, on adult lifestyle modification programs for chronic disease prevention. Clinician knowledge, role beliefs and payment shape referral, while transport, family support and depression shape patient uptake and completion, so implementation must address professionals and clients together.
Full APA reference
Zurynski, Y., Smith, C., Siette, J., Nic Giolla Easpaig, B., Simons, M., & Knaggs, G. T. (2021). Identifying enablers and barriers to referral, uptake and completion of lifestyle modification programmes: A rapid literature review. BMJ Open, 11(3), e045094. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020-045094
View the sourceDOI
All fields
- ID
- REF-147
- Source list
- Added 2025 (original list)
- Year added to library
- 2025
- Author or organisation
- Zurynski, Y., Smith, C., Siette, J., Nic Giolla Easpaig, B., Simons, M., & Knaggs, G. T
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Identifying enablers and barriers to referral, uptake and completion of lifestyle modification programmes: A rapid literature review
- Description
- Rapid review of 29 documents, 14 of them grey literature, on adult lifestyle modification programs for chronic disease prevention. Clinician knowledge, role beliefs and payment shape referral, while transport, family support and depression shape patient uptake and completion, so implementation must address professionals and clients together.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open, 11(3), e045094
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- International
- In curated section
- Yes
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020-045094
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020-045094
- Full APA reference
- Zurynski, Y., Smith, C., Siette, J., Nic Giolla Easpaig, B., Simons, M., & Knaggs, G. T. (2021). Identifying enablers and barriers to referral, uptake and completion of lifestyle modification programmes: A rapid literature review. BMJ Open, 11(3), e045094. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2020-045094
REF-148
Paper, guideline or statement
Self-determination theory informed research for promoting physical activity: Contributions, debates, and future directions
Ntoumanis, N., & Moller, A. C. · 2025 · Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 80, 102879
Ntoumanis and Moller appraise self determination theory applied to physical activity promotion, finding intervention effects that are small to moderate and mediated mainly by rising autonomous motivation, need supportive interpersonal styles and competence satisfaction. Motivational quality, rather than activity counts alone, decides whether movement persists long enough to benefit physical and mental health.
Full APA reference
Ntoumanis, N., & Moller, A. C. (2025). Self-determination theory informed research for promoting physical activity: Contributions, debates, and future directions. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 80, 102879. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2025.102879
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40383282
All fields
- ID
- REF-148
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ntoumanis, N., & Moller, A. C.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Self-determination theory informed research for promoting physical activity: Contributions, debates, and future directions
- Description
- Ntoumanis and Moller appraise self determination theory applied to physical activity promotion, finding intervention effects that are small to moderate and mediated mainly by rising autonomous motivation, need supportive interpersonal styles and competence satisfaction. Motivational quality, rather than activity counts alone, decides whether movement persists long enough to benefit physical and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 80, 102879
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40383282/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2025.102879
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40383282
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Ntoumanis, N., & Moller, A. C. (2025). Self-determination theory informed research for promoting physical activity: Contributions, debates, and future directions. *Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 80*, 102879. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2025.102879
REF-149
Paper, guideline or statement
Athlete mental health help-seeking: A systematic review and meta-analysis of rates, barriers and facilitators
Cosh, S. M., McNeil, D. G., Jeffreys, A., Clark, L., & Tully, P. J. · 2024 · Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 71, 102586
Twenty two studies were synthesised, with eleven contributing rates and a pooled formal help seeking proportion of 22.4 per cent across 3,415 athletes, while stigma, fear of deselection and confidentiality concerns acted as barriers. Sporting culture works as a social determinant of whether physically active people reach mental health care.
Full APA reference
Cosh, S. M., McNeil, D. G., Jeffreys, A., Clark, L., & Tully, P. J. (2024). Athlete mental health help-seeking: A systematic review and meta-analysis of rates, barriers and facilitators. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 71, 102586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2023.102586
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38128709
All fields
- ID
- REF-149
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cosh, S. M., McNeil, D. G., Jeffreys, A., Clark, L., & Tully, P. J.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Athlete mental health help-seeking: A systematic review and meta-analysis of rates, barriers and facilitators
- Description
- Twenty two studies were synthesised, with eleven contributing rates and a pooled formal help seeking proportion of 22.4 per cent across 3,415 athletes, while stigma, fear of deselection and confidentiality concerns acted as barriers. Sporting culture works as a social determinant of whether physically active people reach mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 71, 102586
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38128709/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2023.102586
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38128709
- Full APA reference
- Cosh, S. M., McNeil, D. G., Jeffreys, A., Clark, L., & Tully, P. J. (2024). Athlete mental health help-seeking: A systematic review and meta-analysis of rates, barriers and facilitators. *Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 71*, 102586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2023.102586
REF-150
Paper, guideline or statement
International Olympic Committee consensus-driven guidelines for athlete mental health support at sporting events
Mountjoy, M., Sloan, S., Ali-Zada, M., Bindra, A., Blauwet, C., Budgett, R., ... Gouttebarge, V. · 2025 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, 59(21), 1459-1470
An International Olympic Committee expert panel used an eight stage RAND UCLA Appropriateness Method process to agree recommendations for event based athlete mental health support, covering pre event planning, anti stigma education, a mental fitness decompression area and in person care by qualified clinicians. Elite sport becomes an environment requiring designed mental health infrastructure.
Full APA reference
Mountjoy, M., Sloan, S., Ali-Zada, M., Bindra, A., Blauwet, C., Budgett, R., ... Gouttebarge, V. (2025). International Olympic Committee consensus-driven guidelines for athlete mental health support at sporting events. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 59(21), 1459-1470. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-109646
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40701786
All fields
- ID
- REF-150
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mountjoy, M., Sloan, S., Ali-Zada, M., Bindra, A., Blauwet, C., Budgett, R., ... Gouttebarge, V.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- International Olympic Committee consensus-driven guidelines for athlete mental health support at sporting events
- Description
- An International Olympic Committee expert panel used an eight stage RAND UCLA Appropriateness Method process to agree recommendations for event based athlete mental health support, covering pre event planning, anti stigma education, a mental fitness decompression area and in person care by qualified clinicians. Elite sport becomes an environment requiring designed mental health infrastructure.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, 59(21), 1459-1470
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Other or unspecified
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40701786/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-109646
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40701786
- Full APA reference
- Mountjoy, M., Sloan, S., Ali-Zada, M., Bindra, A., Blauwet, C., Budgett, R., ... Gouttebarge, V. (2025). International Olympic Committee consensus-driven guidelines for athlete mental health support at sporting events. *British Journal of Sports Medicine, 59*(21), 1459-1470. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2025-109646
REF-151
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of reducing sedentary behaviour by increasing physical activity, on cognitive function, brain function and structure across the lifespan: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Feter, N., Ligeza, T. S., Bashir, N., Shanmugam, R. J., Montero Herrera, B., Aldabbagh, T., ... Pindus, D. M. · 2024 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, 58(21), 1295-1306
Twenty five randomised trials with 1,289 participants were pooled, and interrupting prolonged sitting with physical activity improved cognitive function acutely (g = 0.17, 95 per cent CI 0.05 to 0.29), with benefit confined to multiple activity bouts. Sitting time is treated as a modifiable determinant of brain health across the lifespan.
Full APA reference
Feter, N., Ligeza, T. S., Bashir, N., Shanmugam, R. J., Montero Herrera, B., Aldabbagh, T., ... Pindus, D. M. (2024). Effects of reducing sedentary behaviour by increasing physical activity, on cognitive function, brain function and structure across the lifespan: a systematic review and meta-analysis. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 58(21), 1295-1306. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2024-108444
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39197948
All fields
- ID
- REF-151
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Feter, N., Ligeza, T. S., Bashir, N., Shanmugam, R. J., Montero Herrera, B., Aldabbagh, T., ... Pindus, D. M.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Effects of reducing sedentary behaviour by increasing physical activity, on cognitive function, brain function and structure across the lifespan: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Twenty five randomised trials with 1,289 participants were pooled, and interrupting prolonged sitting with physical activity improved cognitive function acutely (g = 0.17, 95 per cent CI 0.05 to 0.29), with benefit confined to multiple activity bouts. Sitting time is treated as a modifiable determinant of brain health across the lifespan.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, 58(21), 1295-1306
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39197948/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2024-108444
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39197948
- Full APA reference
- Feter, N., Ligeza, T. S., Bashir, N., Shanmugam, R. J., Montero Herrera, B., Aldabbagh, T., ... Pindus, D. M. (2024). Effects of reducing sedentary behaviour by increasing physical activity, on cognitive function, brain function and structure across the lifespan: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *British Journal of Sports Medicine, 58*(21), 1295-1306. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2024-108444
REF-152
Paper, guideline or statement
Barriers and facilitators to exercise adherence in community-dwelling older adults: A mixed-methods systematic review using the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework
Yang, Y., Gao, Y., An, R., & Wan, Q. · 2024 · International Journal of Nursing Studies, 157, 104808
Sixty four studies were synthesised through the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework, yielding 54 influences on exercise adherence among community dwelling older adults and 38 candidate behaviour change techniques for intervention design. Adherence is reframed as a capability, opportunity and motivation problem rather than a matter of individual willpower.
Full APA reference
Yang, Y., Gao, Y., An, R., & Wan, Q. (2024). Barriers and facilitators to exercise adherence in community-dwelling older adults: A mixed-methods systematic review using the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 157, 104808. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2024.104808
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509, REF-573
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38823146
All fields
- ID
- REF-152
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Yang, Y., Gao, Y., An, R., & Wan, Q.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Barriers and facilitators to exercise adherence in community-dwelling older adults: A mixed-methods systematic review using the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework
- Description
- Sixty four studies were synthesised through the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework, yielding 54 influences on exercise adherence among community dwelling older adults and 38 candidate behaviour change techniques for intervention design. Adherence is reframed as a capability, opportunity and motivation problem rather than a matter of individual willpower.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Nursing Studies, 157, 104808
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38823146/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2024.104808
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38823146
- Related items
- REF-509; REF-573
- Full APA reference
- Yang, Y., Gao, Y., An, R., & Wan, Q. (2024). Barriers and facilitators to exercise adherence in community-dwelling older adults: A mixed-methods systematic review using the COM-B model and Theoretical Domains Framework. *International Journal of Nursing Studies, 157*, 104808. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijnurstu.2024.104808
REF-153
Paper, guideline or statement
BPS DSEP position statement: Psychological skills training in youth sport
Thrower, S. N., Barker, J., Bruton, A. M., Coffee, P., Cumming, J., Harwood, C., ... Mellalieu, S. D. · 2024 · Sport and Exercise Psychology Review, 19(1), 4-20
The British Psychological Society Division of Sport and Exercise Psychology reviews psychological skills training across childhood, early adolescence and mid to late adolescence, closing with 10 recommendations for youth sport organisations, training and accrediting bodies, researchers and practitioners. Developmentally staged practice guidance links sport participation with psychosocial wellbeing in young people.
Full APA reference
Thrower, S. N., Barker, J., Bruton, A. M., Coffee, P., Cumming, J., Harwood, C., ... Mellalieu, S. D. (2024). BPS DSEP position statement: Psychological skills training in youth sport. Sport and Exercise Psychology Review, 19(1), 4-20. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpssepr.2024.19.1.4
View the sourceDOI
Repository record and full abstract read on Brunel University Research Archive, dated 15 July 2024, with volume, issue and page range taken from the deposited publication details
All fields
- ID
- REF-153
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Thrower, S. N., Barker, J., Bruton, A. M., Coffee, P., Cumming, J., Harwood, C., ... Mellalieu, S. D.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- BPS DSEP position statement: Psychological skills training in youth sport
- Description
- The British Psychological Society Division of Sport and Exercise Psychology reviews psychological skills training across childhood, early adolescence and mid to late adolescence, closing with 10 recommendations for youth sport organisations, training and accrediting bodies, researchers and practitioners. Developmentally staged practice guidance links sport participation with psychosocial wellbeing in young people.
- Publication or publisher
- Sport and Exercise Psychology Review, 19(1), 4-20
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Sport and exercise psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://bura.brunel.ac.uk/handle/2438/29100
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.53841/bpssepr.2024.19.1.4
- Verification note
- Repository record and full abstract read on Brunel University Research Archive, dated 15 July 2024, with volume, issue and page range taken from the deposited publication details
- Full APA reference
- Thrower, S. N., Barker, J., Bruton, A. M., Coffee, P., Cumming, J., Harwood, C., ... Mellalieu, S. D. (2024). BPS DSEP position statement: Psychological skills training in youth sport. *Sport and Exercise Psychology Review, 19*(1), 4-20. https://doi.org/10.53841/bpssepr.2024.19.1.4
REF-154
Paper, guideline or statement
The Behaviour Change Technique Ontology: Transforming the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1
Marques, M. M., Wright, A. J., Corker, E., Johnston, M., West, R., Hastings, J., ... Michie, S. · 2023 · Wellcome Open Research, 8, 308
Marques and colleagues rebuilt the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1 as a formal ontology of 247 techniques in 20 higher level groups, tested for reliable annotation of intervention reports and released in computer readable form. Shared technique labels let lifestyle intervention content be compared across trials, disciplines and health outcomes.
Full APA reference
Marques, M. M., Wright, A. J., Corker, E., Johnston, M., West, R., Hastings, J., ... Michie, S. (2023). The Behaviour Change Technique Ontology: Transforming the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1. Wellcome Open Research, 8, 308. https://doi.org/10.12688/wellcomeopenres.19363.2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37593567, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10427801
All fields
- ID
- REF-154
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marques, M. M., Wright, A. J., Corker, E., Johnston, M., West, R., Hastings, J., ... Michie, S.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The Behaviour Change Technique Ontology: Transforming the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1
- Description
- Marques and colleagues rebuilt the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1 as a formal ontology of 247 techniques in 20 higher level groups, tested for reliable annotation of intervention reports and released in computer readable form. Shared technique labels let lifestyle intervention content be compared across trials, disciplines and health outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Wellcome Open Research, 8, 308
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10427801/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.12688/wellcomeopenres.19363.2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37593567, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10427801
- Full APA reference
- Marques, M. M., Wright, A. J., Corker, E., Johnston, M., West, R., Hastings, J., ... Michie, S. (2023). The Behaviour Change Technique Ontology: Transforming the Behaviour Change Technique Taxonomy v1. *Wellcome Open Research, 8*, 308. https://doi.org/10.12688/wellcomeopenres.19363.2
REF-155
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of behavioural interventions with motivational interviewing on physical activity outcomes in adults: systematic review and meta-analysis
Zhu, S., Sinha, D., Kirk, M., Michalopoulou, M., Hajizadeh, A., Wren, G., ... Astbury, N. M. · 2024 · BMJ, 386, e078713
Ninety seven randomised trials with 27,811 adults were pooled, and behavioural interventions containing motivational interviewing beat comparators for total physical activity (SMD 0.45, 95 per cent CI 0.33 to 0.65, about 1,323 extra steps a day). Counselling style is an active ingredient of activity promotion in healthy and clinical populations.
Full APA reference
Zhu, S., Sinha, D., Kirk, M., Michalopoulou, M., Hajizadeh, A., Wren, G., ... Astbury, N. M. (2024). Effectiveness of behavioural interventions with motivational interviewing on physical activity outcomes in adults: systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ, 386, e078713. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-078713
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38986547, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11234249
All fields
- ID
- REF-155
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhu, S., Sinha, D., Kirk, M., Michalopoulou, M., Hajizadeh, A., Wren, G., ... Astbury, N. M.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Effectiveness of behavioural interventions with motivational interviewing on physical activity outcomes in adults: systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Ninety seven randomised trials with 27,811 adults were pooled, and behavioural interventions containing motivational interviewing beat comparators for total physical activity (SMD 0.45, 95 per cent CI 0.33 to 0.65, about 1,323 extra steps a day). Counselling style is an active ingredient of activity promotion in healthy and clinical populations.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 386, e078713
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11234249/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-078713
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38986547, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11234249
- Full APA reference
- Zhu, S., Sinha, D., Kirk, M., Michalopoulou, M., Hajizadeh, A., Wren, G., ... Astbury, N. M. (2024). Effectiveness of behavioural interventions with motivational interviewing on physical activity outcomes in adults: systematic review and meta-analysis. *BMJ, 386*, e078713. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-078713
REF-156
Paper, guideline or statement
Time to Form a Habit: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Health Behaviour Habit Formation and Its Determinants
Singh, B., Murphy, A., Maher, C., & Smith, A. E. · 2024 · Healthcare, 12(23), 2488
Twenty experimental studies with 2,601 participants were pooled, and reported times to reach automaticity in health behaviours ranged from 59 to 66 days by median and 106 to 154 days by mean, with wide individual variation. Realistic habit timelines govern how long lifestyle programmes need to keep supporting people.
Full APA reference
Singh, B., Murphy, A., Maher, C., & Smith, A. E. (2024). Time to Form a Habit: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Health Behaviour Habit Formation and Its Determinants. Healthcare, 12(23), 2488. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare12232488
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39685110, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11641623
All fields
- ID
- REF-156
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Singh, B., Murphy, A., Maher, C., & Smith, A. E.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Time to Form a Habit: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Health Behaviour Habit Formation and Its Determinants
- Description
- Twenty experimental studies with 2,601 participants were pooled, and reported times to reach automaticity in health behaviours ranged from 59 to 66 days by median and 106 to 154 days by mean, with wide individual variation. Realistic habit timelines govern how long lifestyle programmes need to keep supporting people.
- Publication or publisher
- Healthcare, 12(23), 2488
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11641623/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare12232488
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39685110, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11641623
- Full APA reference
- Singh, B., Murphy, A., Maher, C., & Smith, A. E. (2024). Time to Form a Habit: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Health Behaviour Habit Formation and Its Determinants. *Healthcare, 12*(23), 2488. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare12232488
REF-157
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychoneuroimmunology: An Introduction to Immune-to-Brain Communication and Its Implications for Clinical Psychology
Bower, J. E., & Kuhlman, K. R. · 2023 · Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 19, 331-359
Bower and Kuhlman introduce immune to brain signalling for clinical psychologists, tracing inflammation effects on positive and negative valence systems, social processes, cognition and fatigue, and linking early life adversity to later neuroimmune risk. Psychosocial and mind body interventions are set out as levers on the biology joining social conditions to mental disorder.
Full APA reference
Bower, J. E., & Kuhlman, K. R. (2023). Psychoneuroimmunology: An Introduction to Immune-to-Brain Communication and Its Implications for Clinical Psychology. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 19, 331-359. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-080621-045153
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-508
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 36791765
All fields
- ID
- REF-157
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bower, J. E., & Kuhlman, K. R.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Psychoneuroimmunology: An Introduction to Immune-to-Brain Communication and Its Implications for Clinical Psychology
- Description
- Bower and Kuhlman introduce immune to brain signalling for clinical psychologists, tracing inflammation effects on positive and negative valence systems, social processes, cognition and fatigue, and linking early life adversity to later neuroimmune risk. Psychosocial and mind body interventions are set out as levers on the biology joining social conditions to mental disorder.
- Publication or publisher
- Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 19, 331-359
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36791765/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-080621-045153
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 36791765
- Related items
- REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Bower, J. E., & Kuhlman, K. R. (2023). Psychoneuroimmunology: An Introduction to Immune-to-Brain Communication and Its Implications for Clinical Psychology. *Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 19*, 331-359. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-clinpsy-080621-045153
REF-158
Paper, guideline or statement
Towards a consensus definition of allostatic load: a multi-cohort, multi-system, multi-biomarker individual participant data (IPD) meta-analysis
McCrory, C., McLoughlin, S., Layte, R., NiCheallaigh, C., O'Halloran, A. M., Barros, H., ... Kenny, R. A. · 2023 · Psychoneuroendocrinology, 153, 106117
Individual participant data on 67,126 adults from 13 cohorts and 40 biomarkers across 12 physiological systems were pooled to define allostatic load, with reliable markers found in nine systems including C reactive protein, resting heart rate and dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate. A consistent measure lets life course stress exposure be quantified beside lifestyle and health outcomes.
Full APA reference
McCrory, C., McLoughlin, S., Layte, R., NiCheallaigh, C., O'Halloran, A. M., Barros, H., ... Kenny, R. A. (2023). Towards a consensus definition of allostatic load: a multi-cohort, multi-system, multi-biomarker individual participant data (IPD) meta-analysis. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 153, 106117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2023.106117
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-508
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37100008, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10620736
All fields
- ID
- REF-158
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McCrory, C., McLoughlin, S., Layte, R., NiCheallaigh, C., O'Halloran, A. M., Barros, H., ... Kenny, R. A.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Towards a consensus definition of allostatic load: a multi-cohort, multi-system, multi-biomarker individual participant data (IPD) meta-analysis
- Description
- Individual participant data on 67,126 adults from 13 cohorts and 40 biomarkers across 12 physiological systems were pooled to define allostatic load, with reliable markers found in nine systems including C reactive protein, resting heart rate and dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate. A consistent measure lets life course stress exposure be quantified beside lifestyle and health outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychoneuroendocrinology, 153, 106117
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Wellbeing measurement; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10620736/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2023.106117
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37100008, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10620736
- Related items
- REF-508
- Full APA reference
- McCrory, C., McLoughlin, S., Layte, R., NiCheallaigh, C., O'Halloran, A. M., Barros, H., ... Kenny, R. A. (2023). Towards a consensus definition of allostatic load: a multi-cohort, multi-system, multi-biomarker individual participant data (IPD) meta-analysis. *Psychoneuroendocrinology, 153*, 106117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2023.106117
REF-159
Paper, guideline or statement
Health coaching improves physical activity, disability and pain in adults with chronic non-cancer pain: a systematic review
Barnet-Hepples, T., Dario, A., Oliveira, J., Maher, C., Tiedemann, A., & Amorim, A. · 2024 · Journal of Physiotherapy, 70(2), 115-123
Twenty six randomised trials with 4,403 adults living with chronic non cancer pain showed health coaching produced small gains in physical activity (SMD 0.21), disability (SMD 0.25) and pain (SMD 0.31), with certainty from very low to moderate. Coached lifestyle support sits squarely at the physical and mental health interface.
Full APA reference
Barnet-Hepples, T., Dario, A., Oliveira, J., Maher, C., Tiedemann, A., & Amorim, A. (2024). Health coaching improves physical activity, disability and pain in adults with chronic non-cancer pain: a systematic review. Journal of Physiotherapy, 70(2), 115-123. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jphys.2024.01.001
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38494402
All fields
- ID
- REF-159
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Barnet-Hepples, T., Dario, A., Oliveira, J., Maher, C., Tiedemann, A., & Amorim, A.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Health coaching improves physical activity, disability and pain in adults with chronic non-cancer pain: a systematic review
- Description
- Twenty six randomised trials with 4,403 adults living with chronic non cancer pain showed health coaching produced small gains in physical activity (SMD 0.21), disability (SMD 0.25) and pain (SMD 0.31), with certainty from very low to moderate. Coached lifestyle support sits squarely at the physical and mental health interface.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Physiotherapy, 70(2), 115-123
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38494402/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jphys.2024.01.001
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38494402
- Full APA reference
- Barnet-Hepples, T., Dario, A., Oliveira, J., Maher, C., Tiedemann, A., & Amorim, A. (2024). Health coaching improves physical activity, disability and pain in adults with chronic non-cancer pain: a systematic review. *Journal of Physiotherapy, 70*(2), 115-123. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jphys.2024.01.001
REF-160
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of breathwork on stress and mental health: A meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials
Fincham, G. W., Strauss, C., Montero-Marin, J., & Cavanagh, K. · 2023 · Scientific Reports, 13(1), 432
Twelve randomised controlled trials with 785 adults were pooled, and breathwork lowered self reported stress against non breathwork controls (g = -0.35, 95 per cent CI -0.55 to -0.14), with comparable effects for anxiety and depressive symptoms. Brief regulated breathing becomes a low cost, teachable component of lifestyle based mental health care.
Full APA reference
Fincham, G. W., Strauss, C., Montero-Marin, J., & Cavanagh, K. (2023). Effect of breathwork on stress and mental health: A meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials. Scientific Reports, 13(1), 432. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-27247-y
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 36624160, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC9828383
All fields
- ID
- REF-160
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fincham, G. W., Strauss, C., Montero-Marin, J., & Cavanagh, K.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Effect of breathwork on stress and mental health: A meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials
- Description
- Twelve randomised controlled trials with 785 adults were pooled, and breathwork lowered self reported stress against non breathwork controls (g = -0.35, 95 per cent CI -0.55 to -0.14), with comparable effects for anxiety and depressive symptoms. Brief regulated breathing becomes a low cost, teachable component of lifestyle based mental health care.
- Publication or publisher
- Scientific Reports, 13(1), 432
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9828383/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-27247-y
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 36624160, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC9828383
- Full APA reference
- Fincham, G. W., Strauss, C., Montero-Marin, J., & Cavanagh, K. (2023). Effect of breathwork on stress and mental health: A meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials. *Scientific Reports, 13*(1), 432. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-27247-y
REF-161
Paper, guideline or statement
Individual participant data systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials assessing adult mindfulness-based programmes for mental health promotion in non-clinical settings
Galante, J., Friedrich, C., Dalgleish, T., Jones, P. B., White, I. R., & Collaboration of Mindfulness Trials (CoMinT) · 2023 · Nature Mental Health, 1(7), 462-476
Individual participant data from 13 trials and 2,371 adults in non clinical settings showed mindfulness based programmes reduced psychological distress against passive controls one to six months later (SMD -0.32, 95 per cent CI -0.41 to -0.24), with no effect against active controls. Universal mental health promotion is tested at the level of who benefits.
Full APA reference
Galante, J., Friedrich, C., Dalgleish, T., Jones, P. B., White, I. R., & Collaboration of Mindfulness Trials (CoMinT) (2023). Individual participant data systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials assessing adult mindfulness-based programmes for mental health promotion in non-clinical settings. Nature Mental Health, 1(7), 462-476. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-023-00081-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37867573, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC7615230
All fields
- ID
- REF-161
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Galante, J., Friedrich, C., Dalgleish, T., Jones, P. B., White, I. R., & Collaboration of Mindfulness Trials (CoMinT)
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Individual participant data systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials assessing adult mindfulness-based programmes for mental health promotion in non-clinical settings
- Description
- Individual participant data from 13 trials and 2,371 adults in non clinical settings showed mindfulness based programmes reduced psychological distress against passive controls one to six months later (SMD -0.32, 95 per cent CI -0.41 to -0.24), with no effect against active controls. Universal mental health promotion is tested at the level of who benefits.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Mental Health, 1(7), 462-476
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7615230/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-023-00081-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37867573, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC7615230
- Full APA reference
- Galante, J., Friedrich, C., Dalgleish, T., Jones, P. B., White, I. R., & Collaboration of Mindfulness Trials (CoMinT) (2023). Individual participant data systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials assessing adult mindfulness-based programmes for mental health promotion in non-clinical settings. *Nature Mental Health, 1*(7), 462-476. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-023-00081-5
REF-162
Paper, guideline or statement
The effects of mind-body exercise on anxiety and depression in older adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis
Dong, Y., Zhang, X., Zhao, R., Cao, L., Kuang, X., & Yao, J. · 2024 · Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1305295
Forty two randomised trials with 2,974 older adults were pooled, and mind body exercise beat control for anxiety (SMD -0.87) and depression (SMD -0.52), with tai chi ranked first for both outcomes in the network analysis. Movement modalities that older people will actually sustain are compared head to head.
Full APA reference
Dong, Y., Zhang, X., Zhao, R., Cao, L., Kuang, X., & Yao, J. (2024). The effects of mind-body exercise on anxiety and depression in older adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1305295. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1305295
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-507
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38384592, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10879425
All fields
- ID
- REF-162
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dong, Y., Zhang, X., Zhao, R., Cao, L., Kuang, X., & Yao, J.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The effects of mind-body exercise on anxiety and depression in older adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis
- Description
- Forty two randomised trials with 2,974 older adults were pooled, and mind body exercise beat control for anxiety (SMD -0.87) and depression (SMD -0.52), with tai chi ranked first for both outcomes in the network analysis. Movement modalities that older people will actually sustain are compared head to head.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1305295
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10879425/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1305295
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38384592, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10879425
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Dong, Y., Zhang, X., Zhao, R., Cao, L., Kuang, X., & Yao, J. (2024). The effects of mind-body exercise on anxiety and depression in older adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. *Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15*, 1305295. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1305295
REF-163
Paper, guideline or statement
Exploring the benefits of traditional Chinese exercises (Tai Chi and Qigong) on the anxiety and depression of older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Dong, Y., Pang, D., Xiang, J., Chao, G., & Kuang, X. · 2025 · Medicine, 104(12), e41908
Thirty one studies with 2,501 older adults were pooled, and traditional Chinese exercise improved anxiety (SMD -0.93) and depression (SMD -1.14), with 12 to 16 weeks optimal for anxiety and 24 weeks for depression despite very high heterogeneity. Dose parameters are what practitioners need when prescribing culturally familiar movement.
Full APA reference
Dong, Y., Pang, D., Xiang, J., Chao, G., & Kuang, X. (2025). Exploring the benefits of traditional Chinese exercises (Tai Chi and Qigong) on the anxiety and depression of older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Medicine, 104(12), e41908. https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000041908
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-507
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40128068, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11936652
All fields
- ID
- REF-163
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dong, Y., Pang, D., Xiang, J., Chao, G., & Kuang, X.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Exploring the benefits of traditional Chinese exercises (Tai Chi and Qigong) on the anxiety and depression of older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Thirty one studies with 2,501 older adults were pooled, and traditional Chinese exercise improved anxiety (SMD -0.93) and depression (SMD -1.14), with 12 to 16 weeks optimal for anxiety and 24 weeks for depression despite very high heterogeneity. Dose parameters are what practitioners need when prescribing culturally familiar movement.
- Publication or publisher
- Medicine, 104(12), e41908
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11936652/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000041908
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40128068, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11936652
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Dong, Y., Pang, D., Xiang, J., Chao, G., & Kuang, X. (2025). Exploring the benefits of traditional Chinese exercises (Tai Chi and Qigong) on the anxiety and depression of older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *Medicine, 104*(12), e41908. https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000041908
REF-164
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of Yoga Nidra on Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Ghai, S., Odyniec, P., & Ghai, I. · 2026 · Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1556(1), e70149
Seventy three studies with 5,201 participants were pooled, and yoga nidra improved stress (Hedges g -0.80 against active comparators), anxiety (-1.35) and depression (-0.69), though the authors caution that low methodological quality probably inflates these estimates. Honest appraisal of a popular relaxation practice is scarce and needed.
Full APA reference
Ghai, S., Odyniec, P., & Ghai, I. (2026). Effects of Yoga Nidra on Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1556(1), e70149. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.70149
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41327816, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12917937
All fields
- ID
- REF-164
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ghai, S., Odyniec, P., & Ghai, I.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of Yoga Nidra on Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
- Description
- Seventy three studies with 5,201 participants were pooled, and yoga nidra improved stress (Hedges g -0.80 against active comparators), anxiety (-1.35) and depression (-0.69), though the authors caution that low methodological quality probably inflates these estimates. Honest appraisal of a popular relaxation practice is scarce and needed.
- Publication or publisher
- Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1556(1), e70149
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12917937/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.70149
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41327816, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12917937
- Full APA reference
- Ghai, S., Odyniec, P., & Ghai, I. (2026). Effects of Yoga Nidra on Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. *Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1556*(1), e70149. https://doi.org/10.1111/nyas.70149
REF-165
Paper, guideline or statement
Reaching Veterans with Cooccurring Mental Health Conditions Through the VA Whole Health System of Care
Reed, D. E., Engel, C. C., Etingen, B., Hyde, J., Bokhour, B. G., & Zeliadt, S. B. · 2025 · Journal of Integrative and Complementary Medicine, 31(5), 463-470
Electronic records for 9,689 veterans across 18 pilot sites showed that those with more mental health diagnoses were more likely to use Whole Health coaching and complementary and integrative health services, with adjusted odds up to 2.36 for three diagnoses versus none. Whole person service models reach the people carrying the heaviest load.
Full APA reference
Reed, D. E., Engel, C. C., Etingen, B., Hyde, J., Bokhour, B. G., & Zeliadt, S. B. (2025). Reaching Veterans with Cooccurring Mental Health Conditions Through the VA Whole Health System of Care. Journal of Integrative and Complementary Medicine, 31(5), 463-470. https://doi.org/10.1089/jicm.2024.0766
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39928497, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC13170756
All fields
- ID
- REF-165
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Reed, D. E., Engel, C. C., Etingen, B., Hyde, J., Bokhour, B. G., & Zeliadt, S. B.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Reaching Veterans with Cooccurring Mental Health Conditions Through the VA Whole Health System of Care
- Description
- Electronic records for 9,689 veterans across 18 pilot sites showed that those with more mental health diagnoses were more likely to use Whole Health coaching and complementary and integrative health services, with adjusted odds up to 2.36 for three diagnoses versus none. Whole person service models reach the people carrying the heaviest load.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Integrative and Complementary Medicine, 31(5), 463-470
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13170756/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1089/jicm.2024.0766
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39928497, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC13170756
- Full APA reference
- Reed, D. E., Engel, C. C., Etingen, B., Hyde, J., Bokhour, B. G., & Zeliadt, S. B. (2025). Reaching Veterans with Cooccurring Mental Health Conditions Through the VA Whole Health System of Care. *Journal of Integrative and Complementary Medicine, 31*(5), 463-470. https://doi.org/10.1089/jicm.2024.0766
REF-166
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle psychiatry: a conceptual framework for application in mental healthcare and support
Deenik, J., Vermeulen, J. M., Teasdale, S. B., Schuch, F. B., Marx, W., Perry, B., ... Firth, J. · 2025 · BMJ Mental Health, 28(1), e301980
Forty three contributors from 15 countries built a conceptual framework for lifestyle psychiatry through iterative collaboration, defining core domains, naming behaviour change challenges specific to mental health populations and pressing for multilevel, equity oriented approaches. A shared definition is the precondition for consistent research, training and service design in this field.
Full APA reference
Deenik, J., Vermeulen, J. M., Teasdale, S. B., Schuch, F. B., Marx, W., Perry, B., ... Firth, J. (2025). Lifestyle psychiatry: a conceptual framework for application in mental healthcare and support. BMJ Mental Health, 28(1), e301980. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjment-2025-301980
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-167, REF-076, REF-196, REF-464, REF-496
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41290362, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12658517
All fields
- ID
- REF-166
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Deenik, J., Vermeulen, J. M., Teasdale, S. B., Schuch, F. B., Marx, W., Perry, B., ... Firth, J.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Lifestyle psychiatry: a conceptual framework for application in mental healthcare and support
- Description
- Forty three contributors from 15 countries built a conceptual framework for lifestyle psychiatry through iterative collaboration, defining core domains, naming behaviour change challenges specific to mental health populations and pressing for multilevel, equity oriented approaches. A shared definition is the precondition for consistent research, training and service design in this field.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Mental Health, 28(1), e301980
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12658517/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjment-2025-301980
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41290362, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12658517
- Related items
- REF-167; REF-076; REF-196; REF-464; REF-496
- Full APA reference
- Deenik, J., Vermeulen, J. M., Teasdale, S. B., Schuch, F. B., Marx, W., Perry, B., ... Firth, J. (2025). Lifestyle psychiatry: a conceptual framework for application in mental healthcare and support. *BMJ Mental Health, 28*(1), e301980. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjment-2025-301980
REF-167
Paper, guideline or statement
Priorities and opportunities for lifestyle psychiatry: consensus from the LifePsych Society
Firth, J., Deenik, J., Castellanos, N., Diez, G. G., Schuch, F. B., Scrivano, L., ... LifePsych Society Consortium · 2025 · World Psychiatry, 24(2), 277-279
Following its inaugural 2024 summit, the LifePsych Society sets priorities for lifestyle psychiatry, naming implementation science, culturally responsive co creation with low and middle income country partners, training of community lay health workers and digital monitoring of activity, sleep and heart rate variability. Global implementation, not further efficacy trials, is the stated bottleneck.
Full APA reference
Firth, J., Deenik, J., Castellanos, N., Diez, G. G., Schuch, F. B., Scrivano, L., ... LifePsych Society Consortium (2025). Priorities and opportunities for lifestyle psychiatry: consensus from the LifePsych Society. World Psychiatry, 24(2), 277-279. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21325
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40371793, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12079361
All fields
- ID
- REF-167
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Firth, J., Deenik, J., Castellanos, N., Diez, G. G., Schuch, F. B., Scrivano, L., ... LifePsych Society Consortium
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Priorities and opportunities for lifestyle psychiatry: consensus from the LifePsych Society
- Description
- Following its inaugural 2024 summit, the LifePsych Society sets priorities for lifestyle psychiatry, naming implementation science, culturally responsive co creation with low and middle income country partners, training of community lay health workers and digital monitoring of activity, sleep and heart rate variability. Global implementation, not further efficacy trials, is the stated bottleneck.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 24(2), 277-279
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12079361/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21325
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40371793, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12079361
- Full APA reference
- Firth, J., Deenik, J., Castellanos, N., Diez, G. G., Schuch, F. B., Scrivano, L., ... LifePsych Society Consortium (2025). Priorities and opportunities for lifestyle psychiatry: consensus from the LifePsych Society. *World Psychiatry, 24*(2), 277-279. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21325
REF-168
Paper, guideline or statement
Long-term efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) on depressive symptoms: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
Fiori, V., Lombardo, C., Baglioni, C., & Ballesio, A. · 2026 · Sleep Medicine Reviews, 89, 102339
Fifty three articles reporting on 13,608 adults with insomnia were pooled, and cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia still reduced depressive symptoms at three months (d = -0.35), six months (d = -0.32) and twelve months (d = -0.25), with effects fading slowly. Treating sleep durably shifts mood, joining two lifestyle relevant clinical targets.
Full APA reference
Fiori, V., Lombardo, C., Baglioni, C., & Ballesio, A. (2026). Long-term efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) on depressive symptoms: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 89, 102339. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2026.102339
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 42435604
All fields
- ID
- REF-168
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fiori, V., Lombardo, C., Baglioni, C., & Ballesio, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Long-term efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) on depressive symptoms: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
- Description
- Fifty three articles reporting on 13,608 adults with insomnia were pooled, and cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia still reduced depressive symptoms at three months (d = -0.35), six months (d = -0.32) and twelve months (d = -0.25), with effects fading slowly. Treating sleep durably shifts mood, joining two lifestyle relevant clinical targets.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep Medicine Reviews, 89, 102339
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42435604/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2026.102339
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 42435604
- Full APA reference
- Fiori, V., Lombardo, C., Baglioni, C., & Ballesio, A. (2026). Long-term efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) on depressive symptoms: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. *Sleep Medicine Reviews, 89*, 102339. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2026.102339
REF-169
Paper, guideline or statement
Behavioral Activation, Depression, and Promotion of Health Behaviors: A Scoping Review
May, D., Litvin, B., & Allegrante, J. · 2024 · Health Education & Behavior, 51(2), 321-331
Twenty papers from 336 candidates were appraised in a scoping review of behavioural activation adapted to promote health behaviours, with most modified interventions improving the targeted behaviour, spanning substance use, exercise and medication adherence, while also reducing depressive symptoms. One psychological treatment can carry both mood and lifestyle change at once.
Full APA reference
May, D., Litvin, B., & Allegrante, J. (2024). Behavioral Activation, Depression, and Promotion of Health Behaviors: A Scoping Review. Health Education & Behavior, 51(2), 321-331. https://doi.org/10.1177/10901981221090157
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 35484949
All fields
- ID
- REF-169
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- May, D., Litvin, B., & Allegrante, J.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Behavioral Activation, Depression, and Promotion of Health Behaviors: A Scoping Review
- Description
- Twenty papers from 336 candidates were appraised in a scoping review of behavioural activation adapted to promote health behaviours, with most modified interventions improving the targeted behaviour, spanning substance use, exercise and medication adherence, while also reducing depressive symptoms. One psychological treatment can carry both mood and lifestyle change at once.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Education & Behavior, 51(2), 321-331
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35484949/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/10901981221090157
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 35484949
- Full APA reference
- May, D., Litvin, B., & Allegrante, J. (2024). Behavioral Activation, Depression, and Promotion of Health Behaviors: A Scoping Review. *Health Education & Behavior, 51*(2), 321-331. https://doi.org/10.1177/10901981221090157
REF-170
Paper, guideline or statement
Integrating sleep care in psychological practice: A survey of Brazilian clinical psychologists and a global bibliometric analysis
Soalheiro, L. M., Benfica, M. A., Brandão, B. J., Paiva, R. V. N., Carvalho, L. D., Paranhos, R. C. M., ... Tamura, E. K. · 2025 · Journal of Health Psychology, 30(11), 3047-3063
Responses from 1,011 Brazilian clinical psychologists showed most routinely ask about sleep quality and address sleep problems, though a minority saw no link between mental disorders and biological rhythms, while a paired bibliometric analysis tied cognitive behavioural therapy most strongly to sleep terms. Workforce readiness for sleep as a lifestyle target is uneven.
Full APA reference
Soalheiro, L. M., Benfica, M. A., Brandão, B. J., Paiva, R. V. N., Carvalho, L. D., Paranhos, R. C. M., ... Tamura, E. K. (2025). Integrating sleep care in psychological practice: A survey of Brazilian clinical psychologists and a global bibliometric analysis. Journal of Health Psychology, 30(11), 3047-3063. https://doi.org/10.1177/13591053241298780
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-509
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39655775
All fields
- ID
- REF-170
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Soalheiro, L. M., Benfica, M. A., Brandão, B. J., Paiva, R. V. N., Carvalho, L. D., Paranhos, R. C. M., ... Tamura, E. K.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Integrating sleep care in psychological practice: A survey of Brazilian clinical psychologists and a global bibliometric analysis
- Description
- Responses from 1,011 Brazilian clinical psychologists showed most routinely ask about sleep quality and address sleep problems, though a minority saw no link between mental disorders and biological rhythms, while a paired bibliometric analysis tied cognitive behavioural therapy most strongly to sleep terms. Workforce readiness for sleep as a lifestyle target is uneven.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Health Psychology, 30(11), 3047-3063
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39655775/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/13591053241298780
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39655775
- Related items
- REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Soalheiro, L. M., Benfica, M. A., Brandão, B. J., Paiva, R. V. N., Carvalho, L. D., Paranhos, R. C. M., ... Tamura, E. K. (2025). Integrating sleep care in psychological practice: A survey of Brazilian clinical psychologists and a global bibliometric analysis. *Journal of Health Psychology, 30*(11), 3047-3063. https://doi.org/10.1177/13591053241298780
REF-171
Paper, guideline or statement
Network meta-analysis examining efficacy of components of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia
Steinmetz, L., Simon, L., Feige, B., Riemann, D., Johann, A. F., Ell, J., ... Spiegelhalder, K. · 2024 · Clinical Psychology Review, 114, 102507
Eighty studies covering 15,351 participants were entered into a component network meta-analysis, where sleep restriction therapy carried the effect on insomnia severity (d = -0.45) and stimulus control improved total sleep time, while psychoeducation, relaxation and cognitive therapy added no significant benefit. Component level evidence tells clinicians which parts of a sleep programme matter.
Full APA reference
Steinmetz, L., Simon, L., Feige, B., Riemann, D., Johann, A. F., Ell, J., ... Spiegelhalder, K. (2024). Network meta-analysis examining efficacy of components of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia. Clinical Psychology Review, 114, 102507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2024.102507
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39504928
All fields
- ID
- REF-171
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Steinmetz, L., Simon, L., Feige, B., Riemann, D., Johann, A. F., Ell, J., ... Spiegelhalder, K.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Network meta-analysis examining efficacy of components of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia
- Description
- Eighty studies covering 15,351 participants were entered into a component network meta-analysis, where sleep restriction therapy carried the effect on insomnia severity (d = -0.45) and stimulus control improved total sleep time, while psychoeducation, relaxation and cognitive therapy added no significant benefit. Component level evidence tells clinicians which parts of a sleep programme matter.
- Publication or publisher
- Clinical Psychology Review, 114, 102507
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39504928/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2024.102507
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39504928
- Full APA reference
- Steinmetz, L., Simon, L., Feige, B., Riemann, D., Johann, A. F., Ell, J., ... Spiegelhalder, K. (2024). Network meta-analysis examining efficacy of components of cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia. *Clinical Psychology Review, 114*, 102507. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2024.102507
REF-172
Paper, guideline or statement
The Global Flourishing Study: Study Profile and Initial Results on Flourishing
VanderWeele, T. J., Johnson, B. R., Bialowolski, P. T., Bonhag, R., Bradshaw, M., Breedlove, T., ... Yancey, G. · 2025 · Nature Mental Health, 3(6), 636-653
Over 200,000 participants across 22 countries and six populated continents were surveyed with nationally representative sampling and five annual waves planned, reporting a composite flourishing index against demographic characteristics and retrospectively reported childhood experiences. Cross national wellbeing data on this scale anchors claims about which determinants of flourishing are universal.
Full APA reference
VanderWeele, T. J., Johnson, B. R., Bialowolski, P. T., Bonhag, R., Bradshaw, M., Breedlove, T., ... Yancey, G. (2025). The Global Flourishing Study: Study Profile and Initial Results on Flourishing. Nature Mental Health, 3(6), 636-653. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-025-00423-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40521104, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12165845
All fields
- ID
- REF-172
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- VanderWeele, T. J., Johnson, B. R., Bialowolski, P. T., Bonhag, R., Bradshaw, M., Breedlove, T., ... Yancey, G.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- The Global Flourishing Study: Study Profile and Initial Results on Flourishing
- Description
- Over 200,000 participants across 22 countries and six populated continents were surveyed with nationally representative sampling and five annual waves planned, reporting a composite flourishing index against demographic characteristics and retrospectively reported childhood experiences. Cross national wellbeing data on this scale anchors claims about which determinants of flourishing are universal.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Mental Health, 3(6), 636-653
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12165845/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-025-00423-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40521104, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12165845
- Full APA reference
- VanderWeele, T. J., Johnson, B. R., Bialowolski, P. T., Bonhag, R., Bradshaw, M., Breedlove, T., ... Yancey, G. (2025). The Global Flourishing Study: Study Profile and Initial Results on Flourishing. *Nature Mental Health, 3*(6), 636-653. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-025-00423-5
REF-173
Paper, guideline or statement
A meta-analysis of the effectiveness of gratitude interventions on well-being across cultures
Choi, H., Cha, Y., McCullough, M. E., Coles, N. A., & Oishi, S. · 2025 · Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 122(28), e2425193122
A preregistered meta-analysis of 145 papers, 727 effect sizes and 24,804 participants from 28 countries found gratitude interventions produced small wellbeing gains (Hedges g = 0.19, 95 per cent CI 0.15 to 0.22), varying between countries without identifiable moderators. Cultural transferability of popular wellbeing practices cannot be assumed by practitioners.
Full APA reference
Choi, H., Cha, Y., McCullough, M. E., Coles, N. A., & Oishi, S. (2025). A meta-analysis of the effectiveness of gratitude interventions on well-being across cultures. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 122(28), e2425193122. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2425193122
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40627390, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12280877
All fields
- ID
- REF-173
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Choi, H., Cha, Y., McCullough, M. E., Coles, N. A., & Oishi, S.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- A meta-analysis of the effectiveness of gratitude interventions on well-being across cultures
- Description
- A preregistered meta-analysis of 145 papers, 727 effect sizes and 24,804 participants from 28 countries found gratitude interventions produced small wellbeing gains (Hedges g = 0.19, 95 per cent CI 0.15 to 0.22), varying between countries without identifiable moderators. Cultural transferability of popular wellbeing practices cannot be assumed by practitioners.
- Publication or publisher
- Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 122(28), e2425193122
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12280877/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2425193122
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40627390, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12280877
- Full APA reference
- Choi, H., Cha, Y., McCullough, M. E., Coles, N. A., & Oishi, S. (2025). A meta-analysis of the effectiveness of gratitude interventions on well-being across cultures. *Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 122*(28), e2425193122. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2425193122
REF-174
Paper, guideline or statement
Mapping the evidence base of positive psychology interventions: effectiveness, limitations, and future directions
Akhter, S., Kumar, T., & Shaheen, M. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1812638
Sixty three primary studies and 11 meta-analyses published between 2000 and 2025 were mapped, with positive psychology interventions producing mean effects of d = 0.29 to 0.47 on subjective wellbeing and moderate reductions in depressive symptoms, gratitude and strength based formats strongest. Gaps in fidelity, population specificity and long term efficacy are named plainly.
Full APA reference
Akhter, S., Kumar, T., & Shaheen, M. (2026). Mapping the evidence base of positive psychology interventions: effectiveness, limitations, and future directions. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1812638. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1812638
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 42293973, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC13261818
All fields
- ID
- REF-174
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Akhter, S., Kumar, T., & Shaheen, M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Mapping the evidence base of positive psychology interventions: effectiveness, limitations, and future directions
- Description
- Sixty three primary studies and 11 meta-analyses published between 2000 and 2025 were mapped, with positive psychology interventions producing mean effects of d = 0.29 to 0.47 on subjective wellbeing and moderate reductions in depressive symptoms, gratitude and strength based formats strongest. Gaps in fidelity, population specificity and long term efficacy are named plainly.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1812638
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13261818/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1812638
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 42293973, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC13261818
- Full APA reference
- Akhter, S., Kumar, T., & Shaheen, M. (2026). Mapping the evidence base of positive psychology interventions: effectiveness, limitations, and future directions. *Frontiers in Psychology, 17*, 1812638. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1812638
REF-175
Paper, guideline or statement
Positive psychological well-being and cardiovascular health
Zuccarella-Hackl, C., Princip, M., Sivakumar, S., & von Känel, R. · 2024 · Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1443978
Zuccarella-Hackl and colleagues synthesise evidence linking positive psychological wellbeing, including optimism, purpose in life and vitality, with better cardiovascular indicators in healthy adults and with mortality and rehospitalisation in cardiac patients. Named pathways of biological processes, health behaviour change and stress buffering connect wellbeing to hard cardiac endpoints.
Full APA reference
Zuccarella-Hackl, C., Princip, M., Sivakumar, S., & von Känel, R. (2024). Positive psychological well-being and cardiovascular health. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1443978. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1443978
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-508
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39524133, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11543404
All fields
- ID
- REF-175
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zuccarella-Hackl, C., Princip, M., Sivakumar, S., & von Känel, R.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Positive psychological well-being and cardiovascular health
- Description
- Zuccarella-Hackl and colleagues synthesise evidence linking positive psychological wellbeing, including optimism, purpose in life and vitality, with better cardiovascular indicators in healthy adults and with mortality and rehospitalisation in cardiac patients. Named pathways of biological processes, health behaviour change and stress buffering connect wellbeing to hard cardiac endpoints.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15, 1443978
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11543404/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1443978
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39524133, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11543404
- Related items
- REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Zuccarella-Hackl, C., Princip, M., Sivakumar, S., & von Känel, R. (2024). Positive psychological well-being and cardiovascular health. *Frontiers in Psychiatry, 15*, 1443978. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2024.1443978
REF-176
Paper, guideline or statement
Association between life satisfaction and health behaviours among older adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Alumona, C. J., Scott, D. R., Aladejebi, T., Kalu, M. E., Onyeso, O. K., Odole, A. C., ... Awosoga, O. A. · 2026 · International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 23(1), 15
Fifty six studies from 22 countries with a pooled mean age of 70.6 years were synthesised, where quality sleep in 77.3 per cent of studies, higher physical activity in 69.1 per cent and regular fruit and vegetable intake in 52.9 per cent accompanied higher life satisfaction. Wellbeing and health behaviour travel together in later life.
Full APA reference
Alumona, C. J., Scott, D. R., Aladejebi, T., Kalu, M. E., Onyeso, O. K., Odole, A. C., ... Awosoga, O. A. (2026). Association between life satisfaction and health behaviours among older adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 23(1), 15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-026-01877-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41588526, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12924400
All fields
- ID
- REF-176
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Alumona, C. J., Scott, D. R., Aladejebi, T., Kalu, M. E., Onyeso, O. K., Odole, A. C., ... Awosoga, O. A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Association between life satisfaction and health behaviours among older adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Fifty six studies from 22 countries with a pooled mean age of 70.6 years were synthesised, where quality sleep in 77.3 per cent of studies, higher physical activity in 69.1 per cent and regular fruit and vegetable intake in 52.9 per cent accompanied higher life satisfaction. Wellbeing and health behaviour travel together in later life.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 23(1), 15
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12924400/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-026-01877-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 41588526, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12924400
- Full APA reference
- Alumona, C. J., Scott, D. R., Aladejebi, T., Kalu, M. E., Onyeso, O. K., Odole, A. C., ... Awosoga, O. A. (2026). Association between life satisfaction and health behaviours among older adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 23*(1), 15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-026-01877-1
REF-177
Paper, guideline or statement
Positive Psychology Interventions in Medical Populations: Critical Issues in Intervention Development, Testing, and Implementation
Huffman, J. C., Feig, E. H., Zambrano, J., & Celano, C. M. · 2023 · Affective Science, 4(1), 59-71
Huffman and colleagues set out six critical issues for positive psychology interventions in medical populations, including theoretical models of mechanism, consistent intervention targets, inclusion of diverse samples and attention to implementation and scalability from the outset. Wellbeing programmes for physically ill people fail on design and delivery, not on plausibility.
Full APA reference
Huffman, J. C., Feig, E. H., Zambrano, J., & Celano, C. M. (2023). Positive Psychology Interventions in Medical Populations: Critical Issues in Intervention Development, Testing, and Implementation. Affective Science, 4(1), 59-71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42761-022-00137-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37070006, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10105001
All fields
- ID
- REF-177
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Huffman, J. C., Feig, E. H., Zambrano, J., & Celano, C. M.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Positive Psychology Interventions in Medical Populations: Critical Issues in Intervention Development, Testing, and Implementation
- Description
- Huffman and colleagues set out six critical issues for positive psychology interventions in medical populations, including theoretical models of mechanism, consistent intervention targets, inclusion of diverse samples and attention to implementation and scalability from the outset. Wellbeing programmes for physically ill people fail on design and delivery, not on plausibility.
- Publication or publisher
- Affective Science, 4(1), 59-71
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10105001/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s42761-022-00137-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37070006, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10105001
- Full APA reference
- Huffman, J. C., Feig, E. H., Zambrano, J., & Celano, C. M. (2023). Positive Psychology Interventions in Medical Populations: Critical Issues in Intervention Development, Testing, and Implementation. *Affective Science, 4*(1), 59-71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42761-022-00137-2
REF-178
Paper, guideline or statement
The effects of different types of organisational workplace mental health interventions on mental health and wellbeing in healthcare workers: a systematic review
Aust, B., Leduc, C., Cresswell-Smith, J., O'Brien, C., Rugulies, R., Leduc, M., ... MENTUPP consortium members · 2024 · International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 485-522
Twenty two studies, mostly hospital based, were graded for quality, with 68 per cent reporting improvement in at least one primary outcome and strong evidence for job and task modifications, plus moderate evidence for flexible scheduling and physical work environment changes. Organisational redesign, not resilience training, carries the evidence here.
Full APA reference
Aust, B., Leduc, C., Cresswell-Smith, J., O'Brien, C., Rugulies, R., Leduc, M., ... MENTUPP consortium members (2024). The effects of different types of organisational workplace mental health interventions on mental health and wellbeing in healthcare workers: a systematic review. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 485-522. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02065-z
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-451
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38695906, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11130054
All fields
- ID
- REF-178
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Aust, B., Leduc, C., Cresswell-Smith, J., O'Brien, C., Rugulies, R., Leduc, M., ... MENTUPP consortium members
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The effects of different types of organisational workplace mental health interventions on mental health and wellbeing in healthcare workers: a systematic review
- Description
- Twenty two studies, mostly hospital based, were graded for quality, with 68 per cent reporting improvement in at least one primary outcome and strong evidence for job and task modifications, plus moderate evidence for flexible scheduling and physical work environment changes. Organisational redesign, not resilience training, carries the evidence here.
- Publication or publisher
- International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 485-522
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11130054/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02065-z
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38695906, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11130054
- Related items
- REF-451
- Full APA reference
- Aust, B., Leduc, C., Cresswell-Smith, J., O'Brien, C., Rugulies, R., Leduc, M., ... MENTUPP consortium members (2024). The effects of different types of organisational workplace mental health interventions on mental health and wellbeing in healthcare workers: a systematic review. *International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97*(5), 485-522. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02065-z
REF-179
Paper, guideline or statement
Workplace interventions to improve well-being and reduce burnout for nurses, physicians and allied healthcare professionals: a systematic review
Cohen, C., Pignata, S., Bezak, E., Tie, M., & Childs, J. · 2023 · BMJ Open, 13(6), e071203
From 1,663 screened articles, 33 met inclusion, and 30 targeted individuals while only three addressed the organisation and only two removed causes of stress, with mindfulness based practice used in 20 studies. The mismatch between where burnout originates and where interventions are aimed is documented rather than asserted.
Full APA reference
Cohen, C., Pignata, S., Bezak, E., Tie, M., & Childs, J. (2023). Workplace interventions to improve well-being and reduce burnout for nurses, physicians and allied healthcare professionals: a systematic review. BMJ Open, 13(6), e071203. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2022-071203
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37385740, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10314589
All fields
- ID
- REF-179
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cohen, C., Pignata, S., Bezak, E., Tie, M., & Childs, J.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Workplace interventions to improve well-being and reduce burnout for nurses, physicians and allied healthcare professionals: a systematic review
- Description
- From 1,663 screened articles, 33 met inclusion, and 30 targeted individuals while only three addressed the organisation and only two removed causes of stress, with mindfulness based practice used in 20 studies. The mismatch between where burnout originates and where interventions are aimed is documented rather than asserted.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open, 13(6), e071203
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10314589/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2022-071203
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37385740, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10314589
- Full APA reference
- Cohen, C., Pignata, S., Bezak, E., Tie, M., & Childs, J. (2023). Workplace interventions to improve well-being and reduce burnout for nurses, physicians and allied healthcare professionals: a systematic review. *BMJ Open, 13*(6), e071203. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2022-071203
REF-180
Paper, guideline or statement
Sleep, mental health and physical health in new shift workers transitioning to shift work: Systematic review and meta-analysis
Harris, R., Kavaliotis, E., Drummond, S. P. A., & Wolkow, A. P. · 2024 · Sleep Medicine Reviews, 75, 101927
Forty eight papers following workers from within three months of starting shift work were synthesised, and sleep and mental health worsened after onset while physical health did not change significantly, with pre shift sleep, mental health and work characteristics predicting later shift work tolerance. Prevention has to start before the first roster.
Full APA reference
Harris, R., Kavaliotis, E., Drummond, S. P. A., & Wolkow, A. P. (2024). Sleep, mental health and physical health in new shift workers transitioning to shift work: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 75, 101927. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2024.101927
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38626702
All fields
- ID
- REF-180
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Harris, R., Kavaliotis, E., Drummond, S. P. A., & Wolkow, A. P.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Sleep, mental health and physical health in new shift workers transitioning to shift work: Systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Forty eight papers following workers from within three months of starting shift work were synthesised, and sleep and mental health worsened after onset while physical health did not change significantly, with pre shift sleep, mental health and work characteristics predicting later shift work tolerance. Prevention has to start before the first roster.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep Medicine Reviews, 75, 101927
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38626702/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2024.101927
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38626702
- Full APA reference
- Harris, R., Kavaliotis, E., Drummond, S. P. A., & Wolkow, A. P. (2024). Sleep, mental health and physical health in new shift workers transitioning to shift work: Systematic review and meta-analysis. *Sleep Medicine Reviews, 75*, 101927. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.smrv.2024.101927
REF-181
Paper, guideline or statement
The overall fractions of coronary heart diseases and depression attributable to multiple dependent psychosocial work factors in Europe
Niedhammer, I., Sultan-Taïeb, H., & Chastang, J. F. · 2024 · International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 569-574
Across 35 European countries, job strain, effort reward imbalance, job insecurity, long working hours and workplace bullying together accounted for 8.1 per cent of coronary heart disease and 26.3 per cent of depression, with no difference by gender or country. Attributable fractions convert psychosocial work exposure into a policy sized burden.
Full APA reference
Niedhammer, I., Sultan-Taïeb, H., & Chastang, J. F. (2024). The overall fractions of coronary heart diseases and depression attributable to multiple dependent psychosocial work factors in Europe. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 569-574. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02067-x
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38616186, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11130006
All fields
- ID
- REF-181
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Niedhammer, I., Sultan-Taïeb, H., & Chastang, J. F.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The overall fractions of coronary heart diseases and depression attributable to multiple dependent psychosocial work factors in Europe
- Description
- Across 35 European countries, job strain, effort reward imbalance, job insecurity, long working hours and workplace bullying together accounted for 8.1 per cent of coronary heart disease and 26.3 per cent of depression, with no difference by gender or country. Attributable fractions convert psychosocial work exposure into a policy sized burden.
- Publication or publisher
- International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97(5), 569-574
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11130006/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02067-x
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38616186, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11130006
- Full APA reference
- Niedhammer, I., Sultan-Taïeb, H., & Chastang, J. F. (2024). The overall fractions of coronary heart diseases and depression attributable to multiple dependent psychosocial work factors in Europe. *International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 97*(5), 569-574. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-024-02067-x
REF-182
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychological detachment from work predicts mental wellbeing of working-age adults: Findings from the 'Wellbeing of the Workforce' (WoW) prospective longitudinal cohort study
Blake, H., Hassard, J., Thomson, L., Choo, W. H., Dulal-Arthur, T., Karanika-Murray, M., ... Rudkin, L. · 2025 · PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0312673
In a two wave United Kingdom cohort of working adults, risk for major depression rose from 20.0 per cent to 29.0 per cent and poor life satisfaction from 15.4 per cent to 25.4 per cent, with low psychological detachment from work predicting worse wellbeing. Recovery time is a measurable occupational health behaviour.
Full APA reference
Blake, H., Hassard, J., Thomson, L., Choo, W. H., Dulal-Arthur, T., Karanika-Murray, M., ... Rudkin, L. (2025). Psychological detachment from work predicts mental wellbeing of working-age adults: Findings from the 'Wellbeing of the Workforce' (WoW) prospective longitudinal cohort study. PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0312673. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0312673
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39808595, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11731735
All fields
- ID
- REF-182
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Blake, H., Hassard, J., Thomson, L., Choo, W. H., Dulal-Arthur, T., Karanika-Murray, M., ... Rudkin, L.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Psychological detachment from work predicts mental wellbeing of working-age adults: Findings from the 'Wellbeing of the Workforce' (WoW) prospective longitudinal cohort study
- Description
- In a two wave United Kingdom cohort of working adults, risk for major depression rose from 20.0 per cent to 29.0 per cent and poor life satisfaction from 15.4 per cent to 25.4 per cent, with low psychological detachment from work predicting worse wellbeing. Recovery time is a measurable occupational health behaviour.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0312673
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11731735/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0312673
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39808595, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11731735
- Full APA reference
- Blake, H., Hassard, J., Thomson, L., Choo, W. H., Dulal-Arthur, T., Karanika-Murray, M., ... Rudkin, L. (2025). Psychological detachment from work predicts mental wellbeing of working-age adults: Findings from the 'Wellbeing of the Workforce' (WoW) prospective longitudinal cohort study. *PLOS ONE, 20*(1), e0312673. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0312673
REF-183
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO guidelines on mental health at work
World Health Organization · 2022 · World Health Organization
The World Health Organization issues evidence based recommendations across five areas, namely organisational interventions, manager training, worker training, individual interventions, return to work and gaining employment, noting that around 15 per cent of working age adults live with a mental disorder. Work is treated as a modifiable determinant of mental health at population scale.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2022). WHO guidelines on mental health at work. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240053052
View the source
Guideline page read on the World Health Organization website, ISBN 9789240053052, 134 pages, with the catalogue record confirmed on PubMed, PMID 36395303
All fields
- ID
- REF-183
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- WHO guidelines on mental health at work
- Description
- The World Health Organization issues evidence based recommendations across five areas, namely organisational interventions, manager training, worker training, individual interventions, return to work and gaining employment, noting that around 15 per cent of working age adults live with a mental disorder. Work is treated as a modifiable determinant of mental health at population scale.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240053052
- Verification note
- Guideline page read on the World Health Organization website, ISBN 9789240053052, 134 pages, with the catalogue record confirmed on PubMed, PMID 36395303
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2022). *WHO guidelines on mental health at work*. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240053052
REF-184
Paper, guideline or statement
Nature exposure and mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: A Navigation Guide systematic review with meta-analysis
Patwary, M. M., Bardhan, M., Disha, A. S., Dzhambov, A. M., Parkinson, C., Browning, M. H. E. M., ... Shuvo, F. K. · 2024 · Environmental Pollution, 356, 124284
One hundred and thirteen studies were appraised with the Navigation Guide method, and garden access accompanied lower odds of depression (pooled odds ratio 0.71) and anxiety (0.73), while more time in green space accompanied lower stress. Access to nature functioned as a population level buffer during a sustained collective stressor.
Full APA reference
Patwary, M. M., Bardhan, M., Disha, A. S., Dzhambov, A. M., Parkinson, C., Browning, M. H. E. M., ... Shuvo, F. K. (2024). Nature exposure and mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: A Navigation Guide systematic review with meta-analysis. Environmental Pollution, 356, 124284. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2024.124284
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38821342
All fields
- ID
- REF-184
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Patwary, M. M., Bardhan, M., Disha, A. S., Dzhambov, A. M., Parkinson, C., Browning, M. H. E. M., ... Shuvo, F. K.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Nature exposure and mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: A Navigation Guide systematic review with meta-analysis
- Description
- One hundred and thirteen studies were appraised with the Navigation Guide method, and garden access accompanied lower odds of depression (pooled odds ratio 0.71) and anxiety (0.73), while more time in green space accompanied lower stress. Access to nature functioned as a population level buffer during a sustained collective stressor.
- Publication or publisher
- Environmental Pollution, 356, 124284
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38821342/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2024.124284
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38821342
- Full APA reference
- Patwary, M. M., Bardhan, M., Disha, A. S., Dzhambov, A. M., Parkinson, C., Browning, M. H. E. M., ... Shuvo, F. K. (2024). Nature exposure and mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic: A Navigation Guide systematic review with meta-analysis. *Environmental Pollution, 356*, 124284. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2024.124284
REF-185
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health benefits of specific blue space types and characteristics: A systematic evidence map
Beute, F., Marselle, M. R., Olszewska-Guizzo, A., Andreucci, M. B., Lammel, A., Davies, Z. G., ... de Vries, S. · 2026 · Environmental Research, 297, 124054
One hundred and thirty nine papers were mapped, with coastal environments studied 94 times and affect the most assessed outcome, yet only six studies directly compared different blue space types, so no ranking of water settings can currently be supported. Honest evidence mapping keeps blue space planning claims proportionate.
Full APA reference
Beute, F., Marselle, M. R., Olszewska-Guizzo, A., Andreucci, M. B., Lammel, A., Davies, Z. G., ... de Vries, S. (2026). Mental health benefits of specific blue space types and characteristics: A systematic evidence map. Environmental Research, 297, 124054. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2026.124054
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41724225
All fields
- ID
- REF-185
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Beute, F., Marselle, M. R., Olszewska-Guizzo, A., Andreucci, M. B., Lammel, A., Davies, Z. G., ... de Vries, S.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Mental health benefits of specific blue space types and characteristics: A systematic evidence map
- Description
- One hundred and thirty nine papers were mapped, with coastal environments studied 94 times and affect the most assessed outcome, yet only six studies directly compared different blue space types, so no ranking of water settings can currently be supported. Honest evidence mapping keeps blue space planning claims proportionate.
- Publication or publisher
- Environmental Research, 297, 124054
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41724225/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2026.124054
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41724225
- Full APA reference
- Beute, F., Marselle, M. R., Olszewska-Guizzo, A., Andreucci, M. B., Lammel, A., Davies, Z. G., ... de Vries, S. (2026). Mental health benefits of specific blue space types and characteristics: A systematic evidence map. *Environmental Research, 297*, 124054. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2026.124054
REF-186
Paper, guideline or statement
Relationships between people and nature: Nature connectedness and relational environmental values
Lengieza, M. L., & Aviste, R. · 2025 · Current Opinion in Psychology, 62, 101984
Lengieza and Aviste review nature connectedness and relational environmental values as predictors of pro environmental outcomes, arguing that connectedness behaves like a genuine relationship, functions as self transcendence and involves the self. Attention shifts from individual scores to group level processes, which matters for community based nature interventions.
Full APA reference
Lengieza, M. L., & Aviste, R. (2025). Relationships between people and nature: Nature connectedness and relational environmental values. Current Opinion in Psychology, 62, 101984. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2024.101984
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39765177
All fields
- ID
- REF-186
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lengieza, M. L., & Aviste, R.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Relationships between people and nature: Nature connectedness and relational environmental values
- Description
- Lengieza and Aviste review nature connectedness and relational environmental values as predictors of pro environmental outcomes, arguing that connectedness behaves like a genuine relationship, functions as self transcendence and involves the self. Attention shifts from individual scores to group level processes, which matters for community based nature interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- Current Opinion in Psychology, 62, 101984
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39765177/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2024.101984
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 39765177
- Full APA reference
- Lengieza, M. L., & Aviste, R. (2025). Relationships between people and nature: Nature connectedness and relational environmental values. *Current Opinion in Psychology, 62*, 101984. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2024.101984
REF-187
Paper, guideline or statement
A Nature-Based Intervention and Mental Health of Schoolchildren: A Cluster Randomized Clinical Trial
Loose, T., Fuoco, J., Malboeuf-Hurtubise, C., Ayotte-Beaudet, J. P., Gauvin, L., Chadi, N., ... Geoffroy, M. C. · 2024 · JAMA Network Open, 7(11), e2444824
The Open Sky School cluster randomised trial taught grade 5 and 6 classes outdoors for two hours weekly over 12 weeks in Quebec schools with green space within one kilometre, measuring internalising, externalising and social problems on the Social Behaviour Questionnaire. Randomised evidence on outdoor schooling is rare and directly policy relevant.
Full APA reference
Loose, T., Fuoco, J., Malboeuf-Hurtubise, C., Ayotte-Beaudet, J. P., Gauvin, L., Chadi, N., ... Geoffroy, M. C. (2024). A Nature-Based Intervention and Mental Health of Schoolchildren: A Cluster Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Network Open, 7(11), e2444824. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.44824
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39546315, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11568460
All fields
- ID
- REF-187
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Loose, T., Fuoco, J., Malboeuf-Hurtubise, C., Ayotte-Beaudet, J. P., Gauvin, L., Chadi, N., ... Geoffroy, M. C.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- A Nature-Based Intervention and Mental Health of Schoolchildren: A Cluster Randomized Clinical Trial
- Description
- The Open Sky School cluster randomised trial taught grade 5 and 6 classes outdoors for two hours weekly over 12 weeks in Quebec schools with green space within one kilometre, measuring internalising, externalising and social problems on the Social Behaviour Questionnaire. Randomised evidence on outdoor schooling is rare and directly policy relevant.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Network Open, 7(11), e2444824
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11568460/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.44824
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39546315, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11568460
- Full APA reference
- Loose, T., Fuoco, J., Malboeuf-Hurtubise, C., Ayotte-Beaudet, J. P., Gauvin, L., Chadi, N., ... Geoffroy, M. C. (2024). A Nature-Based Intervention and Mental Health of Schoolchildren: A Cluster Randomized Clinical Trial. *JAMA Network Open, 7*(11), e2444824. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.44824
REF-188
Paper, guideline or statement
The relationship between climate change and mental health: a systematic review of the association between eco-anxiety, psychological distress, and symptoms of major affective disorders
Cosh, S. M., Ryan, R., Fallander, K., Robinson, K., Tognela, J., Tully, P. J., ... Lykins, A. D. · 2024 · BMC Psychiatry, 24(1), 833
Thirty five studies covering 45,667 adults were reviewed, and eco anxiety correlated positively, from small to large, with psychological distress and depression, anxiety and stress symptoms, with stronger associations where eco anxiety was operationalised as anxiety rather than worry. Environmental change enters clinical formulation as a real source of distress.
Full APA reference
Cosh, S. M., Ryan, R., Fallander, K., Robinson, K., Tognela, J., Tully, P. J., ... Lykins, A. D. (2024). The relationship between climate change and mental health: a systematic review of the association between eco-anxiety, psychological distress, and symptoms of major affective disorders. BMC Psychiatry, 24(1), 833. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-024-06274-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39567913, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11577747
All fields
- ID
- REF-188
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cosh, S. M., Ryan, R., Fallander, K., Robinson, K., Tognela, J., Tully, P. J., ... Lykins, A. D.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The relationship between climate change and mental health: a systematic review of the association between eco-anxiety, psychological distress, and symptoms of major affective disorders
- Description
- Thirty five studies covering 45,667 adults were reviewed, and eco anxiety correlated positively, from small to large, with psychological distress and depression, anxiety and stress symptoms, with stronger associations where eco anxiety was operationalised as anxiety rather than worry. Environmental change enters clinical formulation as a real source of distress.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Psychiatry, 24(1), 833
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Climate, heat and environmental health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11577747/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-024-06274-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39567913, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11577747
- Full APA reference
- Cosh, S. M., Ryan, R., Fallander, K., Robinson, K., Tognela, J., Tully, P. J., ... Lykins, A. D. (2024). The relationship between climate change and mental health: a systematic review of the association between eco-anxiety, psychological distress, and symptoms of major affective disorders. *BMC Psychiatry, 24*(1), 833. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-024-06274-1
REF-189
Paper, guideline or statement
Health effects of green prescription: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials
Adewuyi, F. A., Knobel, P., Gogna, P., & Dadvand, P. · 2023 · Environmental Research, 236(Pt 2), 116844
Thirty one randomised controlled trials of green prescriptions were reviewed, with benefits reported for psychological health in 16 of 24 studies, physical activity in eight of nine, cardiometabolic health in five of nine and inflammation in both relevant studies. Prescribing nature contact is testable, and mostly tests well, across mental and physical outcomes.
Full APA reference
Adewuyi, F. A., Knobel, P., Gogna, P., & Dadvand, P. (2023). Health effects of green prescription: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Environmental Research, 236(Pt 2), 116844. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2023.116844
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 37574099
All fields
- ID
- REF-189
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Adewuyi, F. A., Knobel, P., Gogna, P., & Dadvand, P.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Health effects of green prescription: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials
- Description
- Thirty one randomised controlled trials of green prescriptions were reviewed, with benefits reported for psychological health in 16 of 24 studies, physical activity in eight of nine, cardiometabolic health in five of nine and inflammation in both relevant studies. Prescribing nature contact is testable, and mostly tests well, across mental and physical outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Environmental Research, 236(Pt 2), 116844
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37574099/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2023.116844
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 37574099
- Full APA reference
- Adewuyi, F. A., Knobel, P., Gogna, P., & Dadvand, P. (2023). Health effects of green prescription: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. *Environmental Research, 236*(Pt 2), 116844. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envres.2023.116844
REF-190
Paper, guideline or statement
A systematic review and meta-analysis of 90 cohort studies of social isolation, loneliness and mortality
Wang, F., Gao, Y., Han, Z., Yu, Y., Long, Z., Jiang, X., ... Zhao, Y. · 2023 · Nature Human Behaviour, 7(8), 1307-1319
Ninety prospective cohorts totalling 2,205,199 adults were pooled, and social isolation raised all cause mortality risk by 32 per cent and loneliness by 14 per cent, with isolation also raising cardiovascular mortality by 34 per cent. Social connection earns its place as a lifestyle pillar on mortality evidence, not sentiment.
Full APA reference
Wang, F., Gao, Y., Han, Z., Yu, Y., Long, Z., Jiang, X., ... Zhao, Y. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of 90 cohort studies of social isolation, loneliness and mortality. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(8), 1307-1319. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-023-01617-6
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-570
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 37337095
All fields
- ID
- REF-190
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, F., Gao, Y., Han, Z., Yu, Y., Long, Z., Jiang, X., ... Zhao, Y.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- A systematic review and meta-analysis of 90 cohort studies of social isolation, loneliness and mortality
- Description
- Ninety prospective cohorts totalling 2,205,199 adults were pooled, and social isolation raised all cause mortality risk by 32 per cent and loneliness by 14 per cent, with isolation also raising cardiovascular mortality by 34 per cent. Social connection earns its place as a lifestyle pillar on mortality evidence, not sentiment.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Human Behaviour, 7(8), 1307-1319
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37337095/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-023-01617-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 37337095
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-570
- Full APA reference
- Wang, F., Gao, Y., Han, Z., Yu, Y., Long, Z., Jiang, X., ... Zhao, Y. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of 90 cohort studies of social isolation, loneliness and mortality. *Nature Human Behaviour, 7*(8), 1307-1319. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41562-023-01617-6
REF-191
Paper, guideline or statement
Social identity and health-related behavior: A systematic review and meta-analysis
de Hoog, N., & Pat-El, R. · 2024 · Social Science & Medicine, 344, 116629
One hundred and fifteen articles yielding 248 effect sizes from 133 independent samples and 112,112 participants were pooled, showing a small positive association between social identification and health related behaviour, intention and attitudes, strongest for health related identities. Group membership becomes a usable lever in lifestyle intervention design.
Full APA reference
de Hoog, N., & Pat-El, R. (2024). Social identity and health-related behavior: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Social Science & Medicine, 344, 116629. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2024.116629
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38330634
All fields
- ID
- REF-191
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- de Hoog, N., & Pat-El, R.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Social identity and health-related behavior: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- One hundred and fifteen articles yielding 248 effect sizes from 133 independent samples and 112,112 participants were pooled, showing a small positive association between social identification and health related behaviour, intention and attitudes, strongest for health related identities. Group membership becomes a usable lever in lifestyle intervention design.
- Publication or publisher
- Social Science & Medicine, 344, 116629
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38330634/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2024.116629
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38330634
- Full APA reference
- de Hoog, N., & Pat-El, R. (2024). Social identity and health-related behavior: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *Social Science & Medicine, 344*, 116629. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2024.116629
REF-192
Paper, guideline or statement
Nothing is so impactful as good theory: Evidence for the impact of the social identity approach to health on policy and practice
Cruwys, T., Haslam, S. A., Steffens, N. K., Haslam, C., & Reicher, S. D. · 2025 · Social Science & Medicine, 379, 118164
Using SciVal and Overton policy citation tools across articles from 1996 to 2023, Cruwys and colleagues found more than one in five social identity approach to health papers cited in policy documents, a higher share than for the theory of planned behaviour or self determination theory. Community intervention policy leans on this theory.
Full APA reference
Cruwys, T., Haslam, S. A., Steffens, N. K., Haslam, C., & Reicher, S. D. (2025). Nothing is so impactful as good theory: Evidence for the impact of the social identity approach to health on policy and practice. Social Science & Medicine, 379, 118164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2025.118164
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40381283
All fields
- ID
- REF-192
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cruwys, T., Haslam, S. A., Steffens, N. K., Haslam, C., & Reicher, S. D.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Nothing is so impactful as good theory: Evidence for the impact of the social identity approach to health on policy and practice
- Description
- Using SciVal and Overton policy citation tools across articles from 1996 to 2023, Cruwys and colleagues found more than one in five social identity approach to health papers cited in policy documents, a higher share than for the theory of planned behaviour or self determination theory. Community intervention policy leans on this theory.
- Publication or publisher
- Social Science & Medicine, 379, 118164
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40381283/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2025.118164
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 40381283
- Full APA reference
- Cruwys, T., Haslam, S. A., Steffens, N. K., Haslam, C., & Reicher, S. D. (2025). Nothing is so impactful as good theory: Evidence for the impact of the social identity approach to health on policy and practice. *Social Science & Medicine, 379*, 118164. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2025.118164
REF-193
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of social prescribing for chronic disease prevention in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
Htun, H. L., Teshale, A. B., Cumpston, M. S., Demos, L., Ryan, J., Owen, A., ... Freak-Poli, R. · 2023 · Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 77(4), 265-276
Nine reports from eight randomised trials with 4,621 community dwelling adults were pooled, and social prescribing likely raised physical activity by about 21 minutes weekly at completion and 19 minutes at follow up, without clear improvement in adiposity markers. Referral to community activity has modest, measurable, honestly bounded effects.
Full APA reference
Htun, H. L., Teshale, A. B., Cumpston, M. S., Demos, L., Ryan, J., Owen, A., ... Freak-Poli, R. (2023). Effectiveness of social prescribing for chronic disease prevention in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 77(4), 265-276. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2022-220247
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-485
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 36813546
All fields
- ID
- REF-193
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Htun, H. L., Teshale, A. B., Cumpston, M. S., Demos, L., Ryan, J., Owen, A., ... Freak-Poli, R.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Effectiveness of social prescribing for chronic disease prevention in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
- Description
- Nine reports from eight randomised trials with 4,621 community dwelling adults were pooled, and social prescribing likely raised physical activity by about 21 minutes weekly at completion and 19 minutes at follow up, without clear improvement in adiposity markers. Referral to community activity has modest, measurable, honestly bounded effects.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 77(4), 265-276
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36813546/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2022-220247
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 36813546
- Related items
- REF-485
- Full APA reference
- Htun, H. L., Teshale, A. B., Cumpston, M. S., Demos, L., Ryan, J., Owen, A., ... Freak-Poli, R. (2023). Effectiveness of social prescribing for chronic disease prevention in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. *Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 77*(4), 265-276. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2022-220247
REF-194
Paper, guideline or statement
What is Indigenous cultural health and wellbeing? A narrative review
Biles, B. J., Serova, N., Stanbrook, G., Brady, B., Kingsley, J., Topp, S. M., ... Yashadhana, A. · 2024 · The Lancet Regional Health Western Pacific, 52, 101220
Biles and colleagues review Indigenous cultural health in settler colonial contexts, mostly Australian, identifying three themes of Country, culture and Indigenous knowledges, and arguing that cultural practice provides frameworks for healing that must be read against ongoing colonisation. Culturally centred definitions of wellbeing are prerequisites for equitable lifestyle programmes.
Full APA reference
Biles, B. J., Serova, N., Stanbrook, G., Brady, B., Kingsley, J., Topp, S. M., ... Yashadhana, A. (2024). What is Indigenous cultural health and wellbeing? A narrative review. The Lancet Regional Health Western Pacific, 52, 101220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanwpc.2024.101220
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39664592, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11632815
All fields
- ID
- REF-194
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Biles, B. J., Serova, N., Stanbrook, G., Brady, B., Kingsley, J., Topp, S. M., ... Yashadhana, A.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- What is Indigenous cultural health and wellbeing? A narrative review
- Description
- Biles and colleagues review Indigenous cultural health in settler colonial contexts, mostly Australian, identifying three themes of Country, culture and Indigenous knowledges, and arguing that cultural practice provides frameworks for healing that must be read against ongoing colonisation. Culturally centred definitions of wellbeing are prerequisites for equitable lifestyle programmes.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Regional Health Western Pacific, 52, 101220
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Nature and environment; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11632815/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanwpc.2024.101220
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 39664592, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11632815
- Full APA reference
- Biles, B. J., Serova, N., Stanbrook, G., Brady, B., Kingsley, J., Topp, S. M., ... Yashadhana, A. (2024). What is Indigenous cultural health and wellbeing? A narrative review. *The Lancet Regional Health Western Pacific, 52*, 101220. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanwpc.2024.101220
REF-195
Paper, guideline or statement
What works in interventions targeting loneliness: a systematic review of intervention characteristics
Morrish, N., Choudhury, S., & Medina-Lara, A. · 2023 · BMC Public Health, 23(1), 2214
From 4,734 records, 22 studies measuring loneliness with validated scales were reviewed, and 14 interventions were effective, letting the authors extract the intervention characteristics associated with success rather than reporting a single pooled estimate. Design detail is exactly what commissioners of loneliness programmes lack.
Full APA reference
Morrish, N., Choudhury, S., & Medina-Lara, A. (2023). What works in interventions targeting loneliness: a systematic review of intervention characteristics. BMC Public Health, 23(1), 2214. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17097-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37946186, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10636966
All fields
- ID
- REF-195
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Morrish, N., Choudhury, S., & Medina-Lara, A.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- What works in interventions targeting loneliness: a systematic review of intervention characteristics
- Description
- From 4,734 records, 22 studies measuring loneliness with validated scales were reviewed, and 14 interventions were effective, letting the authors extract the intervention characteristics associated with success rather than reporting a single pooled estimate. Design detail is exactly what commissioners of loneliness programmes lack.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 23(1), 2214
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10636966/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17097-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 37946186, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC10636966
- Full APA reference
- Morrish, N., Choudhury, S., & Medina-Lara, A. (2023). What works in interventions targeting loneliness: a systematic review of intervention characteristics. *BMC Public Health, 23*(1), 2214. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-023-17097-2
REF-196
Paper, guideline or statement
Connectedness: The Updated and Expanded Pillar of Lifestyle Psychiatry and Lifestyle Medicine
Merlo, G., Snellman, L., & Sugden, S. G. · 2025 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(8), 1104-1124
Merlo, Snellman and Sugden expand connectedness within lifestyle psychiatry into six domains, namely happiness, purpose and meaning making, empathy and compassion, social connection and community, nature, and spirituality and religion, mapped onto three core relational needs. The sixth lifestyle pillar gains a workable structure for assessment and intervention.
Full APA reference
Merlo, G., Snellman, L., & Sugden, S. G. (2025). Connectedness: The Updated and Expanded Pillar of Lifestyle Psychiatry and Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(8), 1104-1124. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251345455
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-508
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40469950, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12129969
All fields
- ID
- REF-196
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Merlo, G., Snellman, L., & Sugden, S. G.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Connectedness: The Updated and Expanded Pillar of Lifestyle Psychiatry and Lifestyle Medicine
- Description
- Merlo, Snellman and Sugden expand connectedness within lifestyle psychiatry into six domains, namely happiness, purpose and meaning making, empathy and compassion, social connection and community, nature, and spirituality and religion, mapped onto three core relational needs. The sixth lifestyle pillar gains a workable structure for assessment and intervention.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(8), 1104-1124
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12129969/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251345455
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 40469950, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC12129969
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Merlo, G., Snellman, L., & Sugden, S. G. (2025). Connectedness: The Updated and Expanded Pillar of Lifestyle Psychiatry and Lifestyle Medicine. *American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19*(8), 1104-1124. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251345455
REF-197
Paper, guideline or statement
Social Media Use and Internalizing Symptoms in Clinical and Community Adolescent Samples: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Fassi, L., Thomas, K., Parry, D. A., Leyland-Craggs, A., Ford, T. J., & Orben, A. · 2024 · JAMA Pediatrics, 178(8), 814-822
One hundred and forty three studies covering 1,094,890 adolescents were pooled to compare clinical and community samples on social media use and internalising symptoms, after 14,211 records were screened by two blinded reviewers. Clinical groups have been largely absent from a debate that shapes family and school lifestyle advice.
Full APA reference
Fassi, L., Thomas, K., Parry, D. A., Leyland-Craggs, A., Ford, T. J., & Orben, A. (2024). Social Media Use and Internalizing Symptoms in Clinical and Community Adolescent Samples: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. JAMA Pediatrics, 178(8), 814-822. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2024.2078
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38913335, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11197453
All fields
- ID
- REF-197
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fassi, L., Thomas, K., Parry, D. A., Leyland-Craggs, A., Ford, T. J., & Orben, A.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Social Media Use and Internalizing Symptoms in Clinical and Community Adolescent Samples: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
- Description
- One hundred and forty three studies covering 1,094,890 adolescents were pooled to compare clinical and community samples on social media use and internalising symptoms, after 14,211 records were screened by two blinded reviewers. Clinical groups have been largely absent from a debate that shapes family and school lifestyle advice.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Pediatrics, 178(8), 814-822
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11197453/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2024.2078
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC, PMID 38913335, full text available on PMC, PMCID PMC11197453
- Full APA reference
- Fassi, L., Thomas, K., Parry, D. A., Leyland-Craggs, A., Ford, T. J., & Orben, A. (2024). Social Media Use and Internalizing Symptoms in Clinical and Community Adolescent Samples: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. *JAMA Pediatrics, 178*(8), 814-822. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2024.2078
REF-198
Paper, guideline or statement
School-based physical activity interventions for mental health promotion and mental disease prevention in children and adolescents in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Ditzen-Janotta, C., Schwarz, S., Wendel, F., Kunzler, A. M., Schoenweger, P., Kirschneck, M., ... Jung-Sievers, C. · 2026 · European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 276(4), 1699-1724
Twenty five randomised and cluster randomised trials from high income countries were reviewed, and only health related quality of life showed a positive pooled effect (SMD 1.08, 95 per cent CI 0.24 to 1.91) at very low certainty, with no significant effect on depression or anxiety. Enthusiasm for school activity programmes needs this corrective.
Full APA reference
Ditzen-Janotta, C., Schwarz, S., Wendel, F., Kunzler, A. M., Schoenweger, P., Kirschneck, M., ... Jung-Sievers, C. (2026). School-based physical activity interventions for mental health promotion and mental disease prevention in children and adolescents in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 276(4), 1699-1724. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-025-02187-6
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41721841
All fields
- ID
- REF-198
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ditzen-Janotta, C., Schwarz, S., Wendel, F., Kunzler, A. M., Schoenweger, P., Kirschneck, M., ... Jung-Sievers, C.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- School-based physical activity interventions for mental health promotion and mental disease prevention in children and adolescents in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Twenty five randomised and cluster randomised trials from high income countries were reviewed, and only health related quality of life showed a positive pooled effect (SMD 1.08, 95 per cent CI 0.24 to 1.91) at very low certainty, with no significant effect on depression or anxiety. Enthusiasm for school activity programmes needs this corrective.
- Publication or publisher
- European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 276(4), 1699-1724
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41721841/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-025-02187-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41721841
- Full APA reference
- Ditzen-Janotta, C., Schwarz, S., Wendel, F., Kunzler, A. M., Schoenweger, P., Kirschneck, M., ... Jung-Sievers, C. (2026). School-based physical activity interventions for mental health promotion and mental disease prevention in children and adolescents in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 276*(4), 1699-1724. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-025-02187-6
REF-199
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of Family-Based Intervention for Childhood Obesity on Parental and Offspring Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Zhang, Y., Pang, L., Yang, S., & Wu, J. · 2026 · Obesity Reviews, e70122
Twenty randomised trials with 1,740 participants were pooled, and family based interventions positioning parents as active co agents reduced children's body mass index z score, with added benefit for long term z score and body fat percentage. Family systems, rather than individual children, are the practical unit of lifestyle change.
Full APA reference
Zhang, Y., Pang, L., Yang, S., & Wu, J. (2026). Effects of Family-Based Intervention for Childhood Obesity on Parental and Offspring Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Obesity Reviews, e70122. https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.70122
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41784131
All fields
- ID
- REF-199
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, Y., Pang, L., Yang, S., & Wu, J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of Family-Based Intervention for Childhood Obesity on Parental and Offspring Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
- Description
- Twenty randomised trials with 1,740 participants were pooled, and family based interventions positioning parents as active co agents reduced children's body mass index z score, with added benefit for long term z score and body fat percentage. Family systems, rather than individual children, are the practical unit of lifestyle change.
- Publication or publisher
- Obesity Reviews, e70122
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41784131/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.70122
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41784131
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, Y., Pang, L., Yang, S., & Wu, J. (2026). Effects of Family-Based Intervention for Childhood Obesity on Parental and Offspring Outcomes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. *Obesity Reviews*, e70122. https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.70122
REF-200
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical Activity and Cognitive Performance in Early Childhood: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials
Morales, J. S., Alberquilla Del Río, E., Valenzuela, P. L., & Martínez-de-Quel, Ó. · 2024 · Sports Medicine, 54(7), 1835-1850
Twenty four randomised trials with 3,483 children aged three to six years were pooled, and physical activity interventions improved attention (SMD 0.49), inhibition (0.45), working memory (0.50) and cognitive flexibility (0.39), most commonly through two 30 minute sessions weekly. Early years movement shapes cognitive development, not just physical fitness.
Full APA reference
Morales, J. S., Alberquilla Del Río, E., Valenzuela, P. L., & Martínez-de-Quel, Ó. (2024). Physical Activity and Cognitive Performance in Early Childhood: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Sports Medicine, 54(7), 1835-1850. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-024-02020-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38598150
All fields
- ID
- REF-200
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Morales, J. S., Alberquilla Del Río, E., Valenzuela, P. L., & Martínez-de-Quel, Ó.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Physical Activity and Cognitive Performance in Early Childhood: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials
- Description
- Twenty four randomised trials with 3,483 children aged three to six years were pooled, and physical activity interventions improved attention (SMD 0.49), inhibition (0.45), working memory (0.50) and cognitive flexibility (0.39), most commonly through two 30 minute sessions weekly. Early years movement shapes cognitive development, not just physical fitness.
- Publication or publisher
- Sports Medicine, 54(7), 1835-1850
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38598150/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-024-02020-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38598150
- Full APA reference
- Morales, J. S., Alberquilla Del Río, E., Valenzuela, P. L., & Martínez-de-Quel, Ó. (2024). Physical Activity and Cognitive Performance in Early Childhood: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. *Sports Medicine, 54*(7), 1835-1850. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-024-02020-5
REF-201
Paper, guideline or statement
Brief School-Based Interventions Targeting Student Mental Health or Well-Being: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Cohen, K. A., Ito, S., Ahuvia, I. L., Yang, Y., Zhang, Y., Renshaw, T. L., ... Schleider, J. L. · 2024 · Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 27(3), 732-806
Seventy five studies with 40,498 students and 324 extracted effect sizes were pooled, and brief interventions of four sessions or less improved mental health and wellbeing at one month (g = 0.18), six months (0.15) and one year (0.10). Small, scalable school supports have a defensible preventive public health role.
Full APA reference
Cohen, K. A., Ito, S., Ahuvia, I. L., Yang, Y., Zhang, Y., Renshaw, T. L., ... Schleider, J. L. (2024). Brief School-Based Interventions Targeting Student Mental Health or Well-Being: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 27(3), 732-806. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-024-00487-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38884838
All fields
- ID
- REF-201
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cohen, K. A., Ito, S., Ahuvia, I. L., Yang, Y., Zhang, Y., Renshaw, T. L., ... Schleider, J. L.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Brief School-Based Interventions Targeting Student Mental Health or Well-Being: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
- Description
- Seventy five studies with 40,498 students and 324 extracted effect sizes were pooled, and brief interventions of four sessions or less improved mental health and wellbeing at one month (g = 0.18), six months (0.15) and one year (0.10). Small, scalable school supports have a defensible preventive public health role.
- Publication or publisher
- Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 27(3), 732-806
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38884838/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-024-00487-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 38884838
- Full APA reference
- Cohen, K. A., Ito, S., Ahuvia, I. L., Yang, Y., Zhang, Y., Renshaw, T. L., ... Schleider, J. L. (2024). Brief School-Based Interventions Targeting Student Mental Health or Well-Being: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. *Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 27*(3), 732-806. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10567-024-00487-2
REF-202
Paper, guideline or statement
How can school-based programmes improve physical and mental health outcomes in low-and-middle-income countries? An umbrella review and logic model
Winsper, C., Tuomainen, H., Jilka, S., Goutham, S., Morroni, D., Akpan, U., ... Singh, S. P. · 2026 · Clinical Psychology Review, 125, 102727
Twenty systematic reviews covering 214 physical and 120 mental health primary studies in low and middle income countries were synthesised into a logic model, with stronger evidence for proximal outcomes such as nutritional knowledge than for distal outcomes such as obesity reduction. Cultural adaptation and implementation quality emerge as decisive and under reported.
Full APA reference
Winsper, C., Tuomainen, H., Jilka, S., Goutham, S., Morroni, D., Akpan, U., ... Singh, S. P. (2026). How can school-based programmes improve physical and mental health outcomes in low-and-middle-income countries? An umbrella review and logic model. Clinical Psychology Review, 125, 102727. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2026.102727
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41849914
All fields
- ID
- REF-202
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Winsper, C., Tuomainen, H., Jilka, S., Goutham, S., Morroni, D., Akpan, U., ... Singh, S. P.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- How can school-based programmes improve physical and mental health outcomes in low-and-middle-income countries? An umbrella review and logic model
- Description
- Twenty systematic reviews covering 214 physical and 120 mental health primary studies in low and middle income countries were synthesised into a logic model, with stronger evidence for proximal outcomes such as nutritional knowledge than for distal outcomes such as obesity reduction. Cultural adaptation and implementation quality emerge as decisive and under reported.
- Publication or publisher
- Clinical Psychology Review, 125, 102727
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41849914/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2026.102727
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record and abstract read via Europe PMC and PubMed, PMID 41849914
- Full APA reference
- Winsper, C., Tuomainen, H., Jilka, S., Goutham, S., Morroni, D., Akpan, U., ... Singh, S. P. (2026). How can school-based programmes improve physical and mental health outcomes in low-and-middle-income countries? An umbrella review and logic model. *Clinical Psychology Review, 125*, 102727. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2026.102727
REF-203
Paper, guideline or statement
Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants
Marmot, M. G., Rose, G., Shipley, M., & Hamilton, P. J. · 1978 · Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 32(4), 244-249
This first Whitehall longitudinal study of 17,530 civil servants working in London found a clear inverse relationship between grade of employment and coronary heart disease mortality after seven and a half years of follow up, with men in the lowest grade of messengers having 3.6 times the coronary heart disease mortality of men in the highest administrative grade. It belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library because the gradient remained strong after allowance for smoking, leisure time physical activity, blood pressure, plasma glucose, plasma cholesterol and body build, showing that social position shapes physical health beyond conventional lifestyle risk factors.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M. G., Rose, G., Shipley, M., & Hamilton, P. J. (1978). Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 32(4), 244-249. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech.32.4.244
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-486
Abstract and full bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-203
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M. G., Rose, G., Shipley, M., & Hamilton, P. J.
- Year
- 1978
- Title
- Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants
- Description
- This first Whitehall longitudinal study of 17,530 civil servants working in London found a clear inverse relationship between grade of employment and coronary heart disease mortality after seven and a half years of follow up, with men in the lowest grade of messengers having 3.6 times the coronary heart disease mortality of men in the highest administrative grade. It belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library because the gradient remained strong after allowance for smoking, leisure time physical activity, blood pressure, plasma glucose, plasma cholesterol and body build, showing that social position shapes physical health beyond conventional lifestyle risk factors.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 32(4), 244-249
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/744814/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/jech.32.4.244
- Verification note
- Abstract and full bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-486
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M. G., Rose, G., Shipley, M., & Hamilton, P. J. (1978). Employment grade and coronary heart disease in British civil servants. *Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 32*(4), 244-249. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech.32.4.244
REF-204
Paper, guideline or statement
Inequalities in death – specific explanations of a general pattern?
Marmot, M. G., Shipley, M. J., & Rose, G. · 1984 · The Lancet, 1(8384), 1003-1006
In this Whitehall analysis, 17,530 London civil servants were classified by employment grade and followed for 10 years of mortality, revealing a steep inverse relation between grade and death, with men in the lowest grade having three times the mortality of administrators from coronary heart disease, from a range of other causes and from all causes combined. It belongs in the library because the authors showed the grade difference exceeded national differences between social classes I and V, was only partly accounted for by smoking and other coronary risk factors, and pointed to general susceptibility and early life influences on adult health.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M. G., Shipley, M. J., & Rose, G. (1984). Inequalities in death – specific explanations of a general pattern? The Lancet, 1(8384), 1003-1006. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(84)92337-7
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-204
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M. G., Shipley, M. J., & Rose, G.
- Year
- 1984
- Title
- Inequalities in death – specific explanations of a general pattern?
- Description
- In this Whitehall analysis, 17,530 London civil servants were classified by employment grade and followed for 10 years of mortality, revealing a steep inverse relation between grade and death, with men in the lowest grade having three times the mortality of administrators from coronary heart disease, from a range of other causes and from all causes combined. It belongs in the library because the authors showed the grade difference exceeded national differences between social classes I and V, was only partly accounted for by smoking and other coronary risk factors, and pointed to general susceptibility and early life influences on adult health.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 1(8384), 1003-1006
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/6143919/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(84)92337-7
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M. G., Shipley, M. J., & Rose, G. (1984). Inequalities in death – specific explanations of a general pattern? *The Lancet, 1*(8384), 1003-1006. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(84)92337-7
REF-205
Paper, guideline or statement
Health inequalities among British civil servants: the Whitehall II study
Marmot, M. G., Smith, G. D., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., White, I., Brunner, E., & Feeney, A. · 1991 · The Lancet, 337(8754), 1387-1393
This cohort profile of the Whitehall II study describes 10,314 London based British civil servants aged 35 to 55 years, comprising 6,900 men and 3,414 women, screened between 1985 and 1988, and reports that 20 years after the first Whitehall study there had been no diminution in social class differences in morbidity, with inverse associations between employment grade and angina, electrocardiographic ischaemia, chronic bronchitis symptoms and poorer self perceived health. It belongs in the library because it documented employment grade differences in smoking, diet, exercise, economic circumstances, monotonous work, low control at work, low satisfaction and social support, and concluded that healthy behaviours should be encouraged across the whole of society alongside attention to social environments, job design and income inequality.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M. G., Smith, G. D., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., White, I., Brunner, E., & Feeney, A. (1991). Health inequalities among British civil servants: the Whitehall II study. The Lancet, 337(8754), 1387-1393. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(91)93068-K
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-205
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M. G., Smith, G. D., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., White, I., Brunner, E., & Feeney, A.
- Year
- 1991
- Title
- Health inequalities among British civil servants: the Whitehall II study
- Description
- This cohort profile of the Whitehall II study describes 10,314 London based British civil servants aged 35 to 55 years, comprising 6,900 men and 3,414 women, screened between 1985 and 1988, and reports that 20 years after the first Whitehall study there had been no diminution in social class differences in morbidity, with inverse associations between employment grade and angina, electrocardiographic ischaemia, chronic bronchitis symptoms and poorer self perceived health. It belongs in the library because it documented employment grade differences in smoking, diet, exercise, economic circumstances, monotonous work, low control at work, low satisfaction and social support, and concluded that healthy behaviours should be encouraged across the whole of society alongside attention to social environments, job design and income inequality.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 337(8754), 1387-1393
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/1674771/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(91)93068-K
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M. G., Smith, G. D., Stansfeld, S., Patel, C., North, F., Head, J., White, I., Brunner, E., & Feeney, A. (1991). Health inequalities among British civil servants: the Whitehall II study. *The Lancet, 337*(8754), 1387-1393. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(91)93068-K
REF-206
Paper, guideline or statement
Contribution of job control and other risk factors to social variations in coronary heart disease incidence
Marmot, M. G., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., Brunner, E., & Stansfeld, S. · 1997 · The Lancet, 350(9073), 235-239
Using the first three examination phases of the Whitehall II study, with 7,372 men and women contacted on all three occasions and a mean follow up of 5.3 years, this analysis found that men in the lowest clerical and office support grade had an age adjusted odds ratio of 1.50 for any new coronary heart disease compared with administrators, and that low control at work made the largest contribution to the socioeconomic gradient, larger than height and standard coronary risk factors. It belongs in the library because it identifies the psychosocial work environment as a modifiable determinant sitting alongside individual lifestyle behaviours in producing physical disease among people of lower social position.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M. G., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., Brunner, E., & Stansfeld, S. (1997). Contribution of job control and other risk factors to social variations in coronary heart disease incidence. The Lancet, 350(9073), 235-239. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(97)04244-X
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-206
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M. G., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., Brunner, E., & Stansfeld, S.
- Year
- 1997
- Title
- Contribution of job control and other risk factors to social variations in coronary heart disease incidence
- Description
- Using the first three examination phases of the Whitehall II study, with 7,372 men and women contacted on all three occasions and a mean follow up of 5.3 years, this analysis found that men in the lowest clerical and office support grade had an age adjusted odds ratio of 1.50 for any new coronary heart disease compared with administrators, and that low control at work made the largest contribution to the socioeconomic gradient, larger than height and standard coronary risk factors. It belongs in the library because it identifies the psychosocial work environment as a modifiable determinant sitting alongside individual lifestyle behaviours in producing physical disease among people of lower social position.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 350(9073), 235-239
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Workplace and occupational health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/9242799/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(97)04244-X
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M. G., Bosma, H., Hemingway, H., Brunner, E., & Stansfeld, S. (1997). Contribution of job control and other risk factors to social variations in coronary heart disease incidence. *The Lancet, 350*(9073), 235-239. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(97)04244-X
REF-207
Paper, guideline or statement
Fair Society, Healthy Lives (The Marmot Review)
Marmot, M. (Chair), & The Marmot Review Team · 2010 · Institute of Health Equity
Commissioned in November 2008 by the then Secretary of State for Health and published in February 2010, this independent strategic review of health inequalities in England, chaired by Professor Sir Michael Marmot, concluded that reducing health inequalities requires action across six policy objectives, including giving every child the best start in life, creating fair employment and good work for all, ensuring a healthy standard of living for all, developing healthy and sustainable places and communities, and strengthening the role and impact of ill health prevention. It belongs in the library as the landmark national policy framework that placed lifestyle and prevention within a whole of government social determinants strategy rather than treating behaviour as an individual matter.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M. (Chair), & The Marmot Review Team. (2010). Fair Society, Healthy Lives (The Marmot Review). Institute of Health Equity. https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/fair-society-healthy-lives-the-marmot-review
View the source
Report landing page read on the Institute of Health Equity website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-207
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M. (Chair), & The Marmot Review Team
- Year
- 2010
- Title
- Fair Society, Healthy Lives (The Marmot Review)
- Description
- Commissioned in November 2008 by the then Secretary of State for Health and published in February 2010, this independent strategic review of health inequalities in England, chaired by Professor Sir Michael Marmot, concluded that reducing health inequalities requires action across six policy objectives, including giving every child the best start in life, creating fair employment and good work for all, ensuring a healthy standard of living for all, developing healthy and sustainable places and communities, and strengthening the role and impact of ill health prevention. It belongs in the library as the landmark national policy framework that placed lifestyle and prevention within a whole of government social determinants strategy rather than treating behaviour as an individual matter.
- Publication or publisher
- Institute of Health Equity
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- University research centre
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/fair-society-healthy-lives-the-marmot-review
- Verification note
- Report landing page read on the Institute of Health Equity website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M. (Chair), & The Marmot Review Team. (2010). *Fair Society, Healthy Lives (The Marmot Review)*. Institute of Health Equity. https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/fair-society-healthy-lives-the-marmot-review
REF-208
Paper, guideline or statement
Closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. Final report of the Commission on Social Determinants of Health
Commission on Social Determinants of Health · 2008 · World Health Organization
This 247 page final report of the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health, set up by WHO in 2005 to marshal evidence on promoting health equity, argues that health inequities arise from the circumstances in which people grow, live, work and age and from the political, social and economic forces that shape those circumstances, noting that a girl born today can expect to live more than 80 years in some countries and less than 45 years in others. It belongs in the library because it is the founding global statement that the distribution of health, including the conditions that make healthy living possible, is a matter of social justice and policy rather than individual choice alone.
Full APA reference
Commission on Social Determinants of Health. (2008). Closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. Final report of the Commission on Social Determinants of Health. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/items/a77f3d0e-d74b-4856-8f2d-ea738c89e370
View the source
Catalogue record read on the WHO IRIS repository and the report landing page read on who.int in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-208
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Commission on Social Determinants of Health
- Year
- 2008
- Title
- Closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. Final report of the Commission on Social Determinants of Health
- Description
- This 247 page final report of the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health, set up by WHO in 2005 to marshal evidence on promoting health equity, argues that health inequities arise from the circumstances in which people grow, live, work and age and from the political, social and economic forces that shape those circumstances, noting that a girl born today can expect to live more than 80 years in some countries and less than 45 years in others. It belongs in the library because it is the founding global statement that the distribution of health, including the conditions that make healthy living possible, is a matter of social justice and policy rather than individual choice alone.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/items/a77f3d0e-d74b-4856-8f2d-ea738c89e370
- Verification note
- Catalogue record read on the WHO IRIS repository and the report landing page read on who.int in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Commission on Social Determinants of Health. (2008). *Closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. Final report of the Commission on Social Determinants of Health*. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/items/a77f3d0e-d74b-4856-8f2d-ea738c89e370
REF-209
Paper, guideline or statement
The Dahlgren-Whitehead model of health determinants: 30 years on and still chasing rainbows
Dahlgren, G., & Whitehead, M. · 2021 · Public Health, 199, 20-24
In this review the original authors mark the thirtieth anniversary of their rainbow model of the main determinants of health, describing its journey from initial rejection to worldwide acclaim, clarifying what the model was and was not designed to do, and explaining how they use it together with the complementary Diderichsen framework to explain the pathways producing social gradients in health within countries. It belongs in the library because the rainbow model is the standard teaching and planning framework for locating individual lifestyle factors within the living and working conditions and wider socioeconomic forces that surround them.
Full APA reference
Dahlgren, G., & Whitehead, M. (2021). The Dahlgren-Whitehead model of health determinants: 30 years on and still chasing rainbows. Public Health, 199, 20-24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2021.08.009
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-209
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dahlgren, G., & Whitehead, M.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- The Dahlgren-Whitehead model of health determinants: 30 years on and still chasing rainbows
- Description
- In this review the original authors mark the thirtieth anniversary of their rainbow model of the main determinants of health, describing its journey from initial rejection to worldwide acclaim, clarifying what the model was and was not designed to do, and explaining how they use it together with the complementary Diderichsen framework to explain the pathways producing social gradients in health within countries. It belongs in the library because the rainbow model is the standard teaching and planning framework for locating individual lifestyle factors within the living and working conditions and wider socioeconomic forces that surround them.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health, 199, 20-24
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34534885/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2021.08.009
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Dahlgren, G., & Whitehead, M. (2021). The Dahlgren-Whitehead model of health determinants: 30 years on and still chasing rainbows. *Public Health, 199*, 20-24. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2021.08.009
REF-210
Paper, guideline or statement
Income inequality and health: a causal review
Pickett, K. E., & Wilkinson, R. G. · 2015 · Social Science & Medicine, 128, 316-326
This review assesses the large literature on income inequality and health within an epidemiological causal framework and concludes that the evidence strongly suggests income inequality affects population health and wellbeing, with the causal criteria of temporality, biological plausibility, consistency and lack of alternative explanations well supported, and that most studies reporting no association can be explained by measuring inequality at an inappropriate scale, controlling for mediating variables, using subjective health measures or short follow up. It belongs in the library because it makes the case that the structural distribution of income, not only individual behaviour, drives population patterns of physical and mental health, and because its causal claims remain actively contested.
Full APA reference
Pickett, K. E., & Wilkinson, R. G. (2015). Income inequality and health: a causal review. Social Science & Medicine, 128, 316-326. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2014.12.031
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-210
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Pickett, K. E., & Wilkinson, R. G.
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Income inequality and health: a causal review
- Description
- This review assesses the large literature on income inequality and health within an epidemiological causal framework and concludes that the evidence strongly suggests income inequality affects population health and wellbeing, with the causal criteria of temporality, biological plausibility, consistency and lack of alternative explanations well supported, and that most studies reporting no association can be explained by measuring inequality at an inappropriate scale, controlling for mediating variables, using subjective health measures or short follow up. It belongs in the library because it makes the case that the structural distribution of income, not only individual behaviour, drives population patterns of physical and mental health, and because its causal claims remain actively contested.
- Publication or publisher
- Social Science & Medicine, 128, 316-326
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25577953/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2014.12.031
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Pickett, K. E., & Wilkinson, R. G. (2015). Income inequality and health: a causal review. *Social Science & Medicine, 128*, 316-326. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2014.12.031
REF-211
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of mental disorders and the Sustainable Development Goals: a systematic review of reviews
Lund, C., Brooke-Sumner, C., Baingana, F., Baron, E. C., Breuer, E., Chandra, P., Haushofer, J., Herrman, H., Jordans, M., Kieling, C., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Omigbodun, O., Tol, W., Patel, V., & Saxena, S. · 2018 · The Lancet Psychiatry, 5(4), 357-369
This systematic review of reviews included 289 articles and developed a conceptual framework for the social determinants of mental disorders spanning demographic, economic, neighbourhood, environmental event, and social and cultural domains, mapped against the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. It belongs in the library because it is the clearest synthesis showing that poverty, education, housing, neighbourhood conditions and adverse events shape mental as well as physical health, and it identifies the intervention targets that lifestyle and public mental health programmes must sit alongside.
Full APA reference
Lund, C., Brooke-Sumner, C., Baingana, F., Baron, E. C., Breuer, E., Chandra, P., Haushofer, J., Herrman, H., Jordans, M., Kieling, C., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Omigbodun, O., Tol, W., Patel, V., & Saxena, S. (2018). Social determinants of mental disorders and the Sustainable Development Goals: a systematic review of reviews. The Lancet Psychiatry, 5(4), 357-369. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30060-9
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-211
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lund, C., Brooke-Sumner, C., Baingana, F., Baron, E. C., Breuer, E., Chandra, P., Haushofer, J., Herrman, H., Jordans, M., Kieling, C., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Omigbodun, O., Tol, W., Patel, V., & Saxena, S.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Social determinants of mental disorders and the Sustainable Development Goals: a systematic review of reviews
- Description
- This systematic review of reviews included 289 articles and developed a conceptual framework for the social determinants of mental disorders spanning demographic, economic, neighbourhood, environmental event, and social and cultural domains, mapped against the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. It belongs in the library because it is the clearest synthesis showing that poverty, education, housing, neighbourhood conditions and adverse events shape mental as well as physical health, and it identifies the intervention targets that lifestyle and public mental health programmes must sit alongside.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Psychiatry, 5(4), 357-369
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29580610/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30060-9
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lund, C., Brooke-Sumner, C., Baingana, F., Baron, E. C., Breuer, E., Chandra, P., Haushofer, J., Herrman, H., Jordans, M., Kieling, C., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Omigbodun, O., Tol, W., Patel, V., & Saxena, S. (2018). Social determinants of mental disorders and the Sustainable Development Goals: a systematic review of reviews. *The Lancet Psychiatry, 5*(4), 357-369. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30060-9
REF-212
Paper, guideline or statement
Morbidity and mortality in homeless individuals, prisoners, sex workers, and individuals with substance use disorders in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Aldridge, R. W., Story, A., Hwang, S. W., Nordentoft, M., Luchenski, S. A., Hartwell, G., Tweed, E. J., Lewer, D., Katikireddi, S. V., & Hayward, A. C. · 2018 · The Lancet, 391(10117), 241-250
This systematic review and meta-analysis of 337 studies from high income countries published between 2005 and 2015 found all cause standardised mortality ratios were significantly raised in 91 of 92 extracted datapoints, at 11.86 in women and 7.88 in men, with the highest ratios for deaths due to injury, poisoning and other external causes, and consistently raised prevalence of infections, mental disorders, cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. It belongs in the library because it quantifies the extreme physical and mental health inequities faced by socially excluded groups and shows that the relative effect of exclusion is greater in women than men.
Full APA reference
Aldridge, R. W., Story, A., Hwang, S. W., Nordentoft, M., Luchenski, S. A., Hartwell, G., Tweed, E. J., Lewer, D., Katikireddi, S. V., & Hayward, A. C. (2018). Morbidity and mortality in homeless individuals, prisoners, sex workers, and individuals with substance use disorders in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet, 391(10117), 241-250. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31869-X
View the sourceDOI
Abstract with results and conclusions read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-212
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Aldridge, R. W., Story, A., Hwang, S. W., Nordentoft, M., Luchenski, S. A., Hartwell, G., Tweed, E. J., Lewer, D., Katikireddi, S. V., & Hayward, A. C.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Morbidity and mortality in homeless individuals, prisoners, sex workers, and individuals with substance use disorders in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis of 337 studies from high income countries published between 2005 and 2015 found all cause standardised mortality ratios were significantly raised in 91 of 92 extracted datapoints, at 11.86 in women and 7.88 in men, with the highest ratios for deaths due to injury, poisoning and other external causes, and consistently raised prevalence of infections, mental disorders, cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. It belongs in the library because it quantifies the extreme physical and mental health inequities faced by socially excluded groups and shows that the relative effect of exclusion is greater in women than men.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 391(10117), 241-250
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29137869/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31869-X
- Verification note
- Abstract with results and conclusions read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Aldridge, R. W., Story, A., Hwang, S. W., Nordentoft, M., Luchenski, S. A., Hartwell, G., Tweed, E. J., Lewer, D., Katikireddi, S. V., & Hayward, A. C. (2018). Morbidity and mortality in homeless individuals, prisoners, sex workers, and individuals with substance use disorders in high-income countries: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *The Lancet, 391*(10117), 241-250. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)31869-X
REF-213
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of Housing First approaches on health and well-being of adults who are homeless or at risk of homelessness: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
Baxter, A. J., Tweed, E. J., Katikireddi, S. V., & Thomson, H. · 2019 · Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 73(5), 379-387
This systematic review and meta-analysis pooled four randomised controlled trials from Canada and the United States, all judged at high risk of bias, and found that Housing First participants spent more days housed and were more likely to be housed at 18 to 24 months, with fewer emergency department visits and fewer hospitalisations, while differences in mental health, quality of life and substance use were unclear. It belongs in the library because it tests whether providing secure housing, an upstream social determinant, improves health and service use, and shows that structural provision reduces homelessness without increasing problematic substance use.
Full APA reference
Baxter, A. J., Tweed, E. J., Katikireddi, S. V., & Thomson, H. (2019). Effects of Housing First approaches on health and well-being of adults who are homeless or at risk of homelessness: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 73(5), 379-387. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2018-210981
View the sourceDOI
Full text with abstract, results and conclusion read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-213
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Baxter, A. J., Tweed, E. J., Katikireddi, S. V., & Thomson, H.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Effects of Housing First approaches on health and well-being of adults who are homeless or at risk of homelessness: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis pooled four randomised controlled trials from Canada and the United States, all judged at high risk of bias, and found that Housing First participants spent more days housed and were more likely to be housed at 18 to 24 months, with fewer emergency department visits and fewer hospitalisations, while differences in mental health, quality of life and substance use were unclear. It belongs in the library because it tests whether providing secure housing, an upstream social determinant, improves health and service use, and shows that structural provision reduces homelessness without increasing problematic substance use.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 73(5), 379-387
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6581117/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2018-210981
- Verification note
- Full text with abstract, results and conclusion read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Baxter, A. J., Tweed, E. J., Katikireddi, S. V., & Thomson, H. (2019). Effects of Housing First approaches on health and well-being of adults who are homeless or at risk of homelessness: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. *Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 73*(5), 379-387. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2018-210981
REF-214
Paper, guideline or statement
The prevalence of mental disorders among homeless people in high-income countries: An updated systematic review and meta-regression analysis
Gutwinski, S., Schreiter, S., Deutscher, K., & Fazel, S. · 2021 · PLOS Medicine, 18(8), e1003750
This updated systematic review and meta-regression of 39 publications covering 8,049 homeless people across 11 high income countries, including two Australian studies with 667 participants, estimated the mean prevalence of any current mental disorder at 76.2 per cent, with alcohol use disorders at 36.7 per cent, drug use disorders at 21.7 per cent, major depression at 12.6 per cent and schizophrenia spectrum disorders at 12.4 per cent. It belongs in the library because it shows the very high psychiatric morbidity that accompanies housing exclusion and argues that services should regularly review how they assess, treat and follow up homeless people.
Full APA reference
Gutwinski, S., Schreiter, S., Deutscher, K., & Fazel, S. (2021). The prevalence of mental disorders among homeless people in high-income countries: An updated systematic review and meta-regression analysis. PLOS Medicine, 18(8), e1003750. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1003750
View the sourceDOI
Full text with results and conclusions read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-214
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gutwinski, S., Schreiter, S., Deutscher, K., & Fazel, S.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- The prevalence of mental disorders among homeless people in high-income countries: An updated systematic review and meta-regression analysis
- Description
- This updated systematic review and meta-regression of 39 publications covering 8,049 homeless people across 11 high income countries, including two Australian studies with 667 participants, estimated the mean prevalence of any current mental disorder at 76.2 per cent, with alcohol use disorders at 36.7 per cent, drug use disorders at 21.7 per cent, major depression at 12.6 per cent and schizophrenia spectrum disorders at 12.4 per cent. It belongs in the library because it shows the very high psychiatric morbidity that accompanies housing exclusion and argues that services should regularly review how they assess, treat and follow up homeless people.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS Medicine, 18(8), e1003750
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8423293/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1003750
- Verification note
- Full text with results and conclusions read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Gutwinski, S., Schreiter, S., Deutscher, K., & Fazel, S. (2021). The prevalence of mental disorders among homeless people in high-income countries: An updated systematic review and meta-regression analysis. *PLOS Medicine, 18*(8), e1003750. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1003750
REF-215
Paper, guideline or statement
The threat of home eviction and its effects on health through the equity lens: A systematic review
Vásquez-Vera, H., Palència, L., Magna, I., Mena, C., Neira, J., & Borrell, C. · 2017 · Social Science & Medicine, 175, 199-208
This systematic review screened 2,208 unduplicated articles and included 47, most of them from Anglo Saxon countries and mainly the United States, finding general consensus that people under threat of eviction experience worse health, including depression, anxiety, psychological distress and suicide, alongside poor self reported health, high blood pressure and child maltreatment. It belongs in the library because housing insecurity is a social determinant that acts on mental and physical health together, and the review examines how these harms are distributed along axes of social inequity.
Full APA reference
Vásquez-Vera, H., Palència, L., Magna, I., Mena, C., Neira, J., & Borrell, C. (2017). The threat of home eviction and its effects on health through the equity lens: A systematic review. Social Science & Medicine, 175, 199-208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2017.01.010
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-215
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Vásquez-Vera, H., Palència, L., Magna, I., Mena, C., Neira, J., & Borrell, C.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- The threat of home eviction and its effects on health through the equity lens: A systematic review
- Description
- This systematic review screened 2,208 unduplicated articles and included 47, most of them from Anglo Saxon countries and mainly the United States, finding general consensus that people under threat of eviction experience worse health, including depression, anxiety, psychological distress and suicide, alongside poor self reported health, high blood pressure and child maltreatment. It belongs in the library because housing insecurity is a social determinant that acts on mental and physical health together, and the review examines how these harms are distributed along axes of social inequity.
- Publication or publisher
- Social Science & Medicine, 175, 199-208
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28107704/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2017.01.010
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Vásquez-Vera, H., Palència, L., Magna, I., Mena, C., Neira, J., & Borrell, C. (2017). The threat of home eviction and its effects on health through the equity lens: A systematic review. *Social Science & Medicine, 175*, 199-208. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.socscimed.2017.01.010
REF-216
Paper, guideline or statement
Long-term effects of homelessness on mortality: a 15-year Australian cohort study
Seastres, R. J., Hutton, J., Zordan, R., Moore, G., Mackelprang, J., Kiburg, K. V., & Sundararajan, V. · 2020 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 44(6), 476-481
This 15 year retrospective longitudinal cohort study of adults attending the emergency department of an inner city public hospital in Melbourne, Victoria, between 1 January 2003 and 31 December 2004 found homeless individuals had a mortality rate of 11.89 versus 8.10 per 1,000 person years, a rate ratio of 1.47, and died at a younger median age of 66.60 years compared with 78.19 years. It belongs in the library because it provides Australian longitudinal evidence that homelessness independently predicts premature death, with adjusted hazard ratios of 2.05 for primary, 1.60 for secondary and 1.72 for tertiary homelessness.
Full APA reference
Seastres, R. J., Hutton, J., Zordan, R., Moore, G., Mackelprang, J., Kiburg, K. V., & Sundararajan, V. (2020). Long-term effects of homelessness on mortality: a 15-year Australian cohort study. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 44(6), 476-481. https://doi.org/10.1111/1753-6405.13038
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026, with the publisher record checked on Wiley Online Library.
All fields
- ID
- REF-216
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Seastres, R. J., Hutton, J., Zordan, R., Moore, G., Mackelprang, J., Kiburg, K. V., & Sundararajan, V.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Long-term effects of homelessness on mortality: a 15-year Australian cohort study
- Description
- This 15 year retrospective longitudinal cohort study of adults attending the emergency department of an inner city public hospital in Melbourne, Victoria, between 1 January 2003 and 31 December 2004 found homeless individuals had a mortality rate of 11.89 versus 8.10 per 1,000 person years, a rate ratio of 1.47, and died at a younger median age of 66.60 years compared with 78.19 years. It belongs in the library because it provides Australian longitudinal evidence that homelessness independently predicts premature death, with adjusted hazard ratios of 2.05 for primary, 1.60 for secondary and 1.72 for tertiary homelessness.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 44(6), 476-481
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32955766/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/1753-6405.13038
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026, with the publisher record checked on Wiley Online Library.
- Full APA reference
- Seastres, R. J., Hutton, J., Zordan, R., Moore, G., Mackelprang, J., Kiburg, K. V., & Sundararajan, V. (2020). Long-term effects of homelessness on mortality: a 15-year Australian cohort study. *Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, 44*(6), 476-481. https://doi.org/10.1111/1753-6405.13038
REF-217
Paper, guideline or statement
Australia's health 2024
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2024 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Released on 2 July 2024, this is the AIHW's nineteenth biennial report on the health of Australians, combining short statistical summaries with long form articles on topical health issues and functioning as a report card on how Australia is faring as a nation, accompanied by an in brief edition covering the health system, the health of Australians and the factors that influence health. It belongs in the library as the authoritative national compendium linking health outcomes to behavioural and social determinants across the Australian population.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). Australia's health 2024. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-health
View the source
Report collection page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, where Australia's health 2024 is named as the current edition with a release date of 2 July 2024.
All fields
- ID
- REF-217
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Australia's health 2024
- Description
- Released on 2 July 2024, this is the AIHW's nineteenth biennial report on the health of Australians, combining short statistical summaries with long form articles on topical health issues and functioning as a report card on how Australia is faring as a nation, accompanied by an in brief edition covering the health system, the health of Australians and the factors that influence health. It belongs in the library as the authoritative national compendium linking health outcomes to behavioural and social determinants across the Australian population.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-health
- Verification note
- Report collection page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, where Australia's health 2024 is named as the current edition with a release date of 2 July 2024.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). *Australia's health 2024*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-health
REF-218
Paper, guideline or statement
Australia's welfare 2023
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2023 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Released on 7 September 2023, this is the AIHW's sixteenth biennial welfare report, mixing short statistical summaries with long form articles on topical welfare issues and serving as a report card on the welfare of Australians and how they are faring as a nation. It belongs in the library because welfare domains such as income support, housing, employment, education and social participation are the practical machinery of the social determinants of health in Australia.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2023). Australia's welfare 2023. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-welfare
View the source
Report collection page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, where Australia's welfare 2023 is named as the current edition with a release date of 7 September 2023.
All fields
- ID
- REF-218
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Australia's welfare 2023
- Description
- Released on 7 September 2023, this is the AIHW's sixteenth biennial welfare report, mixing short statistical summaries with long form articles on topical welfare issues and serving as a report card on the welfare of Australians and how they are faring as a nation. It belongs in the library because welfare domains such as income support, housing, employment, education and social participation are the practical machinery of the social determinants of health in Australia.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-welfare
- Verification note
- Report collection page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, where Australia's welfare 2023 is named as the current edition with a release date of 7 September 2023.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2023). *Australia's welfare 2023*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports-data/australias-welfare
REF-219
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian Burden of Disease Study 2024
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2024 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This edition of the Australian Burden of Disease Study estimates that Australians lost 5.8 million years of healthy life in 2024, equal to 0.2 disability adjusted life years per person, with 54 per cent of total burden due to living with illness or injury and 46 per cent due to premature death, across 220 diseases and injuries in 17 disease groups and 20 individual risk factors covering behavioural, dietary, metabolic and environmental exposures. It belongs in the library because it quantifies how much of Australia's health loss is attributable to modifiable lifestyle and environmental risk factors and how that burden is distributed.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). Australian Burden of Disease Study 2024. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/burden-of-disease/australian-burden-of-disease-study-2024/contents/summary
View the source
Summary section of the report read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-219
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Australian Burden of Disease Study 2024
- Description
- This edition of the Australian Burden of Disease Study estimates that Australians lost 5.8 million years of healthy life in 2024, equal to 0.2 disability adjusted life years per person, with 54 per cent of total burden due to living with illness or injury and 46 per cent due to premature death, across 220 diseases and injuries in 17 disease groups and 20 individual risk factors covering behavioural, dietary, metabolic and environmental exposures. It belongs in the library because it quantifies how much of Australia's health loss is attributable to modifiable lifestyle and environmental risk factors and how that burden is distributed.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Physical activity and exercise; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/burden-of-disease/australian-burden-of-disease-study-2024/contents/summary
- Verification note
- Summary section of the report read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). *Australian Burden of Disease Study 2024*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/burden-of-disease/australian-burden-of-disease-study-2024/contents/summary
REF-220
Paper, guideline or statement
Specialist homelessness services annual report 2023–24
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This annual national report, catalogue number HOU 339 with a release date of 11 March 2025, records that almost 280,100 clients were assisted by specialist homelessness services agencies in 2023–24 at a rate of 105.1 per 10,000 population, that 88,300 clients or around 32 per cent had a current mental health issue, that 37,800 clients were experiencing persistent homelessness, and that around 31 per cent of clients needing short term or emergency accommodation did not receive it. It belongs in the library because it is the primary Australian data source showing how housing exclusion, family and domestic violence and mental ill health converge in the same population.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Specialist homelessness services annual report 2023–24 (Cat. no. HOU 339). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/homelessness-services/specialist-homelessness-services-annual-report/contents/clients-services-and-outcomes
View the source
About and clients, services and outcomes sections of the 2023–24 edition read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-220
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Specialist homelessness services annual report 2023–24
- Description
- This annual national report, catalogue number HOU 339 with a release date of 11 March 2025, records that almost 280,100 clients were assisted by specialist homelessness services agencies in 2023–24 at a rate of 105.1 per 10,000 population, that 88,300 clients or around 32 per cent had a current mental health issue, that 37,800 clients were experiencing persistent homelessness, and that around 31 per cent of clients needing short term or emergency accommodation did not receive it. It belongs in the library because it is the primary Australian data source showing how housing exclusion, family and domestic violence and mental ill health converge in the same population.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/homelessness-services/specialist-homelessness-services-annual-report/contents/clients-services-and-outcomes
- Verification note
- About and clients, services and outcomes sections of the 2023–24 edition read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Specialist homelessness services annual report 2023–24* (Cat. no. HOU 339). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/homelessness-services/specialist-homelessness-services-annual-report/contents/clients-services-and-outcomes
REF-221
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of health
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2024 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Published on 2 July 2024 as an Australia's health topic summary, this AIHW page compiles selected national data on income, education, occupation, employment and work, housing and homelessness, early childhood, family relationships and social inclusion, and notes the World Health Organization estimate that social determinants account for between 30 and 55 per cent of health outcomes. It belongs in the library because it states plainly that in Australia, as in countries at all income levels, health and illness follow a social gradient in which the lower the socioeconomic position the worse the health.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). Social determinants of health. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/australias-health/social-determinants-of-health
View the source
Related items: REF-493, REF-494, REF-495, REF-497, REF-499
Topic summary page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, showing a publication date of 2 July 2024.
All fields
- ID
- REF-221
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Social determinants of health
- Description
- Published on 2 July 2024 as an Australia's health topic summary, this AIHW page compiles selected national data on income, education, occupation, employment and work, housing and homelessness, early childhood, family relationships and social inclusion, and notes the World Health Organization estimate that social determinants account for between 30 and 55 per cent of health outcomes. It belongs in the library because it states plainly that in Australia, as in countries at all income levels, health and illness follow a social gradient in which the lower the socioeconomic position the worse the health.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/australias-health/social-determinants-of-health
- Verification note
- Topic summary page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, showing a publication date of 2 July 2024.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-494; REF-495; REF-497; REF-499
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). *Social determinants of health*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/australias-health/social-determinants-of-health
REF-222
Paper, guideline or statement
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Performance Framework: summary report June 2025
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Released on 11 June 2025, this AIHW summary report draws together Health Performance Framework measures on health status, determinants of health and health system performance, and reports that in 2018 the burden of disease among Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people was 2.3 times that of non-Indigenous Australians, with mental and substance use disorders the leading contributor at 24 per cent of that burden. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative Australian source connecting the social and cultural determinants of health to the combined physical and mental health outcomes of First Nations people.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Performance Framework: summary report June 2025. AIHW. https://www.indigenoushpf.gov.au/reports/summary-reports/summary-report
View the source
Summary report page read on the AIHW Indigenous Health Performance Framework site in September 2026, showing a release date of 11 June 2025.
All fields
- ID
- REF-222
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Performance Framework: summary report June 2025
- Description
- Released on 11 June 2025, this AIHW summary report draws together Health Performance Framework measures on health status, determinants of health and health system performance, and reports that in 2018 the burden of disease among Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people was 2.3 times that of non-Indigenous Australians, with mental and substance use disorders the leading contributor at 24 per cent of that burden. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative Australian source connecting the social and cultural determinants of health to the combined physical and mental health outcomes of First Nations people.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.indigenoushpf.gov.au/reports/summary-reports/summary-report
- Verification note
- Summary report page read on the AIHW Indigenous Health Performance Framework site in September 2026, showing a release date of 11 June 2025.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Performance Framework: summary report June 2025*. AIHW. https://www.indigenoushpf.gov.au/reports/summary-reports/summary-report
REF-223
Paper, guideline or statement
Association of socioeconomic position with health behaviors and mortality. The Whitehall II study
Stringhini, S., Sabia, S., Shipley, M., Brunner, E., Nabi, H., Kivimaki, M., & Singh-Manoux, A. · 2010 · JAMA, 303(12), 1159-1166
In 9,590 British civil servants from the Whitehall II cohort followed for a mean of 19.4 years with 654 deaths, participants in low socioeconomic positions had 1.60 times the all cause mortality risk of those in high positions, and this association was attenuated by 42 per cent when smoking, diet, physical activity and alcohol were measured only at baseline but by 72 per cent when the same behaviours were treated as time dependent covariates. It belongs in the library because it shows that repeatedly measured lifestyle behaviours account for a substantial share of the social gradient in death, with smoking the strongest mediator and the explanatory power of diet, physical activity and alcohol rising sharply under repeat assessment.
Full APA reference
Stringhini, S., Sabia, S., Shipley, M., Brunner, E., Nabi, H., Kivimaki, M., & Singh-Manoux, A. (2010). Association of socioeconomic position with health behaviors and mortality. The Whitehall II study. JAMA, 303(12), 1159-1166. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2010.297
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-484, REF-486
Full text with results and conclusions read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-223
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Stringhini, S., Sabia, S., Shipley, M., Brunner, E., Nabi, H., Kivimaki, M., & Singh-Manoux, A.
- Year
- 2010
- Title
- Association of socioeconomic position with health behaviors and mortality. The Whitehall II study
- Description
- In 9,590 British civil servants from the Whitehall II cohort followed for a mean of 19.4 years with 654 deaths, participants in low socioeconomic positions had 1.60 times the all cause mortality risk of those in high positions, and this association was attenuated by 42 per cent when smoking, diet, physical activity and alcohol were measured only at baseline but by 72 per cent when the same behaviours were treated as time dependent covariates. It belongs in the library because it shows that repeatedly measured lifestyle behaviours account for a substantial share of the social gradient in death, with smoking the strongest mediator and the explanatory power of diet, physical activity and alcohol rising sharply under repeat assessment.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 303(12), 1159-1166
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2918905/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2010.297
- Verification note
- Full text with results and conclusions read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-484; REF-486
- Full APA reference
- Stringhini, S., Sabia, S., Shipley, M., Brunner, E., Nabi, H., Kivimaki, M., & Singh-Manoux, A. (2010). Association of socioeconomic position with health behaviors and mortality. The Whitehall II study. *JAMA, 303*(12), 1159-1166. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2010.297
REF-224
Paper, guideline or statement
What types of interventions generate inequalities? Evidence from systematic reviews
Lorenc, T., Petticrew, M., Welch, V., & Tugwell, P. · 2013 · Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 67(2), 190-193
This rapid overview of systematic reviews of non healthcare interventions in high income countries, synthesised narratively, found some evidence that media campaigns and workplace smoking bans increase inequalities while structural workplace interventions, provision of resources and fiscal measures such as tobacco pricing reduce them, and concluded that downstream preventive interventions are more likely to increase health inequalities than upstream ones. It belongs in the library because it is the reference statement of intervention generated inequalities, the risk that lifestyle programmes benefit the advantaged most unless they are designed otherwise.
Full APA reference
Lorenc, T., Petticrew, M., Welch, V., & Tugwell, P. (2013). What types of interventions generate inequalities? Evidence from systematic reviews. Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 67(2), 190-193. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2012-201257
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-224
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lorenc, T., Petticrew, M., Welch, V., & Tugwell, P.
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- What types of interventions generate inequalities? Evidence from systematic reviews
- Description
- This rapid overview of systematic reviews of non healthcare interventions in high income countries, synthesised narratively, found some evidence that media campaigns and workplace smoking bans increase inequalities while structural workplace interventions, provision of resources and fiscal measures such as tobacco pricing reduce them, and concluded that downstream preventive interventions are more likely to increase health inequalities than upstream ones. It belongs in the library because it is the reference statement of intervention generated inequalities, the risk that lifestyle programmes benefit the advantaged most unless they are designed otherwise.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 67(2), 190-193
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22875078/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2012-201257
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lorenc, T., Petticrew, M., Welch, V., & Tugwell, P. (2013). What types of interventions generate inequalities? Evidence from systematic reviews. *Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, 67*(2), 190-193. https://doi.org/10.1136/jech-2012-201257
REF-225
Paper, guideline or statement
Are interventions to promote healthy eating equally effective for all? Systematic review of socioeconomic inequalities in impact
McGill, R., Anwar, E., Orton, L., Bromley, H., Lloyd-Williams, F., O'Flaherty, M., Taylor-Robinson, D., Guzman-Castillo, M., Gillespie, D., Moreira, P., Allen, K., Hyseni, L., Calder, N., Petticrew, M., White, M., Whitehead, M., & Capewell, S. · 2015 · BMC Public Health, 15, 457
This systematic review screened 31,887 articles and included 36 studies that reported dietary outcomes by a measure of socioeconomic position, categorising interventions using an expanded marketing mix framework of price, place, product, prescriptive, promotion and person to test whether healthy eating interventions work equally well across socioeconomic groups. It belongs in the library because it examines the equity impact of nutrition interventions specifically, the domain where advice based approaches most often widen rather than narrow dietary inequalities.
Full APA reference
McGill, R., Anwar, E., Orton, L., Bromley, H., Lloyd-Williams, F., O'Flaherty, M., Taylor-Robinson, D., Guzman-Castillo, M., Gillespie, D., Moreira, P., Allen, K., Hyseni, L., Calder, N., Petticrew, M., White, M., Whitehead, M., & Capewell, S. (2015). Are interventions to promote healthy eating equally effective for all? Systematic review of socioeconomic inequalities in impact. BMC Public Health, 15, 457. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-015-1781-7
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-225
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McGill, R., Anwar, E., Orton, L., Bromley, H., Lloyd-Williams, F., O'Flaherty, M., Taylor-Robinson, D., Guzman-Castillo, M., Gillespie, D., Moreira, P., Allen, K., Hyseni, L., Calder, N., Petticrew, M., White, M., Whitehead, M., & Capewell, S.
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Are interventions to promote healthy eating equally effective for all? Systematic review of socioeconomic inequalities in impact
- Description
- This systematic review screened 31,887 articles and included 36 studies that reported dietary outcomes by a measure of socioeconomic position, categorising interventions using an expanded marketing mix framework of price, place, product, prescriptive, promotion and person to test whether healthy eating interventions work equally well across socioeconomic groups. It belongs in the library because it examines the equity impact of nutrition interventions specifically, the domain where advice based approaches most often widen rather than narrow dietary inequalities.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 15, 457
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25934496/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-015-1781-7
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- McGill, R., Anwar, E., Orton, L., Bromley, H., Lloyd-Williams, F., O'Flaherty, M., Taylor-Robinson, D., Guzman-Castillo, M., Gillespie, D., Moreira, P., Allen, K., Hyseni, L., Calder, N., Petticrew, M., White, M., Whitehead, M., & Capewell, S. (2015). Are interventions to promote healthy eating equally effective for all? Systematic review of socioeconomic inequalities in impact. *BMC Public Health, 15*, 457. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-015-1781-7
REF-226
Paper, guideline or statement
Food insecurity and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Pourmotabbed, A., Moradi, S., Babaei, A., Ghavami, A., Mohammadi, H., Jalili, C., Symonds, M. E., & Miraghajani, M. · 2020 · Public Health Nutrition, 23(10), 1778-1790
This systematic review and random effects meta-analysis of 19 studies covering 372,143 participants across 10 countries found food insecurity was positively associated with depression, with an odds ratio of 1.40, and with stress, with an odds ratio of 1.34, while no association was found with anxiety, and the risk of depression was highest in people aged 65 years and over. It belongs in the library because it links a structural determinant of diet directly to mental health outcomes, bridging nutrition, poverty and psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Pourmotabbed, A., Moradi, S., Babaei, A., Ghavami, A., Mohammadi, H., Jalili, C., Symonds, M. E., & Miraghajani, M. (2020). Food insecurity and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Public Health Nutrition, 23(10), 1778-1790. https://doi.org/10.1017/S136898001900435X
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-226
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Pourmotabbed, A., Moradi, S., Babaei, A., Ghavami, A., Mohammadi, H., Jalili, C., Symonds, M. E., & Miraghajani, M.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Food insecurity and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and random effects meta-analysis of 19 studies covering 372,143 participants across 10 countries found food insecurity was positively associated with depression, with an odds ratio of 1.40, and with stress, with an odds ratio of 1.34, while no association was found with anxiety, and the risk of depression was highest in people aged 65 years and over. It belongs in the library because it links a structural determinant of diet directly to mental health outcomes, bridging nutrition, poverty and psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Nutrition, 23(10), 1778-1790
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32174292/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S136898001900435X
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Pourmotabbed, A., Moradi, S., Babaei, A., Ghavami, A., Mohammadi, H., Jalili, C., Symonds, M. E., & Miraghajani, M. (2020). Food insecurity and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *Public Health Nutrition, 23*(10), 1778-1790. https://doi.org/10.1017/S136898001900435X
REF-227
Paper, guideline or statement
Food insecurity and dietary quality in US adults and children: a systematic review
Hanson, K. L., & Connor, L. M. · 2014 · The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 100(2), 684-692
This systematic review of studies sampling United States residents tested 170 associations in adults, of which 50 or 29 per cent were adverse, and 130 associations in children, of which 21 or 16 per cent were adverse, finding that food insecure adults ate fewer vegetables, fruit and dairy products and had lower intakes of vitamins A and B-6, calcium, magnesium and zinc, while lower fruit consumption was the only consistent finding in children. It belongs in the library because it shows that material access to food, not only knowledge or motivation, sets the ceiling on diet quality, and that parents appear to shield children from the worst dietary consequences.
Full APA reference
Hanson, K. L., & Connor, L. M. (2014). Food insecurity and dietary quality in US adults and children: a systematic review. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 100(2), 684-692. https://doi.org/10.3945/ajcn.114.084525
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026, with the Europe PMC record also checked.
All fields
- ID
- REF-227
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hanson, K. L., & Connor, L. M.
- Year
- 2014
- Title
- Food insecurity and dietary quality in US adults and children: a systematic review
- Description
- This systematic review of studies sampling United States residents tested 170 associations in adults, of which 50 or 29 per cent were adverse, and 130 associations in children, of which 21 or 16 per cent were adverse, finding that food insecure adults ate fewer vegetables, fruit and dairy products and had lower intakes of vitamins A and B-6, calcium, magnesium and zinc, while lower fruit consumption was the only consistent finding in children. It belongs in the library because it shows that material access to food, not only knowledge or motivation, sets the ceiling on diet quality, and that parents appear to shield children from the worst dietary consequences.
- Publication or publisher
- The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 100(2), 684-692
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/24944059/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3945/ajcn.114.084525
- Verification note
- Abstract and bibliographic record read on PubMed in September 2026, with the Europe PMC record also checked.
- Full APA reference
- Hanson, K. L., & Connor, L. M. (2014). Food insecurity and dietary quality in US adults and children: a systematic review. *The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 100*(2), 684-692. https://doi.org/10.3945/ajcn.114.084525
REF-228
Paper, guideline or statement
National data on the prevalence of food insecurity in Australia: Implications for health promotion
Kent, K. · 2025 · Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 36(4), e70112
This commentary examines newly released 2023 Australian Bureau of Statistics data, the first nationally representative federal government prevalence estimates in a decade and the first Australian use of the 10 item United States Department of Agriculture Household Food Security Survey Module, reporting that one in eight Australian households experienced food insecurity in 2023 and comparing this with Canadian and United States estimates and with state monitoring in South Australia, Western Australia, Victoria and Tasmania. It belongs in the library because it establishes the Australian baseline for food insecurity, the material determinant that constrains diet quality and mental wellbeing at population scale.
Full APA reference
Kent, K. (2025). National data on the prevalence of food insecurity in Australia: Implications for health promotion. Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 36(4), e70112. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.70112
View the sourceDOI
Full text record read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-228
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kent, K.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- National data on the prevalence of food insecurity in Australia: Implications for health promotion
- Description
- This commentary examines newly released 2023 Australian Bureau of Statistics data, the first nationally representative federal government prevalence estimates in a decade and the first Australian use of the 10 item United States Department of Agriculture Household Food Security Survey Module, reporting that one in eight Australian households experienced food insecurity in 2023 and comparing this with Canadian and United States estimates and with state monitoring in South Australia, Western Australia, Victoria and Tasmania. It belongs in the library because it establishes the Australian baseline for food insecurity, the material determinant that constrains diet quality and mental wellbeing at population scale.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 36(4), e70112
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12495553/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.70112
- Verification note
- Full text record read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Kent, K. (2025). National data on the prevalence of food insecurity in Australia: Implications for health promotion. *Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 36*(4), e70112. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.70112
REF-229
Paper, guideline or statement
Ambient temperature and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Thompson, R., Lawrance, E. L., Roberts, L. F., Grailey, K., Ashrafian, H., Maheswaran, H., Toledano, M. B., & Darzi, A. · 2023 · The Lancet Planetary Health, 7(7), e580-e589
This systematic review and meta-analysis included 114 epidemiological studies of ambient outdoor temperature and mental health, 19 of which were pooled, and found that a 1 degree Celsius rise in mean monthly temperature was associated with a 1.5 percent increase in suicide incidence (95% CI 0.8 to 2.2, n = 1,563,109) while heatwave periods were associated with a 9.7 percent increase in hospital attendance or admission for mental illness (95% CI 7.6 to 11.9, n = 362,086). It belongs in this library because it quantifies ambient heat as an environmental determinant of psychiatric outcomes and shows how a physical exposure translates into measurable mental health burden at population scale.
Full APA reference
Thompson, R., Lawrance, E. L., Roberts, L. F., Grailey, K., Ashrafian, H., Maheswaran, H., Toledano, M. B., & Darzi, A. (2023). Ambient temperature and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Planetary Health, 7(7), e580-e589. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(23)00104-3
View the sourceDOI
Full text summary read on The Lancet Planetary Health website and citation details confirmed on the PubMed record PMID 37437999 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-229
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Thompson, R., Lawrance, E. L., Roberts, L. F., Grailey, K., Ashrafian, H., Maheswaran, H., Toledano, M. B., & Darzi, A.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Ambient temperature and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis included 114 epidemiological studies of ambient outdoor temperature and mental health, 19 of which were pooled, and found that a 1 degree Celsius rise in mean monthly temperature was associated with a 1.5 percent increase in suicide incidence (95% CI 0.8 to 2.2, n = 1,563,109) while heatwave periods were associated with a 9.7 percent increase in hospital attendance or admission for mental illness (95% CI 7.6 to 11.9, n = 362,086). It belongs in this library because it quantifies ambient heat as an environmental determinant of psychiatric outcomes and shows how a physical exposure translates into measurable mental health burden at population scale.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Planetary Health, 7(7), e580-e589
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lanplh/article/PIIS2542-5196(23)00104-3/fulltext
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(23)00104-3
- Verification note
- Full text summary read on The Lancet Planetary Health website and citation details confirmed on the PubMed record PMID 37437999 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Thompson, R., Lawrance, E. L., Roberts, L. F., Grailey, K., Ashrafian, H., Maheswaran, H., Toledano, M. B., & Darzi, A. (2023). Ambient temperature and mental health: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *The Lancet Planetary Health, 7*(7), e580-e589. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(23)00104-3
REF-230
Paper, guideline or statement
Is there an association between hot weather and poor mental health outcomes? A systematic review and meta-analysis
Liu, J., Varghese, B. M., Hansen, A., Xiang, J., Zhang, Y., Dear, K., Gourley, M., Driscoll, T., Morgan, G., Capon, A., & Bi, P. · 2021 · Environment International, 153, 106533
This systematic review and meta-analysis pooled 53 studies of high ambient temperatures and heatwaves covering more than 1.7 million mental health related deaths and 1.9 million morbidity cases, and found that each 1 degree Celsius rise in temperature was associated with a 2.2 percent increase in mental health related mortality (RR 1.022, 95% CI 1.015 to 1.029) and a 0.9 percent increase in morbidity (RR 1.009, 95% CI 1.007 to 1.015). It belongs in this library because it establishes heat as a modifiable population level risk factor for psychiatric morbidity and mortality, with the largest risks in organic and substance related disorders.
Full APA reference
Liu, J., Varghese, B. M., Hansen, A., Xiang, J., Zhang, Y., Dear, K., Gourley, M., Driscoll, T., Morgan, G., Capon, A., & Bi, P. (2021). Is there an association between hot weather and poor mental health outcomes? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Environment International, 153, 106533. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2021.106533
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 33799230 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-230
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Liu, J., Varghese, B. M., Hansen, A., Xiang, J., Zhang, Y., Dear, K., Gourley, M., Driscoll, T., Morgan, G., Capon, A., & Bi, P.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Is there an association between hot weather and poor mental health outcomes? A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis pooled 53 studies of high ambient temperatures and heatwaves covering more than 1.7 million mental health related deaths and 1.9 million morbidity cases, and found that each 1 degree Celsius rise in temperature was associated with a 2.2 percent increase in mental health related mortality (RR 1.022, 95% CI 1.015 to 1.029) and a 0.9 percent increase in morbidity (RR 1.009, 95% CI 1.007 to 1.015). It belongs in this library because it establishes heat as a modifiable population level risk factor for psychiatric morbidity and mortality, with the largest risks in organic and substance related disorders.
- Publication or publisher
- Environment International, 153, 106533
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33799230/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2021.106533
- Verification note
- Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 33799230 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Liu, J., Varghese, B. M., Hansen, A., Xiang, J., Zhang, Y., Dear, K., Gourley, M., Driscoll, T., Morgan, G., Capon, A., & Bi, P. (2021). Is there an association between hot weather and poor mental health outcomes? A systematic review and meta-analysis. *Environment International, 153*, 106533. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2021.106533
REF-231
Paper, guideline or statement
The effect of heat waves on mental health in a temperate Australian city
Hansen, A., Bi, P., Nitschke, M., Ryan, P., Pisaniello, D., & Tucker, G. · 2008 · Environmental Health Perspectives, 116(10), 1369-1375
This ecological study of 171,614 hospital admissions and 2,599 deaths for mental and behavioural disorders in metropolitan Adelaide, South Australia, between 1993 and 2006 found a temperature threshold of 26.7 degrees Celsius above which admissions rose sharply, with a 7.3 percent increase in admissions during heatwaves and higher mortality among people aged 65 to 74 years and people with schizophrenia, schizotypal and delusional disorders. It belongs in this library as landmark Australian evidence that extreme heat is a salient clinical and social risk for people living with mental illness, connecting environmental exposure, physical vulnerability and psychiatric outcomes.
Full APA reference
Hansen, A., Bi, P., Nitschke, M., Ryan, P., Pisaniello, D., & Tucker, G. (2008). The effect of heat waves on mental health in a temperate Australian city. Environmental Health Perspectives, 116(10), 1369-1375. https://doi.org/10.1289/ehp.11339
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 18941580 and the full text read on the Environmental Health Perspectives website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-231
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hansen, A., Bi, P., Nitschke, M., Ryan, P., Pisaniello, D., & Tucker, G.
- Year
- 2008
- Title
- The effect of heat waves on mental health in a temperate Australian city
- Description
- This ecological study of 171,614 hospital admissions and 2,599 deaths for mental and behavioural disorders in metropolitan Adelaide, South Australia, between 1993 and 2006 found a temperature threshold of 26.7 degrees Celsius above which admissions rose sharply, with a 7.3 percent increase in admissions during heatwaves and higher mortality among people aged 65 to 74 years and people with schizophrenia, schizotypal and delusional disorders. It belongs in this library as landmark Australian evidence that extreme heat is a salient clinical and social risk for people living with mental illness, connecting environmental exposure, physical vulnerability and psychiatric outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Environmental Health Perspectives, 116(10), 1369-1375
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - South Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/18941580/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1289/ehp.11339
- Verification note
- Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 18941580 and the full text read on the Environmental Health Perspectives website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Hansen, A., Bi, P., Nitschke, M., Ryan, P., Pisaniello, D., & Tucker, G. (2008). The effect of heat waves on mental health in a temperate Australian city. *Environmental Health Perspectives, 116*(10), 1369-1375. https://doi.org/10.1289/ehp.11339
REF-232
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychotropic prescriptions in the context of extreme heat
Xue, S., Rajan, A., & Kidd, S. A. · 2025 · CMAJ, 197(29), E915
This CMAJ practice article sets out how psychotropic medications raise heat vulnerability by interfering with central thermoregulation, altering thirst perception and fluid and electrolyte balance, and reports that heatwaves are associated with a 9.7 percent increase in mental health related hospital presentations and that mental illness is among the strongest predictors of heat related death (odds ratio 3.61, 95% CI 1.3 to 9.8), noting that people with schizophrenia had the highest death risk during the 2021 western Canada heat dome. It belongs in this library because it translates climate exposure into concrete prescribing and monitoring decisions, showing how medication, housing and social vulnerability combine to shape physical and mental health outcomes.
Full APA reference
Xue, S., Rajan, A., & Kidd, S. A. (2025). Psychotropic prescriptions in the context of extreme heat. CMAJ, 197(29), E915. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.250636
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on the PubMed Central record PMC12448758 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-232
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Xue, S., Rajan, A., & Kidd, S. A.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Psychotropic prescriptions in the context of extreme heat
- Description
- This CMAJ practice article sets out how psychotropic medications raise heat vulnerability by interfering with central thermoregulation, altering thirst perception and fluid and electrolyte balance, and reports that heatwaves are associated with a 9.7 percent increase in mental health related hospital presentations and that mental illness is among the strongest predictors of heat related death (odds ratio 3.61, 95% CI 1.3 to 9.8), noting that people with schizophrenia had the highest death risk during the 2021 western Canada heat dome. It belongs in this library because it translates climate exposure into concrete prescribing and monitoring decisions, showing how medication, housing and social vulnerability combine to shape physical and mental health outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- CMAJ, 197(29), E915
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12448758/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.250636
- Verification note
- Full text read on the PubMed Central record PMC12448758 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Xue, S., Rajan, A., & Kidd, S. A. (2025). Psychotropic prescriptions in the context of extreme heat. *CMAJ, 197*(29), E915. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.250636
REF-233
Paper, guideline or statement
The role of psychotropics on the associations between extreme temperature and heat-related outcomes among people with mental health conditions: population-based study
Wong, A. Y. S., Iwagami, M., Taniguchi, Y., Kawamura, C., Suzuki, A., Douglas, I. J., Bhaskaran, K., Sugiyama, T., Kuroda, N., Nitsch, D., & Tamiya, N. · 2024 · Psychological Medicine, 54(16), 4658-4664
This population based self controlled case series used National Health Insurance claims from Ibaraki prefecture, Japan, for 2014 to 2021 and covered 62,186 people with severe mental illness and 96,875 people with depression, finding that heatwave periods raised the rate of heat related illness in people with severe mental illness both without antipsychotics (IRR 1.45, 95% CI 1.35 to 1.56) and with antipsychotics (IRR 1.48, 95% CI 1.40 to 1.56), and also raised myocardial infarction risk. It belongs in this library because it shows that heat risk in people with mental illness is elevated regardless of psychotropic exposure, pointing to broader social and clinical vulnerability rather than medication alone.
Full APA reference
Wong, A. Y. S., Iwagami, M., Taniguchi, Y., Kawamura, C., Suzuki, A., Douglas, I. J., Bhaskaran, K., Sugiyama, T., Kuroda, N., Nitsch, D., & Tamiya, N. (2024). The role of psychotropics on the associations between extreme temperature and heat-related outcomes among people with mental health conditions: population-based study. Psychological Medicine, 54(16), 4658-4664. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291724002824
View the sourceDOI
Full text and results tables read on the PubMed Central record PMC11769904 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-233
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wong, A. Y. S., Iwagami, M., Taniguchi, Y., Kawamura, C., Suzuki, A., Douglas, I. J., Bhaskaran, K., Sugiyama, T., Kuroda, N., Nitsch, D., & Tamiya, N.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The role of psychotropics on the associations between extreme temperature and heat-related outcomes among people with mental health conditions: population-based study
- Description
- This population based self controlled case series used National Health Insurance claims from Ibaraki prefecture, Japan, for 2014 to 2021 and covered 62,186 people with severe mental illness and 96,875 people with depression, finding that heatwave periods raised the rate of heat related illness in people with severe mental illness both without antipsychotics (IRR 1.45, 95% CI 1.35 to 1.56) and with antipsychotics (IRR 1.48, 95% CI 1.40 to 1.56), and also raised myocardial infarction risk. It belongs in this library because it shows that heat risk in people with mental illness is elevated regardless of psychotropic exposure, pointing to broader social and clinical vulnerability rather than medication alone.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychological Medicine, 54(16), 4658-4664
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Japan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11769904/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291724002824
- Verification note
- Full text and results tables read on the PubMed Central record PMC11769904 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Wong, A. Y. S., Iwagami, M., Taniguchi, Y., Kawamura, C., Suzuki, A., Douglas, I. J., Bhaskaran, K., Sugiyama, T., Kuroda, N., Nitsch, D., & Tamiya, N. (2024). The role of psychotropics on the associations between extreme temperature and heat-related outcomes among people with mental health conditions: population-based study. *Psychological Medicine, 54*(16), 4658-4664. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291724002824
REF-234
Paper, guideline or statement
Heat and Medications – Guidance for Clinicians
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Environmental Health · 2025 · Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
This clinical guidance page, first posted in July 2024 and last reviewed in September 2025, sets out the three ways medicines and heat interact, namely impaired thermoregulation or fluid balance, reduced drug effectiveness or increased toxicity when stored above recommended temperatures, and heat driven changes in pharmacokinetics, and names diuretics, anticholinergic agents, antipsychotics, tricyclic antidepressants, SSRIs, stimulants and non-selective antihistamines among the agents that raise risk. It belongs in this library because it gives prescribers a practical, government issued framework for protecting people whose medications, chronic illness and living conditions make heat a combined physical and mental health hazard.
Full APA reference
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Environmental Health. (2025). Heat and Medications – Guidance for Clinicians. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/heat-health/hcp/clinical-guidance/heat-and-medications-guidance-for-clinicians.html
View the source
Guidance page read on the CDC Heat Health website in September 2026, where the posting date of July 17, 2024 and last review date of September 18, 2025 are stated.
All fields
- ID
- REF-234
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Environmental Health
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Heat and Medications – Guidance for Clinicians
- Description
- This clinical guidance page, first posted in July 2024 and last reviewed in September 2025, sets out the three ways medicines and heat interact, namely impaired thermoregulation or fluid balance, reduced drug effectiveness or increased toxicity when stored above recommended temperatures, and heat driven changes in pharmacokinetics, and names diuretics, anticholinergic agents, antipsychotics, tricyclic antidepressants, SSRIs, stimulants and non-selective antihistamines among the agents that raise risk. It belongs in this library because it gives prescribers a practical, government issued framework for protecting people whose medications, chronic illness and living conditions make heat a combined physical and mental health hazard.
- Publication or publisher
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cdc.gov/heat-health/hcp/clinical-guidance/heat-and-medications-guidance-for-clinicians.html
- Verification note
- Guidance page read on the CDC Heat Health website in September 2026, where the posting date of July 17, 2024 and last review date of September 18, 2025 are stated.
- Full APA reference
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Environmental Health. (2025). *Heat and Medications – Guidance for Clinicians*. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/heat-health/hcp/clinical-guidance/heat-and-medications-guidance-for-clinicians.html
REF-235
Paper, guideline or statement
The mental health impacts of fuel poverty: A global scoping review
Khavandi, S., McColl, L., Leavey, C., McGowan, V. J., & Bennett, N. C. · 2024 · International Journal of Public Health, 69, 1607459
This PRISMA-ScR scoping review screened 4,761 records and included 47 studies from 13 countries, with the United Kingdom (20 studies), Spain (8) and China (6) most represented, and found that 46 of the 47 studies reported a detrimental association between fuel poverty and mental health through environmental pathways such as thermal discomfort, damp and mould and heating fewer rooms, economic pathways such as debt and the heat or eat dilemma, and social pathways such as isolation, loneliness and stigma. It belongs in this library because it maps cold housing and energy hardship as a social determinant that operates on mental health through material, economic and relational mechanisms rather than through individual behaviour alone.
Full APA reference
Khavandi, S., McColl, L., Leavey, C., McGowan, V. J., & Bennett, N. C. (2024). The mental health impacts of fuel poverty: A global scoping review. International Journal of Public Health, 69, 1607459. https://doi.org/10.3389/ijph.2024.1607459
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on the PubMed Central record PMC11612648 and on the International Journal of Public Health website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-235
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Khavandi, S., McColl, L., Leavey, C., McGowan, V. J., & Bennett, N. C.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The mental health impacts of fuel poverty: A global scoping review
- Description
- This PRISMA-ScR scoping review screened 4,761 records and included 47 studies from 13 countries, with the United Kingdom (20 studies), Spain (8) and China (6) most represented, and found that 46 of the 47 studies reported a detrimental association between fuel poverty and mental health through environmental pathways such as thermal discomfort, damp and mould and heating fewer rooms, economic pathways such as debt and the heat or eat dilemma, and social pathways such as isolation, loneliness and stigma. It belongs in this library because it maps cold housing and energy hardship as a social determinant that operates on mental health through material, economic and relational mechanisms rather than through individual behaviour alone.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Public Health, 69, 1607459
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Social connection; Sleep
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11612648/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/ijph.2024.1607459
- Verification note
- Full text read on the PubMed Central record PMC11612648 and on the International Journal of Public Health website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Khavandi, S., McColl, L., Leavey, C., McGowan, V. J., & Bennett, N. C. (2024). The mental health impacts of fuel poverty: A global scoping review. *International Journal of Public Health, 69*, 1607459. https://doi.org/10.3389/ijph.2024.1607459
REF-236
Paper, guideline or statement
The Health Impacts of Cold Homes and Fuel Poverty
Geddes, I., Bloomer, E., Allen, J., & Goldblatt, P. · 2011 · Friends of the Earth & the Marmot Review Team
This review by the Marmot Review Team at University College London for Friends of the Earth synthesised evidence on the direct and indirect health effects of cold housing in the United Kingdom, reporting that 18 percent of UK households were fuel poor in 2008, that fuel poor households in England rose from 1.2 million in 2004 to 4.6 million in 2010, that the World Health Organization recommends indoor temperatures of 21 degrees Celsius in living rooms and 18 degrees Celsius in bedrooms for at least nine hours a day, and that raising all English properties to SAP 81 would lift an estimated 83 percent of households out of fuel poverty. It belongs in this library as a foundational social determinants document showing how housing quality, income and fuel costs shape cardiovascular, respiratory and mental health together.
Full APA reference
Geddes, I., Bloomer, E., Allen, J., & Goldblatt, P. (2011). The Health Impacts of Cold Homes and Fuel Poverty. Friends of the Earth & the Marmot Review Team. https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty.pdf
View the source
Report PDF read on the Institute of Health Equity website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-236
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Geddes, I., Bloomer, E., Allen, J., & Goldblatt, P.
- Year
- 2011
- Title
- The Health Impacts of Cold Homes and Fuel Poverty
- Description
- This review by the Marmot Review Team at University College London for Friends of the Earth synthesised evidence on the direct and indirect health effects of cold housing in the United Kingdom, reporting that 18 percent of UK households were fuel poor in 2008, that fuel poor households in England rose from 1.2 million in 2004 to 4.6 million in 2010, that the World Health Organization recommends indoor temperatures of 21 degrees Celsius in living rooms and 18 degrees Celsius in bedrooms for at least nine hours a day, and that raising all English properties to SAP 81 would lift an estimated 83 percent of households out of fuel poverty. It belongs in this library as a foundational social determinants document showing how housing quality, income and fuel costs shape cardiovascular, respiratory and mental health together.
- Publication or publisher
- Friends of the Earth & the Marmot Review Team
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty.pdf
- Verification note
- Report PDF read on the Institute of Health Equity website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Geddes, I., Bloomer, E., Allen, J., & Goldblatt, P. (2011). *The Health Impacts of Cold Homes and Fuel Poverty*. Friends of the Earth & the Marmot Review Team. https://www.instituteofhealthequity.org/resources-reports/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty/the-health-impacts-of-cold-homes-and-fuel-poverty.pdf
REF-237
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of cold-water immersion on health and wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Cain, T., Brinsley, J., Bennett, H., Nelson, M., Maher, C., & Singh, B. · 2025 · PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0317615
This systematic review and meta-analysis of 11 randomised trials in 3,177 healthy adults, using water at 7 to 15 degrees Celsius for 30 seconds to two hours, found a significant rise in inflammation immediately after immersion (SMD 1.03, 95% CI 0.37 to 1.68) and a significant reduction in stress 12 hours afterwards (SMD -1.00, 95% CI -1.40 to -0.61) with no significant effect immediately, at one hour, at 24 hours or at 48 hours. It belongs in this library because deliberate cold exposure is a widely promoted lifestyle practice and this review shows time dependent effects on stress, sleep quality and quality of life alongside a thin evidence base of small, homogeneous trials.
Full APA reference
Cain, T., Brinsley, J., Bennett, H., Nelson, M., Maher, C., & Singh, B. (2025). Effects of cold-water immersion on health and wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0317615. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317615
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 39879231 and full results read on the PubMed Central record PMC11778651 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-237
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cain, T., Brinsley, J., Bennett, H., Nelson, M., Maher, C., & Singh, B.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Effects of cold-water immersion on health and wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis of 11 randomised trials in 3,177 healthy adults, using water at 7 to 15 degrees Celsius for 30 seconds to two hours, found a significant rise in inflammation immediately after immersion (SMD 1.03, 95% CI 0.37 to 1.68) and a significant reduction in stress 12 hours afterwards (SMD -1.00, 95% CI -1.40 to -0.61) with no significant effect immediately, at one hour, at 24 hours or at 48 hours. It belongs in this library because deliberate cold exposure is a widely promoted lifestyle practice and this review shows time dependent effects on stress, sleep quality and quality of life alongside a thin evidence base of small, homogeneous trials.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS ONE, 20(1), e0317615
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Nature and environment; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; General lifestyle and wellbeing; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11778651/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317615
- Verification note
- Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 39879231 and full results read on the PubMed Central record PMC11778651 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Cain, T., Brinsley, J., Bennett, H., Nelson, M., Maher, C., & Singh, B. (2025). Effects of cold-water immersion on health and wellbeing: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *PLOS ONE, 20*(1), e0317615. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317615
REF-238
Paper, guideline or statement
Development and validation of a measure of climate change anxiety
Clayton, S., & Karazsia, B. T. · 2020 · Journal of Environmental Psychology, 69, 101434
This paper reports three studies developing and validating the Climate Change Anxiety Scale, with an initial MTurk sample of 197, a replication sample of 199 and a third sample of 217, and exploratory factor analysis yielding four factors of cognitive-emotional impairment, functional impairment, behavioural engagement and experience, with climate change anxiety correlated with emotional but not behavioural responses to climate change. It belongs in this library because it is the most widely used measurement instrument for climate distress and it distinguishes ordinary worry from impairment in daily functioning, which matters for deciding when eco distress becomes a clinical concern.
Full APA reference
Clayton, S., & Karazsia, B. T. (2020). Development and validation of a measure of climate change anxiety. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 69, 101434. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101434
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic record read on the OUCI index page and the abstract, volume and article number confirmed from the Crossref and Semantic Scholar API records for DOI 10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101434 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-238
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Clayton, S., & Karazsia, B. T.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Development and validation of a measure of climate change anxiety
- Description
- This paper reports three studies developing and validating the Climate Change Anxiety Scale, with an initial MTurk sample of 197, a replication sample of 199 and a third sample of 217, and exploratory factor analysis yielding four factors of cognitive-emotional impairment, functional impairment, behavioural engagement and experience, with climate change anxiety correlated with emotional but not behavioural responses to climate change. It belongs in this library because it is the most widely used measurement instrument for climate distress and it distinguishes ordinary worry from impairment in daily functioning, which matters for deciding when eco distress becomes a clinical concern.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Environmental Psychology, 69, 101434
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Wellbeing measurement; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://ouci.dntb.gov.ua/en/works/4NeAGeY7/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101434
- Verification note
- Bibliographic record read on the OUCI index page and the abstract, volume and article number confirmed from the Crossref and Semantic Scholar API records for DOI 10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101434 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Clayton, S., & Karazsia, B. T. (2020). Development and validation of a measure of climate change anxiety. *Journal of Environmental Psychology, 69*, 101434. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101434
REF-239
Paper, guideline or statement
Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey
Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. · 2021 · The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873
This global survey of 10,000 people aged 16 to 25 years, 1,000 in each of Australia, Brazil, Finland, France, India, Nigeria, the Philippines, Portugal, the United Kingdom and the United States, found that 59 percent were very or extremely worried about climate change, 84 percent were at least moderately worried, more than 45 percent said their feelings negatively affected daily life and functioning, and 75 percent thought the future is frightening, with distress correlated with perceived inadequate government response and feelings of betrayal. It belongs in this library because it frames climate distress in young people as a rational response to a social and political failure rather than an individual pathology, linking environmental context, wellbeing and everyday functioning.
Full APA reference
Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 34895496 and the methods and sampling detail read on The Lancet Planetary Health full text page in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-239
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey
- Description
- This global survey of 10,000 people aged 16 to 25 years, 1,000 in each of Australia, Brazil, Finland, France, India, Nigeria, the Philippines, Portugal, the United Kingdom and the United States, found that 59 percent were very or extremely worried about climate change, 84 percent were at least moderately worried, more than 45 percent said their feelings negatively affected daily life and functioning, and 75 percent thought the future is frightening, with distress correlated with perceived inadequate government response and feelings of betrayal. It belongs in this library because it frames climate distress in young people as a rational response to a social and political failure rather than an individual pathology, linking environmental context, wellbeing and everyday functioning.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863-e873
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Psychological mechanisms; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34895496/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3
- Verification note
- Abstract read on the PubMed record PMID 34895496 and the methods and sampling detail read on The Lancet Planetary Health full text page in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., Mellor, C., & van Susteren, L. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. *The Lancet Planetary Health, 5*(12), e863-e873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(21)00278-3
REF-240
Paper, guideline or statement
Climate anxiety is not a mental health problem. But we should still treat it as one
van Valkengoed, A. M. · 2023 · Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 79(6), 385-387
This commentary argues that climate anxiety is a normal and largely adaptive response rather than a disorder, noting that almost 80 percent of Europeans regard climate change as a very serious problem, that 66 percent of people in the United States are somewhat or very worried about it, that about one in 10 Americans feel anxious about it with some regularity but only 3 percent reach clinically significant levels, and that 2 percent already discuss these feelings with a counsellor while 7 percent would like to. It belongs in this library because it sets out the practical and ethical consequences of classifying eco distress as illness or as ordinary emotion, which shapes how services, psychologists and public health respond.
Full APA reference
van Valkengoed, A. M. (2023). Climate anxiety is not a mental health problem. But we should still treat it as one. Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 79(6), 385-387. https://doi.org/10.1080/00963402.2023.2266942
View the sourceDOI
Author accepted version read in the University of Groningen research portal PDF in September 2026, where the journal, volume, issue and page range are stated.
All fields
- ID
- REF-240
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- van Valkengoed, A. M.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Climate anxiety is not a mental health problem. But we should still treat it as one
- Description
- This commentary argues that climate anxiety is a normal and largely adaptive response rather than a disorder, noting that almost 80 percent of Europeans regard climate change as a very serious problem, that 66 percent of people in the United States are somewhat or very worried about it, that about one in 10 Americans feel anxious about it with some regularity but only 3 percent reach clinically significant levels, and that 2 percent already discuss these feelings with a counsellor while 7 percent would like to. It belongs in this library because it sets out the practical and ethical consequences of classifying eco distress as illness or as ordinary emotion, which shapes how services, psychologists and public health respond.
- Publication or publisher
- Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 79(6), 385-387
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Psychological mechanisms; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pure.rug.nl/ws/portalfiles/portal/831891183/Climate_anxiety_is_not_a_mental_health_problem._But_we_should_still_treat_it_as_one.pdf
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/00963402.2023.2266942
- Verification note
- Author accepted version read in the University of Groningen research portal PDF in September 2026, where the journal, volume, issue and page range are stated.
- Full APA reference
- van Valkengoed, A. M. (2023). Climate anxiety is not a mental health problem. But we should still treat it as one. *Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 79*(6), 385-387. https://doi.org/10.1080/00963402.2023.2266942
REF-241
Paper, guideline or statement
The dynamic course of psychological outcomes following the Victorian Black Saturday bushfires
Bryant, R. A., Gibbs, L., Gallagher, H. C., Pattison, P., Lusher, D., MacDougall, C., Harms, L., Block, K., Ireton, G., Richardson, J., Forbes, D., Molyneaux, R., & O'Donnell, M. · 2021 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(7), 666-677
This longitudinal Beyond Bushfires study surveyed 1,017 residents 3 to 4 years after the 2009 Victorian Black Saturday bushfires, 736 at five years and 525 at 10 years, and found fire related posttraumatic stress disorder fell from 12.2 percent to 6.2 percent and severe distress from 7.5 percent to 4.4 percent while depression and alcohol abuse remained comparable, with 22.1 percent of people in high affected regions still meeting criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder, depression or severe distress at 10 years and worsening linked to property loss and recent traumatic and stressful events. It belongs in this library because it maps recovery trajectories rather than single time point prevalence and identifies ongoing social and material stressors, not just the original disaster, as drivers of long term mental health.
Full APA reference
Bryant, R. A., Gibbs, L., Gallagher, H. C., Pattison, P., Lusher, D., MacDougall, C., Harms, L., Block, K., Ireton, G., Richardson, J., Forbes, D., Molyneaux, R., & O'Donnell, M. (2021). The dynamic course of psychological outcomes following the Victorian Black Saturday bushfires. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(7), 666-677. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420969815
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-569
Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 33176436 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-241
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bryant, R. A., Gibbs, L., Gallagher, H. C., Pattison, P., Lusher, D., MacDougall, C., Harms, L., Block, K., Ireton, G., Richardson, J., Forbes, D., Molyneaux, R., & O'Donnell, M.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- The dynamic course of psychological outcomes following the Victorian Black Saturday bushfires
- Description
- This longitudinal Beyond Bushfires study surveyed 1,017 residents 3 to 4 years after the 2009 Victorian Black Saturday bushfires, 736 at five years and 525 at 10 years, and found fire related posttraumatic stress disorder fell from 12.2 percent to 6.2 percent and severe distress from 7.5 percent to 4.4 percent while depression and alcohol abuse remained comparable, with 22.1 percent of people in high affected regions still meeting criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder, depression or severe distress at 10 years and worsening linked to property loss and recent traumatic and stressful events. It belongs in this library because it maps recovery trajectories rather than single time point prevalence and identifies ongoing social and material stressors, not just the original disaster, as drivers of long term mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55(7), 666-677
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Social connection; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33176436/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420969815
- Verification note
- Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 33176436 in September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-569
- Full APA reference
- Bryant, R. A., Gibbs, L., Gallagher, H. C., Pattison, P., Lusher, D., MacDougall, C., Harms, L., Block, K., Ireton, G., Richardson, J., Forbes, D., Molyneaux, R., & O'Donnell, M. (2021). The dynamic course of psychological outcomes following the Victorian Black Saturday bushfires. *Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 55*(7), 666-677. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867420969815
REF-242
Paper, guideline or statement
10 Years Beyond Bushfires Report 2020
Gibbs, L., Molyneaux, R., Harms, L., Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Richardson, J., Brandenburg, V., O'Donnell, M., Kellett, C., Quinn, P., Kosta, L., Brady, K., Ireton, G., MacDougall, C., & Bryant, R. · 2021 · University of Melbourne
This University of Melbourne report presents the longitudinal mixed method Beyond Bushfires study of communities affected by the 2009 Victorian bushfires, combining community meetings, in depth interviews conducted 3 to 4 years after the fires and repeated surveys at 3 to 4, five and 10 years, across communities ranging from no direct impact to high impact, and examines how social connections and community level recovery shaped individual mental health and wellbeing. It belongs in this library because it treats disaster recovery as a social process, showing that community networks, service responses and place attachment influence long term mental and physical health after an extreme weather event.
Full APA reference
Gibbs, L., Molyneaux, R., Harms, L., Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Richardson, J., Brandenburg, V., O'Donnell, M., Kellett, C., Quinn, P., Kosta, L., Brady, K., Ireton, G., MacDougall, C., & Bryant, R. (2021). 10 Years Beyond Bushfires Report 2020. University of Melbourne. https://mspgh.unimelb.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/3767858/BB-10-years-report.pdf
View the source
Report PDF read on the University of Melbourne Melbourne School of Population and Global Health website in September 2026, where the suggested citation and March 2021 date are stated.
All fields
- ID
- REF-242
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gibbs, L., Molyneaux, R., Harms, L., Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Richardson, J., Brandenburg, V., O'Donnell, M., Kellett, C., Quinn, P., Kosta, L., Brady, K., Ireton, G., MacDougall, C., & Bryant, R.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- 10 Years Beyond Bushfires Report 2020
- Description
- This University of Melbourne report presents the longitudinal mixed method Beyond Bushfires study of communities affected by the 2009 Victorian bushfires, combining community meetings, in depth interviews conducted 3 to 4 years after the fires and repeated surveys at 3 to 4, five and 10 years, across communities ranging from no direct impact to high impact, and examines how social connections and community level recovery shaped individual mental health and wellbeing. It belongs in this library because it treats disaster recovery as a social process, showing that community networks, service responses and place attachment influence long term mental and physical health after an extreme weather event.
- Publication or publisher
- University of Melbourne
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- University research centre
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://mspgh.unimelb.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/3767858/BB-10-years-report.pdf
- Verification note
- Report PDF read on the University of Melbourne Melbourne School of Population and Global Health website in September 2026, where the suggested citation and March 2021 date are stated.
- Full APA reference
- Gibbs, L., Molyneaux, R., Harms, L., Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Richardson, J., Brandenburg, V., O'Donnell, M., Kellett, C., Quinn, P., Kosta, L., Brady, K., Ireton, G., MacDougall, C., & Bryant, R. (2021). *10 Years Beyond Bushfires Report 2020*. University of Melbourne. https://mspgh.unimelb.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/3767858/BB-10-years-report.pdf
REF-243
Paper, guideline or statement
The English National Cohort Study of Flooding & Health: psychological morbidity at three years of follow up
Mulchandani, R., Armstrong, B., Beck, C. R., Waite, T. D., Amlôt, R., Kovats, S., Leonardi, G., Rubin, G. J., & Oliver, I. · 2020 · BMC Public Health, 20(1), 321
This cohort study followed 819 people in England for three years after the winter 2013 to 2014 floods, comprising 119 unaffected, 421 disrupted and 279 flooded participants, and found overall prevalences of 5.7 percent for probable depression, 8.1 percent for probable anxiety and 11.8 percent for probable posttraumatic stress disorder, with flooded participants at markedly higher adjusted odds of depression (aOR 8.48, 95% CI 1.04 to 68.97) and posttraumatic stress disorder (aOR 7.74, 95% CI 2.24 to 26.79), while 9.4 percent reported persistent damp or mould in liveable rooms. It belongs in this library because it shows that the housing damage and disruption that follow a flood, not only the event itself, sustain psychological morbidity for years, linking the built environment to mental health.
Full APA reference
Mulchandani, R., Armstrong, B., Beck, C. R., Waite, T. D., Amlôt, R., Kovats, S., Leonardi, G., Rubin, G. J., & Oliver, I. (2020). The English National Cohort Study of Flooding & Health: psychological morbidity at three years of follow up. BMC Public Health, 20(1), 321. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-020-8424-3
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-569
Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 32223747 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-243
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mulchandani, R., Armstrong, B., Beck, C. R., Waite, T. D., Amlôt, R., Kovats, S., Leonardi, G., Rubin, G. J., & Oliver, I.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- The English National Cohort Study of Flooding & Health: psychological morbidity at three years of follow up
- Description
- This cohort study followed 819 people in England for three years after the winter 2013 to 2014 floods, comprising 119 unaffected, 421 disrupted and 279 flooded participants, and found overall prevalences of 5.7 percent for probable depression, 8.1 percent for probable anxiety and 11.8 percent for probable posttraumatic stress disorder, with flooded participants at markedly higher adjusted odds of depression (aOR 8.48, 95% CI 1.04 to 68.97) and posttraumatic stress disorder (aOR 7.74, 95% CI 2.24 to 26.79), while 9.4 percent reported persistent damp or mould in liveable rooms. It belongs in this library because it shows that the housing damage and disruption that follow a flood, not only the event itself, sustain psychological morbidity for years, linking the built environment to mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 20(1), 321
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32223747/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-020-8424-3
- Verification note
- Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 32223747 in September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-569
- Full APA reference
- Mulchandani, R., Armstrong, B., Beck, C. R., Waite, T. D., Amlôt, R., Kovats, S., Leonardi, G., Rubin, G. J., & Oliver, I. (2020). The English National Cohort Study of Flooding & Health: psychological morbidity at three years of follow up. *BMC Public Health, 20*(1), 321. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-020-8424-3
REF-244
Paper, guideline or statement
The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy, sustainable, and just food systems
Rockström, J., Thilsted, S. H., Willett, W. C., Gordon, L. J., Herrero, M., Hicks, C. C., Mason-D'Croz, D., Rao, N., Springmann, M., Wright, E. C., Agustina, R., Bajaj, S., Bunge, A. C., Carducci, B., Conti, C., Covic, N., Fanzo, J., Forouhi, N. G., Gibson, M. F., … DeClerck, F. · 2025 · The Lancet, 406(10512), 1625-1700
This second EAT-Lancet Commission, authored by 24 commissioners, 11 postdoctoral fellows and 35 co-authors, updates the Planetary Health Diet at about 2,400 kcal a day with targets such as 300 g of vegetables, 200 g of fruit, 210 g of whole grains, 75 g of legumes and 15 g of beef, pork or lamb daily, and reports that food systems drive nearly 30 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions while adoption of the diet could prevent an estimated 15 million avoidable deaths a year, about 27 percent of global mortality, with eight solution areas including shifting to healthy diets and securing decent work. It belongs in this library because it is the reference framework for diet as a shared lever for human and planetary health, placing nutrition, equity and justice in the same analysis.
Full APA reference
Rockström, J., Thilsted, S. H., Willett, W. C., Gordon, L. J., Herrero, M., Hicks, C. C., Mason-D'Croz, D., Rao, N., Springmann, M., Wright, E. C., Agustina, R., Bajaj, S., Bunge, A. C., Carducci, B., Conti, C., Covic, N., Fanzo, J., Forouhi, N. G., Gibson, M. F., … DeClerck, F. (2025). The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy, sustainable, and just food systems. The Lancet, 406(10512), 1625-1700. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01201-2
View the sourceDOI
Citation details and the full author list read on the PubMed record PMID 41046857 and the headline findings and diet targets read in the EAT-Lancet Commission Summary Report 2025 PDF on eatforum.org in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-244
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rockström, J., Thilsted, S. H., Willett, W. C., Gordon, L. J., Herrero, M., Hicks, C. C., Mason-D'Croz, D., Rao, N., Springmann, M., Wright, E. C., Agustina, R., Bajaj, S., Bunge, A. C., Carducci, B., Conti, C., Covic, N., Fanzo, J., Forouhi, N. G., Gibson, M. F., … DeClerck, F.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy, sustainable, and just food systems
- Description
- This second EAT-Lancet Commission, authored by 24 commissioners, 11 postdoctoral fellows and 35 co-authors, updates the Planetary Health Diet at about 2,400 kcal a day with targets such as 300 g of vegetables, 200 g of fruit, 210 g of whole grains, 75 g of legumes and 15 g of beef, pork or lamb daily, and reports that food systems drive nearly 30 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions while adoption of the diet could prevent an estimated 15 million avoidable deaths a year, about 27 percent of global mortality, with eight solution areas including shifting to healthy diets and securing decent work. It belongs in this library because it is the reference framework for diet as a shared lever for human and planetary health, placing nutrition, equity and justice in the same analysis.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 406(10512), 1625-1700
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41046857/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01201-2
- Verification note
- Citation details and the full author list read on the PubMed record PMID 41046857 and the headline findings and diet targets read in the EAT-Lancet Commission Summary Report 2025 PDF on eatforum.org in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Rockström, J., Thilsted, S. H., Willett, W. C., Gordon, L. J., Herrero, M., Hicks, C. C., Mason-D'Croz, D., Rao, N., Springmann, M., Wright, E. C., Agustina, R., Bajaj, S., Bunge, A. C., Carducci, B., Conti, C., Covic, N., Fanzo, J., Forouhi, N. G., Gibson, M. F., … DeClerck, F. (2025). The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy, sustainable, and just food systems. *The Lancet, 406*(10512), 1625-1700. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01201-2
REF-245
Paper, guideline or statement
Potential of active transport to improve health, reduce healthcare costs, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions: A modelling study
Mizdrak, A., Blakely, T., Cleghorn, C. L., & Cobiac, L. J. · 2019 · PLOS ONE, 14(7), e0219316
This proportional multistate life table model applied to the 4.4 million New Zealanders alive in 2011 estimated that switching all car trips under 1 km to walking and trips of 1 to 5 km to cycling would gain 112,000 quality adjusted life years (95% uncertainty interval 89,000 to 134,700) and cut greenhouse gas emissions by 194.4 ktCO2e a year (uncertainty interval -377.2 to -3.1), whereas switching only the shortest trips to walking produced health gains but no significant net emissions change once dietary emissions were counted. It belongs in this library because it quantifies the co-benefits and the trade offs of active transport, showing how a physical activity intervention operates simultaneously on health, healthcare costs and emissions.
Full APA reference
Mizdrak, A., Blakely, T., Cleghorn, C. L., & Cobiac, L. J. (2019). Potential of active transport to improve health, reduce healthcare costs, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions: A modelling study. PLOS ONE, 14(7), e0219316. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0219316
View the sourceDOI
Full text, results tables and abstract conclusions read on the PubMed Central record PMC6636726 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-245
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mizdrak, A., Blakely, T., Cleghorn, C. L., & Cobiac, L. J.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Potential of active transport to improve health, reduce healthcare costs, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions: A modelling study
- Description
- This proportional multistate life table model applied to the 4.4 million New Zealanders alive in 2011 estimated that switching all car trips under 1 km to walking and trips of 1 to 5 km to cycling would gain 112,000 quality adjusted life years (95% uncertainty interval 89,000 to 134,700) and cut greenhouse gas emissions by 194.4 ktCO2e a year (uncertainty interval -377.2 to -3.1), whereas switching only the shortest trips to walking produced health gains but no significant net emissions change once dietary emissions were counted. It belongs in this library because it quantifies the co-benefits and the trade offs of active transport, showing how a physical activity intervention operates simultaneously on health, healthcare costs and emissions.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS ONE, 14(7), e0219316
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nature and environment; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6636726/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0219316
- Verification note
- Full text, results tables and abstract conclusions read on the PubMed Central record PMC6636726 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Mizdrak, A., Blakely, T., Cleghorn, C. L., & Cobiac, L. J. (2019). Potential of active transport to improve health, reduce healthcare costs, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions: A modelling study. *PLOS ONE, 14*(7), e0219316. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0219316
REF-246
Paper, guideline or statement
Global Change and Public Health: Addressing the Ecological Determinants of Health
Canadian Public Health Association · 2015 · Canadian Public Health Association
This discussion document, led by Trevor Hancock with lead editors Donald W. Spady and Colin L. Soskolne and condensed from a technical report of roughly 350 pages, argues that human health depends on ecosystem goods and services such as oxygen, water, food, the ozone layer, the nitrogen and phosphorus cycles, fertile soil and a reasonably stable climate, and calls on public health to move beyond traditional environmental health to address climate change, resource depletion, ecotoxicity and biodiversity loss using One Health, Ecohealth and ecosocial approaches. It belongs in this library because it provides the conceptual framework that ties ecological determinants to the social determinants of health, making explicit that human wellbeing and planetary systems are one system.
Full APA reference
Canadian Public Health Association. (2015). Global Change and Public Health: Addressing the Ecological Determinants of Health. Canadian Public Health Association. https://www.cpha.ca/sites/default/files/assets/policy/edh-discussion_e.pdf
View the source
Discussion document PDF read on the Canadian Public Health Association website in September 2026, where the May 2015 publication date and authorship are stated.
All fields
- ID
- REF-246
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Canadian Public Health Association
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Global Change and Public Health: Addressing the Ecological Determinants of Health
- Description
- This discussion document, led by Trevor Hancock with lead editors Donald W. Spady and Colin L. Soskolne and condensed from a technical report of roughly 350 pages, argues that human health depends on ecosystem goods and services such as oxygen, water, food, the ozone layer, the nitrogen and phosphorus cycles, fertile soil and a reasonably stable climate, and calls on public health to move beyond traditional environmental health to address climate change, resource depletion, ecotoxicity and biodiversity loss using One Health, Ecohealth and ecosocial approaches. It belongs in this library because it provides the conceptual framework that ties ecological determinants to the social determinants of health, making explicit that human wellbeing and planetary systems are one system.
- Publication or publisher
- Canadian Public Health Association
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cpha.ca/sites/default/files/assets/policy/edh-discussion_e.pdf
- Verification note
- Discussion document PDF read on the Canadian Public Health Association website in September 2026, where the May 2015 publication date and authorship are stated.
- Full APA reference
- Canadian Public Health Association. (2015). *Global Change and Public Health: Addressing the Ecological Determinants of Health*. Canadian Public Health Association. https://www.cpha.ca/sites/default/files/assets/policy/edh-discussion_e.pdf
REF-247
Paper, guideline or statement
Workers' health and productivity under occupational heat strain: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Flouris, A. D., Dinas, P. C., Ioannou, L. G., Nybo, L., Havenith, G., Kenny, G. P., & Kjellstrom, T. · 2018 · The Lancet Planetary Health, 2(12), e521-e531
This systematic review and meta-analysis included 111 studies from 30 countries covering 447,108,664 workers across more than 40 occupations, with 64 studies and 55,791 workers pooled, and found that people working a single shift under heat stress were 4.01 times more likely to experience occupational heat strain than those in thermoneutral conditions (95% CI 2.45 to 6.58), that 35 percent of workers experienced heat strain during or at the end of a shift (95% CI 31 to 39) and that core temperature rose by 0.7 degrees Celsius over a shift. It belongs in this library because occupational heat is a major and unequally distributed determinant of physical health, kidney injury and productivity, and it connects working conditions to climate exposure.
Full APA reference
Flouris, A. D., Dinas, P. C., Ioannou, L. G., Nybo, L., Havenith, G., Kenny, G. P., & Kjellstrom, T. (2018). Workers' health and productivity under occupational heat strain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Planetary Health, 2(12), e521-e531. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30237-7
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on The Lancet Planetary Health website and the author list, volume and page range confirmed from the Crossref record for DOI 10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30237-7 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-247
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Flouris, A. D., Dinas, P. C., Ioannou, L. G., Nybo, L., Havenith, G., Kenny, G. P., & Kjellstrom, T.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Workers' health and productivity under occupational heat strain: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and meta-analysis included 111 studies from 30 countries covering 447,108,664 workers across more than 40 occupations, with 64 studies and 55,791 workers pooled, and found that people working a single shift under heat stress were 4.01 times more likely to experience occupational heat strain than those in thermoneutral conditions (95% CI 2.45 to 6.58), that 35 percent of workers experienced heat strain during or at the end of a shift (95% CI 31 to 39) and that core temperature rose by 0.7 degrees Celsius over a shift. It belongs in this library because occupational heat is a major and unequally distributed determinant of physical health, kidney injury and productivity, and it connects working conditions to climate exposure.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Planetary Health, 2(12), e521-e531
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Workplace and occupational health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lanplh/article/PIIS2542-5196(18)30237-7/fulltext
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30237-7
- Verification note
- Full text read on The Lancet Planetary Health website and the author list, volume and page range confirmed from the Crossref record for DOI 10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30237-7 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Flouris, A. D., Dinas, P. C., Ioannou, L. G., Nybo, L., Havenith, G., Kenny, G. P., & Kjellstrom, T. (2018). Workers' health and productivity under occupational heat strain: a systematic review and meta-analysis. *The Lancet Planetary Health, 2*(12), e521-e531. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30237-7
REF-248
Paper, guideline or statement
An Umbrella Review of Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses on Occupational Heat Exposure, Health Risks, and Productivity Losses Globally
Nath, A., Sahu, S., & Lee, J. K. W. · 2026 · Current Environmental Health Reports, 13(1), 2
This umbrella review synthesised 14 systematic reviews and meta-analyses published up to 31 March 2025 using PECOS eligibility, AMSTAR appraisal and GRADE assessment, and found consistent global evidence linking workplace heat exposure to heat related illness, reduced estimated glomerular filtration rate and renal impairment (adjusted odds ratio 3.50, 95% CI 1.30 to 9.40), cognitive decline and injuries, with injury risk rising about 1 percent for each 1 degree Celsius increase in temperature and women and relocated workers among the groups most affected. It belongs in this library because it is the most recent high level synthesis of occupational heat risk in agriculture, construction and manufacturing, and it frames heat as a workplace health and equity issue as well as a climate one.
Full APA reference
Nath, A., Sahu, S., & Lee, J. K. W. (2026). An umbrella review of systematic reviews and meta-analyses on occupational heat exposure, health risks, and productivity losses globally. Current Environmental Health Reports, 13(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40572-025-00520-8
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 41499074 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-248
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Nath, A., Sahu, S., & Lee, J. K. W.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- An Umbrella Review of Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses on Occupational Heat Exposure, Health Risks, and Productivity Losses Globally
- Description
- This umbrella review synthesised 14 systematic reviews and meta-analyses published up to 31 March 2025 using PECOS eligibility, AMSTAR appraisal and GRADE assessment, and found consistent global evidence linking workplace heat exposure to heat related illness, reduced estimated glomerular filtration rate and renal impairment (adjusted odds ratio 3.50, 95% CI 1.30 to 9.40), cognitive decline and injuries, with injury risk rising about 1 percent for each 1 degree Celsius increase in temperature and women and relocated workers among the groups most affected. It belongs in this library because it is the most recent high level synthesis of occupational heat risk in agriculture, construction and manufacturing, and it frames heat as a workplace health and equity issue as well as a climate one.
- Publication or publisher
- Current Environmental Health Reports, 13(1), 2
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Workplace and occupational health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41499074/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s40572-025-00520-8
- Verification note
- Abstract and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 41499074 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Nath, A., Sahu, S., & Lee, J. K. W. (2026). An umbrella review of systematic reviews and meta-analyses on occupational heat exposure, health risks, and productivity losses globally. *Current Environmental Health Reports, 13*(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40572-025-00520-8
REF-249
Paper, guideline or statement
Sensing the impact of extreme heat on physical activity and sleep
Cheong, S.-M., & Gaynanova, I. · 2024 · Digital Health, 10, 20552076241241509
This wearable sensor feasibility study followed 29 of 30 recruited adults in a low income, predominantly Black community in Houston, Texas, over 438 participant days in August and September 2022, and found that each 1 degree increase in person specific ambient temperature was associated with about a 2 percent increase in sedentary time (beta 2.11, p < .0001) and about a 2 percent decrease in sleep efficiency (beta -1.8, p = .0337), with the effect on sedentary time levelling off above 30 degrees and the sharpest sleep effect between 32 and 35 degrees. It belongs in this library because it shows heat changing two core lifestyle behaviours, movement and sleep, in exactly the population least able to cool their homes, and demonstrates how air conditioning access mediates that exposure.
Full APA reference
Cheong, S.-M., & Gaynanova, I. (2024). Sensing the impact of extreme heat on physical activity and sleep. Digital Health, 10, 20552076241241509. https://doi.org/10.1177/20552076241241509
View the sourceDOI
Full text and results read on the PubMed Central record PMC10962040 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-249
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cheong, S.-M., & Gaynanova, I.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Sensing the impact of extreme heat on physical activity and sleep
- Description
- This wearable sensor feasibility study followed 29 of 30 recruited adults in a low income, predominantly Black community in Houston, Texas, over 438 participant days in August and September 2022, and found that each 1 degree increase in person specific ambient temperature was associated with about a 2 percent increase in sedentary time (beta 2.11, p < .0001) and about a 2 percent decrease in sleep efficiency (beta -1.8, p = .0337), with the effect on sedentary time levelling off above 30 degrees and the sharpest sleep effect between 32 and 35 degrees. It belongs in this library because it shows heat changing two core lifestyle behaviours, movement and sleep, in exactly the population least able to cool their homes, and demonstrates how air conditioning access mediates that exposure.
- Publication or publisher
- Digital Health, 10, 20552076241241509
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Behaviour change and adherence; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10962040/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/20552076241241509
- Verification note
- Full text and results read on the PubMed Central record PMC10962040 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Cheong, S.-M., & Gaynanova, I. (2024). Sensing the impact of extreme heat on physical activity and sleep. *Digital Health, 10*, 20552076241241509. https://doi.org/10.1177/20552076241241509
REF-250
Paper, guideline or statement
The 2025 report of the Lancet Countdown on health and climate change: climate change action offers a lifeline
Romanello, M., Walawender, M., Hsu, S.-C., Moskeland, A., Palmeiro-Silva, Y., Scamman, D., Smallcombe, J. W., Abdullah, S., Ades, M., Al-Maruf, A., Ameli, N., Angelova, D., Ayeb-Karlsson, S., Ballester, J., Basagaña, X., Bechara, H., Beggs, P. J., Cai, W., Campbell-Lendrum, D., … Costello, A. · 2025 · The Lancet, 406(10521), 2804-2857
This annual global assessment, produced by 128 experts from 71 institutions and tracking 57 indicators, reports that health risks and impacts of climate change are worse than ever across 13 of 20 impact indicators, that the rate of heat related deaths has risen 23 percent since the 1990s to about 546,000 a year, that 2024 saw a record 154,000 estimated deaths from wildfire smoke fine particulate matter, and that dengue transmission potential has risen by up to 49 percent since the 1950s, while 97 percent of cities reporting to CDP in 2024 had completed or intended climate risk assessments. It belongs in this library as the authoritative annual accounting of climate change as a determinant of physical and mental health, and it supplies the indicator set that governments and health services use to track adaptation.
Full APA reference
Romanello, M., Walawender, M., Hsu, S.-C., Moskeland, A., Palmeiro-Silva, Y., Scamman, D., Smallcombe, J. W., Abdullah, S., Ades, M., Al-Maruf, A., Ameli, N., Angelova, D., Ayeb-Karlsson, S., Ballester, J., Basagaña, X., Bechara, H., Beggs, P. J., Cai, W., Campbell-Lendrum, D., … Costello, A. (2025). The 2025 report of the Lancet Countdown on health and climate change: climate change action offers a lifeline. The Lancet, 406(10521), 2804-2857. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01919-1
View the sourceDOI
Headline indicator findings read on the Lancet Countdown 2025 report page and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 41175887 in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-250
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Romanello, M., Walawender, M., Hsu, S.-C., Moskeland, A., Palmeiro-Silva, Y., Scamman, D., Smallcombe, J. W., Abdullah, S., Ades, M., Al-Maruf, A., Ameli, N., Angelova, D., Ayeb-Karlsson, S., Ballester, J., Basagaña, X., Bechara, H., Beggs, P. J., Cai, W., Campbell-Lendrum, D., … Costello, A.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- The 2025 report of the Lancet Countdown on health and climate change: climate change action offers a lifeline
- Description
- This annual global assessment, produced by 128 experts from 71 institutions and tracking 57 indicators, reports that health risks and impacts of climate change are worse than ever across 13 of 20 impact indicators, that the rate of heat related deaths has risen 23 percent since the 1990s to about 546,000 a year, that 2024 saw a record 154,000 estimated deaths from wildfire smoke fine particulate matter, and that dengue transmission potential has risen by up to 49 percent since the 1950s, while 97 percent of cities reporting to CDP in 2024 had completed or intended climate risk assessments. It belongs in this library as the authoritative annual accounting of climate change as a determinant of physical and mental health, and it supplies the indicator set that governments and health services use to track adaptation.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 406(10521), 2804-2857
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://lancetcountdown.org/2025-report/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01919-1
- Verification note
- Headline indicator findings read on the Lancet Countdown 2025 report page and citation details read on the PubMed record PMID 41175887 in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Romanello, M., Walawender, M., Hsu, S.-C., Moskeland, A., Palmeiro-Silva, Y., Scamman, D., Smallcombe, J. W., Abdullah, S., Ades, M., Al-Maruf, A., Ameli, N., Angelova, D., Ayeb-Karlsson, S., Ballester, J., Basagaña, X., Bechara, H., Beggs, P. J., Cai, W., Campbell-Lendrum, D., … Costello, A. (2025). The 2025 report of the Lancet Countdown on health and climate change: climate change action offers a lifeline. *The Lancet, 406*(10521), 2804-2857. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(25)01919-1
REF-251
Paper, guideline or statement
Heat–health action plans: guidance, second edition
World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe · 2026 · WHO Regional Office for Europe
This second edition of WHO guidance on heat–health action plans, issued by the WHO Regional Office for Europe through its Centre for Environment, Climate Change and Health, is structured around eight core elements including governance, a heat–health warning system, identification of populations at increased risk, communication and health system preparedness, and provides user action briefs for key sectors plus a public health message bank for risk communication. It belongs in this library because it is the reference intergovernmental framework for preventing heat related illness and death, and it explicitly directs services to populations made vulnerable by age, illness, medication and social circumstance.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe. (2026). Heat–health action plans: guidance, second edition. WHO Regional Office for Europe. https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/9789289062930
View the source
Related items: REF-575, GOV-183
Publication record and executive summary content read on the WHO Regional Office for Europe publications page in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-251
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Heat–health action plans: guidance, second edition
- Description
- This second edition of WHO guidance on heat–health action plans, issued by the WHO Regional Office for Europe through its Centre for Environment, Climate Change and Health, is structured around eight core elements including governance, a heat–health warning system, identification of populations at increased risk, communication and health system preparedness, and provides user action briefs for key sectors plus a public health message bank for risk communication. It belongs in this library because it is the reference intergovernmental framework for preventing heat related illness and death, and it explicitly directs services to populations made vulnerable by age, illness, medication and social circumstance.
- Publication or publisher
- WHO Regional Office for Europe
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- WHO European Region
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/9789289062930
- Verification note
- Publication record and executive summary content read on the WHO Regional Office for Europe publications page in September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-575; GOV-183
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization Regional Office for Europe. (2026). *Heat–health action plans: guidance, second edition*. WHO Regional Office for Europe. https://www.who.int/europe/publications/i/item/9789289062930
REF-252
Paper, guideline or statement
The mental health impacts of climate change
Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists · 2021 · Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists
This RANZCP position statement, numbered PS 106 and last updated in December 2021, states that climate change affects mental health both directly through severe weather events, which have been followed by observed increases in anxiety, depression and posttraumatic stress disorder, and indirectly through distress about climate change and human inaction, rising temperature and humidity, suicidal behaviour, unemployment, poverty and relationship strain, and calls for further research to establish causal links. It belongs in this library because it is the peak Australian and New Zealand psychiatric position tying climate exposure to psychiatric practice, and it identifies the social and economic pathways through which environmental change reaches mental health.
Full APA reference
Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. (2021). The mental health impacts of climate change (Position statement 106). Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. https://www.ranzcp.org/clinical-guidelines-publications/clinical-guidelines-publications-library/the-mental-health-impacts-of-climate-change
View the source
Position statement PS 106 read on the RANZCP clinical guidelines and publications library website in September 2026, where the December 2021 update date is stated.
All fields
- ID
- REF-252
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- The mental health impacts of climate change
- Description
- This RANZCP position statement, numbered PS 106 and last updated in December 2021, states that climate change affects mental health both directly through severe weather events, which have been followed by observed increases in anxiety, depression and posttraumatic stress disorder, and indirectly through distress about climate change and human inaction, rising temperature and humidity, suicidal behaviour, unemployment, poverty and relationship strain, and calls for further research to establish causal links. It belongs in this library because it is the peak Australian and New Zealand psychiatric position tying climate exposure to psychiatric practice, and it identifies the social and economic pathways through which environmental change reaches mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia and New Zealand
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ranzcp.org/clinical-guidelines-publications/clinical-guidelines-publications-library/the-mental-health-impacts-of-climate-change
- Verification note
- Position statement PS 106 read on the RANZCP clinical guidelines and publications library website in September 2026, where the December 2021 update date is stated.
- Full APA reference
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. (2021). *The mental health impacts of climate change* (Position statement 106). Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists. https://www.ranzcp.org/clinical-guidelines-publications/clinical-guidelines-publications-library/the-mental-health-impacts-of-climate-change
REF-253
Paper, guideline or statement
Conducting the National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 in Malaysia with focus on methodology and main findings on non-communicable diseases
Mat Rifin, H., Mohd Yusoff, M. F., & Abd Hamid, H. A. · 2025 · Scientific Reports, 15, 25531
This peer reviewed account of Malaysia's National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 describes a cross-sectional, nationwide, population-based survey using two-stage stratified random sampling in all states and federal territories, with 13,616 respondents aged 5 years and above interviewed from 5,006 living quarters and an overall response rate of 83.2 per cent, and reports weighted prevalence of 15.6 per cent for diabetes, 29.2 per cent for hypertension, 54.4 per cent for overweight and obesity combined, 54.5 per cent for abdominal obesity, 29.9 per cent for physical inactivity and 49.9 per cent for sedentary behaviour. It belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library because it documents, in one middle income country, how far diet related metabolic disease and physical inactivity have advanced, and it gives the survey methodology that underpins Malaysian lifestyle policy.
Full APA reference
Mat Rifin, H., Mohd Yusoff, M. F., & Abd Hamid, H. A. (2025). Conducting the National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 in Malaysia with focus on methodology and main findings on non-communicable diseases. Scientific Reports, 15, 25531. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-08311-9
View the sourceDOI
Full text and PubMed record read on PubMed Central and PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-253
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mat Rifin, H., Mohd Yusoff, M. F., & Abd Hamid, H. A.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Conducting the National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 in Malaysia with focus on methodology and main findings on non-communicable diseases
- Description
- This peer reviewed account of Malaysia's National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 describes a cross-sectional, nationwide, population-based survey using two-stage stratified random sampling in all states and federal territories, with 13,616 respondents aged 5 years and above interviewed from 5,006 living quarters and an overall response rate of 83.2 per cent, and reports weighted prevalence of 15.6 per cent for diabetes, 29.2 per cent for hypertension, 54.4 per cent for overweight and obesity combined, 54.5 per cent for abdominal obesity, 29.9 per cent for physical inactivity and 49.9 per cent for sedentary behaviour. It belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library because it documents, in one middle income country, how far diet related metabolic disease and physical inactivity have advanced, and it gives the survey methodology that underpins Malaysian lifestyle policy.
- Publication or publisher
- Scientific Reports, 15, 25531
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Malaysia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12264187/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-08311-9
- Verification note
- Full text and PubMed record read on PubMed Central and PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Mat Rifin, H., Mohd Yusoff, M. F., & Abd Hamid, H. A. (2025). Conducting the National Health and Morbidity Survey 2023 in Malaysia with focus on methodology and main findings on non-communicable diseases. *Scientific Reports, 15*, 25531. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-025-08311-9
REF-254
Paper, guideline or statement
National Health and Morbidity Survey (NHMS) 2023: Non-communicable diseases and healthcare demand - Key findings
Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia · 2024 · Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia
This official key findings report from Malaysia's Institute for Public Health presents results of a cross-sectional national survey of 13,616 respondents for the non-communicable disease component and 9,177 respondents for the healthcare demand component, and reports that 15.6 per cent or one in six Malaysian adults have diabetes with two in five unaware of it, that 29.2 per cent have hypertension of whom only 48 per cent are controlled below 140/90, that 54.4 per cent are overweight or obese by body mass index and 54.5 per cent have abdominal obesity, and that one in three adults are physically inactive. It is the primary government source the library owner asked about, and it links diet, weight and inactivity directly to Malaysia's metabolic and cardiovascular disease burden and to unmet demand for care.
Full APA reference
Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2024). National Health and Morbidity Survey (NHMS) 2023: Non-communicable diseases and healthcare demand - Key findings. Institute for Public Health. https://iku.nih.gov.my/images/nhms2023/key-findings-nhms-2023.pdf
View the source
Report PDF read on the Institute for Public Health website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-254
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- National Health and Morbidity Survey (NHMS) 2023: Non-communicable diseases and healthcare demand - Key findings
- Description
- This official key findings report from Malaysia's Institute for Public Health presents results of a cross-sectional national survey of 13,616 respondents for the non-communicable disease component and 9,177 respondents for the healthcare demand component, and reports that 15.6 per cent or one in six Malaysian adults have diabetes with two in five unaware of it, that 29.2 per cent have hypertension of whom only 48 per cent are controlled below 140/90, that 54.4 per cent are overweight or obese by body mass index and 54.5 per cent have abdominal obesity, and that one in three adults are physically inactive. It is the primary government source the library owner asked about, and it links diet, weight and inactivity directly to Malaysia's metabolic and cardiovascular disease burden and to unmet demand for care.
- Publication or publisher
- Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Malaysia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iku.nih.gov.my/images/nhms2023/key-findings-nhms-2023.pdf
- Verification note
- Report PDF read on the Institute for Public Health website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Institute for Public Health, National Institutes of Health, Ministry of Health Malaysia. (2024). *National Health and Morbidity Survey (NHMS) 2023: Non-communicable diseases and healthcare demand - Key findings*. Institute for Public Health. https://iku.nih.gov.my/images/nhms2023/key-findings-nhms-2023.pdf
REF-255
Paper, guideline or statement
Prevalence of type-2 diabetes and prediabetes in Malaysia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Akhtar, S., Nasir, J. A., Ali, A., Asghar, M., Majeed, R., & Sarwar, A. · 2022 · PLOS ONE, 17(1), e0263139
This systematic review and random effects meta-analysis of 15 mainly cross-sectional Malaysian studies with 103,063 participants aged 15 to 85 years found a pooled diabetes prevalence of 14.39 per cent (95 per cent confidence interval 12.51 to 16.38, I squared 98.4 per cent), with prevalence rising from 11.2 per cent in 2011 to 18.3 per cent in 2019, higher rates in urban areas at 15.89 per cent than rural areas at 12.72 per cent, and marked ethnic differences with 25.10 per cent among Malaysians of Indian descent compared with 15.25 per cent among Malays, 12.87 per cent among Chinese and 8.62 per cent among Bumiputera. It belongs in this library because it quantifies the speed of Malaysia's diabetes epidemic and shows that lifestyle related metabolic risk is patterned by urban residence and ethnicity, which are social as well as behavioural determinants.
Full APA reference
Akhtar, S., Nasir, J. A., Ali, A., Asghar, M., Majeed, R., & Sarwar, A. (2022). Prevalence of type-2 diabetes and prediabetes in Malaysia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS ONE, 17(1), e0263139. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0263139
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-255
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Akhtar, S., Nasir, J. A., Ali, A., Asghar, M., Majeed, R., & Sarwar, A.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Prevalence of type-2 diabetes and prediabetes in Malaysia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and random effects meta-analysis of 15 mainly cross-sectional Malaysian studies with 103,063 participants aged 15 to 85 years found a pooled diabetes prevalence of 14.39 per cent (95 per cent confidence interval 12.51 to 16.38, I squared 98.4 per cent), with prevalence rising from 11.2 per cent in 2011 to 18.3 per cent in 2019, higher rates in urban areas at 15.89 per cent than rural areas at 12.72 per cent, and marked ethnic differences with 25.10 per cent among Malaysians of Indian descent compared with 15.25 per cent among Malays, 12.87 per cent among Chinese and 8.62 per cent among Bumiputera. It belongs in this library because it quantifies the speed of Malaysia's diabetes epidemic and shows that lifestyle related metabolic risk is patterned by urban residence and ethnicity, which are social as well as behavioural determinants.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS ONE, 17(1), e0263139
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Malaysia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8794132/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0263139
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Akhtar, S., Nasir, J. A., Ali, A., Asghar, M., Majeed, R., & Sarwar, A. (2022). Prevalence of type-2 diabetes and prediabetes in Malaysia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *PLOS ONE, 17*(1), e0263139. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0263139
REF-256
Paper, guideline or statement
The nutrition transition in Malaysia; key drivers and recommendations for improved health outcomes
Goh, E. V., Azam-Ali, S., McCullough, F., & Mitra, S. R. · 2020 · BMC Nutrition, 6, 32
Using food balance sheets from 1980 to 2013 together with the Malaysian Adult Nutrition Survey and National Health and Morbidity Surveys I to V, this quasi-historical review documents Malaysia's nutrition transition, showing national energy supply exceeding average requirements by at least 30 per cent, wheat supply up 56.5 per cent, sugar and sweetener supply up 23.9 per cent to about 26.1 teaspoons per capita per day, meat up 49.3 per cent and animal protein supply up 59.1 per cent while rice supply fell 23.7 per cent. It is the clearest single account of the dietary drivers behind Malaysia's obesity and diabetes burden, and it ties food system and socioeconomic change to population health outcomes.
Full APA reference
Goh, E. V., Azam-Ali, S., McCullough, F., & Mitra, S. R. (2020). The nutrition transition in Malaysia; key drivers and recommendations for improved health outcomes. BMC Nutrition, 6, 32. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40795-020-00348-5
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-256
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Goh, E. V., Azam-Ali, S., McCullough, F., & Mitra, S. R.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- The nutrition transition in Malaysia; key drivers and recommendations for improved health outcomes
- Description
- Using food balance sheets from 1980 to 2013 together with the Malaysian Adult Nutrition Survey and National Health and Morbidity Surveys I to V, this quasi-historical review documents Malaysia's nutrition transition, showing national energy supply exceeding average requirements by at least 30 per cent, wheat supply up 56.5 per cent, sugar and sweetener supply up 23.9 per cent to about 26.1 teaspoons per capita per day, meat up 49.3 per cent and animal protein supply up 59.1 per cent while rice supply fell 23.7 per cent. It is the clearest single account of the dietary drivers behind Malaysia's obesity and diabetes burden, and it ties food system and socioeconomic change to population health outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Nutrition, 6, 32
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Malaysia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7322903/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s40795-020-00348-5
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Goh, E. V., Azam-Ali, S., McCullough, F., & Mitra, S. R. (2020). The nutrition transition in Malaysia; key drivers and recommendations for improved health outcomes. *BMC Nutrition, 6*, 32. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40795-020-00348-5
REF-257
Paper, guideline or statement
National Strategic Plan for Non-Communicable Disease (NSP-NCD) 2016-2025
Ministry of Health Malaysia, Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division · 2016 · Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division, Ministry of Health Malaysia
This Malaysian national strategy, edited by Feisul Idzwan Mustapha and issued by the Non-Communicable Disease Section of the Ministry of Health, sets targets against National Health and Morbidity Survey baselines showing adult diabetes rising from 11.6 per cent in 2006 to 15.2 per cent in 2011 and 17.5 per cent in 2015 and obesity rising from 14.0 per cent to 17.7 per cent over the same period, and commits Malaysia to cutting insufficient physical activity from a 35.2 per cent baseline to 30.0 per cent and the risk of premature death from cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic respiratory disease from 20 per cent to 15 per cent by 2025. It belongs in the library as the verifiable government policy instrument behind Malaysia's lifestyle and non-communicable disease response, and it states that high blood pressure alone contributes an estimated 42.2 per cent of deaths and 21.6 per cent of disability adjusted life years in Malaysia.
Full APA reference
Ministry of Health Malaysia, Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division. (2016). National Strategic Plan for Non-Communicable Disease (NSP-NCD) 2016-2025. Ministry of Health Malaysia. https://www.moh.gov.my/moh/resources/Penerbitan/Rujukan/NCD/National%20Strategic%20Plan/FINAL_NSPNCD.pdf
View the source
Strategy PDF read on the Ministry of Health Malaysia website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-257
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ministry of Health Malaysia, Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- National Strategic Plan for Non-Communicable Disease (NSP-NCD) 2016-2025
- Description
- This Malaysian national strategy, edited by Feisul Idzwan Mustapha and issued by the Non-Communicable Disease Section of the Ministry of Health, sets targets against National Health and Morbidity Survey baselines showing adult diabetes rising from 11.6 per cent in 2006 to 15.2 per cent in 2011 and 17.5 per cent in 2015 and obesity rising from 14.0 per cent to 17.7 per cent over the same period, and commits Malaysia to cutting insufficient physical activity from a 35.2 per cent baseline to 30.0 per cent and the risk of premature death from cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic respiratory disease from 20 per cent to 15 per cent by 2025. It belongs in the library as the verifiable government policy instrument behind Malaysia's lifestyle and non-communicable disease response, and it states that high blood pressure alone contributes an estimated 42.2 per cent of deaths and 21.6 per cent of disability adjusted life years in Malaysia.
- Publication or publisher
- Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division, Ministry of Health Malaysia
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Malaysia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.moh.gov.my/moh/resources/Penerbitan/Rujukan/NCD/National%20Strategic%20Plan/FINAL_NSPNCD.pdf
- Verification note
- Strategy PDF read on the Ministry of Health Malaysia website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Ministry of Health Malaysia, Non-Communicable Disease Section, Disease Control Division. (2016). *National Strategic Plan for Non-Communicable Disease (NSP-NCD) 2016-2025*. Ministry of Health Malaysia. https://www.moh.gov.my/moh/resources/Penerbitan/Rujukan/NCD/National%20Strategic%20Plan/FINAL_NSPNCD.pdf
REF-258
Paper, guideline or statement
Metabolic non-communicable disease health report of India: the ICMR-INDIAB national cross-sectional study (ICMR-INDIAB-17)
Anjana, R. M., Unnikrishnan, R., Deepa, M., Pradeepa, R., Tandon, N., Das, A. K., Joshi, S., Bajaj, S., Jabbar, P. K., Das, H. K., Kumar, A., Dhandhania, V. K., Bhansali, A., Rao, P. V., Desai, A., Kalra, S., Gupta, A., Lakshmy, R., Madhu, S. V., ... Mohan, V. · 2023 · The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology, 11(7), 474-489
This nationally representative cross-sectional survey of Indians aged 20 years and older across 31 states and union territories, using stratified multistage sampling, found weighted prevalence of 11.4 per cent for diabetes, 15.3 per cent for prediabetes, 35.5 per cent for hypertension, 28.6 per cent for generalised obesity, 39.5 per cent for abdominal obesity and 81.2 per cent for dyslipidaemia, with diabetes markedly higher in urban areas at 16.4 per cent than rural areas at 8.9 per cent. It is the benchmark South Asian population estimate for metabolic disease and shows how urbanisation and associated lifestyle change reshape risk within a single low and middle income country.
Full APA reference
Anjana, R. M., Unnikrishnan, R., Deepa, M., Pradeepa, R., Tandon, N., Das, A. K., Joshi, S., Bajaj, S., Jabbar, P. K., Das, H. K., Kumar, A., Dhandhania, V. K., Bhansali, A., Rao, P. V., Desai, A., Kalra, S., Gupta, A., Lakshmy, R., Madhu, S. V., ... Mohan, V. (2023). Metabolic non-communicable disease health report of India: the ICMR-INDIAB national cross-sectional study (ICMR-INDIAB-17). The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology, 11(7), 474-489. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23)00119-5
View the sourceDOI
Abstract with full results tables read on The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology website, and the author list read on PubMed, in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-258
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Anjana, R. M., Unnikrishnan, R., Deepa, M., Pradeepa, R., Tandon, N., Das, A. K., Joshi, S., Bajaj, S., Jabbar, P. K., Das, H. K., Kumar, A., Dhandhania, V. K., Bhansali, A., Rao, P. V., Desai, A., Kalra, S., Gupta, A., Lakshmy, R., Madhu, S. V., ... Mohan, V.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Metabolic non-communicable disease health report of India: the ICMR-INDIAB national cross-sectional study (ICMR-INDIAB-17)
- Description
- This nationally representative cross-sectional survey of Indians aged 20 years and older across 31 states and union territories, using stratified multistage sampling, found weighted prevalence of 11.4 per cent for diabetes, 15.3 per cent for prediabetes, 35.5 per cent for hypertension, 28.6 per cent for generalised obesity, 39.5 per cent for abdominal obesity and 81.2 per cent for dyslipidaemia, with diabetes markedly higher in urban areas at 16.4 per cent than rural areas at 8.9 per cent. It is the benchmark South Asian population estimate for metabolic disease and shows how urbanisation and associated lifestyle change reshape risk within a single low and middle income country.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology, 11(7), 474-489
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- India
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.thelancet.com/journals/landia/article/PIIS2213-8587(23)00119-5/abstract
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23)00119-5
- Verification note
- Abstract with full results tables read on The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology website, and the author list read on PubMed, in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Anjana, R. M., Unnikrishnan, R., Deepa, M., Pradeepa, R., Tandon, N., Das, A. K., Joshi, S., Bajaj, S., Jabbar, P. K., Das, H. K., Kumar, A., Dhandhania, V. K., Bhansali, A., Rao, P. V., Desai, A., Kalra, S., Gupta, A., Lakshmy, R., Madhu, S. V., ... Mohan, V. (2023). Metabolic non-communicable disease health report of India: the ICMR-INDIAB national cross-sectional study (ICMR-INDIAB-17). *The Lancet Diabetes & Endocrinology, 11*(7), 474-489. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23)00119-5
REF-259
Paper, guideline or statement
South Asians and cardiometabolic health: A framework for comprehensive care for the individual, community, and population - An American society for preventive cardiology clinical practice statement
Rohatgi, A., Anand, S. S., Gadgil, M., Gujral, U. P., Jain, S. S., Javed, Z., Jha, M., Joshi, P. H., Manubolu, V. S., Nasir, K., Natarajan, P., Pagidipati, N., Palaniappan, L., Patel, A. P., Satish, P., Shah, N. S., Sharma, G., Trivedi, M. H., Virani, S. S., Gulati, M., & Patel, J. · 2025 · American Journal of Preventive Cardiology, 22, 101000
This American Society for Preventive Cardiology clinical practice statement, co-chaired by Sonia S. Anand and Martha Gulati, sets out a roadmap for clinicians, health systems, community outreach groups and policy stakeholders to reduce cardiometabolic risk in people of South Asian descent from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan, the Maldives and Sri Lanka who live in North America, spanning individual care, community outreach and population level investigation and policy. It belongs in the library because it treats the distinctive South Asian cardiometabolic phenotype as something to be addressed through lifestyle, community and structural action rather than clinical risk scoring alone.
Full APA reference
Rohatgi, A., Anand, S. S., Gadgil, M., Gujral, U. P., Jain, S. S., Javed, Z., Jha, M., Joshi, P. H., Manubolu, V. S., Nasir, K., Natarajan, P., Pagidipati, N., Palaniappan, L., Patel, A. P., Satish, P., Shah, N. S., Sharma, G., Trivedi, M. H., Virani, S. S., Gulati, M., & Patel, J. (2025). South Asians and cardiometabolic health: A framework for comprehensive care for the individual, community, and population - An American society for preventive cardiology clinical practice statement. American Journal of Preventive Cardiology, 22, 101000. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajpc.2025.101000
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-259
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rohatgi, A., Anand, S. S., Gadgil, M., Gujral, U. P., Jain, S. S., Javed, Z., Jha, M., Joshi, P. H., Manubolu, V. S., Nasir, K., Natarajan, P., Pagidipati, N., Palaniappan, L., Patel, A. P., Satish, P., Shah, N. S., Sharma, G., Trivedi, M. H., Virani, S. S., Gulati, M., & Patel, J.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- South Asians and cardiometabolic health: A framework for comprehensive care for the individual, community, and population - An American society for preventive cardiology clinical practice statement
- Description
- This American Society for Preventive Cardiology clinical practice statement, co-chaired by Sonia S. Anand and Martha Gulati, sets out a roadmap for clinicians, health systems, community outreach groups and policy stakeholders to reduce cardiometabolic risk in people of South Asian descent from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Bhutan, the Maldives and Sri Lanka who live in North America, spanning individual care, community outreach and population level investigation and policy. It belongs in the library because it treats the distinctive South Asian cardiometabolic phenotype as something to be addressed through lifestyle, community and structural action rather than clinical risk scoring alone.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Preventive Cardiology, 22, 101000
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12139456/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajpc.2025.101000
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Rohatgi, A., Anand, S. S., Gadgil, M., Gujral, U. P., Jain, S. S., Javed, Z., Jha, M., Joshi, P. H., Manubolu, V. S., Nasir, K., Natarajan, P., Pagidipati, N., Palaniappan, L., Patel, A. P., Satish, P., Shah, N. S., Sharma, G., Trivedi, M. H., Virani, S. S., Gulati, M., & Patel, J. (2025). South Asians and cardiometabolic health: A framework for comprehensive care for the individual, community, and population - An American society for preventive cardiology clinical practice statement. *American Journal of Preventive Cardiology, 22*, 101000. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ajpc.2025.101000
REF-260
Paper, guideline or statement
Burden of hypertension, diabetes, and hypercholesterolemia in relation to social and behavioral health determinants: Insights from the 2018 Bangladesh STEPS survey
Rahman, M. M., Farhana, Z., Al Noman, A., Hossain, N., Kamil, A. A., & Riaz, B. K. · 2025 · Public Health, 246, 105832
This secondary cross-sectional analysis of 6,875 records from the 2018 National STEPS Survey for Non-communicable Diseases Risk Factors in Bangladesh found national prevalence of 27.3 per cent for hypertension, 9.8 per cent for diabetes and 30.2 per cent for hypercholesterolaemia, with significant variation between divisions and with age, occupational status, physical activity and body mass index category emerging as significant risk factors and urban residence raising the odds of diabetes. It belongs in the library as South Asian evidence that behavioural and social determinants, including occupation and place of residence, structure non-communicable disease burden within a low income setting.
Full APA reference
Rahman, M. M., Farhana, Z., Al Noman, A., Hossain, N., Kamil, A. A., & Riaz, B. K. (2025). Burden of hypertension, diabetes, and hypercholesterolemia in relation to social and behavioral health determinants: Insights from the 2018 Bangladesh STEPS survey. Public Health, 246, 105832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2025.105832
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-260
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rahman, M. M., Farhana, Z., Al Noman, A., Hossain, N., Kamil, A. A., & Riaz, B. K.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Burden of hypertension, diabetes, and hypercholesterolemia in relation to social and behavioral health determinants: Insights from the 2018 Bangladesh STEPS survey
- Description
- This secondary cross-sectional analysis of 6,875 records from the 2018 National STEPS Survey for Non-communicable Diseases Risk Factors in Bangladesh found national prevalence of 27.3 per cent for hypertension, 9.8 per cent for diabetes and 30.2 per cent for hypercholesterolaemia, with significant variation between divisions and with age, occupational status, physical activity and body mass index category emerging as significant risk factors and urban residence raising the odds of diabetes. It belongs in the library as South Asian evidence that behavioural and social determinants, including occupation and place of residence, structure non-communicable disease burden within a low income setting.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health, 246, 105832
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Bangladesh
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40570783/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2025.105832
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Rahman, M. M., Farhana, Z., Al Noman, A., Hossain, N., Kamil, A. A., & Riaz, B. K. (2025). Burden of hypertension, diabetes, and hypercholesterolemia in relation to social and behavioral health determinants: Insights from the 2018 Bangladesh STEPS survey. *Public Health, 246*, 105832. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.puhe.2025.105832
REF-261
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of potentially modifiable risk factors associated with myocardial infarction in 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): case-control study
Yusuf, S., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Dans, T., Avezum, A., Lanas, F., McQueen, M., Budaj, A., Pais, P., Varigos, J., & Lisheng, L. · 2004 · The Lancet, 364(9438), 937-952
This standardised case-control study of 15,152 cases of acute myocardial infarction and 14,820 controls across 52 countries on every inhabited continent found that nine modifiable factors, namely a raised ApoB to ApoA1 ratio, smoking, hypertension, diabetes, abdominal obesity, psychosocial factors, low fruit and vegetable intake, alcohol use and physical inactivity, together accounted for 90 per cent of the population attributable risk in men and 94 per cent in women, with psychosocial factors alone carrying an odds ratio of 2.67 and a population attributable risk of 32.5 per cent. It is a foundational global comparative study for this library because it shows that the same lifestyle and psychosocial risk factors dominate heart attack risk in every world region, and it puts psychosocial stress alongside diet, smoking and activity as a major contributor.
Full APA reference
Yusuf, S., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Dans, T., Avezum, A., Lanas, F., McQueen, M., Budaj, A., Pais, P., Varigos, J., & Lisheng, L. (2004). Effect of potentially modifiable risk factors associated with myocardial infarction in 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): case-control study. The Lancet, 364(9438), 937-952. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(04)17018-9
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-261
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Yusuf, S., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Dans, T., Avezum, A., Lanas, F., McQueen, M., Budaj, A., Pais, P., Varigos, J., & Lisheng, L.
- Year
- 2004
- Title
- Effect of potentially modifiable risk factors associated with myocardial infarction in 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): case-control study
- Description
- This standardised case-control study of 15,152 cases of acute myocardial infarction and 14,820 controls across 52 countries on every inhabited continent found that nine modifiable factors, namely a raised ApoB to ApoA1 ratio, smoking, hypertension, diabetes, abdominal obesity, psychosocial factors, low fruit and vegetable intake, alcohol use and physical inactivity, together accounted for 90 per cent of the population attributable risk in men and 94 per cent in women, with psychosocial factors alone carrying an odds ratio of 2.67 and a population attributable risk of 32.5 per cent. It is a foundational global comparative study for this library because it shows that the same lifestyle and psychosocial risk factors dominate heart attack risk in every world region, and it puts psychosocial stress alongside diet, smoking and activity as a major contributor.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 364(9438), 937-952
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/15364185/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(04)17018-9
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Yusuf, S., Hawken, S., Ounpuu, S., Dans, T., Avezum, A., Lanas, F., McQueen, M., Budaj, A., Pais, P., Varigos, J., & Lisheng, L. (2004). Effect of potentially modifiable risk factors associated with myocardial infarction in 52 countries (the INTERHEART study): case-control study. *The Lancet, 364*(9438), 937-952. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(04)17018-9
REF-262
Paper, guideline or statement
Fruit, vegetable, and legume intake, and cardiovascular disease and deaths in 18 countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study
Miller, V., Mente, A., Dehghan, M., Rangarajan, S., Zhang, X., Swaminathan, S., Dagenais, G., Gupta, R., Mohan, V., Lear, S., Bangdiwala, S. I., Schutte, A. E., Wentzel-Viljoen, E., Avezum, A., Altuntas, Y., Yusoff, K., Ismail, N., Peer, N., Chifamba, J., ... Yusuf, S. · 2017 · The Lancet, 390(10107), 2037-2049
In this Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology cohort of 135,335 adults aged 35 to 70 years from 613 communities in 18 low income, middle income and high income countries across seven world regions, with a median follow up of 7.4 years, higher fruit, vegetable and legume intake was associated with lower total mortality (hazard ratio 0.81, 95 per cent confidence interval 0.68 to 0.96) and the lowest risk occurred at three to four servings per day, equivalent to 375 to 500 grams per day, with no further benefit above that. It belongs in the library because it tests a core lifestyle medicine dietary message across very different economies and shows that modest, affordable intakes deliver most of the mortality benefit.
Full APA reference
Miller, V., Mente, A., Dehghan, M., Rangarajan, S., Zhang, X., Swaminathan, S., Dagenais, G., Gupta, R., Mohan, V., Lear, S., Bangdiwala, S. I., Schutte, A. E., Wentzel-Viljoen, E., Avezum, A., Altuntas, Y., Yusoff, K., Ismail, N., Peer, N., Chifamba, J., ... Yusuf, S. (2017). Fruit, vegetable, and legume intake, and cardiovascular disease and deaths in 18 countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study. The Lancet, 390(10107), 2037-2049. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32253-5
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-262
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Miller, V., Mente, A., Dehghan, M., Rangarajan, S., Zhang, X., Swaminathan, S., Dagenais, G., Gupta, R., Mohan, V., Lear, S., Bangdiwala, S. I., Schutte, A. E., Wentzel-Viljoen, E., Avezum, A., Altuntas, Y., Yusoff, K., Ismail, N., Peer, N., Chifamba, J., ... Yusuf, S.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Fruit, vegetable, and legume intake, and cardiovascular disease and deaths in 18 countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study
- Description
- In this Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology cohort of 135,335 adults aged 35 to 70 years from 613 communities in 18 low income, middle income and high income countries across seven world regions, with a median follow up of 7.4 years, higher fruit, vegetable and legume intake was associated with lower total mortality (hazard ratio 0.81, 95 per cent confidence interval 0.68 to 0.96) and the lowest risk occurred at three to four servings per day, equivalent to 375 to 500 grams per day, with no further benefit above that. It belongs in the library because it tests a core lifestyle medicine dietary message across very different economies and shows that modest, affordable intakes deliver most of the mortality benefit.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 390(10107), 2037-2049
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28864331/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32253-5
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Miller, V., Mente, A., Dehghan, M., Rangarajan, S., Zhang, X., Swaminathan, S., Dagenais, G., Gupta, R., Mohan, V., Lear, S., Bangdiwala, S. I., Schutte, A. E., Wentzel-Viljoen, E., Avezum, A., Altuntas, Y., Yusoff, K., Ismail, N., Peer, N., Chifamba, J., ... Yusuf, S. (2017). Fruit, vegetable, and legume intake, and cardiovascular disease and deaths in 18 countries (PURE): a prospective cohort study. *The Lancet, 390*(10107), 2037-2049. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32253-5
REF-263
Paper, guideline or statement
Health effects of dietary risks in 195 countries, 1990-2017: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017
Afshin, A., Sur, P. J., Fay, K. A., Cornaby, L., Ferrara, G., Salama, J. S., Mullany, E. C., Abate, K. H., Abbafati, C., Abebe, Z., Afarideh, M., Aggarwal, A., Agrawal, S., Akinyemiju, T., Alahdab, F., Bacha, U., Bachman, V. F., Badali, H., Badawi, A., ... Murray, C. J. L. · 2019 · The Lancet, 393(10184), 1958-1972
This Global Burden of Disease systematic analysis across 195 countries estimated that suboptimal diet was responsible for 11 million deaths (95 per cent uncertainty interval 10 to 12 million) and 255 million disability adjusted life years (95 per cent uncertainty interval 234 to 274 million) in 2017, with the leading dietary risks being high sodium intake at 3 million deaths and 70 million disability adjusted life years, low whole grain intake at 3 million deaths and 82 million disability adjusted life years, and low fruit intake at 2 million deaths and 65 million disability adjusted life years. It anchors the library's global comparative section by quantifying how much of the world's disease burden is attributable to diet and how that attribution varies between countries.
Full APA reference
Afshin, A., Sur, P. J., Fay, K. A., Cornaby, L., Ferrara, G., Salama, J. S., Mullany, E. C., Abate, K. H., Abbafati, C., Abebe, Z., Afarideh, M., Aggarwal, A., Agrawal, S., Akinyemiju, T., Alahdab, F., Bacha, U., Bachman, V. F., Badali, H., Badawi, A., ... Murray, C. J. L. (2019). Health effects of dietary risks in 195 countries, 1990-2017: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017. The Lancet, 393(10184), 1958-1972. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(19)30041-8
View the sourceDOI
Abstract and collaborator list read on The Lancet website, with bibliographic details confirmed on PubMed, in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-263
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Afshin, A., Sur, P. J., Fay, K. A., Cornaby, L., Ferrara, G., Salama, J. S., Mullany, E. C., Abate, K. H., Abbafati, C., Abebe, Z., Afarideh, M., Aggarwal, A., Agrawal, S., Akinyemiju, T., Alahdab, F., Bacha, U., Bachman, V. F., Badali, H., Badawi, A., ... Murray, C. J. L.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Health effects of dietary risks in 195 countries, 1990-2017: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017
- Description
- This Global Burden of Disease systematic analysis across 195 countries estimated that suboptimal diet was responsible for 11 million deaths (95 per cent uncertainty interval 10 to 12 million) and 255 million disability adjusted life years (95 per cent uncertainty interval 234 to 274 million) in 2017, with the leading dietary risks being high sodium intake at 3 million deaths and 70 million disability adjusted life years, low whole grain intake at 3 million deaths and 82 million disability adjusted life years, and low fruit intake at 2 million deaths and 65 million disability adjusted life years. It anchors the library's global comparative section by quantifying how much of the world's disease burden is attributable to diet and how that attribution varies between countries.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 393(10184), 1958-1972
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.thelancet.com/article/S0140-6736(19)30041-8/fulltext
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(19)30041-8
- Verification note
- Abstract and collaborator list read on The Lancet website, with bibliographic details confirmed on PubMed, in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Afshin, A., Sur, P. J., Fay, K. A., Cornaby, L., Ferrara, G., Salama, J. S., Mullany, E. C., Abate, K. H., Abbafati, C., Abebe, Z., Afarideh, M., Aggarwal, A., Agrawal, S., Akinyemiju, T., Alahdab, F., Bacha, U., Bachman, V. F., Badali, H., Badawi, A., ... Murray, C. J. L. (2019). Health effects of dietary risks in 195 countries, 1990-2017: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2017. *The Lancet, 393*(10184), 1958-1972. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(19)30041-8
REF-264
Paper, guideline or statement
Worldwide trends in diabetes prevalence and treatment from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 1108 population-representative studies with 141 million participants
NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC) · 2024 · The Lancet, 404(10467), 2077-2093
This pooled Bayesian hierarchical analysis of 1,108 population representative studies with 141 million participants aged 18 years and over across 200 countries and territories estimated that 828 million adults (95 per cent credible interval 757 to 908 million) were living with diabetes in 2022, an increase of 630 million since 1990, with age standardised prevalence rising in 131 countries for women and treatment coverage lagging furthest behind in low and middle income countries. It belongs in the library because it is the definitive comparative account of how metabolic disease has shifted towards lower income regions, including Southeast Asia and Malaysia, while treatment access has not followed.
Full APA reference
NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC). (2024). Worldwide trends in diabetes prevalence and treatment from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 1108 population-representative studies with 141 million participants. The Lancet, 404(10467), 2077-2093. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)02317-1
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-264
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC)
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Worldwide trends in diabetes prevalence and treatment from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 1108 population-representative studies with 141 million participants
- Description
- This pooled Bayesian hierarchical analysis of 1,108 population representative studies with 141 million participants aged 18 years and over across 200 countries and territories estimated that 828 million adults (95 per cent credible interval 757 to 908 million) were living with diabetes in 2022, an increase of 630 million since 1990, with age standardised prevalence rising in 131 countries for women and treatment coverage lagging furthest behind in low and middle income countries. It belongs in the library because it is the definitive comparative account of how metabolic disease has shifted towards lower income regions, including Southeast Asia and Malaysia, while treatment access has not followed.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 404(10467), 2077-2093
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39549716/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)02317-1
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC). (2024). Worldwide trends in diabetes prevalence and treatment from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 1108 population-representative studies with 141 million participants. *The Lancet, 404*(10467), 2077-2093. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)02317-1
REF-265
Paper, guideline or statement
Worldwide trends in underweight and obesity from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 3663 population-representative studies with 222 million children, adolescents, and adults
NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC) · 2024 · The Lancet, 403(10431), 1027-1050
Using measured height and weight from 3,663 population based studies with 222 million participants across 200 countries and territories, this Bayesian pooled analysis found that between 1990 and 2022 the combined prevalence of underweight and obesity in adults increased in 162 countries for women and 140 countries for men, that obesity prevalence exceeded underweight prevalence in 177 countries for women and 145 for men by 2022, and that the combined burden was highest in island nations of the Caribbean, Polynesia and Micronesia and in the Middle East and north Africa. It belongs in the library as the reference source for the global double burden of malnutrition and for showing that obesity is now a low and middle income country problem as much as a high income one.
Full APA reference
NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC). (2024). Worldwide trends in underweight and obesity from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 3663 population-representative studies with 222 million children, adolescents, and adults. The Lancet, 403(10431), 1027-1050. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)02750-2
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-265
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC)
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Worldwide trends in underweight and obesity from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 3663 population-representative studies with 222 million children, adolescents, and adults
- Description
- Using measured height and weight from 3,663 population based studies with 222 million participants across 200 countries and territories, this Bayesian pooled analysis found that between 1990 and 2022 the combined prevalence of underweight and obesity in adults increased in 162 countries for women and 140 countries for men, that obesity prevalence exceeded underweight prevalence in 177 countries for women and 145 for men by 2022, and that the combined burden was highest in island nations of the Caribbean, Polynesia and Micronesia and in the Middle East and north Africa. It belongs in the library as the reference source for the global double burden of malnutrition and for showing that obesity is now a low and middle income country problem as much as a high income one.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 403(10431), 1027-1050
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38432237/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)02750-2
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC). (2024). Worldwide trends in underweight and obesity from 1990 to 2022: a pooled analysis of 3663 population-representative studies with 222 million children, adolescents, and adults. *The Lancet, 403*(10431), 1027-1050. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)02750-2
REF-266
Paper, guideline or statement
The nutrition transition: worldwide obesity dynamics and their determinants
Popkin, B. M., & Gordon-Larsen, P. · 2004 · International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 28(Suppl 3), S2-S9
This review of large scale surveys and nationally representative studies of diet, activity and obesity in adults and children traces the nutrition transition from a receding famine pattern to one dominated by nutrition related non-communicable diseases, and concludes that shifts in diet and activity are occurring at great speed and at earlier stages of economic development in the lower and middle income countries of Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Latin America than they did in the United States and Europe. It is the framing reference for the library's nutrition transition material and explains why lifestyle related disease now arrives earlier and faster in poorer countries.
Full APA reference
Popkin, B. M., & Gordon-Larsen, P. (2004). The nutrition transition: worldwide obesity dynamics and their determinants. International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 28(Suppl 3), S2-S9. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802804
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-266
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Popkin, B. M., & Gordon-Larsen, P.
- Year
- 2004
- Title
- The nutrition transition: worldwide obesity dynamics and their determinants
- Description
- This review of large scale surveys and nationally representative studies of diet, activity and obesity in adults and children traces the nutrition transition from a receding famine pattern to one dominated by nutrition related non-communicable diseases, and concludes that shifts in diet and activity are occurring at great speed and at earlier stages of economic development in the lower and middle income countries of Asia, Africa, the Middle East and Latin America than they did in the United States and Europe. It is the framing reference for the library's nutrition transition material and explains why lifestyle related disease now arrives earlier and faster in poorer countries.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 28(Suppl 3), S2-S9
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/15543214/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802804
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Popkin, B. M., & Gordon-Larsen, P. (2004). The nutrition transition: worldwide obesity dynamics and their determinants. *International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 28*(Suppl 3), S2-S9. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.ijo.0802804
REF-267
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed foods and the nutrition transition: Global, regional and national trends, food systems transformations and political economy drivers
Baker, P., Machado, P., Santos, T., Sievert, K., Backholer, K., Hadjikakou, M., Russell, C., Huse, O., Bell, C., Scrinis, G., Worsley, A., Friel, S., & Lawrence, M. · 2020 · Obesity Reviews, 21(12), e13126
This synthesis review quantified per capita volumes and trends in ultra-processed food sales and in the sweeteners, fats, sodium and cosmetic additives they supply for countries grouped by income and region, finding a substantial worldwide expansion in the types and quantities sold, highest sales in Australasia, North America, Europe and Latin America but the fastest growth in Asia, the Middle East and Africa, and linking these shifts to food system industrialisation, globalisation and the market and political activities of transnational food corporations. It belongs in the library because it moves the ultra-processed food question from individual choice to food system and political economy determinants, and it flags the scale of dietary change in highly populated middle income countries as a serious global health concern.
Full APA reference
Baker, P., Machado, P., Santos, T., Sievert, K., Backholer, K., Hadjikakou, M., Russell, C., Huse, O., Bell, C., Scrinis, G., Worsley, A., Friel, S., & Lawrence, M. (2020). Ultra-processed foods and the nutrition transition: Global, regional and national trends, food systems transformations and political economy drivers. Obesity Reviews, 21(12), e13126. https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.13126
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on the Wiley Online Library page, with journal, volume and article number confirmed on PubMed, in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-267
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Baker, P., Machado, P., Santos, T., Sievert, K., Backholer, K., Hadjikakou, M., Russell, C., Huse, O., Bell, C., Scrinis, G., Worsley, A., Friel, S., & Lawrence, M.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Ultra-processed foods and the nutrition transition: Global, regional and national trends, food systems transformations and political economy drivers
- Description
- This synthesis review quantified per capita volumes and trends in ultra-processed food sales and in the sweeteners, fats, sodium and cosmetic additives they supply for countries grouped by income and region, finding a substantial worldwide expansion in the types and quantities sold, highest sales in Australasia, North America, Europe and Latin America but the fastest growth in Asia, the Middle East and Africa, and linking these shifts to food system industrialisation, globalisation and the market and political activities of transnational food corporations. It belongs in the library because it moves the ultra-processed food question from individual choice to food system and political economy determinants, and it flags the scale of dietary change in highly populated middle income countries as a serious global health concern.
- Publication or publisher
- Obesity Reviews, 21(12), e13126
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/obr.13126
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.13126
- Verification note
- Abstract read on the Wiley Online Library page, with journal, volume and article number confirmed on PubMed, in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Baker, P., Machado, P., Santos, T., Sievert, K., Backholer, K., Hadjikakou, M., Russell, C., Huse, O., Bell, C., Scrinis, G., Worsley, A., Friel, S., & Lawrence, M. (2020). Ultra-processed foods and the nutrition transition: Global, regional and national trends, food systems transformations and political economy drivers. *Obesity Reviews, 21*(12), e13126. https://doi.org/10.1111/obr.13126
REF-268
Paper, guideline or statement
Urbanization and physical activity in the global Prospective Urban and Rural Epidemiology study
Boakye, K., Bovbjerg, M., Schuna, J., Jr., Branscum, A., Varma, R. P., Ismail, R., Barbarash, O., Dominguez, J., Altuntas, Y., Anjana, R. M., Yusuf, R., Kelishadi, R., Lopez-Jaramillo, P., Iqbal, R., Seron, P., Rosengren, A., Poirier, P., Lakshmi, P. V. M., Khatib, R., ... Hystad, P. · 2023 · Scientific Reports, 13, 290
This cross-sectional analysis of 138,206 adults in 698 communities across 22 countries in the Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology study used satellite derived population density and impervious surface area to measure urbanisation and found that an interquartile increase in baseline population density was associated with 12.4 per cent lower total physical activity (95 per cent confidence interval 16.0 to 8.7 per cent lower) and an interquartile increase in five year population density change with 17.2 per cent lower total physical activity, with urbanisation proceeding fastest in low and middle income countries. It belongs in the library because it provides direct multi-country evidence that the built and urban environment, not individual motivation alone, shapes how much people move.
Full APA reference
Boakye, K., Bovbjerg, M., Schuna, J., Jr., Branscum, A., Varma, R. P., Ismail, R., Barbarash, O., Dominguez, J., Altuntas, Y., Anjana, R. M., Yusuf, R., Kelishadi, R., Lopez-Jaramillo, P., Iqbal, R., Seron, P., Rosengren, A., Poirier, P., Lakshmi, P. V. M., Khatib, R., ... Hystad, P. (2023). Urbanization and physical activity in the global Prospective Urban and Rural Epidemiology study. Scientific Reports, 13, 290. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-26406-5
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-268
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Boakye, K., Bovbjerg, M., Schuna, J., Jr., Branscum, A., Varma, R. P., Ismail, R., Barbarash, O., Dominguez, J., Altuntas, Y., Anjana, R. M., Yusuf, R., Kelishadi, R., Lopez-Jaramillo, P., Iqbal, R., Seron, P., Rosengren, A., Poirier, P., Lakshmi, P. V. M., Khatib, R., ... Hystad, P.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Urbanization and physical activity in the global Prospective Urban and Rural Epidemiology study
- Description
- This cross-sectional analysis of 138,206 adults in 698 communities across 22 countries in the Prospective Urban Rural Epidemiology study used satellite derived population density and impervious surface area to measure urbanisation and found that an interquartile increase in baseline population density was associated with 12.4 per cent lower total physical activity (95 per cent confidence interval 16.0 to 8.7 per cent lower) and an interquartile increase in five year population density change with 17.2 per cent lower total physical activity, with urbanisation proceeding fastest in low and middle income countries. It belongs in the library because it provides direct multi-country evidence that the built and urban environment, not individual motivation alone, shapes how much people move.
- Publication or publisher
- Scientific Reports, 13, 290
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9822998/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-26406-5
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Boakye, K., Bovbjerg, M., Schuna, J., Jr., Branscum, A., Varma, R. P., Ismail, R., Barbarash, O., Dominguez, J., Altuntas, Y., Anjana, R. M., Yusuf, R., Kelishadi, R., Lopez-Jaramillo, P., Iqbal, R., Seron, P., Rosengren, A., Poirier, P., Lakshmi, P. V. M., Khatib, R., ... Hystad, P. (2023). Urbanization and physical activity in the global Prospective Urban and Rural Epidemiology study. *Scientific Reports, 13*, 290. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-022-26406-5
REF-269
Paper, guideline or statement
The effect of migration on hypertension and other cardiovascular risk factors: a review
Rosenthal, T. · 2014 · Journal of the American Society of Hypertension, 8(3), 171-191
This review of literature from Europe, Asia, Africa, the Americas, China, Australia and the Middle East describes how acculturation following movement from small rural agricultural economies to industrialised towns and cities reduces physical activity, replaces low sodium and low fat diets with processed foods and high salt, and raises stress, hypertension, obesity and diabetes, with older migrants affected more severely than younger ones, and concludes that host country governments and health services must tailor prevention and treatment programmes to these populations. It belongs in the library because it treats migration as a lifestyle and social determinant exposure that changes physical and mental health together.
Full APA reference
Rosenthal, T. (2014). The effect of migration on hypertension and other cardiovascular risk factors: a review. Journal of the American Society of Hypertension, 8(3), 171-191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jash.2013.12.007
View the sourceDOI
Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-269
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rosenthal, T.
- Year
- 2014
- Title
- The effect of migration on hypertension and other cardiovascular risk factors: a review
- Description
- This review of literature from Europe, Asia, Africa, the Americas, China, Australia and the Middle East describes how acculturation following movement from small rural agricultural economies to industrialised towns and cities reduces physical activity, replaces low sodium and low fat diets with processed foods and high salt, and raises stress, hypertension, obesity and diabetes, with older migrants affected more severely than younger ones, and concludes that host country governments and health services must tailor prevention and treatment programmes to these populations. It belongs in the library because it treats migration as a lifestyle and social determinant exposure that changes physical and mental health together.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of the American Society of Hypertension, 8(3), 171-191
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/24524887/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jash.2013.12.007
- Verification note
- Abstract read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Rosenthal, T. (2014). The effect of migration on hypertension and other cardiovascular risk factors: a review. *Journal of the American Society of Hypertension, 8*(3), 171-191. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jash.2013.12.007
REF-270
Paper, guideline or statement
Cohort Profile Update: Southall and Brent Revisited (SABRE) study: a UK population-based comparison of cardiovascular disease and diabetes in people of European, South Asian and African Caribbean heritage
Jones, S., Tillin, T., Park, C., Williams, S., Rapala, A., Al Saikhan, L., Eastwood, S. V., Richards, M., Hughes, A. D., & Chaturvedi, N. · 2020 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 49(5), 1441-1442e
This cohort profile update describes SABRE, a West London population based cohort of White British people and first generation migrants of South Asian or African Caribbean heritage, recruited in 1988 to 1991 from workplaces and general practice registers with a baseline sample of 4,972 and followed up at 20 years and at 25 to 30 years, established to study ethnic disparities in type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease and ethnic and sex differences in physiological and cognitive functional capacity. It belongs in the library because it is the longest running study of how migration and ethnicity shape cardiometabolic and cognitive trajectories in a high income country.
Full APA reference
Jones, S., Tillin, T., Park, C., Williams, S., Rapala, A., Al Saikhan, L., Eastwood, S. V., Richards, M., Hughes, A. D., & Chaturvedi, N. (2020). Cohort Profile Update: Southall and Brent Revisited (SABRE) study: a UK population-based comparison of cardiovascular disease and diabetes in people of European, South Asian and African Caribbean heritage. International Journal of Epidemiology, 49(5), 1441-1442e. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyaa135
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central and bibliographic details read on PubMed in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-270
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jones, S., Tillin, T., Park, C., Williams, S., Rapala, A., Al Saikhan, L., Eastwood, S. V., Richards, M., Hughes, A. D., & Chaturvedi, N.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Cohort Profile Update: Southall and Brent Revisited (SABRE) study: a UK population-based comparison of cardiovascular disease and diabetes in people of European, South Asian and African Caribbean heritage
- Description
- This cohort profile update describes SABRE, a West London population based cohort of White British people and first generation migrants of South Asian or African Caribbean heritage, recruited in 1988 to 1991 from workplaces and general practice registers with a baseline sample of 4,972 and followed up at 20 years and at 25 to 30 years, established to study ethnic disparities in type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease and ethnic and sex differences in physiological and cognitive functional capacity. It belongs in the library because it is the longest running study of how migration and ethnicity shape cardiometabolic and cognitive trajectories in a high income country.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 49(5), 1441-1442e
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7746410/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyaa135
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central and bibliographic details read on PubMed in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Jones, S., Tillin, T., Park, C., Williams, S., Rapala, A., Al Saikhan, L., Eastwood, S. V., Richards, M., Hughes, A. D., & Chaturvedi, N. (2020). Cohort Profile Update: Southall and Brent Revisited (SABRE) study: a UK population-based comparison of cardiovascular disease and diabetes in people of European, South Asian and African Caribbean heritage. *International Journal of Epidemiology, 49*(5), 1441-1442e. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyaa135
REF-271
Paper, guideline or statement
Chronic health conditions among culturally and linguistically diverse Australians, 2021
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2021 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This Australian Institute of Health and Welfare web report (catalogue number PHE 320) analyses long term health conditions collected for the first time in the 2021 Census of Population and Housing, covering the more than 7 million Australian residents born overseas and 6 million who speak a language other than English, and finds that people born overseas generally had lower prevalence of long term conditions than Australian born people but that dementia, heart disease, stroke, diabetes and kidney disease were more common among people born in Polynesia, South Asia and the Middle East, with Bangladesh born Australians having the highest prevalence of diabetes at 12 per cent and heart disease at 4.6 per cent, and with low English proficiency combined with more than 10 years in Australia associated with higher chronic condition prevalence. It belongs in the library because it shows ethnic and migration related inequality in lifestyle related disease within Australia and links that inequality to language and length of settlement rather than to individual behaviour alone.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2021). Chronic health conditions among culturally and linguistically diverse Australians, 2021 (Cat. no. PHE 320). Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/cald-australians/chronic-conditions-cald-2021/contents/summary
View the source
Summary and about pages of the web report read on the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-271
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Chronic health conditions among culturally and linguistically diverse Australians, 2021
- Description
- This Australian Institute of Health and Welfare web report (catalogue number PHE 320) analyses long term health conditions collected for the first time in the 2021 Census of Population and Housing, covering the more than 7 million Australian residents born overseas and 6 million who speak a language other than English, and finds that people born overseas generally had lower prevalence of long term conditions than Australian born people but that dementia, heart disease, stroke, diabetes and kidney disease were more common among people born in Polynesia, South Asia and the Middle East, with Bangladesh born Australians having the highest prevalence of diabetes at 12 per cent and heart disease at 4.6 per cent, and with low English proficiency combined with more than 10 years in Australia associated with higher chronic condition prevalence. It belongs in the library because it shows ethnic and migration related inequality in lifestyle related disease within Australia and links that inequality to language and length of settlement rather than to individual behaviour alone.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/cald-australians/chronic-conditions-cald-2021/contents/summary
- Verification note
- Summary and about pages of the web report read on the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2021). *Chronic health conditions among culturally and linguistically diverse Australians, 2021* (Cat. no. PHE 320). Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/cald-australians/chronic-conditions-cald-2021/contents/summary
REF-272
Paper, guideline or statement
Scaling up structured lifestyle interventions to improve the management of cardiometabolic diseases in low-income and middle-income countries: a systematic review of strategies, methods and outcomes
Shrestha, A., Yang, L., Demissie, G. D., Dhital, R., Panniyammakal, J., Parasuraman, G., Gupta, S., Karmacharya, B., Thankappan, K. R., Oldenburg, B., & Haregu, T. · 2025 · BMJ Public Health, 3(1), e001371
This PRISMA guided systematic review of 26 studies published between 2008 and 2021 from countries including Nigeria, Malawi, South Africa, Pakistan, Iran, Ghana, China, Cuba, Guatemala, Mali, Morocco and Palestine found that 18 studies (69 per cent) adapted structured lifestyle interventions to local context, that system integration, service strengthening and training achieved up to 100 per cent participant attendance, that only four studies (15 per cent) used theories, models or frameworks for the full scale-up process and that 7 studies (27 per cent) reported no significant differences in lifestyle behaviours or cardiometabolic biomarkers. It belongs in the library because it is the clearest evidence map of how lifestyle interventions are actually delivered and scaled outside high income settings, and it names early community and stakeholder engagement, readiness assessment and system integration as the conditions for success.
Full APA reference
Shrestha, A., Yang, L., Demissie, G. D., Dhital, R., Panniyammakal, J., Parasuraman, G., Gupta, S., Karmacharya, B., Thankappan, K. R., Oldenburg, B., & Haregu, T. (2025). Scaling up structured lifestyle interventions to improve the management of cardiometabolic diseases in low-income and middle-income countries: a systematic review of strategies, methods and outcomes. BMJ Public Health, 3(1), e001371. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjph-2024-001371
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-272
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Shrestha, A., Yang, L., Demissie, G. D., Dhital, R., Panniyammakal, J., Parasuraman, G., Gupta, S., Karmacharya, B., Thankappan, K. R., Oldenburg, B., & Haregu, T.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Scaling up structured lifestyle interventions to improve the management of cardiometabolic diseases in low-income and middle-income countries: a systematic review of strategies, methods and outcomes
- Description
- This PRISMA guided systematic review of 26 studies published between 2008 and 2021 from countries including Nigeria, Malawi, South Africa, Pakistan, Iran, Ghana, China, Cuba, Guatemala, Mali, Morocco and Palestine found that 18 studies (69 per cent) adapted structured lifestyle interventions to local context, that system integration, service strengthening and training achieved up to 100 per cent participant attendance, that only four studies (15 per cent) used theories, models or frameworks for the full scale-up process and that 7 studies (27 per cent) reported no significant differences in lifestyle behaviours or cardiometabolic biomarkers. It belongs in the library because it is the clearest evidence map of how lifestyle interventions are actually delivered and scaled outside high income settings, and it names early community and stakeholder engagement, readiness assessment and system integration as the conditions for success.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Public Health, 3(1), e001371
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11883891/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjph-2024-001371
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Shrestha, A., Yang, L., Demissie, G. D., Dhital, R., Panniyammakal, J., Parasuraman, G., Gupta, S., Karmacharya, B., Thankappan, K. R., Oldenburg, B., & Haregu, T. (2025). Scaling up structured lifestyle interventions to improve the management of cardiometabolic diseases in low-income and middle-income countries: a systematic review of strategies, methods and outcomes. *BMJ Public Health, 3*(1), e001371. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjph-2024-001371
REF-273
Paper, guideline or statement
Association of task-shared psychological interventions with depression outcomes in low- and middle-income countries: A systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis
Karyotaki, E., Araya, R., Kessler, R. C., Waqas, A., Bhana, A., Rahman, A., Matsuzaka, C. T., Miguel, C., Lund, C., Garman, E. C., Nakimuli-Mpungu, E., Petersen, I., Naslund, J. A., Schneider, M., Sikander, S., Jordans, M. J. D., Abas, M., Slade, P., Walters, S., ... Patel, V. · 2022 · JAMA Psychiatry, 79(5), 430-443
This systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis pooled 11 of 13 eligible randomised clinical trials of task-shared psychological interventions for adult depression in low and middle income countries, covering 4,145 participants or about 94 per cent of all existing individual patient data, and found a greater reduction in depressive symptom severity than control conditions (Hedges g 0.32) with higher odds of response (odds ratio 2.11, 95 per cent confidence interval 1.60 to 2.80) and remission (odds ratio 1.87, 95 per cent confidence interval 1.20 to 1.99), and heterogeneity of 74 per cent. It belongs in the library because task sharing to non-specialist workers is the main delivery model available for psychosocial and lifestyle oriented mental health care in low resource settings, and this analysis establishes that it works.
Full APA reference
Karyotaki, E., Araya, R., Kessler, R. C., Waqas, A., Bhana, A., Rahman, A., Matsuzaka, C. T., Miguel, C., Lund, C., Garman, E. C., Nakimuli-Mpungu, E., Petersen, I., Naslund, J. A., Schneider, M., Sikander, S., Jordans, M. J. D., Abas, M., Slade, P., Walters, S., ... Patel, V. (2022). Association of task-shared psychological interventions with depression outcomes in low- and middle-income countries: A systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis. JAMA Psychiatry, 79(5), 430-443. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2022.0301
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-273
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Karyotaki, E., Araya, R., Kessler, R. C., Waqas, A., Bhana, A., Rahman, A., Matsuzaka, C. T., Miguel, C., Lund, C., Garman, E. C., Nakimuli-Mpungu, E., Petersen, I., Naslund, J. A., Schneider, M., Sikander, S., Jordans, M. J. D., Abas, M., Slade, P., Walters, S., ... Patel, V.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Association of task-shared psychological interventions with depression outcomes in low- and middle-income countries: A systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis
- Description
- This systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis pooled 11 of 13 eligible randomised clinical trials of task-shared psychological interventions for adult depression in low and middle income countries, covering 4,145 participants or about 94 per cent of all existing individual patient data, and found a greater reduction in depressive symptom severity than control conditions (Hedges g 0.32) with higher odds of response (odds ratio 2.11, 95 per cent confidence interval 1.60 to 2.80) and remission (odds ratio 1.87, 95 per cent confidence interval 1.20 to 1.99), and heterogeneity of 74 per cent. It belongs in the library because task sharing to non-specialist workers is the main delivery model available for psychosocial and lifestyle oriented mental health care in low resource settings, and this analysis establishes that it works.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Psychiatry, 79(5), 430-443
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8943620/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2022.0301
- Verification note
- Full text read on PubMed Central in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Karyotaki, E., Araya, R., Kessler, R. C., Waqas, A., Bhana, A., Rahman, A., Matsuzaka, C. T., Miguel, C., Lund, C., Garman, E. C., Nakimuli-Mpungu, E., Petersen, I., Naslund, J. A., Schneider, M., Sikander, S., Jordans, M. J. D., Abas, M., Slade, P., Walters, S., ... Patel, V. (2022). Association of task-shared psychological interventions with depression outcomes in low- and middle-income countries: A systematic review and individual patient data meta-analysis. *JAMA Psychiatry, 79*(5), 430-443. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2022.0301
REF-274
Paper, guideline or statement
Hail Lifestyle Medicine consensus position statement as a medical specialty: Middle Eastern perspective
Alrajhi, S., Konswa, A. A., Alhamdi, N., Alshammari, F., Alqurashi, A., Alraddadi, R., Alfheeaid, H., Albattal, S., Alsoqih, N., Almuhaileb, F., Alnais, M., Kunonga, E., Latif, S., Tanigawa Guimaraes, S., Tariq, R., Albishri, T., & Alrasadi, K. · 2025 · Frontiers in Public Health, 13, 1455871
Using a survey, SWOT analysis, Delphi rounds and nominal polling among a national lifestyle medicine group of 815 members in Saudi Arabia and the wider Middle East, this consensus position statement recorded 136 votes of which 118 favoured a newly developed Middle East and North Africa set of lifestyle medicine pillars over retaining the American College of Lifestyle Medicine pillars unchanged, adding motor vehicle driving disturbances, smart technology use, emotional and mental health, spirituality and sexuality as regionally salient pillars. It belongs in the library as a verifiable regional professional statement showing that the pillars of lifestyle medicine are being renegotiated outside high income Western settings, with mental, emotional and spiritual health placed alongside diet and activity.
Full APA reference
Alrajhi, S., Konswa, A. A., Alhamdi, N., Alshammari, F., Alqurashi, A., Alraddadi, R., Alfheeaid, H., Albattal, S., Alsoqih, N., Almuhaileb, F., Alnais, M., Kunonga, E., Latif, S., Tanigawa Guimaraes, S., Tariq, R., Albishri, T., & Alrasadi, K. (2025). Hail Lifestyle Medicine consensus position statement as a medical specialty: Middle Eastern perspective. Frontiers in Public Health, 13, 1455871. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1455871
View the sourceDOI
Full text read on the Frontiers in Public Health website in September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-274
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Alrajhi, S., Konswa, A. A., Alhamdi, N., Alshammari, F., Alqurashi, A., Alraddadi, R., Alfheeaid, H., Albattal, S., Alsoqih, N., Almuhaileb, F., Alnais, M., Kunonga, E., Latif, S., Tanigawa Guimaraes, S., Tariq, R., Albishri, T., & Alrasadi, K.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Hail Lifestyle Medicine consensus position statement as a medical specialty: Middle Eastern perspective
- Description
- Using a survey, SWOT analysis, Delphi rounds and nominal polling among a national lifestyle medicine group of 815 members in Saudi Arabia and the wider Middle East, this consensus position statement recorded 136 votes of which 118 favoured a newly developed Middle East and North Africa set of lifestyle medicine pillars over retaining the American College of Lifestyle Medicine pillars unchanged, adding motor vehicle driving disturbances, smart technology use, emotional and mental health, spirituality and sexuality as regionally salient pillars. It belongs in the library as a verifiable regional professional statement showing that the pillars of lifestyle medicine are being renegotiated outside high income Western settings, with mental, emotional and spiritual health placed alongside diet and activity.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 13, 1455871
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Saudi Arabia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/public-health/articles/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1455871/full
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1455871
- Verification note
- Full text read on the Frontiers in Public Health website in September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Alrajhi, S., Konswa, A. A., Alhamdi, N., Alshammari, F., Alqurashi, A., Alraddadi, R., Alfheeaid, H., Albattal, S., Alsoqih, N., Almuhaileb, F., Alnais, M., Kunonga, E., Latif, S., Tanigawa Guimaraes, S., Tariq, R., Albishri, T., & Alrasadi, K. (2025). Hail Lifestyle Medicine consensus position statement as a medical specialty: Middle Eastern perspective. *Frontiers in Public Health, 13*, 1455871. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2025.1455871
REF-275
Paper, guideline or statement
The health of people in Australia's prisons 2025
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2026 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Drawing on the National Prisoner Health Data Collection and announced in August 2026, this AIHW report found that around 3 in 5 prison entrants had a mental health condition at some stage of their life, that mental health or behavioural conditions were recorded for 56 per cent of people in prison in 2024-25, that 4 in 5 entrants reported illicit drug use in the previous 12 months, and that 1 in 4 had experienced homelessness in the month before entering prison while around 1 in 3 people discharged were expected to be homeless on release. It belongs in the library because it shows lifestyle risk factors, mental illness and housing insecurity concentrating in one marginalised group, and because 51 per cent of people discharged said their physical health improved in custody while 22 per cent said it worsened.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). The health of people in Australia's prisons 2025. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/news-media/media-releases/2026/2026-august/the-health-of-people-in-australia-s-prisons-2025
View the source
AIHW report announcement read in September 2026 through a syndicated full text copy of the media release, because aihw.gov.au blocks automated retrieval of its media release and prisoner health report pages. Figures quoted are those given in the release for 2024-25 and for 30 June 2025, when around 47,000 people were in Australian prisons, 21 per cent more than in 2016.
All fields
- ID
- REF-275
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The health of people in Australia's prisons 2025
- Description
- Drawing on the National Prisoner Health Data Collection and announced in August 2026, this AIHW report found that around 3 in 5 prison entrants had a mental health condition at some stage of their life, that mental health or behavioural conditions were recorded for 56 per cent of people in prison in 2024-25, that 4 in 5 entrants reported illicit drug use in the previous 12 months, and that 1 in 4 had experienced homelessness in the month before entering prison while around 1 in 3 people discharged were expected to be homeless on release. It belongs in the library because it shows lifestyle risk factors, mental illness and housing insecurity concentrating in one marginalised group, and because 51 per cent of people discharged said their physical health improved in custody while 22 per cent said it worsened.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/news-media/media-releases/2026/2026-august/the-health-of-people-in-australia-s-prisons-2025
- Verification note
- AIHW report announcement read in September 2026 through a syndicated full text copy of the media release, because aihw.gov.au blocks automated retrieval of its media release and prisoner health report pages. Figures quoted are those given in the release for 2024-25 and for 30 June 2025, when around 47,000 people were in Australian prisons, 21 per cent more than in 2016.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). *The health of people in Australia's prisons 2025*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/news-media/media-releases/2026/2026-august/the-health-of-people-in-australia-s-prisons-2025
REF-276
Paper, guideline or statement
Australia's Disability Strategy 2021–2031 Outcomes Framework: 3rd annual report
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Released on 4 July 2025, this AIHW report tracks 2024 outcomes for people with disability across the seven outcome areas of Australia's Disability Strategy, covering employment and financial security, inclusive homes and communities, safety rights and justice, personal and community support, education and learning, health and wellbeing, and community attitudes, with 56 measures currently carrying data and 36 showing updated post-baseline results. It belongs in the library because it treats health and wellbeing as one outcome alongside housing, work, education and community attitudes, which is social determinants reasoning built into a national monitoring framework.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Australia's Disability Strategy 2021–2031 Outcomes Framework: 3rd annual report. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/australias-disability-strategy
View the source
Outcomes framework reporting page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating a release date of 04/07/2025 for the third annual report and listing the seven outcome areas. The page records that 20 measures received a progress status for the first time, 18 of them from the Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers.
All fields
- ID
- REF-276
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Australia's Disability Strategy 2021–2031 Outcomes Framework: 3rd annual report
- Description
- Released on 4 July 2025, this AIHW report tracks 2024 outcomes for people with disability across the seven outcome areas of Australia's Disability Strategy, covering employment and financial security, inclusive homes and communities, safety rights and justice, personal and community support, education and learning, health and wellbeing, and community attitudes, with 56 measures currently carrying data and 36 showing updated post-baseline results. It belongs in the library because it treats health and wellbeing as one outcome alongside housing, work, education and community attitudes, which is social determinants reasoning built into a national monitoring framework.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/australias-disability-strategy
- Verification note
- Outcomes framework reporting page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating a release date of 04/07/2025 for the third annual report and listing the seven outcome areas. The page records that 20 measures received a progress status for the first time, 18 of them from the Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Australia's Disability Strategy 2021–2031 Outcomes Framework: 3rd annual report*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/australias-disability-strategy
REF-277
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health (AIHW mental health reporting collection)
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2026 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This is the AIHW's standing national reporting collection on mental health, refreshed several times a year rather than issued as a single edition, with sections on the prevalence and impact of mental illness, Medicare mental health services, mental health prescriptions, presentations to emergency departments, involuntary treatment, social isolation and loneliness, specialist homelessness services, and spending on mental illness. It belongs in the library because it is the current Australian source for prevalence and service use figures that any lifestyle or mental health resource needs to keep up to date, including newer analyses of ADHD medication dispensing from 2004-05 to 2023-24 and of suicide, self-harm and mental health together.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). Mental health. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health
View the source
Collection landing page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026. The page carries no single edition year and instead lists recently updated and newly added sections, which are the sections named in the description.
All fields
- ID
- REF-277
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Mental health (AIHW mental health reporting collection)
- Description
- This is the AIHW's standing national reporting collection on mental health, refreshed several times a year rather than issued as a single edition, with sections on the prevalence and impact of mental illness, Medicare mental health services, mental health prescriptions, presentations to emergency departments, involuntary treatment, social isolation and loneliness, specialist homelessness services, and spending on mental illness. It belongs in the library because it is the current Australian source for prevalence and service use figures that any lifestyle or mental health resource needs to keep up to date, including newer analyses of ADHD medication dispensing from 2004-05 to 2023-24 and of suicide, self-harm and mental health together.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health
- Verification note
- Collection landing page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026. The page carries no single edition year and instead lists recently updated and newly added sections, which are the sections named in the description.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). *Mental health*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health
REF-278
Paper, guideline or statement
Social isolation and loneliness
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Updated with new data on 20 May 2025, this AIHW analysis of Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia waves 1 to 23 reported that 15 per cent of Australians aged 15 and over were socially isolated in 2023, 17 per cent of males and 13 per cent of females, up from 13 per cent in 2019 and 16 per cent in 2021, with the 35 to 44 age group the exception in continuing to rise from 16 per cent in 2021 to 18 per cent in 2023. It belongs in the library because it supplies the Australian time series on social connection, showing that men report more isolation while women report more loneliness in the 25 to 54 range and that both worsened between 2020 and 2022.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Social isolation and loneliness. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health/topic-areas/social-isolation-and-loneliness
View the source
Related items: REF-501, REF-506
Topic page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating that data were updated on 20 May 2025 and drawn from AIHW analysis of HILDA waves 1 to 23 covering 2001 to 2023.
All fields
- ID
- REF-278
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Social isolation and loneliness
- Description
- Updated with new data on 20 May 2025, this AIHW analysis of Household, Income and Labour Dynamics in Australia waves 1 to 23 reported that 15 per cent of Australians aged 15 and over were socially isolated in 2023, 17 per cent of males and 13 per cent of females, up from 13 per cent in 2019 and 16 per cent in 2021, with the 35 to 44 age group the exception in continuing to rise from 16 per cent in 2021 to 18 per cent in 2023. It belongs in the library because it supplies the Australian time series on social connection, showing that men report more isolation while women report more loneliness in the 25 to 54 range and that both worsened between 2020 and 2022.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health/topic-areas/social-isolation-and-loneliness
- Verification note
- Topic page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating that data were updated on 20 May 2025 and drawn from AIHW analysis of HILDA waves 1 to 23 covering 2001 to 2023.
- Related items
- REF-501; REF-506
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Social isolation and loneliness*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/mental-health/topic-areas/social-isolation-and-loneliness
REF-279
Paper, guideline or statement
Overweight and obesity
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2024 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This AIHW web report, catalogue number PHE 251, reports that in 2022 two thirds of Australian adults, 66 per cent, were overweight or obese, made up of 34 per cent overweight but not obese and 32 per cent obese, that one in four children and adolescents aged 2 to 17, 26 per cent, were overweight or obese, and that 63 per cent of men and 72 per cent of women had a waist circumference indicating high risk of metabolic complications. It belongs in the library because it provides the national prevalence baseline against which nutrition, physical activity and obesity policy is measured, and places Australia tenth highest of 21 OECD countries for overweight and obesity in people aged 15 and over.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). Overweight and obesity (Cat. no. PHE 251). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/overweight-obesity/overweight-and-obesity
View the source
Web report pages read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, showing catalogue number PHE 251 and headline figures for 2022. The report summary page carries a stated date of 17 June 2024 and the report is revised periodically rather than as dated editions.
All fields
- ID
- REF-279
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Overweight and obesity
- Description
- This AIHW web report, catalogue number PHE 251, reports that in 2022 two thirds of Australian adults, 66 per cent, were overweight or obese, made up of 34 per cent overweight but not obese and 32 per cent obese, that one in four children and adolescents aged 2 to 17, 26 per cent, were overweight or obese, and that 63 per cent of men and 72 per cent of women had a waist circumference indicating high risk of metabolic complications. It belongs in the library because it provides the national prevalence baseline against which nutrition, physical activity and obesity policy is measured, and places Australia tenth highest of 21 OECD countries for overweight and obesity in people aged 15 and over.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/overweight-obesity/overweight-and-obesity/contents/about
- Verification note
- Web report pages read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, showing catalogue number PHE 251 and headline figures for 2022. The report summary page carries a stated date of 17 June 2024 and the report is revised periodically rather than as dated editions.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). *Overweight and obesity* (Cat. no. PHE 251). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/overweight-obesity/overweight-and-obesity
REF-280
Paper, guideline or statement
Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This AIHW web report, catalogue number PHE 221 and current as at 15 May 2025, is regularly updated from a range of national collections and brings together data on tobacco smoking as one of the leading risk factors for burden of disease in Australia, on shifts in apparent alcohol consumption across the past 50 years, on cannabis as the most widely used illicit drug, and on non-medical use of pharmaceutical drugs. It belongs in the library because substance use is the lifestyle domain where Australian monitoring is most detailed, and this is the single reference point that keeps those figures current across populations and jurisdictions.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia (Cat. no. PHE 221). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/alcohol/alcohol-tobacco-other-drugs-australia
View the source
Related items: REF-568
Web report about page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating that content is correct as at 15 May 2025, that the report is regularly updated, and giving catalogue number PHE 221.
All fields
- ID
- REF-280
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia
- Description
- This AIHW web report, catalogue number PHE 221 and current as at 15 May 2025, is regularly updated from a range of national collections and brings together data on tobacco smoking as one of the leading risk factors for burden of disease in Australia, on shifts in apparent alcohol consumption across the past 50 years, on cannabis as the most widely used illicit drug, and on non-medical use of pharmaceutical drugs. It belongs in the library because substance use is the lifestyle domain where Australian monitoring is most detailed, and this is the single reference point that keeps those figures current across populations and jurisdictions.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/alcohol/alcohol-tobacco-other-drugs-australia
- Verification note
- Web report about page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating that content is correct as at 15 May 2025, that the report is regularly updated, and giving catalogue number PHE 221.
- Related items
- REF-568
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs in Australia* (Cat. no. PHE 221). AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/alcohol/alcohol-tobacco-other-drugs-australia
REF-281
Paper, guideline or statement
Suicide and self-harm monitoring
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This continuously updated AIHW monitoring resource reports that in 2023 there were 3,214 deaths by suicide out of 183,131 registered deaths in Australia, or 1.8 per cent of all deaths, and sets out the reporting lags that shape the evidence, with up to 18 months for national suicide deaths data and about 12 months for hospital admissions. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative Australian source for suicide and self-harm trends and because it documents the newer state and territory suicide registers, established in the Australian Capital Territory in 2021, South Australia in 2022 and the Northern Territory in 2023, along with ambulance attendance data from January 2021.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Suicide and self-harm monitoring. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/suicide-self-harm-monitoring
View the source
Overview page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating the 2023 figures and that the resource will be updated regularly as new data become available. The overview page carries a stated date of 11 December 2025.
All fields
- ID
- REF-281
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Suicide and self-harm monitoring
- Description
- This continuously updated AIHW monitoring resource reports that in 2023 there were 3,214 deaths by suicide out of 183,131 registered deaths in Australia, or 1.8 per cent of all deaths, and sets out the reporting lags that shape the evidence, with up to 18 months for national suicide deaths data and about 12 months for hospital admissions. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative Australian source for suicide and self-harm trends and because it documents the newer state and territory suicide registers, established in the Australian Capital Territory in 2021, South Australia in 2022 and the Northern Territory in 2023, along with ambulance attendance data from January 2021.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/suicide-self-harm-monitoring/overview
- Verification note
- Overview page read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026, stating the 2023 figures and that the resource will be updated regularly as new data become available. The overview page carries a stated date of 11 December 2025.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). *Suicide and self-harm monitoring*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/suicide-self-harm-monitoring
REF-282
Paper, guideline or statement
Rural and remote health
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2024 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
This AIHW topic report sets out how people living in rural and remote Australia have shorter lives, higher levels of disease and injury, higher rates of hospitalisation and mortality, and poorer access to and use of primary health care than people in metropolitan areas, and reports that the gap in Year 12 completion between major cities and remote or very remote areas narrowed from 29 per cent in 2013 to 24 per cent in 2022. It belongs in the library because geography is a social determinant in its own right, shaping whether lifestyle and mental health services are reachable at all, and because it gives the national numbers behind that claim.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). Rural and remote health. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/rural-remote-australians/rural-and-remote-health
View the source
Rural and remote health topic pages read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026. The report page carries a stated date of 2 July 2024 and the population group overview page repeats the same comparisons.
All fields
- ID
- REF-282
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Rural and remote health
- Description
- This AIHW topic report sets out how people living in rural and remote Australia have shorter lives, higher levels of disease and injury, higher rates of hospitalisation and mortality, and poorer access to and use of primary health care than people in metropolitan areas, and reports that the gap in Year 12 completion between major cities and remote or very remote areas narrowed from 29 per cent in 2013 to 24 per cent in 2022. It belongs in the library because geography is a social determinant in its own right, shaping whether lifestyle and mental health services are reachable at all, and because it gives the national numbers behind that claim.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/rural-remote-australians/rural-and-remote-health
- Verification note
- Rural and remote health topic pages read on aihw.gov.au in September 2026. The report page carries a stated date of 2 July 2024 and the population group overview page repeats the same comparisons.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2024). *Rural and remote health*. AIHW. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/rural-remote-australians/rural-and-remote-health
REF-283
Paper, guideline or statement
Executive Summary of Lifestyle Interventions for Treatment and Remission of Type 2 Diabetes and Prediabetes in Adults: A Clinical Practice Guideline From the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
American College of Lifestyle Medicine · 2025 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(2 Suppl), 132S-154S
A 20 member multidisciplinary group produced 14 key action statements presenting lifestyle intervention as the foundation of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes care, and it is described as the first diabetes guideline to cover all six pillars of lifestyle medicine including behaviour change. Strong recommendations cover advocacy for lifestyle intervention, assessing baseline habits, prescribing aerobic and strength activity, reducing sedentary time, identifying sleep disorders and prescribing nutrition plans. The six pillars framing (nutrition, activity, sleep, stress, social connectedness, substances) makes this the clearest single statement that metabolic disease management spans behaviour, sleep and social connection rather than diet alone.
Full APA reference
American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2025). Executive summary of lifestyle interventions for treatment and remission of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes in adults: A clinical practice guideline from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(2 Suppl), 132S-154S. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251325485
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-283
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Executive Summary of Lifestyle Interventions for Treatment and Remission of Type 2 Diabetes and Prediabetes in Adults: A Clinical Practice Guideline From the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Description
- A 20 member multidisciplinary group produced 14 key action statements presenting lifestyle intervention as the foundation of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes care, and it is described as the first diabetes guideline to cover all six pillars of lifestyle medicine including behaviour change. Strong recommendations cover advocacy for lifestyle intervention, assessing baseline habits, prescribing aerobic and strength activity, reducing sedentary time, identifying sleep disorders and prescribing nutrition plans. The six pillars framing (nutrition, activity, sleep, stress, social connectedness, substances) makes this the clearest single statement that metabolic disease management spans behaviour, sleep and social connection rather than diet alone.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(2 Suppl), 132S-154S
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40546763/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251325485
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2025). Executive summary of lifestyle interventions for treatment and remission of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes in adults: A clinical practice guideline from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 19(2 Suppl), 132S-154S. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276251325485
REF-284
Paper, guideline or statement
Dietary Interventions to Treat Type 2 Diabetes in Adults with a Goal of Remission: An Expert Consensus Statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
Rosenfeld, R. M., Kelly, J. H., Agarwal, M., Aspry, K., Barnett, T., Davis, B. C., Fields, D., Gaillard, T., Gulati, M., Guthrie, G. E., Moore, D. J., Panigrahi, G., Rothberg, A., Sannidhi, D. V., Weatherspoon, L., Pauly, K., & Karlsen, M. C. · 2022 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(3)
A modified Delphi panel screened 131 candidate statements over four survey rounds, with 69 reaching consensus, 5 near consensus and 60 no consensus. The panel agreed remission means HbA1c below 6.5 percent sustained at least 3 months without surgery, devices or glucose lowering drugs, and that diet as a primary intervention can achieve remission in many adults. Shows a professional body treating food as a therapeutic agent, and the consensus and no consensus split is a useful teaching example of where evidence and professional opinion diverge.
Full APA reference
Rosenfeld, R. M., Kelly, J. H., Agarwal, M., Aspry, K., Barnett, T., Davis, B. C., Fields, D., Gaillard, T., Gulati, M., Guthrie, G. E., Moore, D. J., Panigrahi, G., Rothberg, A., Sannidhi, D. V., Weatherspoon, L., Pauly, K., & Karlsen, M. C. (2022). Dietary interventions to treat type 2 diabetes in adults with a goal of remission: An expert consensus statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221087624
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-284
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rosenfeld, R. M., Kelly, J. H., Agarwal, M., Aspry, K., Barnett, T., Davis, B. C., Fields, D., Gaillard, T., Gulati, M., Guthrie, G. E., Moore, D. J., Panigrahi, G., Rothberg, A., Sannidhi, D. V., Weatherspoon, L., Pauly, K., & Karlsen, M. C.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Dietary Interventions to Treat Type 2 Diabetes in Adults with a Goal of Remission: An Expert Consensus Statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Description
- A modified Delphi panel screened 131 candidate statements over four survey rounds, with 69 reaching consensus, 5 near consensus and 60 no consensus. The panel agreed remission means HbA1c below 6.5 percent sustained at least 3 months without surgery, devices or glucose lowering drugs, and that diet as a primary intervention can achieve remission in many adults. Shows a professional body treating food as a therapeutic agent, and the consensus and no consensus split is a useful teaching example of where evidence and professional opinion diverge.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(3)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/15598276221087624
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221087624
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Rosenfeld, R. M., Kelly, J. H., Agarwal, M., Aspry, K., Barnett, T., Davis, B. C., Fields, D., Gaillard, T., Gulati, M., Guthrie, G. E., Moore, D. J., Panigrahi, G., Rothberg, A., Sannidhi, D. V., Weatherspoon, L., Pauly, K., & Karlsen, M. C. (2022). Dietary interventions to treat type 2 diabetes in adults with a goal of remission: An expert consensus statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 16(3). https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221087624
REF-285
Paper, guideline or statement
Type 2 Diabetes Remission and Lifestyle Medicine: A Position Statement From the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
Kelly, J., Karlsen, M., & Steinke, G. · 2020 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(4), 406-419
ACLM argued that remission should be the primary clinical goal in type 2 diabetes and that intensive lifestyle interventions producing remission should become standard of care, with a whole food plant based dietary pattern plus moderate exercise as the optimal treatment. It applied a remission definition of glycaemia below the diabetic range for at least 1 year without pharmacologic or surgical therapy, splitting partial remission (HbA1c under 6.5 percent) from complete remission (HbA1c under 5.7 percent). Useful for tracing how a definition contested between professional bodies was settled, which matters when comparing remission rates across studies and jurisdictions.
Full APA reference
Kelly, J., Karlsen, M., & Steinke, G. (2020). Type 2 diabetes remission and lifestyle medicine: A position statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(4), 406-419. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620930962
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-285
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kelly, J., Karlsen, M., & Steinke, G.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Type 2 Diabetes Remission and Lifestyle Medicine: A Position Statement From the American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Description
- ACLM argued that remission should be the primary clinical goal in type 2 diabetes and that intensive lifestyle interventions producing remission should become standard of care, with a whole food plant based dietary pattern plus moderate exercise as the optimal treatment. It applied a remission definition of glycaemia below the diabetic range for at least 1 year without pharmacologic or surgical therapy, splitting partial remission (HbA1c under 6.5 percent) from complete remission (HbA1c under 5.7 percent). Useful for tracing how a definition contested between professional bodies was settled, which matters when comparing remission rates across studies and jurisdictions.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(4), 406-419
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7692017/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620930962
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Kelly, J., Karlsen, M., & Steinke, G. (2020). Type 2 diabetes remission and lifestyle medicine: A position statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 14(4), 406-419. https://doi.org/10.1177/1559827620930962
REF-286
Paper, guideline or statement
Screening, Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Staging of Obesity in Adults: Standards of Care in Overweight and Obesity-2026
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Obesity · 2026 · BMJ Open Diabetes Research and Care, 13(Suppl. 1), e006247
This new standards series treats obesity as a heterogeneous chronic disease and recommends screening for excess adiposity at least annually using BMI, with race and ethnicity specific BMI thresholds and waist circumference measures for some people to reduce underdiagnosis. It calls for comprehensive clinical evaluation of all adults diagnosed with overweight or obesity, including risk stratification and staging that inform the management plan and follow up. Marks the institutional shift from weight as a behaviour to weight as a staged chronic disease, and the ethnicity specific thresholds connect diagnosis directly to population and equity considerations.
Full APA reference
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Obesity. (2026). Screening, diagnosis, evaluation, and staging of obesity in adults: Standards of care in overweight and obesity-2026. BMJ Open Diabetes Research and Care, 13(Suppl. 1), e006247. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjdrc-2026-006247
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-286
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Obesity
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Screening, Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Staging of Obesity in Adults: Standards of Care in Overweight and Obesity-2026
- Description
- This new standards series treats obesity as a heterogeneous chronic disease and recommends screening for excess adiposity at least annually using BMI, with race and ethnicity specific BMI thresholds and waist circumference measures for some people to reduce underdiagnosis. It calls for comprehensive clinical evaluation of all adults diagnosed with overweight or obesity, including risk stratification and staging that inform the management plan and follow up. Marks the institutional shift from weight as a behaviour to weight as a staged chronic disease, and the ethnicity specific thresholds connect diagnosis directly to population and equity considerations.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open Diabetes Research and Care, 13(Suppl. 1), e006247
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42242835/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjdrc-2026-006247
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Obesity. (2026). Screening, diagnosis, evaluation, and staging of obesity in adults: Standards of care in overweight and obesity-2026. BMJ Open Diabetes Research and Care, 13(Suppl. 1), e006247. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjdrc-2026-006247
REF-287
Paper, guideline or statement
5. Facilitating Positive Health Behaviors and Well-being to Improve Health Outcomes: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2026
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes · 2026 · Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S89-S131
This chapter of the annually revised ADA Standards of Care sets out the ADA's current clinical practice recommendations on health behaviours and wellbeing, including the components of care, treatment goals and tools to evaluate quality of care. The PubMed record does not state numerical recommendations, so no figure is quoted here. The chapter title itself is evidence of mainstream diabetes guidance putting behaviour and wellbeing, not only glucose, at the centre of care.
Full APA reference
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes. (2026). 5. Facilitating positive health behaviors and well-being to improve health outcomes: Standards of care in diabetes-2026. Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S89-S131. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S005
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-287
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- 5. Facilitating Positive Health Behaviors and Well-being to Improve Health Outcomes: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2026
- Description
- This chapter of the annually revised ADA Standards of Care sets out the ADA's current clinical practice recommendations on health behaviours and wellbeing, including the components of care, treatment goals and tools to evaluate quality of care. The PubMed record does not state numerical recommendations, so no figure is quoted here. The chapter title itself is evidence of mainstream diabetes guidance putting behaviour and wellbeing, not only glucose, at the centre of care.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S89-S131
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41358898/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S005
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes. (2026). 5. Facilitating positive health behaviors and well-being to improve health outcomes: Standards of care in diabetes-2026. Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S89-S131. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S005
REF-288
Paper, guideline or statement
8. Obesity and Weight Management for the Prevention and Treatment of Diabetes: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2026
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes · 2026 · Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S166-S182
This is the ADA's dedicated obesity and weight management chapter within the 2026 Standards of Care, sitting between the health behaviours chapter and the pharmacologic glycaemic treatment chapter. The PubMed record lists bibliographic detail and authorship but no numerical results, so no figures are quoted. The pairing of a behaviour chapter and a weight chapter within one guideline is the practical template most clinical services now follow.
Full APA reference
American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes. (2026). 8. Obesity and weight management for the prevention and treatment of diabetes: Standards of care in diabetes-2026. Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S166-S182. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S008
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-288
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- 8. Obesity and Weight Management for the Prevention and Treatment of Diabetes: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2026
- Description
- This is the ADA's dedicated obesity and weight management chapter within the 2026 Standards of Care, sitting between the health behaviours chapter and the pharmacologic glycaemic treatment chapter. The PubMed record lists bibliographic detail and authorship but no numerical results, so no figures are quoted. The pairing of a behaviour chapter and a weight chapter within one guideline is the practical template most clinical services now follow.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S166-S182
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41358882/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S008
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee for Diabetes. (2026). 8. Obesity and weight management for the prevention and treatment of diabetes: Standards of care in diabetes-2026. Diabetes Care, 49(Suppl. 1), S166-S182. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc26-S008
REF-289
Paper, guideline or statement
Type 2 diabetes remission
Diabetes Australia · 2021 · Diabetes Australia
Diabetes Australia defines remission as HbA1c below 6.5 percent, or 48 mmol/mol, sustained for at least 3 months after stopping glucose lowering medication, and stresses remission is not a cure because glucose can rise again. It states that likely fewer than half of people attempting remission through intensive dietary change achieve it at one year and only about one third sustain it over two years, and that remission is more likely with diabetes duration under five years, lower HbA1c and no insulin. A consumer facing national statement that deliberately manages expectation and guards against blame, which is exactly the psychosocial framing a lifestyle psychiatry library needs.
Full APA reference
Diabetes Australia. (2021). Type 2 diabetes remission [Position statement]. Diabetes Australia. https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021_Diabetes-Australia-Position-Statement_Type-2-diabetes-remission_2.pdf
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-289
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Diabetes Australia
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Type 2 diabetes remission
- Description
- Diabetes Australia defines remission as HbA1c below 6.5 percent, or 48 mmol/mol, sustained for at least 3 months after stopping glucose lowering medication, and stresses remission is not a cure because glucose can rise again. It states that likely fewer than half of people attempting remission through intensive dietary change achieve it at one year and only about one third sustain it over two years, and that remission is more likely with diabetes duration under five years, lower HbA1c and no insulin. A consumer facing national statement that deliberately manages expectation and guards against blame, which is exactly the psychosocial framing a lifestyle psychiatry library needs.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Australia
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021_Diabetes-Australia-Position-Statement_Type-2-diabetes-remission_2.pdf
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Diabetes Australia. (2021). Type 2 diabetes remission [Position statement]. Diabetes Australia. https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2021_Diabetes-Australia-Position-Statement_Type-2-diabetes-remission_2.pdf
REF-290
Paper, guideline or statement
Bariatric surgery
Diabetes Australia · n.d. · Diabetes Australia
The statement says blood glucose may return to normal without medication in up to three out of four people with type 2 diabetes after bariatric surgery, with average loss of around 50 to 65 percent of excess weight and complication rates below 1 percent for gastric banding versus 2 to 10 percent for more complex procedures. It positions surgery as an option at BMI over 35 when lifestyle and medical treatments have not succeeded, and insists lifestyle intervention achieving sustained weight loss should be the initial approach for all people at high risk. Useful counterweight to drug and diet items because it shows the same national body ranking lifestyle first while accepting a surgical pathway.
Full APA reference
Diabetes Australia. (n.d.). Bariatric surgery [Position statement]. Diabetes Australia. https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/Position-statement-Bariatric-Surgery.pdf
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-290
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Diabetes Australia
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Bariatric surgery
- Description
- The statement says blood glucose may return to normal without medication in up to three out of four people with type 2 diabetes after bariatric surgery, with average loss of around 50 to 65 percent of excess weight and complication rates below 1 percent for gastric banding versus 2 to 10 percent for more complex procedures. It positions surgery as an option at BMI over 35 when lifestyle and medical treatments have not succeeded, and insists lifestyle intervention achieving sustained weight loss should be the initial approach for all people at high risk. Useful counterweight to drug and diet items because it shows the same national body ranking lifestyle first while accepting a surgical pathway.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Australia
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/Position-statement-Bariatric-Surgery.pdf
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Diabetes Australia. (n.d.). Bariatric surgery [Position statement]. Diabetes Australia. https://www.diabetesaustralia.com.au/wp-content/uploads/Position-statement-Bariatric-Surgery.pdf
REF-291
Paper, guideline or statement
Management of type 2 diabetes: A handbook for general practice
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners · 2024 · RACGP
The handbook states almost 1.5 million Australians with diabetes are registered with the National Diabetes Services Scheme, more than 85 percent of them with type 2 diabetes, and that numbers may reach 3.6 million by 2050 on current trends. It attributes rising type 2 diabetes to rising overweight and obesity, lifestyle and dietary change and population ageing, and centres general practice in early identification and structured education. The primary care reference point for Australia, and it explicitly links population level lifestyle change to a projected disease burden.
Full APA reference
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2024). Management of type 2 diabetes: A handbook for general practice (2024 ed.). RACGP. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/management-of-type-2-diabetes/introduction
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-291
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Management of type 2 diabetes: A handbook for general practice
- Description
- The handbook states almost 1.5 million Australians with diabetes are registered with the National Diabetes Services Scheme, more than 85 percent of them with type 2 diabetes, and that numbers may reach 3.6 million by 2050 on current trends. It attributes rising type 2 diabetes to rising overweight and obesity, lifestyle and dietary change and population ageing, and centres general practice in early identification and structured education. The primary care reference point for Australia, and it explicitly links population level lifestyle change to a projected disease burden.
- Publication or publisher
- RACGP
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/management-of-type-2-diabetes/introduction
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2024). Management of type 2 diabetes: A handbook for general practice (2024 ed.). RACGP. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/management-of-type-2-diabetes/introduction
REF-292
Paper, guideline or statement
Clinical Practice Guidelines for the management of overweight and obesity in adults, adolescents and children in Australia
National Health and Medical Research Council · 2013 · NHMRC
The guidelines followed a primary care 5As framework of ask and assess, advise, assist and arrange, and recommended management for people with BMI above 25.0 kg/m squared who are at risk of or already have an obesity related comorbidity. They promoted healthy eating plans, increased physical activity and behavioural modification. The rescinded status is itself the finding: Australia currently lacks a current national obesity clinical guideline, which is a live policy gap worth documenting.
Full APA reference
National Health and Medical Research Council. (2013). Clinical practice guidelines for the management of overweight and obesity in adults, adolescents and children in Australia (Rescinded). NHMRC. https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/clinical-practice-guidelines-management-overweight-and-obesity
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-292
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Health and Medical Research Council
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Clinical Practice Guidelines for the management of overweight and obesity in adults, adolescents and children in Australia
- Description
- The guidelines followed a primary care 5As framework of ask and assess, advise, assist and arrange, and recommended management for people with BMI above 25.0 kg/m squared who are at risk of or already have an obesity related comorbidity. They promoted healthy eating plans, increased physical activity and behavioural modification. The rescinded status is itself the finding: Australia currently lacks a current national obesity clinical guideline, which is a live policy gap worth documenting.
- Publication or publisher
- NHMRC
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/clinical-practice-guidelines-management-overweight-and-obesity
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- National Health and Medical Research Council. (2013). Clinical practice guidelines for the management of overweight and obesity in adults, adolescents and children in Australia (Rescinded). NHMRC. https://www.nhmrc.gov.au/about-us/publications/clinical-practice-guidelines-management-overweight-and-obesity
REF-293
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian obesity management algorithm
Australian Diabetes Society, Australian and New Zealand Obesity Society, & Obesity Surgery Society of Australia and New Zealand · 2025 · Australian Diabetes Society
The algorithm gives general practitioners a practical tool for treating non pregnant adults with obesity, describing obesity as a complex multifactorial chronic disease with genetic, environmental, physiological and behavioural determinants that requires long term care. It cites 2014 to 2015 data showing 63.4 percent of Australians aged 18 and over were above normal weight, 27.9 percent were obese, and direct plus indirect costs of obesity were about 8.65 billion dollars. The current practical Australian standard, and its multi determinant framing plus cost figures links clinical care to social and economic conditions.
Full APA reference
Australian Diabetes Society, Australian and New Zealand Obesity Society, & Obesity Surgery Society of Australia and New Zealand. (2025). Australian obesity management algorithm. Australian Diabetes Society. https://www.diabetessociety.com.au/guideline/obesity/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-293
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Diabetes Society, Australian and New Zealand Obesity Society, & Obesity Surgery Society of Australia and New Zealand
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Australian obesity management algorithm
- Description
- The algorithm gives general practitioners a practical tool for treating non pregnant adults with obesity, describing obesity as a complex multifactorial chronic disease with genetic, environmental, physiological and behavioural determinants that requires long term care. It cites 2014 to 2015 data showing 63.4 percent of Australians aged 18 and over were above normal weight, 27.9 percent were obese, and direct plus indirect costs of obesity were about 8.65 billion dollars. The current practical Australian standard, and its multi determinant framing plus cost figures links clinical care to social and economic conditions.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Diabetes Society
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia and New Zealand
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.diabetessociety.com.au/guideline/obesity/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Australian Diabetes Society, Australian and New Zealand Obesity Society, & Obesity Surgery Society of Australia and New Zealand. (2025). Australian obesity management algorithm. Australian Diabetes Society. https://www.diabetessociety.com.au/guideline/obesity/
REF-294
Paper, guideline or statement
Management of Hyperglycemia in Type 2 Diabetes, 2022. A Consensus Report by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD)
Davies, M. J., Aroda, V. R., Collins, B. S., Gabbay, R. A., Green, J., Maruthur, N. M., Rosas, S. E., Del Prato, S., Mathieu, C., Mingrone, G., Rossing, P., Tankova, T., Tsapas, A., & Buse, J. B. · 2022 · Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2753-2786
The 2022 report systematically examined publications since 2018 and adds explicit focus on social determinants of health, the health care system and physical activity behaviours including sleep, with greater emphasis on weight management within holistic diabetes care. It also incorporates cardiovascular and kidney outcome trial results for SGLT2 inhibitors and GLP-1 receptor agonists to guide cardiorenal protection. One of the clearest examples of a mainstream pharmacological guideline formally adopting social determinants and sleep as clinical variables.
Full APA reference
Davies, M. J., Aroda, V. R., Collins, B. S., Gabbay, R. A., Green, J., Maruthur, N. M., Rosas, S. E., Del Prato, S., Mathieu, C., Mingrone, G., Rossing, P., Tankova, T., Tsapas, A., & Buse, J. B. (2022). Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes, 2022. A consensus report by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2753-2786. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci22-0034
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-294
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Davies, M. J., Aroda, V. R., Collins, B. S., Gabbay, R. A., Green, J., Maruthur, N. M., Rosas, S. E., Del Prato, S., Mathieu, C., Mingrone, G., Rossing, P., Tankova, T., Tsapas, A., & Buse, J. B.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Management of Hyperglycemia in Type 2 Diabetes, 2022. A Consensus Report by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD)
- Description
- The 2022 report systematically examined publications since 2018 and adds explicit focus on social determinants of health, the health care system and physical activity behaviours including sleep, with greater emphasis on weight management within holistic diabetes care. It also incorporates cardiovascular and kidney outcome trial results for SGLT2 inhibitors and GLP-1 receptor agonists to guide cardiorenal protection. One of the clearest examples of a mainstream pharmacological guideline formally adopting social determinants and sleep as clinical variables.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2753-2786
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36148880/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dci22-0034
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Davies, M. J., Aroda, V. R., Collins, B. S., Gabbay, R. A., Green, J., Maruthur, N. M., Rosas, S. E., Del Prato, S., Mathieu, C., Mingrone, G., Rossing, P., Tankova, T., Tsapas, A., & Buse, J. B. (2022). Management of hyperglycemia in type 2 diabetes, 2022. A consensus report by the American Diabetes Association (ADA) and the European Association for the Study of Diabetes (EASD). Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2753-2786. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci22-0034
REF-295
Paper, guideline or statement
Life's Essential 8: Updating and Enhancing the American Heart Association's Construct of Cardiovascular Health: A Presidential Advisory From the American Heart Association
Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Allen, N. B., Anderson, C. A. M., Black, T., Brewer, L. C., Foraker, R. E., Grandner, M. A., Lavretsky, H., Perak, A. M., Sharma, G., & Rosamond, W. · 2022 · Circulation, 146(5), e18-e43
Life's Essential 8 defines cardiovascular health through four health behaviours (diet, physical activity, nicotine exposure, sleep) and four health factors (body mass index, blood lipids, blood glucose, blood pressure), each scored 0 to 100 with the overall score the unweighted average. Scores of 80 to 100 indicate high, 50 to 79 moderate and 0 to 49 low cardiovascular health, replacing the older ideal, intermediate and poor labels. The addition of sleep health, and keywords that include social determinants of health, make this the standard scoring construct for connecting behaviour to cardiometabolic risk.
Full APA reference
Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Allen, N. B., Anderson, C. A. M., Black, T., Brewer, L. C., Foraker, R. E., Grandner, M. A., Lavretsky, H., Perak, A. M., Sharma, G., & Rosamond, W. (2022). Life's Essential 8: Updating and enhancing the American Heart Association's construct of cardiovascular health: A presidential advisory from the American Heart Association. Circulation, 146(5), e18-e43. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001078
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-295
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Allen, N. B., Anderson, C. A. M., Black, T., Brewer, L. C., Foraker, R. E., Grandner, M. A., Lavretsky, H., Perak, A. M., Sharma, G., & Rosamond, W.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Life's Essential 8: Updating and Enhancing the American Heart Association's Construct of Cardiovascular Health: A Presidential Advisory From the American Heart Association
- Description
- Life's Essential 8 defines cardiovascular health through four health behaviours (diet, physical activity, nicotine exposure, sleep) and four health factors (body mass index, blood lipids, blood glucose, blood pressure), each scored 0 to 100 with the overall score the unweighted average. Scores of 80 to 100 indicate high, 50 to 79 moderate and 0 to 49 low cardiovascular health, replacing the older ideal, intermediate and poor labels. The addition of sleep health, and keywords that include social determinants of health, make this the standard scoring construct for connecting behaviour to cardiometabolic risk.
- Publication or publisher
- Circulation, 146(5), e18-e43
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001078
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001078
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Allen, N. B., Anderson, C. A. M., Black, T., Brewer, L. C., Foraker, R. E., Grandner, M. A., Lavretsky, H., Perak, A. M., Sharma, G., & Rosamond, W. (2022). Life's Essential 8: Updating and enhancing the American Heart Association's construct of cardiovascular health: A presidential advisory from the American Heart Association. Circulation, 146(5), e18-e43. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001078
REF-296
Paper, guideline or statement
2021 Dietary Guidance to Improve Cardiovascular Health: A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association
Lichtenstein, A. H., Appel, L. J., Vadiveloo, M., Hu, F. B., Kris-Etherton, P. M., Rebholz, C. M., Sacks, F. M., Thorndike, A. N., Van Horn, L., & Wylie-Rosett, J. · 2021 · Circulation, 144(23), e472-e487
Analysis of three large United States cohorts in the Dietary Patterns Methods Project found 14 to 28 percent lower cardiovascular mortality among adults with high versus low adherence to high quality dietary patterns. The statement names Mediterranean style, DASH style, Healthy US style and healthy vegetarian patterns as heart healthy, finds insufficient evidence for popular diets such as ketogenic diets and intermittent fasting, and notes processed, packaged and out of home foods supply almost three quarters of dietary sodium. Moves the unit of dietary advice from nutrients to patterns and to the food environment, which is the bridge between individual behaviour and food policy.
Full APA reference
Lichtenstein, A. H., Appel, L. J., Vadiveloo, M., Hu, F. B., Kris-Etherton, P. M., Rebholz, C. M., Sacks, F. M., Thorndike, A. N., Van Horn, L., & Wylie-Rosett, J. (2021). 2021 dietary guidance to improve cardiovascular health: A scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation, 144(23), e472-e487. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001031
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-296
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lichtenstein, A. H., Appel, L. J., Vadiveloo, M., Hu, F. B., Kris-Etherton, P. M., Rebholz, C. M., Sacks, F. M., Thorndike, A. N., Van Horn, L., & Wylie-Rosett, J.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- 2021 Dietary Guidance to Improve Cardiovascular Health: A Scientific Statement From the American Heart Association
- Description
- Analysis of three large United States cohorts in the Dietary Patterns Methods Project found 14 to 28 percent lower cardiovascular mortality among adults with high versus low adherence to high quality dietary patterns. The statement names Mediterranean style, DASH style, Healthy US style and healthy vegetarian patterns as heart healthy, finds insufficient evidence for popular diets such as ketogenic diets and intermittent fasting, and notes processed, packaged and out of home foods supply almost three quarters of dietary sodium. Moves the unit of dietary advice from nutrients to patterns and to the food environment, which is the bridge between individual behaviour and food policy.
- Publication or publisher
- Circulation, 144(23), e472-e487
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34724806/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001031
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lichtenstein, A. H., Appel, L. J., Vadiveloo, M., Hu, F. B., Kris-Etherton, P. M., Rebholz, C. M., Sacks, F. M., Thorndike, A. N., Van Horn, L., & Wylie-Rosett, J. (2021). 2021 dietary guidance to improve cardiovascular health: A scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation, 144(23), e472-e487. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000001031
REF-297
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO issues global guideline on the use of GLP-1 medicines in treating obesity
World Health Organization · 2025 · World Health Organization
WHO issued conditional recommendations that adults other than pregnant women may use liraglutide, semaglutide or tirzepatide for long term obesity treatment as part of a comprehensive approach including healthy diets, physical activity and health professional support, with conditionality driven by limited long term data, cost, health system readiness and equity concerns. A second conditional recommendation, based on low certainty evidence, is that intensive behavioural interventions may be offered to adults prescribed GLP-1 therapies, and WHO cites more than 1 billion people with obesity, 3.7 million associated deaths in 2024, and a projected 3 trillion United States dollars annual economic cost by 2030. The single most important recent statement that drug treatment and behavioural or environmental intervention are complements, with explicit warning that unequal access could widen health disparities.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2025, December 1). WHO issues global guideline on the use of GLP-1 medicines in treating obesity. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/news/item/01-12-2025-who-issues-global-guideline-on-the-use-of-glp-1-medicines-in-treating-obesity
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-297
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- WHO issues global guideline on the use of GLP-1 medicines in treating obesity
- Description
- WHO issued conditional recommendations that adults other than pregnant women may use liraglutide, semaglutide or tirzepatide for long term obesity treatment as part of a comprehensive approach including healthy diets, physical activity and health professional support, with conditionality driven by limited long term data, cost, health system readiness and equity concerns. A second conditional recommendation, based on low certainty evidence, is that intensive behavioural interventions may be offered to adults prescribed GLP-1 therapies, and WHO cites more than 1 billion people with obesity, 3.7 million associated deaths in 2024, and a projected 3 trillion United States dollars annual economic cost by 2030. The single most important recent statement that drug treatment and behavioural or environmental intervention are complements, with explicit warning that unequal access could widen health disparities.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/news/item/01-12-2025-who-issues-global-guideline-on-the-use-of-glp-1-medicines-in-treating-obesity
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2025, December 1). WHO issues global guideline on the use of GLP-1 medicines in treating obesity. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/news/item/01-12-2025-who-issues-global-guideline-on-the-use-of-glp-1-medicines-in-treating-obesity
REF-298
Paper, guideline or statement
World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour
Bull, F. C., Al-Ansari, S. S., Biddle, S., Borodulin, K., Buman, M. P., Cardon, G., Carty, C., Chaput, J.-P., Chastin, S., Chou, R., Dempsey, P. C., DiPietro, L., Ekelund, U., Firth, J., Friedenreich, C. M., Garcia, L., Gichu, M., Jago, R., Katzmarzyk, P. T., ... Willumsen, J. F. · 2020 · British Journal of Sports Medicine, 54(24), 1451-1462
Adults should undertake 150 to 300 minutes of moderate intensity or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous intensity aerobic activity per week or an equivalent combination, while children and adolescents should average 60 minutes per day of moderate to vigorous activity across the week. Regular muscle strengthening is recommended for all age groups and reducing sedentary behaviour is recommended across all ages and abilities, though evidence was insufficient to set a sedentary threshold. For the first time WHO added recommendations for pregnant and postpartum women and people living with chronic conditions or disability. The global numerical benchmark against which most lifestyle intervention studies define their activity prescriptions, and it extends coverage to groups often excluded from such advice.
Full APA reference
Bull, F. C., Al-Ansari, S. S., Biddle, S., Borodulin, K., Buman, M. P., Cardon, G., Carty, C., Chaput, J.-P., Chastin, S., Chou, R., Dempsey, P. C., DiPietro, L., Ekelund, U., Firth, J., Friedenreich, C. M., Garcia, L., Gichu, M., Jago, R., Katzmarzyk, P. T., ... Willumsen, J. F. (2020). World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 54(24), 1451-1462. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-102955
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-135, REF-450
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. This is the peer reviewed journal publication of the WHO guidelines. The WHO issuing publication is recorded at REF-135.
All fields
- ID
- REF-298
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bull, F. C., Al-Ansari, S. S., Biddle, S., Borodulin, K., Buman, M. P., Cardon, G., Carty, C., Chaput, J.-P., Chastin, S., Chou, R., Dempsey, P. C., DiPietro, L., Ekelund, U., Firth, J., Friedenreich, C. M., Garcia, L., Gichu, M., Jago, R., Katzmarzyk, P. T., ... Willumsen, J. F.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour
- Description
- Adults should undertake 150 to 300 minutes of moderate intensity or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous intensity aerobic activity per week or an equivalent combination, while children and adolescents should average 60 minutes per day of moderate to vigorous activity across the week. Regular muscle strengthening is recommended for all age groups and reducing sedentary behaviour is recommended across all ages and abilities, though evidence was insufficient to set a sedentary threshold. For the first time WHO added recommendations for pregnant and postpartum women and people living with chronic conditions or disability. The global numerical benchmark against which most lifestyle intervention studies define their activity prescriptions, and it extends coverage to groups often excluded from such advice.
- Publication or publisher
- British Journal of Sports Medicine, 54(24), 1451-1462
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33239350/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-102955
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. This is the peer reviewed journal publication of the WHO guidelines. The WHO issuing publication is recorded at REF-135.
- Related items
- REF-135; REF-450
- Full APA reference
- Bull, F. C., Al-Ansari, S. S., Biddle, S., Borodulin, K., Buman, M. P., Cardon, G., Carty, C., Chaput, J.-P., Chastin, S., Chou, R., Dempsey, P. C., DiPietro, L., Ekelund, U., Firth, J., Friedenreich, C. M., Garcia, L., Gichu, M., Jago, R., Katzmarzyk, P. T., ... Willumsen, J. F. (2020). World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behaviour. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 54(24), 1451-1462. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2020-102955
REF-299
Paper, guideline or statement
Type 2 diabetes: prevention in people at high risk
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence · 2018 · NICE
The guideline covers identifying adults at high risk of type 2 diabetes and aims to ensure they are offered an effective intensive lifestyle change programme to prevent or delay onset, and it can be used alongside the NHS Health Check programme. Recommendations span risk assessment and identification, physical activity, weight management and dietary advice, vulnerable groups, and metformin and orlistat. The policy instrument behind national scale diabetes prevention programmes, and its explicit vulnerable groups section ties prevention to social conditions.
Full APA reference
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2018). Type 2 diabetes: Prevention in people at high risk (NICE guideline PH38). NICE. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph38
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-299
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Type 2 diabetes: prevention in people at high risk
- Description
- The guideline covers identifying adults at high risk of type 2 diabetes and aims to ensure they are offered an effective intensive lifestyle change programme to prevent or delay onset, and it can be used alongside the NHS Health Check programme. Recommendations span risk assessment and identification, physical activity, weight management and dietary advice, vulnerable groups, and metformin and orlistat. The policy instrument behind national scale diabetes prevention programmes, and its explicit vulnerable groups section ties prevention to social conditions.
- Publication or publisher
- NICE
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph38
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2018). Type 2 diabetes: Prevention in people at high risk (NICE guideline PH38). NICE. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph38
REF-300
Paper, guideline or statement
Overweight and obesity management
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence · 2026 · NICE
NG246 covers prevention and management of overweight, obesity and central adiposity in children, young people and adults, excluding pregnancy, and consolidates seven earlier NICE guidelines into one. New or updated recommendations include prevention in schools and nurseries, identification, assessment and referral, specific advice for people from ethnic minority backgrounds, behavioural management interventions, dietary advice, and planning and funding of services. A rare example of a national body merging clinical and population prevention guidance in one document, including settings based and ethnicity specific recommendations.
Full APA reference
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2026). Overweight and obesity management (NICE guideline NG246). NICE. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng246
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-300
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Overweight and obesity management
- Description
- NG246 covers prevention and management of overweight, obesity and central adiposity in children, young people and adults, excluding pregnancy, and consolidates seven earlier NICE guidelines into one. New or updated recommendations include prevention in schools and nurseries, identification, assessment and referral, specific advice for people from ethnic minority backgrounds, behavioural management interventions, dietary advice, and planning and funding of services. A rare example of a national body merging clinical and population prevention guidance in one document, including settings based and ethnicity specific recommendations.
- Publication or publisher
- NICE
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng246
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2026). Overweight and obesity management (NICE guideline NG246). NICE. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng246
REF-301
Paper, guideline or statement
Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists expert consensus statement for the treatment, management and monitoring of the physical health of people with an enduring psychotic illness
Lambert, T. J. R., Reavley, N. J., Jorm, A. F., & Oakley Browne, M. A. · 2017 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 51(4), 322-337
Using the Delphi method, a 416 item survey of strategies was rated over three rounds by three Australian expert panels comprising 55 clinicians, 21 carers and 20 consumers, with clinician participation across all rounds at 65 percent. Strategies reaching predefined consensus on importance were written into a statement for treating, managing and monitoring physical health in people with recurrent psychoses, with keywords including cardiometabolic health and multi-morbidity. The core Australasian psychiatry document on cardiometabolic health in severe mental illness, and its inclusion of consumer and carer panels models participatory guideline development.
Full APA reference
Lambert, T. J. R., Reavley, N. J., Jorm, A. F., & Oakley Browne, M. A. (2017). Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists expert consensus statement for the treatment, management and monitoring of the physical health of people with an enduring psychotic illness. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 51(4), 322-337. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867416686693
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-301
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lambert, T. J. R., Reavley, N. J., Jorm, A. F., & Oakley Browne, M. A.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists expert consensus statement for the treatment, management and monitoring of the physical health of people with an enduring psychotic illness
- Description
- Using the Delphi method, a 416 item survey of strategies was rated over three rounds by three Australian expert panels comprising 55 clinicians, 21 carers and 20 consumers, with clinician participation across all rounds at 65 percent. Strategies reaching predefined consensus on importance were written into a statement for treating, managing and monitoring physical health in people with recurrent psychoses, with keywords including cardiometabolic health and multi-morbidity. The core Australasian psychiatry document on cardiometabolic health in severe mental illness, and its inclusion of consumer and carer panels models participatory guideline development.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 51(4), 322-337
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia and New Zealand
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ranzcp.org/getmedia/d1fd1da1-52ca-4047-b158-15612e10f70d/physical-health-consensus-paper.pdf
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867416686693
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lambert, T. J. R., Reavley, N. J., Jorm, A. F., & Oakley Browne, M. A. (2017). Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists expert consensus statement for the treatment, management and monitoring of the physical health of people with an enduring psychotic illness. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 51(4), 322-337. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867416686693
REF-302
Paper, guideline or statement
Pharmacological management of obesity: an endocrine Society clinical practice guideline
Apovian, C. M., Aronne, L. J., Bessesen, D. H., McDonnell, M. E., Murad, M. H., Pagotto, U., Ryan, D. H., & Still, C. D. · 2015 · The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 100(2), 342-362
Developed with GRADE, the guideline frames weight loss as a pathway to health improvement and positions approved chronic weight management medications as useful adjuncts to lifestyle change for people unsuccessful with diet and exercise alone. It highlights that many drugs commonly prescribed for diabetes, depression and other chronic diseases have weight effects, and that knowledgeable prescribing of agents with favourable weight profiles can aid obesity prevention and management. Directly relevant to lifestyle psychiatry because it names psychotropic and antidiabetic medication induced weight gain as a modifiable clinical decision.
Full APA reference
Apovian, C. M., Aronne, L. J., Bessesen, D. H., McDonnell, M. E., Murad, M. H., Pagotto, U., Ryan, D. H., & Still, C. D. (2015). Pharmacological management of obesity: An Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 100(2), 342-362. https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2014-3415
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-302
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Apovian, C. M., Aronne, L. J., Bessesen, D. H., McDonnell, M. E., Murad, M. H., Pagotto, U., Ryan, D. H., & Still, C. D.
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Pharmacological management of obesity: an endocrine Society clinical practice guideline
- Description
- Developed with GRADE, the guideline frames weight loss as a pathway to health improvement and positions approved chronic weight management medications as useful adjuncts to lifestyle change for people unsuccessful with diet and exercise alone. It highlights that many drugs commonly prescribed for diabetes, depression and other chronic diseases have weight effects, and that knowledgeable prescribing of agents with favourable weight profiles can aid obesity prevention and management. Directly relevant to lifestyle psychiatry because it names psychotropic and antidiabetic medication induced weight gain as a modifiable clinical decision.
- Publication or publisher
- The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 100(2), 342-362
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25590212/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2014-3415
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Apovian, C. M., Aronne, L. J., Bessesen, D. H., McDonnell, M. E., Murad, M. H., Pagotto, U., Ryan, D. H., & Still, C. D. (2015). Pharmacological management of obesity: An Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 100(2), 342-362. https://doi.org/10.1210/jc.2014-3415
REF-303
Paper, guideline or statement
About us
Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine · n.d. · Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine
ASLM frames lifestyle medicine around domains including social connection, climate and environment, sleep, tobacco and alcohol and exercise, citing a meta analysis of 140 studies indicating lack of social connection affects life expectancy similarly to smoking 15 cigarettes a day, and consistent access to green and blue space linked to a 7 percent lower risk of heart disease. It also cites 1.6 percent of total Australian deaths in 2015 attributed to air pollution, tobacco linked to more than one in every eight Australian deaths in 2018, and around 4,500 smoking related deaths per year in New Zealand. The Australasian society's own framing explicitly bundles social connection, environment and sleep with classic risk factors, which is the exact interaction this library documents. Note that this is a scope page, not a formal position statement, because the society's position statement documents were not retrievable in this session.
Full APA reference
Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). About us. Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/about/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-303
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- About us
- Description
- ASLM frames lifestyle medicine around domains including social connection, climate and environment, sleep, tobacco and alcohol and exercise, citing a meta analysis of 140 studies indicating lack of social connection affects life expectancy similarly to smoking 15 cigarettes a day, and consistent access to green and blue space linked to a 7 percent lower risk of heart disease. It also cites 1.6 percent of total Australian deaths in 2015 attributed to air pollution, tobacco linked to more than one in every eight Australian deaths in 2018, and around 4,500 smoking related deaths per year in New Zealand. The Australasian society's own framing explicitly bundles social connection, environment and sleep with classic risk factors, which is the exact interaction this library documents. Note that this is a scope page, not a formal position statement, because the society's position statement documents were not retrievable in this session.
- Publication or publisher
- Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Australia and New Zealand
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/about/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). About us. Australasian Society of Lifestyle Medicine. https://lifestylemedicine.org.au/about/
REF-304
Paper, guideline or statement
Primary care-led weight management for remission of type 2 diabetes (DiRECT): an open-label, cluster-randomised trial
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Stefanetti, R., Trenell, M., ... Taylor, R. · 2018 · The Lancet, 391(10120), 541-551
At 12 months, 68 of 149 intervention participants (46 percent) were in diabetes remission versus 6 of 149 controls (4 percent), odds ratio 19.7, 95 percent CI 7.8 to 49.8, p less than 0.0001, and mean weight change was minus 10.0 kg versus minus 1.0 kg. Remission tracked weight loss almost linearly: 0 percent among those who gained weight, 7 percent for 0 to 5 kg loss, 34 percent for 5 to 10 kg, 57 percent for 10 to 15 kg and 86 percent for 15 kg or more, and quality of life on the EQ-5D visual analogue scale improved by 6.4 points more than control. The trial that made remission a routine primary care target, and its dose response between weight loss and remission is the clearest single piece of evidence that behaviour delivered at scale changes disease state.
Full APA reference
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Stefanetti, R., Trenell, M., ... Taylor, R. (2018). Primary care-led weight management for remission of type 2 diabetes (DiRECT): An open-label, cluster-randomised trial. The Lancet, 391(10120), 541-551. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)33102-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-304
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Stefanetti, R., Trenell, M., ... Taylor, R.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Primary care-led weight management for remission of type 2 diabetes (DiRECT): an open-label, cluster-randomised trial
- Description
- At 12 months, 68 of 149 intervention participants (46 percent) were in diabetes remission versus 6 of 149 controls (4 percent), odds ratio 19.7, 95 percent CI 7.8 to 49.8, p less than 0.0001, and mean weight change was minus 10.0 kg versus minus 1.0 kg. Remission tracked weight loss almost linearly: 0 percent among those who gained weight, 7 percent for 0 to 5 kg loss, 34 percent for 5 to 10 kg, 57 percent for 10 to 15 kg and 86 percent for 15 kg or more, and quality of life on the EQ-5D visual analogue scale improved by 6.4 points more than control. The trial that made remission a routine primary care target, and its dose response between weight loss and remission is the clearest single piece of evidence that behaviour delivered at scale changes disease state.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 391(10120), 541-551
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29221645/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Stefanetti, R., Trenell, M., ... Taylor, R. (2018). Primary care-led weight management for remission of type 2 diabetes (DiRECT): An open-label, cluster-randomised trial. The Lancet, 391(10120), 541-551. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)33102-1
REF-305
Paper, guideline or statement
Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomised trial
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., Kean, S., ... Taylor, R. · 2019 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(5), 344-355
At 24 months remission was sustained in 53 of 149 intervention participants (36 percent) versus 5 of 149 controls (3 percent), adjusted odds ratio 25.82, 95 percent CI 8.25 to 80.84, p less than 0.0001, with an adjusted mean weight difference of minus 5.4 kg. Among the 45 participants who maintained at least 10 kg weight loss, 29 (64 percent) were in remission. Demonstrates both durability and attrition, which is the realistic middle ground between the optimism of year one results and the pessimism of drug discontinuation data.
Full APA reference
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., Kean, S., ... Taylor, R. (2019). Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomised trial. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(5), 344-355. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30068-3
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-305
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., Kean, S., ... Taylor, R.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomised trial
- Description
- At 24 months remission was sustained in 53 of 149 intervention participants (36 percent) versus 5 of 149 controls (3 percent), adjusted odds ratio 25.82, 95 percent CI 8.25 to 80.84, p less than 0.0001, with an adjusted mean weight difference of minus 5.4 kg. Among the 45 participants who maintained at least 10 kg weight loss, 29 (64 percent) were in remission. Demonstrates both durability and attrition, which is the realistic middle ground between the optimism of year one results and the pessimism of drug discontinuation data.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(5), 344-355
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30852132/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30068-3
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Al-Mrabeh, A., Hollingsworth, K. G., Rodrigues, A. M., Rehackova, L., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., Ross, H. M., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., Kean, S., ... Taylor, R. (2019). Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomised trial. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(5), 344-355. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30068-3
REF-306
Paper, guideline or statement
5-year follow-up of the randomised Diabetes Remission Clinical Trial (DiRECT) of continued support for weight loss maintenance in the UK: an extension study
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Kelly, T., Irvine, K., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Hollingsworth, K. G., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., McConnachie, A., McIntosh, A., Sattar, N., & Taylor, R. · 2024 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 12(4), 233-246
At 5 years the extension group (n=85) had average weight loss of 6.1 kg with 11 of 85 (13 percent) in remission, compared with mean 4.6 kg loss and 5 of 93 (5 percent) in remission in the original control group, and visits in remission were 34 percent versus 12 percent for extension versus non extension, p less than 0.0001. Only 26 percent of those in remission at year 2 remained in remission at year 5, while 29 of 36 participants (81 percent) who maintained more than 10 kg loss at 2 years stayed in remission. The most honest long term account of lifestyle induced remission, showing continued support matters and that maintenance, not induction, is the hard problem.
Full APA reference
Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Kelly, T., Irvine, K., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Hollingsworth, K. G., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., McConnachie, A., McIntosh, A., Sattar, N., & Taylor, R. (2024). 5-year follow-up of the randomised Diabetes Remission Clinical Trial (DiRECT) of continued support for weight loss maintenance in the UK: An extension study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 12(4), 233-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23)00385-6
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-306
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Kelly, T., Irvine, K., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Hollingsworth, K. G., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., McConnachie, A., McIntosh, A., Sattar, N., & Taylor, R.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- 5-year follow-up of the randomised Diabetes Remission Clinical Trial (DiRECT) of continued support for weight loss maintenance in the UK: an extension study
- Description
- At 5 years the extension group (n=85) had average weight loss of 6.1 kg with 11 of 85 (13 percent) in remission, compared with mean 4.6 kg loss and 5 of 93 (5 percent) in remission in the original control group, and visits in remission were 34 percent versus 12 percent for extension versus non extension, p less than 0.0001. Only 26 percent of those in remission at year 2 remained in remission at year 5, while 29 of 36 participants (81 percent) who maintained more than 10 kg loss at 2 years stayed in remission. The most honest long term account of lifestyle induced remission, showing continued support matters and that maintenance, not induction, is the hard problem.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 12(4), 233-246
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38423026/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lean, M. E. J., Leslie, W. S., Barnes, A. C., Brosnahan, N., Thom, G., McCombie, L., Kelly, T., Irvine, K., Peters, C., Zhyzhneuskaya, S., Hollingsworth, K. G., Adamson, A. J., Sniehotta, F. F., Mathers, J. C., McIlvenna, Y., Welsh, P., McConnachie, A., McIntosh, A., Sattar, N., & Taylor, R. (2024). 5-year follow-up of the randomised Diabetes Remission Clinical Trial (DiRECT) of continued support for weight loss maintenance in the UK: An extension study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 12(4), 233-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(23)00385-6
REF-307
Paper, guideline or statement
Cardiovascular effects of intensive lifestyle intervention in type 2 diabetes
Look AHEAD Research Group · 2013 · New England Journal of Medicine, 369(2), 145-154
Among 5,145 overweight or obese adults with type 2 diabetes followed a median 9.6 years, the intensive lifestyle intervention achieved 8.6 percent weight loss at one year versus 0.7 percent in the control group but did not reduce the composite cardiovascular outcome, hazard ratio 0.95, 95 percent CI 0.83 to 1.09, p equals 0.51, and the trial was stopped early for futility. The intervention did produce greater reductions in HbA1c and greater initial improvements in fitness and in all cardiovascular risk factors except LDL cholesterol. The essential null result. It disciplines any claim that lifestyle weight loss automatically prevents cardiovascular events, and forces attention to intervention intensity, duration and endpoint choice.
Full APA reference
Look AHEAD Research Group. (2013). Cardiovascular effects of intensive lifestyle intervention in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 369(2), 145-154. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1212914
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-307
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Look AHEAD Research Group
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Cardiovascular effects of intensive lifestyle intervention in type 2 diabetes
- Description
- Among 5,145 overweight or obese adults with type 2 diabetes followed a median 9.6 years, the intensive lifestyle intervention achieved 8.6 percent weight loss at one year versus 0.7 percent in the control group but did not reduce the composite cardiovascular outcome, hazard ratio 0.95, 95 percent CI 0.83 to 1.09, p equals 0.51, and the trial was stopped early for futility. The intervention did produce greater reductions in HbA1c and greater initial improvements in fitness and in all cardiovascular risk factors except LDL cholesterol. The essential null result. It disciplines any claim that lifestyle weight loss automatically prevents cardiovascular events, and forces attention to intervention intensity, duration and endpoint choice.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 369(2), 145-154
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23796131/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1212914
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Look AHEAD Research Group. (2013). Cardiovascular effects of intensive lifestyle intervention in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 369(2), 145-154. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1212914
REF-308
Paper, guideline or statement
Long-term effects of lifestyle intervention or metformin on diabetes development and microvascular complications over 15-year follow-up: the Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study
Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group · 2015 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 3(11), 866-875
Over a mean 15 years in 2,776 participants, or 88 percent of the surviving cohort, diabetes incidence was reduced 27 percent with lifestyle intervention (HR 0.73, 95 percent CI 0.65 to 0.83, p less than 0.0001) and 18 percent with metformin (HR 0.82, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.93, p equals 0.001) versus placebo. Cumulative diabetes incidence at year 15 was 55 percent for lifestyle, 56 percent for metformin and 62 percent for placebo, and the aggregate microvascular outcome did not differ significantly between groups (11.3 percent, 13.0 percent and 12.4 percent respectively). Shows a behavioural intervention outperforming a drug on incidence over 15 years while also showing the benefit narrowing, which is essential nuance for prevention policy.
Full APA reference
Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. (2015). Long-term effects of lifestyle intervention or metformin on diabetes development and microvascular complications over 15-year follow-up: The Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 3(11), 866-875. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(15)00291-0
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-308
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Long-term effects of lifestyle intervention or metformin on diabetes development and microvascular complications over 15-year follow-up: the Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study
- Description
- Over a mean 15 years in 2,776 participants, or 88 percent of the surviving cohort, diabetes incidence was reduced 27 percent with lifestyle intervention (HR 0.73, 95 percent CI 0.65 to 0.83, p less than 0.0001) and 18 percent with metformin (HR 0.82, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.93, p equals 0.001) versus placebo. Cumulative diabetes incidence at year 15 was 55 percent for lifestyle, 56 percent for metformin and 62 percent for placebo, and the aggregate microvascular outcome did not differ significantly between groups (11.3 percent, 13.0 percent and 12.4 percent respectively). Shows a behavioural intervention outperforming a drug on incidence over 15 years while also showing the benefit narrowing, which is essential nuance for prevention policy.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 3(11), 866-875
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26377054/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(15
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Diabetes Prevention Program Research Group. (2015). Long-term effects of lifestyle intervention or metformin on diabetes development and microvascular complications over 15-year follow-up: The Diabetes Prevention Program Outcomes Study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 3(11), 866-875. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(15)00291-0
REF-309
Paper, guideline or statement
Prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus by changes in lifestyle among subjects with impaired glucose tolerance
Tuomilehto, J., Lindström, J., Eriksson, J. G., Valle, T. T., Hämäläinen, H., Ilanne-Parikka, P., Keinänen-Kiukaanniemi, S., Laakso, M., Louheranta, A., Rastas, M., Salminen, V., & Uusitupa, M. · 2001 · New England Journal of Medicine, 344(18), 1343-1350
Among 522 middle aged overweight adults with impaired glucose tolerance followed a mean 3.2 years, individualised counselling on weight, fat and fibre intake and physical activity cut diabetes risk by 58 percent, p less than 0.001, with cumulative 4 year incidence 11 percent versus 23 percent. Intervention participants lost a mean 4.2 kg in year one versus 0.8 kg in controls, and the reduction in diabetes incidence was directly associated with changes in lifestyle. The foundational proof of concept for behavioural diabetes prevention, and the dose relation to actual behaviour change makes it a template for later programme design.
Full APA reference
Tuomilehto, J., Lindström, J., Eriksson, J. G., Valle, T. T., Hämäläinen, H., Ilanne-Parikka, P., Keinänen-Kiukaanniemi, S., Laakso, M., Louheranta, A., Rastas, M., Salminen, V., & Uusitupa, M. (2001). Prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus by changes in lifestyle among subjects with impaired glucose tolerance. New England Journal of Medicine, 344(18), 1343-1350. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM200105033441801
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-309
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Tuomilehto, J., Lindström, J., Eriksson, J. G., Valle, T. T., Hämäläinen, H., Ilanne-Parikka, P., Keinänen-Kiukaanniemi, S., Laakso, M., Louheranta, A., Rastas, M., Salminen, V., & Uusitupa, M.
- Year
- 2001
- Title
- Prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus by changes in lifestyle among subjects with impaired glucose tolerance
- Description
- Among 522 middle aged overweight adults with impaired glucose tolerance followed a mean 3.2 years, individualised counselling on weight, fat and fibre intake and physical activity cut diabetes risk by 58 percent, p less than 0.001, with cumulative 4 year incidence 11 percent versus 23 percent. Intervention participants lost a mean 4.2 kg in year one versus 0.8 kg in controls, and the reduction in diabetes incidence was directly associated with changes in lifestyle. The foundational proof of concept for behavioural diabetes prevention, and the dose relation to actual behaviour change makes it a template for later programme design.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 344(18), 1343-1350
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Finland
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11333990/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM200105033441801
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Tuomilehto, J., Lindström, J., Eriksson, J. G., Valle, T. T., Hämäläinen, H., Ilanne-Parikka, P., Keinänen-Kiukaanniemi, S., Laakso, M., Louheranta, A., Rastas, M., Salminen, V., & Uusitupa, M. (2001). Prevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus by changes in lifestyle among subjects with impaired glucose tolerance. New England Journal of Medicine, 344(18), 1343-1350. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM200105033441801
REF-310
Paper, guideline or statement
Morbidity and mortality after lifestyle intervention for people with impaired glucose tolerance: 30-year results of the Da Qing Diabetes Prevention Outcome Study
Gong, Q., Zhang, P., Wang, J., Ma, J., An, Y., Chen, Y., Zhang, B., Feng, X., Li, H., Chen, X., Cheng, Y. J., Gregg, E. W., Hu, Y., Bennett, P. H., & Li, G. · 2019 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(6), 452-461
Six years of diet and exercise intervention delivered from 1986 in 33 clinics to 577 adults with impaired glucose tolerance produced, over up to 30 years of follow up in 94 percent of participants, a median 3.96 year delay in diabetes onset and reductions in cardiovascular events (HR 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.59 to 0.92), microvascular complications (HR 0.65), cardiovascular death (HR 0.67) and all cause death (HR 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.61 to 0.89, p equals 0.0015). Life expectancy increased by 1.44 years, 95 percent CI 0.20 to 2.68, p equals 0.023. The strongest existing evidence that a time limited lifestyle programme can lengthen life, and the only mortality and life expectancy result of its kind in this collection.
Full APA reference
Gong, Q., Zhang, P., Wang, J., Ma, J., An, Y., Chen, Y., Zhang, B., Feng, X., Li, H., Chen, X., Cheng, Y. J., Gregg, E. W., Hu, Y., Bennett, P. H., & Li, G. (2019). Morbidity and mortality after lifestyle intervention for people with impaired glucose tolerance: 30-year results of the Da Qing Diabetes Prevention Outcome Study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(6), 452-461. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30093-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-310
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gong, Q., Zhang, P., Wang, J., Ma, J., An, Y., Chen, Y., Zhang, B., Feng, X., Li, H., Chen, X., Cheng, Y. J., Gregg, E. W., Hu, Y., Bennett, P. H., & Li, G.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Morbidity and mortality after lifestyle intervention for people with impaired glucose tolerance: 30-year results of the Da Qing Diabetes Prevention Outcome Study
- Description
- Six years of diet and exercise intervention delivered from 1986 in 33 clinics to 577 adults with impaired glucose tolerance produced, over up to 30 years of follow up in 94 percent of participants, a median 3.96 year delay in diabetes onset and reductions in cardiovascular events (HR 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.59 to 0.92), microvascular complications (HR 0.65), cardiovascular death (HR 0.67) and all cause death (HR 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.61 to 0.89, p equals 0.0015). Life expectancy increased by 1.44 years, 95 percent CI 0.20 to 2.68, p equals 0.023. The strongest existing evidence that a time limited lifestyle programme can lengthen life, and the only mortality and life expectancy result of its kind in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(6), 452-461
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- China
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31036503/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30093-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Gong, Q., Zhang, P., Wang, J., Ma, J., An, Y., Chen, Y., Zhang, B., Feng, X., Li, H., Chen, X., Cheng, Y. J., Gregg, E. W., Hu, Y., Bennett, P. H., & Li, G. (2019). Morbidity and mortality after lifestyle intervention for people with impaired glucose tolerance: 30-year results of the Da Qing Diabetes Prevention Outcome Study. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 7(6), 452-461. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30093-2
REF-311
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of intensive lifestyle intervention on bodyweight and glycaemia in early type 2 diabetes (DIADEM-I): an open-label, parallel-group, randomised controlled trial
Taheri, S., Zaghloul, H., Chagoury, O., Elhadad, S., Ahmed, S. H., El Khatib, N., Amona, R. A., El Nahas, K., Suleiman, N., Alnaama, A., Al-Hamaq, A., Charlson, M., Wells, M. T., Al-Abdulla, S., & Abou-Samra, A. B. · 2020 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 8(6), 477-489
In 158 adults aged 18 to 50 with diabetes duration of 3 years or less, intensive lifestyle intervention produced mean 11.98 kg weight loss at 12 months versus 3.98 kg with usual care, an adjusted difference of minus 6.08 kg, p less than 0.0001. Diabetes remission occurred in 61 percent versus 12 percent, odds ratio 12.03, 95 percent CI 5.17 to 28.03, and normoglycaemia in 33 percent versus 4 percent. Extends the remission evidence beyond European populations and to younger adults, which matters for generalising lifestyle intervention across cultures and food environments.
Full APA reference
Taheri, S., Zaghloul, H., Chagoury, O., Elhadad, S., Ahmed, S. H., El Khatib, N., Amona, R. A., El Nahas, K., Suleiman, N., Alnaama, A., Al-Hamaq, A., Charlson, M., Wells, M. T., Al-Abdulla, S., & Abou-Samra, A. B. (2020). Effect of intensive lifestyle intervention on bodyweight and glycaemia in early type 2 diabetes (DIADEM-I): An open-label, parallel-group, randomised controlled trial. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 8(6), 477-489. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(20)30117-0
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-311
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Taheri, S., Zaghloul, H., Chagoury, O., Elhadad, S., Ahmed, S. H., El Khatib, N., Amona, R. A., El Nahas, K., Suleiman, N., Alnaama, A., Al-Hamaq, A., Charlson, M., Wells, M. T., Al-Abdulla, S., & Abou-Samra, A. B.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Effect of intensive lifestyle intervention on bodyweight and glycaemia in early type 2 diabetes (DIADEM-I): an open-label, parallel-group, randomised controlled trial
- Description
- In 158 adults aged 18 to 50 with diabetes duration of 3 years or less, intensive lifestyle intervention produced mean 11.98 kg weight loss at 12 months versus 3.98 kg with usual care, an adjusted difference of minus 6.08 kg, p less than 0.0001. Diabetes remission occurred in 61 percent versus 12 percent, odds ratio 12.03, 95 percent CI 5.17 to 28.03, and normoglycaemia in 33 percent versus 4 percent. Extends the remission evidence beyond European populations and to younger adults, which matters for generalising lifestyle intervention across cultures and food environments.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 8(6), 477-489
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Qatar
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32445735/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(20
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Taheri, S., Zaghloul, H., Chagoury, O., Elhadad, S., Ahmed, S. H., El Khatib, N., Amona, R. A., El Nahas, K., Suleiman, N., Alnaama, A., Al-Hamaq, A., Charlson, M., Wells, M. T., Al-Abdulla, S., & Abou-Samra, A. B. (2020). Effect of intensive lifestyle intervention on bodyweight and glycaemia in early type 2 diabetes (DIADEM-I): An open-label, parallel-group, randomised controlled trial. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 8(6), 477-489. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(20)30117-0
REF-312
Paper, guideline or statement
Consensus Report: Definition and Interpretation of Remission in Type 2 Diabetes
Riddle, M. C., Cefalu, W. T., Evans, P. H., Gerstein, H. C., Nauck, M. A., Oh, W. K., Rothberg, A. E., le Roux, C. W., Rubino, F., Schauer, P., Taylor, R., & Twenefour, D. · 2021 · Diabetes Care, 44(10), 2438-2444
The international expert group settled on "remission" as the appropriate term and set the usual diagnostic criterion as HbA1c below 6.5 percent, or 48 mmol/mol, measured at least 3 months after stopping glucose lowering pharmacotherapy. It recommends active observation of people in remission and discusses predictors, outcomes and the long term risks versus benefits of pursuing remission. The measurement standard that makes every other item in this section comparable, and the choice of the word remission over cure is itself a statement about chronic disease and identity.
Full APA reference
Riddle, M. C., Cefalu, W. T., Evans, P. H., Gerstein, H. C., Nauck, M. A., Oh, W. K., Rothberg, A. E., le Roux, C. W., Rubino, F., Schauer, P., Taylor, R., & Twenefour, D. (2021). Consensus report: Definition and interpretation of remission in type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care, 44(10), 2438-2444. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci21-0034
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-312
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Riddle, M. C., Cefalu, W. T., Evans, P. H., Gerstein, H. C., Nauck, M. A., Oh, W. K., Rothberg, A. E., le Roux, C. W., Rubino, F., Schauer, P., Taylor, R., & Twenefour, D.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Consensus Report: Definition and Interpretation of Remission in Type 2 Diabetes
- Description
- The international expert group settled on "remission" as the appropriate term and set the usual diagnostic criterion as HbA1c below 6.5 percent, or 48 mmol/mol, measured at least 3 months after stopping glucose lowering pharmacotherapy. It recommends active observation of people in remission and discusses predictors, outcomes and the long term risks versus benefits of pursuing remission. The measurement standard that makes every other item in this section comparable, and the choice of the word remission over cure is itself a statement about chronic disease and identity.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 44(10), 2438-2444
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34462270/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dci21-0034
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Riddle, M. C., Cefalu, W. T., Evans, P. H., Gerstein, H. C., Nauck, M. A., Oh, W. K., Rothberg, A. E., le Roux, C. W., Rubino, F., Schauer, P., Taylor, R., & Twenefour, D. (2021). Consensus report: Definition and interpretation of remission in type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care, 44(10), 2438-2444. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci21-0034
REF-313
Paper, guideline or statement
Diets for weight management in adults with type 2 diabetes: an umbrella review of published meta-analyses and systematic review of trials of diets for diabetes remission
Churuangsuk, C., Hall, J., Reynolds, A., Griffin, S. J., Combet, E., & Lean, M. E. J. · 2022 · Diabetologia, 65, 14-36
The umbrella review screened 1,064 records and included 21 systematic reviews comprising 19 meta analyses, of which 12 were rated critically low or low quality on AMSTAR 2 and 7 were high quality. The parallel remission review included 16 papers covering 14 studies (6 randomised and 8 non randomised) across 7 diet types, with total diet replacement the most studied approach at 4 studies, and defined remission as HbA1c below 48 mmol/mol or fasting plasma glucose below 7 mmol/l without glucose lowering medication. The best available map of the dietary evidence base, and its quality appraisal is a caution against citing individual diet meta analyses uncritically.
Full APA reference
Churuangsuk, C., Hall, J., Reynolds, A., Griffin, S. J., Combet, E., & Lean, M. E. J. (2022). Diets for weight management in adults with type 2 diabetes: An umbrella review of published meta-analyses and systematic review of trials of diets for diabetes remission. Diabetologia, 65, 14-36. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00125-021-05577-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-313
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Churuangsuk, C., Hall, J., Reynolds, A., Griffin, S. J., Combet, E., & Lean, M. E. J.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Diets for weight management in adults with type 2 diabetes: an umbrella review of published meta-analyses and systematic review of trials of diets for diabetes remission
- Description
- The umbrella review screened 1,064 records and included 21 systematic reviews comprising 19 meta analyses, of which 12 were rated critically low or low quality on AMSTAR 2 and 7 were high quality. The parallel remission review included 16 papers covering 14 studies (6 randomised and 8 non randomised) across 7 diet types, with total diet replacement the most studied approach at 4 studies, and defined remission as HbA1c below 48 mmol/mol or fasting plasma glucose below 7 mmol/l without glucose lowering medication. The best available map of the dietary evidence base, and its quality appraisal is a caution against citing individual diet meta analyses uncritically.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetologia, 65, 14-36
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00125-021-05577-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s00125-021-05577-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Churuangsuk, C., Hall, J., Reynolds, A., Griffin, S. J., Combet, E., & Lean, M. E. J. (2022). Diets for weight management in adults with type 2 diabetes: An umbrella review of published meta-analyses and systematic review of trials of diets for diabetes remission. Diabetologia, 65, 14-36. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00125-021-05577-2
REF-314
Paper, guideline or statement
Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Obesity without Diabetes
Lincoff, A. M., Brown-Frandsen, K., Colhoun, H. M., Deanfield, J., Emerson, S. S., Esbjerg, S., Hardt-Lindberg, S., Hovingh, G. K., Kahn, S. E., Kushner, R. F., Lingvay, I., Oral, T. K., Michelsen, M. M., Plutzky, J., Tornøe, C. W., & Ryan, D. H. · 2023 · New England Journal of Medicine, 389(24), 2221-2232
In 17,604 patients aged 45 or older with preexisting cardiovascular disease, BMI 27 or greater and no diabetes, followed a mean 39.8 months, semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly reduced the composite of cardiovascular death, nonfatal myocardial infarction or nonfatal stroke to 6.5 percent versus 8.0 percent on placebo, hazard ratio 0.80, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.90, p less than 0.001. Adverse events leading to permanent discontinuation occurred in 16.6 percent on semaglutide versus 8.2 percent on placebo, p less than 0.001. The trial that turned obesity pharmacotherapy into cardiovascular prevention, and the discontinuation rate is a reminder that tolerability, not efficacy, often decides real world outcomes.
Full APA reference
Lincoff, A. M., Brown-Frandsen, K., Colhoun, H. M., Deanfield, J., Emerson, S. S., Esbjerg, S., Hardt-Lindberg, S., Hovingh, G. K., Kahn, S. E., Kushner, R. F., Lingvay, I., Oral, T. K., Michelsen, M. M., Plutzky, J., Tornøe, C. W., & Ryan, D. H. (2023). Semaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in obesity without diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 389(24), 2221-2232. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2307563
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-314
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lincoff, A. M., Brown-Frandsen, K., Colhoun, H. M., Deanfield, J., Emerson, S. S., Esbjerg, S., Hardt-Lindberg, S., Hovingh, G. K., Kahn, S. E., Kushner, R. F., Lingvay, I., Oral, T. K., Michelsen, M. M., Plutzky, J., Tornøe, C. W., & Ryan, D. H.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Obesity without Diabetes
- Description
- In 17,604 patients aged 45 or older with preexisting cardiovascular disease, BMI 27 or greater and no diabetes, followed a mean 39.8 months, semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly reduced the composite of cardiovascular death, nonfatal myocardial infarction or nonfatal stroke to 6.5 percent versus 8.0 percent on placebo, hazard ratio 0.80, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.90, p less than 0.001. Adverse events leading to permanent discontinuation occurred in 16.6 percent on semaglutide versus 8.2 percent on placebo, p less than 0.001. The trial that turned obesity pharmacotherapy into cardiovascular prevention, and the discontinuation rate is a reminder that tolerability, not efficacy, often decides real world outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 389(24), 2221-2232
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37952131/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2307563
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Lincoff, A. M., Brown-Frandsen, K., Colhoun, H. M., Deanfield, J., Emerson, S. S., Esbjerg, S., Hardt-Lindberg, S., Hovingh, G. K., Kahn, S. E., Kushner, R. F., Lingvay, I., Oral, T. K., Michelsen, M. M., Plutzky, J., Tornøe, C. W., & Ryan, D. H. (2023). Semaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in obesity without diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 389(24), 2221-2232. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2307563
REF-315
Paper, guideline or statement
Tirzepatide Once Weekly for the Treatment of Obesity
Jastreboff, A. M., Aronne, L. J., Ahmad, N. N., Wharton, S., Connery, L., Alves, B., Kiyosue, A., Zhang, S., Liu, B., Bunck, M. C., & Stefanski, A. · 2022 · New England Journal of Medicine, 387(3), 205-216
Among 2,539 adults without diabetes, mean baseline weight 104.8 kg, mean weight change at 72 weeks was minus 15.0 percent, minus 19.5 percent and minus 20.9 percent for tirzepatide 5, 10 and 15 mg versus minus 3.1 percent for placebo, all p less than 0.001. At least 5 percent weight reduction was achieved by 85 to 91 percent on tirzepatide versus 35 percent on placebo, and at least 20 percent reduction by 50 to 57 percent on the higher doses versus 3 percent on placebo, with gastrointestinal events the most common adverse effects. Defines the current upper bound of pharmacological weight loss and provides the benchmark that any lifestyle or combined programme is now compared against.
Full APA reference
Jastreboff, A. M., Aronne, L. J., Ahmad, N. N., Wharton, S., Connery, L., Alves, B., Kiyosue, A., Zhang, S., Liu, B., Bunck, M. C., & Stefanski, A. (2022). Tirzepatide once weekly for the treatment of obesity. New England Journal of Medicine, 387(3), 205-216. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2206038
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-315
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jastreboff, A. M., Aronne, L. J., Ahmad, N. N., Wharton, S., Connery, L., Alves, B., Kiyosue, A., Zhang, S., Liu, B., Bunck, M. C., & Stefanski, A.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Tirzepatide Once Weekly for the Treatment of Obesity
- Description
- Among 2,539 adults without diabetes, mean baseline weight 104.8 kg, mean weight change at 72 weeks was minus 15.0 percent, minus 19.5 percent and minus 20.9 percent for tirzepatide 5, 10 and 15 mg versus minus 3.1 percent for placebo, all p less than 0.001. At least 5 percent weight reduction was achieved by 85 to 91 percent on tirzepatide versus 35 percent on placebo, and at least 20 percent reduction by 50 to 57 percent on the higher doses versus 3 percent on placebo, with gastrointestinal events the most common adverse effects. Defines the current upper bound of pharmacological weight loss and provides the benchmark that any lifestyle or combined programme is now compared against.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 387(3), 205-216
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35658024/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2206038
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Jastreboff, A. M., Aronne, L. J., Ahmad, N. N., Wharton, S., Connery, L., Alves, B., Kiyosue, A., Zhang, S., Liu, B., Bunck, M. C., & Stefanski, A. (2022). Tirzepatide once weekly for the treatment of obesity. New England Journal of Medicine, 387(3), 205-216. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2206038
REF-316
Paper, guideline or statement
Cardiovascular Outcomes with Tirzepatide versus Dulaglutide in Type 2 Diabetes
Nicholls, S. J., Pavo, I., Bhatt, D. L., Buse, J. B., Del Prato, S., Kahn, S. E., Lincoff, A. M., McGuire, D. K., Miller, D., Nauck, M. A., Nishiyama, H., Nissen, S. E., Sattar, N., Weerakkody, G., Wiese, R. J., Zinman, B., Zoungas, S., Basile, J., Davies, M. J., ... D'Alessio, D. · 2025 · New England Journal of Medicine, 393(24), 2409-2420
Among 13,299 randomised patients with type 2 diabetes and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease, the primary composite of cardiovascular death, myocardial infarction or stroke occurred in 801 of 6,586 (12.2 percent) on tirzepatide up to 15 mg versus 862 of 6,579 (13.1 percent) on dulaglutide 1.5 mg, hazard ratio 0.92, 95.3 percent CI 0.83 to 1.01. Tirzepatide met noninferiority, p equals 0.003, but not superiority, p equals 0.09, with similar overall adverse event incidence and more gastrointestinal events on tirzepatide. Shows that much larger weight loss did not translate into clearly better cardiovascular outcomes than an older agent, which complicates any simple weight to outcome causal story.
Full APA reference
Nicholls, S. J., Pavo, I., Bhatt, D. L., Buse, J. B., Del Prato, S., Kahn, S. E., Lincoff, A. M., McGuire, D. K., Miller, D., Nauck, M. A., Nishiyama, H., Nissen, S. E., Sattar, N., Weerakkody, G., Wiese, R. J., Zinman, B., Zoungas, S., Basile, J., Davies, M. J., ... D'Alessio, D. (2025). Cardiovascular outcomes with tirzepatide versus dulaglutide in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 393(24), 2409-2420. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2505928
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-316
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Nicholls, S. J., Pavo, I., Bhatt, D. L., Buse, J. B., Del Prato, S., Kahn, S. E., Lincoff, A. M., McGuire, D. K., Miller, D., Nauck, M. A., Nishiyama, H., Nissen, S. E., Sattar, N., Weerakkody, G., Wiese, R. J., Zinman, B., Zoungas, S., Basile, J., Davies, M. J., ... D'Alessio, D.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Cardiovascular Outcomes with Tirzepatide versus Dulaglutide in Type 2 Diabetes
- Description
- Among 13,299 randomised patients with type 2 diabetes and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease, the primary composite of cardiovascular death, myocardial infarction or stroke occurred in 801 of 6,586 (12.2 percent) on tirzepatide up to 15 mg versus 862 of 6,579 (13.1 percent) on dulaglutide 1.5 mg, hazard ratio 0.92, 95.3 percent CI 0.83 to 1.01. Tirzepatide met noninferiority, p equals 0.003, but not superiority, p equals 0.09, with similar overall adverse event incidence and more gastrointestinal events on tirzepatide. Shows that much larger weight loss did not translate into clearly better cardiovascular outcomes than an older agent, which complicates any simple weight to outcome causal story.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 393(24), 2409-2420
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41406444/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2505928
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Nicholls, S. J., Pavo, I., Bhatt, D. L., Buse, J. B., Del Prato, S., Kahn, S. E., Lincoff, A. M., McGuire, D. K., Miller, D., Nauck, M. A., Nishiyama, H., Nissen, S. E., Sattar, N., Weerakkody, G., Wiese, R. J., Zinman, B., Zoungas, S., Basile, J., Davies, M. J., ... D'Alessio, D. (2025). Cardiovascular outcomes with tirzepatide versus dulaglutide in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 393(24), 2409-2420. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2505928
REF-317
Paper, guideline or statement
Once-Weekly Semaglutide in Adults with Overweight or Obesity
Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Calanna, S., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Rosenstock, J., Tran, M. T. D., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., Zeuthen, N., & Kushner, R. F. · 2021 · New England Journal of Medicine, 384(11), 989-1002
In 1,961 adults without diabetes, semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly plus lifestyle intervention produced minus 14.9 percent body weight change at week 68 versus minus 2.4 percent for placebo plus lifestyle intervention, a treatment difference of minus 12.4 percentage points, 95 percent CI minus 13.4 to minus 11.5, p less than 0.001, or minus 15.3 kg versus minus 2.6 kg. At least 5 percent loss was reached by 86.4 percent versus 31.5 percent, at least 10 percent by 69.1 percent versus 12.0 percent and at least 15 percent by 50.5 percent versus 4.9 percent, with greater improvement in cardiometabolic risk factors and in participant reported physical functioning. Note the design: both arms received lifestyle intervention, so the trial measures drug added to behaviour change rather than drug versus behaviour change, which is often misreported.
Full APA reference
Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Calanna, S., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Rosenstock, J., Tran, M. T. D., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., Zeuthen, N., & Kushner, R. F. (2021). Once-weekly semaglutide in adults with overweight or obesity. New England Journal of Medicine, 384(11), 989-1002. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2032183
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-317
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Calanna, S., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Rosenstock, J., Tran, M. T. D., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., Zeuthen, N., & Kushner, R. F.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Once-Weekly Semaglutide in Adults with Overweight or Obesity
- Description
- In 1,961 adults without diabetes, semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly plus lifestyle intervention produced minus 14.9 percent body weight change at week 68 versus minus 2.4 percent for placebo plus lifestyle intervention, a treatment difference of minus 12.4 percentage points, 95 percent CI minus 13.4 to minus 11.5, p less than 0.001, or minus 15.3 kg versus minus 2.6 kg. At least 5 percent loss was reached by 86.4 percent versus 31.5 percent, at least 10 percent by 69.1 percent versus 12.0 percent and at least 15 percent by 50.5 percent versus 4.9 percent, with greater improvement in cardiometabolic risk factors and in participant reported physical functioning. Note the design: both arms received lifestyle intervention, so the trial measures drug added to behaviour change rather than drug versus behaviour change, which is often misreported.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 384(11), 989-1002
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33567185/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2032183
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Calanna, S., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Rosenstock, J., Tran, M. T. D., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., Zeuthen, N., & Kushner, R. F. (2021). Once-weekly semaglutide in adults with overweight or obesity. New England Journal of Medicine, 384(11), 989-1002. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2032183
REF-318
Paper, guideline or statement
Weight regain and cardiometabolic effects after withdrawal of semaglutide: The STEP 1 trial extension
Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Kandler, K., Konakli, K., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Oral, T. K., Rosenstock, J., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., & Kushner, R. F. · 2022 · Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 24(8), 1553-1564
In 327 participants followed for a further year after both semaglutide and lifestyle intervention were stopped at week 68, mean weight loss of 17.3 percent on semaglutide was followed by regain of 11.6 percentage points of the weight lost, leaving net loss of 5.6 percent at week 120 versus 0.1 percent for placebo. Cardiometabolic improvements reverted toward baseline for most variables, and the authors conclude the findings confirm the chronicity of obesity and that ongoing treatment is required to maintain benefit. The central discontinuation evidence, and because lifestyle support was withdrawn simultaneously it also illustrates how hard it is to separate drug effect from support effect.
Full APA reference
Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Kandler, K., Konakli, K., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Oral, T. K., Rosenstock, J., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., & Kushner, R. F. (2022). Weight regain and cardiometabolic effects after withdrawal of semaglutide: The STEP 1 trial extension. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 24(8), 1553-1564. https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.14725
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-318
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Kandler, K., Konakli, K., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Oral, T. K., Rosenstock, J., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., & Kushner, R. F.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Weight regain and cardiometabolic effects after withdrawal of semaglutide: The STEP 1 trial extension
- Description
- In 327 participants followed for a further year after both semaglutide and lifestyle intervention were stopped at week 68, mean weight loss of 17.3 percent on semaglutide was followed by regain of 11.6 percentage points of the weight lost, leaving net loss of 5.6 percent at week 120 versus 0.1 percent for placebo. Cardiometabolic improvements reverted toward baseline for most variables, and the authors conclude the findings confirm the chronicity of obesity and that ongoing treatment is required to maintain benefit. The central discontinuation evidence, and because lifestyle support was withdrawn simultaneously it also illustrates how hard it is to separate drug effect from support effect.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 24(8), 1553-1564
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35441470/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.14725
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Wilding, J. P. H., Batterham, R. L., Davies, M., Van Gaal, L. F., Kandler, K., Konakli, K., Lingvay, I., McGowan, B. M., Oral, T. K., Rosenstock, J., Wadden, T. A., Wharton, S., Yokote, K., & Kushner, R. F. (2022). Weight regain and cardiometabolic effects after withdrawal of semaglutide: The STEP 1 trial extension. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 24(8), 1553-1564. https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.14725
REF-319
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of Subcutaneous Semaglutide vs Placebo as an Adjunct to Intensive Behavioral Therapy on Body Weight in Adults With Overweight or Obesity: The STEP 3 Randomized Clinical Trial
Wadden, T. A., Bailey, T. S., Billings, L. K., Davies, M., Frias, J. P., Koroleva, A., Lingvay, I., O'Neil, P. M., Rubino, D. M., Skovgaard, D., Wallenstein, S. O. R., & Garvey, W. T. · 2021 · JAMA, 325(14), 1403-1413
In 611 adults given a low calorie diet for the first 8 weeks and 30 behavioural counselling visits over 68 weeks, weight change was minus 16.0 percent with semaglutide versus minus 5.7 percent with placebo, a difference of minus 10.3 percentage points, 95 percent CI minus 12.0 to minus 8.6, p less than 0.001. Placebo plus intensive behavioural therapy alone still achieved at least 5 percent weight loss in 47.6 percent of participants, and gastrointestinal adverse events affected 82.8 percent versus 63.2 percent. The best single quantification of drug and behavioural therapy as co-interventions, because the placebo arm shows what intensive behavioural support alone delivers.
Full APA reference
Wadden, T. A., Bailey, T. S., Billings, L. K., Davies, M., Frias, J. P., Koroleva, A., Lingvay, I., O'Neil, P. M., Rubino, D. M., Skovgaard, D., Wallenstein, S. O. R., & Garvey, W. T. (2021). Effect of subcutaneous semaglutide vs placebo as an adjunct to intensive behavioral therapy on body weight in adults with overweight or obesity: The STEP 3 randomized clinical trial. JAMA, 325(14), 1403-1413. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2021.1831
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-319
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wadden, T. A., Bailey, T. S., Billings, L. K., Davies, M., Frias, J. P., Koroleva, A., Lingvay, I., O'Neil, P. M., Rubino, D. M., Skovgaard, D., Wallenstein, S. O. R., & Garvey, W. T.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Effect of Subcutaneous Semaglutide vs Placebo as an Adjunct to Intensive Behavioral Therapy on Body Weight in Adults With Overweight or Obesity: The STEP 3 Randomized Clinical Trial
- Description
- In 611 adults given a low calorie diet for the first 8 weeks and 30 behavioural counselling visits over 68 weeks, weight change was minus 16.0 percent with semaglutide versus minus 5.7 percent with placebo, a difference of minus 10.3 percentage points, 95 percent CI minus 12.0 to minus 8.6, p less than 0.001. Placebo plus intensive behavioural therapy alone still achieved at least 5 percent weight loss in 47.6 percent of participants, and gastrointestinal adverse events affected 82.8 percent versus 63.2 percent. The best single quantification of drug and behavioural therapy as co-interventions, because the placebo arm shows what intensive behavioural support alone delivers.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 325(14), 1403-1413
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33625476/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2021.1831
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Wadden, T. A., Bailey, T. S., Billings, L. K., Davies, M., Frias, J. P., Koroleva, A., Lingvay, I., O'Neil, P. M., Rubino, D. M., Skovgaard, D., Wallenstein, S. O. R., & Garvey, W. T. (2021). Effect of subcutaneous semaglutide vs placebo as an adjunct to intensive behavioral therapy on body weight in adults with overweight or obesity: The STEP 3 randomized clinical trial. JAMA, 325(14), 1403-1413. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2021.1831
REF-320
Paper, guideline or statement
Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
Marso, S. P., Bain, S. C., Consoli, A., Eliaschewitz, F. G., Jódar, E., Leiter, L. A., Lingvay, I., Rosenstock, J., Seufert, J., Warren, M. L., Woo, V., Hansen, O., Holst, A. G., Pettersson, J., & Vilsbøll, T. · 2016 · New England Journal of Medicine, 375(19), 1834-1844
Among 3,297 patients with type 2 diabetes treated for 104 weeks, 83.0 percent of whom had established cardiovascular disease, chronic kidney disease or both, the primary composite occurred in 108 of 1,648 (6.6 percent) on semaglutide versus 146 of 1,649 (8.9 percent) on placebo, hazard ratio 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.58 to 0.95, p less than 0.001 for noninferiority. Nonfatal stroke fell from 2.7 percent to 1.6 percent, hazard ratio 0.61, 95 percent CI 0.38 to 0.99, p equals 0.04, while cardiovascular death rates were similar. An early signal that these agents affect hard outcomes rather than surrogate markers, which is why later obesity indications were taken seriously.
Full APA reference
Marso, S. P., Bain, S. C., Consoli, A., Eliaschewitz, F. G., Jódar, E., Leiter, L. A., Lingvay, I., Rosenstock, J., Seufert, J., Warren, M. L., Woo, V., Hansen, O., Holst, A. G., Pettersson, J., & Vilsbøll, T. (2016). Semaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 375(19), 1834-1844. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1607141
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-320
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marso, S. P., Bain, S. C., Consoli, A., Eliaschewitz, F. G., Jódar, E., Leiter, L. A., Lingvay, I., Rosenstock, J., Seufert, J., Warren, M. L., Woo, V., Hansen, O., Holst, A. G., Pettersson, J., & Vilsbøll, T.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
- Description
- Among 3,297 patients with type 2 diabetes treated for 104 weeks, 83.0 percent of whom had established cardiovascular disease, chronic kidney disease or both, the primary composite occurred in 108 of 1,648 (6.6 percent) on semaglutide versus 146 of 1,649 (8.9 percent) on placebo, hazard ratio 0.74, 95 percent CI 0.58 to 0.95, p less than 0.001 for noninferiority. Nonfatal stroke fell from 2.7 percent to 1.6 percent, hazard ratio 0.61, 95 percent CI 0.38 to 0.99, p equals 0.04, while cardiovascular death rates were similar. An early signal that these agents affect hard outcomes rather than surrogate markers, which is why later obesity indications were taken seriously.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 375(19), 1834-1844
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27633186/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1607141
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marso, S. P., Bain, S. C., Consoli, A., Eliaschewitz, F. G., Jódar, E., Leiter, L. A., Lingvay, I., Rosenstock, J., Seufert, J., Warren, M. L., Woo, V., Hansen, O., Holst, A. G., Pettersson, J., & Vilsbøll, T. (2016). Semaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in patients with type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 375(19), 1834-1844. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1607141
REF-321
Paper, guideline or statement
Liraglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes
Marso, S. P., Daniels, G. H., Brown-Frandsen, K., Kristensen, P., Mann, J. F. E., Nauck, M. A., Nissen, S. E., Pocock, S., Poulter, N. R., Ravn, L. S., Steinberg, W. M., Stockner, M., Zinman, B., Bergenstal, R. M., & Buse, J. B. · 2016 · New England Journal of Medicine, 375(4), 311-322
Among 9,340 patients with type 2 diabetes at high cardiovascular risk followed a median 3.8 years, the primary composite occurred in 13.0 percent on liraglutide versus 14.9 percent on placebo, hazard ratio 0.87, 95 percent CI 0.78 to 0.97, p equals 0.01 for superiority. Cardiovascular death fell from 6.0 to 4.7 percent, hazard ratio 0.78, 95 percent CI 0.66 to 0.93, p equals 0.007, and all cause death from 9.6 to 8.2 percent, hazard ratio 0.85, 95 percent CI 0.74 to 0.97, p equals 0.02. The first mortality benefit in this drug class, and the reference point for any claim that incretin therapy reduces death rather than only weight.
Full APA reference
Marso, S. P., Daniels, G. H., Brown-Frandsen, K., Kristensen, P., Mann, J. F. E., Nauck, M. A., Nissen, S. E., Pocock, S., Poulter, N. R., Ravn, L. S., Steinberg, W. M., Stockner, M., Zinman, B., Bergenstal, R. M., & Buse, J. B. (2016). Liraglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 375(4), 311-322. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1603827
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-321
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marso, S. P., Daniels, G. H., Brown-Frandsen, K., Kristensen, P., Mann, J. F. E., Nauck, M. A., Nissen, S. E., Pocock, S., Poulter, N. R., Ravn, L. S., Steinberg, W. M., Stockner, M., Zinman, B., Bergenstal, R. M., & Buse, J. B.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Liraglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes
- Description
- Among 9,340 patients with type 2 diabetes at high cardiovascular risk followed a median 3.8 years, the primary composite occurred in 13.0 percent on liraglutide versus 14.9 percent on placebo, hazard ratio 0.87, 95 percent CI 0.78 to 0.97, p equals 0.01 for superiority. Cardiovascular death fell from 6.0 to 4.7 percent, hazard ratio 0.78, 95 percent CI 0.66 to 0.93, p equals 0.007, and all cause death from 9.6 to 8.2 percent, hazard ratio 0.85, 95 percent CI 0.74 to 0.97, p equals 0.02. The first mortality benefit in this drug class, and the reference point for any claim that incretin therapy reduces death rather than only weight.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 375(4), 311-322
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27295427/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1603827
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marso, S. P., Daniels, G. H., Brown-Frandsen, K., Kristensen, P., Mann, J. F. E., Nauck, M. A., Nissen, S. E., Pocock, S., Poulter, N. R., Ravn, L. S., Steinberg, W. M., Stockner, M., Zinman, B., Bergenstal, R. M., & Buse, J. B. (2016). Liraglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 375(4), 311-322. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1603827
REF-322
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of Semaglutide on Chronic Kidney Disease in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
Perkovic, V., Tuttle, K. R., Rossing, P., Mahaffey, K. W., Mann, J. F. E., Bakris, G., Baeres, F. M. M., Idorn, T., Bosch-Traberg, H., Lausvig, N. L., & Pratley, R. · 2024 · New England Journal of Medicine, 391(2), 109-121
In 3,533 patients with type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease followed a median 3.4 years, semaglutide 1.0 mg weekly reduced major kidney disease events by 24 percent, 331 versus 410 first events, hazard ratio 0.76, 95 percent CI 0.66 to 0.88, p equals 0.0003, and the trial was stopped early at a prespecified interim analysis. Death from cardiovascular causes was also reduced, hazard ratio 0.71, 95 percent CI 0.56 to 0.89. Extends the outcome evidence to kidney disease, a complication strongly patterned by social disadvantage and by access to continuous care.
Full APA reference
Perkovic, V., Tuttle, K. R., Rossing, P., Mahaffey, K. W., Mann, J. F. E., Bakris, G., Baeres, F. M. M., Idorn, T., Bosch-Traberg, H., Lausvig, N. L., & Pratley, R. (2024). Effects of semaglutide on chronic kidney disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 391(2), 109-121. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2403347
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-322
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Perkovic, V., Tuttle, K. R., Rossing, P., Mahaffey, K. W., Mann, J. F. E., Bakris, G., Baeres, F. M. M., Idorn, T., Bosch-Traberg, H., Lausvig, N. L., & Pratley, R.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Effects of Semaglutide on Chronic Kidney Disease in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes
- Description
- In 3,533 patients with type 2 diabetes and chronic kidney disease followed a median 3.4 years, semaglutide 1.0 mg weekly reduced major kidney disease events by 24 percent, 331 versus 410 first events, hazard ratio 0.76, 95 percent CI 0.66 to 0.88, p equals 0.0003, and the trial was stopped early at a prespecified interim analysis. Death from cardiovascular causes was also reduced, hazard ratio 0.71, 95 percent CI 0.56 to 0.89. Extends the outcome evidence to kidney disease, a complication strongly patterned by social disadvantage and by access to continuous care.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 391(2), 109-121
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38785209/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2403347
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Perkovic, V., Tuttle, K. R., Rossing, P., Mahaffey, K. W., Mann, J. F. E., Bakris, G., Baeres, F. M. M., Idorn, T., Bosch-Traberg, H., Lausvig, N. L., & Pratley, R. (2024). Effects of semaglutide on chronic kidney disease in patients with type 2 diabetes. New England Journal of Medicine, 391(2), 109-121. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2403347
REF-323
Paper, guideline or statement
Cardiovascular, mortality, and kidney outcomes with GLP-1 receptor agonists in patients with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials
Sattar, N., Lee, M. M. Y., Kristensen, S. L., Branch, K. R. H., Del Prato, S., Khurmi, N. S., Lam, C. S. P., Lopes, R. D., McMurray, J. J. V., Pratley, R. E., Rosenstock, J., & Gerstein, H. C. · 2021 · The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 9(10), 653-662
Pooling 8 trials and 60,080 patients, GLP-1 receptor agonists reduced major adverse cardiovascular events by 14 percent (HR 0.86, 95 percent CI 0.80 to 0.93), all cause mortality by 12 percent (HR 0.88, 95 percent CI 0.82 to 0.94, p equals 0.0001), heart failure admission by 11 percent and the composite kidney outcome by 21 percent. There was no significant heterogeneity across nine subgroups and no increase in severe hypoglycaemia, retinopathy or pancreatic adverse effects. The class level mortality estimate, useful as the anchor number when comparing drug benefit against the mortality benefit seen with lifestyle intervention in Da Qing (B7).
Full APA reference
Sattar, N., Lee, M. M. Y., Kristensen, S. L., Branch, K. R. H., Del Prato, S., Khurmi, N. S., Lam, C. S. P., Lopes, R. D., McMurray, J. J. V., Pratley, R. E., Rosenstock, J., & Gerstein, H. C. (2021). Cardiovascular, mortality, and kidney outcomes with GLP-1 receptor agonists in patients with type 2 diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 9(10), 653-662. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(21)00203-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-323
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sattar, N., Lee, M. M. Y., Kristensen, S. L., Branch, K. R. H., Del Prato, S., Khurmi, N. S., Lam, C. S. P., Lopes, R. D., McMurray, J. J. V., Pratley, R. E., Rosenstock, J., & Gerstein, H. C.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Cardiovascular, mortality, and kidney outcomes with GLP-1 receptor agonists in patients with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials
- Description
- Pooling 8 trials and 60,080 patients, GLP-1 receptor agonists reduced major adverse cardiovascular events by 14 percent (HR 0.86, 95 percent CI 0.80 to 0.93), all cause mortality by 12 percent (HR 0.88, 95 percent CI 0.82 to 0.94, p equals 0.0001), heart failure admission by 11 percent and the composite kidney outcome by 21 percent. There was no significant heterogeneity across nine subgroups and no increase in severe hypoglycaemia, retinopathy or pancreatic adverse effects. The class level mortality estimate, useful as the anchor number when comparing drug benefit against the mortality benefit seen with lifestyle intervention in Da Qing (B7).
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 9(10), 653-662
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34425083/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(21
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Sattar, N., Lee, M. M. Y., Kristensen, S. L., Branch, K. R. H., Del Prato, S., Khurmi, N. S., Lam, C. S. P., Lopes, R. D., McMurray, J. J. V., Pratley, R. E., Rosenstock, J., & Gerstein, H. C. (2021). Cardiovascular, mortality, and kidney outcomes with GLP-1 receptor agonists in patients with type 2 diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials. The Lancet Diabetes and Endocrinology, 9(10), 653-662. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(21)00203-5
REF-324
Paper, guideline or statement
Product warnings updated for GLP-1 RA class
Therapeutic Goods Administration · 2025 · Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
The TGA aligned warnings across the GLP-1 receptor agonist class, covering Ozempic, Wegovy, Saxenda, Trulicity and Mounjaro, so that all products carry consistent wording about suicidal thoughts or behaviours. The alert also states that an interaction between tirzepatide and oral contraception cannot be ruled out, advising non oral or additional barrier contraception for four weeks after starting treatment and after each dose increase, and that these medicines are not for use in pregnancy. This is the clearest Australian regulatory link between a metabolic drug class and mental health monitoring, which matters for a library that treats physical and mental health as interacting rather than separate domains.
Full APA reference
Therapeutic Goods Administration. (2025, December 1). Product warnings updated for GLP-1 RA class. Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. https://www.tga.gov.au/safety/safety-monitoring-and-information/safety-alerts/product-warnings-updated-glp-1-ra-class
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-324
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Therapeutic Goods Administration
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Product warnings updated for GLP-1 RA class
- Description
- The TGA aligned warnings across the GLP-1 receptor agonist class, covering Ozempic, Wegovy, Saxenda, Trulicity and Mounjaro, so that all products carry consistent wording about suicidal thoughts or behaviours. The alert also states that an interaction between tirzepatide and oral contraception cannot be ruled out, advising non oral or additional barrier contraception for four weeks after starting treatment and after each dose increase, and that these medicines are not for use in pregnancy. This is the clearest Australian regulatory link between a metabolic drug class and mental health monitoring, which matters for a library that treats physical and mental health as interacting rather than separate domains.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.tga.gov.au/safety/safety-monitoring-and-information/safety-alerts/product-warnings-updated-glp-1-ra-class
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Therapeutic Goods Administration. (2025, December 1). Product warnings updated for GLP-1 RA class. Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. https://www.tga.gov.au/safety/safety-monitoring-and-information/safety-alerts/product-warnings-updated-glp-1-ra-class
REF-325
Paper, guideline or statement
Impact of Semaglutide on fat mass, lean mass and muscle function in patients with obesity: The SEMALEAN study
Alissou, M., Demangeat, T., et al · 2026 · Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 28(1), 112-121
In 115 enrolled and 106 analysed adults with a mean body mass index of 46.3, semaglutide produced 9.8 percent weight loss at month 7 and 12.7 percent at month 12, with fat mass falling 18.9 percent and lean mass falling 3.0 kg by month 7 before stabilising. Muscle function improved rather than declined, with handgrip strength rising 4.1 kg at month 12 and sarcopenic obesity falling from 49 percent at baseline to 33 percent at month 12, while resting energy expenditure dropped by 244 kcal per 24 hours. Directly addresses the muscle loss concern raised about incretin therapy, and shows why activity and protein behaviours remain part of the picture even when a drug is doing the weight loss work.
Full APA reference
Alissou, M., Demangeat, T., et al. (2026). Impact of semaglutide on fat mass, lean mass and muscle function in patients with obesity: The SEMALEAN study. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 28(1), 112-121. https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.70141
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-325
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Alissou, M., Demangeat, T., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Impact of Semaglutide on fat mass, lean mass and muscle function in patients with obesity: The SEMALEAN study
- Description
- In 115 enrolled and 106 analysed adults with a mean body mass index of 46.3, semaglutide produced 9.8 percent weight loss at month 7 and 12.7 percent at month 12, with fat mass falling 18.9 percent and lean mass falling 3.0 kg by month 7 before stabilising. Muscle function improved rather than declined, with handgrip strength rising 4.1 kg at month 12 and sarcopenic obesity falling from 49 percent at baseline to 33 percent at month 12, while resting energy expenditure dropped by 244 kcal per 24 hours. Directly addresses the muscle loss concern raised about incretin therapy, and shows why activity and protein behaviours remain part of the picture even when a drug is doing the weight loss work.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 28(1), 112-121
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- France
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12673431/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.70141
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Alissou, M., Demangeat, T., et al. (2026). Impact of semaglutide on fat mass, lean mass and muscle function in patients with obesity: The SEMALEAN study. Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 28(1), 112-121. https://doi.org/10.1111/dom.70141
REF-326
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional well-being
Dudgeon, P., Agung-Igusti, R., Derry, K., & Gibson, C. · 2025 · American Psychologist, 80(8), 1137-1149
The article describes how colonisation and ongoing coloniality disrupted Indigenous flourishing, and traces Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander leadership in building the social and emotional wellbeing (SEWB) model, which privileges Indigenous knowledges, truth telling, practice based evidence and Indigenous human rights. It reviews the foundations, development and expansion of the SEWB model and recommends strategies to extend SEWB and support a decolonial turn in psychology. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative account of the social and emotional wellbeing model from the researchers who built it, and it frames wellbeing as relational, cultural and political rather than individual.
Full APA reference
Dudgeon, P., Agung-Igusti, R., Derry, K., & Gibson, C. (2025). Australian aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional well-being. American Psychologist, 80(8), 1137-1149. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0001535
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-498
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-326
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dudgeon, P., Agung-Igusti, R., Derry, K., & Gibson, C.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Australian Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional well-being
- Description
- The article describes how colonisation and ongoing coloniality disrupted Indigenous flourishing, and traces Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander leadership in building the social and emotional wellbeing (SEWB) model, which privileges Indigenous knowledges, truth telling, practice based evidence and Indigenous human rights. It reviews the foundations, development and expansion of the SEWB model and recommends strategies to extend SEWB and support a decolonial turn in psychology. It belongs in the library because it is the authoritative account of the social and emotional wellbeing model from the researchers who built it, and it frames wellbeing as relational, cultural and political rather than individual.
- Publication or publisher
- American Psychologist, 80(8), 1137-1149
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41379665/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0001535
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-498
- Full APA reference
- Dudgeon, P., Agung-Igusti, R., Derry, K., & Gibson, C. (2025). Australian aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional well-being. American Psychologist, 80(8), 1137-1149. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0001535
REF-327
Paper, guideline or statement
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional wellbeing measures (Cat
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social and Emotional Wellbeing Measurement Consortium, & Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2025 · AIHW, Australian Government
The project collated over 30 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander SEWB measures, classified as culturally derived (17), culturally informed (2) and culturally adapted (16), presented via a summary list, an inventory and a report. It argues that measures based on western concepts of mental health are not always culturally appropriate, and that the lack of use of culturally relevant SEWB measures has held back progress in understanding and improving First Nations wellbeing. It belongs in the library because it is the national inventory of culturally derived and culturally adapted wellbeing measures, which is the practical starting point for anyone choosing an outcome measure with First Nations clients.
Full APA reference
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social and Emotional Wellbeing Measurement Consortium, & Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional wellbeing measures (Cat. no. IHW 305). AIHW, Australian Government. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/indigenous-australians/first-nations-wellbeing-measures/contents/about
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-327
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social and Emotional Wellbeing Measurement Consortium, & Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional wellbeing measures (Cat
- Description
- The project collated over 30 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander SEWB measures, classified as culturally derived (17), culturally informed (2) and culturally adapted (16), presented via a summary list, an inventory and a report. It argues that measures based on western concepts of mental health are not always culturally appropriate, and that the lack of use of culturally relevant SEWB measures has held back progress in understanding and improving First Nations wellbeing. It belongs in the library because it is the national inventory of culturally derived and culturally adapted wellbeing measures, which is the practical starting point for anyone choosing an outcome measure with First Nations clients.
- Publication or publisher
- AIHW, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/indigenous-australians/first-nations-wellbeing-measures/contents/about
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social and Emotional Wellbeing Measurement Consortium, & Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2025). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander social and emotional wellbeing measures (Cat. no. IHW 305). AIHW, Australian Government. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/indigenous-australians/first-nations-wellbeing-measures/contents/about
REF-328
Paper, guideline or statement
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander perspectives on what works in social and emotional wellbeing programs
Murrup-Stewart, C., Truong, M., & Joshi, A. · 2025 · Australian Institute of Family Studies
The paper synthesises evidence on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people's own experiences of a diverse range of social and emotional wellbeing programs and identifies the factors participants said made those programs succeed. Success factors include culturally safe, holistic and strengths based design, arts activities, connection to culture, yarning and storytelling, mentoring from Elders or community members, and skills building. It belongs in the library because it reports what Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander participants themselves said made wellbeing programs work, which is the kind of evidence that rarely reaches guideline documents.
Full APA reference
Murrup-Stewart, C., Truong, M., & Joshi, A. (2025). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander perspectives on what works in social and emotional wellbeing programs [Policy and practice paper]. Australian Institute of Family Studies. https://aifs.gov.au/resources/policy-and-practice-papers/aboriginal-and-torres-strait-islander-perspectives-what-works
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-328
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Murrup-Stewart, C., Truong, M., & Joshi, A.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander perspectives on what works in social and emotional wellbeing programs
- Description
- The paper synthesises evidence on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people's own experiences of a diverse range of social and emotional wellbeing programs and identifies the factors participants said made those programs succeed. Success factors include culturally safe, holistic and strengths based design, arts activities, connection to culture, yarning and storytelling, mentoring from Elders or community members, and skills building. It belongs in the library because it reports what Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander participants themselves said made wellbeing programs work, which is the kind of evidence that rarely reaches guideline documents.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Family Studies
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://aifs.gov.au/resources/policy-and-practice-papers/aboriginal-and-torres-strait-islander-perspectives-what-works
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Murrup-Stewart, C., Truong, M., & Joshi, A. (2025). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander perspectives on what works in social and emotional wellbeing programs [Policy and practice paper]. Australian Institute of Family Studies. https://aifs.gov.au/resources/policy-and-practice-papers/aboriginal-and-torres-strait-islander-perspectives-what-works
REF-329
Paper, guideline or statement
Understanding the Social and Emotional Wellbeing factors protecting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young people from justice system involvement
Young, M., Ali, M. M., Trounson, J., & Shepherd, S. · 2025 · Psychiatry, Psychology and Law, 33(4), 1058-1078
Using secondary data from the 2014-2015 National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social Survey for young people aged 16 to 24, hierarchical logistic regression found that SEWB markers were not significantly associated with justice system non-involvement once other variables were controlled. Being female, experiencing fair treatment as an Aboriginal person, abstaining from substances, being employed and having housing stability were the significant correlates of staying out of the justice system. It belongs in the library because it tests social and emotional wellbeing markers against a hard social outcome and finds that fair treatment, employment, housing and substance abstinence carry the effect, which is a social determinants finding rather than a clinical one.
Full APA reference
Young, M., Ali, M. M., Trounson, J., & Shepherd, S. (2025). Understanding the Social and Emotional Wellbeing factors protecting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young people from justice system involvement. Psychiatry, Psychology and Law, 33(4), 1058-1078. https://doi.org/10.1080/13218719.2025.2497782
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-329
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Young, M., Ali, M. M., Trounson, J., & Shepherd, S.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Understanding the Social and Emotional Wellbeing factors protecting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young people from justice system involvement
- Description
- Using secondary data from the 2014-2015 National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Social Survey for young people aged 16 to 24, hierarchical logistic regression found that SEWB markers were not significantly associated with justice system non-involvement once other variables were controlled. Being female, experiencing fair treatment as an Aboriginal person, abstaining from substances, being employed and having housing stability were the significant correlates of staying out of the justice system. It belongs in the library because it tests social and emotional wellbeing markers against a hard social outcome and finds that fair treatment, employment, housing and substance abstinence carry the effect, which is a social determinants finding rather than a clinical one.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychiatry, Psychology and Law, 33(4), 1058-1078
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13218719.2025.2497782
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/13218719.2025.2497782
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Young, M., Ali, M. M., Trounson, J., & Shepherd, S. (2025). Understanding the Social and Emotional Wellbeing factors protecting Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander young people from justice system involvement. Psychiatry, Psychology and Law, 33(4), 1058-1078. https://doi.org/10.1080/13218719.2025.2497782
REF-330
Paper, guideline or statement
The effectiveness, implementation, and experiences of peer support approaches for mental health: A systematic umbrella review
Cooper, R. E., Saunders, K. R. K., Greenburgh, A., Shah, P., Appleton, R., Machin, K., Jeynes, T., Barnett, P., Allan, S. M., Griffiths, J., Stuart, R., Mitchell, L., Chipp, B., Jeffreys, S., Lloyd-Evans, B., Simpson, A., & Johnson, S. · 2024 · BMC Medicine, 22, Article 72
The umbrella review covered 35 reviews spanning 426 primary studies and found mixed evidence that paid peer support improves outcomes, with some benefit for depression (particularly perinatal depression), self efficacy and recovery. Implementation succeeded where there was co-production, clear role definition, adequate training and supervision, strong leadership and a recovery oriented culture, and failed where time, funding, certification and pay were lacking or where non-peer staff were hostile. It belongs in the library because it is the broadest available synthesis of paid peer support and it separates the question of whether peer support works from the question of whether services implement it properly.
Full APA reference
Cooper, R. E., Saunders, K. R. K., Greenburgh, A., Shah, P., Appleton, R., Machin, K., Jeynes, T., Barnett, P., Allan, S. M., Griffiths, J., Stuart, R., Mitchell, L., Chipp, B., Jeffreys, S., Lloyd-Evans, B., Simpson, A., & Johnson, S. (2024). The effectiveness, implementation, and experiences of peer support approaches for mental health: A systematic umbrella review. BMC Medicine, 22, Article 72. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-024-03260-y
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-330
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cooper, R. E., Saunders, K. R. K., Greenburgh, A., Shah, P., Appleton, R., Machin, K., Jeynes, T., Barnett, P., Allan, S. M., Griffiths, J., Stuart, R., Mitchell, L., Chipp, B., Jeffreys, S., Lloyd-Evans, B., Simpson, A., & Johnson, S.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The effectiveness, implementation, and experiences of peer support approaches for mental health: A systematic umbrella review
- Description
- The umbrella review covered 35 reviews spanning 426 primary studies and found mixed evidence that paid peer support improves outcomes, with some benefit for depression (particularly perinatal depression), self efficacy and recovery. Implementation succeeded where there was co-production, clear role definition, adequate training and supervision, strong leadership and a recovery oriented culture, and failed where time, funding, certification and pay were lacking or where non-peer staff were hostile. It belongs in the library because it is the broadest available synthesis of paid peer support and it separates the question of whether peer support works from the question of whether services implement it properly.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Medicine, 22, Article 72
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12916-024-03260-y
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-024-03260-y
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Cooper, R. E., Saunders, K. R. K., Greenburgh, A., Shah, P., Appleton, R., Machin, K., Jeynes, T., Barnett, P., Allan, S. M., Griffiths, J., Stuart, R., Mitchell, L., Chipp, B., Jeffreys, S., Lloyd-Evans, B., Simpson, A., & Johnson, S. (2024). The effectiveness, implementation, and experiences of peer support approaches for mental health: A systematic umbrella review. BMC Medicine, 22, Article 72. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-024-03260-y
REF-331
Paper, guideline or statement
Implementation and outcomes of peer support workers in services for people with personality disorder: A systematic review and narrative synthesis
Begum-Meades, R., Guillemard, S., Limbachiya, R., Lean, E., Thompson, F., & Crawford, M. J. · 2026 · Personality and Mental Health, 20(2), Article e70066
Across 13 papers, peer support workers in personality disorder services filled varied roles including running support groups and advocating for service users, and implementation depended on sufficient supervision, training and the ability to hold boundaries. Reported service user outcomes included improvement in personality disorder related symptoms, greater satisfaction with services and feeling validated and empowered, though the authors call for larger and more diverse studies. It belongs in the library because it extends the peer support evidence to personality disorder services, where relational and boundary questions are sharpest.
Full APA reference
Begum-Meades, R., Guillemard, S., Limbachiya, R., Lean, E., Thompson, F., & Crawford, M. J. (2026). Implementation and outcomes of peer support workers in services for people with personality disorder: A systematic review and narrative synthesis. Personality and Mental Health, 20(2), Article e70066. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmh.70066
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-331
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Begum-Meades, R., Guillemard, S., Limbachiya, R., Lean, E., Thompson, F., & Crawford, M. J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Implementation and outcomes of peer support workers in services for people with personality disorder: A systematic review and narrative synthesis
- Description
- Across 13 papers, peer support workers in personality disorder services filled varied roles including running support groups and advocating for service users, and implementation depended on sufficient supervision, training and the ability to hold boundaries. Reported service user outcomes included improvement in personality disorder related symptoms, greater satisfaction with services and feeling validated and empowered, though the authors call for larger and more diverse studies. It belongs in the library because it extends the peer support evidence to personality disorder services, where relational and boundary questions are sharpest.
- Publication or publisher
- Personality and Mental Health, 20(2), Article e70066
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41795883/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/pmh.70066
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Begum-Meades, R., Guillemard, S., Limbachiya, R., Lean, E., Thompson, F., & Crawford, M. J. (2026). Implementation and outcomes of peer support workers in services for people with personality disorder: A systematic review and narrative synthesis. Personality and Mental Health, 20(2), Article e70066. https://doi.org/10.1002/pmh.70066
REF-332
Paper, guideline or statement
The effectiveness of peer support for individuals with mental illness: Systematic review and meta-analysis
Smit, D., Miguel, C., Vrijsen, J. N., Groeneweg, B., Spijker, J., & Cuijpers, P. · 2023 · Psychological Medicine, 53(11), 5332-5341
The review included 30 randomised controlled trials, 28 of them (4,152 participants) in the meta-analysis, and found small but significant improvements in clinical recovery (g = 0.19) and personal recovery (g = 0.15) but not overall functional recovery (g = 0.08). Benefits were concentrated among people with serious mental illness, no significant effects were found for people with elevated depressive symptoms, and most included studies carried a high risk of bias. It belongs in the library because it gives the pooled effect sizes for peer support and shows where the benefit sits, which keeps enthusiasm for lived experience roles anchored to measured outcomes.
Full APA reference
Smit, D., Miguel, C., Vrijsen, J. N., Groeneweg, B., Spijker, J., & Cuijpers, P. (2023). The effectiveness of peer support for individuals with mental illness: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 53(11), 5332-5341. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291722002422
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-332
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Smit, D., Miguel, C., Vrijsen, J. N., Groeneweg, B., Spijker, J., & Cuijpers, P.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The effectiveness of peer support for individuals with mental illness: Systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- The review included 30 randomised controlled trials, 28 of them (4,152 participants) in the meta-analysis, and found small but significant improvements in clinical recovery (g = 0.19) and personal recovery (g = 0.15) but not overall functional recovery (g = 0.08). Benefits were concentrated among people with serious mental illness, no significant effects were found for people with elevated depressive symptoms, and most included studies carried a high risk of bias. It belongs in the library because it gives the pooled effect sizes for peer support and shows where the benefit sits, which keeps enthusiasm for lived experience roles anchored to measured outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychological Medicine, 53(11), 5332-5341
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10476060/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291722002422
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Smit, D., Miguel, C., Vrijsen, J. N., Groeneweg, B., Spijker, J., & Cuijpers, P. (2023). The effectiveness of peer support for individuals with mental illness: Systematic review and meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 53(11), 5332-5341. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291722002422
REF-333
Paper, guideline or statement
Efficacy of whole system ayurveda management protocol in major depressive disorder: A randomized controlled clinical trial
Punia, A., Chate, S., Tubaki, B. R., & Himaja, N. · 2024 · Journal of Ayurveda and Integrative Medicine, 15(2), Article 100896
Fifty patients aged 20 to 70 with DSM-V diagnosed major depressive disorder were randomised to a 60 day Whole System Ayurveda Management Protocol or escitalopram 10 mg twice daily. The Ayurveda arm showed significantly better outcomes on depression, anxiety, sleep quality and quality of life, with quality of life improving only in the Ayurveda group and mild side effects occurring in five control patients versus none in the Ayurveda group. It belongs in the library because it is a controlled comparison of a whole system traditional medicine protocol against standard antidepressant treatment, which is unusual and directly relevant to integrative practice.
Full APA reference
Punia, A., Chate, S., Tubaki, B. R., & Himaja, N. (2024). Efficacy of whole system ayurveda management protocol in major depressive disorder: A randomized controlled clinical trial. Journal of Ayurveda and Integrative Medicine, 15(2), Article 100896. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaim.2024.100896
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-333
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Punia, A., Chate, S., Tubaki, B. R., & Himaja, N.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Efficacy of whole system ayurveda management protocol in major depressive disorder: A randomized controlled clinical trial
- Description
- Fifty patients aged 20 to 70 with DSM-V diagnosed major depressive disorder were randomised to a 60 day Whole System Ayurveda Management Protocol or escitalopram 10 mg twice daily. The Ayurveda arm showed significantly better outcomes on depression, anxiety, sleep quality and quality of life, with quality of life improving only in the Ayurveda group and mild side effects occurring in five control patients versus none in the Ayurveda group. It belongs in the library because it is a controlled comparison of a whole system traditional medicine protocol against standard antidepressant treatment, which is unusual and directly relevant to integrative practice.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Ayurveda and Integrative Medicine, 15(2), Article 100896
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- India
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC11016906/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaim.2024.100896
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Punia, A., Chate, S., Tubaki, B. R., & Himaja, N. (2024). Efficacy of whole system ayurveda management protocol in major depressive disorder: A randomized controlled clinical trial. Journal of Ayurveda and Integrative Medicine, 15(2), Article 100896. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaim.2024.100896
REF-334
Paper, guideline or statement
Herbal and Ayurvedic therapies for mental health in Nepal: A scoping review with contextual insights from South and Southeast Asia
Luitel, P., K.C., B., Sapkota, R., & Thapaliya, I. · 2026 · Europasian Journal of Medical Sciences, 8(12)
The review maps literature on plant based and Ayurvedic interventions for mental health in Nepal and the wider South and Southeast Asian context, finding a modest number of mostly small clinical trials, animal experiments and ethnobotanical reports rather than high quality randomised trials. Evidence was strongest for Withania somnifera (ashwagandha) for anxiety, stress and sleep disturbance, while Rauvolfia serpentina, Nardostachys jatamansi, Bacopa monnieri, Tinospora cordifolia and polyherbal formulations such as Saraswatarishta and Brahmi Vati rested mainly on preclinical or small human studies. It belongs in the library because it maps the herbal and Ayurvedic evidence base for mental health in a low resource setting and is candid that most of it is preclinical or small scale.
Full APA reference
Luitel, P., K.C., B., Sapkota, R., & Thapaliya, I. (2026). Herbal and Ayurvedic therapies for mental health in Nepal: A scoping review with contextual insights from South and Southeast Asia. Europasian Journal of Medical Sciences, 8(12). https://doi.org/10.46405/ejms.v8i12.600
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-334
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Luitel, P., K.C., B., Sapkota, R., & Thapaliya, I.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Herbal and Ayurvedic therapies for mental health in Nepal: A scoping review with contextual insights from South and Southeast Asia
- Description
- The review maps literature on plant based and Ayurvedic interventions for mental health in Nepal and the wider South and Southeast Asian context, finding a modest number of mostly small clinical trials, animal experiments and ethnobotanical reports rather than high quality randomised trials. Evidence was strongest for Withania somnifera (ashwagandha) for anxiety, stress and sleep disturbance, while Rauvolfia serpentina, Nardostachys jatamansi, Bacopa monnieri, Tinospora cordifolia and polyherbal formulations such as Saraswatarishta and Brahmi Vati rested mainly on preclinical or small human studies. It belongs in the library because it maps the herbal and Ayurvedic evidence base for mental health in a low resource setting and is candid that most of it is preclinical or small scale.
- Publication or publisher
- Europasian Journal of Medical Sciences, 8(12)
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Nepal
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.46405/ejms.v8i12.600
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.46405/ejms.v8i12.600
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Luitel, P., K.C., B., Sapkota, R., & Thapaliya, I. (2026). Herbal and Ayurvedic therapies for mental health in Nepal: A scoping review with contextual insights from South and Southeast Asia. Europasian Journal of Medical Sciences, 8(12). https://doi.org/10.46405/ejms.v8i12.600
REF-335
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of ashwagandha (Withania somnifera) on stress and anxiety: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Arumugam, V., Vijayakumar, V., Balakrishnan, A., Bhandari, R. B., Boopalan, D., Ponnurangam, R., Thirupathy, V. S., & Kuppusamy, M. · 2024 · Explore, 20(6), Article 103062
The Explore review searched MEDLINE, EMBASE, PubMed, PsycINFO and the Cochrane Library for randomised trials published between January 2000 and January 2022, and pooled nine trials with 558 participants, finding significant effects of ashwagandha versus placebo on the Perceived Stress Scale, the Hamilton Anxiety Scale and serum cortisol. Four studies reported mild to moderate adverse events, and the authors concluded that adverse effects appear limited but long term safety is not established. The ScienceFrontier version states essentially the same search strategy and conclusion. It belongs in the library because it is the properly indexed meta-analysis on ashwagandha for stress and anxiety, and it quantifies both the effect and the limits of the safety evidence.
Full APA reference
Arumugam, V., Vijayakumar, V., Balakrishnan, A., Bhandari, R. B., Boopalan, D., Ponnurangam, R., Thirupathy, V. S., & Kuppusamy, M. (2024). Effects of ashwagandha (Withania somnifera) on stress and anxiety: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Explore, 20(6), Article 103062. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.explore.2024.103062
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-335
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Arumugam, V., Vijayakumar, V., Balakrishnan, A., Bhandari, R. B., Boopalan, D., Ponnurangam, R., Thirupathy, V. S., & Kuppusamy, M.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Effects of ashwagandha (Withania somnifera) on stress and anxiety: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- The Explore review searched MEDLINE, EMBASE, PubMed, PsycINFO and the Cochrane Library for randomised trials published between January 2000 and January 2022, and pooled nine trials with 558 participants, finding significant effects of ashwagandha versus placebo on the Perceived Stress Scale, the Hamilton Anxiety Scale and serum cortisol. Four studies reported mild to moderate adverse events, and the authors concluded that adverse effects appear limited but long term safety is not established. The ScienceFrontier version states essentially the same search strategy and conclusion. It belongs in the library because it is the properly indexed meta-analysis on ashwagandha for stress and anxiety, and it quantifies both the effect and the limits of the safety evidence.
- Publication or publisher
- Explore, 20(6), Article 103062
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Integrative psychology and integrative medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39348746/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.explore.2024.103062
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Arumugam, V., Vijayakumar, V., Balakrishnan, A., Bhandari, R. B., Boopalan, D., Ponnurangam, R., Thirupathy, V. S., & Kuppusamy, M. (2024). Effects of ashwagandha (Withania somnifera) on stress and anxiety: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Explore, 20(6), Article 103062. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.explore.2024.103062
REF-336
Paper, guideline or statement
Community-based healing in Latin America
Marques, L., & Araújo, A. B. · 2025 · ReVista: Harvard Review of Latin America
The essay presents PRIDE, a community based and culturally relevant model that trains community health workers in cognitive behavioural techniques to widen mental health support for underserved young people in Latin America. Reported results include cognitive behavioural therapy response rates of 38 to 82 percent, half of Chelsea participants no longer meeting PTSD criteria after 12 sessions, and Roca participants who used at least one CBT skill being 66 percent less likely to drop out and 65 percent more likely to gain employment. It belongs in the library because it describes community based healing models in Latin America and shows how mental health care is organised where formal services are thin.
Full APA reference
Marques, L., & Araújo, A. B. (2025, May 22). Community-based healing in Latin America. ReVista: Harvard Review of Latin America. https://revista.drclas.harvard.edu/community-based-healing-in-latin-america/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-336
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marques, L., & Araújo, A. B.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Community-based healing in Latin America
- Description
- The essay presents PRIDE, a community based and culturally relevant model that trains community health workers in cognitive behavioural techniques to widen mental health support for underserved young people in Latin America. Reported results include cognitive behavioural therapy response rates of 38 to 82 percent, half of Chelsea participants no longer meeting PTSD criteria after 12 sessions, and Roca participants who used at least one CBT skill being 66 percent less likely to drop out and 65 percent more likely to gain employment. It belongs in the library because it describes community based healing models in Latin America and shows how mental health care is organised where formal services are thin.
- Publication or publisher
- ReVista: Harvard Review of Latin America
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Other
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Latin America and the Caribbean
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://revista.drclas.harvard.edu/community-based-healing-in-latin-america/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Marques, L., & Araújo, A. B. (2025, May 22). Community-based healing in Latin America. ReVista: Harvard Review of Latin America. https://revista.drclas.harvard.edu/community-based-healing-in-latin-america/
REF-337
Paper, guideline or statement
Resilient health systems for better mental health outcomes in Latin America and the Caribbean
Jung, A.-S., Veillard, J., & Johnston, T. A. · 2024 · World Bank
The brief argues that mental and substance use disorders and suicide impose a large health and economic burden across Latin America and the Caribbean, while mental health spending, treatment access, preventive services and workforce capacity remain inadequate and were further strained by COVID-19, climate events, displacement and violence. It recommends resilient, integrated systems built on community and primary health care, backed by increased and better targeted financing, multisectoral governance, policy reform, digital innovation, workforce development and stronger research capacity. It belongs in the library because it links health system resilience to mental health outcomes at a regional level, connecting service design to population wellbeing.
Full APA reference
Jung, A.-S., Veillard, J., & Johnston, T. A. (2024). Resilient health systems for better mental health outcomes in Latin America and the Caribbean [Policy brief]. World Bank. https://documents.worldbank.org/en/publication/documents-reports/documentdetail/099111424112042316
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-337
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jung, A.-S., Veillard, J., & Johnston, T. A.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Resilient health systems for better mental health outcomes in Latin America and the Caribbean
- Description
- The brief argues that mental and substance use disorders and suicide impose a large health and economic burden across Latin America and the Caribbean, while mental health spending, treatment access, preventive services and workforce capacity remain inadequate and were further strained by COVID-19, climate events, displacement and violence. It recommends resilient, integrated systems built on community and primary health care, backed by increased and better targeted financing, multisectoral governance, policy reform, digital innovation, workforce development and stronger research capacity. It belongs in the library because it links health system resilience to mental health outcomes at a regional level, connecting service design to population wellbeing.
- Publication or publisher
- World Bank
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Latin America and the Caribbean
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://documents.worldbank.org/en/publication/documents-reports/documentdetail/099111424112042316
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Jung, A.-S., Veillard, J., & Johnston, T. A. (2024). Resilient health systems for better mental health outcomes in Latin America and the Caribbean [Policy brief]. World Bank. https://documents.worldbank.org/en/publication/documents-reports/documentdetail/099111424112042316
REF-338
Paper, guideline or statement
Community health worker-delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations in the U.S.: A systematic literature review
Gustafson, E. L., Moses, J. O., Pimentel, E., Lakind, D., Uribe, V., Thorpe, D., Bobadilla, G., Caglianone, L., Dickinson, G. J., Smith, D., Westrick, J., & Sánchez-Johnsen, L. · 2025 · Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 52, 1174-1198
The review covered 27 articles representing 25 trials of community health worker delivered mental health interventions for Latine people in the United States, most delivered in Spanish to immigrant populations and most commonly targeting depression, stress, and parenting or the parent-child relationship. Most studies reported significant improvements in mental health symptoms, but risk of bias was high across the evidence base, so more rigorous evaluation is needed. It belongs in the library because it synthesises community health worker delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations, which is a task sharing and cultural fit question at once.
Full APA reference
Gustafson, E. L., Moses, J. O., Pimentel, E., Lakind, D., Uribe, V., Thorpe, D., Bobadilla, G., Caglianone, L., Dickinson, G. J., Smith, D., Westrick, J., & Sánchez-Johnsen, L. (2025). Community health worker-delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations in the U.S.: A systematic literature review. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 52, 1174-1198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-025-01459-6
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-338
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gustafson, E. L., Moses, J. O., Pimentel, E., Lakind, D., Uribe, V., Thorpe, D., Bobadilla, G., Caglianone, L., Dickinson, G. J., Smith, D., Westrick, J., & Sánchez-Johnsen, L.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Community health worker-delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations in the U.S.: A systematic literature review
- Description
- The review covered 27 articles representing 25 trials of community health worker delivered mental health interventions for Latine people in the United States, most delivered in Spanish to immigrant populations and most commonly targeting depression, stress, and parenting or the parent-child relationship. Most studies reported significant improvements in mental health symptoms, but risk of bias was high across the evidence base, so more rigorous evaluation is needed. It belongs in the library because it synthesises community health worker delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations, which is a task sharing and cultural fit question at once.
- Publication or publisher
- Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 52, 1174-1198
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10488-025-01459-6
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-025-01459-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Gustafson, E. L., Moses, J. O., Pimentel, E., Lakind, D., Uribe, V., Thorpe, D., Bobadilla, G., Caglianone, L., Dickinson, G. J., Smith, D., Westrick, J., & Sánchez-Johnsen, L. (2025). Community health worker-delivered mental health interventions for Latine populations in the U.S.: A systematic literature review. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 52, 1174-1198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-025-01459-6
REF-339
Paper, guideline or statement
Task-sharing approaches to improve mental health care in rural and other low-resource settings: A systematic review
Hoeft, T. J., Fortney, J. C., Patel, V., & Unützer, J. · 2018 · The Journal of Rural Health, 34(1), 48-62
Searching PubMed and grey literature for English language articles published before 31 August 2013 on task sharing of mental health care in rural areas of high income countries, the review found approaches centred mainly on community health workers and primary care providers, with technology used to extend specialist support into primary care and community settings. Provider education, supervision and partnerships with local communities supported task sharing, challenges such as confidentiality were often unaddressed, and the authors concluded task sharing may improve reach and effectiveness while important research questions remain. It belongs in the library because it is the reference review on task sharing in rural and low resource settings, which is the central workforce question for reaching underserved populations.
Full APA reference
Hoeft, T. J., Fortney, J. C., Patel, V., & Unützer, J. (2018). Task-sharing approaches to improve mental health care in rural and other low-resource settings: A systematic review. The Journal of Rural Health, 34(1), 48-62. https://doi.org/10.1111/jrh.12229
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-339
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hoeft, T. J., Fortney, J. C., Patel, V., & Unützer, J.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Task-sharing approaches to improve mental health care in rural and other low-resource settings: A systematic review
- Description
- Searching PubMed and grey literature for English language articles published before 31 August 2013 on task sharing of mental health care in rural areas of high income countries, the review found approaches centred mainly on community health workers and primary care providers, with technology used to extend specialist support into primary care and community settings. Provider education, supervision and partnerships with local communities supported task sharing, challenges such as confidentiality were often unaddressed, and the authors concluded task sharing may improve reach and effectiveness while important research questions remain. It belongs in the library because it is the reference review on task sharing in rural and low resource settings, which is the central workforce question for reaching underserved populations.
- Publication or publisher
- The Journal of Rural Health, 34(1), 48-62
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/jrh.12229
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/jrh.12229
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Hoeft, T. J., Fortney, J. C., Patel, V., & Unützer, J. (2018). Task-sharing approaches to improve mental health care in rural and other low-resource settings: A systematic review. The Journal of Rural Health, 34(1), 48-62. https://doi.org/10.1111/jrh.12229
REF-340
Paper, guideline or statement
The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions on type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes incidence and cardiometabolic outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of evidence from low- and middle-income countries
Sagastume, D., Siero, I., Mertens, E., Cottam, J., Colizzi, C., & Peñalvo, J. L. · 2022 · eClinicalMedicine, 53, 101650
Pooling trials from low and middle income countries, comprehensive lifestyle programmes cut new type 2 diabetes cases by about a quarter and produced small but significant improvements in HbA1c, fasting glucose, weight, blood pressure and lipids. The authors conclude these interventions are effective in at-risk populations in these settings, while cautioning that heterogeneity between studies was high (The Lancet eClinicalMedicine00380-7/fulltext)). It belongs in the library because it is the low and middle income country evidence on lifestyle intervention for diabetes and cardiometabolic risk, which is where most of the global disease burden sits.
Full APA reference
Sagastume, D., Siero, I., Mertens, E., Cottam, J., Colizzi, C., & Peñalvo, J. L. (2022). The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions on type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes incidence and cardiometabolic outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of evidence from low- and middle-income countries. eClinicalMedicine, 53, 101650. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2022.101650
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-340
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sagastume, D., Siero, I., Mertens, E., Cottam, J., Colizzi, C., & Peñalvo, J. L.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions on type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes incidence and cardiometabolic outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of evidence from low- and middle-income countries
- Description
- Pooling trials from low and middle income countries, comprehensive lifestyle programmes cut new type 2 diabetes cases by about a quarter and produced small but significant improvements in HbA1c, fasting glucose, weight, blood pressure and lipids. The authors conclude these interventions are effective in at-risk populations in these settings, while cautioning that heterogeneity between studies was high (The Lancet eClinicalMedicine00380-7/fulltext)). It belongs in the library because it is the low and middle income country evidence on lifestyle intervention for diabetes and cardiometabolic risk, which is where most of the global disease burden sits.
- Publication or publisher
- eClinicalMedicine, 53, 101650
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2022.101650
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2022.101650
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Sagastume, D., Siero, I., Mertens, E., Cottam, J., Colizzi, C., & Peñalvo, J. L. (2022). The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions on type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes incidence and cardiometabolic outcomes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of evidence from low- and middle-income countries. eClinicalMedicine, 53, 101650. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2022.101650
REF-341
Paper, guideline or statement
Clinical impact of lifestyle interventions for the prevention of diabetes: an overview of systematic reviews
Howells, L., Musaddaq, B., McKay, A. J., & Majeed, A. · 2016 · BMJ Open, 6(12), e013806
This overview of 19 reviews found that long duration lifestyle programmes can delay or prevent progression to diabetes under trial conditions, with risk reductions of roughly 50 to 60 per cent in trial settings and weight reductions of about 1 to 3 kg. Results from shorter or routine care programmes were far more variable, and there was little evidence of benefit for vascular events or mortality. It belongs in the library because it separates what lifestyle programmes achieve under trial conditions from what they achieve in routine care, which is the gap that matters for policy.
Full APA reference
Howells, L., Musaddaq, B., McKay, A. J., & Majeed, A. (2016). Clinical impact of lifestyle interventions for the prevention of diabetes: An overview of systematic reviews. BMJ Open, 6(12), e013806. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-013806
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-341
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Howells, L., Musaddaq, B., McKay, A. J., & Majeed, A.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Clinical impact of lifestyle interventions for the prevention of diabetes: an overview of systematic reviews
- Description
- This overview of 19 reviews found that long duration lifestyle programmes can delay or prevent progression to diabetes under trial conditions, with risk reductions of roughly 50 to 60 per cent in trial settings and weight reductions of about 1 to 3 kg. Results from shorter or routine care programmes were far more variable, and there was little evidence of benefit for vascular events or mortality. It belongs in the library because it separates what lifestyle programmes achieve under trial conditions from what they achieve in routine care, which is the gap that matters for policy.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open, 6(12), e013806
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-013806
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-013806
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Howells, L., Musaddaq, B., McKay, A. J., & Majeed, A. (2016). Clinical impact of lifestyle interventions for the prevention of diabetes: An overview of systematic reviews. BMJ Open, 6(12), e013806. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-013806
REF-342
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle Interventions to Improve Glycemic Control in Adults with Type 2 Diabetes Living in Low-and-Middle Income Countries: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials (RCTs)
O'Donoghue, G., O'Sullivan, C., Corridan, I., Daly, J., Finn, R., Melvin, K., & Peiris, C. · 2021 · International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(12), 6273
Across 30 trials in low and middle income countries, lifestyle interventions for people already living with type 2 diabetes significantly improved HbA1c, fasting blood glucose and BMI, with the largest effects for self-management education and hospital or clinic delivered programmes. The authors caution that most included studies were judged low quality and intervention designs varied widely, so further well designed trials are needed. It belongs in the library because it pools glycaemic control trials from low and middle income countries and shows the intervention components that carried the effect.
Full APA reference
O'Donoghue, G., O'Sullivan, C., Corridan, I., Daly, J., Finn, R., Melvin, K., & Peiris, C. (2021). Lifestyle interventions to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes living in low-and-middle income countries: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials (RCTs). International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(12), 6273. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18126273
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-342
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- O'Donoghue, G., O'Sullivan, C., Corridan, I., Daly, J., Finn, R., Melvin, K., & Peiris, C.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Lifestyle Interventions to Improve Glycemic Control in Adults with Type 2 Diabetes Living in Low-and-Middle Income Countries: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials (RCTs)
- Description
- Across 30 trials in low and middle income countries, lifestyle interventions for people already living with type 2 diabetes significantly improved HbA1c, fasting blood glucose and BMI, with the largest effects for self-management education and hospital or clinic delivered programmes. The authors caution that most included studies were judged low quality and intervention designs varied widely, so further well designed trials are needed. It belongs in the library because it pools glycaemic control trials from low and middle income countries and shows the intervention components that carried the effect.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(12), 6273
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18126273
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18126273
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- O'Donoghue, G., O'Sullivan, C., Corridan, I., Daly, J., Finn, R., Melvin, K., & Peiris, C. (2021). Lifestyle interventions to improve glycemic control in adults with type 2 diabetes living in low-and-middle income countries: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials (RCTs). International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(12), 6273. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18126273
REF-343
Paper, guideline or statement
The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions for diabetes remission on patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Zhang, Y., Yang, Y., Huang, Q., Zhang, Q., Li, M., & Wu, Y. · 2023 · Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 20(1), 64-78
This review of 12 studies in 3,997 people with type 2 diabetes found that lifestyle interventions were associated with significant effects on diabetes remission, weight reduction and quality of life. The authors conclude that diet and physical activity are the components with the clearest effect on blood glucose and weight control and should be the focus of such programmes. It belongs in the library because it is a focused synthesis of lifestyle intervention for diabetes remission, sitting alongside the individual remission trials in this collection.
Full APA reference
Zhang, Y., Yang, Y., Huang, Q., Zhang, Q., Li, M., & Wu, Y. (2023). The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions for diabetes remission on patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 20(1), 64-78. https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12608
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-343
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, Y., Yang, Y., Huang, Q., Zhang, Q., Li, M., & Wu, Y.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions for diabetes remission on patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- This review of 12 studies in 3,997 people with type 2 diabetes found that lifestyle interventions were associated with significant effects on diabetes remission, weight reduction and quality of life. The authors conclude that diet and physical activity are the components with the clearest effect on blood glucose and weight control and should be the focus of such programmes. It belongs in the library because it is a focused synthesis of lifestyle intervention for diabetes remission, sitting alongside the individual remission trials in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 20(1), 64-78
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12608
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12608
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, Y., Yang, Y., Huang, Q., Zhang, Q., Li, M., & Wu, Y. (2023). The effectiveness of lifestyle interventions for diabetes remission on patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Worldviews on Evidence-Based Nursing, 20(1), 64-78. https://doi.org/10.1111/wvn.12608
REF-344
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle interventions for the treatment of women with gestational diabetes
Brown, J., Alwan, N. A., West, J., Brown, S., McKinlay, C. J. D., Farrar, D., & Crowther, C. A. · 2017 · Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 5, CD011970
Lifestyle intervention was the primary treatment strategy for gestational diabetes, and women receiving it were less likely to develop postnatal depression and more likely to meet postpartum weight goals. Babies were less likely to be born large for gestational age and had lower fat mass, although long term maternal and child outcomes were poorly reported. It belongs in the library because it is the Cochrane assessment of lifestyle intervention in gestational diabetes, a life stage where lifestyle change is the first line treatment.
Full APA reference
Brown, J., Alwan, N. A., West, J., Brown, S., McKinlay, C. J. D., Farrar, D., & Crowther, C. A. (2017). Lifestyle interventions for the treatment of women with gestational diabetes. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 5, CD011970. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD011970.pub2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-344
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Brown, J., Alwan, N. A., West, J., Brown, S., McKinlay, C. J. D., Farrar, D., & Crowther, C. A.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Lifestyle interventions for the treatment of women with gestational diabetes
- Description
- Lifestyle intervention was the primary treatment strategy for gestational diabetes, and women receiving it were less likely to develop postnatal depression and more likely to meet postpartum weight goals. Babies were less likely to be born large for gestational age and had lower fat mass, although long term maternal and child outcomes were poorly reported. It belongs in the library because it is the Cochrane assessment of lifestyle intervention in gestational diabetes, a life stage where lifestyle change is the first line treatment.
- Publication or publisher
- Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 5, CD011970
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD011970.pub2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD011970.pub2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Brown, J., Alwan, N. A., West, J., Brown, S., McKinlay, C. J. D., Farrar, D., & Crowther, C. A. (2017). Lifestyle interventions for the treatment of women with gestational diabetes. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 5, CD011970. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD011970.pub2
REF-345
Paper, guideline or statement
Impact of lifestyle-based interventions on absolute cardiovascular disease risk: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Kariuki, J. K., Imes, C. C., Engberg, S. J., Scott, P. W., Klem, M. L., & Cortes, Y. I. · 2024 · JBI Evidence Synthesis, 22(1), 4-65
Pooling 29 studies in adults free of cardiovascular disease, lifestyle interventions produced a moderate reduction in absolute cardiovascular risk score compared with control, with the same effect size in randomised and quasi-experimental designs. Diet and physical activity components had significant effects, and the authors note that several validated risk tools can be used to monitor and communicate changes in absolute risk. It belongs in the library because it reports the effect of lifestyle intervention on absolute cardiovascular risk rather than on single risk factors, which is the clinically meaningful endpoint.
Full APA reference
Kariuki, J. K., Imes, C. C., Engberg, S. J., Scott, P. W., Klem, M. L., & Cortes, Y. I. (2024). Impact of lifestyle-based interventions on absolute cardiovascular disease risk: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 22(1), 4-65. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00356
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-345
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kariuki, J. K., Imes, C. C., Engberg, S. J., Scott, P. W., Klem, M. L., & Cortes, Y. I.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Impact of lifestyle-based interventions on absolute cardiovascular disease risk: a systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Pooling 29 studies in adults free of cardiovascular disease, lifestyle interventions produced a moderate reduction in absolute cardiovascular risk score compared with control, with the same effect size in randomised and quasi-experimental designs. Diet and physical activity components had significant effects, and the authors note that several validated risk tools can be used to monitor and communicate changes in absolute risk. It belongs in the library because it reports the effect of lifestyle intervention on absolute cardiovascular risk rather than on single risk factors, which is the clinically meaningful endpoint.
- Publication or publisher
- JBI Evidence Synthesis, 22(1), 4-65
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00356
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00356
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Kariuki, J. K., Imes, C. C., Engberg, S. J., Scott, P. W., Klem, M. L., & Cortes, Y. I. (2024). Impact of lifestyle-based interventions on absolute cardiovascular disease risk: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 22(1), 4-65. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-22-00356
REF-346
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of lifestyle interventions on cardiovascular risk factors among adults without impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Zhang, X., Devlin, H. M., Smith, B., Imperatore, G., Thomas, W., Lobelo, F., Ali, M. K., Norris, K., Gruss, S., Bardenheier, B., Cho, P., Garcia de Quevedo, I., Mudaliar, U., Jones, C. D., Durthaler, J. M., Saaddine, J., Geiss, L. S., & Gregg, E. W. · 2017 · PLOS ONE, 12(5), e0176436
Across 79 studies in adults with normal glucose tolerance, lifestyle interventions produced small but statistically significant improvements in blood pressure and all four lipid measures compared with usual care. Effects were larger in participants with higher baseline glucose and for combined diet plus physical activity programmes, while physical activity alone did not reach significance. It belongs in the library because it examines how lifestyle programmes perform when translated into real world community and primary care settings.
Full APA reference
Zhang, X., Devlin, H. M., Smith, B., Imperatore, G., Thomas, W., Lobelo, F., Ali, M. K., Norris, K., Gruss, S., Bardenheier, B., Cho, P., Garcia de Quevedo, I., Mudaliar, U., Jones, C. D., Durthaler, J. M., Saaddine, J., Geiss, L. S., & Gregg, E. W. (2017). Effect of lifestyle interventions on cardiovascular risk factors among adults without impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS ONE, 12(5), e0176436. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0176436
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-346
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, X., Devlin, H. M., Smith, B., Imperatore, G., Thomas, W., Lobelo, F., Ali, M. K., Norris, K., Gruss, S., Bardenheier, B., Cho, P., Garcia de Quevedo, I., Mudaliar, U., Jones, C. D., Durthaler, J. M., Saaddine, J., Geiss, L. S., & Gregg, E. W.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Effect of lifestyle interventions on cardiovascular risk factors among adults without impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Across 79 studies in adults with normal glucose tolerance, lifestyle interventions produced small but statistically significant improvements in blood pressure and all four lipid measures compared with usual care. Effects were larger in participants with higher baseline glucose and for combined diet plus physical activity programmes, while physical activity alone did not reach significance. It belongs in the library because it examines how lifestyle programmes perform when translated into real world community and primary care settings.
- Publication or publisher
- PLOS ONE, 12(5), e0176436
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0176436
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0176436
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, X., Devlin, H. M., Smith, B., Imperatore, G., Thomas, W., Lobelo, F., Ali, M. K., Norris, K., Gruss, S., Bardenheier, B., Cho, P., Garcia de Quevedo, I., Mudaliar, U., Jones, C. D., Durthaler, J. M., Saaddine, J., Geiss, L. S., & Gregg, E. W. (2017). Effect of lifestyle interventions on cardiovascular risk factors among adults without impaired glucose tolerance or diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. PLOS ONE, 12(5), e0176436. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0176436
REF-347
Paper, guideline or statement
Long-term Effect of Lifestyle Interventions on the Cardiovascular and All-Cause Mortality of Subjects With Prediabetes and Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
Zucatti, K. P., Teixeira, P. P., Wayerbacher, L. F., Piccoli, G. F., Correia, P. E., Fonseca, N. K. O., Moresco, K. S., Guerra, B. A., Maduré, M. G., Farenzena, L. P., Frankenberg, A. D., Brietzke, E., Halpern, B., Franco, O., Colpani, V., & Gerchman, F. · 2022 · Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2787-2795
Pooling 11 long term randomised trials in people with prediabetes or type 2 diabetes, intensive lifestyle intervention was no better than usual care at reducing cardiovascular or all-cause mortality. Subgroup, sensitivity and meta-regression analyses found no influence of intervention type, follow-up length, age, glycaemic status, location, risk of bias or weight change, with moderate certainty of evidence. It belongs in the library because it is the long term mortality synthesis for lifestyle intervention in prediabetes and type 2 diabetes, which is the hardest outcome in this field.
Full APA reference
Zucatti, K. P., Teixeira, P. P., Wayerbacher, L. F., Piccoli, G. F., Correia, P. E., Fonseca, N. K. O., Moresco, K. S., Guerra, B. A., Maduré, M. G., Farenzena, L. P., Frankenberg, A. D., Brietzke, E., Halpern, B., Franco, O., Colpani, V., & Gerchman, F. (2022). Long-term effect of lifestyle interventions on the cardiovascular and all-cause mortality of subjects with prediabetes and type 2 diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2787-2795. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-0642
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-347
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zucatti, K. P., Teixeira, P. P., Wayerbacher, L. F., Piccoli, G. F., Correia, P. E., Fonseca, N. K. O., Moresco, K. S., Guerra, B. A., Maduré, M. G., Farenzena, L. P., Frankenberg, A. D., Brietzke, E., Halpern, B., Franco, O., Colpani, V., & Gerchman, F.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Long-term Effect of Lifestyle Interventions on the Cardiovascular and All-Cause Mortality of Subjects With Prediabetes and Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
- Description
- Pooling 11 long term randomised trials in people with prediabetes or type 2 diabetes, intensive lifestyle intervention was no better than usual care at reducing cardiovascular or all-cause mortality. Subgroup, sensitivity and meta-regression analyses found no influence of intervention type, follow-up length, age, glycaemic status, location, risk of bias or weight change, with moderate certainty of evidence. It belongs in the library because it is the long term mortality synthesis for lifestyle intervention in prediabetes and type 2 diabetes, which is the hardest outcome in this field.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2787-2795
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-0642
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-0642
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Zucatti, K. P., Teixeira, P. P., Wayerbacher, L. F., Piccoli, G. F., Correia, P. E., Fonseca, N. K. O., Moresco, K. S., Guerra, B. A., Maduré, M. G., Farenzena, L. P., Frankenberg, A. D., Brietzke, E., Halpern, B., Franco, O., Colpani, V., & Gerchman, F. (2022). Long-term effect of lifestyle interventions on the cardiovascular and all-cause mortality of subjects with prediabetes and type 2 diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Diabetes Care, 45(11), 2787-2795. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-0642
REF-348
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle interventions in patients with coronary heart disease: a systematic review
de Waure, C., Lauret, G.-J., Ricciardi, W., Ferket, B., Teijink, J., Spronk, S., & Hunink, M. G. M. · 2013 · American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45(2), 207-216
Across nine pooled randomised trials in patients with established coronary heart disease, patient-tailored multifactorial lifestyle interventions reduced fatal cardiovascular events by 18 per cent compared with usual care. Reductions in non-fatal events, overall mortality and hospital readmissions were not statistically significant, so the authors position these programmes as having added value specifically in secondary prevention. It belongs in the library because it covers lifestyle intervention in established coronary heart disease, extending the evidence from prevention to secondary care.
Full APA reference
de Waure, C., Lauret, G.-J., Ricciardi, W., Ferket, B., Teijink, J., Spronk, S., & Hunink, M. G. M. (2013). Lifestyle interventions in patients with coronary heart disease: A systematic review. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45(2), 207-216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2013.03.020
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-348
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- de Waure, C., Lauret, G.-J., Ricciardi, W., Ferket, B., Teijink, J., Spronk, S., & Hunink, M. G. M.
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Lifestyle interventions in patients with coronary heart disease: a systematic review
- Description
- Across nine pooled randomised trials in patients with established coronary heart disease, patient-tailored multifactorial lifestyle interventions reduced fatal cardiovascular events by 18 per cent compared with usual care. Reductions in non-fatal events, overall mortality and hospital readmissions were not statistically significant, so the authors position these programmes as having added value specifically in secondary prevention. It belongs in the library because it covers lifestyle intervention in established coronary heart disease, extending the evidence from prevention to secondary care.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45(2), 207-216
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2013.03.020
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2013.03.020
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- de Waure, C., Lauret, G.-J., Ricciardi, W., Ferket, B., Teijink, J., Spronk, S., & Hunink, M. G. M. (2013). Lifestyle interventions in patients with coronary heart disease: A systematic review. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 45(2), 207-216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2013.03.020
REF-349
Paper, guideline or statement
A systematic review and meta-analysis testing the effect of lifestyle modification and medication optimization programs on cholesterol and blood pressure in patients with cardiovascular disease
Abate, S. M., Thanigaimani, S., Sinha, M., Sun, D., & Golledge, J. · 2025 · Systematic Reviews, 14, 153
Pooling 16 trials in 4,450 patients with cardiovascular disease, structured programmes of lifestyle modification, with or without medication optimization, produced significant reductions in systolic and diastolic blood pressure, total cholesterol and LDL cholesterol compared with usual care. Effects were larger when lifestyle change was combined with medication optimization, but the authors note the evidence quality was low and trial sequential analysis did not reach conclusive boundaries. It belongs in the library because it tests combined lifestyle modification and medication optimisation programmes, which is closer to how care is actually delivered.
Full APA reference
Abate, S. M., Thanigaimani, S., Sinha, M., Sun, D., & Golledge, J. (2025). A systematic review and meta-analysis testing the effect of lifestyle modification and medication optimization programs on cholesterol and blood pressure in patients with cardiovascular disease. Systematic Reviews, 14, 153. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-025-02857-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-349
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Abate, S. M., Thanigaimani, S., Sinha, M., Sun, D., & Golledge, J.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- A systematic review and meta-analysis testing the effect of lifestyle modification and medication optimization programs on cholesterol and blood pressure in patients with cardiovascular disease
- Description
- Pooling 16 trials in 4,450 patients with cardiovascular disease, structured programmes of lifestyle modification, with or without medication optimization, produced significant reductions in systolic and diastolic blood pressure, total cholesterol and LDL cholesterol compared with usual care. Effects were larger when lifestyle change was combined with medication optimization, but the authors note the evidence quality was low and trial sequential analysis did not reach conclusive boundaries. It belongs in the library because it tests combined lifestyle modification and medication optimisation programmes, which is closer to how care is actually delivered.
- Publication or publisher
- Systematic Reviews, 14, 153
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-025-02857-5
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-025-02857-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Abate, S. M., Thanigaimani, S., Sinha, M., Sun, D., & Golledge, J. (2025). A systematic review and meta-analysis testing the effect of lifestyle modification and medication optimization programs on cholesterol and blood pressure in patients with cardiovascular disease. Systematic Reviews, 14, 153. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13643-025-02857-5
REF-350
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle behaviors and risk of cardiovascular disease and prognosis among individuals with cardiovascular disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis of 71 prospective cohort studies
Wu, J., Feng, Y., Zhao, Y., Guo, Z., Liu, R., Zeng, X., Yang, F., Liu, B., Gu, J., Tarimo, C. S., Shao, W., Guo, X., Li, Q., Zhao, L., Ma, M., Shen, Z., Zhao, Q., & Miao, Y. · 2024 · International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 21(1), 42
Across 71 prospective cohorts covering more than six million people, having the healthiest combination of lifestyle behaviours was associated with a 58 per cent lower risk of developing cardiovascular disease and a 55 per cent lower risk of dying from it, with each additional healthy behaviour lowering risk further. Benefits also extended to people who already had cardiovascular disease, in whom healthier behaviour combinations were linked to lower recurrence and lower all-cause mortality. It belongs in the library because it pools prospective cohort evidence on combined lifestyle behaviours, which speaks to the cumulative rather than single behaviour question.
Full APA reference
Wu, J., Feng, Y., Zhao, Y., Guo, Z., Liu, R., Zeng, X., Yang, F., Liu, B., Gu, J., Tarimo, C. S., Shao, W., Guo, X., Li, Q., Zhao, L., Ma, M., Shen, Z., Zhao, Q., & Miao, Y. (2024). Lifestyle behaviors and risk of cardiovascular disease and prognosis among individuals with cardiovascular disease: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 71 prospective cohort studies. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 21(1), 42. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-024-01586-7
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-350
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wu, J., Feng, Y., Zhao, Y., Guo, Z., Liu, R., Zeng, X., Yang, F., Liu, B., Gu, J., Tarimo, C. S., Shao, W., Guo, X., Li, Q., Zhao, L., Ma, M., Shen, Z., Zhao, Q., & Miao, Y.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Lifestyle behaviors and risk of cardiovascular disease and prognosis among individuals with cardiovascular disease: a systematic review and meta-analysis of 71 prospective cohort studies
- Description
- Across 71 prospective cohorts covering more than six million people, having the healthiest combination of lifestyle behaviours was associated with a 58 per cent lower risk of developing cardiovascular disease and a 55 per cent lower risk of dying from it, with each additional healthy behaviour lowering risk further. Benefits also extended to people who already had cardiovascular disease, in whom healthier behaviour combinations were linked to lower recurrence and lower all-cause mortality. It belongs in the library because it pools prospective cohort evidence on combined lifestyle behaviours, which speaks to the cumulative rather than single behaviour question.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 21(1), 42
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- China
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-024-01586-7
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-024-01586-7
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026.
- Full APA reference
- Wu, J., Feng, Y., Zhao, Y., Guo, Z., Liu, R., Zeng, X., Yang, F., Liu, B., Gu, J., Tarimo, C. S., Shao, W., Guo, X., Li, Q., Zhao, L., Ma, M., Shen, Z., Zhao, Q., & Miao, Y. (2024). Lifestyle behaviors and risk of cardiovascular disease and prognosis among individuals with cardiovascular disease: A systematic review and meta-analysis of 71 prospective cohort studies. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 21(1), 42. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-024-01586-7
REF-351
Paper, guideline or statement
Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years' observations on male British doctors
Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., & Sutherland, I · 2004 · BMJ, 328(7455), 1519
This is the 50-year report of the cohort that first established smoking as a cause of lung cancer and premature death. It quantified the loss of about a decade of life in continuing smokers and the substantial recovery in those who quit. It is the reference case for how a single modifiable behaviour shapes population mortality. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., & Sutherland, I. (2004). Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years' observations on male British doctors. BMJ, 328(7455), 1519. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.38142.554479.AE
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-351
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., & Sutherland, I
- Year
- 2004
- Title
- Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years' observations on male British doctors
- Description
- This is the 50-year report of the cohort that first established smoking as a cause of lung cancer and premature death. It quantified the loss of about a decade of life in continuing smokers and the substantial recovery in those who quit. It is the reference case for how a single modifiable behaviour shapes population mortality. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 328(7455), 1519
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.38142.554479.AE
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.38142.554479.AE
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., & Sutherland, I. (2004). Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years' observations on male British doctors. BMJ, 328(7455), 1519. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.38142.554479.AE
REF-352
Paper, guideline or statement
Factors of risk in the development of coronary heart disease: Six year follow-up experience. The Framingham Study
Kannel, W. B., Dawber, T. R., Kagan, A., Revotskie, N., & Stokes, J., 3rd · 1961 · Annals of Internal Medicine, 55, 33-50
This paper introduced the phrase "factors of risk", the origin of the modern concept of a risk factor. It showed that blood pressure, cholesterol and weight predicted later coronary disease in apparently healthy people. It created the template for preventive cardiovascular epidemiology. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Kannel, W. B., Dawber, T. R., Kagan, A., Revotskie, N., & Stokes, J., 3rd. (1961). Factors of risk in the development of coronary heart disease: Six year follow-up experience. The Framingham Study. Annals of Internal Medicine, 55, 33-50. https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-55-1-33
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-352
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kannel, W. B., Dawber, T. R., Kagan, A., Revotskie, N., & Stokes, J., 3rd
- Year
- 1961
- Title
- Factors of risk in the development of coronary heart disease: Six year follow-up experience. The Framingham Study
- Description
- This paper introduced the phrase "factors of risk", the origin of the modern concept of a risk factor. It showed that blood pressure, cholesterol and weight predicted later coronary disease in apparently healthy people. It created the template for preventive cardiovascular epidemiology. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- Annals of Internal Medicine, 55, 33-50
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-55-1-33
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-55-1-33
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Kannel, W. B., Dawber, T. R., Kagan, A., Revotskie, N., & Stokes, J., 3rd. (1961). Factors of risk in the development of coronary heart disease: Six year follow-up experience. The Framingham Study. Annals of Internal Medicine, 55, 33-50. https://doi.org/10.7326/0003-4819-55-1-33
REF-353
Paper, guideline or statement
Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease
Barker, D. J., Winter, P. D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., & Simmonds, S. J · 1989 · The Lancet, 2(8663), 577-580
This paper linked poor early growth to adult death from ischaemic heart disease and launched the developmental origins of health and disease field. It shifted chronic disease thinking from adult behaviour alone to conditions before birth and in infancy. It is the anchor citation for life course epidemiology. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Barker, D. J., Winter, P. D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., & Simmonds, S. J. (1989). Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease. The Lancet, 2(8663), 577-580. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(89)90710-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-353
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Barker, D. J., Winter, P. D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., & Simmonds, S. J
- Year
- 1989
- Title
- Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease
- Description
- This paper linked poor early growth to adult death from ischaemic heart disease and launched the developmental origins of health and disease field. It shifted chronic disease thinking from adult behaviour alone to conditions before birth and in infancy. It is the anchor citation for life course epidemiology. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 2(8663), 577-580
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(89)90710-1
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(89)90710-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Barker, D. J., Winter, P. D., Osmond, C., Margetts, B., & Simmonds, S. J. (1989). Weight in infancy and death from ischaemic heart disease. The Lancet, 2(8663), 577-580. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(89)90710-1
REF-354
Paper, guideline or statement
A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives
Ben-Shlomo, Y., & Kuh, D · 2002 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 31(2), 285-293
This paper set out the accumulation, critical period and chains of risk models that define life course epidemiology. It gave researchers a shared vocabulary for how advantage and disadvantage build up over a lifetime. It is the standard conceptual citation in the field. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Ben-Shlomo, Y., & Kuh, D. (2002). A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives. International Journal of Epidemiology, 31(2), 285-293. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11980781/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-354
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ben-Shlomo, Y., & Kuh, D
- Year
- 2002
- Title
- A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives
- Description
- This paper set out the accumulation, critical period and chains of risk models that define life course epidemiology. It gave researchers a shared vocabulary for how advantage and disadvantage build up over a lifetime. It is the standard conceptual citation in the field. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 31(2), 285-293
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11980781/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ben-Shlomo, Y., & Kuh, D. (2002). A life course approach to chronic disease epidemiology: Conceptual models, empirical challenges and interdisciplinary perspectives. International Journal of Epidemiology, 31(2), 285-293. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11980781/
REF-355
Paper, guideline or statement
Global burden of 87 risk factors in 204 countries and territories, 1990-2019: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019
GBD 2019 Risk Factors Collaborators · 2020 · The Lancet, 396(10258), 1223-1249
This is the comprehensive accounting of how much death and disability is attributable to behavioural, metabolic and environmental risks worldwide. It ranks diet, blood pressure, tobacco, air pollution and other exposures on a comparable scale. It is the standard evidence base for prevention priority setting. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
GBD 2019 Risk Factors Collaborators. (2020). Global burden of 87 risk factors in 204 countries and territories, 1990-2019: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019. The Lancet, 396(10258), 1223-1249. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30752-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-355
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- GBD 2019 Risk Factors Collaborators
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Global burden of 87 risk factors in 204 countries and territories, 1990-2019: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019
- Description
- This is the comprehensive accounting of how much death and disability is attributable to behavioural, metabolic and environmental risks worldwide. It ranks diet, blood pressure, tobacco, air pollution and other exposures on a comparable scale. It is the standard evidence base for prevention priority setting. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 396(10258), 1223-1249
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30752-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30752-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- GBD 2019 Risk Factors Collaborators. (2020). Global burden of 87 risk factors in 204 countries and territories, 1990-2019: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019. The Lancet, 396(10258), 1223-1249. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30752-2
REF-356
Paper, guideline or statement
Diet, lifestyle, and the risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus in women
Hu, F. B., Manson, J. E., Stampfer, M. J., Colditz, G., Liu, S., Solomon, C. G., & Willett, W. C · 2001 · New England Journal of Medicine, 345(11), 790-797
Following 84,941 nurses, this paper showed that most type 2 diabetes is attributable to a small set of modifiable behaviours. It gave the field its headline estimate that the great majority of cases are potentially preventable. It is the observational counterpart to the diabetes prevention trials. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Hu, F. B., Manson, J. E., Stampfer, M. J., Colditz, G., Liu, S., Solomon, C. G., & Willett, W. C. (2001). Diet, lifestyle, and the risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. New England Journal of Medicine, 345(11), 790-797. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa010492
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-356
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hu, F. B., Manson, J. E., Stampfer, M. J., Colditz, G., Liu, S., Solomon, C. G., & Willett, W. C
- Year
- 2001
- Title
- Diet, lifestyle, and the risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus in women
- Description
- Following 84,941 nurses, this paper showed that most type 2 diabetes is attributable to a small set of modifiable behaviours. It gave the field its headline estimate that the great majority of cases are potentially preventable. It is the observational counterpart to the diabetes prevention trials. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 345(11), 790-797
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa010492
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa010492
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Hu, F. B., Manson, J. E., Stampfer, M. J., Colditz, G., Liu, S., Solomon, C. G., & Willett, W. C. (2001). Diet, lifestyle, and the risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. New England Journal of Medicine, 345(11), 790-797. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa010492
REF-357
Paper, guideline or statement
Vegetarian dietary patterns and mortality in Adventist Health Study 2
Orlich, M. J., Singh, P. N., Sabaté, J., Jaceldo-Siegl, K., Fan, J., Knutsen, S., Beeson, W. L., & Fraser, G. E · 2013 · JAMA Internal Medicine, 173(13), 1230-1238
This analysis of a large Adventist cohort showed lower all-cause mortality in vegetarian dietary patterns compared with non-vegetarians. The Adventist cohorts are the classic populations used to study long-lived, health-conscious communities. It is a core citation for plant-predominant eating in lifestyle medicine. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
Full APA reference
Orlich, M. J., Singh, P. N., Sabaté, J., Jaceldo-Siegl, K., Fan, J., Knutsen, S., Beeson, W. L., & Fraser, G. E. (2013). Vegetarian dietary patterns and mortality in Adventist Health Study 2. JAMA Internal Medicine, 173(13), 1230-1238. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.6473
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-357
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Orlich, M. J., Singh, P. N., Sabaté, J., Jaceldo-Siegl, K., Fan, J., Knutsen, S., Beeson, W. L., & Fraser, G. E
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Vegetarian dietary patterns and mortality in Adventist Health Study 2
- Description
- This analysis of a large Adventist cohort showed lower all-cause mortality in vegetarian dietary patterns compared with non-vegetarians. The Adventist cohorts are the classic populations used to study long-lived, health-conscious communities. It is a core citation for plant-predominant eating in lifestyle medicine. It is held here as foundational epidemiology underpinning the lifestyle and social determinants evidence in this collection.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Internal Medicine, 173(13), 1230-1238
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.6473
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.6473
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Orlich, M. J., Singh, P. N., Sabaté, J., Jaceldo-Siegl, K., Fan, J., Knutsen, S., Beeson, W. L., & Fraser, G. E. (2013). Vegetarian dietary patterns and mortality in Adventist Health Study 2. JAMA Internal Medicine, 173(13), 1230-1238. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2013.6473
REF-358
Paper, guideline or statement
Can lifestyle changes reverse coronary heart disease? The Lifestyle Heart Trial
Ornish, D., Brown, S. E., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., McLanahan, S. M., Kirkeeide, R. L., Brand, R. J., & Gould, K. L · 1990 · The Lancet, 336(8708), 129-133
This is the trial that showed intensive diet, exercise, stress management and group support could produce regression of coronary atherosclerosis without lipid-lowering drugs. It is widely treated as the founding clinical trial of modern lifestyle medicine. It established that intensive lifestyle change can alter disease, not just risk scores. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Ornish, D., Brown, S. E., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., McLanahan, S. M., Kirkeeide, R. L., Brand, R. J., & Gould, K. L. (1990). Can lifestyle changes reverse coronary heart disease? The Lifestyle Heart Trial. The Lancet, 336(8708), 129-133. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(90)91656-u
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-358
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ornish, D., Brown, S. E., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., McLanahan, S. M., Kirkeeide, R. L., Brand, R. J., & Gould, K. L
- Year
- 1990
- Title
- Can lifestyle changes reverse coronary heart disease? The Lifestyle Heart Trial
- Description
- This is the trial that showed intensive diet, exercise, stress management and group support could produce regression of coronary atherosclerosis without lipid-lowering drugs. It is widely treated as the founding clinical trial of modern lifestyle medicine. It established that intensive lifestyle change can alter disease, not just risk scores. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 336(8708), 129-133
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(90)91656-u
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(90)91656-u
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ornish, D., Brown, S. E., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., McLanahan, S. M., Kirkeeide, R. L., Brand, R. J., & Gould, K. L. (1990). Can lifestyle changes reverse coronary heart disease? The Lifestyle Heart Trial. The Lancet, 336(8708), 129-133. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-6736(90)91656-u
REF-359
Paper, guideline or statement
Intensive lifestyle changes for reversal of coronary heart disease
Ornish, D., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Brown, S. E., Gould, K. L., Merritt, T. A., Sparler, S., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., Kirkeeide, R. L., Hogeboom, C., & Brand, R. J · 1998 · JAMA, 280(23), 2001-2007
The five-year report showed continued regression of coronary stenosis in the lifestyle group and progression in controls, with fewer cardiac events. It answered the durability question that the 1990 paper could not. It became the evidence base for intensive cardiac lifestyle programs later reimbursed in the United States. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Ornish, D., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Brown, S. E., Gould, K. L., Merritt, T. A., Sparler, S., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., Kirkeeide, R. L., Hogeboom, C., & Brand, R. J. (1998). Intensive lifestyle changes for reversal of coronary heart disease. JAMA, 280(23), 2001-2007. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.280.23.2001
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-359
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ornish, D., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Brown, S. E., Gould, K. L., Merritt, T. A., Sparler, S., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., Kirkeeide, R. L., Hogeboom, C., & Brand, R. J
- Year
- 1998
- Title
- Intensive lifestyle changes for reversal of coronary heart disease
- Description
- The five-year report showed continued regression of coronary stenosis in the lifestyle group and progression in controls, with fewer cardiac events. It answered the durability question that the 1990 paper could not. It became the evidence base for intensive cardiac lifestyle programs later reimbursed in the United States. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 280(23), 2001-2007
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.280.23.2001
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.280.23.2001
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ornish, D., Scherwitz, L. W., Billings, J. H., Brown, S. E., Gould, K. L., Merritt, T. A., Sparler, S., Armstrong, W. T., Ports, T. A., Kirkeeide, R. L., Hogeboom, C., & Brand, R. J. (1998). Intensive lifestyle changes for reversal of coronary heart disease. JAMA, 280(23), 2001-2007. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.280.23.2001
REF-360
Paper, guideline or statement
Increased telomerase activity and comprehensive lifestyle changes: A pilot study
Ornish, D., Lin, J., Daubenmier, J., Weidner, G., Epel, E., Kemp, C., Magbanua, M. J. M., Marlin, R., Yglecias, L., Carroll, P. R., & Blackburn, E. H · 2008 · The Lancet Oncology, 9(11), 1048-1057
This pilot study reported increased telomerase activity after three months of comprehensive lifestyle change, linking behaviour to cellular ageing biology. It opened the lifestyle and biological ageing research line that now includes epigenetic clocks. It is the most cited early demonstration of that link in humans. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Ornish, D., Lin, J., Daubenmier, J., Weidner, G., Epel, E., Kemp, C., Magbanua, M. J. M., Marlin, R., Yglecias, L., Carroll, P. R., & Blackburn, E. H. (2008). Increased telomerase activity and comprehensive lifestyle changes: A pilot study. The Lancet Oncology, 9(11), 1048-1057. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70234-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-360
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ornish, D., Lin, J., Daubenmier, J., Weidner, G., Epel, E., Kemp, C., Magbanua, M. J. M., Marlin, R., Yglecias, L., Carroll, P. R., & Blackburn, E. H
- Year
- 2008
- Title
- Increased telomerase activity and comprehensive lifestyle changes: A pilot study
- Description
- This pilot study reported increased telomerase activity after three months of comprehensive lifestyle change, linking behaviour to cellular ageing biology. It opened the lifestyle and biological ageing research line that now includes epigenetic clocks. It is the most cited early demonstration of that link in humans. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Oncology, 9(11), 1048-1057
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70234-1
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70234-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ornish, D., Lin, J., Daubenmier, J., Weidner, G., Epel, E., Kemp, C., Magbanua, M. J. M., Marlin, R., Yglecias, L., Carroll, P. R., & Blackburn, E. H. (2008). Increased telomerase activity and comprehensive lifestyle changes: A pilot study. The Lancet Oncology, 9(11), 1048-1057. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1470-2045(08)70234-1
REF-361
Paper, guideline or statement
Mediterranean diet, traditional risk factors, and the rate of cardiovascular complications after myocardial infarction: Final report of the Lyon Diet Heart Study
de Lorgeril, M., Salen, P., Martin, J. L., Monjaud, I., Delaye, J., & Mamelle, N · 1999 · Circulation, 99(6), 779-785
This secondary prevention trial found large reductions in cardiac events with a Mediterranean-style diet, with benefits not explained by changes in traditional risk factors. It shifted attention from single nutrients to whole dietary patterns. It is the direct forerunner of PREDIMED. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
de Lorgeril, M., Salen, P., Martin, J. L., Monjaud, I., Delaye, J., & Mamelle, N. (1999). Mediterranean diet, traditional risk factors, and the rate of cardiovascular complications after myocardial infarction: Final report of the Lyon Diet Heart Study. Circulation, 99(6), 779-785. https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.99.6.779
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-465
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-361
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- de Lorgeril, M., Salen, P., Martin, J. L., Monjaud, I., Delaye, J., & Mamelle, N
- Year
- 1999
- Title
- Mediterranean diet, traditional risk factors, and the rate of cardiovascular complications after myocardial infarction: Final report of the Lyon Diet Heart Study
- Description
- This secondary prevention trial found large reductions in cardiac events with a Mediterranean-style diet, with benefits not explained by changes in traditional risk factors. It shifted attention from single nutrients to whole dietary patterns. It is the direct forerunner of PREDIMED. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- Circulation, 99(6), 779-785
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- France
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.99.6.779
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.99.6.779
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-465
- Full APA reference
- de Lorgeril, M., Salen, P., Martin, J. L., Monjaud, I., Delaye, J., & Mamelle, N. (1999). Mediterranean diet, traditional risk factors, and the rate of cardiovascular complications after myocardial infarction: Final report of the Lyon Diet Heart Study. Circulation, 99(6), 779-785. https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.99.6.779
REF-362
Paper, guideline or statement
Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil or nuts
Estruch, R., Ros, E., Salas-Salvadó, J., Covas, M.-I., Corella, D., Arós, F., Gómez-Gracia, E., Ruiz-Gutiérrez, V., Fiol, M., Lapetra, J., Lamuela-Raventos, R. M., Serra-Majem, L., Pintó, X., Basora, J., Muñoz, M. A., Sorlí, J. V., Martínez, J. A., Fitó, M., Gea, A., Hernán, M. A., & Martínez-González, M. A · 2018 · New England Journal of Medicine, 378(25), e34
PREDIMED is the largest dietary pattern trial for primary cardiovascular prevention, and this is the reanalysed and republished version of record. It showed fewer major cardiovascular events with a supplemented Mediterranean diet. It remains the strongest randomised evidence that a whole diet prevents cardiovascular disease. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Estruch, R., Ros, E., Salas-Salvadó, J., Covas, M.-I., Corella, D., Arós, F., Gómez-Gracia, E., Ruiz-Gutiérrez, V., Fiol, M., Lapetra, J., Lamuela-Raventos, R. M., Serra-Majem, L., Pintó, X., Basora, J., Muñoz, M. A., Sorlí, J. V., Martínez, J. A., Fitó, M., Gea, A., Hernán, M. A., & Martínez-González, M. A. (2018). Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil or nuts. New England Journal of Medicine, 378(25), e34. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1800389
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-362
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Estruch, R., Ros, E., Salas-Salvadó, J., Covas, M.-I., Corella, D., Arós, F., Gómez-Gracia, E., Ruiz-Gutiérrez, V., Fiol, M., Lapetra, J., Lamuela-Raventos, R. M., Serra-Majem, L., Pintó, X., Basora, J., Muñoz, M. A., Sorlí, J. V., Martínez, J. A., Fitó, M., Gea, A., Hernán, M. A., & Martínez-González, M. A
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil or nuts
- Description
- PREDIMED is the largest dietary pattern trial for primary cardiovascular prevention, and this is the reanalysed and republished version of record. It showed fewer major cardiovascular events with a supplemented Mediterranean diet. It remains the strongest randomised evidence that a whole diet prevents cardiovascular disease. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 378(25), e34
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Spain
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1800389
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1800389
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Estruch, R., Ros, E., Salas-Salvadó, J., Covas, M.-I., Corella, D., Arós, F., Gómez-Gracia, E., Ruiz-Gutiérrez, V., Fiol, M., Lapetra, J., Lamuela-Raventos, R. M., Serra-Majem, L., Pintó, X., Basora, J., Muñoz, M. A., Sorlí, J. V., Martínez, J. A., Fitó, M., Gea, A., Hernán, M. A., & Martínez-González, M. A. (2018). Primary prevention of cardiovascular disease with a Mediterranean diet supplemented with extra-virgin olive oil or nuts. New England Journal of Medicine, 378(25), e34. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1800389
REF-363
Paper, guideline or statement
A clinical trial of the effects of dietary patterns on blood pressure. DASH Collaborative Research Group
Appel, L. J., Moore, T. J., Obarzanek, E., Vollmer, W. M., Svetkey, L. P., Sacks, F. M., Bray, G. A., Vogt, T. M., Cutler, J. A., Windhauser, M. M., Lin, P. H., & Karanja, N · 1997 · New England Journal of Medicine, 336(16), 1117-1124
The DASH feeding trial showed that a dietary pattern rich in fruit, vegetables and low-fat dairy lowered blood pressure to a degree comparable with drug monotherapy. It produced the dietary pattern that national guidelines still recommend for hypertension. It proved food-based treatment effects under controlled conditions. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Appel, L. J., Moore, T. J., Obarzanek, E., Vollmer, W. M., Svetkey, L. P., Sacks, F. M., Bray, G. A., Vogt, T. M., Cutler, J. A., Windhauser, M. M., Lin, P. H., & Karanja, N. (1997). A clinical trial of the effects of dietary patterns on blood pressure. DASH Collaborative Research Group. New England Journal of Medicine, 336(16), 1117-1124. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199704173361601
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-363
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Appel, L. J., Moore, T. J., Obarzanek, E., Vollmer, W. M., Svetkey, L. P., Sacks, F. M., Bray, G. A., Vogt, T. M., Cutler, J. A., Windhauser, M. M., Lin, P. H., & Karanja, N
- Year
- 1997
- Title
- A clinical trial of the effects of dietary patterns on blood pressure. DASH Collaborative Research Group
- Description
- The DASH feeding trial showed that a dietary pattern rich in fruit, vegetables and low-fat dairy lowered blood pressure to a degree comparable with drug monotherapy. It produced the dietary pattern that national guidelines still recommend for hypertension. It proved food-based treatment effects under controlled conditions. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 336(16), 1117-1124
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199704173361601
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199704173361601
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Appel, L. J., Moore, T. J., Obarzanek, E., Vollmer, W. M., Svetkey, L. P., Sacks, F. M., Bray, G. A., Vogt, T. M., Cutler, J. A., Windhauser, M. M., Lin, P. H., & Karanja, N. (1997). A clinical trial of the effects of dietary patterns on blood pressure. DASH Collaborative Research Group. New England Journal of Medicine, 336(16), 1117-1124. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199704173361601
REF-364
Paper, guideline or statement
Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin
Knowler, W. C., Barrett-Connor, E., Fowler, S. E., Hamman, R. F., Lachin, J. M., Walker, E. A., & Nathan, D. M · 2002 · New England Journal of Medicine, 346(6), 393-403
This trial showed a structured lifestyle program cut incident type 2 diabetes by more than metformin in people with impaired glucose tolerance. It is the basis of national diabetes prevention programs in many countries. It set the benchmark effect size for behavioural prevention. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Knowler, W. C., Barrett-Connor, E., Fowler, S. E., Hamman, R. F., Lachin, J. M., Walker, E. A., & Nathan, D. M. (2002). Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. New England Journal of Medicine, 346(6), 393-403. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa012512
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-364
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Knowler, W. C., Barrett-Connor, E., Fowler, S. E., Hamman, R. F., Lachin, J. M., Walker, E. A., & Nathan, D. M
- Year
- 2002
- Title
- Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin
- Description
- This trial showed a structured lifestyle program cut incident type 2 diabetes by more than metformin in people with impaired glucose tolerance. It is the basis of national diabetes prevention programs in many countries. It set the benchmark effect size for behavioural prevention. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 346(6), 393-403
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa012512
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa012512
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Knowler, W. C., Barrett-Connor, E., Fowler, S. E., Hamman, R. F., Lachin, J. M., Walker, E. A., & Nathan, D. M. (2002). Reduction in the incidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyle intervention or metformin. New England Journal of Medicine, 346(6), 393-403. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa012512
REF-365
Paper, guideline or statement
A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): A randomised controlled trial
Ngandu, T., Lehtisalo, J., Solomon, A., Levälahti, E., Ahtiluoto, S., Antikainen, R., Bäckman, L., Hänninen, T., Jula, A., Laatikainen, T., Lindström, J., Mangialasche, F., Paajanen, T., Pajala, S., Peltonen, M., Rauramaa, R., Stigsdotter-Neely, A., Strandberg, T., Tuomilehto, J., Soininen, H., & Kivipelto, M · 2015 · The Lancet, 385(9984), 2255-2263
FINGER was the first large randomised trial to show that a multidomain lifestyle intervention can protect cognition in at-risk older people. It launched the worldwide FINGERS network of replication trials. It is the reference trial behind WHO dementia risk reduction guidance. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
Full APA reference
Ngandu, T., Lehtisalo, J., Solomon, A., Levälahti, E., Ahtiluoto, S., Antikainen, R., Bäckman, L., Hänninen, T., Jula, A., Laatikainen, T., Lindström, J., Mangialasche, F., Paajanen, T., Pajala, S., Peltonen, M., Rauramaa, R., Stigsdotter-Neely, A., Strandberg, T., Tuomilehto, J., Soininen, H., & Kivipelto, M. (2015). A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): A randomised controlled trial. The Lancet, 385(9984), 2255-2263. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60461-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-365
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ngandu, T., Lehtisalo, J., Solomon, A., Levälahti, E., Ahtiluoto, S., Antikainen, R., Bäckman, L., Hänninen, T., Jula, A., Laatikainen, T., Lindström, J., Mangialasche, F., Paajanen, T., Pajala, S., Peltonen, M., Rauramaa, R., Stigsdotter-Neely, A., Strandberg, T., Tuomilehto, J., Soininen, H., & Kivipelto, M
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): A randomised controlled trial
- Description
- FINGER was the first large randomised trial to show that a multidomain lifestyle intervention can protect cognition in at-risk older people. It launched the worldwide FINGERS network of replication trials. It is the reference trial behind WHO dementia risk reduction guidance. It is held here as one of the landmark intervention trials on which lifestyle medicine practice rests.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 385(9984), 2255-2263
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Finland
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60461-5
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60461-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ngandu, T., Lehtisalo, J., Solomon, A., Levälahti, E., Ahtiluoto, S., Antikainen, R., Bäckman, L., Hänninen, T., Jula, A., Laatikainen, T., Lindström, J., Mangialasche, F., Paajanen, T., Pajala, S., Peltonen, M., Rauramaa, R., Stigsdotter-Neely, A., Strandberg, T., Tuomilehto, J., Soininen, H., & Kivipelto, M. (2015). A 2 year multidomain intervention of diet, exercise, cognitive training, and vascular risk monitoring versus control to prevent cognitive decline in at-risk elderly people (FINGER): A randomised controlled trial. The Lancet, 385(9984), 2255-2263. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60461-5
REF-366
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed foods: What they are and how to identify them
Monteiro, C. A., Cannon, G., Levy, R. B., Moubarac, J.-C., Louzada, M. L. C., Rauber, F., Khandpur, N., Cediel, G., Neri, D., Martinez-Steele, E., Baraldi, L. G., & Jaime, P. C · 2019 · Public Health Nutrition, 22(5), 936-941
This paper gives the operational definition of ultra-processed food used across the global evidence base. It made a whole research field measurable and comparable between countries. Almost every ultra-processed food study now cites it as the exposure definition. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
Full APA reference
Monteiro, C. A., Cannon, G., Levy, R. B., Moubarac, J.-C., Louzada, M. L. C., Rauber, F., Khandpur, N., Cediel, G., Neri, D., Martinez-Steele, E., Baraldi, L. G., & Jaime, P. C. (2019). Ultra-processed foods: What they are and how to identify them. Public Health Nutrition, 22(5), 936-941. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980018003762
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-366
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Monteiro, C. A., Cannon, G., Levy, R. B., Moubarac, J.-C., Louzada, M. L. C., Rauber, F., Khandpur, N., Cediel, G., Neri, D., Martinez-Steele, E., Baraldi, L. G., & Jaime, P. C
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Ultra-processed foods: What they are and how to identify them
- Description
- This paper gives the operational definition of ultra-processed food used across the global evidence base. It made a whole research field measurable and comparable between countries. Almost every ultra-processed food study now cites it as the exposure definition. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Nutrition, 22(5), 936-941
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980018003762
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980018003762
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Monteiro, C. A., Cannon, G., Levy, R. B., Moubarac, J.-C., Louzada, M. L. C., Rauber, F., Khandpur, N., Cediel, G., Neri, D., Martinez-Steele, E., Baraldi, L. G., & Jaime, P. C. (2019). Ultra-processed foods: What they are and how to identify them. Public Health Nutrition, 22(5), 936-941. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1368980018003762
REF-367
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed diets cause excess calorie intake and weight gain: An inpatient randomized controlled trial of ad libitum food intake
Hall, K. D., Ayuketah, A., Brychta, R., Cai, H., Cassimatis, T., Chen, K. Y., Chung, S. T., Costa, E., Courville, A., Darcey, V., Fletcher, L. A., Forde, C. G., Gharib, A. M., Guo, J., Howard, R., Joseph, P. V., McGehee, S., Ouwerkerk, R., Raisinger, K., Rozga, I., Stagliano, M., Walter, M., Walter, P. J., Yang, S., & Zhou, M · 2019 · Cell Metabolism, 30(1), 67-77.e3
This tightly controlled inpatient crossover trial showed people ate about 500 more kilocalories a day and gained weight on an ultra-processed diet matched for nutrients. It moved ultra-processed food from association to demonstrated cause of excess intake. It is the key causal citation in the food environment debate. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
Full APA reference
Hall, K. D., Ayuketah, A., Brychta, R., Cai, H., Cassimatis, T., Chen, K. Y., Chung, S. T., Costa, E., Courville, A., Darcey, V., Fletcher, L. A., Forde, C. G., Gharib, A. M., Guo, J., Howard, R., Joseph, P. V., McGehee, S., Ouwerkerk, R., Raisinger, K., Rozga, I., Stagliano, M., Walter, M., Walter, P. J., Yang, S., & Zhou, M. (2019). Ultra-processed diets cause excess calorie intake and weight gain: An inpatient randomized controlled trial of ad libitum food intake. Cell Metabolism, 30(1), 67-77.e3. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2019.05.008
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-367
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Hall, K. D., Ayuketah, A., Brychta, R., Cai, H., Cassimatis, T., Chen, K. Y., Chung, S. T., Costa, E., Courville, A., Darcey, V., Fletcher, L. A., Forde, C. G., Gharib, A. M., Guo, J., Howard, R., Joseph, P. V., McGehee, S., Ouwerkerk, R., Raisinger, K., Rozga, I., Stagliano, M., Walter, M., Walter, P. J., Yang, S., & Zhou, M
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Ultra-processed diets cause excess calorie intake and weight gain: An inpatient randomized controlled trial of ad libitum food intake
- Description
- This tightly controlled inpatient crossover trial showed people ate about 500 more kilocalories a day and gained weight on an ultra-processed diet matched for nutrients. It moved ultra-processed food from association to demonstrated cause of excess intake. It is the key causal citation in the food environment debate. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
- Publication or publisher
- Cell Metabolism, 30(1), 67-77.e3
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2019.05.008
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2019.05.008
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Hall, K. D., Ayuketah, A., Brychta, R., Cai, H., Cassimatis, T., Chen, K. Y., Chung, S. T., Costa, E., Courville, A., Darcey, V., Fletcher, L. A., Forde, C. G., Gharib, A. M., Guo, J., Howard, R., Joseph, P. V., McGehee, S., Ouwerkerk, R., Raisinger, K., Rozga, I., Stagliano, M., Walter, M., Walter, P. J., Yang, S., & Zhou, M. (2019). Ultra-processed diets cause excess calorie intake and weight gain: An inpatient randomized controlled trial of ad libitum food intake. Cell Metabolism, 30(1), 67-77.e3. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmet.2019.05.008
REF-368
Paper, guideline or statement
Food in the Anthropocene: The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy diets from sustainable food systems
Willett, W., Rockström, J., Loken, B., Springmann, M., Lang, T., Vermeulen, S., Garnett, T., Tilman, D., DeClerck, F., Wood, A., Jonell, M., Clark, M., Gordon, L. J., Fanzo, J., Hawkes, C., Zurayk, R., Rivera, J. A., De Vries, W., Majele Sibanda, L., ... Murray, C. J. L · 2019 · The Lancet, 393(10170), 447-492
This Commission produced the first global scientific targets for both healthy diets and sustainable food production. It set the planetary health diet that has framed food policy debate since. It is the reference point that the 2025 Commission updates. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
Full APA reference
Willett, W., Rockström, J., Loken, B., Springmann, M., Lang, T., Vermeulen, S., Garnett, T., Tilman, D., DeClerck, F., Wood, A., Jonell, M., Clark, M., Gordon, L. J., Fanzo, J., Hawkes, C., Zurayk, R., Rivera, J. A., De Vries, W., Majele Sibanda, L., ... Murray, C. J. L. (2019). Food in the Anthropocene: The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy diets from sustainable food systems. The Lancet, 393(10170), 447-492. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31788-4
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-368
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Willett, W., Rockström, J., Loken, B., Springmann, M., Lang, T., Vermeulen, S., Garnett, T., Tilman, D., DeClerck, F., Wood, A., Jonell, M., Clark, M., Gordon, L. J., Fanzo, J., Hawkes, C., Zurayk, R., Rivera, J. A., De Vries, W., Majele Sibanda, L., ... Murray, C. J. L
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Food in the Anthropocene: The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy diets from sustainable food systems
- Description
- This Commission produced the first global scientific targets for both healthy diets and sustainable food production. It set the planetary health diet that has framed food policy debate since. It is the reference point that the 2025 Commission updates. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 393(10170), 447-492
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31788-4
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31788-4
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Willett, W., Rockström, J., Loken, B., Springmann, M., Lang, T., Vermeulen, S., Garnett, T., Tilman, D., DeClerck, F., Wood, A., Jonell, M., Clark, M., Gordon, L. J., Fanzo, J., Hawkes, C., Zurayk, R., Rivera, J. A., De Vries, W., Majele Sibanda, L., ... Murray, C. J. L. (2019). Food in the Anthropocene: The EAT-Lancet Commission on healthy diets from sustainable food systems. The Lancet, 393(10170), 447-492. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31788-4
REF-369
Paper, guideline or statement
The Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate Change: The Lancet Commission report
Swinburn, B. A., Kraak, V. I., Allender, S., Atkins, V. J., Baker, P. I., Bogard, J. R., Brinsden, H., Calvillo, A., De Schutter, O., Devarajan, R., Ezzati, M., Friel, S., Goenka, S., Hammond, R. A., Hastings, G., Hawkes, C., Herrero, M., Hovmand, P. S., Howden, M., ... Dietz, W. H · 2019 · The Lancet, 393(10173), 791-846
The Commission argued that obesity, undernutrition and climate change share food system and commercial drivers and should be tackled together. It popularised the syndemic framing now used in obesity policy. It set out double and triple duty actions for governments. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
Full APA reference
Swinburn, B. A., Kraak, V. I., Allender, S., Atkins, V. J., Baker, P. I., Bogard, J. R., Brinsden, H., Calvillo, A., De Schutter, O., Devarajan, R., Ezzati, M., Friel, S., Goenka, S., Hammond, R. A., Hastings, G., Hawkes, C., Herrero, M., Hovmand, P. S., Howden, M., ... Dietz, W. H. (2019). The Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate Change: The Lancet Commission report. The Lancet, 393(10173), 791-846. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)32822-8
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-369
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Swinburn, B. A., Kraak, V. I., Allender, S., Atkins, V. J., Baker, P. I., Bogard, J. R., Brinsden, H., Calvillo, A., De Schutter, O., Devarajan, R., Ezzati, M., Friel, S., Goenka, S., Hammond, R. A., Hastings, G., Hawkes, C., Herrero, M., Hovmand, P. S., Howden, M., ... Dietz, W. H
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- The Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate Change: The Lancet Commission report
- Description
- The Commission argued that obesity, undernutrition and climate change share food system and commercial drivers and should be tackled together. It popularised the syndemic framing now used in obesity policy. It set out double and triple duty actions for governments. It is held here as foundational evidence on diet quality and the food environment.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 393(10173), 791-846
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)32822-8
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)32822-8
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Swinburn, B. A., Kraak, V. I., Allender, S., Atkins, V. J., Baker, P. I., Bogard, J. R., Brinsden, H., Calvillo, A., De Schutter, O., Devarajan, R., Ezzati, M., Friel, S., Goenka, S., Hammond, R. A., Hastings, G., Hawkes, C., Herrero, M., Hovmand, P. S., Howden, M., ... Dietz, W. H. (2019). The Global Syndemic of Obesity, Undernutrition, and Climate Change: The Lancet Commission report. The Lancet, 393(10173), 791-846. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)32822-8
REF-370
Paper, guideline or statement
Coronary heart-disease and physical activity of work
Morris, J. N., Heady, J. A., Raffle, P. A., Roberts, C. G., & Parks, J. W · 1953 · The Lancet, 262(6795), 1053-1057
The comparison of London bus conductors and drivers was the first credible evidence that occupational physical activity protects against coronary heart disease. It founded physical activity epidemiology. It is the origin story of exercise as preventive medicine. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
Full APA reference
Morris, J. N., Heady, J. A., Raffle, P. A., Roberts, C. G., & Parks, J. W. (1953). Coronary heart-disease and physical activity of work. The Lancet, 262(6795), 1053-1057. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(53)90665-5
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-370
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Morris, J. N., Heady, J. A., Raffle, P. A., Roberts, C. G., & Parks, J. W
- Year
- 1953
- Title
- Coronary heart-disease and physical activity of work
- Description
- The comparison of London bus conductors and drivers was the first credible evidence that occupational physical activity protects against coronary heart disease. It founded physical activity epidemiology. It is the origin story of exercise as preventive medicine. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 262(6795), 1053-1057
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(53)90665-5
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(53)90665-5
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Morris, J. N., Heady, J. A., Raffle, P. A., Roberts, C. G., & Parks, J. W. (1953). Coronary heart-disease and physical activity of work. The Lancet, 262(6795), 1053-1057. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(53)90665-5
REF-371
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni
Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Hyde, R. T., Wing, A. L., & Hsieh, C. C · 1986 · New England Journal of Medicine, 314(10), 605-613
This cohort established a graded dose-response between leisure-time physical activity and lower all-cause mortality, with estimates of added life expectancy. It provided the quantitative basis for activity recommendations. It remains the classic citation for activity volume and longevity. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
Full APA reference
Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Hyde, R. T., Wing, A. L., & Hsieh, C. C. (1986). Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni. New England Journal of Medicine, 314(10), 605-613. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM198603063141003
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-484, REF-507
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-371
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Hyde, R. T., Wing, A. L., & Hsieh, C. C
- Year
- 1986
- Title
- Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni
- Description
- This cohort established a graded dose-response between leisure-time physical activity and lower all-cause mortality, with estimates of added life expectancy. It provided the quantitative basis for activity recommendations. It remains the classic citation for activity volume and longevity. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
- Publication or publisher
- New England Journal of Medicine, 314(10), 605-613
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM198603063141003
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM198603063141003
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-484; REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Hyde, R. T., Wing, A. L., & Hsieh, C. C. (1986). Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni. New England Journal of Medicine, 314(10), 605-613. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM198603063141003
REF-372
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: A prospective study of healthy men and women
Blair, S. N., Kohl, H. W., 3rd, Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Clark, D. G., Cooper, K. H., & Gibbons, L. W · 1989 · JAMA, 262(17), 2395-2401
Using measured treadmill fitness rather than self-reported activity, this study showed steep mortality gradients across fitness levels, with the largest gain from the least fit to the next group. It introduced cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign. It reframed the message from elite exercise to avoiding the lowest fitness band. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
Full APA reference
Blair, S. N., Kohl, H. W., 3rd, Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Clark, D. G., Cooper, K. H., & Gibbons, L. W. (1989). Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: A prospective study of healthy men and women. JAMA, 262(17), 2395-2401. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.262.17.2395
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-372
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Blair, S. N., Kohl, H. W., 3rd, Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Clark, D. G., Cooper, K. H., & Gibbons, L. W
- Year
- 1989
- Title
- Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: A prospective study of healthy men and women
- Description
- Using measured treadmill fitness rather than self-reported activity, this study showed steep mortality gradients across fitness levels, with the largest gain from the least fit to the next group. It introduced cardiorespiratory fitness as a vital sign. It reframed the message from elite exercise to avoiding the lowest fitness band. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 262(17), 2395-2401
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.262.17.2395
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.262.17.2395
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Blair, S. N., Kohl, H. W., 3rd, Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Clark, D. G., Cooper, K. H., & Gibbons, L. W. (1989). Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: A prospective study of healthy men and women. JAMA, 262(17), 2395-2401. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.262.17.2395
REF-373
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: An analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy
Lee, I.-M., Shiroma, E. J., Lobelo, F., Puska, P., Blair, S. N., & Katzmarzyk, P. T · 2012 · The Lancet, 380(9838), 219-229
This paper estimated the share of coronary heart disease, diabetes and some cancers attributable to inactivity and the life expectancy cost worldwide. It framed physical inactivity as a pandemic requiring policy, not just advice. It is the most cited quantification of inactivity's global toll. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
Full APA reference
Lee, I.-M., Shiroma, E. J., Lobelo, F., Puska, P., Blair, S. N., & Katzmarzyk, P. T. (2012). Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: An analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy. The Lancet, 380(9838), 219-229. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61031-9
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-373
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lee, I.-M., Shiroma, E. J., Lobelo, F., Puska, P., Blair, S. N., & Katzmarzyk, P. T
- Year
- 2012
- Title
- Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: An analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy
- Description
- This paper estimated the share of coronary heart disease, diabetes and some cancers attributable to inactivity and the life expectancy cost worldwide. It framed physical inactivity as a pandemic requiring policy, not just advice. It is the most cited quantification of inactivity's global toll. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 380(9838), 219-229
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61031-9
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61031-9
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Lee, I.-M., Shiroma, E. J., Lobelo, F., Puska, P., Blair, S. N., & Katzmarzyk, P. T. (2012). Effect of physical inactivity on major non-communicable diseases worldwide: An analysis of burden of disease and life expectancy. The Lancet, 380(9838), 219-229. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61031-9
REF-374
Paper, guideline or statement
Dose-response associations between accelerometry measured physical activity and sedentary time and all cause mortality: Systematic review and harmonised meta-analysis
Ekelund, U., Tarp, J., Steene-Johannessen, J., Hansen, B. H., Jefferis, B., Fagerland, M. W., Whincup, P., Diaz, K. M., Hooker, S. P., Chernofsky, A., Larson, M. G., Spartano, N., Vasan, R. S., Dohrn, I.-M., Hagströmer, M., Edwardson, C., Yates, T., Shiroma, E., Anderssen, S. A., & Lee, I.-M · 2019 · BMJ, 366, l4570
Pooling device-measured data across cohorts, this analysis showed steep mortality reductions with any increase in light or moderate activity and risk concentrated in the most sedentary. It removed the self-report bias that weakened earlier estimates. It directly shaped the 2020 WHO activity guidelines. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
Full APA reference
Ekelund, U., Tarp, J., Steene-Johannessen, J., Hansen, B. H., Jefferis, B., Fagerland, M. W., Whincup, P., Diaz, K. M., Hooker, S. P., Chernofsky, A., Larson, M. G., Spartano, N., Vasan, R. S., Dohrn, I.-M., Hagströmer, M., Edwardson, C., Yates, T., Shiroma, E., Anderssen, S. A., & Lee, I.-M. (2019). Dose-response associations between accelerometry measured physical activity and sedentary time and all cause mortality: Systematic review and harmonised meta-analysis. BMJ, 366, l4570. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.l4570
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-507
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-374
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ekelund, U., Tarp, J., Steene-Johannessen, J., Hansen, B. H., Jefferis, B., Fagerland, M. W., Whincup, P., Diaz, K. M., Hooker, S. P., Chernofsky, A., Larson, M. G., Spartano, N., Vasan, R. S., Dohrn, I.-M., Hagströmer, M., Edwardson, C., Yates, T., Shiroma, E., Anderssen, S. A., & Lee, I.-M
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Dose-response associations between accelerometry measured physical activity and sedentary time and all cause mortality: Systematic review and harmonised meta-analysis
- Description
- Pooling device-measured data across cohorts, this analysis showed steep mortality reductions with any increase in light or moderate activity and risk concentrated in the most sedentary. It removed the self-report bias that weakened earlier estimates. It directly shaped the 2020 WHO activity guidelines. It is held here as foundational physical activity epidemiology.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 366, l4570
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.l4570
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.l4570
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-507
- Full APA reference
- Ekelund, U., Tarp, J., Steene-Johannessen, J., Hansen, B. H., Jefferis, B., Fagerland, M. W., Whincup, P., Diaz, K. M., Hooker, S. P., Chernofsky, A., Larson, M. G., Spartano, N., Vasan, R. S., Dohrn, I.-M., Hagströmer, M., Edwardson, C., Yates, T., Shiroma, E., Anderssen, S. A., & Lee, I.-M. (2019). Dose-response associations between accelerometry measured physical activity and sedentary time and all cause mortality: Systematic review and harmonised meta-analysis. BMJ, 366, l4570. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.l4570
REF-375
Paper, guideline or statement
Sleep duration and all-cause mortality: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective studies
Cappuccio, F. P., D'Elia, L., Strazzullo, P., & Miller, M. A · 2010 · Sleep, 33(5), 585-592
This meta-analysis established the U-shaped association between sleep duration and death across many cohorts. It made sleep duration a mainstream population health exposure rather than a sleep clinic concern. It is the standard citation for sleep as a mortality risk factor. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
Full APA reference
Cappuccio, F. P., D'Elia, L., Strazzullo, P., & Miller, M. A. (2010). Sleep duration and all-cause mortality: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective studies. Sleep, 33(5), 585-592. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/33.5.585
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-375
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cappuccio, F. P., D'Elia, L., Strazzullo, P., & Miller, M. A
- Year
- 2010
- Title
- Sleep duration and all-cause mortality: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective studies
- Description
- This meta-analysis established the U-shaped association between sleep duration and death across many cohorts. It made sleep duration a mainstream population health exposure rather than a sleep clinic concern. It is the standard citation for sleep as a mortality risk factor. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep, 33(5), 585-592
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/33.5.585
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/33.5.585
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Cappuccio, F. P., D'Elia, L., Strazzullo, P., & Miller, M. A. (2010). Sleep duration and all-cause mortality: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective studies. Sleep, 33(5), 585-592. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/33.5.585
REF-376
Paper, guideline or statement
The cumulative cost of additional wakefulness: Dose-response effects on neurobehavioral functions and sleep physiology from chronic sleep restriction and total sleep deprivation
Van Dongen, H. P. A., Maislin, G., Mullington, J. M., & Dinges, D. F · 2003 · Sleep, 26(2), 117-126
This laboratory study showed that modest chronic sleep restriction produces cumulative, dose-dependent cognitive impairment that people underestimate in themselves. It is the experimental foundation for sleep debt as a real physiological state. It underpins fatigue risk management in health and transport settings. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
Full APA reference
Van Dongen, H. P. A., Maislin, G., Mullington, J. M., & Dinges, D. F. (2003). The cumulative cost of additional wakefulness: Dose-response effects on neurobehavioral functions and sleep physiology from chronic sleep restriction and total sleep deprivation. Sleep, 26(2), 117-126. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/26.2.117
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-376
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Van Dongen, H. P. A., Maislin, G., Mullington, J. M., & Dinges, D. F
- Year
- 2003
- Title
- The cumulative cost of additional wakefulness: Dose-response effects on neurobehavioral functions and sleep physiology from chronic sleep restriction and total sleep deprivation
- Description
- This laboratory study showed that modest chronic sleep restriction produces cumulative, dose-dependent cognitive impairment that people underestimate in themselves. It is the experimental foundation for sleep debt as a real physiological state. It underpins fatigue risk management in health and transport settings. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep, 26(2), 117-126
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/26.2.117
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/26.2.117
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Van Dongen, H. P. A., Maislin, G., Mullington, J. M., & Dinges, D. F. (2003). The cumulative cost of additional wakefulness: Dose-response effects on neurobehavioral functions and sleep physiology from chronic sleep restriction and total sleep deprivation. Sleep, 26(2), 117-126. https://doi.org/10.1093/sleep/26.2.117
REF-377
Paper, guideline or statement
Insomnia as a predictor of depression: A meta-analytic evaluation of longitudinal epidemiological studies
Baglioni, C., Battagliese, G., Feige, B., Spiegelhalder, K., Nissen, C., Voderholzer, U., Lombardo, C., & Riemann, D · 2011 · Journal of Affective Disorders, 135(1-3), 10-19
This meta-analysis of longitudinal studies showed that insomnia roughly doubles the risk of later depression. It reframed sleep disturbance as a modifiable antecedent rather than only a symptom. It justified treating insomnia to prevent depression. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
Full APA reference
Baglioni, C., Battagliese, G., Feige, B., Spiegelhalder, K., Nissen, C., Voderholzer, U., Lombardo, C., & Riemann, D. (2011). Insomnia as a predictor of depression: A meta-analytic evaluation of longitudinal epidemiological studies. Journal of Affective Disorders, 135(1-3), 10-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2011.01.011
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-377
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Baglioni, C., Battagliese, G., Feige, B., Spiegelhalder, K., Nissen, C., Voderholzer, U., Lombardo, C., & Riemann, D
- Year
- 2011
- Title
- Insomnia as a predictor of depression: A meta-analytic evaluation of longitudinal epidemiological studies
- Description
- This meta-analysis of longitudinal studies showed that insomnia roughly doubles the risk of later depression. It reframed sleep disturbance as a modifiable antecedent rather than only a symptom. It justified treating insomnia to prevent depression. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Affective Disorders, 135(1-3), 10-19
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2011.01.011
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2011.01.011
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Baglioni, C., Battagliese, G., Feige, B., Spiegelhalder, K., Nissen, C., Voderholzer, U., Lombardo, C., & Riemann, D. (2011). Insomnia as a predictor of depression: A meta-analytic evaluation of longitudinal epidemiological studies. Journal of Affective Disorders, 135(1-3), 10-19. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2011.01.011
REF-378
Paper, guideline or statement
Sleep disturbance, sleep duration, and inflammation: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cohort studies and experimental sleep deprivation
Irwin, M. R., Olmstead, R., & Carroll, J. E · 2016 · Biological Psychiatry, 80(1), 40-52
This synthesis showed that sleep disturbance and extremes of sleep duration are associated with higher systemic inflammation. It supplies a plausible biological pathway linking poor sleep to both cardiometabolic and depressive illness. It is the key mechanistic reference in sleep and health research. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
Full APA reference
Irwin, M. R., Olmstead, R., & Carroll, J. E. (2016). Sleep disturbance, sleep duration, and inflammation: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cohort studies and experimental sleep deprivation. Biological Psychiatry, 80(1), 40-52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.05.014
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-378
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Irwin, M. R., Olmstead, R., & Carroll, J. E
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- Sleep disturbance, sleep duration, and inflammation: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cohort studies and experimental sleep deprivation
- Description
- This synthesis showed that sleep disturbance and extremes of sleep duration are associated with higher systemic inflammation. It supplies a plausible biological pathway linking poor sleep to both cardiometabolic and depressive illness. It is the key mechanistic reference in sleep and health research. It is held here as foundational sleep evidence linking sleep to physical and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Biological Psychiatry, 80(1), 40-52
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.05.014
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.05.014
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Irwin, M. R., Olmstead, R., & Carroll, J. E. (2016). Sleep disturbance, sleep duration, and inflammation: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cohort studies and experimental sleep deprivation. Biological Psychiatry, 80(1), 40-52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.05.014
REF-379
Paper, guideline or statement
Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year follow-up study of Alameda County residents
Berkman, L. F., & Syme, S. L · 1979 · American Journal of Epidemiology, 109(2), 186-204
This study first showed that people with fewer social ties died at higher rates over nine years, independent of baseline health and behaviour. It created social epidemiology's central finding on social integration. Every later loneliness and mortality paper traces back to it. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
Full APA reference
Berkman, L. F., & Syme, S. L. (1979). Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year follow-up study of Alameda County residents. American Journal of Epidemiology, 109(2), 186-204. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112674
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-379
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Berkman, L. F., & Syme, S. L
- Year
- 1979
- Title
- Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year follow-up study of Alameda County residents
- Description
- This study first showed that people with fewer social ties died at higher rates over nine years, independent of baseline health and behaviour. It created social epidemiology's central finding on social integration. Every later loneliness and mortality paper traces back to it. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Epidemiology, 109(2), 186-204
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112674
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112674
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Berkman, L. F., & Syme, S. L. (1979). Social networks, host resistance, and mortality: A nine-year follow-up study of Alameda County residents. American Journal of Epidemiology, 109(2), 186-204. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordjournals.aje.a112674
REF-380
Paper, guideline or statement
Social relationships and health
House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D · 1988 · Science, 241(4865), 540-545
This review consolidated the cohort evidence and argued that social relationships are a risk factor of similar magnitude to smoking and inactivity. Its framing put social connection on the mainstream public health agenda. It is one of the most cited papers in the field. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
Full APA reference
House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social relationships and health. Science, 241(4865), 540-545. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.3399889
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-380
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D
- Year
- 1988
- Title
- Social relationships and health
- Description
- This review consolidated the cohort evidence and argued that social relationships are a risk factor of similar magnitude to smoking and inactivity. Its framing put social connection on the mainstream public health agenda. It is one of the most cited papers in the field. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
- Publication or publisher
- Science, 241(4865), 540-545
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.3399889
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.3399889
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social relationships and health. Science, 241(4865), 540-545. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.3399889
REF-381
Paper, guideline or statement
Social relationships and mortality risk: A meta-analytic review
Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., & Layton, J. B · 2010 · PLoS Medicine, 7(7), e1000316
This meta-analysis of 148 studies produced the widely quoted 50 per cent greater survival odds for people with stronger social relationships. It gave advocates a defensible effect size. It is the most cited quantitative statement of the effect. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
Full APA reference
Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., & Layton, J. B. (2010). Social relationships and mortality risk: A meta-analytic review. PLoS Medicine, 7(7), e1000316. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000316
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-381
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., & Layton, J. B
- Year
- 2010
- Title
- Social relationships and mortality risk: A meta-analytic review
- Description
- This meta-analysis of 148 studies produced the widely quoted 50 per cent greater survival odds for people with stronger social relationships. It gave advocates a defensible effect size. It is the most cited quantitative statement of the effect. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
- Publication or publisher
- PLoS Medicine, 7(7), e1000316
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000316
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000316
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., & Layton, J. B. (2010). Social relationships and mortality risk: A meta-analytic review. PLoS Medicine, 7(7), e1000316. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1000316
REF-382
Paper, guideline or statement
Loneliness and social isolation as risk factors for mortality: A meta-analytic review
Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D · 2015 · Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237
This meta-analysis separated objective isolation, loneliness and living alone, and showed each independently predicted mortality. It clarified the constructs that policy needs to target. It is the standard citation for treating loneliness as a public health risk. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
Full APA reference
Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D. (2015). Loneliness and social isolation as risk factors for mortality: A meta-analytic review. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691614568352
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-508
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-382
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Loneliness and social isolation as risk factors for mortality: A meta-analytic review
- Description
- This meta-analysis separated objective isolation, loneliness and living alone, and showed each independently predicted mortality. It clarified the constructs that policy needs to target. It is the standard citation for treating loneliness as a public health risk. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
- Publication or publisher
- Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691614568352
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691614568352
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Holt-Lunstad, J., Smith, T. B., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D. (2015). Loneliness and social isolation as risk factors for mortality: A meta-analytic review. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237. https://doi.org/10.1177/1745691614568352
REF-383
Paper, guideline or statement
From loneliness to social connection: Charting a path to healthier societies. Report of the WHO Commission on Social Connection
World Health Organization · 2025 · World Health Organization
This is the first WHO Commission report to treat social connection as a global health priority, with an evidence review and a policy agenda for member states. It legitimises connection interventions within health systems. It sets the international frame that national loneliness strategies now answer to. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2025). From loneliness to social connection: Charting a path to healthier societies. Report of the WHO Commission on Social Connection. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/381746
View the source
Related items: REF-506, REF-508, REF-574
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-383
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- From loneliness to social connection: Charting a path to healthier societies. Report of the WHO Commission on Social Connection
- Description
- This is the first WHO Commission report to treat social connection as a global health priority, with an evidence review and a policy agenda for member states. It legitimises connection interventions within health systems. It sets the international frame that national loneliness strategies now answer to. It is held here as foundational evidence on social connection as a determinant of health.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/381746
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-508; REF-574
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2025). From loneliness to social connection: Charting a path to healthier societies. Report of the WHO Commission on Social Connection. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/381746
REF-384
Paper, guideline or statement
A randomised controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the "SMILES" trial)
Jacka, F. N., O'Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A. M., & Berk, M · 2017 · BMC Medicine, 15, 23
SMILES was the first randomised controlled trial to show that dietary improvement reduces symptoms of major depression. It converted nutritional psychiatry from observational hypothesis to clinical evidence. It is the field's defining trial and an Australian one. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Jacka, F. N., O'Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A. M., & Berk, M. (2017). A randomised controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the "SMILES" trial). BMC Medicine, 15, 23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-385, REF-391, REF-073
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-384
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jacka, F. N., O'Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A. M., & Berk, M
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- A randomised controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the "SMILES" trial)
- Description
- SMILES was the first randomised controlled trial to show that dietary improvement reduces symptoms of major depression. It converted nutritional psychiatry from observational hypothesis to clinical evidence. It is the field's defining trial and an Australian one. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Medicine, 15, 23
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-385; REF-391; REF-073
- Full APA reference
- Jacka, F. N., O'Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A. M., & Berk, M. (2017). A randomised controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the "SMILES" trial). BMC Medicine, 15, 23. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y
REF-385
Paper, guideline or statement
A Mediterranean-style dietary intervention supplemented with fish oil improves diet quality and mental health in people with depression: A randomized controlled trial (HELFIMED)
Parletta, N., Zarnowiecki, D., Cho, J., Wilson, A., Bogomolova, S., Villani, A., Itsiopoulos, C., Niyonsenga, T., Blunden, S., Meyer, B., Segal, L., Baune, B. T., & O'Dea, K · 2019 · Nutritional Neuroscience, 22(7), 474-487
HELFIMED is the second landmark Australian dietary trial in depression and showed improvements in diet quality and mental health that persisted at six months. Together with SMILES it forms the evidence base cited in lifestyle-based mental health guidelines. It also tested a group cooking workshop delivery model. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Parletta, N., Zarnowiecki, D., Cho, J., Wilson, A., Bogomolova, S., Villani, A., Itsiopoulos, C., Niyonsenga, T., Blunden, S., Meyer, B., Segal, L., Baune, B. T., & O'Dea, K. (2019). A Mediterranean-style dietary intervention supplemented with fish oil improves diet quality and mental health in people with depression: A randomized controlled trial (HELFIMED). Nutritional Neuroscience, 22(7), 474-487. https://doi.org/10.1080/1028415X.2017.1411320
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-385
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Parletta, N., Zarnowiecki, D., Cho, J., Wilson, A., Bogomolova, S., Villani, A., Itsiopoulos, C., Niyonsenga, T., Blunden, S., Meyer, B., Segal, L., Baune, B. T., & O'Dea, K
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- A Mediterranean-style dietary intervention supplemented with fish oil improves diet quality and mental health in people with depression: A randomized controlled trial (HELFIMED)
- Description
- HELFIMED is the second landmark Australian dietary trial in depression and showed improvements in diet quality and mental health that persisted at six months. Together with SMILES it forms the evidence base cited in lifestyle-based mental health guidelines. It also tested a group cooking workshop delivery model. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutritional Neuroscience, 22(7), 474-487
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1080/1028415X.2017.1411320
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/1028415X.2017.1411320
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Parletta, N., Zarnowiecki, D., Cho, J., Wilson, A., Bogomolova, S., Villani, A., Itsiopoulos, C., Niyonsenga, T., Blunden, S., Meyer, B., Segal, L., Baune, B. T., & O'Dea, K. (2019). A Mediterranean-style dietary intervention supplemented with fish oil improves diet quality and mental health in people with depression: A randomized controlled trial (HELFIMED). Nutritional Neuroscience, 22(7), 474-487. https://doi.org/10.1080/1028415X.2017.1411320
REF-386
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of exercise training on older patients with major depression
Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Moore, K. A., Craighead, W. E., Herman, S., Khatri, P., Waugh, R., Napolitano, M. A., Forman, L. M., Appelbaum, M., Doraiswamy, P. M., & Krishnan, K. R · 1999 · Archives of Internal Medicine, 159(19), 2349-2356
This trial found aerobic exercise comparable with sertraline for remission of major depression in older adults. It is the study that made exercise a credible antidepressant treatment rather than an adjunct. It shaped every later exercise and depression guideline. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Moore, K. A., Craighead, W. E., Herman, S., Khatri, P., Waugh, R., Napolitano, M. A., Forman, L. M., Appelbaum, M., Doraiswamy, P. M., & Krishnan, K. R. (1999). Effects of exercise training on older patients with major depression. Archives of Internal Medicine, 159(19), 2349-2356. https://doi.org/10.1001/archinte.159.19.2349
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-387, REF-388, REF-389
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-386
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Moore, K. A., Craighead, W. E., Herman, S., Khatri, P., Waugh, R., Napolitano, M. A., Forman, L. M., Appelbaum, M., Doraiswamy, P. M., & Krishnan, K. R
- Year
- 1999
- Title
- Effects of exercise training on older patients with major depression
- Description
- This trial found aerobic exercise comparable with sertraline for remission of major depression in older adults. It is the study that made exercise a credible antidepressant treatment rather than an adjunct. It shaped every later exercise and depression guideline. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- Archives of Internal Medicine, 159(19), 2349-2356
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1001/archinte.159.19.2349
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/archinte.159.19.2349
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-387; REF-388; REF-389
- Full APA reference
- Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Moore, K. A., Craighead, W. E., Herman, S., Khatri, P., Waugh, R., Napolitano, M. A., Forman, L. M., Appelbaum, M., Doraiswamy, P. M., & Krishnan, K. R. (1999). Effects of exercise training on older patients with major depression. Archives of Internal Medicine, 159(19), 2349-2356. https://doi.org/10.1001/archinte.159.19.2349
REF-387
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder
Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Doraiswamy, P. M., Watkins, L., Hoffman, B. M., Barbour, K. A., Herman, S., Craighead, W. E., Brosse, A. L., Waugh, R., Hinderliter, A., & Sherwood, A · 2007 · Psychosomatic Medicine, 69(7), 587-596
This larger trial compared supervised exercise, home-based exercise, sertraline and placebo in adults with major depression and found broadly comparable remission rates. It addressed the placebo control question left open in 1999. It is the most rigorous head-to-head test of exercise against medication. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Doraiswamy, P. M., Watkins, L., Hoffman, B. M., Barbour, K. A., Herman, S., Craighead, W. E., Brosse, A. L., Waugh, R., Hinderliter, A., & Sherwood, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69(7), 587-596. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e318148c19a
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-448
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-387
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Doraiswamy, P. M., Watkins, L., Hoffman, B. M., Barbour, K. A., Herman, S., Craighead, W. E., Brosse, A. L., Waugh, R., Hinderliter, A., & Sherwood, A
- Year
- 2007
- Title
- Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder
- Description
- This larger trial compared supervised exercise, home-based exercise, sertraline and placebo in adults with major depression and found broadly comparable remission rates. It addressed the placebo control question left open in 1999. It is the most rigorous head-to-head test of exercise against medication. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychosomatic Medicine, 69(7), 587-596
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e318148c19a
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e318148c19a
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-448
- Full APA reference
- Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Doraiswamy, P. M., Watkins, L., Hoffman, B. M., Barbour, K. A., Herman, S., Craighead, W. E., Brosse, A. L., Waugh, R., Hinderliter, A., & Sherwood, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69(7), 587-596. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e318148c19a
REF-388
Paper, guideline or statement
Physical activity and incident depression: A meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies
Schuch, F. B., Vancampfort, D., Firth, J., Rosenbaum, S., Ward, P. B., Silva, E. S., Hallgren, M., Ponce De Leon, A., Dunn, A. L., Deslandes, A. C., Fleck, M. P., Carvalho, A. F., & Stubbs, B · 2018 · American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(7), 631-648
This meta-analysis of prospective cohorts showed that higher physical activity predicts lower risk of developing depression across ages and continents. It moved exercise from treatment into primary prevention of mental illness. It is the most cited prevention estimate in the field. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Schuch, F. B., Vancampfort, D., Firth, J., Rosenbaum, S., Ward, P. B., Silva, E. S., Hallgren, M., Ponce De Leon, A., Dunn, A. L., Deslandes, A. C., Fleck, M. P., Carvalho, A. F., & Stubbs, B. (2018). Physical activity and incident depression: A meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies. American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(7), 631-648. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.17111194
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-388
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Schuch, F. B., Vancampfort, D., Firth, J., Rosenbaum, S., Ward, P. B., Silva, E. S., Hallgren, M., Ponce De Leon, A., Dunn, A. L., Deslandes, A. C., Fleck, M. P., Carvalho, A. F., & Stubbs, B
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Physical activity and incident depression: A meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies
- Description
- This meta-analysis of prospective cohorts showed that higher physical activity predicts lower risk of developing depression across ages and continents. It moved exercise from treatment into primary prevention of mental illness. It is the most cited prevention estimate in the field. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(7), 631-648
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.17111194
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.17111194
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Schuch, F. B., Vancampfort, D., Firth, J., Rosenbaum, S., Ward, P. B., Silva, E. S., Hallgren, M., Ponce De Leon, A., Dunn, A. L., Deslandes, A. C., Fleck, M. P., Carvalho, A. F., & Stubbs, B. (2018). Physical activity and incident depression: A meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies. American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(7), 631-648. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.17111194
REF-389
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise and the prevention of depression: Results of the HUNT cohort study
Harvey, S. B., Øverland, S., Hatch, S. L., Wessely, S., Mykletun, A., & Hotopf, M · 2018 · American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(1), 28-36
Following about 34,000 healthy adults for 11 years, this study estimated that a modest amount of regular exercise could have prevented a meaningful share of depression cases. It produced the widely quoted population attributable fraction for inactivity and depression. It is a key Australian-led contribution to prevention evidence. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Harvey, S. B., Øverland, S., Hatch, S. L., Wessely, S., Mykletun, A., & Hotopf, M. (2018). Exercise and the prevention of depression: Results of the HUNT cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(1), 28-36. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16111223
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-389
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Harvey, S. B., Øverland, S., Hatch, S. L., Wessely, S., Mykletun, A., & Hotopf, M
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Exercise and the prevention of depression: Results of the HUNT cohort study
- Description
- Following about 34,000 healthy adults for 11 years, this study estimated that a modest amount of regular exercise could have prevented a meaningful share of depression cases. It produced the widely quoted population attributable fraction for inactivity and depression. It is a key Australian-led contribution to prevention evidence. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(1), 28-36
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Norway
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16111223
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16111223
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Harvey, S. B., Øverland, S., Hatch, S. L., Wessely, S., Mykletun, A., & Hotopf, M. (2018). Exercise and the prevention of depression: Results of the HUNT cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(1), 28-36. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16111223
REF-390
Paper, guideline or statement
The Lancet Psychiatry Commission: A blueprint for protecting physical health in people with mental illness
Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A., Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly, C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney, R., Carvalho, A. F., Chatterton, M. L., Correll, C. U., Curtis, J., Gaughran, F., Heald, A., Hoare, E., Jackson, S. E., Kisely, S., Lovell, K., ... Stubbs, B · 2019 · The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(8), 675-712
This Commission set out the scale of premature mortality in people with mental illness and a blueprint of lifestyle, screening and service actions to reduce it. It is the definitive statement of the physical health gap in psychiatry. It shaped Equally Well style programs internationally. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A., Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly, C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney, R., Carvalho, A. F., Chatterton, M. L., Correll, C. U., Curtis, J., Gaughran, F., Heald, A., Hoare, E., Jackson, S. E., Kisely, S., Lovell, K., ... Stubbs, B. (2019). The Lancet Psychiatry Commission: A blueprint for protecting physical health in people with mental illness. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(8), 675-712. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30132-4
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-301, REF-496, REF-501
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-390
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A., Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly, C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney, R., Carvalho, A. F., Chatterton, M. L., Correll, C. U., Curtis, J., Gaughran, F., Heald, A., Hoare, E., Jackson, S. E., Kisely, S., Lovell, K., ... Stubbs, B
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- The Lancet Psychiatry Commission: A blueprint for protecting physical health in people with mental illness
- Description
- This Commission set out the scale of premature mortality in people with mental illness and a blueprint of lifestyle, screening and service actions to reduce it. It is the definitive statement of the physical health gap in psychiatry. It shaped Equally Well style programs internationally. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(8), 675-712
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Sleep; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30132-4
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30132-4
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-301; REF-496; REF-501
- Full APA reference
- Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A., Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly, C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney, R., Carvalho, A. F., Chatterton, M. L., Correll, C. U., Curtis, J., Gaughran, F., Heald, A., Hoare, E., Jackson, S. E., Kisely, S., Lovell, K., ... Stubbs, B. (2019). The Lancet Psychiatry Commission: A blueprint for protecting physical health in people with mental illness. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(8), 675-712. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30132-4
REF-391
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine for depression
Sarris, J., O'Neil, A., Coulson, C. E., Schweitzer, I., & Berk, M · 2014 · BMC Psychiatry, 14, 107
This review set out the first integrated lifestyle medicine model for depression covering diet, exercise, sleep, smoking, alcohol, and social and environmental factors. It named and framed the field that later became lifestyle psychiatry. It is the most cited conceptual paper in that transition. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Sarris, J., O'Neil, A., Coulson, C. E., Schweitzer, I., & Berk, M. (2014). Lifestyle medicine for depression. BMC Psychiatry, 14, 107. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-14-107
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-391
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sarris, J., O'Neil, A., Coulson, C. E., Schweitzer, I., & Berk, M
- Year
- 2014
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine for depression
- Description
- This review set out the first integrated lifestyle medicine model for depression covering diet, exercise, sleep, smoking, alcohol, and social and environmental factors. It named and framed the field that later became lifestyle psychiatry. It is the most cited conceptual paper in that transition. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Psychiatry, 14, 107
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-14-107
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-14-107
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Sarris, J., O'Neil, A., Coulson, C. E., Schweitzer, I., & Berk, M. (2014). Lifestyle medicine for depression. BMC Psychiatry, 14, 107. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-244X-14-107
REF-392
Paper, guideline or statement
Relationship of childhood abuse and household dysfunction to many of the leading causes of death in adults: The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study
Felitti, V. J., Anda, R. F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D. F., Spitz, A. M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., & Marks, J. S · 1998 · American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14(4), 245-258
The ACE Study showed a graded relationship between childhood adversity and adult smoking, obesity, depression, suicide attempts and chronic disease. It is the foundation of trauma-informed practice across health and social services. It explains why health behaviour is not simply a matter of choice. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Felitti, V. J., Anda, R. F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D. F., Spitz, A. M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., & Marks, J. S. (1998). Relationship of childhood abuse and household dysfunction to many of the leading causes of death in adults: The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14(4), 245-258. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0749-3797(98)00017-8
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-392
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Felitti, V. J., Anda, R. F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D. F., Spitz, A. M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., & Marks, J. S
- Year
- 1998
- Title
- Relationship of childhood abuse and household dysfunction to many of the leading causes of death in adults: The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study
- Description
- The ACE Study showed a graded relationship between childhood adversity and adult smoking, obesity, depression, suicide attempts and chronic disease. It is the foundation of trauma-informed practice across health and social services. It explains why health behaviour is not simply a matter of choice. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14(4), 245-258
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/s0749-3797(98)00017-8
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/s0749-3797(98)00017-8
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Felitti, V. J., Anda, R. F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D. F., Spitz, A. M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., & Marks, J. S. (1998). Relationship of childhood abuse and household dysfunction to many of the leading causes of death in adults: The Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACE) Study. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14(4), 245-258. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0749-3797(98)00017-8
REF-393
Paper, guideline or statement
Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene
Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., McClay, J., Mill, J., Martin, J., Braithwaite, A., & Poulton, R · 2003 · Science, 301(5631), 386-389
Using the Dunedin birth cohort, this paper showed that the effect of stressful life events on depression varied by genotype. It launched a generation of gene-environment interaction research and debate about replication. It is the classic demonstration that environment and biology act together rather than separately. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
Full APA reference
Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., McClay, J., Mill, J., Martin, J., Braithwaite, A., & Poulton, R. (2003). Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301(5631), 386-389. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1083968
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-393
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., McClay, J., Mill, J., Martin, J., Braithwaite, A., & Poulton, R
- Year
- 2003
- Title
- Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene
- Description
- Using the Dunedin birth cohort, this paper showed that the effect of stressful life events on depression varied by genotype. It launched a generation of gene-environment interaction research and debate about replication. It is the classic demonstration that environment and biology act together rather than separately. It is held here as a landmark work in lifestyle psychiatry.
- Publication or publisher
- Science, 301(5631), 386-389
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1083968
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1083968
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffitt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrington, H., McClay, J., Mill, J., Martin, J., Braithwaite, A., & Poulton, R. (2003). Influence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301(5631), 386-389. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1083968
REF-394
Paper, guideline or statement
Sick individuals and sick populations
Rose, G · 1985 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 14(1), 32-38
Rose distinguished the causes of individual cases from the causes of population incidence and set out the prevention paradox. It is the intellectual basis for population-wide prevention rather than high-risk screening alone. It remains the single most quoted argument in preventive medicine. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
Full APA reference
Rose, G. (1985). Sick individuals and sick populations. International Journal of Epidemiology, 14(1), 32-38. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/14.1.32
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-394
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rose, G
- Year
- 1985
- Title
- Sick individuals and sick populations
- Description
- Rose distinguished the causes of individual cases from the causes of population incidence and set out the prevention paradox. It is the intellectual basis for population-wide prevention rather than high-risk screening alone. It remains the single most quoted argument in preventive medicine. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 14(1), 32-38
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/14.1.32
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/14.1.32
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Rose, G. (1985). Sick individuals and sick populations. International Journal of Epidemiology, 14(1), 32-38. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/14.1.32
REF-395
Paper, guideline or statement
Actual causes of death in the United States
McGinnis, J. M., & Foege, W. H · 1993 · JAMA, 270(18), 2207-2212
This paper reattributed deaths from disease categories to their behavioural and environmental causes, headed by tobacco, diet and inactivity. It reframed mortality statistics around modifiable causes. It gave prevention advocates their central table of evidence. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
Full APA reference
McGinnis, J. M., & Foege, W. H. (1993). Actual causes of death in the United States. JAMA, 270(18), 2207-2212. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8411605/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-395
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McGinnis, J. M., & Foege, W. H
- Year
- 1993
- Title
- Actual causes of death in the United States
- Description
- This paper reattributed deaths from disease categories to their behavioural and environmental causes, headed by tobacco, diet and inactivity. It reframed mortality statistics around modifiable causes. It gave prevention advocates their central table of evidence. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 270(18), 2207-2212
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8411605/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- McGinnis, J. M., & Foege, W. H. (1993). Actual causes of death in the United States. JAMA, 270(18), 2207-2212. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8411605/
REF-396
Paper, guideline or statement
Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease
Link, B. G., & Phelan, J · 1995 · Journal of Health and Social Behavior, Spec No, 80-94
Link and Phelan argued that socioeconomic conditions are fundamental causes because they shape access to the resources that avoid risk, so inequalities persist even as specific risk factors change. It explains why behavioural interventions alone do not close health gaps. It is the dominant theory in health inequality research. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
Full APA reference
Link, B. G., & Phelan, J. (1995). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, Spec No, 80-94. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/7560851/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-396
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Link, B. G., & Phelan, J
- Year
- 1995
- Title
- Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease
- Description
- Link and Phelan argued that socioeconomic conditions are fundamental causes because they shape access to the resources that avoid risk, so inequalities persist even as specific risk factors change. It explains why behavioural interventions alone do not close health gaps. It is the dominant theory in health inequality research. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Health and Social Behavior, Spec No, 80-94
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/7560851/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Link, B. G., & Phelan, J. (1995). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, Spec No, 80-94. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/7560851/
REF-397
Paper, guideline or statement
Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: An ecosocial perspective
Krieger, N · 2001 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 30(4), 668-677
Krieger set out ecosocial theory and the idea of embodiment, that social conditions become biology across levels and over time. It gave social epidemiology an explicit theoretical framework and a critique of purely individual explanations. It is the standard citation for multilevel causal thinking about health. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
Full APA reference
Krieger, N. (2001). Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: An ecosocial perspective. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30(4), 668-677. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/30.4.668
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-397
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Krieger, N
- Year
- 2001
- Title
- Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: An ecosocial perspective
- Description
- Krieger set out ecosocial theory and the idea of embodiment, that social conditions become biology across levels and over time. It gave social epidemiology an explicit theoretical framework and a critique of purely individual explanations. It is the standard citation for multilevel causal thinking about health. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 30(4), 668-677
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/30.4.668
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/30.4.668
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Krieger, N. (2001). Theories for social epidemiology in the 21st century: An ecosocial perspective. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30(4), 668-677. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/30.4.668
REF-398
Paper, guideline or statement
"Weathering" and age patterns of allostatic load scores among blacks and whites in the United States
Geronimus, A. T., Hicken, M., Keene, D., & Bound, J · 2006 · American Journal of Public Health, 96(5), 826-833
This study showed higher and earlier-rising allostatic load in Black Americans, consistent with cumulative stress from social disadvantage and racism. It gave the weathering hypothesis biological measurement. It is a key reference for racism as a determinant of physical health. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
Full APA reference
Geronimus, A. T., Hicken, M., Keene, D., & Bound, J. (2006). "Weathering" and age patterns of allostatic load scores among blacks and whites in the United States. American Journal of Public Health, 96(5), 826-833. https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2004.060749
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-508
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-398
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Geronimus, A. T., Hicken, M., Keene, D., & Bound, J
- Year
- 2006
- Title
- "Weathering" and age patterns of allostatic load scores among blacks and whites in the United States
- Description
- This study showed higher and earlier-rising allostatic load in Black Americans, consistent with cumulative stress from social disadvantage and racism. It gave the weathering hypothesis biological measurement. It is a key reference for racism as a determinant of physical health. It is held here as a foundational text in social epidemiology and health equity.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Public Health, 96(5), 826-833
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2004.060749
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2004.060749
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Geronimus, A. T., Hicken, M., Keene, D., & Bound, J. (2006). "Weathering" and age patterns of allostatic load scores among blacks and whites in the United States. American Journal of Public Health, 96(5), 826-833. https://doi.org/10.2105/AJPH.2004.060749
REF-399
Paper, guideline or statement
The behaviour change wheel: A new method for characterising and designing behaviour change interventions
Michie, S., van Stralen, M. M., & West, R · 2011 · Implementation Science, 6, 42
This paper introduced the COM-B model and the Behaviour Change Wheel, now the default framework for designing behaviour change interventions and policy. It synthesised 19 existing frameworks into one usable system. It is the most widely applied intervention design tool in health behaviour work. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
Full APA reference
Michie, S., van Stralen, M. M., & West, R. (2011). The behaviour change wheel: A new method for characterising and designing behaviour change interventions. Implementation Science, 6, 42. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-399
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Michie, S., van Stralen, M. M., & West, R
- Year
- 2011
- Title
- The behaviour change wheel: A new method for characterising and designing behaviour change interventions
- Description
- This paper introduced the COM-B model and the Behaviour Change Wheel, now the default framework for designing behaviour change interventions and policy. It synthesised 19 existing frameworks into one usable system. It is the most widely applied intervention design tool in health behaviour work. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- Implementation Science, 6, 42
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Michie, S., van Stralen, M. M., & West, R. (2011). The behaviour change wheel: A new method for characterising and designing behaviour change interventions. Implementation Science, 6, 42. https://doi.org/10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
REF-400
Paper, guideline or statement
The behavior change technique taxonomy (v1) of 93 hierarchically clustered techniques: Building an international consensus for the reporting of behavior change interventions
Michie, S., Richardson, M., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Francis, J., Hardeman, W., Eccles, M. P., Cane, J., & Wood, C. E · 2013 · Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 46(1), 81-95
This taxonomy created a shared language of 93 defined behaviour change techniques so interventions can be described, replicated and compared. It transformed reporting standards in behavioural trials. It is the parent of the Behaviour Change Technique Ontology. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
Full APA reference
Michie, S., Richardson, M., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Francis, J., Hardeman, W., Eccles, M. P., Cane, J., & Wood, C. E. (2013). The behavior change technique taxonomy (v1) of 93 hierarchically clustered techniques: Building an international consensus for the reporting of behavior change interventions. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 46(1), 81-95. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12160-013-9486-6
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-400
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Michie, S., Richardson, M., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Francis, J., Hardeman, W., Eccles, M. P., Cane, J., & Wood, C. E
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- The behavior change technique taxonomy (v1) of 93 hierarchically clustered techniques: Building an international consensus for the reporting of behavior change interventions
- Description
- This taxonomy created a shared language of 93 defined behaviour change techniques so interventions can be described, replicated and compared. It transformed reporting standards in behavioural trials. It is the parent of the Behaviour Change Technique Ontology. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 46(1), 81-95
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s12160-013-9486-6
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s12160-013-9486-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Michie, S., Richardson, M., Johnston, M., Abraham, C., Francis, J., Hardeman, W., Eccles, M. P., Cane, J., & Wood, C. E. (2013). The behavior change technique taxonomy (v1) of 93 hierarchically clustered techniques: Building an international consensus for the reporting of behavior change interventions. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 46(1), 81-95. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12160-013-9486-6
REF-401
Paper, guideline or statement
Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L · 2000 · American Psychologist, 55(1), 68-78
This paper set out autonomy, competence and relatedness as the basic psychological needs that drive sustained motivation. It is the theoretical foundation for autonomy-supportive counselling, health coaching and motivational interviewing. It explains why externally imposed lifestyle advice often fails. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
Full APA reference
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68-78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-401
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L
- Year
- 2000
- Title
- Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being
- Description
- This paper set out autonomy, competence and relatedness as the basic psychological needs that drive sustained motivation. It is the theoretical foundation for autonomy-supportive counselling, health coaching and motivational interviewing. It explains why externally imposed lifestyle advice often fails. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- American Psychologist, 55(1), 68-78
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68-78. https://doi.org/10.1037/0003-066X.55.1.68
REF-402
Paper, guideline or statement
Health promotion by social cognitive means
Bandura, A · 2004 · Health Education & Behavior, 31(2), 143-164
Bandura set out how self-efficacy, outcome expectations, goals and perceived barriers govern health behaviour, and how these operate at individual and social levels. Self-efficacy remains the most used construct in behaviour change measurement. The paper connects individual agency with structural enablers. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
Full APA reference
Bandura, A. (2004). Health promotion by social cognitive means. Health Education & Behavior, 31(2), 143-164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1090198104263660
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-402
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bandura, A
- Year
- 2004
- Title
- Health promotion by social cognitive means
- Description
- Bandura set out how self-efficacy, outcome expectations, goals and perceived barriers govern health behaviour, and how these operate at individual and social levels. Self-efficacy remains the most used construct in behaviour change measurement. The paper connects individual agency with structural enablers. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Education & Behavior, 31(2), 143-164
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1090198104263660
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/1090198104263660
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Bandura, A. (2004). Health promotion by social cognitive means. Health Education & Behavior, 31(2), 143-164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1090198104263660
REF-403
Paper, guideline or statement
Stages and processes of self-change of smoking: Toward an integrative model of change
Prochaska, J. O., & DiClemente, C. C · 1983 · Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 51(3), 390-395
This paper introduced the stages of change that became the transtheoretical model, still the most recognised framework in routine lifestyle counselling. It reframed change as a process with relapse rather than a single decision. It shaped smoking cessation and brief intervention practice worldwide. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
Full APA reference
Prochaska, J. O., & DiClemente, C. C. (1983). Stages and processes of self-change of smoking: Toward an integrative model of change. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 51(3), 390-395. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ283694
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-403
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Prochaska, J. O., & DiClemente, C. C
- Year
- 1983
- Title
- Stages and processes of self-change of smoking: Toward an integrative model of change
- Description
- This paper introduced the stages of change that became the transtheoretical model, still the most recognised framework in routine lifestyle counselling. It reframed change as a process with relapse rather than a single decision. It shaped smoking cessation and brief intervention practice worldwide. It is held here as a foundational behaviour change framework used across lifestyle interventions.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 51(3), 390-395
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ283694
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Prochaska, J. O., & DiClemente, C. C. (1983). Stages and processes of self-change of smoking: Toward an integrative model of change. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 51(3), 390-395. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ283694
REF-404
Paper, guideline or statement
Declaration of Alma-Ata
World Health Organization · 1978 · World Health Organization
Alma-Ata declared health a fundamental human right, defined primary health care, and named social and economic development as health issues. It is the origin of "Health for All" and of comprehensive primary care. It remains the founding document of modern global public health policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (1978). Declaration of Alma-Ata. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/teams/social-determinants-of-health/declaration-of-alma-ata
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-404
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 1978
- Title
- Declaration of Alma-Ata
- Description
- Alma-Ata declared health a fundamental human right, defined primary health care, and named social and economic development as health issues. It is the origin of "Health for All" and of comprehensive primary care. It remains the founding document of modern global public health policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/teams/social-determinants-of-health/declaration-of-alma-ata
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (1978). Declaration of Alma-Ata. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/teams/social-determinants-of-health/declaration-of-alma-ata
REF-405
Paper, guideline or statement
Ottawa Charter for Health Promotion, 1986 (WHO/EURO:1986-4044-43803-61677)
World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe · 1986 · World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe
The Ottawa Charter defined health promotion and its five action areas, including building healthy public policy and creating supportive environments. It moved health promotion beyond education toward structural action. It is the reference framework for national and state health promotion strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe. (1986). Ottawa Charter for Health Promotion, 1986 (WHO/EURO:1986-4044-43803-61677). World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/349652
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-405
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe
- Year
- 1986
- Title
- Ottawa Charter for Health Promotion, 1986 (WHO/EURO:1986-4044-43803-61677)
- Description
- The Ottawa Charter defined health promotion and its five action areas, including building healthy public policy and creating supportive environments. It moved health promotion beyond education toward structural action. It is the reference framework for national and state health promotion strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/349652
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe. (1986). Ottawa Charter for Health Promotion, 1986 (WHO/EURO:1986-4044-43803-61677). World Health Organization, Regional Office for Europe. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/349652
REF-406
Paper, guideline or statement
A new perspective on the health of Canadians: A working document
Health Canada · 1974 · Government of Canada
The Lalonde Report was the first national government document to argue that lifestyle and environment matter more to health than health care organisation. It introduced the health field concept that made prevention a legitimate policy domain. It is generally treated as the start of modern health promotion policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Health Canada. (1974). A new perspective on the health of Canadians: A working document. Government of Canada. https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/health-care-system/commissions-inquiries/federal-commissions-health-care/new-perspective-health-canadians-lalonde-report.html
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-406
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Health Canada
- Year
- 1974
- Title
- A new perspective on the health of Canadians: A working document
- Description
- The Lalonde Report was the first national government document to argue that lifestyle and environment matter more to health than health care organisation. It introduced the health field concept that made prevention a legitimate policy domain. It is generally treated as the start of modern health promotion policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- Government of Canada
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/health-care-system/commissions-inquiries/federal-commissions-health-care/new-perspective-health-canadians-lalonde-report.html
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Health Canada. (1974). A new perspective on the health of Canadians: A working document. Government of Canada. https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/health-care-system/commissions-inquiries/federal-commissions-health-care/new-perspective-health-canadians-lalonde-report.html
REF-407
Paper, guideline or statement
Global action plan for the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases 2013-2020
World Health Organization · 2013 · World Health Organization
This action plan set the global voluntary targets for tobacco, alcohol, salt, inactivity, blood pressure, diabetes and obesity, and the accountability framework behind them. It is the instrument under which member states report NCD progress. It defines the shared architecture of national NCD strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2013). Global action plan for the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases 2013-2020. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/94384
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-407
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Global action plan for the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases 2013-2020
- Description
- This action plan set the global voluntary targets for tobacco, alcohol, salt, inactivity, blood pressure, diabetes and obesity, and the accountability framework behind them. It is the instrument under which member states report NCD progress. It defines the shared architecture of national NCD strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/94384
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2013). Global action plan for the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases 2013-2020. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/94384
REF-408
Paper, guideline or statement
Global action plan on physical activity 2018-2030: More active people for a healthier world
World Health Organization · 2018 · World Health Organization
This plan set the target of a 15 per cent relative reduction in physical inactivity and four policy action areas covering active societies, environments, people and systems. It is the main international policy instrument for physical activity. It gives governments a whole-of-system rather than education-only approach. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2018). Global action plan on physical activity 2018-2030: More active people for a healthier world. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/272722
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-408
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Global action plan on physical activity 2018-2030: More active people for a healthier world
- Description
- This plan set the target of a 15 per cent relative reduction in physical inactivity and four policy action areas covering active societies, environments, people and systems. It is the main international policy instrument for physical activity. It gives governments a whole-of-system rather than education-only approach. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/272722
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2018). Global action plan on physical activity 2018-2030: More active people for a healthier world. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/272722
REF-409
Paper, guideline or statement
Comprehensive mental health action plan 2013-2030
World Health Organization · 2021 · World Health Organization
This is the extended global plan for mental health, with targets on leadership, community-based services, promotion and prevention, and information systems. It commits member states to integrating mental health into general health and social policy. It is the reference document for national mental health strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2021). Comprehensive mental health action plan 2013-2030. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/345301
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-409
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Comprehensive mental health action plan 2013-2030
- Description
- This is the extended global plan for mental health, with targets on leadership, community-based services, promotion and prevention, and information systems. It commits member states to integrating mental health into general health and social policy. It is the reference document for national mental health strategies. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/345301
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2021). Comprehensive mental health action plan 2013-2030. World Health Organization. https://iris.who.int/handle/10665/345301
REF-410
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control
World Health Organization · 2003 · World Health Organization
The FCTC is the first treaty negotiated under WHO auspices and covers taxation, advertising bans, packaging, smoke-free environments and industry interference. It is the strongest example of a binding international instrument to change a health behaviour. It set the template now argued for alcohol and food. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2003). WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. World Health Organization. https://fctc.who.int/resources/publications/i/item/9241591013
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-410
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2003
- Title
- WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control
- Description
- The FCTC is the first treaty negotiated under WHO auspices and covers taxation, advertising bans, packaging, smoke-free environments and industry interference. It is the strongest example of a binding international instrument to change a health behaviour. It set the template now argued for alcohol and food. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://fctc.who.int/resources/publications/i/item/9241591013
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2003). WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control. World Health Organization. https://fctc.who.int/resources/publications/i/item/9241591013
REF-411
Paper, guideline or statement
The Lancet Commission on global mental health and sustainable development
Patel, V., Saxena, S., Lund, C., Thornicroft, G., Baingana, F., Bolton, P., Chisholm, D., Collins, P. Y., Cooper, J. L., Eaton, J., Herrman, H., Herzallah, M. M., Huang, Y., Jordans, M. J. D., Kleinman, A., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Niaz, U., Omigbodun, O., ... Unützer, J · 2018 · The Lancet, 392(10157), 1553-1598
This Commission reframed mental health as a global development priority, set out a staged, dimensional approach to care and made the economic case for investment. It positioned social determinants and human rights at the centre of mental health policy. It is the field's defining policy document of the last decade. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Patel, V., Saxena, S., Lund, C., Thornicroft, G., Baingana, F., Bolton, P., Chisholm, D., Collins, P. Y., Cooper, J. L., Eaton, J., Herrman, H., Herzallah, M. M., Huang, Y., Jordans, M. J. D., Kleinman, A., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Niaz, U., Omigbodun, O., ... Unützer, J. (2018). The Lancet Commission on global mental health and sustainable development. The Lancet, 392(10157), 1553-1598. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31612-X
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-411
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Patel, V., Saxena, S., Lund, C., Thornicroft, G., Baingana, F., Bolton, P., Chisholm, D., Collins, P. Y., Cooper, J. L., Eaton, J., Herrman, H., Herzallah, M. M., Huang, Y., Jordans, M. J. D., Kleinman, A., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Niaz, U., Omigbodun, O., ... Unützer, J
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- The Lancet Commission on global mental health and sustainable development
- Description
- This Commission reframed mental health as a global development priority, set out a staged, dimensional approach to care and made the economic case for investment. It positioned social determinants and human rights at the centre of mental health policy. It is the field's defining policy document of the last decade. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 392(10157), 1553-1598
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31612-X
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31612-X
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Patel, V., Saxena, S., Lund, C., Thornicroft, G., Baingana, F., Bolton, P., Chisholm, D., Collins, P. Y., Cooper, J. L., Eaton, J., Herrman, H., Herzallah, M. M., Huang, Y., Jordans, M. J. D., Kleinman, A., Medina-Mora, M. E., Morgan, E., Niaz, U., Omigbodun, O., ... Unützer, J. (2018). The Lancet Commission on global mental health and sustainable development. The Lancet, 392(10157), 1553-1598. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(18)31612-X
REF-412
Paper, guideline or statement
The Lancet Commission on ending stigma and discrimination in mental health
Thornicroft, G., Sunkel, C., Alikhon Aliev, A., Baker, S., Brohan, E., El Chammay, R., Davies, K., Demissie, M., Duncan, J., Fekadu, W., Gronholm, P. C., Guerrero, Z., Gurung, D., Habtamu, K., Hanlon, C., Heim, E., Henderson, C., Hijazi, Z., Hoffman, C., ... Winkler, P · 2022 · The Lancet, 400(10361), 1438-1480
This Commission synthesised global evidence on mental health stigma and set out what actually reduces it, with a central role for people with lived experience. It links stigma to exclusion from physical health care and employment. It is now the standard reference for anti-stigma policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Thornicroft, G., Sunkel, C., Alikhon Aliev, A., Baker, S., Brohan, E., El Chammay, R., Davies, K., Demissie, M., Duncan, J., Fekadu, W., Gronholm, P. C., Guerrero, Z., Gurung, D., Habtamu, K., Hanlon, C., Heim, E., Henderson, C., Hijazi, Z., Hoffman, C., ... Winkler, P. (2022). The Lancet Commission on ending stigma and discrimination in mental health. The Lancet, 400(10361), 1438-1480. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(22)01470-2
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-593
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-412
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Thornicroft, G., Sunkel, C., Alikhon Aliev, A., Baker, S., Brohan, E., El Chammay, R., Davies, K., Demissie, M., Duncan, J., Fekadu, W., Gronholm, P. C., Guerrero, Z., Gurung, D., Habtamu, K., Hanlon, C., Heim, E., Henderson, C., Hijazi, Z., Hoffman, C., ... Winkler, P
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- The Lancet Commission on ending stigma and discrimination in mental health
- Description
- This Commission synthesised global evidence on mental health stigma and set out what actually reduces it, with a central role for people with lived experience. It links stigma to exclusion from physical health care and employment. It is now the standard reference for anti-stigma policy. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 400(10361), 1438-1480
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(22)01470-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(22)01470-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-593
- Full APA reference
- Thornicroft, G., Sunkel, C., Alikhon Aliev, A., Baker, S., Brohan, E., El Chammay, R., Davies, K., Demissie, M., Duncan, J., Fekadu, W., Gronholm, P. C., Guerrero, Z., Gurung, D., Habtamu, K., Hanlon, C., Heim, E., Henderson, C., Hijazi, Z., Hoffman, C., ... Winkler, P. (2022). The Lancet Commission on ending stigma and discrimination in mental health. The Lancet, 400(10361), 1438-1480. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(22)01470-2
REF-413
Paper, guideline or statement
Dementia prevention, intervention, and care: 2024 report of the Lancet standing Commission
Livingston, G., Huntley, J., Liu, K. Y., Costafreda, S. G., Selbæk, G., Alladi, S., Ames, D., Banerjee, S., Burns, A., Brayne, C., Fox, N. C., Ferri, C. P., Gitlin, L. N., Howard, R., Kales, H. C., Kivimäki, M., Larson, E. B., Nakasujja, N., Rockwood, K., ... Mukadam, N · 2024 · The Lancet, 404(10452), 572-628
This report identifies 14 modifiable risk factors accounting for close to half of dementia cases worldwide, including hearing loss, education, physical inactivity, air pollution and social isolation. It is the definitive statement that dementia is substantially preventable. It drives dementia risk reduction policy in most countries. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Livingston, G., Huntley, J., Liu, K. Y., Costafreda, S. G., Selbæk, G., Alladi, S., Ames, D., Banerjee, S., Burns, A., Brayne, C., Fox, N. C., Ferri, C. P., Gitlin, L. N., Howard, R., Kales, H. C., Kivimäki, M., Larson, E. B., Nakasujja, N., Rockwood, K., ... Mukadam, N. (2024). Dementia prevention, intervention, and care: 2024 report of the Lancet standing Commission. The Lancet, 404(10452), 572-628. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)01296-0
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-457
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-413
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Livingston, G., Huntley, J., Liu, K. Y., Costafreda, S. G., Selbæk, G., Alladi, S., Ames, D., Banerjee, S., Burns, A., Brayne, C., Fox, N. C., Ferri, C. P., Gitlin, L. N., Howard, R., Kales, H. C., Kivimäki, M., Larson, E. B., Nakasujja, N., Rockwood, K., ... Mukadam, N
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Dementia prevention, intervention, and care: 2024 report of the Lancet standing Commission
- Description
- This report identifies 14 modifiable risk factors accounting for close to half of dementia cases worldwide, including hearing loss, education, physical inactivity, air pollution and social isolation. It is the definitive statement that dementia is substantially preventable. It drives dementia risk reduction policy in most countries. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 404(10452), 572-628
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection; Nature and environment; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)01296-0
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)01296-0
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- REF-457
- Full APA reference
- Livingston, G., Huntley, J., Liu, K. Y., Costafreda, S. G., Selbæk, G., Alladi, S., Ames, D., Banerjee, S., Burns, A., Brayne, C., Fox, N. C., Ferri, C. P., Gitlin, L. N., Howard, R., Kales, H. C., Kivimäki, M., Larson, E. B., Nakasujja, N., Rockwood, K., ... Mukadam, N. (2024). Dementia prevention, intervention, and care: 2024 report of the Lancet standing Commission. The Lancet, 404(10452), 572-628. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(24)01296-0
REF-414
Paper, guideline or statement
National Agreement on Closing the Gap
Coalition of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peak Organisations & Australian governments · 2020 · Australian Government
The National Agreement is the first Closing the Gap framework negotiated in partnership with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peak bodies, with four priority reforms and socioeconomic outcome targets. It formalises shared decision making and community control. It governs how Australian governments must act on Indigenous health and wellbeing. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Coalition of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peak Organisations & Australian governments. (2020). National Agreement on Closing the Gap. Australian Government. https://www.closingthegap.gov.au/national-agreement
View the source
Related items: GOV-022, REF-493, REF-494, REF-498, GOV-025
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-414
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Coalition of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peak Organisations & Australian governments
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- National Agreement on Closing the Gap
- Description
- The National Agreement is the first Closing the Gap framework negotiated in partnership with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peak bodies, with four priority reforms and socioeconomic outcome targets. It formalises shared decision making and community control. It governs how Australian governments must act on Indigenous health and wellbeing. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Government
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.closingthegap.gov.au/national-agreement
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- GOV-022; REF-493; REF-494; REF-498; GOV-025
- Full APA reference
- Coalition of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peak Organisations & Australian governments. (2020). National Agreement on Closing the Gap. Australian Government. https://www.closingthegap.gov.au/national-agreement
- Same document as
- GOV-025
REF-415
Paper, guideline or statement
Close the Gap Campaign Report 2025: Agency, leadership, reform. Ensuring the survival, dignity and wellbeing of First Nations peoples
Close the Gap Campaign Alliance · 2025 · Lowitja Institute
The annual Close the Gap Campaign Report is the leading community-controlled assessment of progress on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health equity, distinct from government reporting. It centres self-determination, culture and community control as health determinants. It is the standard civil society reference in this area. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Close the Gap Campaign Alliance. (2025). Close the Gap Campaign Report 2025: Agency, leadership, reform. Ensuring the survival, dignity and wellbeing of First Nations peoples. Lowitja Institute. https://lowitja.org.au/resource/close-the-gap-campaign-report-2025-agency-leadership-reform-ensuring-the-survival-dignity-and-wellbeing-of-first-nations-peoples/
View the source
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-415
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Close the Gap Campaign Alliance
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Close the Gap Campaign Report 2025: Agency, leadership, reform. Ensuring the survival, dignity and wellbeing of First Nations peoples
- Description
- The annual Close the Gap Campaign Report is the leading community-controlled assessment of progress on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health equity, distinct from government reporting. It centres self-determination, culture and community control as health determinants. It is the standard civil society reference in this area. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- Lowitja Institute
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://lowitja.org.au/resource/close-the-gap-campaign-report-2025-agency-leadership-reform-ensuring-the-survival-dignity-and-wellbeing-of-first-nations-peoples/
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Close the Gap Campaign Alliance. (2025). Close the Gap Campaign Report 2025: Agency, leadership, reform. Ensuring the survival, dignity and wellbeing of First Nations peoples. Lowitja Institute. https://lowitja.org.au/resource/close-the-gap-campaign-report-2025-agency-leadership-reform-ensuring-the-survival-dignity-and-wellbeing-of-first-nations-peoples/
REF-416
Paper, guideline or statement
Study protocol: Our Cultures Count, the Mayi Kuwayu Study, a national longitudinal study of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander wellbeing
Jones, R., Thurber, K. A., Chapman, J., D'Este, C., Dunbar, T., Wenitong, M., Eades, S. J., Strelein, L., Davey, M., Du, W., Olsen, A., Smylie, J. K., Banks, E., & Lovett, R · 2018 · BMJ Open, 8(6), e023861
Mayi Kuwayu is the first large national longitudinal study designed to measure how culture, connection to Country and language relate to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health and wellbeing. It was designed and governed by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander researchers and communities. It created the measures now used across Indigenous wellbeing research. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
Full APA reference
Jones, R., Thurber, K. A., Chapman, J., D'Este, C., Dunbar, T., Wenitong, M., Eades, S. J., Strelein, L., Davey, M., Du, W., Olsen, A., Smylie, J. K., Banks, E., & Lovett, R. (2018). Study protocol: Our Cultures Count, the Mayi Kuwayu Study, a national longitudinal study of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander wellbeing. BMJ Open, 8(6), e023861. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2018-023861
View the sourceDOI
Related items: GOV-022
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-416
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jones, R., Thurber, K. A., Chapman, J., D'Este, C., Dunbar, T., Wenitong, M., Eades, S. J., Strelein, L., Davey, M., Du, W., Olsen, A., Smylie, J. K., Banks, E., & Lovett, R
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Study protocol: Our Cultures Count, the Mayi Kuwayu Study, a national longitudinal study of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander wellbeing
- Description
- Mayi Kuwayu is the first large national longitudinal study designed to measure how culture, connection to Country and language relate to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander health and wellbeing. It was designed and governed by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander researchers and communities. It created the measures now used across Indigenous wellbeing research. It is held here as a landmark policy instrument shaping lifestyle and public health practice.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ Open, 8(6), e023861
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2018-023861
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2018-023861
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Related items
- GOV-022
- Full APA reference
- Jones, R., Thurber, K. A., Chapman, J., D'Este, C., Dunbar, T., Wenitong, M., Eades, S. J., Strelein, L., Davey, M., Du, W., Olsen, A., Smylie, J. K., Banks, E., & Lovett, R. (2018). Study protocol: Our Cultures Count, the Mayi Kuwayu Study, a national longitudinal study of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander wellbeing. BMJ Open, 8(6), e023861. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2018-023861
REF-417
Paper, guideline or statement
Safeguarding human health in the Anthropocene epoch: Report of The Rockefeller Foundation-Lancet Commission on planetary health
Whitmee, S., Haines, A., Beyrer, C., Boltz, F., Capon, A. G., de Souza Dias, B. F., Ezeh, A., Frumkin, H., Gong, P., Head, P., Horton, R., Mace, G. M., Marten, R., Myers, S. S., Nishtar, S., Osofsky, S. A., Pattanayak, S. K., Pongsiri, M. J., Romanelli, C., ... Yach, D · 2015 · The Lancet, 386(10007), 1973-2028
This Commission defined planetary health and showed how human health depends on natural systems that human activity is degrading. It created the field's name, framing and research agenda. It is the founding document cited by later climate and health work. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
Full APA reference
Whitmee, S., Haines, A., Beyrer, C., Boltz, F., Capon, A. G., de Souza Dias, B. F., Ezeh, A., Frumkin, H., Gong, P., Head, P., Horton, R., Mace, G. M., Marten, R., Myers, S. S., Nishtar, S., Osofsky, S. A., Pattanayak, S. K., Pongsiri, M. J., Romanelli, C., ... Yach, D. (2015). Safeguarding human health in the Anthropocene epoch: Report of The Rockefeller Foundation-Lancet Commission on planetary health. The Lancet, 386(10007), 1973-2028. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60901-1
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-417
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Whitmee, S., Haines, A., Beyrer, C., Boltz, F., Capon, A. G., de Souza Dias, B. F., Ezeh, A., Frumkin, H., Gong, P., Head, P., Horton, R., Mace, G. M., Marten, R., Myers, S. S., Nishtar, S., Osofsky, S. A., Pattanayak, S. K., Pongsiri, M. J., Romanelli, C., ... Yach, D
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Safeguarding human health in the Anthropocene epoch: Report of The Rockefeller Foundation-Lancet Commission on planetary health
- Description
- This Commission defined planetary health and showed how human health depends on natural systems that human activity is degrading. It created the field's name, framing and research agenda. It is the founding document cited by later climate and health work. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 386(10007), 1973-2028
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60901-1
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60901-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Whitmee, S., Haines, A., Beyrer, C., Boltz, F., Capon, A. G., de Souza Dias, B. F., Ezeh, A., Frumkin, H., Gong, P., Head, P., Horton, R., Mace, G. M., Marten, R., Myers, S. S., Nishtar, S., Osofsky, S. A., Pattanayak, S. K., Pongsiri, M. J., Romanelli, C., ... Yach, D. (2015). Safeguarding human health in the Anthropocene epoch: Report of The Rockefeller Foundation-Lancet Commission on planetary health. The Lancet, 386(10007), 1973-2028. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60901-1
REF-418
Paper, guideline or statement
The Lancet Commission on pollution and health
Landrigan, P. J., Fuller, R., Acosta, N. J. R., Adeyi, O., Arnold, R., Basu, N. N., Baldé, A. B., Bertollini, R., Bose-O'Reilly, S., Boufford, J. I., Breysse, P. N., Chiles, T., Mahidol, C., Coll-Seck, A. M., Cropper, M. L., Fobil, J., Fuster, V., Greenstone, M., Haines, A., ... Zhong, M · 2018 · The Lancet, 391(10119), 462-512
This Commission estimated that pollution causes roughly nine million premature deaths a year, mostly from air pollution, and quantified the economic cost. It placed environmental exposure alongside behavioural risk factors in NCD prevention. It is the definitive reference for pollution as a health determinant. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
Full APA reference
Landrigan, P. J., Fuller, R., Acosta, N. J. R., Adeyi, O., Arnold, R., Basu, N. N., Baldé, A. B., Bertollini, R., Bose-O'Reilly, S., Boufford, J. I., Breysse, P. N., Chiles, T., Mahidol, C., Coll-Seck, A. M., Cropper, M. L., Fobil, J., Fuster, V., Greenstone, M., Haines, A., ... Zhong, M. (2018). The Lancet Commission on pollution and health. The Lancet, 391(10119), 462-512. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32345-0
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-418
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Landrigan, P. J., Fuller, R., Acosta, N. J. R., Adeyi, O., Arnold, R., Basu, N. N., Baldé, A. B., Bertollini, R., Bose-O'Reilly, S., Boufford, J. I., Breysse, P. N., Chiles, T., Mahidol, C., Coll-Seck, A. M., Cropper, M. L., Fobil, J., Fuster, V., Greenstone, M., Haines, A., ... Zhong, M
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- The Lancet Commission on pollution and health
- Description
- This Commission estimated that pollution causes roughly nine million premature deaths a year, mostly from air pollution, and quantified the economic cost. It placed environmental exposure alongside behavioural risk factors in NCD prevention. It is the definitive reference for pollution as a health determinant. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 391(10119), 462-512
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32345-0
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32345-0
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Landrigan, P. J., Fuller, R., Acosta, N. J. R., Adeyi, O., Arnold, R., Basu, N. N., Baldé, A. B., Bertollini, R., Bose-O'Reilly, S., Boufford, J. I., Breysse, P. N., Chiles, T., Mahidol, C., Coll-Seck, A. M., Cropper, M. L., Fobil, J., Fuster, V., Greenstone, M., Haines, A., ... Zhong, M. (2018). The Lancet Commission on pollution and health. The Lancet, 391(10119), 462-512. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32345-0
REF-419
Paper, guideline or statement
Defining and conceptualising the commercial determinants of health
Gilmore, A. B., Fabbri, A., Baum, F., Bertscher, A., Bondy, K., Chang, H.-J., Demaio, S., Erzse, A., Freudenberg, N., Friel, S., Hofman, K. J., Johns, P., Abdool Karim, S., Lacy-Nichols, J., Maranha Paes de Carvalho, C., Marten, R., McKee, M., Petticrew, M., Robertson, L., ... Thow, A. M · 2023 · The Lancet, 401(10383), 1194-1213
This paper provides the agreed definition and conceptual model of the commercial determinants of health, covering business practices from marketing to lobbying and supply chains. It made commercial influence a formal object of public health analysis. It is now the standard citation in that literature. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
Full APA reference
Gilmore, A. B., Fabbri, A., Baum, F., Bertscher, A., Bondy, K., Chang, H.-J., Demaio, S., Erzse, A., Freudenberg, N., Friel, S., Hofman, K. J., Johns, P., Abdool Karim, S., Lacy-Nichols, J., Maranha Paes de Carvalho, C., Marten, R., McKee, M., Petticrew, M., Robertson, L., ... Thow, A. M. (2023). Defining and conceptualising the commercial determinants of health. The Lancet, 401(10383), 1194-1213. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)00013-2
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-419
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gilmore, A. B., Fabbri, A., Baum, F., Bertscher, A., Bondy, K., Chang, H.-J., Demaio, S., Erzse, A., Freudenberg, N., Friel, S., Hofman, K. J., Johns, P., Abdool Karim, S., Lacy-Nichols, J., Maranha Paes de Carvalho, C., Marten, R., McKee, M., Petticrew, M., Robertson, L., ... Thow, A. M
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Defining and conceptualising the commercial determinants of health
- Description
- This paper provides the agreed definition and conceptual model of the commercial determinants of health, covering business practices from marketing to lobbying and supply chains. It made commercial influence a formal object of public health analysis. It is now the standard citation in that literature. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 401(10383), 1194-1213
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)00013-2
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)00013-2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Gilmore, A. B., Fabbri, A., Baum, F., Bertscher, A., Bondy, K., Chang, H.-J., Demaio, S., Erzse, A., Freudenberg, N., Friel, S., Hofman, K. J., Johns, P., Abdool Karim, S., Lacy-Nichols, J., Maranha Paes de Carvalho, C., Marten, R., McKee, M., Petticrew, M., Robertson, L., ... Thow, A. M. (2023). Defining and conceptualising the commercial determinants of health. The Lancet, 401(10383), 1194-1213. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(23)00013-2
REF-420
Paper, guideline or statement
Profits and pandemics: Prevention of harmful effects of tobacco, alcohol, and ultra-processed food and drink
Moodie, R., Stuckler, D., Monteiro, C., Sheron, N., Neal, B., Thamarangsi, T., Lincoln, P., & Casswell, S · 2013 · The Lancet, 381(9867), 670-679
This paper showed that tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed food industries use similar tactics, and concluded that self-regulation and partnership approaches do not work. It is the origin of the "corporate playbook" argument in NCD prevention. It shifted policy debate toward regulation and taxation. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
Full APA reference
Moodie, R., Stuckler, D., Monteiro, C., Sheron, N., Neal, B., Thamarangsi, T., Lincoln, P., & Casswell, S. (2013). Profits and pandemics: Prevention of harmful effects of tobacco, alcohol, and ultra-processed food and drink. The Lancet, 381(9867), 670-679. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)62089-3
View the sourceDOI
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
All fields
- ID
- REF-420
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Moodie, R., Stuckler, D., Monteiro, C., Sheron, N., Neal, B., Thamarangsi, T., Lincoln, P., & Casswell, S
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Profits and pandemics: Prevention of harmful effects of tobacco, alcohol, and ultra-processed food and drink
- Description
- This paper showed that tobacco, alcohol and ultra-processed food industries use similar tactics, and concluded that self-regulation and partnership approaches do not work. It is the origin of the "corporate playbook" argument in NCD prevention. It shifted policy debate toward regulation and taxation. It is held here as foundational work on the planetary and commercial determinants of health.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 381(9867), 670-679
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)62089-3
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)62089-3
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 3 September 2026. Added as a seminal or landmark work following the September 2026 expert gap review.
- Full APA reference
- Moodie, R., Stuckler, D., Monteiro, C., Sheron, N., Neal, B., Thamarangsi, T., Lincoln, P., & Casswell, S. (2013). Profits and pandemics: Prevention of harmful effects of tobacco, alcohol, and ultra-processed food and drink. The Lancet, 381(9867), 670-679. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)62089-3
REF-421
Paper, guideline or statement
2019 ACC/AHA guideline on the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease: A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines
Arnett, D. K., Blumenthal, R. S., Albert, M. A., Buroker, A. B., Goldberger, Z. D., Hahn, E. J., Himmelfarb, C. D., Khera, A., Lloyd-Jones, D., McEvoy, J. W., Michos, E. D., Miedema, M. D., Muñoz, D., Smith, S. C., Jr., Virani, S. S., Williams, K. A., Sr., Yeboah, J., & Ziaeian, B. · 2019 · Circulation, 140(11), e596-e646
The foundational United States guideline for primary cardiovascular prevention. Risk assessment uses the Pooled Cohort Equations for 10 year atherosclerotic risk in adults aged 40 to 75, with categories of low below 5 percent, borderline 5 to below 7.5 percent, intermediate 7.5 to below 20 percent and high at or above 20 percent, and coronary artery calcium is used to reclassify borderline and intermediate cases, a score of zero identifying lower risk for at least 10 years. Lifestyle targets are specific: aerobic activity of 90 to 150 minutes a week at 65 to 75 percent of heart rate reserve lowers systolic pressure by about 5 mm Hg in hypertension, sodium is optimally below 1500 mg a day with at least a 1000 mg reduction in most adults, and the DASH pattern is recommended. Social determinants are written into the recommendations rather than mentioned in passing: health literacy is reassessed every 4 to 6 years, diet counselling must assess food access and economic circumstances particularly for inner city, rural, disadvantaged and older people, exercise counselling must assess neighbourhood environment and access to facilities, and all adults are to be routinely assessed for psychosocial stressors.
Full APA reference
Arnett, D. K., Blumenthal, R. S., Albert, M. A., Buroker, A. B., Goldberger, Z. D., Hahn, E. J., Himmelfarb, C. D., Khera, A., Lloyd-Jones, D., McEvoy, J. W., Michos, E. D., Miedema, M. D., Muñoz, D., Smith, S. C., Jr., Virani, S. S., Williams, K. A., Sr., Yeboah, J., & Ziaeian, B. (2019). 2019 ACC/AHA guideline on the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease: A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation, 140(11), e596-e646. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000000678
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-422, REF-423
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-421
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Arnett, D. K., Blumenthal, R. S., Albert, M. A., Buroker, A. B., Goldberger, Z. D., Hahn, E. J., Himmelfarb, C. D., Khera, A., Lloyd-Jones, D., McEvoy, J. W., Michos, E. D., Miedema, M. D., Muñoz, D., Smith, S. C., Jr., Virani, S. S., Williams, K. A., Sr., Yeboah, J., & Ziaeian, B.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- 2019 ACC/AHA guideline on the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease: A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines
- Description
- The foundational United States guideline for primary cardiovascular prevention. Risk assessment uses the Pooled Cohort Equations for 10 year atherosclerotic risk in adults aged 40 to 75, with categories of low below 5 percent, borderline 5 to below 7.5 percent, intermediate 7.5 to below 20 percent and high at or above 20 percent, and coronary artery calcium is used to reclassify borderline and intermediate cases, a score of zero identifying lower risk for at least 10 years. Lifestyle targets are specific: aerobic activity of 90 to 150 minutes a week at 65 to 75 percent of heart rate reserve lowers systolic pressure by about 5 mm Hg in hypertension, sodium is optimally below 1500 mg a day with at least a 1000 mg reduction in most adults, and the DASH pattern is recommended. Social determinants are written into the recommendations rather than mentioned in passing: health literacy is reassessed every 4 to 6 years, diet counselling must assess food access and economic circumstances particularly for inner city, rural, disadvantaged and older people, exercise counselling must assess neighbourhood environment and access to facilities, and all adults are to be routinely assessed for psychosocial stressors.
- Publication or publisher
- Circulation, 140(11), e596-e646
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health; Sleep
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.1161/CIR.0000000000000678
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000000678
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026.
- Related items
- REF-422; REF-423
- Full APA reference
- Arnett, D. K., Blumenthal, R. S., Albert, M. A., Buroker, A. B., Goldberger, Z. D., Hahn, E. J., Himmelfarb, C. D., Khera, A., Lloyd-Jones, D., McEvoy, J. W., Michos, E. D., Miedema, M. D., Muñoz, D., Smith, S. C., Jr., Virani, S. S., Williams, K. A., Sr., Yeboah, J., & Ziaeian, B. (2019). 2019 ACC/AHA guideline on the primary prevention of cardiovascular disease: A report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines. Circulation, 140(11), e596-e646. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIR.0000000000000678
REF-422
Paper, guideline or statement
2021 ESC guidelines on cardiovascular disease prevention in clinical practice
Visseren, F. L. J., Mach, F., Smulders, Y. M., Carballo, D., Koskinas, K. C., Bäck, M., Benetos, A., Biffi, A., Boavida, J.-M., Capodanno, D., Cosyns, B., Crawford, C., Davos, C. H., Desormais, I., Di Angelantonio, E., Franco, O. H., Halvorsen, S., Hobbs, F. D. R., Hollander, M., ... Williams, B. · 2021 · European Heart Journal, 42(34), 3227-3337
The European standard for cardiovascular prevention, developed by the European Society of Cardiology with twelve medical societies. It introduces SCORE2 for 10 year fatal and non-fatal risk in apparently healthy adults aged 40 to 69 and SCORE2-OP with competing risk adjustment for those aged 70 and over, with age banded thresholds rather than a single cut point: below 50 years low to moderate is under 2.5 percent and very high is 7.5 percent or more, at 50 to 69 years the bands are 5 and 10 percent, and at 70 and over they are 7.5 and 15 percent. Treatment intensification is staged, with a STEP 1 LDL-C goal below 2.6 mmol/L moving to below 1.8 mmol/L at high risk and below 1.4 mmol/L at very high risk, and a STEP 1 blood pressure target below 140/80 mmHg moving to systolic 120 to 130 mmHg for adults aged 18 to 69. Lifestyle prescriptions are quantified: 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate activity or 75 to 150 vigorous, resistance work on at least two days, saturated fat under 10 percent of energy, salt under 5 g a day, fibre 30 to 45 g, at least 200 g each of fruit and vegetables, red meat capped at 350 to 500 g a week and alcohol at 100 g a week. Risk categories are explicitly not automatic drug triggers, with lifetime risk, comorbidity, frailty and patient preference guiding decisions.
Full APA reference
Visseren, F. L. J., Mach, F., Smulders, Y. M., Carballo, D., Koskinas, K. C., Bäck, M., Benetos, A., Biffi, A., Boavida, J.-M., Capodanno, D., Cosyns, B., Crawford, C., Davos, C. H., Desormais, I., Di Angelantonio, E., Franco, O. H., Halvorsen, S., Hobbs, F. D. R., Hollander, M., ... Williams, B. (2021). 2021 ESC guidelines on cardiovascular disease prevention in clinical practice. European Heart Journal, 42(34), 3227-3337. https://doi.org/10.1093/eurheartj/ehab484
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-421, REF-423
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Updates the 2012 and 2016 European prevention guidelines. A correction appears at European Heart Journal, 43(42), 4468.
All fields
- ID
- REF-422
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Visseren, F. L. J., Mach, F., Smulders, Y. M., Carballo, D., Koskinas, K. C., Bäck, M., Benetos, A., Biffi, A., Boavida, J.-M., Capodanno, D., Cosyns, B., Crawford, C., Davos, C. H., Desormais, I., Di Angelantonio, E., Franco, O. H., Halvorsen, S., Hobbs, F. D. R., Hollander, M., ... Williams, B.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- 2021 ESC guidelines on cardiovascular disease prevention in clinical practice
- Description
- The European standard for cardiovascular prevention, developed by the European Society of Cardiology with twelve medical societies. It introduces SCORE2 for 10 year fatal and non-fatal risk in apparently healthy adults aged 40 to 69 and SCORE2-OP with competing risk adjustment for those aged 70 and over, with age banded thresholds rather than a single cut point: below 50 years low to moderate is under 2.5 percent and very high is 7.5 percent or more, at 50 to 69 years the bands are 5 and 10 percent, and at 70 and over they are 7.5 and 15 percent. Treatment intensification is staged, with a STEP 1 LDL-C goal below 2.6 mmol/L moving to below 1.8 mmol/L at high risk and below 1.4 mmol/L at very high risk, and a STEP 1 blood pressure target below 140/80 mmHg moving to systolic 120 to 130 mmHg for adults aged 18 to 69. Lifestyle prescriptions are quantified: 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate activity or 75 to 150 vigorous, resistance work on at least two days, saturated fat under 10 percent of energy, salt under 5 g a day, fibre 30 to 45 g, at least 200 g each of fruit and vegetables, red meat capped at 350 to 500 g a week and alcohol at 100 g a week. Risk categories are explicitly not automatic drug triggers, with lifetime risk, comorbidity, frailty and patient preference guiding decisions.
- Publication or publisher
- European Heart Journal, 42(34), 3227-3337
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://academic.oup.com/eurheartj/article/42/34/3227/6358713
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/eurheartj/ehab484
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Updates the 2012 and 2016 European prevention guidelines. A correction appears at European Heart Journal, 43(42), 4468.
- Related items
- REF-421; REF-423
- Full APA reference
- Visseren, F. L. J., Mach, F., Smulders, Y. M., Carballo, D., Koskinas, K. C., Bäck, M., Benetos, A., Biffi, A., Boavida, J.-M., Capodanno, D., Cosyns, B., Crawford, C., Davos, C. H., Desormais, I., Di Angelantonio, E., Franco, O. H., Halvorsen, S., Hobbs, F. D. R., Hollander, M., ... Williams, B. (2021). 2021 ESC guidelines on cardiovascular disease prevention in clinical practice. European Heart Journal, 42(34), 3227-3337. https://doi.org/10.1093/eurheartj/ehab484
REF-423
Paper, guideline or statement
2025 AHA/ACC/AANP/AAPA/ABC/ACCP/ACPM/AGS/AMA/ASPC/NMA/PCNA/SGIM guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults
Jones, D. W., Ferdinand, K. C., Taler, S. J., Johnson, H. M., Shimbo, D., Abdalla, M., Altieri, M. M., Bansal, N., Bello, N. A., Bress, A. P., Carter, J., Cohen, J. B., Collins, K. J., Commodore-Mensah, Y., Davis, L. L., Egan, B., Khan, S. S., Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Melnyk, B. M., ... Williamson, J. D. · 2025 · Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 86(18), 1567-1678
The current United States hypertension guideline, which retires and replaces the 2017 version. Blood pressure categories are unchanged, with normal below 120/80, elevated at 120 to 129, stage 1 at 130 to 139 or 80 to 89 mmHg and stage 2 at 140/90 or above, against a background prevalence of 46.7 percent of American adults. Its central methodological change is replacing the Pooled Cohort Equations with the PREVENT calculator for adults aged 30 to 79 without clinical cardiovascular disease, estimating 10 and 30 year risk of myocardial infarction, stroke and heart failure with an increased risk threshold at 7.5 percent. PREVENT matters for social determinants work because it explicitly incorporates kidney function, statin therapy and place based social risk through the social deprivation index, using postcode as a proxy for social drivers of health, and it was calibrated on 3.2 million people examined between 1992 and 2022 in settings where the older equations overpredicted risk twofold. Lifestyle modification remains first line for all adults: sodium below 2300 mg a day moving toward an ideal 1500 mg, ideally no alcohol, at least 5 percent weight reduction where there is overweight or obesity, the DASH pattern, 75 to 150 minutes a week of activity, and stress management through exercise, meditation, breathing control or yoga.
Full APA reference
Jones, D. W., Ferdinand, K. C., Taler, S. J., Johnson, H. M., Shimbo, D., Abdalla, M., Altieri, M. M., Bansal, N., Bello, N. A., Bress, A. P., Carter, J., Cohen, J. B., Collins, K. J., Commodore-Mensah, Y., Davis, L. L., Egan, B., Khan, S. S., Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Melnyk, B. M., ... Williamson, J. D. (2025). 2025 AHA/ACC/AANP/AAPA/ABC/ACCP/ACPM/AGS/AMA/ASPC/NMA/PCNA/SGIM guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 86(18), 1567-1678. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2025.05.007
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-421, REF-422
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no 2023 edition of this guideline: the 2025 document retires and replaces the 2017 ACC/AHA hypertension guideline, and the American Society of Hypertension is not among the 2025 issuing societies. Also published in Circulation, doi 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001356, and in Hypertension, doi 10.1161/HYP.0000000000000249.
All fields
- ID
- REF-423
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jones, D. W., Ferdinand, K. C., Taler, S. J., Johnson, H. M., Shimbo, D., Abdalla, M., Altieri, M. M., Bansal, N., Bello, N. A., Bress, A. P., Carter, J., Cohen, J. B., Collins, K. J., Commodore-Mensah, Y., Davis, L. L., Egan, B., Khan, S. S., Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Melnyk, B. M., ... Williamson, J. D.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- 2025 AHA/ACC/AANP/AAPA/ABC/ACCP/ACPM/AGS/AMA/ASPC/NMA/PCNA/SGIM guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults
- Description
- The current United States hypertension guideline, which retires and replaces the 2017 version. Blood pressure categories are unchanged, with normal below 120/80, elevated at 120 to 129, stage 1 at 130 to 139 or 80 to 89 mmHg and stage 2 at 140/90 or above, against a background prevalence of 46.7 percent of American adults. Its central methodological change is replacing the Pooled Cohort Equations with the PREVENT calculator for adults aged 30 to 79 without clinical cardiovascular disease, estimating 10 and 30 year risk of myocardial infarction, stroke and heart failure with an increased risk threshold at 7.5 percent. PREVENT matters for social determinants work because it explicitly incorporates kidney function, statin therapy and place based social risk through the social deprivation index, using postcode as a proxy for social drivers of health, and it was calibrated on 3.2 million people examined between 1992 and 2022 in settings where the older equations overpredicted risk twofold. Lifestyle modification remains first line for all adults: sodium below 2300 mg a day moving toward an ideal 1500 mg, ideally no alcohol, at least 5 percent weight reduction where there is overweight or obesity, the DASH pattern, 75 to 150 minutes a week of activity, and stress management through exercise, meditation, breathing control or yoga.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 86(18), 1567-1678
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40815242/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2025.05.007
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no 2023 edition of this guideline: the 2025 document retires and replaces the 2017 ACC/AHA hypertension guideline, and the American Society of Hypertension is not among the 2025 issuing societies. Also published in Circulation, doi 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001356, and in Hypertension, doi 10.1161/HYP.0000000000000249.
- Related items
- REF-421; REF-422
- Full APA reference
- Jones, D. W., Ferdinand, K. C., Taler, S. J., Johnson, H. M., Shimbo, D., Abdalla, M., Altieri, M. M., Bansal, N., Bello, N. A., Bress, A. P., Carter, J., Cohen, J. B., Collins, K. J., Commodore-Mensah, Y., Davis, L. L., Egan, B., Khan, S. S., Lloyd-Jones, D. M., Melnyk, B. M., ... Williamson, J. D. (2025). 2025 AHA/ACC/AANP/AAPA/ABC/ACCP/ACPM/AGS/AMA/ASPC/NMA/PCNA/SGIM guideline for the prevention, detection, evaluation, and management of high blood pressure in adults. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 86(18), 1567-1678. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2025.05.007
REF-424
Paper, guideline or statement
Diet, nutrition, physical activity and cancer: A global perspective. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018 (Third Expert Report)
World Cancer Research Fund & American Institute for Cancer Research · 2018 · World Cancer Research Fund International
The definitive global synthesis linking specific lifestyle exposures to specific cancer risks, and the evidence base behind almost all cancer prevention lifestyle advice. It issues ten Cancer Prevention Recommendations and its key shift from the 2007 Second Expert Report is that they should be followed as an integrated lifestyle package rather than picked off individually. Judgements use a formal grading system of convincing, probable, limited suggestive, limited no conclusion, or substantial effect on risk unlikely, and only convincing or probable judgements normally support a Recommendation. The evidence rests on eighteen systematic literature reviews covering seventeen cancers plus breast cancer survivors and a review of energy balance and body fatness, analysed at Imperial College London with mechanism reviews and peer review from the International Agency for Research on Cancer, spanning sixteen cancer sites and exposure domains including body fatness and weight gain, alcohol, meat, fish and dairy, non-alcoholic drinks, physical activity, food preservation and processing, and wholegrains, vegetables and fruit. It is maintained continuously rather than reissued, with new studies added to the Continuous Update Project database and recommendations reviewed at intervals.
Full APA reference
World Cancer Research Fund & American Institute for Cancer Research. (2018). Diet, nutrition, physical activity and cancer: A global perspective. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. World Cancer Research Fund International. https://www.wcrf.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Summary-of-Third-Expert-Report-2018.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-020, REF-142
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. ISBN 978-1-912259-46-5 print and 978-1-912259-47-2 PDF. No DOI is issued. The publisher recommends citing it as the Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018.
All fields
- ID
- REF-424
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Cancer Research Fund & American Institute for Cancer Research
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Diet, nutrition, physical activity and cancer: A global perspective. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018 (Third Expert Report)
- Description
- The definitive global synthesis linking specific lifestyle exposures to specific cancer risks, and the evidence base behind almost all cancer prevention lifestyle advice. It issues ten Cancer Prevention Recommendations and its key shift from the 2007 Second Expert Report is that they should be followed as an integrated lifestyle package rather than picked off individually. Judgements use a formal grading system of convincing, probable, limited suggestive, limited no conclusion, or substantial effect on risk unlikely, and only convincing or probable judgements normally support a Recommendation. The evidence rests on eighteen systematic literature reviews covering seventeen cancers plus breast cancer survivors and a review of energy balance and body fatness, analysed at Imperial College London with mechanism reviews and peer review from the International Agency for Research on Cancer, spanning sixteen cancer sites and exposure domains including body fatness and weight gain, alcohol, meat, fish and dairy, non-alcoholic drinks, physical activity, food preservation and processing, and wholegrains, vegetables and fruit. It is maintained continuously rather than reissued, with new studies added to the Continuous Update Project database and recommendations reviewed at intervals.
- Publication or publisher
- World Cancer Research Fund International
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.wcrf.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Summary-of-Third-Expert-Report-2018.pdf
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. ISBN 978-1-912259-46-5 print and 978-1-912259-47-2 PDF. No DOI is issued. The publisher recommends citing it as the Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018.
- Related items
- REF-020; REF-142
- Full APA reference
- World Cancer Research Fund & American Institute for Cancer Research. (2018). Diet, nutrition, physical activity and cancer: A global perspective. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. World Cancer Research Fund International. https://www.wcrf.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/11/Summary-of-Third-Expert-Report-2018.pdf
REF-425
Paper, guideline or statement
Consensus development conference on antipsychotic drugs and obesity and diabetes
American Diabetes Association, American Psychiatric Association, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, & North American Association for the Study of Obesity · 2004 · Diabetes Care, 27(2), 596-601
The foundational document establishing metabolic monitoring for people prescribed second generation antipsychotics, and still the source of the monitoring tables used in current UK and Australian practice. It sets out the schedule directly: personal and family history at baseline and annually, weight and BMI at baseline then 4, 8 and 12 weeks and quarterly thereafter, waist circumference at baseline and annually, and blood pressure, fasting plasma glucose and fasting lipids at baseline, 12 weeks and annually, with lipids then every 5 years. Named action thresholds include overweight at BMI 25.0 to 29.9, obesity at 30 or more, pre-diabetes at fasting glucose 100 to 125 mg/dL, diabetes at 126 or more and hypertension above 140/90 mmHg, and a gain of 5 percent or more of initial body weight at any point should prompt consideration of switching the antipsychotic by cross-titration. It ranks the drugs by metabolic risk, with clozapine and olanzapine carrying the greatest weight gain and diabetes and dyslipidaemia risk and aripiprazole and ziprasidone the least, and notes that diabetes and obesity run at roughly 1.5 to 2 times general population prevalence in schizophrenia and affective disorders. It also insists on parity of care: nutrition and physical activity counselling wherever a metabolic problem is identified, patient self-monitoring of weight, and the same blood pressure, lipid and glycaemic goals for people with psychiatric disorders as for anyone else with diabetes.
Full APA reference
American Diabetes Association, American Psychiatric Association, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, & North American Association for the Study of Obesity. (2004). Consensus development conference on antipsychotic drugs and obesity and diabetes. Diabetes Care, 27(2), 596-601. https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.27.2.596
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-301, REF-390, REF-426, REF-427
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Conference held 19 to 21 November 2003. No formal supersession is recorded, and the 2023 UK Lester resource states that its monitoring table derives from this consensus.
All fields
- ID
- REF-425
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American Diabetes Association, American Psychiatric Association, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, & North American Association for the Study of Obesity
- Year
- 2004
- Title
- Consensus development conference on antipsychotic drugs and obesity and diabetes
- Description
- The foundational document establishing metabolic monitoring for people prescribed second generation antipsychotics, and still the source of the monitoring tables used in current UK and Australian practice. It sets out the schedule directly: personal and family history at baseline and annually, weight and BMI at baseline then 4, 8 and 12 weeks and quarterly thereafter, waist circumference at baseline and annually, and blood pressure, fasting plasma glucose and fasting lipids at baseline, 12 weeks and annually, with lipids then every 5 years. Named action thresholds include overweight at BMI 25.0 to 29.9, obesity at 30 or more, pre-diabetes at fasting glucose 100 to 125 mg/dL, diabetes at 126 or more and hypertension above 140/90 mmHg, and a gain of 5 percent or more of initial body weight at any point should prompt consideration of switching the antipsychotic by cross-titration. It ranks the drugs by metabolic risk, with clozapine and olanzapine carrying the greatest weight gain and diabetes and dyslipidaemia risk and aripiprazole and ziprasidone the least, and notes that diabetes and obesity run at roughly 1.5 to 2 times general population prevalence in schizophrenia and affective disorders. It also insists on parity of care: nutrition and physical activity counselling wherever a metabolic problem is identified, patient self-monitoring of weight, and the same blood pressure, lipid and glycaemic goals for people with psychiatric disorders as for anyone else with diabetes.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes Care, 27(2), 596-601
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/14747245/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.27.2.596
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Conference held 19 to 21 November 2003. No formal supersession is recorded, and the 2023 UK Lester resource states that its monitoring table derives from this consensus.
- Related items
- REF-301; REF-390; REF-426; REF-427
- Full APA reference
- American Diabetes Association, American Psychiatric Association, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, & North American Association for the Study of Obesity. (2004). Consensus development conference on antipsychotic drugs and obesity and diabetes. Diabetes Care, 27(2), 596-601. https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.27.2.596
REF-426
Paper, guideline or statement
Lester UK adaptation: Positive cardiometabolic health resource. An intervention framework for people experiencing psychosis and schizophrenia (2023 update)
Perry, B. I., Holt, R. I. G., Chew-Graham, C. A., Tiffin, E., French, P., Pratt, P., Byrne, P., & Shiers, D. E. · 2023 · Royal College of Psychiatrists, with NHS England and the National Clinical Audit of Psychosis
The practical UK clinical framework for cardiometabolic care in psychosis, produced with NHS England and the National Clinical Audit of Psychosis, and the closest thing to an auditable standard for physical health in severe mental illness. Its operating principle is stated bluntly as do not just screen, intervene for all people in the red zone, using a red, amber and green traffic light layout with shared decision making and explicit collaboration between primary care and specialist mental health teams. The 2023 update adds ethnicity specific cut-offs for BMI and waist circumference, requires weight to be checked weekly after a new antipsychotic is started, strengthens the case for metformin including the modified release form licensed for diabetes prevention where behaviour change alone has not worked, and warns that standard cardiovascular risk prediction tools are likely to underestimate risk in young people with severe mental illness. It is tied to accountability structures, with screening and intervention standards in the mandatory annual National Clinical Audit of Psychosis and annual reviews sitting in the Quality and Outcomes Framework, against a backdrop of severe mental illness affecting around 3 percent of the population over the life course and shortening life expectancy by about 15 years.
Full APA reference
Perry, B. I., Holt, R. I. G., Chew-Graham, C. A., Tiffin, E., French, P., Pratt, P., Byrne, P., & Shiers, D. E. (2023). Lester UK adaptation: Positive cardiometabolic health resource. An intervention framework for people experiencing psychosis and schizophrenia (2023 update). Royal College of Psychiatrists. https://www.hpft.nhs.uk/media/7085/ncap-lester-tool-intervention-framework.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-425, REF-427, REF-301, REF-390
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no stand-alone NICE guideline titled for physical health in severe mental illness; this resource is the most citable current UK document and it supports NICE CG178, CG155 and QS80. It supersedes the 2014 UK version, which adapted the 2012 original by the late Helen Lester. A companion summary appears in the British Journal of General Practice, 73(736), 488.
All fields
- ID
- REF-426
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Perry, B. I., Holt, R. I. G., Chew-Graham, C. A., Tiffin, E., French, P., Pratt, P., Byrne, P., & Shiers, D. E.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Lester UK adaptation: Positive cardiometabolic health resource. An intervention framework for people experiencing psychosis and schizophrenia (2023 update)
- Description
- The practical UK clinical framework for cardiometabolic care in psychosis, produced with NHS England and the National Clinical Audit of Psychosis, and the closest thing to an auditable standard for physical health in severe mental illness. Its operating principle is stated bluntly as do not just screen, intervene for all people in the red zone, using a red, amber and green traffic light layout with shared decision making and explicit collaboration between primary care and specialist mental health teams. The 2023 update adds ethnicity specific cut-offs for BMI and waist circumference, requires weight to be checked weekly after a new antipsychotic is started, strengthens the case for metformin including the modified release form licensed for diabetes prevention where behaviour change alone has not worked, and warns that standard cardiovascular risk prediction tools are likely to underestimate risk in young people with severe mental illness. It is tied to accountability structures, with screening and intervention standards in the mandatory annual National Clinical Audit of Psychosis and annual reviews sitting in the Quality and Outcomes Framework, against a backdrop of severe mental illness affecting around 3 percent of the population over the life course and shortening life expectancy by about 15 years.
- Publication or publisher
- Royal College of Psychiatrists, with NHS England and the National Clinical Audit of Psychosis
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.hpft.nhs.uk/media/7085/ncap-lester-tool-intervention-framework.pdf
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no stand-alone NICE guideline titled for physical health in severe mental illness; this resource is the most citable current UK document and it supports NICE CG178, CG155 and QS80. It supersedes the 2014 UK version, which adapted the 2012 original by the late Helen Lester. A companion summary appears in the British Journal of General Practice, 73(736), 488.
- Related items
- REF-425; REF-427; REF-301; REF-390
- Full APA reference
- Perry, B. I., Holt, R. I. G., Chew-Graham, C. A., Tiffin, E., French, P., Pratt, P., Byrne, P., & Shiers, D. E. (2023). Lester UK adaptation: Positive cardiometabolic health resource. An intervention framework for people experiencing psychosis and schizophrenia (2023 update). Royal College of Psychiatrists. https://www.hpft.nhs.uk/media/7085/ncap-lester-tool-intervention-framework.pdf
REF-427
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychosis and schizophrenia in adults: Quality standard QS80, quality statement 6, assessing physical health
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence · 2015 · National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
The NICE quality standard that turns physical health monitoring in psychosis into a measurable service requirement, drawn from recommendations 1.5.3.2 and 1.5.3.3 of clinical guideline CG178. It states the intervals plainly: weight plotted weekly for the first 6 weeks then at 12 weeks, at 1 year and annually thereafter; waist circumference annually; pulse and blood pressure at 12 weeks, 1 year and then annually; and fasting glucose or HbA1c and blood lipids at 12 weeks, 1 year and then annually. Its quality measures require a comprehensive physical health assessment within 12 weeks of starting treatment for a first episode of psychosis and again at 1 year, and an annual comprehensive assessment for every adult with psychosis or schizophrenia. No numeric thresholds, targets or risk tools are set in the statement itself, which is why it is normally used alongside an intervention framework. A parallel standard, QS167 statement 6, adds an equity requirement that people from Black, Asian and other minority ethnic groups with serious mental illness receive a physical health assessment at least annually covering weight and BMI, diet, nutritional status, activity level, pulse, blood pressure, glucose or HbA1c, lipids, liver, renal and thyroid function, and calcium for anyone on long term lithium.
Full APA reference
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2015). Psychosis and schizophrenia in adults (Quality standard QS80), quality statement 6: Assessing physical health. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/qs80/chapter/quality-statement-6-assessing-physical-health
View the source
Related items: REF-425, REF-426
Verified on the NICE page on 8 September 2026. NICE shows 12 February 2015 as the review date for QS80 and does not state a separate publication date. The source guideline is CG178, published 2014.
All fields
- ID
- REF-427
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Psychosis and schizophrenia in adults: Quality standard QS80, quality statement 6, assessing physical health
- Description
- The NICE quality standard that turns physical health monitoring in psychosis into a measurable service requirement, drawn from recommendations 1.5.3.2 and 1.5.3.3 of clinical guideline CG178. It states the intervals plainly: weight plotted weekly for the first 6 weeks then at 12 weeks, at 1 year and annually thereafter; waist circumference annually; pulse and blood pressure at 12 weeks, 1 year and then annually; and fasting glucose or HbA1c and blood lipids at 12 weeks, 1 year and then annually. Its quality measures require a comprehensive physical health assessment within 12 weeks of starting treatment for a first episode of psychosis and again at 1 year, and an annual comprehensive assessment for every adult with psychosis or schizophrenia. No numeric thresholds, targets or risk tools are set in the statement itself, which is why it is normally used alongside an intervention framework. A parallel standard, QS167 statement 6, adds an equity requirement that people from Black, Asian and other minority ethnic groups with serious mental illness receive a physical health assessment at least annually covering weight and BMI, diet, nutritional status, activity level, pulse, blood pressure, glucose or HbA1c, lipids, liver, renal and thyroid function, and calcium for anyone on long term lithium.
- Publication or publisher
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/qs80/chapter/quality-statement-6-assessing-physical-health
- Verification note
- Verified on the NICE page on 8 September 2026. NICE shows 12 February 2015 as the review date for QS80 and does not state a separate publication date. The source guideline is CG178, published 2014.
- Related items
- REF-425; REF-426
- Full APA reference
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2015). Psychosis and schizophrenia in adults (Quality standard QS80), quality statement 6: Assessing physical health. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/qs80/chapter/quality-statement-6-assessing-physical-health
REF-428
Paper, guideline or statement
Behaviour change: individual approaches (Public health guideline PH49)
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence · 2019 · National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
The reference standard for how health professionals should actually deliver behaviour change support to individuals, covering people aged 16 and over across alcohol misuse, poor eating patterns, inactivity, unsafe sexual behaviour and smoking. Its named intervention components are goals and planning, feedback and monitoring, and social support, which map directly onto the behaviour change technique taxonomy. What distinguishes it from a purely clinical guideline is that it makes equity structural: local behaviour change policy must be built on a health equity audit so that inequalities will not increase and if possible will decrease, and it names proportionate universalism explicitly, requiring the content, scale and intensity of each intervention to be proportionate to the social, economic or environmental disadvantage a person faces. Strategies must be grounded in joint strategic needs assessments and local data, developed with the community and led by a named leader such as the director of public health, and organisations must embed behaviour change competencies in job descriptions, decide which public facing staff deliver which intensity of intervention, and provide training, supervision, mentoring and continuing development in behaviour change theory and skills.
Full APA reference
National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2019). Behaviour change: Individual approaches (Public health guideline PH49). https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph49
View the source
Related items: REF-399, REF-400
Verified on the NICE page on 8 September 2026. The guidance code is PH49, not NG6: NICE NG6 covers excess winter deaths and the health risks of cold homes. NICE states the guidance was last reviewed on 6 March 2019 with no new evidence affecting the recommendations, and does not display an original publication date, so 2019 is used here as the review year.
All fields
- ID
- REF-428
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Behaviour change: individual approaches (Public health guideline PH49)
- Description
- The reference standard for how health professionals should actually deliver behaviour change support to individuals, covering people aged 16 and over across alcohol misuse, poor eating patterns, inactivity, unsafe sexual behaviour and smoking. Its named intervention components are goals and planning, feedback and monitoring, and social support, which map directly onto the behaviour change technique taxonomy. What distinguishes it from a purely clinical guideline is that it makes equity structural: local behaviour change policy must be built on a health equity audit so that inequalities will not increase and if possible will decrease, and it names proportionate universalism explicitly, requiring the content, scale and intensity of each intervention to be proportionate to the social, economic or environmental disadvantage a person faces. Strategies must be grounded in joint strategic needs assessments and local data, developed with the community and led by a named leader such as the director of public health, and organisations must embed behaviour change competencies in job descriptions, decide which public facing staff deliver which intensity of intervention, and provide training, supervision, mentoring and continuing development in behaviour change theory and skills.
- Publication or publisher
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Behaviour change and adherence; Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph49
- Verification note
- Verified on the NICE page on 8 September 2026. The guidance code is PH49, not NG6: NICE NG6 covers excess winter deaths and the health risks of cold homes. NICE states the guidance was last reviewed on 6 March 2019 with no new evidence affecting the recommendations, and does not display an original publication date, so 2019 is used here as the review year.
- Related items
- REF-399; REF-400
- Full APA reference
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2019). Behaviour change: Individual approaches (Public health guideline PH49). https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ph49
REF-429
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise is Medicine fact sheet
Exercise is Medicine & American College of Sports Medicine · 2019 · Exercise is Medicine / American College of Sports Medicine
The core statement of the Exercise is Medicine initiative, founded in 2007 by the American College of Sports Medicine with the American Medical Association, and the practical framework behind treating physical activity as a vital sign. It asks clinicians to assess physical activity at every patient visit, give brief advice or a written exercise prescription, and refer to appropriate programmes, professionals and facilities. The named target is 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate intensity activity, with the important qualifications that inactive people gain substantial benefit well below that range, that all activity counts, that replacing sedentary time with light activity has positive effects, and that bouts of any length count, which retires the old 10 minute minimum. It carries condition specific claims for advocacy use: exercise two to three times a week combining strengthening with stretching or aerobic work can prevent lower back pain, aerobic and resistance exercise is the first line non-pharmacological recommendation for knee and hip osteoarthritis, exercise produces systolic reductions comparable to commonly prescribed antihypertensives, and the Diabetes Prevention Program lifestyle arm cut type 2 diabetes risk by 58 percent overall and 71 percent in people over 60. Its system level asks are to build the physical activity vital sign and referral sets into the electronic health record, partner with community activity providers, and secure reimbursement for physical activity counselling.
Full APA reference
Exercise is Medicine, & American College of Sports Medicine. (2019). Exercise is Medicine fact sheet. https://www.exerciseismedicine.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/EIM-Fact-Sheet.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-135, REF-298
Verified against the source documents on 8 September 2026. Exercise is Medicine is an ongoing initiative rather than a versioned guideline, so this 2019 fact sheet is the most citable fixed document; the official initiative page is https://acsm.org/eim/about/.
All fields
- ID
- REF-429
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Exercise is Medicine & American College of Sports Medicine
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Exercise is Medicine fact sheet
- Description
- The core statement of the Exercise is Medicine initiative, founded in 2007 by the American College of Sports Medicine with the American Medical Association, and the practical framework behind treating physical activity as a vital sign. It asks clinicians to assess physical activity at every patient visit, give brief advice or a written exercise prescription, and refer to appropriate programmes, professionals and facilities. The named target is 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate intensity activity, with the important qualifications that inactive people gain substantial benefit well below that range, that all activity counts, that replacing sedentary time with light activity has positive effects, and that bouts of any length count, which retires the old 10 minute minimum. It carries condition specific claims for advocacy use: exercise two to three times a week combining strengthening with stretching or aerobic work can prevent lower back pain, aerobic and resistance exercise is the first line non-pharmacological recommendation for knee and hip osteoarthritis, exercise produces systolic reductions comparable to commonly prescribed antihypertensives, and the Diabetes Prevention Program lifestyle arm cut type 2 diabetes risk by 58 percent overall and 71 percent in people over 60. Its system level asks are to build the physical activity vital sign and referral sets into the electronic health record, partner with community activity providers, and secure reimbursement for physical activity counselling.
- Publication or publisher
- Exercise is Medicine / American College of Sports Medicine
- Resource type
- Web resource
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.exerciseismedicine.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/EIM-Fact-Sheet.pdf
- Verification note
- Verified against the source documents on 8 September 2026. Exercise is Medicine is an ongoing initiative rather than a versioned guideline, so this 2019 fact sheet is the most citable fixed document; the official initiative page is https://acsm.org/eim/about/.
- Related items
- REF-135; REF-298
- Full APA reference
- Exercise is Medicine, & American College of Sports Medicine. (2019). Exercise is Medicine fact sheet. https://www.exerciseismedicine.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/EIM-Fact-Sheet.pdf
REF-430
Paper, guideline or statement
Sustainable healthy diets: Guiding principles
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations & World Health Organization · 2019 · Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization
The official intergovernmental definition of a sustainable healthy diet, and the natural companion to the EAT-Lancet work because it supplies the agreed principles rather than a modelled reference diet. It defines sustainable healthy diets as patterns that promote all dimensions of health and wellbeing, carry low environmental pressure and impact, and are accessible, affordable, safe, equitable and culturally acceptable, aiming to prevent all forms of malnutrition while reducing diet related noncommunicable disease and supporting biodiversity. Sixteen guiding principles are grouped into health, principles 1 to 8, environment, 9 to 13, and sociocultural and equity, 14 to 16. The health principles start in infancy with early initiation of breastfeeding, exclusive breastfeeding to 6 months and continued breastfeeding to 2 years and beyond, then build diets on a wide variety of unprocessed or minimally processed foods while restricting highly processed products, with wholegrains, legumes, nuts and abundant fruit and vegetables, moderate eggs, dairy, poultry and fish, small amounts of red meat and safe drinking water as the fluid of choice. The environmental principles set limits on greenhouse gases, water, land, nitrogen and phosphorus and chemical pollution and require preservation of biodiversity, while the sociocultural principles require diets to respect local culture, culinary practice and values, to avoid adverse gender impacts especially in the time spent acquiring water, fuel and food, and to be accessible and desirable.
Full APA reference
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, & World Health Organization. (2019). Sustainable healthy diets: Guiding principles. FAO and WHO. https://www.fao.org/4/ca6640en/ca6640en.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-244, REF-368
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. ISBN 978-92-5-131875-1 for FAO and 978-92-4-151664-8 for WHO. Based on an international expert consultation held from 1 to 3 July 2019 at FAO headquarters in Rome. 44 pages, licensed CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.
All fields
- ID
- REF-430
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations & World Health Organization
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Sustainable healthy diets: Guiding principles
- Description
- The official intergovernmental definition of a sustainable healthy diet, and the natural companion to the EAT-Lancet work because it supplies the agreed principles rather than a modelled reference diet. It defines sustainable healthy diets as patterns that promote all dimensions of health and wellbeing, carry low environmental pressure and impact, and are accessible, affordable, safe, equitable and culturally acceptable, aiming to prevent all forms of malnutrition while reducing diet related noncommunicable disease and supporting biodiversity. Sixteen guiding principles are grouped into health, principles 1 to 8, environment, 9 to 13, and sociocultural and equity, 14 to 16. The health principles start in infancy with early initiation of breastfeeding, exclusive breastfeeding to 6 months and continued breastfeeding to 2 years and beyond, then build diets on a wide variety of unprocessed or minimally processed foods while restricting highly processed products, with wholegrains, legumes, nuts and abundant fruit and vegetables, moderate eggs, dairy, poultry and fish, small amounts of red meat and safe drinking water as the fluid of choice. The environmental principles set limits on greenhouse gases, water, land, nitrogen and phosphorus and chemical pollution and require preservation of biodiversity, while the sociocultural principles require diets to respect local culture, culinary practice and values, to avoid adverse gender impacts especially in the time spent acquiring water, fuel and food, and to be accessible and desirable.
- Publication or publisher
- Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.fao.org/4/ca6640en/ca6640en.pdf
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. ISBN 978-92-5-131875-1 for FAO and 978-92-4-151664-8 for WHO. Based on an international expert consultation held from 1 to 3 July 2019 at FAO headquarters in Rome. 44 pages, licensed CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 IGO.
- Related items
- REF-244; REF-368
- Full APA reference
- Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, & World Health Organization. (2019). Sustainable healthy diets: Guiding principles. FAO and WHO. https://www.fao.org/4/ca6640en/ca6640en.pdf
REF-431
Paper, guideline or statement
Behavioral and psychological treatments for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline
Edinger, J. D., Arnedt, J. T., Bertisch, S. M., Carney, C. E., Harrington, J. J., Lichstein, K. L., Sateia, M. J., Troxel, W. M., Zhou, E. S., Kazmi, U., Heald, J. L., & Martin, J. L. · 2021 · Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 17(2), 255-262
The global reference guideline establishing cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia as first line treatment, and the single most useful citation for putting a psychological treatment ahead of medication in lifestyle psychiatry. It issues six graded recommendations, and multicomponent CBT-I is the only STRONG one, meaning clinicians should use it under most circumstances. Conditional recommendations cover multicomponent brief therapies and the single component approaches of stimulus control, sleep restriction and relaxation therapy, and there is a conditional recommendation against using sleep hygiene on its own, which is a useful corrective to the common practice of handing out a sleep hygiene sheet and calling it treatment. The task force conducted a systematic review and applied GRADE, weighing evidence quality, the balance of clinically relevant benefits and harms, patient values and preferences, and resource use, with final approval by the AASM Board of Directors.
Full APA reference
Edinger, J. D., Arnedt, J. T., Bertisch, S. M., Carney, C. E., Harrington, J. J., Lichstein, K. L., Sateia, M. J., Troxel, W. M., Zhou, E. S., Kazmi, U., Heald, J. L., & Martin, J. L. (2021). Behavioral and psychological treatments for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 17(2), 255-262. https://doi.org/10.5664/jcsm.8986
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-117, REF-432
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no AASM document titled Clinical Practice Guideline for the Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia in Adults; this is the correct current behavioural and psychological treatment guideline. Not superseded. The 2026 AASM combination treatment guideline at REF-432 addresses a different question.
All fields
- ID
- REF-431
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Edinger, J. D., Arnedt, J. T., Bertisch, S. M., Carney, C. E., Harrington, J. J., Lichstein, K. L., Sateia, M. J., Troxel, W. M., Zhou, E. S., Kazmi, U., Heald, J. L., & Martin, J. L.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Behavioral and psychological treatments for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline
- Description
- The global reference guideline establishing cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia as first line treatment, and the single most useful citation for putting a psychological treatment ahead of medication in lifestyle psychiatry. It issues six graded recommendations, and multicomponent CBT-I is the only STRONG one, meaning clinicians should use it under most circumstances. Conditional recommendations cover multicomponent brief therapies and the single component approaches of stimulus control, sleep restriction and relaxation therapy, and there is a conditional recommendation against using sleep hygiene on its own, which is a useful corrective to the common practice of handing out a sleep hygiene sheet and calling it treatment. The task force conducted a systematic review and applied GRADE, weighing evidence quality, the balance of clinically relevant benefits and harms, patient values and preferences, and resource use, with final approval by the AASM Board of Directors.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 17(2), 255-262
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33164742/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.5664/jcsm.8986
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. There is no AASM document titled Clinical Practice Guideline for the Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia in Adults; this is the correct current behavioural and psychological treatment guideline. Not superseded. The 2026 AASM combination treatment guideline at REF-432 addresses a different question.
- Related items
- REF-117; REF-432
- Full APA reference
- Edinger, J. D., Arnedt, J. T., Bertisch, S. M., Carney, C. E., Harrington, J. J., Lichstein, K. L., Sateia, M. J., Troxel, W. M., Zhou, E. S., Kazmi, U., Heald, J. L., & Martin, J. L. (2021). Behavioral and psychological treatments for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 17(2), 255-262. https://doi.org/10.5664/jcsm.8986
REF-432
Paper, guideline or statement
Combination treatment for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline
Buysse, D. J., Arnedt, J. T., Buenaver, L., Chang, J. L., Fernandez-Mendoza, J., Patel, S. I., Zhou, E. S., Falck-Ytter, Y., Hyer, S., Kazmi, U., Singh, M., & Wickwire, E. M. · 2026 · Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 22(1), Article 56
The newest AASM insomnia guideline, and important because of what it declines to recommend. It conditionally suggests combining CBT-I with insomnia medication in preference to medication alone, but conditionally suggests against combining them in preference to CBT-I alone, which keeps CBT-I on its own as the preferred first line approach rather than a component of combination therapy. The evidence base is thin and the certainty low: six randomised trials reported across seven articles, five delivering CBT-I in person and one self administered, with lormetazepam, temazepam, zolpidem and zopiclone as the medications studied. Combination treatment improved global insomnia severity and sleep continuity over medication alone but not total sleep time, where the point estimate favoured medication alone, daytime outcome differences were not clinically meaningful, and morning sleepiness was more frequent with combination treatment. Health equity is addressed directly, with the guideline noting that no direct evidence on equity effects was available and that in settings where CBT-I is unavailable or unaffordable the recommendation could worsen inequity.
Full APA reference
Buysse, D. J., Arnedt, J. T., Buenaver, L., Chang, J. L., Fernandez-Mendoza, J., Patel, S. I., Zhou, E. S., Falck-Ytter, Y., Hyer, S., Kazmi, U., Singh, M., & Wickwire, E. M. (2026). Combination treatment for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 22(1), Article 56. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44470-025-00038-8
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-431, REF-117
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Published 13 April 2026. It does not supersede the 2021 AASM behavioural and psychological treatment guideline at REF-431.
All fields
- ID
- REF-432
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Buysse, D. J., Arnedt, J. T., Buenaver, L., Chang, J. L., Fernandez-Mendoza, J., Patel, S. I., Zhou, E. S., Falck-Ytter, Y., Hyer, S., Kazmi, U., Singh, M., & Wickwire, E. M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Combination treatment for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline
- Description
- The newest AASM insomnia guideline, and important because of what it declines to recommend. It conditionally suggests combining CBT-I with insomnia medication in preference to medication alone, but conditionally suggests against combining them in preference to CBT-I alone, which keeps CBT-I on its own as the preferred first line approach rather than a component of combination therapy. The evidence base is thin and the certainty low: six randomised trials reported across seven articles, five delivering CBT-I in person and one self administered, with lormetazepam, temazepam, zolpidem and zopiclone as the medications studied. Combination treatment improved global insomnia severity and sleep continuity over medication alone but not total sleep time, where the point estimate favoured medication alone, daytime outcome differences were not clinically meaningful, and morning sleepiness was more frequent with combination treatment. Health equity is addressed directly, with the guideline noting that no direct evidence on equity effects was available and that in settings where CBT-I is unavailable or unaffordable the recommendation could worsen inequity.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 22(1), Article 56
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13076838/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s44470-025-00038-8
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 8 September 2026. Published 13 April 2026. It does not supersede the 2021 AASM behavioural and psychological treatment guideline at REF-431.
- Related items
- REF-431; REF-117
- Full APA reference
- Buysse, D. J., Arnedt, J. T., Buenaver, L., Chang, J. L., Fernandez-Mendoza, J., Patel, S. I., Zhou, E. S., Falck-Ytter, Y., Hyer, S., Kazmi, U., Singh, M., & Wickwire, E. M. (2026). Combination treatment for chronic insomnia disorder in adults: An American Academy of Sleep Medicine clinical practice guideline. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 22(1), Article 56. https://doi.org/10.1007/s44470-025-00038-8
REF-433
Paper, guideline or statement
World mental health report: Transforming mental health for all
World Health Organization · 2022 · World Health Organization, Geneva
The definitive global statement on mental health need, spending and the treatment gap, and the natural anchor for any argument that mental health is shaped by social and economic conditions. It counts 970 million people, 13 percent of the world population or 1 in 8, living with a mental disorder in 2019, with 82 percent in low and middle income countries, including 301 million with anxiety disorders, 280 million with depressive disorders, 40 million with bipolar disorder and 24 million with schizophrenia. The resourcing figures are the ones most worth quoting: a median 2 percent of government health budgets goes to mental health globally and 1 percent in low and middle income countries, two of every three of those dollars go to stand alone psychiatric hospitals rather than community services, and only 0.3 percent of development assistance for health went to mental health across 2006 to 2016, against an economic cost of US$2.5 trillion in 2010 of which US$1.7 trillion was lost productivity. The consequences are stated in equity terms: 71 percent of people with psychosis receive no services, 70 percent are treated in high income countries against 12 percent in low income countries, minimally adequate depression treatment reaches 23 percent in high income and 3 percent in low and lower middle income countries, people with severe mental health conditions die 10 to 20 years earlier, and mental disorders account for 1 in 6 years lived with disability. It organises action into three paths to transformation, deepen value and commitment, reshape environments, and strengthen mental health care, and notes that 20 countries still criminalise attempted suicide.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2022). World mental health report: Transforming mental health for all. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240049338
View the source
Related items: REF-411, REF-211, REF-446
Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 17 September 2026. Published 16 June 2022 and launched 17 June 2022. ISBN 978-92-4-004933-8 electronic and 978-92-4-004934-5 print. No DOI is issued. WHO IRIS gives the extent as x, 272 pages while the WHO catalogue page states 296, an unresolved discrepancy between WHO sources. A 13 page executive summary is published separately.
All fields
- ID
- REF-433
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- World mental health report: Transforming mental health for all
- Description
- The definitive global statement on mental health need, spending and the treatment gap, and the natural anchor for any argument that mental health is shaped by social and economic conditions. It counts 970 million people, 13 percent of the world population or 1 in 8, living with a mental disorder in 2019, with 82 percent in low and middle income countries, including 301 million with anxiety disorders, 280 million with depressive disorders, 40 million with bipolar disorder and 24 million with schizophrenia. The resourcing figures are the ones most worth quoting: a median 2 percent of government health budgets goes to mental health globally and 1 percent in low and middle income countries, two of every three of those dollars go to stand alone psychiatric hospitals rather than community services, and only 0.3 percent of development assistance for health went to mental health across 2006 to 2016, against an economic cost of US$2.5 trillion in 2010 of which US$1.7 trillion was lost productivity. The consequences are stated in equity terms: 71 percent of people with psychosis receive no services, 70 percent are treated in high income countries against 12 percent in low income countries, minimally adequate depression treatment reaches 23 percent in high income and 3 percent in low and lower middle income countries, people with severe mental health conditions die 10 to 20 years earlier, and mental disorders account for 1 in 6 years lived with disability. It organises action into three paths to transformation, deepen value and commitment, reshape environments, and strengthen mental health care, and notes that 20 countries still criminalise attempted suicide.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization, Geneva
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240049338
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the source record on 17 September 2026. Published 16 June 2022 and launched 17 June 2022. ISBN 978-92-4-004933-8 electronic and 978-92-4-004934-5 print. No DOI is issued. WHO IRIS gives the extent as x, 272 pages while the WHO catalogue page states 296, an unresolved discrepancy between WHO sources. A 13 page executive summary is published separately.
- Related items
- REF-411; REF-211; REF-446
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2022). World mental health report: Transforming mental health for all. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240049338
REF-434
Paper, guideline or statement
Stress and the individual: Mechanisms leading to disease
McEwen, B. S., & Stellar, E. · 1993 · Archives of Internal Medicine, 153(18), 2093-2101
The paper that coined allostatic load, and therefore the origin point for the physiological wear and tear mechanism linking chronic social adversity to physical disease. It defines allostatic load as the cost of chronic exposure to fluctuating or heightened neural or neuroendocrine response resulting from repeated or chronic environmental challenge, extending the concept of allostasis across time rather than treating each stressor as an isolated event. Its central argument is that homeostasis is the wrong model for chronic stress, because the systems that protect the body in the short term are the same systems that damage it when activation is prolonged or poorly regulated. This reframing is what allows socioeconomic disadvantage to be treated as a biological exposure rather than only a social circumstance, and it underlies the later weathering and allostatic load index literature.
Full APA reference
McEwen, B. S., & Stellar, E. (1993). Stress and the individual: Mechanisms leading to disease. Archives of Internal Medicine, 153(18), 2093-2101. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8379800/
View the source
Related items: REF-435, REF-398, REF-158
Verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 27 September 1993. No DOI is recorded. This is the correct foundational citation: a widely circulated citation to McEwen, "Physiological foundations of allostasis, allostatic load, and allostatic overload", Psychoneuroendocrinology, 118, 1-13 (2017) does not exist. That DOI is unregistered, volume 118 is the August 2020 issue and uses six digit article numbers rather than page ranges, and it contains no such paper. The wording appears to blend McEwen and Wingfield 2003 with McEwen's 2017 Chronic Stress review. A further companion paper is McEwen (1998), Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators, New England Journal of Medicine, 338(3), 171-179, doi 10.1056/NEJM199801153380307.
All fields
- ID
- REF-434
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McEwen, B. S., & Stellar, E.
- Year
- 1993
- Title
- Stress and the individual: Mechanisms leading to disease
- Description
- The paper that coined allostatic load, and therefore the origin point for the physiological wear and tear mechanism linking chronic social adversity to physical disease. It defines allostatic load as the cost of chronic exposure to fluctuating or heightened neural or neuroendocrine response resulting from repeated or chronic environmental challenge, extending the concept of allostasis across time rather than treating each stressor as an isolated event. Its central argument is that homeostasis is the wrong model for chronic stress, because the systems that protect the body in the short term are the same systems that damage it when activation is prolonged or poorly regulated. This reframing is what allows socioeconomic disadvantage to be treated as a biological exposure rather than only a social circumstance, and it underlies the later weathering and allostatic load index literature.
- Publication or publisher
- Archives of Internal Medicine, 153(18), 2093-2101
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8379800/
- Verification note
- Verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 27 September 1993. No DOI is recorded. This is the correct foundational citation: a widely circulated citation to McEwen, "Physiological foundations of allostasis, allostatic load, and allostatic overload", Psychoneuroendocrinology, 118, 1-13 (2017) does not exist. That DOI is unregistered, volume 118 is the August 2020 issue and uses six digit article numbers rather than page ranges, and it contains no such paper. The wording appears to blend McEwen and Wingfield 2003 with McEwen's 2017 Chronic Stress review. A further companion paper is McEwen (1998), Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators, New England Journal of Medicine, 338(3), 171-179, doi 10.1056/NEJM199801153380307.
- Related items
- REF-435; REF-398; REF-158
- Full APA reference
- McEwen, B. S., & Stellar, E. (1993). Stress and the individual: Mechanisms leading to disease. Archives of Internal Medicine, 153(18), 2093-2101. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8379800/
REF-435
Paper, guideline or statement
The concept of allostasis in biology and biomedicine
McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C. · 2003 · Hormones and Behavior, 43(1), 2-15
The paper that defines allostatic overload and separates it into two types, which matters because the two types imply different interventions. Type 1 overload occurs when energy demand exceeds what the environment can supply, triggering an emergency life history stage in which the stress response is adaptive and resolves once the challenge passes. Type 2 overload occurs where there is sufficient or even excess energy consumption combined with social conflict and dysfunction, produces no escape response, and is not resolved by the organism adapting; the authors argue it can be counteracted only through learning and through change to social structures. That distinction is the theoretical basis for treating persistent poverty and chronic social adversity as a different biological problem from acute stress, and for arguing that individual coping advice cannot substitute for structural change. It also traces allostasis to Sterling and Eyer in 1988 and situates the concept against the three named types of allostatic load described in McEwen's 1998 work: frequent activation, failure to shut off the response after the stressor ends, and inadequate response leading to compensatory elevation in other systems.
Full APA reference
McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C. (2003). The concept of allostasis in biology and biomedicine. Hormones and Behavior, 43(1), 2-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0018-506X(02)00024-7
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-434, REF-398, REF-158
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. This is the source of the specific vocabulary of allostasis, allostatic load and allostatic overload that is often misattributed to a non-existent 2017 Psychoneuroendocrinology paper.
All fields
- ID
- REF-435
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C.
- Year
- 2003
- Title
- The concept of allostasis in biology and biomedicine
- Description
- The paper that defines allostatic overload and separates it into two types, which matters because the two types imply different interventions. Type 1 overload occurs when energy demand exceeds what the environment can supply, triggering an emergency life history stage in which the stress response is adaptive and resolves once the challenge passes. Type 2 overload occurs where there is sufficient or even excess energy consumption combined with social conflict and dysfunction, produces no escape response, and is not resolved by the organism adapting; the authors argue it can be counteracted only through learning and through change to social structures. That distinction is the theoretical basis for treating persistent poverty and chronic social adversity as a different biological problem from acute stress, and for arguing that individual coping advice cannot substitute for structural change. It also traces allostasis to Sterling and Eyer in 1988 and situates the concept against the three named types of allostatic load described in McEwen's 1998 work: frequent activation, failure to shut off the response after the stressor ends, and inadequate response leading to compensatory elevation in other systems.
- Publication or publisher
- Hormones and Behavior, 43(1), 2-15
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/12614627/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0018-506X(02)00024-7
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. This is the source of the specific vocabulary of allostasis, allostatic load and allostatic overload that is often misattributed to a non-existent 2017 Psychoneuroendocrinology paper.
- Related items
- REF-434; REF-398; REF-158
- Full APA reference
- McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C. (2003). The concept of allostasis in biology and biomedicine. Hormones and Behavior, 43(1), 2-15. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0018-506X(02)00024-7
REF-436
Paper, guideline or statement
Can poverty get under your skin? Basal cortisol levels and cognitive function in children from low and high socioeconomic status
Lupien, S. J., King, S., Meaney, M. J., & McEwen, B. S. · 2001 · Development and Psychopathology, 13(3), 653-676
A direct empirical test of whether childhood poverty registers in the body's stress physiology, and the more precisely on-topic of the Lupien group's work for a poverty and health argument. In 307 children aged 6 to 16 in Montreal, children from low socioeconomic status backgrounds aged 6 to 10 had significantly higher morning salivary cortisol than their high status peers. The finding is notably conditional rather than uniform: the difference disappeared around the school transition and was absent in the high school aged group, which the authors interpret through an equalization process in which the class patterning of a biological marker is not constant across development. No socioeconomic differences appeared in memory, attention or language performance, so the physiological signal preceded any measurable cognitive deficit. Mothers of the low status children reported more depressive feelings and more unhealthy behaviours, and the authors set out four social explanatory factors linking status to child cortisol.
Full APA reference
Lupien, S. J., King, S., Meaney, M. J., & McEwen, B. S. (2001). Can poverty get under your skin? Basal cortisol levels and cognitive function in children from low and high socioeconomic status. Development and Psychopathology, 13(3), 653-676. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579401003133
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-437, REF-434, REF-392
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. A related earlier paper by the same group is Lupien et al. (2000), Biological Psychiatry, 48, 976-980, doi 10.1016/s0006-3223(00)00965-3.
All fields
- ID
- REF-436
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lupien, S. J., King, S., Meaney, M. J., & McEwen, B. S.
- Year
- 2001
- Title
- Can poverty get under your skin? Basal cortisol levels and cognitive function in children from low and high socioeconomic status
- Description
- A direct empirical test of whether childhood poverty registers in the body's stress physiology, and the more precisely on-topic of the Lupien group's work for a poverty and health argument. In 307 children aged 6 to 16 in Montreal, children from low socioeconomic status backgrounds aged 6 to 10 had significantly higher morning salivary cortisol than their high status peers. The finding is notably conditional rather than uniform: the difference disappeared around the school transition and was absent in the high school aged group, which the authors interpret through an equalization process in which the class patterning of a biological marker is not constant across development. No socioeconomic differences appeared in memory, attention or language performance, so the physiological signal preceded any measurable cognitive deficit. Mothers of the low status children reported more depressive feelings and more unhealthy behaviours, and the authors set out four social explanatory factors linking status to child cortisol.
- Publication or publisher
- Development and Psychopathology, 13(3), 653-676
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11523853/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579401003133
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. A related earlier paper by the same group is Lupien et al. (2000), Biological Psychiatry, 48, 976-980, doi 10.1016/s0006-3223(00)00965-3.
- Related items
- REF-437; REF-434; REF-392
- Full APA reference
- Lupien, S. J., King, S., Meaney, M. J., & McEwen, B. S. (2001). Can poverty get under your skin? Basal cortisol levels and cognitive function in children from low and high socioeconomic status. Development and Psychopathology, 13(3), 653-676. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579401003133
REF-437
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the brain, behaviour and cognition
Lupien, S. J., McEwen, B. S., Gunnar, M. R., & Heim, C. · 2009 · Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10(6), 434-445
The standard review of how stress exposure shapes the brain across the life course, and the citation to use when arguing that timing of disadvantage matters as much as its presence. Its central claim is that the effects of stress depend on when in development the exposure occurs and how long it lasts, and on interactions between genetic vulnerability and prior adversity rather than on stress exposure alone. From this the authors build a model that explains why different disorders emerge depending on the developmental window in which the stress falls, which is why the same socioeconomic exposure can produce different outcomes in early childhood, adolescence and adulthood. For a poverty and mental health argument this supplies the developmental mechanism that sits between the physiological account of allostatic load and the population level social gradient.
Full APA reference
Lupien, S. J., McEwen, B. S., Gunnar, M. R., & Heim, C. (2009). Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the brain, behaviour and cognition. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10(6), 434-445. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn2639
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-436, REF-434, REF-435, REF-508
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the June 2009 issue, e-published 29 April 2009, no retraction. This is the correct Lupien citation: a circulated reference to Lupien et al. (2009), "Parental socioeconomic status and child development", Child Development, 80(4), 1313-1328 does not exist. That DOI is unregistered and Child Development 80(4) contains no Lupien article, page 1313 being the final page of an unrelated paper.
All fields
- ID
- REF-437
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lupien, S. J., McEwen, B. S., Gunnar, M. R., & Heim, C.
- Year
- 2009
- Title
- Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the brain, behaviour and cognition
- Description
- The standard review of how stress exposure shapes the brain across the life course, and the citation to use when arguing that timing of disadvantage matters as much as its presence. Its central claim is that the effects of stress depend on when in development the exposure occurs and how long it lasts, and on interactions between genetic vulnerability and prior adversity rather than on stress exposure alone. From this the authors build a model that explains why different disorders emerge depending on the developmental window in which the stress falls, which is why the same socioeconomic exposure can produce different outcomes in early childhood, adolescence and adulthood. For a poverty and mental health argument this supplies the developmental mechanism that sits between the physiological account of allostatic load and the population level social gradient.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10(6), 434-445
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/19401723/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn2639
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the June 2009 issue, e-published 29 April 2009, no retraction. This is the correct Lupien citation: a circulated reference to Lupien et al. (2009), "Parental socioeconomic status and child development", Child Development, 80(4), 1313-1328 does not exist. That DOI is unregistered and Child Development 80(4) contains no Lupien article, page 1313 being the final page of an unrelated paper.
- Related items
- REF-436; REF-434; REF-435; REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Lupien, S. J., McEwen, B. S., Gunnar, M. R., & Heim, C. (2009). Effects of stress throughout the lifespan on the brain, behaviour and cognition. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 10(6), 434-445. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn2639
REF-438
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO European review of social determinants of health and the health divide
Marmot, M., Allen, J., Bell, R., Bloomer, E., & Goldblatt, P., on behalf of the Consortium for the European Review of Social Determinants of Health and the Health Divide · 2012 · The Lancet, 380(9846), 1011-1029
The regional successor to the 2008 Commission on Social Determinants of Health, covering all 53 WHO European Member States and commissioned to underpin the Health 2020 policy framework. It extends the Commission's global analysis into a setting of wide within-region inequality, examining the health divide both between countries and along the social gradient inside them. Its recommendations run on three fronts: action on the social determinants of health, action across the life course, and action in the wider social and economic spheres beyond the health sector. It is useful in a lifestyle and public health library because it is the most policy-operational of the Marmot documents at supranational level, and because the consortium behind it names more than forty collaborators including Amartya Sen, Johan Mackenbach, Margaret Whitehead and Ilona Kickbusch, which makes it a compact map of the field.
Full APA reference
Marmot, M., Allen, J., Bell, R., Bloomer, E., & Goldblatt, P. (2012). WHO European review of social determinants of health and the health divide. The Lancet, 380(9846), 1011-1029. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61228-8
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-207, REF-208, REF-072
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Issue dated 15 September 2012, e-published 8 September 2012, no retraction. A circulated citation to Marmot et al. (2010), "Social determinants of health", The Lancet, 376(7650), 1340-1353 is not a real article: Lancet volume 376 uses 9700 series issue numbers, and the DOI attached to it resolves instead to an unrelated 2010 correspondence reply on hepatic hydrothorax. A genuine single-author companion piece is Marmot (2005), Social determinants of health inequalities, The Lancet, 365(9464), 1099-1104.
All fields
- ID
- REF-438
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marmot, M., Allen, J., Bell, R., Bloomer, E., & Goldblatt, P., on behalf of the Consortium for the European Review of Social Determinants of Health and the Health Divide
- Year
- 2012
- Title
- WHO European review of social determinants of health and the health divide
- Description
- The regional successor to the 2008 Commission on Social Determinants of Health, covering all 53 WHO European Member States and commissioned to underpin the Health 2020 policy framework. It extends the Commission's global analysis into a setting of wide within-region inequality, examining the health divide both between countries and along the social gradient inside them. Its recommendations run on three fronts: action on the social determinants of health, action across the life course, and action in the wider social and economic spheres beyond the health sector. It is useful in a lifestyle and public health library because it is the most policy-operational of the Marmot documents at supranational level, and because the consortium behind it names more than forty collaborators including Amartya Sen, Johan Mackenbach, Margaret Whitehead and Ilona Kickbusch, which makes it a compact map of the field.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 380(9846), 1011-1029
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/22964159/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61228-8
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Issue dated 15 September 2012, e-published 8 September 2012, no retraction. A circulated citation to Marmot et al. (2010), "Social determinants of health", The Lancet, 376(7650), 1340-1353 is not a real article: Lancet volume 376 uses 9700 series issue numbers, and the DOI attached to it resolves instead to an unrelated 2010 correspondence reply on hepatic hydrothorax. A genuine single-author companion piece is Marmot (2005), Social determinants of health inequalities, The Lancet, 365(9464), 1099-1104.
- Related items
- REF-207; REF-208; REF-072
- Full APA reference
- Marmot, M., Allen, J., Bell, R., Bloomer, E., & Goldblatt, P. (2012). WHO European review of social determinants of health and the health divide. The Lancet, 380(9846), 1011-1029. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61228-8
REF-439
Paper, guideline or statement
Access to affordable and nutritious food: Measuring and understanding food deserts and their consequences. Report to Congress
Ver Ploeg, M., Breneman, V., Farrigan, T., Hamrick, K., Hopkins, D., Kaufman, P., Lin, B.-H., Nord, M., Smith, T. A., Williams, R., Kinnison, K., Olander, C., Singh, A., & Tuckermanty, E. · 2009 · United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, report AP-036
The report that established how food deserts are actually measured in the United States, prepared for Congress under a mandate in the Food, Conservation, and Energy Act of 2008. It is worth citing precisely because its headline conclusion is more cautious than the popular food desert narrative: it finds that only a small percentage of consumers are genuinely constrained in accessing affordable nutritious food because they live far from a supermarket and lack easy transportation. The measurement definitions it seeded remain in use, with low access to a food store defined at more than 0.5 mile or more than 1.0 mile in urban tracts and more than 10 miles or more than 20 miles in rural tracts, and low income tracts defined by the Treasury New Markets Tax Credit rule of a poverty rate of 20 percent or more or a median family income at or below 80 percent of the state or metropolitan median. Those thresholds now drive the four low income and low access measures in the USDA Food Access Research Atlas, each requiring at least 500 people or at least 33 percent of the tract population beyond the distance threshold, or at least 100 housing units without a vehicle beyond 0.5 mile. On the standard 1 mile urban and 10 mile rural pairing, about 6 percent of the United States population, roughly 19 million people, lived in low income and low access areas in 2019, in every state and the District of Columbia.
Full APA reference
Ver Ploeg, M., Breneman, V., Farrigan, T., Hamrick, K., Hopkins, D., Kaufman, P., Lin, B.-H., Nord, M., Smith, T. A., Williams, R., Kinnison, K., Olander, C., Singh, A., & Tuckermanty, E. (2009). Access to affordable and nutritious food: Measuring and understanding food deserts and their consequences. Report to Congress (AP-036). United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service. https://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/pub-details?pubid=42729
View the source
Related items: REF-440, REF-226, REF-227
Verified against the USDA Economic Research Service publication record on 17 September 2026. Released 25 June 2009. No DOI or ISBN is issued. A circulated citation to "USDA Economic Research Service. (2021). Food access and nutrition in low-income communities" could not be found and appears not to exist; this Report to Congress is the citable USDA food desert publication. The distance thresholds and the 2019 low income and low access population figure were confirmed from the current Food Access Research Atlas technical documentation and Congressional Research Service brief IF11841.
All fields
- ID
- REF-439
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ver Ploeg, M., Breneman, V., Farrigan, T., Hamrick, K., Hopkins, D., Kaufman, P., Lin, B.-H., Nord, M., Smith, T. A., Williams, R., Kinnison, K., Olander, C., Singh, A., & Tuckermanty, E.
- Year
- 2009
- Title
- Access to affordable and nutritious food: Measuring and understanding food deserts and their consequences. Report to Congress
- Description
- The report that established how food deserts are actually measured in the United States, prepared for Congress under a mandate in the Food, Conservation, and Energy Act of 2008. It is worth citing precisely because its headline conclusion is more cautious than the popular food desert narrative: it finds that only a small percentage of consumers are genuinely constrained in accessing affordable nutritious food because they live far from a supermarket and lack easy transportation. The measurement definitions it seeded remain in use, with low access to a food store defined at more than 0.5 mile or more than 1.0 mile in urban tracts and more than 10 miles or more than 20 miles in rural tracts, and low income tracts defined by the Treasury New Markets Tax Credit rule of a poverty rate of 20 percent or more or a median family income at or below 80 percent of the state or metropolitan median. Those thresholds now drive the four low income and low access measures in the USDA Food Access Research Atlas, each requiring at least 500 people or at least 33 percent of the tract population beyond the distance threshold, or at least 100 housing units without a vehicle beyond 0.5 mile. On the standard 1 mile urban and 10 mile rural pairing, about 6 percent of the United States population, roughly 19 million people, lived in low income and low access areas in 2019, in every state and the District of Columbia.
- Publication or publisher
- United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, report AP-036
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/pub-details?pubid=42729
- Verification note
- Verified against the USDA Economic Research Service publication record on 17 September 2026. Released 25 June 2009. No DOI or ISBN is issued. A circulated citation to "USDA Economic Research Service. (2021). Food access and nutrition in low-income communities" could not be found and appears not to exist; this Report to Congress is the citable USDA food desert publication. The distance thresholds and the 2019 low income and low access population figure were confirmed from the current Food Access Research Atlas technical documentation and Congressional Research Service brief IF11841.
- Related items
- REF-440; REF-226; REF-227
- Full APA reference
- Ver Ploeg, M., Breneman, V., Farrigan, T., Hamrick, K., Hopkins, D., Kaufman, P., Lin, B.-H., Nord, M., Smith, T. A., Williams, R., Kinnison, K., Olander, C., Singh, A., & Tuckermanty, E. (2009). Access to affordable and nutritious food: Measuring and understanding food deserts and their consequences. Report to Congress (AP-036). United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service. https://www.ers.usda.gov/publications/pub-details?pubid=42729
REF-440
Paper, guideline or statement
Household food security in the United States in 2024
Rabbitt, M. P., Reed-Jones, M., Hales, L. J., Suttles, S., & Burke, M. P. · 2025 · United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, Economic Research Report 358
The current official United States food insecurity prevalence estimate, and the companion any food desert citation needs because access and insecurity are different measures. Drawn from the Current Population Survey Food Security Supplement collected in December 2024, it reports 86.3 percent of households food secure and 13.7 percent food insecure in 2024, statistically similar to 13.5 percent in 2023 and 12.8 percent in 2022, with 5.4 percent experiencing very low food security. Among households with children, 9.1 percent were food insecure among both children and adults and 0.9 percent had very low food security among children. Two figures are particularly useful for a social determinants argument: food secure households spent 11.1 percent more on food than food insecure households of the same size and composition, so insecurity is not explained by different spending preferences, and 58.9 percent of food insecure households had used SNAP, WIC or the National School Lunch Program in the previous month, so the majority were already inside the safety net.
Full APA reference
Rabbitt, M. P., Reed-Jones, M., Hales, L. J., Suttles, S., & Burke, M. P. (2025). Household food security in the United States in 2024 (Economic Research Report No. 358). United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service. https://ers.usda.gov/sites/default/files/_laserfiche/publications/113623/ERR-358.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-439, REF-226, REF-228
Verified against the USDA Economic Research Service report on 17 September 2026. Published December 2025. No DOI is issued. The prior edition is Economic Research Report 337, covering 2023.
All fields
- ID
- REF-440
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rabbitt, M. P., Reed-Jones, M., Hales, L. J., Suttles, S., & Burke, M. P.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Household food security in the United States in 2024
- Description
- The current official United States food insecurity prevalence estimate, and the companion any food desert citation needs because access and insecurity are different measures. Drawn from the Current Population Survey Food Security Supplement collected in December 2024, it reports 86.3 percent of households food secure and 13.7 percent food insecure in 2024, statistically similar to 13.5 percent in 2023 and 12.8 percent in 2022, with 5.4 percent experiencing very low food security. Among households with children, 9.1 percent were food insecure among both children and adults and 0.9 percent had very low food security among children. Two figures are particularly useful for a social determinants argument: food secure households spent 11.1 percent more on food than food insecure households of the same size and composition, so insecurity is not explained by different spending preferences, and 58.9 percent of food insecure households had used SNAP, WIC or the National School Lunch Program in the previous month, so the majority were already inside the safety net.
- Publication or publisher
- United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, Economic Research Report 358
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://ers.usda.gov/sites/default/files/_laserfiche/publications/113623/ERR-358.pdf
- Verification note
- Verified against the USDA Economic Research Service report on 17 September 2026. Published December 2025. No DOI is issued. The prior edition is Economic Research Report 337, covering 2023.
- Related items
- REF-439; REF-226; REF-228
- Full APA reference
- Rabbitt, M. P., Reed-Jones, M., Hales, L. J., Suttles, S., & Burke, M. P. (2025). Household food security in the United States in 2024 (Economic Research Report No. 358). United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service. https://ers.usda.gov/sites/default/files/_laserfiche/publications/113623/ERR-358.pdf
REF-441
Paper, guideline or statement
Poverty impedes cognitive function
Mani, A., Mullainathan, S., Shafir, E., & Zhao, J. · 2013 · Science, 341(6149), 976-980
The primary experimental evidence that poverty itself consumes cognitive capacity, and the citation that should be used wherever the scarcity mindset is invoked. Four laboratory experiments with shoppers at a New Jersey mall, with samples of 101, 100 and 96, primed participants with a hypothetical car repair costing either $1,500 or $150 before administering Raven's Progressive Matrices and a spatial compatibility cognitive control task. In the easy condition there was no difference between richer and poorer participants, t(50) = 0.13, P = 0.90, but in the hard condition poorer participants performed markedly worse, t(47) = 3.21, P less than 0.01 on Raven's and t(47) = 5.22, P less than 0.001 on cognitive control. The effect size, Cohen's d of 0.88 to 0.94, is equivalent to roughly 13 IQ points, comparable in standard deviation terms to losing a full night of sleep, and paying participants $0.25 per correct answer did not remove it, with poorer participants still earning 18 percent less. The field study is what makes the finding hard to dismiss: 464 small sugarcane farmers on 1.5 to 3 acre plots across 54 villages in Tamil Nadu, tested before and after harvest, improved from 4.35 to 5.45 correct on Raven's and from 146 to 131 seconds on the Stroop task, all P less than 0.001, with farmer and month fixed effects confirming the shift; pre-harvest, 78 percent had pawned items and 99 percent had loans, against 4 and 13 percent after harvest. Time, nutrition, work effort and stress are each ruled out as explanations, leaving cognitive load from financial pressure itself.
Full APA reference
Mani, A., Mullainathan, S., Shafir, E., & Zhao, J. (2013). Poverty impedes cognitive function. Science, 341(6149), 976-980. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1238041
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-442, REF-443, REF-211
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the Crossref entry on 17 September 2026. Published 30 August 2013. No retraction, correction or erratum.
All fields
- ID
- REF-441
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mani, A., Mullainathan, S., Shafir, E., & Zhao, J.
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Poverty impedes cognitive function
- Description
- The primary experimental evidence that poverty itself consumes cognitive capacity, and the citation that should be used wherever the scarcity mindset is invoked. Four laboratory experiments with shoppers at a New Jersey mall, with samples of 101, 100 and 96, primed participants with a hypothetical car repair costing either $1,500 or $150 before administering Raven's Progressive Matrices and a spatial compatibility cognitive control task. In the easy condition there was no difference between richer and poorer participants, t(50) = 0.13, P = 0.90, but in the hard condition poorer participants performed markedly worse, t(47) = 3.21, P less than 0.01 on Raven's and t(47) = 5.22, P less than 0.001 on cognitive control. The effect size, Cohen's d of 0.88 to 0.94, is equivalent to roughly 13 IQ points, comparable in standard deviation terms to losing a full night of sleep, and paying participants $0.25 per correct answer did not remove it, with poorer participants still earning 18 percent less. The field study is what makes the finding hard to dismiss: 464 small sugarcane farmers on 1.5 to 3 acre plots across 54 villages in Tamil Nadu, tested before and after harvest, improved from 4.35 to 5.45 correct on Raven's and from 146 to 131 seconds on the Stroop task, all P less than 0.001, with farmer and month fixed effects confirming the shift; pre-harvest, 78 percent had pawned items and 99 percent had loans, against 4 and 13 percent after harvest. Time, nutrition, work effort and stress are each ruled out as explanations, leaving cognitive load from financial pressure itself.
- Publication or publisher
- Science, 341(6149), 976-980
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Social determinants and equity; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23990553/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1238041
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the Crossref entry on 17 September 2026. Published 30 August 2013. No retraction, correction or erratum.
- Related items
- REF-442; REF-443; REF-211
- Full APA reference
- Mani, A., Mullainathan, S., Shafir, E., & Zhao, J. (2013). Poverty impedes cognitive function. Science, 341(6149), 976-980. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1238041
REF-442
Paper, guideline or statement
Scarcity: Why having too little means so much
Mullainathan, S., & Shafir, E. · 2013 · Times Books, an imprint of Henry Holt (Macmillan), New York
The book that gave the scarcity mindset its vocabulary, and the accessible companion to the experimental evidence. Its argument is that scarcity of any resource, money, time or calories, captures attention in a way that produces both a benefit and a cost. The benefit is the focus dividend, a sharpening of attention on the pressing shortfall. The costs are tunneling, in which attention narrows onto the immediate lack; the tunneling tax, the neglect of everything outside the tunnel including preventive health behaviour and long term planning; goal inhibition, in which competing goals are suppressed; and a reduction in bandwidth, the general cognitive and executive capacity available for decisions. For lifestyle and public health work its practical implication is that advice-heavy interventions asking people to plan ahead, attend appointments and adhere to regimens are asking most of the people who have least bandwidth to give, which reframes non-adherence as a predictable consequence of scarcity rather than a character trait.
Full APA reference
Mullainathan, S., & Shafir, E. (2013). Scarcity: Why having too little means so much. Times Books.
View the source
Related items: REF-441
Verified on 17 September 2026. This is a book, not a journal article. Published 3 September 2013, ISBN-13 9780805092646 and ISBN-10 0805092641, no DOI. The publisher is Times Books at Henry Holt under Macmillan, not "time Press" as is sometimes cited. Listed extent is 288 pages in the Google Books record and 304 pages for the hardcover elsewhere; the publisher page blocks automated access so the discrepancy is unresolved. The peer reviewed evidence behind the book is at REF-441.
All fields
- ID
- REF-442
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mullainathan, S., & Shafir, E.
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Scarcity: Why having too little means so much
- Description
- The book that gave the scarcity mindset its vocabulary, and the accessible companion to the experimental evidence. Its argument is that scarcity of any resource, money, time or calories, captures attention in a way that produces both a benefit and a cost. The benefit is the focus dividend, a sharpening of attention on the pressing shortfall. The costs are tunneling, in which attention narrows onto the immediate lack; the tunneling tax, the neglect of everything outside the tunnel including preventive health behaviour and long term planning; goal inhibition, in which competing goals are suppressed; and a reduction in bandwidth, the general cognitive and executive capacity available for decisions. For lifestyle and public health work its practical implication is that advice-heavy interventions asking people to plan ahead, attend appointments and adhere to regimens are asking most of the people who have least bandwidth to give, which reframes non-adherence as a predictable consequence of scarcity rather than a character trait.
- Publication or publisher
- Times Books, an imprint of Henry Holt (Macmillan), New York
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Other
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Behaviour change and adherence; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://books.google.com/books/about/Scarcity.html?id=xUCqAAAAQBAJ
- Verification note
- Verified on 17 September 2026. This is a book, not a journal article. Published 3 September 2013, ISBN-13 9780805092646 and ISBN-10 0805092641, no DOI. The publisher is Times Books at Henry Holt under Macmillan, not "time Press" as is sometimes cited. Listed extent is 288 pages in the Google Books record and 304 pages for the hardcover elsewhere; the publisher page blocks automated access so the discrepancy is unresolved. The peer reviewed evidence behind the book is at REF-441.
- Related items
- REF-441
- Full APA reference
- Mullainathan, S., & Shafir, E. (2013). Scarcity: Why having too little means so much. Times Books.
REF-443
Paper, guideline or statement
Poverty, depression, and anxiety: Causal evidence and mechanisms
Ridley, M., Rao, G., Schilbach, F., & Patel, V. · 2020 · Science, 370(6522), Article eaay0214
The most rigorous available synthesis of causal evidence on the poverty and mental health relationship, and the strongest single citation for the claim that the causation runs in both directions rather than one. Reviewing experimental and quasi-experimental studies, it finds that mental illness reduces employment and income, that psychological interventions generate measurable economic gains, that negative economic shocks cause mental illness, and that antipoverty programmes including cash transfers improve mental health outcomes. That two way structure matters practically, because it means clinical treatment and income support are complements rather than competing priorities, and that either one alone leaves part of the loop intact. It sets this against baseline epidemiology in which 3 to 4 percent of the world population has depression or anxiety at any given time, together accounting for about 8 percent of global years lived with disability, and it argues explicitly that these are not diseases of affluence.
Full APA reference
Ridley, M., Rao, G., Schilbach, F., & Patel, V. (2020). Poverty, depression, and anxiety: Causal evidence and mechanisms. Science, 370(6522), Article eaay0214. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aay0214
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-441, REF-211, REF-444
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 11 December 2020. Not retracted, but corrected: see the erratum at Science, 383(6689), eadp1916, 22 March 2024, doi 10.1126/science.adp1916.
All fields
- ID
- REF-443
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ridley, M., Rao, G., Schilbach, F., & Patel, V.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Poverty, depression, and anxiety: Causal evidence and mechanisms
- Description
- The most rigorous available synthesis of causal evidence on the poverty and mental health relationship, and the strongest single citation for the claim that the causation runs in both directions rather than one. Reviewing experimental and quasi-experimental studies, it finds that mental illness reduces employment and income, that psychological interventions generate measurable economic gains, that negative economic shocks cause mental illness, and that antipoverty programmes including cash transfers improve mental health outcomes. That two way structure matters practically, because it means clinical treatment and income support are complements rather than competing priorities, and that either one alone leaves part of the loop intact. It sets this against baseline epidemiology in which 3 to 4 percent of the world population has depression or anxiety at any given time, together accounting for about 8 percent of global years lived with disability, and it argues explicitly that these are not diseases of affluence.
- Publication or publisher
- Science, 370(6522), Article eaay0214
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33303583/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aay0214
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 11 December 2020. Not retracted, but corrected: see the erratum at Science, 383(6689), eadp1916, 22 March 2024, doi 10.1126/science.adp1916.
- Related items
- REF-441; REF-211; REF-444
- Full APA reference
- Ridley, M., Rao, G., Schilbach, F., & Patel, V. (2020). Poverty, depression, and anxiety: Causal evidence and mechanisms. Science, 370(6522), Article eaay0214. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aay0214
REF-444
Paper, guideline or statement
The association between income and life expectancy in the United States, 2001-2014
Chetty, R., Stepner, M., Abraham, S., Lin, S., Scuderi, B., Turner, N., Bergeron, A., & Cutler, D. · 2016 · JAMA, 315(16), 1750-1766
The definitive quantification of the income and lifespan gradient, built from 1.4 billion tax records covering 1,408,287,218 person years for ages 40 to 76, with 4,114,380 male deaths and 2,694,808 female deaths. The headline gap between the richest and poorest 1 percent is 14.6 years of life expectancy for men, 95 percent confidence interval 14.4 to 14.8, and 10.1 years for women, 9.9 to 10.3. The trend is as important as the level: between 2001 and 2014 the top 5 percent gained 2.34 years for men and 2.91 for women while the bottom 5 percent gained 0.32 and 0.04 years, P less than 0.001, so the gradient widened. Its most useful finding for lifestyle and public health work is what explains the roughly 4.5 years of geographic variation within the bottom income quartile: life expectancy for the poorest correlated with smoking at r = -0.69, immigrant share at r = 0.72, college graduate share at r = 0.42 and local government expenditure at r = 0.57, and showed no significant correlation with access to medical care, physical environment measures, income inequality or labour market conditions. Where a poor person lives, and the health behaviours and civic resources of that place, tracked their lifespan more closely than medical access did.
Full APA reference
Chetty, R., Stepner, M., Abraham, S., Lin, S., Scuderi, B., Turner, N., Bergeron, A., & Cutler, D. (2016). The association between income and life expectancy in the United States, 2001-2014. JAMA, 315(16), 1750-1766. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2016.4226
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-210, REF-438, REF-443
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 26 April 2016. Not retracted, but corrected: "Missing Negative Symbol", JAMA, 317(1), 90, 3 January 2017, doi 10.1001/jama.2016.18691.
All fields
- ID
- REF-444
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Chetty, R., Stepner, M., Abraham, S., Lin, S., Scuderi, B., Turner, N., Bergeron, A., & Cutler, D.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- The association between income and life expectancy in the United States, 2001-2014
- Description
- The definitive quantification of the income and lifespan gradient, built from 1.4 billion tax records covering 1,408,287,218 person years for ages 40 to 76, with 4,114,380 male deaths and 2,694,808 female deaths. The headline gap between the richest and poorest 1 percent is 14.6 years of life expectancy for men, 95 percent confidence interval 14.4 to 14.8, and 10.1 years for women, 9.9 to 10.3. The trend is as important as the level: between 2001 and 2014 the top 5 percent gained 2.34 years for men and 2.91 for women while the bottom 5 percent gained 0.32 and 0.04 years, P less than 0.001, so the gradient widened. Its most useful finding for lifestyle and public health work is what explains the roughly 4.5 years of geographic variation within the bottom income quartile: life expectancy for the poorest correlated with smoking at r = -0.69, immigrant share at r = 0.72, college graduate share at r = 0.42 and local government expenditure at r = 0.57, and showed no significant correlation with access to medical care, physical environment measures, income inequality or labour market conditions. Where a poor person lives, and the health behaviours and civic resources of that place, tracked their lifespan more closely than medical access did.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA, 315(16), 1750-1766
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27063997/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2016.4226
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 26 April 2016. Not retracted, but corrected: "Missing Negative Symbol", JAMA, 317(1), 90, 3 January 2017, doi 10.1001/jama.2016.18691.
- Related items
- REF-210; REF-438; REF-443
- Full APA reference
- Chetty, R., Stepner, M., Abraham, S., Lin, S., Scuderi, B., Turner, N., Bergeron, A., & Cutler, D. (2016). The association between income and life expectancy in the United States, 2001-2014. JAMA, 315(16), 1750-1766. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2016.4226
REF-445
Paper, guideline or statement
Vital Signs: Estimated proportion of adult health problems attributable to adverse childhood experiences and implications for prevention, 25 states, 2015-2017
Merrick, M. T., Ford, D. C., Ports, K. A., Guinn, A. S., Chen, J., Klevens, J., Metzler, M., Jones, C. M., Simon, T. R., Daniel, V. M., Ottley, P., & Mercy, J. A. · 2019 · Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 68(44), 999-1005
The population level counterpart to the original ACE study, and the citation that converts adverse childhood experiences from a risk factor into an attributable disease burden. Using Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System data from the 25 states that added ACE items between 2015 and 2017, it finds that 15.6 percent of adults, nearly one in six, reported four or more ACE types. Its population attributable fractions are the numbers worth quoting: from 1.7 percent for overweight or obesity up to 23.9 percent for heavy drinking, 27.0 percent for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and 44.1 percent for depression. Current CDC estimates put the reach higher still in adolescents, with three in four high school students reporting one or more ACEs and one in five reporting four or more, and model preventing ACEs as capable of reducing student suicide attempts by up to 89 percent, prescription pain medication misuse by up to 84 percent, persistent sadness or hopelessness by up to 66 percent, adult depression by 78 percent and adult heart disease cases by 22 percent. The named mechanism is toxic stress affecting brain development, immune function and stress response systems, explicitly tied to under-resourced neighbourhoods and poverty, at an estimated annual United States cost of $14.1 trillion in direct medical spending and lost healthy life years.
Full APA reference
Merrick, M. T., Ford, D. C., Ports, K. A., Guinn, A. S., Chen, J., Klevens, J., Metzler, M., Jones, C. M., Simon, T. R., Daniel, V. M., Ottley, P., & Mercy, J. A. (2019). Vital Signs: Estimated proportion of adult health problems attributable to adverse childhood experiences and implications for prevention, 25 states, 2015-2017. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 68(44), 999-1005. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/68/wr/mm6844e1.htm
View the source
Related items: REF-392, REF-436
Verified against the MMWR record on 17 September 2026. Weekly issue dated 8 November 2019, early release 5 November 2019. No DOI is issued and no correction notice is recorded. A circulated citation to "Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (1999). Selected provider messages: Adverse childhood experiences (ACEs)" could not be located and appears not to exist; the primary ACE study citation is Felitti et al. (1998) at REF-392, which was also reprinted at American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 56(6), 774-786 in 2019.
All fields
- ID
- REF-445
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Merrick, M. T., Ford, D. C., Ports, K. A., Guinn, A. S., Chen, J., Klevens, J., Metzler, M., Jones, C. M., Simon, T. R., Daniel, V. M., Ottley, P., & Mercy, J. A.
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- Vital Signs: Estimated proportion of adult health problems attributable to adverse childhood experiences and implications for prevention, 25 states, 2015-2017
- Description
- The population level counterpart to the original ACE study, and the citation that converts adverse childhood experiences from a risk factor into an attributable disease burden. Using Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System data from the 25 states that added ACE items between 2015 and 2017, it finds that 15.6 percent of adults, nearly one in six, reported four or more ACE types. Its population attributable fractions are the numbers worth quoting: from 1.7 percent for overweight or obesity up to 23.9 percent for heavy drinking, 27.0 percent for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and 44.1 percent for depression. Current CDC estimates put the reach higher still in adolescents, with three in four high school students reporting one or more ACEs and one in five reporting four or more, and model preventing ACEs as capable of reducing student suicide attempts by up to 89 percent, prescription pain medication misuse by up to 84 percent, persistent sadness or hopelessness by up to 66 percent, adult depression by 78 percent and adult heart disease cases by 22 percent. The named mechanism is toxic stress affecting brain development, immune function and stress response systems, explicitly tied to under-resourced neighbourhoods and poverty, at an estimated annual United States cost of $14.1 trillion in direct medical spending and lost healthy life years.
- Publication or publisher
- Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 68(44), 999-1005
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/68/wr/mm6844e1.htm
- Verification note
- Verified against the MMWR record on 17 September 2026. Weekly issue dated 8 November 2019, early release 5 November 2019. No DOI is issued and no correction notice is recorded. A circulated citation to "Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (1999). Selected provider messages: Adverse childhood experiences (ACEs)" could not be located and appears not to exist; the primary ACE study citation is Felitti et al. (1998) at REF-392, which was also reprinted at American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 56(6), 774-786 in 2019.
- Related items
- REF-392; REF-436
- Full APA reference
- Merrick, M. T., Ford, D. C., Ports, K. A., Guinn, A. S., Chen, J., Klevens, J., Metzler, M., Jones, C. M., Simon, T. R., Daniel, V. M., Ottley, P., & Mercy, J. A. (2019). Vital Signs: Estimated proportion of adult health problems attributable to adverse childhood experiences and implications for prevention, 25 states, 2015-2017. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 68(44), 999-1005. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/68/wr/mm6844e1.htm
REF-446
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of mental health
World Health Organization & Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation · 2014 · World Health Organization, Geneva
The document that applies the social determinants framework specifically to mental health, filling the gap between general social determinants reports and clinical mental health guidance. Its argument is that mental health and common mental disorders are shaped by the social, economic and physical environments people live in across every life stage, and that the risk factors for many mental disorders are heavily associated with social inequalities, with the general rule that the greater the inequality the higher the inequality in risk. From this it derives a life course action agenda covering the period before birth, early childhood, older childhood and adolescence, family building and working years, and older age, rather than treating mental health promotion as a single intervention point. It is one of four papers in the WHO and Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation Global Mental Health Platform series, and at 54 pages it is short enough to be genuinely usable as a briefing document with policymakers.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization, & Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation. (2014). Social determinants of mental health. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241506809
View the source
Related items: REF-211, REF-208, REF-433
Bibliographic details verified against the WHO publication record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 May 2014, 54 pages, ISBN 978 92 4 150680 9, no DOI.
All fields
- ID
- REF-446
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization & Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation
- Year
- 2014
- Title
- Social determinants of mental health
- Description
- The document that applies the social determinants framework specifically to mental health, filling the gap between general social determinants reports and clinical mental health guidance. Its argument is that mental health and common mental disorders are shaped by the social, economic and physical environments people live in across every life stage, and that the risk factors for many mental disorders are heavily associated with social inequalities, with the general rule that the greater the inequality the higher the inequality in risk. From this it derives a life course action agenda covering the period before birth, early childhood, older childhood and adolescence, family building and working years, and older age, rather than treating mental health promotion as a single intervention point. It is one of four papers in the WHO and Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation Global Mental Health Platform series, and at 54 pages it is short enough to be genuinely usable as a briefing document with policymakers.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization, Geneva
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241506809
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the WHO publication record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 May 2014, 54 pages, ISBN 978 92 4 150680 9, no DOI.
- Related items
- REF-211; REF-208; REF-433
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization, & Calouste Gulbenkian Foundation. (2014). Social determinants of mental health. World Health Organization. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241506809
REF-447
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of health (SDOH)
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention · n.d. · Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
The current United States framing of social determinants of health, useful mainly because it supplies the five domain Healthy People 2030 structure that most American policy and program documents organise themselves around: healthcare access and quality, education access and quality, social and community context, economic stability, and neighbourhood and built environment. CDC adopts the WHO style definition of social determinants as the nonmedical factors influencing health outcomes, the conditions in which people are born, grow, work, live, worship and age, and states plainly that these conditions influence health more than genetic factors or access to healthcare, with poverty highly correlated with poorer outcomes and higher risk of premature death. Social determinants is one of three CDC priority areas alongside health equity and health literacy. The page also names the implementation scaffolding worth knowing, including the REACH program, running since 1999 in racial and ethnic minority urban, rural and tribal communities, and the 10 Essential Public Health Services, Pathways to Population Health Equity, and Mobilizing for Action through Planning and Partnerships frameworks.
Full APA reference
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (n.d.). Social determinants of health (SDOH). https://www.cdc.gov/about/priorities/why-is-addressing-sdoh-important.html
View the source
Related items: REF-208, REF-207
Verified on 17 September 2026. CDC does not display a publication or review date on this page, so no year is recorded. A circulated citation to "Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Social determinants of health: Theories and concepts" at cdc.gov/healthcommunications/info_campaigns/sdoh/index.html could not be found: that path returns an error and the Internet Archive holds no snapshot of it at all, so it appears never to have existed. A parallel current page is the CDC Public Health Gateway social determinants of health page.
All fields
- ID
- REF-447
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Social determinants of health (SDOH)
- Description
- The current United States framing of social determinants of health, useful mainly because it supplies the five domain Healthy People 2030 structure that most American policy and program documents organise themselves around: healthcare access and quality, education access and quality, social and community context, economic stability, and neighbourhood and built environment. CDC adopts the WHO style definition of social determinants as the nonmedical factors influencing health outcomes, the conditions in which people are born, grow, work, live, worship and age, and states plainly that these conditions influence health more than genetic factors or access to healthcare, with poverty highly correlated with poorer outcomes and higher risk of premature death. Social determinants is one of three CDC priority areas alongside health equity and health literacy. The page also names the implementation scaffolding worth knowing, including the REACH program, running since 1999 in racial and ethnic minority urban, rural and tribal communities, and the 10 Essential Public Health Services, Pathways to Population Health Equity, and Mobilizing for Action through Planning and Partnerships frameworks.
- Publication or publisher
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cdc.gov/about/priorities/why-is-addressing-sdoh-important.html
- Verification note
- Verified on 17 September 2026. CDC does not display a publication or review date on this page, so no year is recorded. A circulated citation to "Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Social determinants of health: Theories and concepts" at cdc.gov/healthcommunications/info_campaigns/sdoh/index.html could not be found: that path returns an error and the Internet Archive holds no snapshot of it at all, so it appears never to have existed. A parallel current page is the CDC Public Health Gateway social determinants of health page.
- Related items
- REF-208; REF-207
- Full APA reference
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (n.d.). Social determinants of health (SDOH). https://www.cdc.gov/about/priorities/why-is-addressing-sdoh-important.html
REF-448
Paper, guideline or statement
Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) 2023 update on clinical guidelines for management of major depressive disorder in adults
Lam, R. W., Kennedy, S. H., Adams, C., Bahji, A., Beaulieu, S., Bhat, V., Blier, P., Blumberger, D. M., Brietzke, E., Chakrabarty, T., Do, A., Frey, B. N., Giacobbe, P., Gratzer, D., Grigoriadis, S., Habert, J., Husain, M. I., Ismail, Z., McGirr, A., McIntyre, R. S., Michalak, E. E., Müller, D. J., Parikh, S. V., Quilty, L. C., Ravindran, A. V., Ravindran, N., Renaud, J., Rosenblat, J. D., Samaan, Z., Saraf, G., Schade, K., Schaffer, A., Sinyor, M., Soares, C. N., Swainson, J., Taylor, V. H., Tourjman, S. V., Uher, R., van Ameringen, M., Vazquez, G., Vigod, S., Voineskos, D., Yatham, L. N., & Milev, R. V. · 2024 · The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 69(9), 641-687
The major depression guideline that gives lifestyle interventions a formal place in the treatment algorithm rather than an appendix, and the first CANMAT update since 2016. It is built as eight question and answer topics tracing a patient journey from assessment through evidence based treatment, prevention of recurrence and strategies for inadequate response, with recommendations organised by lines of treatment and graded on CANMAT levels of evidence supplemented by clinical support covering safety, tolerability and feasibility. The lifestyle recommendations are specific enough to prescribe from. Supervised exercise at low to moderate intensity for 30 to 40 minutes at a time, 3 to 4 times a week, for a minimum of 9 weeks, is first line monotherapy for mild depression and second line adjunctive treatment at moderate severity, and the guideline notes exercise can also reduce suicidal ideation and works well combined with antidepressants, with adjunctive exercise showing medium to large effects against no treatment and treatment as usual. Diet is treated more cautiously: many observational studies link a Western pattern high in refined carbohydrates and saturated fat and low in fruit and vegetables to greater prevalence and severity of depressive symptoms, but only one randomised trial of a Mediterranean type diet in adults with major depressive disorder exists, supporting a third line recommendation only, and evidence on probiotics is judged equivocal and insufficient to recommend. Sleep is framed as a treatment target in its own right, with sleep hygiene instruction judged likely beneficial despite limited trial evidence and small sample trials of insomnia focused cognitive behavioural therapy showing promise, while sleep deprivation or wake therapy remains third line because a recent meta-analysis found no benefit when compared against the same treatment without it, and carries a caution that it may precipitate hypomania in susceptible people not previously diagnosed with bipolar disorder. Throughout, the guideline adopts a personalised care approach built on shared decision making that reflects the values, preferences and treatment history of the individual, and it states its caveats and limitations openly.
Full APA reference
Lam, R. W., Kennedy, S. H., Adams, C., Bahji, A., Beaulieu, S., Bhat, V., Blier, P., Blumberger, D. M., Brietzke, E., Chakrabarty, T., Do, A., Frey, B. N., Giacobbe, P., Gratzer, D., Grigoriadis, S., Habert, J., Husain, M. I., Ismail, Z., McGirr, A., McIntyre, R. S., Michalak, E. E., Müller, D. J., Parikh, S. V., Quilty, L. C., Ravindran, A. V., Ravindran, N., Renaud, J., Rosenblat, J. D., Samaan, Z., Saraf, G., Schade, K., Schaffer, A., Sinyor, M., Soares, C. N., Swainson, J., Taylor, V. H., Tourjman, S. V., Uher, R., van Ameringen, M., Vazquez, G., Vigod, S., Voineskos, D., Yatham, L. N., & Milev, R. V. (2024). Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) 2023 update on clinical guidelines for management of major depressive disorder in adults. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 69(9), 641-687. https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437241245384
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-073, REF-387, REF-449, REF-450, REF-481, REF-482, REF-483
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published online ahead of print 6 May 2024, print issue September 2024. Publication type Practice Guideline. A corrigendum was published in The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 2025 August, 70(8), 652, https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437251349087, PMID 40490255; the guideline itself is not retracted or superseded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-448
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lam, R. W., Kennedy, S. H., Adams, C., Bahji, A., Beaulieu, S., Bhat, V., Blier, P., Blumberger, D. M., Brietzke, E., Chakrabarty, T., Do, A., Frey, B. N., Giacobbe, P., Gratzer, D., Grigoriadis, S., Habert, J., Husain, M. I., Ismail, Z., McGirr, A., McIntyre, R. S., Michalak, E. E., Müller, D. J., Parikh, S. V., Quilty, L. C., Ravindran, A. V., Ravindran, N., Renaud, J., Rosenblat, J. D., Samaan, Z., Saraf, G., Schade, K., Schaffer, A., Sinyor, M., Soares, C. N., Swainson, J., Taylor, V. H., Tourjman, S. V., Uher, R., van Ameringen, M., Vazquez, G., Vigod, S., Voineskos, D., Yatham, L. N., & Milev, R. V.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) 2023 update on clinical guidelines for management of major depressive disorder in adults
- Description
- The major depression guideline that gives lifestyle interventions a formal place in the treatment algorithm rather than an appendix, and the first CANMAT update since 2016. It is built as eight question and answer topics tracing a patient journey from assessment through evidence based treatment, prevention of recurrence and strategies for inadequate response, with recommendations organised by lines of treatment and graded on CANMAT levels of evidence supplemented by clinical support covering safety, tolerability and feasibility. The lifestyle recommendations are specific enough to prescribe from. Supervised exercise at low to moderate intensity for 30 to 40 minutes at a time, 3 to 4 times a week, for a minimum of 9 weeks, is first line monotherapy for mild depression and second line adjunctive treatment at moderate severity, and the guideline notes exercise can also reduce suicidal ideation and works well combined with antidepressants, with adjunctive exercise showing medium to large effects against no treatment and treatment as usual. Diet is treated more cautiously: many observational studies link a Western pattern high in refined carbohydrates and saturated fat and low in fruit and vegetables to greater prevalence and severity of depressive symptoms, but only one randomised trial of a Mediterranean type diet in adults with major depressive disorder exists, supporting a third line recommendation only, and evidence on probiotics is judged equivocal and insufficient to recommend. Sleep is framed as a treatment target in its own right, with sleep hygiene instruction judged likely beneficial despite limited trial evidence and small sample trials of insomnia focused cognitive behavioural therapy showing promise, while sleep deprivation or wake therapy remains third line because a recent meta-analysis found no benefit when compared against the same treatment without it, and carries a caution that it may precipitate hypomania in susceptible people not previously diagnosed with bipolar disorder. Throughout, the guideline adopts a personalised care approach built on shared decision making that reflects the values, preferences and treatment history of the individual, and it states its caveats and limitations openly.
- Publication or publisher
- The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 69(9), 641-687
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38711351/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437241245384
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published online ahead of print 6 May 2024, print issue September 2024. Publication type Practice Guideline. A corrigendum was published in The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 2025 August, 70(8), 652, https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437251349087, PMID 40490255; the guideline itself is not retracted or superseded.
- Related items
- REF-073; REF-387; REF-449; REF-450; REF-481; REF-482; REF-483
- Full APA reference
- Lam, R. W., Kennedy, S. H., Adams, C., Bahji, A., Beaulieu, S., Bhat, V., Blier, P., Blumberger, D. M., Brietzke, E., Chakrabarty, T., Do, A., Frey, B. N., Giacobbe, P., Gratzer, D., Grigoriadis, S., Habert, J., Husain, M. I., Ismail, Z., McGirr, A., McIntyre, R. S., Michalak, E. E., Müller, D. J., Parikh, S. V., Quilty, L. C., Ravindran, A. V., Ravindran, N., Renaud, J., Rosenblat, J. D., Samaan, Z., Saraf, G., Schade, K., Schaffer, A., Sinyor, M., Soares, C. N., Swainson, J., Taylor, V. H., Tourjman, S. V., Uher, R., van Ameringen, M., Vazquez, G., Vigod, S., Voineskos, D., Yatham, L. N., & Milev, R. V. (2024). Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) 2023 update on clinical guidelines for management of major depressive disorder in adults. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 69(9), 641-687. https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437241245384
REF-449
Paper, guideline or statement
Association between physical activity and depression in university students: A systematic review and meta-analysis with public health implications
Wang, Y., Mao, H., Zhang, X., Li, D., Liu, Z., Shang, W., & Song, G. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, Article 1850043
A careful meta-analysis of physical activity and depression in university students that is useful as much for its honesty about its own limits as for its estimates. Following PRISMA, the authors searched PubMed, Web of Science, Embase, Scopus and PsycINFO from inception to 31 March 2026 and included 36 observational studies, 30 in the linear correlation analysis and 6 in the binary analysis, with 31 effect sizes covering 30,307 individuals. Pooled correlations ran in the expected inverse direction but with substantial to extreme heterogeneity, Pearson r = -0.19, 95 percent CI -0.28 to -0.11, I squared 94.4 percent, and Spearman r = -0.44, 95 percent CI -0.73 to -0.01, I squared 99.2 percent, and the authors state plainly that these should be read as average directional trends rather than precise or universally applicable effect sizes. After trim and fill correction the Pearson estimate remained significant at r = -0.114, 95 percent CI -0.209 to -0.016. The binary results are the more interesting finding: higher physical activity showed only a non-significant protective trend, pooled odds ratio 0.53, 95 percent CI 0.27 to 1.07 from 4 studies, while higher sedentary behaviour was significantly associated with increased depression risk, pooled odds ratio 1.60, 95 percent CI 1.26 to 2.04 from 2 studies, which suggests reducing sitting may matter at least as much as adding exercise. Subgroup analysis found a stronger negative association during and after the COVID-19 period. The public health implications are deliberately modest and practical, including brief activity breaks during long lectures, low threshold exercise opportunities and support for active commuting, and the authors caution that most included studies were cross-sectional, geographically skewed toward Chinese samples and highly heterogeneous, so the conclusions are public health directions rather than causal or universally generalisable recommendations.
Full APA reference
Wang, Y., Mao, H., Zhang, X., Li, D., Liu, Z., Shang, W., & Song, G. (2026). Association between physical activity and depression in university students: A systematic review and meta-analysis with public health implications. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, Article 1850043. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1850043
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-053, REF-448, REF-450, REF-453
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 20 July 2026, PMID 42549181, PMCID PMC13430555, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-449
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, Y., Mao, H., Zhang, X., Li, D., Liu, Z., Shang, W., & Song, G.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Association between physical activity and depression in university students: A systematic review and meta-analysis with public health implications
- Description
- A careful meta-analysis of physical activity and depression in university students that is useful as much for its honesty about its own limits as for its estimates. Following PRISMA, the authors searched PubMed, Web of Science, Embase, Scopus and PsycINFO from inception to 31 March 2026 and included 36 observational studies, 30 in the linear correlation analysis and 6 in the binary analysis, with 31 effect sizes covering 30,307 individuals. Pooled correlations ran in the expected inverse direction but with substantial to extreme heterogeneity, Pearson r = -0.19, 95 percent CI -0.28 to -0.11, I squared 94.4 percent, and Spearman r = -0.44, 95 percent CI -0.73 to -0.01, I squared 99.2 percent, and the authors state plainly that these should be read as average directional trends rather than precise or universally applicable effect sizes. After trim and fill correction the Pearson estimate remained significant at r = -0.114, 95 percent CI -0.209 to -0.016. The binary results are the more interesting finding: higher physical activity showed only a non-significant protective trend, pooled odds ratio 0.53, 95 percent CI 0.27 to 1.07 from 4 studies, while higher sedentary behaviour was significantly associated with increased depression risk, pooled odds ratio 1.60, 95 percent CI 1.26 to 2.04 from 2 studies, which suggests reducing sitting may matter at least as much as adding exercise. Subgroup analysis found a stronger negative association during and after the COVID-19 period. The public health implications are deliberately modest and practical, including brief activity breaks during long lectures, low threshold exercise opportunities and support for active commuting, and the authors caution that most included studies were cross-sectional, geographically skewed toward Chinese samples and highly heterogeneous, so the conclusions are public health directions rather than causal or universally generalisable recommendations.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, Article 1850043
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42549181/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1850043
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 20 July 2026, PMID 42549181, PMCID PMC13430555, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-053; REF-448; REF-450; REF-453
- Full APA reference
- Wang, Y., Mao, H., Zhang, X., Li, D., Liu, Z., Shang, W., & Song, G. (2026). Association between physical activity and depression in university students: A systematic review and meta-analysis with public health implications. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, Article 1850043. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1850043
REF-450
Paper, guideline or statement
Sedentary behavior and physical activity in individuals with bipolar disorder: An evidence synthesis and position statement from the ISBD Nutrition and Exercise Task Force (NExT)
Lafer, B., Neves, L. M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Gonzalez-Pinto, A., Nierenberg, A., Olagunju, A. T., Goldstein, B. I., Vieta, E., Koning, E., Gomes, F. A., Saraf, G., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Yatham, L. N., Sylvia, L., Vinberg, M., Gardea-Resendez, M., Solmi, M., Frye, M. A., Berk, M., Alsuwaidan, M., Mansur, R. B., Milev, R., Rosenbaum, S., Van Rheenen, T., Balanzá-Martínez, V., Marx, W., Schuch, F., & Brietzke, E. · 2026 · Bipolar Disorders, 28(5), Article e70164
The first position statement from the International Society for Bipolar Disorders Nutrition and Exercise Task Force on movement in bipolar disorder, and the document to cite when arguing that sedentary behaviour is a clinical problem in its own right. A best evidence synthesis in question and answer format searched PsycINFO, SPORTDiscus, Embase, PubMed and Web of Science from inception to 1 March 2026. The sedentary figures are stark: a meta-analytic estimate of 613 minutes a day, and in accelerometer comparisons people with bipolar disorder sat for 812 minutes a day against 539 for healthy controls, a difference of 273 minutes, or roughly 13 hours 32 minutes versus 8 hours 59 minutes. The statement notes the WHO sets no explicit sedentary threshold but advises minimising total sedentary time and prolonged bouts beyond 2 hours, and that more than 6 to 8 hours a day sedentary raises cardiovascular disease and all cause mortality risk in the general population. Moderate intensity activity in the more recent objective studies ranged from 98 to 238 minutes a week, from 98 in the United States and 155 in Brazil to 238 in Denmark, so many people fall short of the WHO guideline of 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate to vigorous activity although some approach the lower threshold. Movement also tracks mood state, with moderate to vigorous activity significantly higher in the manic phase at 206 minutes than the euthymic 125 or depressive 102, and the synthesis flags notable discrepancies between self-reported and objective measurement. Evidence that activity protects against bipolar onset is mixed across prospective and Mendelian randomisation studies, with some finding reduced risk and others bidirectional or null associations. Clinical trial evidence is preliminary but points one way: exercise improved overall functioning, reduced mood episode frequency and hospitalisations and eased depressive symptoms, with one pilot study reporting an 82 percent antidepressant response rate, and signals for reduced anxiety and better sleep. The task force is candid that high quality evidence is limited and calls for multicentre randomised trials, better assessment tools and accessible tailored programs built into routine bipolar care.
Full APA reference
Lafer, B., Neves, L. M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Gonzalez-Pinto, A., Nierenberg, A., Olagunju, A. T., Goldstein, B. I., Vieta, E., Koning, E., Gomes, F. A., Saraf, G., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Yatham, L. N., Sylvia, L., Vinberg, M., Gardea-Resendez, M., Solmi, M., Frye, M. A., Berk, M., Alsuwaidan, M., Mansur, R. B., Milev, R., Rosenbaum, S., Van Rheenen, T., Balanzá-Martínez, V., Marx, W., Schuch, F., & Brietzke, E. (2026). Sedentary behavior and physical activity in individuals with bipolar disorder: An evidence synthesis and position statement from the ISBD Nutrition and Exercise Task Force (NExT). Bipolar Disorders, 28(5), Article e70164. https://doi.org/10.1111/bdi.70164
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-135, REF-298, REF-448, REF-449, REF-481, REF-482
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published August 2026, PMID 42545207, PMCID PMC13431146, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-450
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lafer, B., Neves, L. M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Gonzalez-Pinto, A., Nierenberg, A., Olagunju, A. T., Goldstein, B. I., Vieta, E., Koning, E., Gomes, F. A., Saraf, G., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Yatham, L. N., Sylvia, L., Vinberg, M., Gardea-Resendez, M., Solmi, M., Frye, M. A., Berk, M., Alsuwaidan, M., Mansur, R. B., Milev, R., Rosenbaum, S., Van Rheenen, T., Balanzá-Martínez, V., Marx, W., Schuch, F., & Brietzke, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Sedentary behavior and physical activity in individuals with bipolar disorder: An evidence synthesis and position statement from the ISBD Nutrition and Exercise Task Force (NExT)
- Description
- The first position statement from the International Society for Bipolar Disorders Nutrition and Exercise Task Force on movement in bipolar disorder, and the document to cite when arguing that sedentary behaviour is a clinical problem in its own right. A best evidence synthesis in question and answer format searched PsycINFO, SPORTDiscus, Embase, PubMed and Web of Science from inception to 1 March 2026. The sedentary figures are stark: a meta-analytic estimate of 613 minutes a day, and in accelerometer comparisons people with bipolar disorder sat for 812 minutes a day against 539 for healthy controls, a difference of 273 minutes, or roughly 13 hours 32 minutes versus 8 hours 59 minutes. The statement notes the WHO sets no explicit sedentary threshold but advises minimising total sedentary time and prolonged bouts beyond 2 hours, and that more than 6 to 8 hours a day sedentary raises cardiovascular disease and all cause mortality risk in the general population. Moderate intensity activity in the more recent objective studies ranged from 98 to 238 minutes a week, from 98 in the United States and 155 in Brazil to 238 in Denmark, so many people fall short of the WHO guideline of 150 to 300 minutes a week of moderate to vigorous activity although some approach the lower threshold. Movement also tracks mood state, with moderate to vigorous activity significantly higher in the manic phase at 206 minutes than the euthymic 125 or depressive 102, and the synthesis flags notable discrepancies between self-reported and objective measurement. Evidence that activity protects against bipolar onset is mixed across prospective and Mendelian randomisation studies, with some finding reduced risk and others bidirectional or null associations. Clinical trial evidence is preliminary but points one way: exercise improved overall functioning, reduced mood episode frequency and hospitalisations and eased depressive symptoms, with one pilot study reporting an 82 percent antidepressant response rate, and signals for reduced anxiety and better sleep. The task force is candid that high quality evidence is limited and calls for multicentre randomised trials, better assessment tools and accessible tailored programs built into routine bipolar care.
- Publication or publisher
- Bipolar Disorders, 28(5), Article e70164
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42545207/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/bdi.70164
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published August 2026, PMID 42545207, PMCID PMC13431146, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-135; REF-298; REF-448; REF-449; REF-481; REF-482
- Full APA reference
- Lafer, B., Neves, L. M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Gonzalez-Pinto, A., Nierenberg, A., Olagunju, A. T., Goldstein, B. I., Vieta, E., Koning, E., Gomes, F. A., Saraf, G., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Yatham, L. N., Sylvia, L., Vinberg, M., Gardea-Resendez, M., Solmi, M., Frye, M. A., Berk, M., Alsuwaidan, M., Mansur, R. B., Milev, R., Rosenbaum, S., Van Rheenen, T., Balanzá-Martínez, V., Marx, W., Schuch, F., & Brietzke, E. (2026). Sedentary behavior and physical activity in individuals with bipolar disorder: An evidence synthesis and position statement from the ISBD Nutrition and Exercise Task Force (NExT). Bipolar Disorders, 28(5), Article e70164. https://doi.org/10.1111/bdi.70164
REF-451
Paper, guideline or statement
An mHealth intervention promoting physical activity to reduce psychological distress among workers: Randomized controlled trial
Watanabe, K., Inoue, A., Sakuraya, A., Imamura, K., Yoshikawa, T., & Tsutsumi, A. · 2026 · Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28, Article e96072
A large and unusually self-critical workplace trial of a physical activity app, valuable precisely because it reports how small and how short lived the benefit was. This open label, two arm, parallel group randomised trial in Japan ran over 6 months with assessments at baseline, 3 months and 6 months, recruiting workers aged 18 or older who could complete Japanese questionnaires and owned compatible smartphones, and excluding anyone currently absent from work or with a sickness absence in the past 12 months. A total of 793 workers were randomised 1 to 1, 397 to the intervention and 396 to control. The intervention group used a stand alone app that passively monitored physical activity and mental health for 3 months; controls received a booklet on job stress. The primary outcome was psychological distress on the 6 item Kessler scale, analysed by intention to treat using linear mixed models for repeated measures. Distress fell significantly in the intervention group at 3 months, mean difference -0.56, 95 percent CI -1.11 to -0.02, P = .04, Cohen's d -0.17, but the effect was not sustained at 6 months. Self-reported physical activity declined in both groups with no significant between group difference, while digitally recorded activity in the intervention group rose by 7.92 minutes, 95 percent CI 1.36 to 14.49, P = .02, though those data were not comparable with the control group. The subgroup effect was larger among participants with no or minimal baseline distress, mean difference -0.63, 95 percent CI -1.16 to -0.11, P = .02, Cohen's d -0.19. The authors conclude the reduction was modest, that it remains unclear whether the app works through increased physical activity or other biological and psychosocial mechanisms, that the benefit may be short lived rather than durable with limited clinical and practical significance, and that booster engagement strategies are needed to sustain any gain.
Full APA reference
Watanabe, K., Inoue, A., Sakuraya, A., Imamura, K., Yoshikawa, T., & Tsutsumi, A. (2026). An mHealth intervention promoting physical activity to reduce psychological distress among workers: Randomized controlled trial. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28, Article e96072. https://doi.org/10.2196/96072
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-047, REF-178, REF-449, REF-453
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 August 2026, PMID 42600102. Publication type Randomized Controlled Trial. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-451
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Watanabe, K., Inoue, A., Sakuraya, A., Imamura, K., Yoshikawa, T., & Tsutsumi, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- An mHealth intervention promoting physical activity to reduce psychological distress among workers: Randomized controlled trial
- Description
- A large and unusually self-critical workplace trial of a physical activity app, valuable precisely because it reports how small and how short lived the benefit was. This open label, two arm, parallel group randomised trial in Japan ran over 6 months with assessments at baseline, 3 months and 6 months, recruiting workers aged 18 or older who could complete Japanese questionnaires and owned compatible smartphones, and excluding anyone currently absent from work or with a sickness absence in the past 12 months. A total of 793 workers were randomised 1 to 1, 397 to the intervention and 396 to control. The intervention group used a stand alone app that passively monitored physical activity and mental health for 3 months; controls received a booklet on job stress. The primary outcome was psychological distress on the 6 item Kessler scale, analysed by intention to treat using linear mixed models for repeated measures. Distress fell significantly in the intervention group at 3 months, mean difference -0.56, 95 percent CI -1.11 to -0.02, P = .04, Cohen's d -0.17, but the effect was not sustained at 6 months. Self-reported physical activity declined in both groups with no significant between group difference, while digitally recorded activity in the intervention group rose by 7.92 minutes, 95 percent CI 1.36 to 14.49, P = .02, though those data were not comparable with the control group. The subgroup effect was larger among participants with no or minimal baseline distress, mean difference -0.63, 95 percent CI -1.16 to -0.11, P = .02, Cohen's d -0.19. The authors conclude the reduction was modest, that it remains unclear whether the app works through increased physical activity or other biological and psychosocial mechanisms, that the benefit may be short lived rather than durable with limited clinical and practical significance, and that booster engagement strategies are needed to sustain any gain.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28, Article e96072
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Occupational and organisational psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Japan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42600102/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2196/96072
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 August 2026, PMID 42600102. Publication type Randomized Controlled Trial. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-047; REF-178; REF-449; REF-453
- Full APA reference
- Watanabe, K., Inoue, A., Sakuraya, A., Imamura, K., Yoshikawa, T., & Tsutsumi, A. (2026). An mHealth intervention promoting physical activity to reduce psychological distress among workers: Randomized controlled trial. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28, Article e96072. https://doi.org/10.2196/96072
REF-452
Paper, guideline or statement
Voluntary work for the physical and mental health of older volunteers: A systematic review
Filges, T., Siren, A., Fridberg, T., & Nielsen, B. C. V. · 2020 · Campbell Systematic Reviews, 16(4), Article e1124
The most rigorous synthesis available on whether volunteering actually improves the health of older volunteers, and the one to cite because it is unusually disciplined about what the evidence does not show. A Campbell review searching bibliographic databases to December 2018 plus grey literature, hand searching, citation tracking and expert contact through 2019, restricted to formal volunteering, described as voluntary, ongoing, planned helping behaviour intended to increase the wellbeing of strangers, offering no monetary compensation and typically occurring within an organisation, in people aged 65 or over, and to designs with a well defined control group. It located 90 studies covering 47 populations, but excluded 46 of them as carrying too high a risk of bias to inform rather than mislead, leaving 26 studies covering 19 populations in the synthesis and 24 in meta-analysis, 3 randomised trials and 21 nonrandomised studies from Australia, Ireland, Israel, Japan, Korea and the United States, involving over 47,000 volunteers. Mortality is where the evidence holds: a pooled hazard ratio of 0.76, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.80 across 8 studies with no heterogeneity, and a pooled odds ratio of 0.69, 95 percent CI 0.58 to 0.83 in 2 further studies, which the authors translate into a 43 percent chance of the volunteer dying first against the 50 percent expected if volunteering had no effect. Function shows smaller signals: incident functional disability hazard ratio 0.83, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.97, and maintenance of functional competence odds ratio 0.81, 95 percent CI 0.70 to 0.94, while decline in instrumental activities of daily living was not significant at odds ratio 0.73, 95 percent CI 0.53 to 1.01. Depression reached significance but barely, a standardised mean difference of 0.12, 95 percent CI 0.00 to 0.23 from only 3 studies. The authors state that with the exception of mortality there was insufficient evidence available, that the mortality effect is small, and that no adverse effects were found. All 84 nonrandomised studies were judged at high risk of bias for sequence generation and allocation concealment, and 43 scored the worst possible rating for confounding, though sensitivity analysis found no appreciable change in results across risk of bias components.
Full APA reference
Filges, T., Siren, A., Fridberg, T., & Nielsen, B. C. V. (2020). Voluntary work for the physical and mental health of older volunteers: A systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 16(4), Article e1124. https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1124
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-083, REF-454, REF-455, REF-456
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published 23 October 2020, print collection December 2020, PMID 37016617, PMCID PMC8356337, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded. The source prints the largest meta-analysis sample as 244.428 using a decimal point as a thousands separator, that is 244,428.
All fields
- ID
- REF-452
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Filges, T., Siren, A., Fridberg, T., & Nielsen, B. C. V.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Voluntary work for the physical and mental health of older volunteers: A systematic review
- Description
- The most rigorous synthesis available on whether volunteering actually improves the health of older volunteers, and the one to cite because it is unusually disciplined about what the evidence does not show. A Campbell review searching bibliographic databases to December 2018 plus grey literature, hand searching, citation tracking and expert contact through 2019, restricted to formal volunteering, described as voluntary, ongoing, planned helping behaviour intended to increase the wellbeing of strangers, offering no monetary compensation and typically occurring within an organisation, in people aged 65 or over, and to designs with a well defined control group. It located 90 studies covering 47 populations, but excluded 46 of them as carrying too high a risk of bias to inform rather than mislead, leaving 26 studies covering 19 populations in the synthesis and 24 in meta-analysis, 3 randomised trials and 21 nonrandomised studies from Australia, Ireland, Israel, Japan, Korea and the United States, involving over 47,000 volunteers. Mortality is where the evidence holds: a pooled hazard ratio of 0.76, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.80 across 8 studies with no heterogeneity, and a pooled odds ratio of 0.69, 95 percent CI 0.58 to 0.83 in 2 further studies, which the authors translate into a 43 percent chance of the volunteer dying first against the 50 percent expected if volunteering had no effect. Function shows smaller signals: incident functional disability hazard ratio 0.83, 95 percent CI 0.72 to 0.97, and maintenance of functional competence odds ratio 0.81, 95 percent CI 0.70 to 0.94, while decline in instrumental activities of daily living was not significant at odds ratio 0.73, 95 percent CI 0.53 to 1.01. Depression reached significance but barely, a standardised mean difference of 0.12, 95 percent CI 0.00 to 0.23 from only 3 studies. The authors state that with the exception of mortality there was insufficient evidence available, that the mortality effect is small, and that no adverse effects were found. All 84 nonrandomised studies were judged at high risk of bias for sequence generation and allocation concealment, and 43 scored the worst possible rating for confounding, though sensitivity analysis found no appreciable change in results across risk of bias components.
- Publication or publisher
- Campbell Systematic Reviews, 16(4), Article e1124
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37016617/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1124
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the PubMed Central full text on 17 September 2026. Published 23 October 2020, print collection December 2020, PMID 37016617, PMCID PMC8356337, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded. The source prints the largest meta-analysis sample as 244.428 using a decimal point as a thousands separator, that is 244,428.
- Related items
- REF-083; REF-454; REF-455; REF-456
- Full APA reference
- Filges, T., Siren, A., Fridberg, T., & Nielsen, B. C. V. (2020). Voluntary work for the physical and mental health of older volunteers: A systematic review. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 16(4), Article e1124. https://doi.org/10.1002/cl2.1124
REF-453
Paper, guideline or statement
Replacing sedentary behavior with physical activity reduces symptoms of anxiety and depression: A study with young adults
Barbosa, B. C. R., de Menezes-Júnior, L. A. A., Fróis, L. F., Vidigal, M. C. A., de Paula, W., Chagas, C. M. S., Machado, E. L., Nobre, L. N., de Freitas, E. D., Vidigal, F. de C., Cardoso, C. S., da Silva, L. S., & Meireles, A. L. · 2025 · BMC Public Health, 25(1), Article 2971
A large isotemporal substitution study that asks the practically useful question, not whether activity helps but what happens if sitting time is swapped for movement. It draws on a multicentre survey of undergraduates at eight public universities in Brazil, collected by online questionnaire between October 2021 and February 2022, with anxiety and depression symptoms measured on the Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale-21, sitting time and activity type, frequency and duration self-reported, and participants grouped by complete, partial or non-adherence to the 24-hour movement guidelines. Of 8,059 young adults with a mean age of 23.9 years, standard deviation 6.28, most reported more than 9 hours a day sedentary at 55.09 percent and 48.28 percent were physically inactive. Non-adherence to the movement guidelines was associated with mental health on multivariate analysis at P less than 0.001 with a dose response gradient, and students not meeting the guidelines were more likely to report anxiety symptoms, odds ratio 1.89, 95 percent CI 1.67 to 2.14, and depressive symptoms, odds ratio 2.49, 95 percent CI 2.19 to 2.82. In the isotemporal analysis, replacing sedentary time with equivalent amounts of moderate or vigorous intensity activity reduced the odds of symptoms across every model tested. The authors argue for public policies that raise activity and cut sitting in university settings. One caveat matters when citing it: despite the causal wording of the title, the design is cross-sectional, so the substitution results are modelled reallocations within a single snapshot rather than observed change over time.
Full APA reference
Barbosa, B. C. R., de Menezes-Júnior, L. A. A., Fróis, L. F., Vidigal, M. C. A., de Paula, W., Chagas, C. M. S., Machado, E. L., Nobre, L. N., de Freitas, E. D., Vidigal, F. de C., Cardoso, C. S., da Silva, L. S., & Meireles, A. L. (2025). Replacing sedentary behavior with physical activity reduces symptoms of anxiety and depression: A study with young adults. BMC Public Health, 25(1), Article 2971. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-23523-4
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-449, REF-450, REF-451
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 30 August 2025, PMID 40885938, PMCID PMC12398085, free full text available. Publication type Multicenter Study. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded. The study is cross-sectional despite the causal phrasing of its title.
All fields
- ID
- REF-453
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Barbosa, B. C. R., de Menezes-Júnior, L. A. A., Fróis, L. F., Vidigal, M. C. A., de Paula, W., Chagas, C. M. S., Machado, E. L., Nobre, L. N., de Freitas, E. D., Vidigal, F. de C., Cardoso, C. S., da Silva, L. S., & Meireles, A. L.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Replacing sedentary behavior with physical activity reduces symptoms of anxiety and depression: A study with young adults
- Description
- A large isotemporal substitution study that asks the practically useful question, not whether activity helps but what happens if sitting time is swapped for movement. It draws on a multicentre survey of undergraduates at eight public universities in Brazil, collected by online questionnaire between October 2021 and February 2022, with anxiety and depression symptoms measured on the Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale-21, sitting time and activity type, frequency and duration self-reported, and participants grouped by complete, partial or non-adherence to the 24-hour movement guidelines. Of 8,059 young adults with a mean age of 23.9 years, standard deviation 6.28, most reported more than 9 hours a day sedentary at 55.09 percent and 48.28 percent were physically inactive. Non-adherence to the movement guidelines was associated with mental health on multivariate analysis at P less than 0.001 with a dose response gradient, and students not meeting the guidelines were more likely to report anxiety symptoms, odds ratio 1.89, 95 percent CI 1.67 to 2.14, and depressive symptoms, odds ratio 2.49, 95 percent CI 2.19 to 2.82. In the isotemporal analysis, replacing sedentary time with equivalent amounts of moderate or vigorous intensity activity reduced the odds of symptoms across every model tested. The authors argue for public policies that raise activity and cut sitting in university settings. One caveat matters when citing it: despite the causal wording of the title, the design is cross-sectional, so the substitution results are modelled reallocations within a single snapshot rather than observed change over time.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 25(1), Article 2971
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Brazil
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40885938/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-23523-4
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 30 August 2025, PMID 40885938, PMCID PMC12398085, free full text available. Publication type Multicenter Study. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded. The study is cross-sectional despite the causal phrasing of its title.
- Related items
- REF-449; REF-450; REF-451
- Full APA reference
- Barbosa, B. C. R., de Menezes-Júnior, L. A. A., Fróis, L. F., Vidigal, M. C. A., de Paula, W., Chagas, C. M. S., Machado, E. L., Nobre, L. N., de Freitas, E. D., Vidigal, F. de C., Cardoso, C. S., da Silva, L. S., & Meireles, A. L. (2025). Replacing sedentary behavior with physical activity reduces symptoms of anxiety and depression: A study with young adults. BMC Public Health, 25(1), Article 2971. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-23523-4
REF-454
Paper, guideline or statement
Competencies and needs of older volunteers: A comparative survey
Yang, L.-C., Lai, C.-Y., Chen, K.-M., Chen, M.-C., Chang, C.-C., Lin, T.-Y., & Kuo, C.-F. · 2025 · The Journal of Nursing Research, 33(6), Article e427
A workforce study rather than an outcome study, and useful for anyone designing a volunteer program instead of merely recommending volunteering. Set against Taiwan's approach to becoming a super aged society, it starts from the observation that older volunteers act as first line care providers yet existing training programs contain no pretraining assessment of readiness for that role. A comparative cross-sectional survey used simple random sampling of 73 community care centres in a southern Taiwanese city, enrolling 1,000 older adult volunteer caregivers. Participants averaged 71.79 years, 80.8 percent were female, 64.2 percent married, 51.9 percent had senior high school education or above and 68.0 percent had more than 5 years of volunteering experience. On the Older Volunteer Competency Scale the overall mean was 3.91, standard deviation 2.66, with volunteer service skills highest at 4.49, standard deviation 2.76, then service awareness at 3.91, standard deviation 2.85, and interpersonal interaction lowest at 3.54, standard deviation 2.86. Age, volunteering experience and education level each significantly influenced need. The oldest group reported higher overall need than the middle aged group, and those with the least experience and lowest education had the highest needs across service skills, interpersonal interaction and overall. For service awareness both the youngest and oldest groups needed more support than the middle aged group, and people with only elementary or junior high schooling needed more than those with senior high school or above. The practical reading is that interpersonal skill, not task skill, is the weakest point, and that education level is a marker for who will need the most training support.
Full APA reference
Yang, L.-C., Lai, C.-Y., Chen, K.-M., Chen, M.-C., Chang, C.-C., Lin, T.-Y., & Kuo, C.-F. (2025). Competencies and needs of older volunteers: A comparative survey. The Journal of Nursing Research, 33(6), Article e427. https://doi.org/10.1097/jnr.0000000000000712
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-452, REF-455, REF-456
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 December 2025, PMID 41292089, PMCID PMC12662141, free full text available. Publication type Comparative Study. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-454
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Yang, L.-C., Lai, C.-Y., Chen, K.-M., Chen, M.-C., Chang, C.-C., Lin, T.-Y., & Kuo, C.-F.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Competencies and needs of older volunteers: A comparative survey
- Description
- A workforce study rather than an outcome study, and useful for anyone designing a volunteer program instead of merely recommending volunteering. Set against Taiwan's approach to becoming a super aged society, it starts from the observation that older volunteers act as first line care providers yet existing training programs contain no pretraining assessment of readiness for that role. A comparative cross-sectional survey used simple random sampling of 73 community care centres in a southern Taiwanese city, enrolling 1,000 older adult volunteer caregivers. Participants averaged 71.79 years, 80.8 percent were female, 64.2 percent married, 51.9 percent had senior high school education or above and 68.0 percent had more than 5 years of volunteering experience. On the Older Volunteer Competency Scale the overall mean was 3.91, standard deviation 2.66, with volunteer service skills highest at 4.49, standard deviation 2.76, then service awareness at 3.91, standard deviation 2.85, and interpersonal interaction lowest at 3.54, standard deviation 2.86. Age, volunteering experience and education level each significantly influenced need. The oldest group reported higher overall need than the middle aged group, and those with the least experience and lowest education had the highest needs across service skills, interpersonal interaction and overall. For service awareness both the youngest and oldest groups needed more support than the middle aged group, and people with only elementary or junior high schooling needed more than those with senior high school or above. The practical reading is that interpersonal skill, not task skill, is the weakest point, and that education level is a marker for who will need the most training support.
- Publication or publisher
- The Journal of Nursing Research, 33(6), Article e427
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Taiwan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41292089/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/jnr.0000000000000712
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 December 2025, PMID 41292089, PMCID PMC12662141, free full text available. Publication type Comparative Study. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-452; REF-455; REF-456
- Full APA reference
- Yang, L.-C., Lai, C.-Y., Chen, K.-M., Chen, M.-C., Chang, C.-C., Lin, T.-Y., & Kuo, C.-F. (2025). Competencies and needs of older volunteers: A comparative survey. The Journal of Nursing Research, 33(6), Article e427. https://doi.org/10.1097/jnr.0000000000000712
REF-455
Paper, guideline or statement
Health benefits and harms of older adult volunteering: Mixed methods systematic review
Williams, N., Maghidman, M., Pu, D., Mitchell, D., & Haines, T. · 2026 · The Gerontologist, 66(5), Article gnag043
The review that takes seriously a question the volunteering literature usually skips, namely whether volunteering can also harm older people. A mixed methods systematic review searching MEDLINE, CINAHL, AgeLine and PsycINFO, registered on PROSPERO as CRD42023456281RO, it yielded 182 papers covering a wide range of health outcomes, categorised into biological, psychological, social and biopsychosocial intersect domains. Randomised trials were appraised with CASP checklists, and there were only 11 randomised trial papers drawn from five trials, all judged at high risk of bias. Most papers reported multiple health benefits, and reports of harm were negligible by comparison, which the authors treat as a signal about the literature rather than about volunteering, stating plainly that harms may be under-reported. Their conclusion is deliberately hedged: volunteering is seemingly beneficial to older adults, but more experimental evidence is needed to clarify discrepancies and substantiate current recommendations. The applied argument is that greater clarity would let more older adults take part while maximising benefit and avoiding harm, and that better evidence could guide governments and volunteer organisations on how to implement and advertise programs appropriately. Read alongside the Campbell review, it explains why confident health claims for volunteering keep outrunning the trial evidence behind them.
Full APA reference
Williams, N., Maghidman, M., Pu, D., Mitchell, D., & Haines, T. (2026). Health benefits and harms of older adult volunteering: Mixed methods systematic review. The Gerontologist, 66(5), Article gnag043. https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnag043
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-452, REF-454, REF-456
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 13 April 2026, PMID 41950400, PMCID PMC13131962, free full text available. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-455
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Williams, N., Maghidman, M., Pu, D., Mitchell, D., & Haines, T.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Health benefits and harms of older adult volunteering: Mixed methods systematic review
- Description
- The review that takes seriously a question the volunteering literature usually skips, namely whether volunteering can also harm older people. A mixed methods systematic review searching MEDLINE, CINAHL, AgeLine and PsycINFO, registered on PROSPERO as CRD42023456281RO, it yielded 182 papers covering a wide range of health outcomes, categorised into biological, psychological, social and biopsychosocial intersect domains. Randomised trials were appraised with CASP checklists, and there were only 11 randomised trial papers drawn from five trials, all judged at high risk of bias. Most papers reported multiple health benefits, and reports of harm were negligible by comparison, which the authors treat as a signal about the literature rather than about volunteering, stating plainly that harms may be under-reported. Their conclusion is deliberately hedged: volunteering is seemingly beneficial to older adults, but more experimental evidence is needed to clarify discrepancies and substantiate current recommendations. The applied argument is that greater clarity would let more older adults take part while maximising benefit and avoiding harm, and that better evidence could guide governments and volunteer organisations on how to implement and advertise programs appropriately. Read alongside the Campbell review, it explains why confident health claims for volunteering keep outrunning the trial evidence behind them.
- Publication or publisher
- The Gerontologist, 66(5), Article gnag043
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41950400/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnag043
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 13 April 2026, PMID 41950400, PMCID PMC13131962, free full text available. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-452; REF-454; REF-456
- Full APA reference
- Williams, N., Maghidman, M., Pu, D., Mitchell, D., & Haines, T. (2026). Health benefits and harms of older adult volunteering: Mixed methods systematic review. The Gerontologist, 66(5), Article gnag043. https://doi.org/10.1093/geront/gnag043
REF-456
Paper, guideline or statement
A review of different types of volunteer programs for older adults with and without cognitive impairment
Zhu, X., Dong, Z., Wu, Y., & Xu, D.-W. · 2023 · Frontiers in Public Health, 11, Article 1164952
A practical survey of what older volunteer programs actually look like, and the only one here that covers volunteers living with cognitive impairment rather than treating them solely as recipients of care. The authors note that while theory and evidence link volunteering to health outcomes in later life, far less is known about the programs themselves, especially for volunteers with cognitive impairment. Following a literature search the review presents eight example programs, delivered either in person or remotely. Five involve older volunteers without cognitive impairment in intergenerational engagement, support and referral, home visiting and dementia care services. The other three specifically recruit older volunteers who have cognitive impairment, offering intergenerational engagement and individualised volunteer activities. Strengths and challenges are discussed for each, and the authors highlight remote programs as a valuable alternative both during a pandemic and for volunteers living with cognitive impairment, a point that reframes participation as adjustable rather than all or nothing. They are explicit that program effects on older volunteers need testing in more rigorously designed studies. Note when citing it that the search was non-systematic by the authors' own description, so this is a descriptive map of program models rather than an effectiveness review.
Full APA reference
Zhu, X., Dong, Z., Wu, Y., & Xu, D.-W. (2023). A review of different types of volunteer programs for older adults with and without cognitive impairment. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, Article 1164952. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1164952
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-452, REF-455, REF-457
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 15 June 2023, PMID 37397711, PMCID PMC10311508, free full text available. Publication type Review. The abstract states the search was non-systematic. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-456
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhu, X., Dong, Z., Wu, Y., & Xu, D.-W.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- A review of different types of volunteer programs for older adults with and without cognitive impairment
- Description
- A practical survey of what older volunteer programs actually look like, and the only one here that covers volunteers living with cognitive impairment rather than treating them solely as recipients of care. The authors note that while theory and evidence link volunteering to health outcomes in later life, far less is known about the programs themselves, especially for volunteers with cognitive impairment. Following a literature search the review presents eight example programs, delivered either in person or remotely. Five involve older volunteers without cognitive impairment in intergenerational engagement, support and referral, home visiting and dementia care services. The other three specifically recruit older volunteers who have cognitive impairment, offering intergenerational engagement and individualised volunteer activities. Strengths and challenges are discussed for each, and the authors highlight remote programs as a valuable alternative both during a pandemic and for volunteers living with cognitive impairment, a point that reframes participation as adjustable rather than all or nothing. They are explicit that program effects on older volunteers need testing in more rigorously designed studies. Note when citing it that the search was non-systematic by the authors' own description, so this is a descriptive map of program models rather than an effectiveness review.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 11, Article 1164952
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37397711/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1164952
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 15 June 2023, PMID 37397711, PMCID PMC10311508, free full text available. Publication type Review. The abstract states the search was non-systematic. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-452; REF-455; REF-457
- Full APA reference
- Zhu, X., Dong, Z., Wu, Y., & Xu, D.-W. (2023). A review of different types of volunteer programs for older adults with and without cognitive impairment. Frontiers in Public Health, 11, Article 1164952. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2023.1164952
REF-457
Paper, guideline or statement
Campbell and Cochrane evidence on promoting cognitive capacity across life course: A mapping review
Welch, V. A., Conde, M., Barbeau, V. I., Ghogomu, E., Kuria, S., Sabri, H., Li, Y., Tong, K., Abud, A. S., Vithlani, K., De Rubeis, V., Jacob, C. M., & Sadana, R. · 2025 · Age and Ageing, 54(10), Article afaf306
A map of where the high quality evidence on cognitive capacity actually sits, and an unusually direct audit of how badly that evidence handles equity. The authors searched the Cochrane and Campbell libraries to 1 May 2024 for systematic reviews of interventions measuring cognitive capacity at any age, coding interventions and outcomes with the International Classification of Function and the International Classification of Health Interventions, coding equity characteristics with PROGRESS-Plus and assessing methodological quality with AMSTAR2. They included 34 Campbell and 31 Cochrane reviews, with just over half, 55 percent, rated high quality. The gaps are the finding. Eighty percent of reviews included studies from high income countries and only 12 percent included any from low income countries. Of the 30 reviews that planned a subgroup analysis across equity characteristics, only eight actually carried one out. Most reviews, 63 percent, spanned multiple age groups, yet none evaluated differences in cognitive outcomes across more than two age categories. Practical support interventions dominated at 60 percent and intellectual function outcomes at 51 percent, with the mix shifting across life stages from development in younger ages to maintaining function and preventing decline in older ages. The conclusion calls for a comprehensive life course approach to cognitive interventions that incorporates equity considerations and age appropriate outcome measures, which makes this a useful citation when arguing that social position is systematically missing from the cognitive intervention evidence base rather than merely under-examined.
Full APA reference
Welch, V. A., Conde, M., Barbeau, V. I., Ghogomu, E., Kuria, S., Sabri, H., Li, Y., Tong, K., Abud, A. S., Vithlani, K., De Rubeis, V., Jacob, C. M., & Sadana, R. (2025). Campbell and Cochrane evidence on promoting cognitive capacity across life course: A mapping review. Age and Ageing, 54(10), Article afaf306. https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/afaf306
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-139, REF-413, REF-456
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 29 August 2025 in volume 54, issue 10, PMID 41139307, PMCID PMC12554095, free full text available. Publication type Systematic Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-457
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Welch, V. A., Conde, M., Barbeau, V. I., Ghogomu, E., Kuria, S., Sabri, H., Li, Y., Tong, K., Abud, A. S., Vithlani, K., De Rubeis, V., Jacob, C. M., & Sadana, R.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Campbell and Cochrane evidence on promoting cognitive capacity across life course: A mapping review
- Description
- A map of where the high quality evidence on cognitive capacity actually sits, and an unusually direct audit of how badly that evidence handles equity. The authors searched the Cochrane and Campbell libraries to 1 May 2024 for systematic reviews of interventions measuring cognitive capacity at any age, coding interventions and outcomes with the International Classification of Function and the International Classification of Health Interventions, coding equity characteristics with PROGRESS-Plus and assessing methodological quality with AMSTAR2. They included 34 Campbell and 31 Cochrane reviews, with just over half, 55 percent, rated high quality. The gaps are the finding. Eighty percent of reviews included studies from high income countries and only 12 percent included any from low income countries. Of the 30 reviews that planned a subgroup analysis across equity characteristics, only eight actually carried one out. Most reviews, 63 percent, spanned multiple age groups, yet none evaluated differences in cognitive outcomes across more than two age categories. Practical support interventions dominated at 60 percent and intellectual function outcomes at 51 percent, with the mix shifting across life stages from development in younger ages to maintaining function and preventing decline in older ages. The conclusion calls for a comprehensive life course approach to cognitive interventions that incorporates equity considerations and age appropriate outcome measures, which makes this a useful citation when arguing that social position is systematically missing from the cognitive intervention evidence base rather than merely under-examined.
- Publication or publisher
- Age and Ageing, 54(10), Article afaf306
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41139307/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/afaf306
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 29 August 2025 in volume 54, issue 10, PMID 41139307, PMCID PMC12554095, free full text available. Publication type Systematic Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-139; REF-413; REF-456
- Full APA reference
- Welch, V. A., Conde, M., Barbeau, V. I., Ghogomu, E., Kuria, S., Sabri, H., Li, Y., Tong, K., Abud, A. S., Vithlani, K., De Rubeis, V., Jacob, C. M., & Sadana, R. (2025). Campbell and Cochrane evidence on promoting cognitive capacity across life course: A mapping review. Age and Ageing, 54(10), Article afaf306. https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/afaf306
REF-458
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine: Prevention, treatment, and reversal of disease
Parkinson, M. D., Stout, R., & Dysinger, W. · 2023 · Medical Clinics of North America, 107(6), 1109-1120
A concise statement of what lifestyle medicine claims to be, useful as the citation for the six pillar model when you need a clinical journal source rather than a society website. The authors position lifestyle medicine as expanding the scope of preventive medicine, promoting healthy lifestyles while preventing, treating and reversing the vast majority of chronic diseases caused by behaviours and environmental factors. The six pillars are named explicitly: a plant predominant eating pattern, physical movement, restorative sleep, management of stress, avoidance of risky substances and positive social connections. They argue that competencies, education, certification, resources and practice models are all accelerating, with particular need and focus on underserved and most seriously impacted patients and communities, and that a comprehensive integrated strategy addressing whole person health is emerging as a compelling framework for providers and health systems. That strategy combines a foundational commitment to prevention with a systematic approach to the actual and root causes of premature disease, disability and death. Note that this is an argued position piece in a clinical review series, not a synthesis of effect estimates, so cite it for the framework and the equity emphasis rather than for evidence of effect.
Full APA reference
Parkinson, M. D., Stout, R., & Dysinger, W. (2023). Lifestyle medicine: Prevention, treatment, and reversal of disease. Medical Clinics of North America, 107(6), 1109-1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcna.2023.06.007
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-035, REF-094, REF-110, REF-196
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published November 2023, epub 16 July 2023, PMID 37806726. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed, so the full text is not free. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-458
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Parkinson, M. D., Stout, R., & Dysinger, W.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine: Prevention, treatment, and reversal of disease
- Description
- A concise statement of what lifestyle medicine claims to be, useful as the citation for the six pillar model when you need a clinical journal source rather than a society website. The authors position lifestyle medicine as expanding the scope of preventive medicine, promoting healthy lifestyles while preventing, treating and reversing the vast majority of chronic diseases caused by behaviours and environmental factors. The six pillars are named explicitly: a plant predominant eating pattern, physical movement, restorative sleep, management of stress, avoidance of risky substances and positive social connections. They argue that competencies, education, certification, resources and practice models are all accelerating, with particular need and focus on underserved and most seriously impacted patients and communities, and that a comprehensive integrated strategy addressing whole person health is emerging as a compelling framework for providers and health systems. That strategy combines a foundational commitment to prevention with a systematic approach to the actual and root causes of premature disease, disability and death. Note that this is an argued position piece in a clinical review series, not a synthesis of effect estimates, so cite it for the framework and the equity emphasis rather than for evidence of effect.
- Publication or publisher
- Medical Clinics of North America, 107(6), 1109-1120
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37806726/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcna.2023.06.007
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published November 2023, epub 16 July 2023, PMID 37806726. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed, so the full text is not free. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-035; REF-094; REF-110; REF-196
- Full APA reference
- Parkinson, M. D., Stout, R., & Dysinger, W. (2023). Lifestyle medicine: Prevention, treatment, and reversal of disease. Medical Clinics of North America, 107(6), 1109-1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcna.2023.06.007
REF-459
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle or pharmacotherapy in cardio-metabolic disease prevention
Seidu, B. S., Osman, H., & Seidu, S. · 2023 · Therapeutic Advances in Cardiovascular Disease, 17, Article 17539447231177175
A blunt argument that no health system can medicate its way out of cardio-metabolic multimorbidity, and a useful citation when the question is lifestyle instead of, not merely alongside, more prescribing. The review notes that cardio-metabolic diseases including diabetes, hypertension, coronary heart disease and stroke are the leading causes of premature death worldwide, and that people living with them face higher all-cause mortality and reduced life expectancy compared with those without. Its central point is that treating our way out requires multiple medications, which brings improper prescribing, insufficient compliance, overdosing or underdosing, improper drug choice, insufficient monitoring, unfavourable drug effects, drug interactions, and inappropriate waste and cost. The authors argue that people with these conditions should be empowered to adopt lifestyle changes that support independent living, and that healthy lifestyles including smoking cessation, improved dietary habits, sleep hygiene and physical activity are a suitable adjunctive measure to polypharmacy, if not an alternative to it. No pooled estimates or effect sizes are reported, so this is a reasoned case rather than a quantitative synthesis.
Full APA reference
Seidu, B. S., Osman, H., & Seidu, S. (2023). Lifestyle or pharmacotherapy in cardio-metabolic disease prevention. Therapeutic Advances in Cardiovascular Disease, 17, Article 17539447231177175. https://doi.org/10.1177/17539447231177175
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-272, REF-318, REF-422
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the January to December 2023 volume 17, PMID 37381922, PMCID PMC10334018, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-459
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Seidu, B. S., Osman, H., & Seidu, S.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Lifestyle or pharmacotherapy in cardio-metabolic disease prevention
- Description
- A blunt argument that no health system can medicate its way out of cardio-metabolic multimorbidity, and a useful citation when the question is lifestyle instead of, not merely alongside, more prescribing. The review notes that cardio-metabolic diseases including diabetes, hypertension, coronary heart disease and stroke are the leading causes of premature death worldwide, and that people living with them face higher all-cause mortality and reduced life expectancy compared with those without. Its central point is that treating our way out requires multiple medications, which brings improper prescribing, insufficient compliance, overdosing or underdosing, improper drug choice, insufficient monitoring, unfavourable drug effects, drug interactions, and inappropriate waste and cost. The authors argue that people with these conditions should be empowered to adopt lifestyle changes that support independent living, and that healthy lifestyles including smoking cessation, improved dietary habits, sleep hygiene and physical activity are a suitable adjunctive measure to polypharmacy, if not an alternative to it. No pooled estimates or effect sizes are reported, so this is a reasoned case rather than a quantitative synthesis.
- Publication or publisher
- Therapeutic Advances in Cardiovascular Disease, 17, Article 17539447231177175
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37381922/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/17539447231177175
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the January to December 2023 volume 17, PMID 37381922, PMCID PMC10334018, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-272; REF-318; REF-422
- Full APA reference
- Seidu, B. S., Osman, H., & Seidu, S. (2023). Lifestyle or pharmacotherapy in cardio-metabolic disease prevention. Therapeutic Advances in Cardiovascular Disease, 17, Article 17539447231177175. https://doi.org/10.1177/17539447231177175
REF-460
Paper, guideline or statement
Daily lifestyle and inflammatory skin diseases
Sawada, Y., Saito-Sasaki, N., Mashima, E., & Nakamura, M. · 2021 · International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22(10), Article 5204
A mechanism review that extends the lifestyle argument into dermatology, a field where behaviour is usually discussed only as a trigger rather than a driver. The authors note that daily lifestyles are closely related to human health but that far less attention has been paid to how obesity from excessive energy intake, smoking and alcohol consumption contributes to the development of inflammatory skin disease. Their organising claim is immunological: gluten or wheat protein, smoking and alcohol, sleep disturbance and obesity drive the helper T cell Th1, Th2 and Th17 immune response, while dietary fibre and omega-3 fatty acids negatively regulate inflammatory cytokine production. They also frame the daily Earth cycle as distinct from human circadian rhythm and treat the capacity to adapt to it as part of human evolution. Useful when arguing that lifestyle behaviour operates through shared inflammatory pathways rather than organ by organ, though it is a mechanistic narrative review with no clinical effect estimates.
Full APA reference
Sawada, Y., Saito-Sasaki, N., Mashima, E., & Nakamura, M. (2021). Daily lifestyle and inflammatory skin diseases. International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22(10), Article 5204. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms22105204
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-458, REF-480
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 May 2021, PMID 34069063, PMCID PMC8156947, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-460
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sawada, Y., Saito-Sasaki, N., Mashima, E., & Nakamura, M.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Daily lifestyle and inflammatory skin diseases
- Description
- A mechanism review that extends the lifestyle argument into dermatology, a field where behaviour is usually discussed only as a trigger rather than a driver. The authors note that daily lifestyles are closely related to human health but that far less attention has been paid to how obesity from excessive energy intake, smoking and alcohol consumption contributes to the development of inflammatory skin disease. Their organising claim is immunological: gluten or wheat protein, smoking and alcohol, sleep disturbance and obesity drive the helper T cell Th1, Th2 and Th17 immune response, while dietary fibre and omega-3 fatty acids negatively regulate inflammatory cytokine production. They also frame the daily Earth cycle as distinct from human circadian rhythm and treat the capacity to adapt to it as part of human evolution. Useful when arguing that lifestyle behaviour operates through shared inflammatory pathways rather than organ by organ, though it is a mechanistic narrative review with no clinical effect estimates.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22(10), Article 5204
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Sleep
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34069063/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms22105204
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 May 2021, PMID 34069063, PMCID PMC8156947, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-458; REF-480
- Full APA reference
- Sawada, Y., Saito-Sasaki, N., Mashima, E., & Nakamura, M. (2021). Daily lifestyle and inflammatory skin diseases. International Journal of Molecular Sciences, 22(10), Article 5204. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms22105204
REF-461
Paper, guideline or statement
Microglia, circadian rhythm and lifestyle factors
Jiao, H., Kalsbeek, A., & Yi, C.-X. · 2024 · Neuropharmacology, 257, Article 110029
The mechanistic bridge between everyday timing behaviour and brain health, and the paper to cite when explaining why irregular sleep and late eating are not merely uncomfortable. The authors describe microglia as vital homeostasis keepers of the central nervous system, performing synaptic pruning, clearance of cellular debris and participation in neuroinflammatory processes, and note that microglia themselves exhibit strong circadian rhythms that regulate their own immune activity and affect neuronal function. Disruption of the circadian clock has been linked to higher risk of a variety of diseases. The review then works through three specific lifestyle disruptions, namely irregular sleep-wake patterns, reduced physical activity, and eating at the wrong time of day, and discusses the potential connection between those factors, disrupted circadian rhythm, and the role of microglia in maintaining brain health. It is a preclinical mechanism review rather than a clinical evidence synthesis, so it supports why questions about timing rather than claims about treatment effect.
Full APA reference
Jiao, H., Kalsbeek, A., & Yi, C.-X. (2024). Microglia, circadian rhythm and lifestyle factors. Neuropharmacology, 257, Article 110029. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2024.110029
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-055, REF-144, REF-472
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 October 2024, epub 7 June 2024, PMID 38852838. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-461
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jiao, H., Kalsbeek, A., & Yi, C.-X.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Microglia, circadian rhythm and lifestyle factors
- Description
- The mechanistic bridge between everyday timing behaviour and brain health, and the paper to cite when explaining why irregular sleep and late eating are not merely uncomfortable. The authors describe microglia as vital homeostasis keepers of the central nervous system, performing synaptic pruning, clearance of cellular debris and participation in neuroinflammatory processes, and note that microglia themselves exhibit strong circadian rhythms that regulate their own immune activity and affect neuronal function. Disruption of the circadian clock has been linked to higher risk of a variety of diseases. The review then works through three specific lifestyle disruptions, namely irregular sleep-wake patterns, reduced physical activity, and eating at the wrong time of day, and discusses the potential connection between those factors, disrupted circadian rhythm, and the role of microglia in maintaining brain health. It is a preclinical mechanism review rather than a clinical evidence synthesis, so it supports why questions about timing rather than claims about treatment effect.
- Publication or publisher
- Neuropharmacology, 257, Article 110029
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Psychological mechanisms; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38852838/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2024.110029
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 October 2024, epub 7 June 2024, PMID 38852838. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-055; REF-144; REF-472
- Full APA reference
- Jiao, H., Kalsbeek, A., & Yi, C.-X. (2024). Microglia, circadian rhythm and lifestyle factors. Neuropharmacology, 257, Article 110029. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2024.110029
REF-462
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle interventions for non-obese patients both with, and at risk, of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
Zhang, X.-L., Wang, T.-Y., Targher, G., Byrne, C. D., & Zheng, M.-H. · 2022 · Diabetes & Metabolism Journal, 46(3), 391-401
A corrective to the assumption that fatty liver disease is a problem of visible obesity, and a reminder that lifestyle risk is not readable from body size. The authors describe non-obese non-alcoholic fatty liver disease as a highly prevalent but neglected liver condition, closely associated with metabolic disorders and suboptimal lifestyles. They report that landmark studies show lifestyle interventions, usually meaning changes in eating habits and physical activity, are potentially beneficial both in decreasing the risk of developing non-obese fatty liver disease and in improving it in non-obese people who already have it, with a powerful effect on the condition and on its risk factors. Their applied point is about awareness rather than efficacy: patients and health care professionals currently have poor awareness and understanding of both the condition and the benefit of lifestyle intervention in this group. The review discusses the changes needed among medical personnel and other stakeholders to raise that awareness. No pooled effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
Full APA reference
Zhang, X.-L., Wang, T.-Y., Targher, G., Byrne, C. D., & Zheng, M.-H. (2022). Lifestyle interventions for non-obese patients both with, and at risk, of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Diabetes & Metabolism Journal, 46(3), 391-401. https://doi.org/10.4093/dmj.2022.0048
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-474
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published May 2022, epub 25 May 2022, PMID 35656562, PMCID PMC9171159, free full text available. Publication types Review and Research Support, Non-U.S. Gov't. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-462
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, X.-L., Wang, T.-Y., Targher, G., Byrne, C. D., & Zheng, M.-H.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Lifestyle interventions for non-obese patients both with, and at risk, of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
- Description
- A corrective to the assumption that fatty liver disease is a problem of visible obesity, and a reminder that lifestyle risk is not readable from body size. The authors describe non-obese non-alcoholic fatty liver disease as a highly prevalent but neglected liver condition, closely associated with metabolic disorders and suboptimal lifestyles. They report that landmark studies show lifestyle interventions, usually meaning changes in eating habits and physical activity, are potentially beneficial both in decreasing the risk of developing non-obese fatty liver disease and in improving it in non-obese people who already have it, with a powerful effect on the condition and on its risk factors. Their applied point is about awareness rather than efficacy: patients and health care professionals currently have poor awareness and understanding of both the condition and the benefit of lifestyle intervention in this group. The review discusses the changes needed among medical personnel and other stakeholders to raise that awareness. No pooled effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Diabetes & Metabolism Journal, 46(3), 391-401
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35656562/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.4093/dmj.2022.0048
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published May 2022, epub 25 May 2022, PMID 35656562, PMCID PMC9171159, free full text available. Publication types Review and Research Support, Non-U.S. Gov't. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-474
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, X.-L., Wang, T.-Y., Targher, G., Byrne, C. D., & Zheng, M.-H. (2022). Lifestyle interventions for non-obese patients both with, and at risk, of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Diabetes & Metabolism Journal, 46(3), 391-401. https://doi.org/10.4093/dmj.2022.0048
REF-463
Paper, guideline or statement
Nutrition strategy and life style in polycystic ovary syndrome: Narrative review
Szczuko, M., Kikut, J., Szczuko, U., Szydłowska, I., Nawrocka-Rutkowska, J., Ziętek, M., Verbanac, D., & Saso, L. · 2021 · Nutrients, 13(7), Article 2452
A wide ranging account of lifestyle modification in polycystic ovary syndrome, valuable because it treats the condition as a whole-body metabolic and psychological problem rather than a reproductive one. The authors analysed the PubMed database by combining polycystic ovary syndrome entries with causes, diseases, diet supplementation, lifestyle, physical activity and use of herbs. They describe the metabolic pathways producing disturbances in lipid, carbohydrate and hormonal metabolism, and explicitly cover sleep disorders, changes in mental health parameters, and the causes of oxidative stress and inflammation. Those conditions are described as leading consistently to severe disease, listing diabetes, fatty degeneration of internal organs, infertility, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, dysbiosis and cancer. Proposed interventions span modification of lifestyle, diet patterns, proper selection of nutrients, pharmacological supplementation, natural supplementation in the form of herbs, and physical activity. The authors conclude that the progress and consequences of the syndrome are largely modifiable and depend on the patient's approach, while genetic determinants must also be taken into account. It is a narrative review with no effect estimates, and the herbal supplementation coverage should be read with that in mind.
Full APA reference
Szczuko, M., Kikut, J., Szczuko, U., Szydłowska, I., Nawrocka-Rutkowska, J., Ziętek, M., Verbanac, D., & Saso, L. (2021). Nutrition strategy and life style in polycystic ovary syndrome: Narrative review. Nutrients, 13(7), Article 2452. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu13072452
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-024
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 July 2021, PMID 34371961, PMCID PMC8308732, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-463
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Szczuko, M., Kikut, J., Szczuko, U., Szydłowska, I., Nawrocka-Rutkowska, J., Ziętek, M., Verbanac, D., & Saso, L.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Nutrition strategy and life style in polycystic ovary syndrome: Narrative review
- Description
- A wide ranging account of lifestyle modification in polycystic ovary syndrome, valuable because it treats the condition as a whole-body metabolic and psychological problem rather than a reproductive one. The authors analysed the PubMed database by combining polycystic ovary syndrome entries with causes, diseases, diet supplementation, lifestyle, physical activity and use of herbs. They describe the metabolic pathways producing disturbances in lipid, carbohydrate and hormonal metabolism, and explicitly cover sleep disorders, changes in mental health parameters, and the causes of oxidative stress and inflammation. Those conditions are described as leading consistently to severe disease, listing diabetes, fatty degeneration of internal organs, infertility, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, dysbiosis and cancer. Proposed interventions span modification of lifestyle, diet patterns, proper selection of nutrients, pharmacological supplementation, natural supplementation in the form of herbs, and physical activity. The authors conclude that the progress and consequences of the syndrome are largely modifiable and depend on the patient's approach, while genetic determinants must also be taken into account. It is a narrative review with no effect estimates, and the herbal supplementation coverage should be read with that in mind.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutrients, 13(7), Article 2452
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34371961/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/nu13072452
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 July 2021, PMID 34371961, PMCID PMC8308732, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-024
- Full APA reference
- Szczuko, M., Kikut, J., Szczuko, U., Szydłowska, I., Nawrocka-Rutkowska, J., Ziętek, M., Verbanac, D., & Saso, L. (2021). Nutrition strategy and life style in polycystic ovary syndrome: Narrative review. Nutrients, 13(7), Article 2452. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu13072452
REF-464
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle and mental health
Walsh, R. · 2011 · American Psychologist, 66(7), 579-592
The paper that named the problem for a generation of psychologists, and still the sharpest statement of why lifestyle sits outside mainstream mental health practice. Walsh argues that mental health professionals have significantly underestimated the importance of lifestyle factors as contributors to and treatments for multiple psychopathologies, for fostering individual and social wellbeing, and for preserving and optimising cognitive function. He introduces therapeutic lifestyle changes as a category and states they are underutilised despite considerable evidence of effectiveness in both clinical and normal populations, are sometimes as effective as either psychotherapy or pharmacotherapy, and can offer significant therapeutic advantages. The eight changes he names are exercise, nutrition and diet, time in nature, relationships, recreation, relaxation and stress management, religious or spiritual involvement, and service to others, a list notably broader than the physical behaviours that dominate later lifestyle psychiatry frameworks. The article reviews the evidence, the principles, advantages and challenges of implementation, and the economic, institutional and professional forces hindering use, and deliberately distils recommendations into easily communicable principles because ease of communication strongly influences whether therapists recommend and patients adopt an intervention. His conclusion is that in the twenty first century therapeutic lifestyles may need to be a central focus of mental, medical and public health. This is a landmark American Psychologist review and the standard citation for the phrase therapeutic lifestyle change.
Full APA reference
Walsh, R. (2011). Lifestyle and mental health. American Psychologist, 66(7), 579-592. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0021769
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-041, REF-076, REF-096, REF-166
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2011, PMID 21244124. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-464
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Walsh, R.
- Year
- 2011
- Title
- Lifestyle and mental health
- Description
- The paper that named the problem for a generation of psychologists, and still the sharpest statement of why lifestyle sits outside mainstream mental health practice. Walsh argues that mental health professionals have significantly underestimated the importance of lifestyle factors as contributors to and treatments for multiple psychopathologies, for fostering individual and social wellbeing, and for preserving and optimising cognitive function. He introduces therapeutic lifestyle changes as a category and states they are underutilised despite considerable evidence of effectiveness in both clinical and normal populations, are sometimes as effective as either psychotherapy or pharmacotherapy, and can offer significant therapeutic advantages. The eight changes he names are exercise, nutrition and diet, time in nature, relationships, recreation, relaxation and stress management, religious or spiritual involvement, and service to others, a list notably broader than the physical behaviours that dominate later lifestyle psychiatry frameworks. The article reviews the evidence, the principles, advantages and challenges of implementation, and the economic, institutional and professional forces hindering use, and deliberately distils recommendations into easily communicable principles because ease of communication strongly influences whether therapists recommend and patients adopt an intervention. His conclusion is that in the twenty first century therapeutic lifestyles may need to be a central focus of mental, medical and public health. This is a landmark American Psychologist review and the standard citation for the phrase therapeutic lifestyle change.
- Publication or publisher
- American Psychologist, 66(7), 579-592
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Nature and environment; Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Implementation and barriers; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/21244124/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1037/a0021769
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2011, PMID 21244124. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-041; REF-076; REF-096; REF-166
- Full APA reference
- Walsh, R. (2011). Lifestyle and mental health. American Psychologist, 66(7), 579-592. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0021769
REF-465
Paper, guideline or statement
Mediterranean diet in healthy aging
Mazza, E., Ferro, Y., Pujia, R., Mare, R., Maurotti, S., Montalcini, T., & Pujia, A. · 2021 · The Journal of Nutrition, Health & Aging, 25(9), 1076-1083
A short review linking the Mediterranean dietary pattern to healthy aging, defined here as the disease free aging process. The authors open with the demographic pressure, noting the world elderly population is expected to double before 2050, and that unhealthy habits and unhealthy lifestyles are commonly associated with age related diseases or their worsening. Their argument is that modification of daily lifestyle and diet may help prevent the onset of age related disease and efficiently affect its evolution, thereby promoting healthy aging. They highlight the role of nutrition science in that process and conclude that the Mediterranean model has demonstrated itself a useful style in supporting healthy aging, and that promotion of this lifestyle through health policy seems the best approach to achieving the target. The policy framing is the reason to keep it, since it moves the Mediterranean diet argument from individual choice to population strategy. No pooled effect estimates or trial results are reported in the abstract, so cite the landmark trials for effect and this for the aging and policy framing.
Full APA reference
Mazza, E., Ferro, Y., Pujia, R., Mare, R., Maurotti, S., Montalcini, T., & Pujia, A. (2021). Mediterranean diet in healthy aging. The Journal of Nutrition, Health & Aging, 25(9), 1076-1083. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12603-021-1675-6
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-361, REF-362, REF-471
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in volume 25 issue 9, 2021, PMID 34725664, PMCID PMC8442641, free full text available. Publication type Review. No month is stated on the record. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-465
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mazza, E., Ferro, Y., Pujia, R., Mare, R., Maurotti, S., Montalcini, T., & Pujia, A.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Mediterranean diet in healthy aging
- Description
- A short review linking the Mediterranean dietary pattern to healthy aging, defined here as the disease free aging process. The authors open with the demographic pressure, noting the world elderly population is expected to double before 2050, and that unhealthy habits and unhealthy lifestyles are commonly associated with age related diseases or their worsening. Their argument is that modification of daily lifestyle and diet may help prevent the onset of age related disease and efficiently affect its evolution, thereby promoting healthy aging. They highlight the role of nutrition science in that process and conclude that the Mediterranean model has demonstrated itself a useful style in supporting healthy aging, and that promotion of this lifestyle through health policy seems the best approach to achieving the target. The policy framing is the reason to keep it, since it moves the Mediterranean diet argument from individual choice to population strategy. No pooled effect estimates or trial results are reported in the abstract, so cite the landmark trials for effect and this for the aging and policy framing.
- Publication or publisher
- The Journal of Nutrition, Health & Aging, 25(9), 1076-1083
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34725664/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s12603-021-1675-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in volume 25 issue 9, 2021, PMID 34725664, PMCID PMC8442641, free full text available. Publication type Review. No month is stated on the record. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-361; REF-362; REF-471
- Full APA reference
- Mazza, E., Ferro, Y., Pujia, R., Mare, R., Maurotti, S., Montalcini, T., & Pujia, A. (2021). Mediterranean diet in healthy aging. The Journal of Nutrition, Health & Aging, 25(9), 1076-1083. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12603-021-1675-6
REF-466
Paper, guideline or statement
Cancer burden: Incorrect lifestyle or bad luck?
Testino, G., & Balbinot, P. · 2024 · Minerva Medica, 115(3), 263-265
A short editorial putting the question that sits underneath most lifestyle prevention messaging, namely how much of the cancer burden is attributable to modifiable behaviour and how much to chance. It is worth holding in the collection precisely because that framing shapes whether prevention policy is read as public responsibility or personal blame, a tension that runs through the social determinants literature. Two caveats matter when citing it. PubMed indexes no abstract for this item, so the argument cannot be summarised from the record and the full text must be read directly. It is also indexed as an editorial rather than a review, so it carries the weight of expert commentary rather than synthesis. Included as a pointer to the debate rather than as evidence about attributable fractions.
Full APA reference
Testino, G., & Balbinot, P. (2024). Cancer burden: Incorrect lifestyle or bad luck? Minerva Medica, 115(3), 263-265. https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4806.24.09298-X
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-458
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Testino G and Balbinot P, Minerva Medica, June 2024, volume 115, issue 3, pages 263-265, English language, epub 24 April 2024, PMID 38695634. Publication type Editorial, not Review. No abstract is indexed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-466
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Testino, G., & Balbinot, P.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Cancer burden: Incorrect lifestyle or bad luck?
- Description
- A short editorial putting the question that sits underneath most lifestyle prevention messaging, namely how much of the cancer burden is attributable to modifiable behaviour and how much to chance. It is worth holding in the collection precisely because that framing shapes whether prevention policy is read as public responsibility or personal blame, a tension that runs through the social determinants literature. Two caveats matter when citing it. PubMed indexes no abstract for this item, so the argument cannot be summarised from the record and the full text must be read directly. It is also indexed as an editorial rather than a review, so it carries the weight of expert commentary rather than synthesis. Included as a pointer to the debate rather than as evidence about attributable fractions.
- Publication or publisher
- Minerva Medica, 115(3), 263-265
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38695634/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4806.24.09298-X
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Testino G and Balbinot P, Minerva Medica, June 2024, volume 115, issue 3, pages 263-265, English language, epub 24 April 2024, PMID 38695634. Publication type Editorial, not Review. No abstract is indexed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-458
- Full APA reference
- Testino, G., & Balbinot, P. (2024). Cancer burden: Incorrect lifestyle or bad luck? Minerva Medica, 115(3), 263-265. https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4806.24.09298-X
REF-467
Paper, guideline or statement
Riesgo y factores de estilo de vida asociados a la enfermedad renal crónica [Risk and lifestyle factors associated to chronic kidney disease]
López-Heydeck, S. M., Robles-Navarro, J. B., Montenegro-Morales, L. P., Garduño-García, J. J., & López-Arriaga, J. A. · 2020 · Revista Médica del Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social, 58(3), 305-316
A Spanish language review from the Mexican Social Security Institute journal, useful both for its content and because it widens the collection beyond English language sources. The authors argue that lifestyle has a determining influence on the progression of chronic kidney disease, which begins with some kidney damage that can persist and progress under the influence of risk factors, with further damage accumulating across life. They note the disease is more common in adults and frequently remains hidden from routine analysis, and that early detection may allow treatment and healthy lifestyle change to stop or lengthen the progression of kidney damage and avoid the need for transplant or dialysis. The specific lifestyle actions named are visits to the doctor, not smoking, intense to moderate physical activity, consuming enough vegetables and fruit, and avoiding diets high in carbohydrate and lipids. Literature was drawn from freely accessible databases covering 1980 to 2017 using the keywords chronic kidney disease, lifestyle and risk factors, and their Spanish equivalents. The search is narrative rather than systematic and the cutoff is now dated, so treat it as a regional practice oriented overview.
Full APA reference
López-Heydeck, S. M., Robles-Navarro, J. B., Montenegro-Morales, L. P., Garduño-García, J. J., & López-Arriaga, J. A. (2020). Riesgo y factores de estilo de vida asociados a la enfermedad renal crónica [Risk and lifestyle factors associated to chronic kidney disease]. Revista Médica del Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social, 58(3), 305-316. https://doi.org/10.24875/RMIMSS.M20000035
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-458
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 May 2020, volume 58 issue 3, pages 305-316, PMID 34002990. Language Spanish with abstracts in both English and Spanish. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-467
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- López-Heydeck, S. M., Robles-Navarro, J. B., Montenegro-Morales, L. P., Garduño-García, J. J., & López-Arriaga, J. A.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Riesgo y factores de estilo de vida asociados a la enfermedad renal crónica [Risk and lifestyle factors associated to chronic kidney disease]
- Description
- A Spanish language review from the Mexican Social Security Institute journal, useful both for its content and because it widens the collection beyond English language sources. The authors argue that lifestyle has a determining influence on the progression of chronic kidney disease, which begins with some kidney damage that can persist and progress under the influence of risk factors, with further damage accumulating across life. They note the disease is more common in adults and frequently remains hidden from routine analysis, and that early detection may allow treatment and healthy lifestyle change to stop or lengthen the progression of kidney damage and avoid the need for transplant or dialysis. The specific lifestyle actions named are visits to the doctor, not smoking, intense to moderate physical activity, consuming enough vegetables and fruit, and avoiding diets high in carbohydrate and lipids. Literature was drawn from freely accessible databases covering 1980 to 2017 using the keywords chronic kidney disease, lifestyle and risk factors, and their Spanish equivalents. The search is narrative rather than systematic and the cutoff is now dated, so treat it as a regional practice oriented overview.
- Publication or publisher
- Revista Médica del Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social, 58(3), 305-316
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Mexico
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34002990/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.24875/RMIMSS.M20000035
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 18 May 2020, volume 58 issue 3, pages 305-316, PMID 34002990. Language Spanish with abstracts in both English and Spanish. Publication type Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-458
- Full APA reference
- López-Heydeck, S. M., Robles-Navarro, J. B., Montenegro-Morales, L. P., Garduño-García, J. J., & López-Arriaga, J. A. (2020). Riesgo y factores de estilo de vida asociados a la enfermedad renal crónica [Risk and lifestyle factors associated to chronic kidney disease]. Revista Médica del Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social, 58(3), 305-316. https://doi.org/10.24875/RMIMSS.M20000035
REF-468
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle factors affecting the pathogenesis of androgenetic alopecia: A literature review
Huang, F., Tang, L., Zhou, X., Fu, Q., & Lu, Y. · 2026 · Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1739298
A 2026 review of an unusual application of lifestyle thinking, and one that makes the psychological consequences explicit. The authors note that androgenetic alopecia significantly impairs patients' social interactions and psychological wellbeing and is widespread worldwide, and that treatment is a long term process which is difficult to stick to. That adherence problem is why they argue establishing effective lifestyle intervention protocols to delay disease progression has become a central focus for both clinicians and patients. They are candid that only limited and fragmented studies have characterised the impact of lifestyle on the condition. The review examines dietary habits, sleep patterns, ultraviolet radiation, exercise and hairstyles, and works through the underlying pathogenic mechanisms by which each may induce or exacerbate the condition, with inflammation and oxidative stress the stated mechanistic themes. Worth holding as an example of how far the lifestyle frame now reaches, and of the reciprocal link between a physical condition, appearance and mental health, though the evidence base it reviews is acknowledged as thin.
Full APA reference
Huang, F., Tang, L., Zhou, X., Fu, Q., & Lu, Y. (2026). Lifestyle factors affecting the pathogenesis of androgenetic alopecia: A literature review. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1739298. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1739298
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-460
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 4 February 2026, PMID 41717597, PMCID PMC12913381, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-468
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Huang, F., Tang, L., Zhou, X., Fu, Q., & Lu, Y.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Lifestyle factors affecting the pathogenesis of androgenetic alopecia: A literature review
- Description
- A 2026 review of an unusual application of lifestyle thinking, and one that makes the psychological consequences explicit. The authors note that androgenetic alopecia significantly impairs patients' social interactions and psychological wellbeing and is widespread worldwide, and that treatment is a long term process which is difficult to stick to. That adherence problem is why they argue establishing effective lifestyle intervention protocols to delay disease progression has become a central focus for both clinicians and patients. They are candid that only limited and fragmented studies have characterised the impact of lifestyle on the condition. The review examines dietary habits, sleep patterns, ultraviolet radiation, exercise and hairstyles, and works through the underlying pathogenic mechanisms by which each may induce or exacerbate the condition, with inflammation and oxidative stress the stated mechanistic themes. Worth holding as an example of how far the lifestyle frame now reaches, and of the reciprocal link between a physical condition, appearance and mental health, though the evidence base it reviews is acknowledged as thin.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1739298
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41717597/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1739298
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 4 February 2026, PMID 41717597, PMCID PMC12913381, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-460
- Full APA reference
- Huang, F., Tang, L., Zhou, X., Fu, Q., & Lu, Y. (2026). Lifestyle factors affecting the pathogenesis of androgenetic alopecia: A literature review. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1739298. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1739298
REF-469
Paper, guideline or statement
Seikatsu shūkan to kenkō [Lifestyle and health]
Morimoto, K. · 2000 · Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi [Japanese Journal of Hygiene], 54(4), 572-591
An early Japanese synthesis that is worth keeping because it measured what most lifestyle research only asserts. Morimoto frames the total environments a person is exposed to across life stages as composing individual and community lifestyles, and treats those lifestyles as determining risk for cancers, circulatory diseases and other chronic disease. In a cohort of industrial workers, correlations between lifestyles, described as ways of daily living, and comprehensive health potentials were quantitatively investigated in order to build new theory and practice programs for disease prevention and health promotion in environmental and preventive medicine. Total lifestyle was scored using 8 health practices covering smoking, alcohol drinking, physical exercise, and working and sleeping patterns. People with good lifestyles showed much younger health ages calculated from health check-up data and lower risk of developing lifestyle related disease than those with poor lifestyles. What makes the paper distinctive is the measurement: physical health potential was assessed with biomarkers including lymphocyte chromosome DNA alterations, natural killer activity and serum IgE, while psycho-mental health potential used quality of life questionnaires alongside stress related hormones and cytokines including cortisol and interleukins. Comprehensive health potentials were significantly lower in people with poor lifestyles, and change from poor to good lifestyles through health education produced improvement. An early integrated biological and psychological account of the lifestyle and health link, published in Japanese with an English abstract.
Full APA reference
Morimoto, K. (2000). Seikatsu shūkan to kenkō [Lifestyle and health]. Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi [Japanese Journal of Hygiene], 54(4), 572-591. https://doi.org/10.1265/jjh.54.572
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-479, REF-487
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Morimoto K, Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi, January 2000, volume 54, issue 4, pages 572-591, PMID 10714146. Language Japanese, indexed as English Abstract, Journal Article and Review. The volume 54 issue 4 and January 2000 combination is as printed in the record. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-469
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Morimoto, K.
- Year
- 2000
- Title
- Seikatsu shūkan to kenkō [Lifestyle and health]
- Description
- An early Japanese synthesis that is worth keeping because it measured what most lifestyle research only asserts. Morimoto frames the total environments a person is exposed to across life stages as composing individual and community lifestyles, and treats those lifestyles as determining risk for cancers, circulatory diseases and other chronic disease. In a cohort of industrial workers, correlations between lifestyles, described as ways of daily living, and comprehensive health potentials were quantitatively investigated in order to build new theory and practice programs for disease prevention and health promotion in environmental and preventive medicine. Total lifestyle was scored using 8 health practices covering smoking, alcohol drinking, physical exercise, and working and sleeping patterns. People with good lifestyles showed much younger health ages calculated from health check-up data and lower risk of developing lifestyle related disease than those with poor lifestyles. What makes the paper distinctive is the measurement: physical health potential was assessed with biomarkers including lymphocyte chromosome DNA alterations, natural killer activity and serum IgE, while psycho-mental health potential used quality of life questionnaires alongside stress related hormones and cytokines including cortisol and interleukins. Comprehensive health potentials were significantly lower in people with poor lifestyles, and change from poor to good lifestyles through health education produced improvement. An early integrated biological and psychological account of the lifestyle and health link, published in Japanese with an English abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi [Japanese Journal of Hygiene], 54(4), 572-591
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Japan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10714146/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1265/jjh.54.572
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Morimoto K, Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi, January 2000, volume 54, issue 4, pages 572-591, PMID 10714146. Language Japanese, indexed as English Abstract, Journal Article and Review. The volume 54 issue 4 and January 2000 combination is as printed in the record. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-479; REF-487
- Full APA reference
- Morimoto, K. (2000). Seikatsu shūkan to kenkō [Lifestyle and health]. Nihon Eiseigaku Zasshi [Japanese Journal of Hygiene], 54(4), 572-591. https://doi.org/10.1265/jjh.54.572
REF-470
Paper, guideline or statement
The relation between lifestyles and positive mental health in Portuguese higher education students
Valentim, O., Vilelas, J., Carvalho, J. C., Andrade, C. M. S. M., Tomás, C., Costa, P. S., & Sequeira, C. · 2023 · Global Health Promotion, 30(1), 23-32
A large student survey that measures mental health as something present rather than absent, which makes it a useful counterweight to the symptom focused literature. The design was cross-sectional, descriptive, correlational and multicentric, applying the Positive Mental Health Questionnaire and using k-means clustering to derive four clusters based on positive mental health level. The sample was 3,647 higher education students, 78.8 percent female, 89.5 percent single, average age 23 years with a standard deviation of 6.68. Differences between clusters emerged on both sociodemographic characteristics and lifestyles, with cluster 1 containing students at the higher level of positive mental health. Higher positive mental health was associated with greater satisfaction in affective relationships, higher recreational and sports activity, better sleep quality, a healthy diet, lower medication consumption and lower illicit drug consumption. The authors emphasise the promotion of healthy lifestyles and the importance of positive mental health in promoting the health of higher education students. Note that relationship satisfaction sits alongside the behavioural factors, and that a cross-sectional design cannot establish direction between lifestyle and mental health.
Full APA reference
Valentim, O., Vilelas, J., Carvalho, J. C., Andrade, C. M. S. M., Tomás, C., Costa, P. S., & Sequeira, C. (2023). The relation between lifestyles and positive mental health in Portuguese higher education students. Global Health Promotion, 30(1), 23-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/17579759221112552
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-053, REF-449
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published March 2023, epub 24 August 2022, volume 30 issue 1, pages 23-32, PMID 36000814. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-470
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Valentim, O., Vilelas, J., Carvalho, J. C., Andrade, C. M. S. M., Tomás, C., Costa, P. S., & Sequeira, C.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The relation between lifestyles and positive mental health in Portuguese higher education students
- Description
- A large student survey that measures mental health as something present rather than absent, which makes it a useful counterweight to the symptom focused literature. The design was cross-sectional, descriptive, correlational and multicentric, applying the Positive Mental Health Questionnaire and using k-means clustering to derive four clusters based on positive mental health level. The sample was 3,647 higher education students, 78.8 percent female, 89.5 percent single, average age 23 years with a standard deviation of 6.68. Differences between clusters emerged on both sociodemographic characteristics and lifestyles, with cluster 1 containing students at the higher level of positive mental health. Higher positive mental health was associated with greater satisfaction in affective relationships, higher recreational and sports activity, better sleep quality, a healthy diet, lower medication consumption and lower illicit drug consumption. The authors emphasise the promotion of healthy lifestyles and the importance of positive mental health in promoting the health of higher education students. Note that relationship satisfaction sits alongside the behavioural factors, and that a cross-sectional design cannot establish direction between lifestyle and mental health.
- Publication or publisher
- Global Health Promotion, 30(1), 23-32
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- Portugal
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36000814/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/17579759221112552
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published March 2023, epub 24 August 2022, volume 30 issue 1, pages 23-32, PMID 36000814. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-053; REF-449
- Full APA reference
- Valentim, O., Vilelas, J., Carvalho, J. C., Andrade, C. M. S. M., Tomás, C., Costa, P. S., & Sequeira, C. (2023). The relation between lifestyles and positive mental health in Portuguese higher education students. Global Health Promotion, 30(1), 23-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/17579759221112552
REF-471
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle predictors of healthy ageing in men
Södergren, M. · 2013 · Maturitas, 75(2), 113-117
A review that treats gender as central rather than incidental to healthy ageing, and is honest about how unstable the outcome itself is. It examines physical activity and sedentary behaviour, smoking, diet and alcohol consumption as predictors of healthy ageing in men, reporting that healthy lifestyles are associated with men surviving longer, with good health maintained for longer, and with disability postponed and compressed into fewer years at the end of life. Physical activity and smoking in midlife and late adulthood are identified as factors that both impact and predict healthy ageing in men. The author is explicit that healthy ageing has no clear phenotypic definition, which is a real limitation on any such literature, and that more research is needed to establish the impact of dietary and sedentary behaviour specifically. The practical conclusion is that adopting healthier lifestyles could postpone age associated disease or slow the ageing process, allow independent living for longer, and reduce the burden on social and health care sectors. No pooled effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
Full APA reference
Södergren, M. (2013). Lifestyle predictors of healthy ageing in men. Maturitas, 75(2), 113-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.maturitas.2013.02.011
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-143, REF-465
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published June 2013, epub 21 March 2013, volume 75 issue 2, pages 113-117, PMID 23522750. Publication types Review and Research Support, Non-U.S. Gov't. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-471
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Södergren, M.
- Year
- 2013
- Title
- Lifestyle predictors of healthy ageing in men
- Description
- A review that treats gender as central rather than incidental to healthy ageing, and is honest about how unstable the outcome itself is. It examines physical activity and sedentary behaviour, smoking, diet and alcohol consumption as predictors of healthy ageing in men, reporting that healthy lifestyles are associated with men surviving longer, with good health maintained for longer, and with disability postponed and compressed into fewer years at the end of life. Physical activity and smoking in midlife and late adulthood are identified as factors that both impact and predict healthy ageing in men. The author is explicit that healthy ageing has no clear phenotypic definition, which is a real limitation on any such literature, and that more research is needed to establish the impact of dietary and sedentary behaviour specifically. The practical conclusion is that adopting healthier lifestyles could postpone age associated disease or slow the ageing process, allow independent living for longer, and reduce the burden on social and health care sectors. No pooled effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Maturitas, 75(2), 113-117
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23522750/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.maturitas.2013.02.011
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published June 2013, epub 21 March 2013, volume 75 issue 2, pages 113-117, PMID 23522750. Publication types Review and Research Support, Non-U.S. Gov't. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-143; REF-465
- Full APA reference
- Södergren, M. (2013). Lifestyle predictors of healthy ageing in men. Maturitas, 75(2), 113-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.maturitas.2013.02.011
REF-472
Paper, guideline or statement
The role of lifestyle factors in cognitive health and dementia in oldest-old: A systematic review
Ye, K. X., Sun, L., Wang, L., Khoo, A. L. Y., Lim, K. X., Lu, G., Yu, L., Li, C., Maier, A. B., & Feng, L. · 2023 · Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 152, Article 105286
A systematic review of the age group usually excluded from dementia prevention research, which matters because prevention advice is routinely extrapolated to the very old without evidence. Searches covered PubMed, EMBASE, Scopus and Web of Science, and 27 observational cohort studies met the inclusion criteria. The finding is that eating a healthy diet with plenty of fruit and vegetables, and participating in leisure and physical activities, may protect against cognitive decline and cognitive impairment among the oldest-old regardless of APOE genotype, a point of real practical importance since it means genetic risk does not remove the benefit. The authors also report that combined lifestyles may generate multiplicative effects compared with individual factors, and conclude that interventions involving diet, leisure, or a combination of lifestyles could be beneficial for cognitive function in this group. They note that interventional studies are warranted to strengthen the evidence, since the included body of work is observational rather than experimental.
Full APA reference
Ye, K. X., Sun, L., Wang, L., Khoo, A. L. Y., Lim, K. X., Lu, G., Yu, L., Li, C., Maier, A. B., & Feng, L. (2023). The role of lifestyle factors in cognitive health and dementia in oldest-old: A systematic review. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 152, Article 105286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2023.105286
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-139, REF-365, REF-413
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published September 2023, epub 13 June 2023, volume 152, article 105286, PMID 37321363. Publication type Systematic Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-472
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ye, K. X., Sun, L., Wang, L., Khoo, A. L. Y., Lim, K. X., Lu, G., Yu, L., Li, C., Maier, A. B., & Feng, L.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The role of lifestyle factors in cognitive health and dementia in oldest-old: A systematic review
- Description
- A systematic review of the age group usually excluded from dementia prevention research, which matters because prevention advice is routinely extrapolated to the very old without evidence. Searches covered PubMed, EMBASE, Scopus and Web of Science, and 27 observational cohort studies met the inclusion criteria. The finding is that eating a healthy diet with plenty of fruit and vegetables, and participating in leisure and physical activities, may protect against cognitive decline and cognitive impairment among the oldest-old regardless of APOE genotype, a point of real practical importance since it means genetic risk does not remove the benefit. The authors also report that combined lifestyles may generate multiplicative effects compared with individual factors, and conclude that interventions involving diet, leisure, or a combination of lifestyles could be beneficial for cognitive function in this group. They note that interventional studies are warranted to strengthen the evidence, since the included body of work is observational rather than experimental.
- Publication or publisher
- Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 152, Article 105286
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37321363/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2023.105286
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published September 2023, epub 13 June 2023, volume 152, article 105286, PMID 37321363. Publication type Systematic Review. Listed as a free article with no PMCID stated. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-139; REF-365; REF-413
- Full APA reference
- Ye, K. X., Sun, L., Wang, L., Khoo, A. L. Y., Lim, K. X., Lu, G., Yu, L., Li, C., Maier, A. B., & Feng, L. (2023). The role of lifestyle factors in cognitive health and dementia in oldest-old: A systematic review. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 152, Article 105286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2023.105286
REF-473
Paper, guideline or statement
What should the recommendations be for lifestyle factors in obstructive sleep apnea?
Huang, T. · 2022 · Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, 16(6), 601-604
A short editorial raising a genuine gap, namely that obstructive sleep apnoea guidance concentrates on device and surgical treatment while lifestyle guidance for the condition remains comparatively unspecified. It sits usefully in the collection alongside the sleep and cardiometabolic material, since sleep apnoea is where sleep, weight, activity and metabolic risk visibly converge. Two caveats when citing it. PubMed indexes no abstract, so the argument cannot be summarised from the record and the full text must be read directly; the indexed keywords are comorbidities, diet, healthy lifestyles, inflammation, metabolic disorders, obstructive sleep apnoea, physical activity and sleep. It is indexed as an editorial rather than a review, so it carries the weight of expert commentary rather than synthesis. Held as a pointer to the recommendation gap rather than as a source of recommendations.
Full APA reference
Huang, T. (2022). What should the recommendations be for lifestyle factors in obstructive sleep apnea? Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, 16(6), 601-604. https://doi.org/10.1080/17476348.2022.2099377
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-459
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Huang T, Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, June 2022, volume 16, issue 6, pages 601-604, English language, epub 11 July 2022, PMID 35792739. Publication types Editorial and Research Support, N.I.H., Extramural. No abstract is indexed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-473
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Huang, T.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- What should the recommendations be for lifestyle factors in obstructive sleep apnea?
- Description
- A short editorial raising a genuine gap, namely that obstructive sleep apnoea guidance concentrates on device and surgical treatment while lifestyle guidance for the condition remains comparatively unspecified. It sits usefully in the collection alongside the sleep and cardiometabolic material, since sleep apnoea is where sleep, weight, activity and metabolic risk visibly converge. Two caveats when citing it. PubMed indexes no abstract, so the argument cannot be summarised from the record and the full text must be read directly; the indexed keywords are comorbidities, diet, healthy lifestyles, inflammation, metabolic disorders, obstructive sleep apnoea, physical activity and sleep. It is indexed as an editorial rather than a review, so it carries the weight of expert commentary rather than synthesis. Held as a pointer to the recommendation gap rather than as a source of recommendations.
- Publication or publisher
- Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, 16(6), 601-604
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep; Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35792739/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/17476348.2022.2099377
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Huang T, Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, June 2022, volume 16, issue 6, pages 601-604, English language, epub 11 July 2022, PMID 35792739. Publication types Editorial and Research Support, N.I.H., Extramural. No abstract is indexed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-459
- Full APA reference
- Huang, T. (2022). What should the recommendations be for lifestyle factors in obstructive sleep apnea? Expert Review of Respiratory Medicine, 16(6), 601-604. https://doi.org/10.1080/17476348.2022.2099377
REF-474
Paper, guideline or statement
Management of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: Lifestyle changes
Lv, H., & Liu, Y. · 2024 · World Journal of Gastroenterology, 30(22), 2829-2833
A short editorial that states the treatment hierarchy plainly, which is why it is worth citing. Written as commentary on a manuscript by Zeng and colleagues in the same journal, it describes non-alcoholic fatty liver disease as a hepatic manifestation of metabolic syndrome that ultimately leads to advanced hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, affecting more than 25 percent of the population globally. Existing therapeutic strategies including pharmacologic therapy focus on liver protection, anti-inflammation and regulation of disease related metabolic disorder symptoms, and although several drugs are in late stage development, potent drugs against the disease are lacking, while surgical approaches such as bariatric surgery are not routinely used for it. On that basis the authors state that intervening in patients' unhealthy lifestyles, specifically weight loss through dietary change and exercise to ameliorate associated metabolic disorders and metabolic syndrome, is the first-line treatment for the condition. They add the conditional that matters clinically: with sufficient intrinsic motivation and adherence, managing unhealthy lifestyles can reduce disease severity, improve quality of life and increase survival expectancy. Indexed as an editorial rather than a research article.
Full APA reference
Lv, H., & Liu, Y. (2024). Management of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: Lifestyle changes. World Journal of Gastroenterology, 30(22), 2829-2833. https://doi.org/10.3748/wjg.v30.i22.2829
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-462
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 June 2024, volume 30 issue 22, pages 2829-2833, PMID 38947294, PMCID PMC11212717, free full text available. Publication type Editorial. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-474
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lv, H., & Liu, Y.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Management of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: Lifestyle changes
- Description
- A short editorial that states the treatment hierarchy plainly, which is why it is worth citing. Written as commentary on a manuscript by Zeng and colleagues in the same journal, it describes non-alcoholic fatty liver disease as a hepatic manifestation of metabolic syndrome that ultimately leads to advanced hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, affecting more than 25 percent of the population globally. Existing therapeutic strategies including pharmacologic therapy focus on liver protection, anti-inflammation and regulation of disease related metabolic disorder symptoms, and although several drugs are in late stage development, potent drugs against the disease are lacking, while surgical approaches such as bariatric surgery are not routinely used for it. On that basis the authors state that intervening in patients' unhealthy lifestyles, specifically weight loss through dietary change and exercise to ameliorate associated metabolic disorders and metabolic syndrome, is the first-line treatment for the condition. They add the conditional that matters clinically: with sufficient intrinsic motivation and adherence, managing unhealthy lifestyles can reduce disease severity, improve quality of life and increase survival expectancy. Indexed as an editorial rather than a research article.
- Publication or publisher
- World Journal of Gastroenterology, 30(22), 2829-2833
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38947294/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3748/wjg.v30.i22.2829
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 14 June 2024, volume 30 issue 22, pages 2829-2833, PMID 38947294, PMCID PMC11212717, free full text available. Publication type Editorial. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-462
- Full APA reference
- Lv, H., & Liu, Y. (2024). Management of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: Lifestyle changes. World Journal of Gastroenterology, 30(22), 2829-2833. https://doi.org/10.3748/wjg.v30.i22.2829
REF-475
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle modifications and erectile dysfunction: What can be expected?
Maiorino, M. I., Bellastella, G., & Esposito, K. · 2015 · Asian Journal of Andrology, 17(1), 5-10
A review that gives lifestyle counselling a clear physiological rationale in a domain where it is often skipped in favour of prescribing. The authors note that erectile dysfunction is a common disorder whose prevalence is increasing worldwide, and list its modifiable risk factors as smoking, lack of physical activity, poor diet, overweight or obesity, metabolic syndrome and excessive alcohol consumption. Their mechanistic argument is that all of these metabolic conditions are strongly associated with a pro-inflammatory state that produces endothelial dysfunction by decreasing the availability of nitric oxide, the driving force of blood genital flow. Lifestyle and nutrition are recognised as central factors influencing vascular nitric oxide production, testosterone levels and erectile function, and habits that decrease low grade clinical inflammation may therefore have a role in improving erectile function. They report that in clinical trials lifestyle modifications were effective in ameliorating erectile dysfunction or restoring absent erectile dysfunction in people with obesity or metabolic syndrome, and conclude that promoting healthful lifestyles would yield great benefit in reducing the burden of sexual dysfunction, calling for educative strategies to implement it. Specific trial effect sizes are not given in the abstract.
Full APA reference
Maiorino, M. I., Bellastella, G., & Esposito, K. (2015). Lifestyle modifications and erectile dysfunction: What can be expected? Asian Journal of Andrology, 17(1), 5-10. https://doi.org/10.4103/1008-682X.137687
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-478
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the January to February 2015 issue, volume 17 issue 1, pages 5-10, PMID 25248655, PMCID PMC4291878, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-475
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Maiorino, M. I., Bellastella, G., & Esposito, K.
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Lifestyle modifications and erectile dysfunction: What can be expected?
- Description
- A review that gives lifestyle counselling a clear physiological rationale in a domain where it is often skipped in favour of prescribing. The authors note that erectile dysfunction is a common disorder whose prevalence is increasing worldwide, and list its modifiable risk factors as smoking, lack of physical activity, poor diet, overweight or obesity, metabolic syndrome and excessive alcohol consumption. Their mechanistic argument is that all of these metabolic conditions are strongly associated with a pro-inflammatory state that produces endothelial dysfunction by decreasing the availability of nitric oxide, the driving force of blood genital flow. Lifestyle and nutrition are recognised as central factors influencing vascular nitric oxide production, testosterone levels and erectile function, and habits that decrease low grade clinical inflammation may therefore have a role in improving erectile function. They report that in clinical trials lifestyle modifications were effective in ameliorating erectile dysfunction or restoring absent erectile dysfunction in people with obesity or metabolic syndrome, and conclude that promoting healthful lifestyles would yield great benefit in reducing the burden of sexual dysfunction, calling for educative strategies to implement it. Specific trial effect sizes are not given in the abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Asian Journal of Andrology, 17(1), 5-10
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25248655/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.4103/1008-682X.137687
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published in the January to February 2015 issue, volume 17 issue 1, pages 5-10, PMID 25248655, PMCID PMC4291878, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-478
- Full APA reference
- Maiorino, M. I., Bellastella, G., & Esposito, K. (2015). Lifestyle modifications and erectile dysfunction: What can be expected? Asian Journal of Andrology, 17(1), 5-10. https://doi.org/10.4103/1008-682X.137687
REF-476
Paper, guideline or statement
Environment, lifestyle and infertility: An inter-generational issue
Sharpe, R. M., & Franks, S. · 2002 · Nature Cell Biology, 4(Suppl.), s33-s40
An early statement of an argument that has since become central to life course public health, namely that lifestyle exposure does not stop with the person who is exposed. The authors identify the effects of adult lifestyle, primarily smoking and diet in women and sedentary habits generally, as important factors affecting the fertility of both men and women, and state that adult lifestyle can also affect the fertility of their children. The review summarises the effects of season, modern lifestyles and environmental chemicals, and discusses the implications for future generations. Its value in this collection is conceptual rather than quantitative: it treats lifestyle and environmental exposure together and places the consequences across generations rather than within one, which is the framing that later work on early life determinants and intergenerational risk builds on. No numbers, effect sizes or sample sizes are reported in the abstract, and the evidence base is now more than two decades old, so cite it for the framing.
Full APA reference
Sharpe, R. M., & Franks, S. (2002). Environment, lifestyle and infertility: An inter-generational issue. Nature Cell Biology, 4(Suppl.), s33-s40. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncb-nm-fertilityS33
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-463
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Sharpe RM and Franks S, Nature Cell Biology, October 2002, volume 4 Supplement, pages s33-40, English language, PMID 12479613. Publication types Journal Article and Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-476
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sharpe, R. M., & Franks, S.
- Year
- 2002
- Title
- Environment, lifestyle and infertility: An inter-generational issue
- Description
- An early statement of an argument that has since become central to life course public health, namely that lifestyle exposure does not stop with the person who is exposed. The authors identify the effects of adult lifestyle, primarily smoking and diet in women and sedentary habits generally, as important factors affecting the fertility of both men and women, and state that adult lifestyle can also affect the fertility of their children. The review summarises the effects of season, modern lifestyles and environmental chemicals, and discusses the implications for future generations. Its value in this collection is conceptual rather than quantitative: it treats lifestyle and environmental exposure together and places the consequences across generations rather than within one, which is the framing that later work on early life determinants and intergenerational risk builds on. No numbers, effect sizes or sample sizes are reported in the abstract, and the evidence base is now more than two decades old, so cite it for the framing.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Cell Biology, 4(Suppl.), s33-s40
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Climate, heat and environmental health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/12479613/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/ncb-nm-fertilityS33
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record and the NCBI E-utilities summary on 17 September 2026, which confirm Sharpe RM and Franks S, Nature Cell Biology, October 2002, volume 4 Supplement, pages s33-40, English language, PMID 12479613. Publication types Journal Article and Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-463
- Full APA reference
- Sharpe, R. M., & Franks, S. (2002). Environment, lifestyle and infertility: An inter-generational issue. Nature Cell Biology, 4(Suppl.), s33-s40. https://doi.org/10.1038/ncb-nm-fertilityS33
REF-477
Paper, guideline or statement
Are we doing enough? Lifestyle interventions for enhancing spine health
El Choueiri, J., Pellicanò, F., Laurelli, F., & Caimi, E. · 2025 · Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 133, Article 111023
A surgical journal asking whether its own field over-reaches, which makes it an unusually candid citation for the lifestyle case. The authors describe spine related health problems as a growing global concern driven by ageing populations, sedentary lifestyles and obesity rates, particularly in Western industrialised nations. They accept that spine surgery remains a crucial intervention for severe cases, but argue that lifestyle modification including anti-inflammatory diets, smoking cessation and physical activity offers significant potential both to prevent spinal conditions and to improve surgical outcomes. The mechanism they propose is inflammatory: inflammation and pro-inflammatory cytokines are implicated in degenerative spinal disease, and addressing them through diet and exercise could reduce the need for surgical intervention, while smoking cessation and perioperative nutritional optimisation have shown promise in enhancing post-surgical recovery. Most usefully, they name the obstacles directly as patient adherence challenges and systemic biases toward surgical solutions, and advocate a balanced patient-centred approach combining lifestyle intervention with surgical care. No effect estimates are reported in the abstract.
Full APA reference
El Choueiri, J., Pellicanò, F., Laurelli, F., & Caimi, E. (2025). Are we doing enough? Lifestyle interventions for enhancing spine health. Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 133, Article 111023. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocn.2024.111023
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-458
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published March 2025, epub 31 December 2024, volume 133, article 111023, PMID 39742776. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-477
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- El Choueiri, J., Pellicanò, F., Laurelli, F., & Caimi, E.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Are we doing enough? Lifestyle interventions for enhancing spine health
- Description
- A surgical journal asking whether its own field over-reaches, which makes it an unusually candid citation for the lifestyle case. The authors describe spine related health problems as a growing global concern driven by ageing populations, sedentary lifestyles and obesity rates, particularly in Western industrialised nations. They accept that spine surgery remains a crucial intervention for severe cases, but argue that lifestyle modification including anti-inflammatory diets, smoking cessation and physical activity offers significant potential both to prevent spinal conditions and to improve surgical outcomes. The mechanism they propose is inflammatory: inflammation and pro-inflammatory cytokines are implicated in degenerative spinal disease, and addressing them through diet and exercise could reduce the need for surgical intervention, while smoking cessation and perioperative nutritional optimisation have shown promise in enhancing post-surgical recovery. Most usefully, they name the obstacles directly as patient adherence challenges and systemic biases toward surgical solutions, and advocate a balanced patient-centred approach combining lifestyle intervention with surgical care. No effect estimates are reported in the abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 133, Article 111023
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39742776/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocn.2024.111023
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published March 2025, epub 31 December 2024, volume 133, article 111023, PMID 39742776. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-458
- Full APA reference
- El Choueiri, J., Pellicanò, F., Laurelli, F., & Caimi, E. (2025). Are we doing enough? Lifestyle interventions for enhancing spine health. Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 133, Article 111023. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocn.2024.111023
REF-478
Paper, guideline or statement
Metabolic syndrome severity and lifestyle factors among adolescents
Wang, L. X., Gurka, M. J., & DeBoer, M. D. · 2018 · Minerva Pediatrica, 70(5), 467-475
A paediatric review that treats metabolic syndrome as a graded severity marker rather than a yes or no diagnosis, which is the more useful framing for prevention. The authors situate it in the continued global rise of paediatric obesity and the concern about related sequelae, describing metabolic syndrome as a marker of risk consisting of a cluster of cardiovascular risk factors associated with future cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes, with visceral adipocyte dysfunction from excess fat content at its core. In children and adolescents they link it to unhealthy lifestyle practices including sedentary lifestyles and excess calorie consumption. Their conclusion is that the optimal means of addressing it is targeting a decrease in adiposity through lifestyle modification, and that a decrease in metabolic syndrome follows increases in physical activity and improvements in the quality and content of food intake. They close on the harder problem, that effort remains needed in increasing motivation to make these changes and maintaining adherence in order to avoid long term sequelae. A narrative review without pooled estimates.
Full APA reference
Wang, L. X., Gurka, M. J., & DeBoer, M. D. (2018). Metabolic syndrome severity and lifestyle factors among adolescents. Minerva Pediatrica, 70(5), 467-475. https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4946.18.05290-8
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-459, REF-488, REF-489
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2018, epub 2 July 2018, volume 70 issue 5, pages 467-475, PMID 29968453, PMCID PMC6590909, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-478
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, L. X., Gurka, M. J., & DeBoer, M. D.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Metabolic syndrome severity and lifestyle factors among adolescents
- Description
- A paediatric review that treats metabolic syndrome as a graded severity marker rather than a yes or no diagnosis, which is the more useful framing for prevention. The authors situate it in the continued global rise of paediatric obesity and the concern about related sequelae, describing metabolic syndrome as a marker of risk consisting of a cluster of cardiovascular risk factors associated with future cardiovascular disease and type 2 diabetes, with visceral adipocyte dysfunction from excess fat content at its core. In children and adolescents they link it to unhealthy lifestyle practices including sedentary lifestyles and excess calorie consumption. Their conclusion is that the optimal means of addressing it is targeting a decrease in adiposity through lifestyle modification, and that a decrease in metabolic syndrome follows increases in physical activity and improvements in the quality and content of food intake. They close on the harder problem, that effort remains needed in increasing motivation to make these changes and maintaining adherence in order to avoid long term sequelae. A narrative review without pooled estimates.
- Publication or publisher
- Minerva Pediatrica, 70(5), 467-475
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29968453/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4946.18.05290-8
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2018, epub 2 July 2018, volume 70 issue 5, pages 467-475, PMID 29968453, PMCID PMC6590909, free full text available. Publication type Review. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-459; REF-488; REF-489
- Full APA reference
- Wang, L. X., Gurka, M. J., & DeBoer, M. D. (2018). Metabolic syndrome severity and lifestyle factors among adolescents. Minerva Pediatrica, 70(5), 467-475. https://doi.org/10.23736/S0026-4946.18.05290-8
REF-479
Paper, guideline or statement
Westernization of lifestyle and atherosclerosis in the Japanese: Lessons from the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study
Yoneda, M., Kubota, M., Watanabe, H., & Egusa, G. · 2021 · Journal of Atherosclerosis and Thrombosis, 28(3), 214-222
A 50 year migration study that comes as close as observational research gets to separating genetic predisposition from lifestyle, and one of the strongest natural experiments in this collection. Japanese Americans, comprising first generation migrants from Japan and their later generation offspring, share genetic predisposition with native Japanese but their lifestyles were westernised rapidly and extensively. The Hawaii, Los Angeles and Hiroshima Study surveyed atherosclerosis in Japanese Americans living in Hawaii and Los Angeles alongside native Japanese living in Hiroshima for 50 years from 1970. In the 1990s the westernised lifestyle induced hyperlipidaemia among Japanese Americans, and on carotid artery intima-media wall thickness atherosclerosis was apparently more advanced in Japanese Americans than in native Japanese, with the advancement corresponding to the degree of westernisation across both generations. The convergence is the interesting part: by the 2010s serum total cholesterol and low density lipoprotein cholesterol in native Japanese were significantly higher than in Japanese Americans, and the difference in carotid intima-media thickness progression between the two groups had narrowed. The authors conclude that maintaining a healthy Japanese lifestyle from childhood may suppress future worsening of atherosclerosis risk factors such as obesity and diabetes. Read as evidence that population risk tracks the diffusion of a dietary and activity pattern rather than ancestry.
Full APA reference
Yoneda, M., Kubota, M., Watanabe, H., & Egusa, G. (2021). Westernization of lifestyle and atherosclerosis in the Japanese: Lessons from the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study. Journal of Atherosclerosis and Thrombosis, 28(3), 214-222. https://doi.org/10.5551/jat.RV17046
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-361, REF-469, REF-487, REF-490, REF-491
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 March 2021, epub 25 November 2020, volume 28 issue 3, pages 214-222, PMID 33239481, PMCID PMC8048945, free full text available. Publication type Review, reporting a 50 year cohort survey. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-479
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Yoneda, M., Kubota, M., Watanabe, H., & Egusa, G.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Westernization of lifestyle and atherosclerosis in the Japanese: Lessons from the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study
- Description
- A 50 year migration study that comes as close as observational research gets to separating genetic predisposition from lifestyle, and one of the strongest natural experiments in this collection. Japanese Americans, comprising first generation migrants from Japan and their later generation offspring, share genetic predisposition with native Japanese but their lifestyles were westernised rapidly and extensively. The Hawaii, Los Angeles and Hiroshima Study surveyed atherosclerosis in Japanese Americans living in Hawaii and Los Angeles alongside native Japanese living in Hiroshima for 50 years from 1970. In the 1990s the westernised lifestyle induced hyperlipidaemia among Japanese Americans, and on carotid artery intima-media wall thickness atherosclerosis was apparently more advanced in Japanese Americans than in native Japanese, with the advancement corresponding to the degree of westernisation across both generations. The convergence is the interesting part: by the 2010s serum total cholesterol and low density lipoprotein cholesterol in native Japanese were significantly higher than in Japanese Americans, and the difference in carotid intima-media thickness progression between the two groups had narrowed. The authors conclude that maintaining a healthy Japanese lifestyle from childhood may suppress future worsening of atherosclerosis risk factors such as obesity and diabetes. Read as evidence that population risk tracks the diffusion of a dietary and activity pattern rather than ancestry.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Atherosclerosis and Thrombosis, 28(3), 214-222
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Japan and United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33239481/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.5551/jat.RV17046
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published 1 March 2021, epub 25 November 2020, volume 28 issue 3, pages 214-222, PMID 33239481, PMCID PMC8048945, free full text available. Publication type Review, reporting a 50 year cohort survey. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-361; REF-469; REF-487; REF-490; REF-491
- Full APA reference
- Yoneda, M., Kubota, M., Watanabe, H., & Egusa, G. (2021). Westernization of lifestyle and atherosclerosis in the Japanese: Lessons from the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study. Journal of Atherosclerosis and Thrombosis, 28(3), 214-222. https://doi.org/10.5551/jat.RV17046
REF-480
Paper, guideline or statement
The global human gut microbiome: Genes, lifestyles, and diet
Parizadeh, M., & Arrieta, M.-C. · 2023 · Trends in Molecular Medicine, 29(10), 789-801
A review that undercuts a common assumption in gut health advice, namely that there is one healthy microbiome to aim at. The authors note that gut microbiome studies consistently describe differences between human populations, and work through how host genetics, ethnicity, lifestyle and geographic location help explain that variation. Studies from contrasting environmental scenarios identify diet and lifestyle as the most influential factors. Their most useful evidence comes from human migration and displacement, which demonstrates that the microbiome adapts to newly adopted lifestyles and contributes to the profound biological and health consequences attributed to migration. From this they argue strongly against a universal scale for healthy or dysbiotic gut microbiomes, call for additional microbiome population surveys particularly from less industrialised nations, and conclude that accounting for these differences will be critical to designing strategies for diagnosing and restoring dysbiosis in different human populations. A direct argument that a biological marker of lifestyle is population and place specific rather than universal, which matters for how such measures get used clinically. No numbers or effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
Full APA reference
Parizadeh, M., & Arrieta, M.-C. (2023). The global human gut microbiome: Genes, lifestyles, and diet. Trends in Molecular Medicine, 29(10), 789-801. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molmed.2023.07.002
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-460
Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2023, epub 27 July 2023, volume 29 issue 10, pages 789-801, PMID 37516570. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
All fields
- ID
- REF-480
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Parizadeh, M., & Arrieta, M.-C.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- The global human gut microbiome: Genes, lifestyles, and diet
- Description
- A review that undercuts a common assumption in gut health advice, namely that there is one healthy microbiome to aim at. The authors note that gut microbiome studies consistently describe differences between human populations, and work through how host genetics, ethnicity, lifestyle and geographic location help explain that variation. Studies from contrasting environmental scenarios identify diet and lifestyle as the most influential factors. Their most useful evidence comes from human migration and displacement, which demonstrates that the microbiome adapts to newly adopted lifestyles and contributes to the profound biological and health consequences attributed to migration. From this they argue strongly against a universal scale for healthy or dysbiotic gut microbiomes, call for additional microbiome population surveys particularly from less industrialised nations, and conclude that accounting for these differences will be critical to designing strategies for diagnosing and restoring dysbiosis in different human populations. A direct argument that a biological marker of lifestyle is population and place specific rather than universal, which matters for how such measures get used clinically. No numbers or effect sizes are reported in the abstract.
- Publication or publisher
- Trends in Molecular Medicine, 29(10), 789-801
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37516570/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molmed.2023.07.002
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified against the PubMed record on 17 September 2026. Published October 2023, epub 27 July 2023, volume 29 issue 10, pages 789-801, PMID 37516570. Publication type Review. No PMCID listed. No retraction, correction or erratum recorded.
- Related items
- REF-460
- Full APA reference
- Parizadeh, M., & Arrieta, M.-C. (2023). The global human gut microbiome: Genes, lifestyles, and diet. Trends in Molecular Medicine, 29(10), 789-801. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.molmed.2023.07.002
REF-481
Paper, guideline or statement
Factors that influence participation in physical activity for people with bipolar disorder: A synthesis of qualitative evidence
McCartan, C. J., Yap, J., Best, P., Breedvelt, J., Breslin, G., Firth, J., Tully, M. A., Webb, P., White, C., Gilbody, S., Churchill, R., & Davidson, G. · 2024 · Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 6(6), CD013557
The clearest account yet of why people living with bipolar disorder often cannot take up the exercise that is recommended to them, and it points squarely at shame, cost and services rather than motivation. This Cochrane qualitative evidence synthesis searched MEDLINE, PsycINFO and eight other databases to March 2021 with no language limits, and included 12 studies covering 592 people, 422 of whom answered an online survey and 170 who took part in qualitative research. Almost all the studies came from high income countries, only one from a middle income country, and there were almost no views from family carers, and none at all from service providers about how they support this part of care. The barriers people described were rarely about willpower. Shame and stigma about body appearance and about carrying a psychiatric diagnosis came up repeatedly. Some people felt their sporting skills had been lost when they left school, while those who kept exercising through the move into adulthood were more likely to still have it in their routine. Physical health limits, bipolar medication, carrying extra weight, smoking, alcohol use, poor diet and poor sleep all got in the way, and so did affordability, transport, accessibility and the weather. The lack of any real opportunity to exercise in inpatient mental health settings was named as a problem. What helped was being psychologically stable and ready, being active outdoors and in nature, and finding a rhythm and routine that supported mood management, with walking the most common workable choice. The review also warns that over exercising or under exercising can backfire and accelerate depressive or manic mood. Very few people had ever been told by a clinician that physical activity would help. The authors rate confidence in several findings down from high to moderate or low because of thin data and narrow country coverage, and they call for better education and training of health professionals so physical and mental wellbeing are handled together.
Full APA reference
McCartan, C. J., Yap, J., Best, P., Breedvelt, J., Breslin, G., Firth, J., Tully, M. A., Webb, P., White, C., Gilbody, S., Churchill, R., & Davidson, G. (2024). Factors that influence participation in physical activity for people with bipolar disorder: A synthesis of qualitative evidence. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 6(6), CD013557. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD013557.pub2
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-448, REF-450, REF-041, REF-070, REF-509
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-481
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- McCartan, C. J., Yap, J., Best, P., Breedvelt, J., Breslin, G., Firth, J., Tully, M. A., Webb, P., White, C., Gilbody, S., Churchill, R., & Davidson, G.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Factors that influence participation in physical activity for people with bipolar disorder: A synthesis of qualitative evidence
- Description
- The clearest account yet of why people living with bipolar disorder often cannot take up the exercise that is recommended to them, and it points squarely at shame, cost and services rather than motivation. This Cochrane qualitative evidence synthesis searched MEDLINE, PsycINFO and eight other databases to March 2021 with no language limits, and included 12 studies covering 592 people, 422 of whom answered an online survey and 170 who took part in qualitative research. Almost all the studies came from high income countries, only one from a middle income country, and there were almost no views from family carers, and none at all from service providers about how they support this part of care. The barriers people described were rarely about willpower. Shame and stigma about body appearance and about carrying a psychiatric diagnosis came up repeatedly. Some people felt their sporting skills had been lost when they left school, while those who kept exercising through the move into adulthood were more likely to still have it in their routine. Physical health limits, bipolar medication, carrying extra weight, smoking, alcohol use, poor diet and poor sleep all got in the way, and so did affordability, transport, accessibility and the weather. The lack of any real opportunity to exercise in inpatient mental health settings was named as a problem. What helped was being psychologically stable and ready, being active outdoors and in nature, and finding a rhythm and routine that supported mood management, with walking the most common workable choice. The review also warns that over exercising or under exercising can backfire and accelerate depressive or manic mood. Very few people had ever been told by a clinician that physical activity would help. The authors rate confidence in several findings down from high to moderate or low because of thin data and narrow country coverage, and they call for better education and training of health professionals so physical and mental wellbeing are handled together.
- Publication or publisher
- Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 6(6), CD013557
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Social connection; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38837220/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD013557.pub2
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-448; REF-450; REF-041; REF-070; REF-509
- Full APA reference
- McCartan, C. J., Yap, J., Best, P., Breedvelt, J., Breslin, G., Firth, J., Tully, M. A., Webb, P., White, C., Gilbody, S., Churchill, R., & Davidson, G. (2024). Factors that influence participation in physical activity for people with bipolar disorder: A synthesis of qualitative evidence. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 6(6), CD013557. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD013557.pub2
REF-482
Paper, guideline or statement
Association of healthy lifestyle factors and genetic liability with bipolar disorder: Findings from the UK Biobank
Li, G., He, Q., Sun, M., Ma, Z., Zhao, H., Wang, Y., Feng, Z., Li, T., Chu, J., Hu, W., Chen, X., Han, Q., Sun, N., Liu, X., Sun, H., & Shen, Y. · 2024 · Journal of Affective Disorders, 364, 279-285
Useful evidence that genetic risk for bipolar disorder does not settle the question, because lifestyle adds risk on top of it and appears to interact with it. The study followed 365,517 UK Biobank participants for 12.9 years, during which 529 people developed bipolar disorder. A lifestyle score built from smoking, physical activity, diet, alcohol consumption, sedentary behaviour, sleep duration and social contact was grouped as favourable, intermediate or unfavourable, and a bipolar polygenic risk score was split into thirds. People with unfavourable lifestyles had 3.28 times the hazard of developing bipolar disorder compared with those with favourable lifestyles, a figure close to the 3.20 seen for high versus low polygenic risk. Those carrying both high genetic risk and an unfavourable lifestyle had 6.31 times the hazard of those with low genetic risk and a favourable lifestyle. The authors also report a relative excess risk due to interaction of 1.74 and an attributable proportion due to interaction of 0.37, meaning about a third of the risk in that combined group came from the interaction itself rather than from genes or lifestyle alone. The practical reading is that lifestyle carries roughly comparable weight to measured genetic liability in this cohort, and that people with the highest inherited risk may have the most to gain from lifestyle support. As an observational cohort in a volunteer sample that skews healthier and whiter than the UK population, it cannot prove that changing lifestyle changes onset.
Full APA reference
Li, G., He, Q., Sun, M., Ma, Z., Zhao, H., Wang, Y., Feng, Z., Li, T., Chu, J., Hu, W., Chen, X., Han, Q., Sun, N., Liu, X., Sun, H., & Shen, Y. (2024). Association of healthy lifestyle factors and genetic liability with bipolar disorder: Findings from the UK Biobank. Journal of Affective Disorders, 364, 279-285. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2024.08.011
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-023, REF-448, REF-450, REF-481
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-482
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Li, G., He, Q., Sun, M., Ma, Z., Zhao, H., Wang, Y., Feng, Z., Li, T., Chu, J., Hu, W., Chen, X., Han, Q., Sun, N., Liu, X., Sun, H., & Shen, Y.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Association of healthy lifestyle factors and genetic liability with bipolar disorder: Findings from the UK Biobank
- Description
- Useful evidence that genetic risk for bipolar disorder does not settle the question, because lifestyle adds risk on top of it and appears to interact with it. The study followed 365,517 UK Biobank participants for 12.9 years, during which 529 people developed bipolar disorder. A lifestyle score built from smoking, physical activity, diet, alcohol consumption, sedentary behaviour, sleep duration and social contact was grouped as favourable, intermediate or unfavourable, and a bipolar polygenic risk score was split into thirds. People with unfavourable lifestyles had 3.28 times the hazard of developing bipolar disorder compared with those with favourable lifestyles, a figure close to the 3.20 seen for high versus low polygenic risk. Those carrying both high genetic risk and an unfavourable lifestyle had 6.31 times the hazard of those with low genetic risk and a favourable lifestyle. The authors also report a relative excess risk due to interaction of 1.74 and an attributable proportion due to interaction of 0.37, meaning about a third of the risk in that combined group came from the interaction itself rather than from genes or lifestyle alone. The practical reading is that lifestyle carries roughly comparable weight to measured genetic liability in this cohort, and that people with the highest inherited risk may have the most to gain from lifestyle support. As an observational cohort in a volunteer sample that skews healthier and whiter than the UK population, it cannot prove that changing lifestyle changes onset.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Affective Disorders, 364, 279-285
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39137837/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2024.08.011
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-023; REF-448; REF-450; REF-481
- Full APA reference
- Li, G., He, Q., Sun, M., Ma, Z., Zhao, H., Wang, Y., Feng, Z., Li, T., Chu, J., Hu, W., Chen, X., Han, Q., Sun, N., Liu, X., Sun, H., & Shen, Y. (2024). Association of healthy lifestyle factors and genetic liability with bipolar disorder: Findings from the UK Biobank. Journal of Affective Disorders, 364, 279-285. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2024.08.011
REF-483
Paper, guideline or statement
Older men with bipolar disorder diagnosed in early and later life: Physical health morbidity and general hospital service use
Almeida, O. P., Hankey, G. J., Yeap, B. B., Golledge, J., & Flicker, L. · 2018 · Journal of Affective Disorders, 241, 269-274
An Australian cohort study showing that the physical health cost of bipolar disorder persists into old age and shows up in general hospitals, not just mental health services. Drawing on a community representative sample of 37,183 men aged 65 to 85 years, the researchers identified 250 older men with a recorded bipolar diagnosis, 75 of them diagnosed at age 60 or later. Diabetes, stroke and diseases of the respiratory and digestive systems were all more common in men with bipolar disorder than in men without it. Followed for up to 17.7 years, men diagnosed early in life had a 33 per cent higher hazard of contact with general hospital services and men diagnosed later in life a 27 per cent higher hazard, after accounting for age and existing medical conditions. Men with early onset bipolar disorder had the highest total number of hospital contacts over follow up, though early and late onset groups did not differ in contacts driven by mania or depression episodes, and their medical reasons for presenting overlapped without being identical. The age at diagnosis turned out to matter less than the diagnosis itself. For lifestyle informed practice the message is that cardiometabolic and respiratory risk in this group needs active management decades before old age, and that general hospital contact is a signal of unmet physical health need rather than a separate problem from the psychiatric one.
Full APA reference
Almeida, O. P., Hankey, G. J., Yeap, B. B., Golledge, J., & Flicker, L. (2018). Older men with bipolar disorder diagnosed in early and later life: Physical health morbidity and general hospital service use. Journal of Affective Disorders, 241, 269-274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.035
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-448, REF-070, REF-481
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-483
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Almeida, O. P., Hankey, G. J., Yeap, B. B., Golledge, J., & Flicker, L.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- Older men with bipolar disorder diagnosed in early and later life: Physical health morbidity and general hospital service use
- Description
- An Australian cohort study showing that the physical health cost of bipolar disorder persists into old age and shows up in general hospitals, not just mental health services. Drawing on a community representative sample of 37,183 men aged 65 to 85 years, the researchers identified 250 older men with a recorded bipolar diagnosis, 75 of them diagnosed at age 60 or later. Diabetes, stroke and diseases of the respiratory and digestive systems were all more common in men with bipolar disorder than in men without it. Followed for up to 17.7 years, men diagnosed early in life had a 33 per cent higher hazard of contact with general hospital services and men diagnosed later in life a 27 per cent higher hazard, after accounting for age and existing medical conditions. Men with early onset bipolar disorder had the highest total number of hospital contacts over follow up, though early and late onset groups did not differ in contacts driven by mania or depression episodes, and their medical reasons for presenting overlapped without being identical. The age at diagnosis turned out to matter less than the diagnosis itself. For lifestyle informed practice the message is that cardiometabolic and respiratory risk in this group needs active management decades before old age, and that general hospital contact is a signal of unmet physical health need rather than a separate problem from the psychiatric one.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Affective Disorders, 241, 269-274
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30138812/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.035
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-448; REF-070; REF-481
- Full APA reference
- Almeida, O. P., Hankey, G. J., Yeap, B. B., Golledge, J., & Flicker, L. (2018). Older men with bipolar disorder diagnosed in early and later life: Physical health morbidity and general hospital service use. Journal of Affective Disorders, 241, 269-274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.035
REF-484
Paper, guideline or statement
Health benefits of leisure-time physical activity by socioeconomic status, lifestyle risk, and mental health: A multicohort study
Nyberg, S. T., Frank, P., Pentti, J., Alfredsson, L., Ervasti, J., Goldberg, M., Knutsson, A., Koskinen, A., Lallukka, T., Nordin, M., Rahkonen, O., Strandberg, T., Suominen, S., Vaananen, A., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Westerlund, H., Zins, M., Stenholm, S., Sabia, S., Singh-Manoux, A., Hamer, M., & Kivimaki, M. · 2025 · The Lancet Public Health, 10(2), e124-e135
Strong evidence that physical activity gives the biggest health return to the people who are usually the hardest to reach, which turns exercise promotion into an equity strategy rather than a lifestyle extra. The analysis pooled eight IPD-Work consortium studies covering 107,959 initially healthy European adults with UK Biobank data on 428,899 participants who had at least one physical activity measure. Baseline leisure-time physical activity from 1986 to 2010 was grouped as low, intermediate, or meeting the WHO recommendation of at least 2.5 hours of moderate or 1.25 hours of vigorous activity per week, and the authors counted years lived free of coronary heart disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes, cancer, asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease between ages 40 and 75. Across 1.6 million person-years in IPD-Work and 4.8 million in UK Biobank, 21,231 and 101,319 participants respectively developed a non-communicable disease. Meeting the recommended level bought between 1.1 and 2.0 extra disease-free years overall. The gradient inside that average is the finding that matters. Among men, gains were 2.4 years for current smokers against 0.7 for never smokers, 1.7 years for those of low socioeconomic status against 0.9 for high, 1.4 years for those with low education against 0.8 for high, and 1.6 years for men with depressive symptoms against 1.0 for those without. Women showed the same pattern for smoking, socioeconomic status and depressive symptoms, plus 1.4 years for heavy drinkers against 0.9 for moderate drinkers. No such difference appeared by body mass index or by history of depression. The authors conclude that broad population physical activity initiatives could narrow health disparities, and that building activity into programmes aimed at social disadvantage, unhealthy behaviour and depression could make those programmes work better.
Full APA reference
Nyberg, S. T., Frank, P., Pentti, J., Alfredsson, L., Ervasti, J., Goldberg, M., Knutsson, A., Koskinen, A., Lallukka, T., Nordin, M., Rahkonen, O., Strandberg, T., Suominen, S., Vaananen, A., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Westerlund, H., Zins, M., Stenholm, S., Sabia, S., Singh-Manoux, A., Hamer, M., & Kivimaki, M. (2025). Health benefits of leisure-time physical activity by socioeconomic status, lifestyle risk, and mental health: A multicohort study. The Lancet Public Health, 10(2), e124-e135. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(24)00300-1
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-223, REF-371, REF-486, REF-506
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-484
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Nyberg, S. T., Frank, P., Pentti, J., Alfredsson, L., Ervasti, J., Goldberg, M., Knutsson, A., Koskinen, A., Lallukka, T., Nordin, M., Rahkonen, O., Strandberg, T., Suominen, S., Vaananen, A., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Westerlund, H., Zins, M., Stenholm, S., Sabia, S., Singh-Manoux, A., Hamer, M., & Kivimaki, M.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Health benefits of leisure-time physical activity by socioeconomic status, lifestyle risk, and mental health: A multicohort study
- Description
- Strong evidence that physical activity gives the biggest health return to the people who are usually the hardest to reach, which turns exercise promotion into an equity strategy rather than a lifestyle extra. The analysis pooled eight IPD-Work consortium studies covering 107,959 initially healthy European adults with UK Biobank data on 428,899 participants who had at least one physical activity measure. Baseline leisure-time physical activity from 1986 to 2010 was grouped as low, intermediate, or meeting the WHO recommendation of at least 2.5 hours of moderate or 1.25 hours of vigorous activity per week, and the authors counted years lived free of coronary heart disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes, cancer, asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease between ages 40 and 75. Across 1.6 million person-years in IPD-Work and 4.8 million in UK Biobank, 21,231 and 101,319 participants respectively developed a non-communicable disease. Meeting the recommended level bought between 1.1 and 2.0 extra disease-free years overall. The gradient inside that average is the finding that matters. Among men, gains were 2.4 years for current smokers against 0.7 for never smokers, 1.7 years for those of low socioeconomic status against 0.9 for high, 1.4 years for those with low education against 0.8 for high, and 1.6 years for men with depressive symptoms against 1.0 for those without. Women showed the same pattern for smoking, socioeconomic status and depressive symptoms, plus 1.4 years for heavy drinkers against 0.9 for moderate drinkers. No such difference appeared by body mass index or by history of depression. The authors conclude that broad population physical activity initiatives could narrow health disparities, and that building activity into programmes aimed at social disadvantage, unhealthy behaviour and depression could make those programmes work better.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Public Health, 10(2), e124-e135
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39909687/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(24)00300-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-223; REF-371; REF-486; REF-506
- Full APA reference
- Nyberg, S. T., Frank, P., Pentti, J., Alfredsson, L., Ervasti, J., Goldberg, M., Knutsson, A., Koskinen, A., Lallukka, T., Nordin, M., Rahkonen, O., Strandberg, T., Suominen, S., Vaananen, A., Vahtera, J., Virtanen, M., Westerlund, H., Zins, M., Stenholm, S., Sabia, S., Singh-Manoux, A., Hamer, M., & Kivimaki, M. (2025). Health benefits of leisure-time physical activity by socioeconomic status, lifestyle risk, and mental health: A multicohort study. The Lancet Public Health, 10(2), e124-e135. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(24)00300-1
REF-485
Paper, guideline or statement
Perspectives of stakeholders in Danish voluntary sports clubs on engaging in potential social prescribing programmes: A qualitative case study
Rasmussen, L. G., Nielsen, R. O., Brok, L. H., Hawkins, J., Kallestrup, P., & Ryom, K. · 2026 · BMC Primary Care, 27(1), Article 175
A rare look at social prescribing from the receiving end, asking the volunteers who would actually have to absorb referred patients whether they can and want to do it. The study used a collective case design across five Danish voluntary sports clubs, combining roughly 55 hours of ethnographic observation of activities for adults aged 18 and over and for participants aged 65 and over, with semi-structured face-to-face focus groups held in each club two to six months later. Eighteen club stakeholders took part, including members, instructors and board members. Stakeholders said they would welcome referred patients as ordinary community members, but only on the same footing as everyone else, meaning people who join out of personal interest and take responsibility for their own participation rather than arriving as patients to be managed. For referral to work, clubs said they need to know what a person can actually do and which activity would suit them. The sharper concern was about responsibility being quietly transferred onto unpaid instructors, and whether specific qualifications would now be expected of them, which the authors read as a clear need for support to build confidence in the sector. The conclusion is that social prescribing has to match people to activities by motivation and capacity while respecting the resources and culture of community providers, and that a community level approach to those barriers may be essential for programmes involving voluntary clubs. It is a corrective to social prescribing designs that treat community assets as unlimited free capacity.
Full APA reference
Rasmussen, L. G., Nielsen, R. O., Brok, L. H., Hawkins, J., Kallestrup, P., & Ryom, K. (2026). Perspectives of stakeholders in Danish voluntary sports clubs on engaging in potential social prescribing programmes: A qualitative case study. BMC Primary Care, 27(1), Article 175. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-026-03282-w
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-069, REF-193
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-485
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Rasmussen, L. G., Nielsen, R. O., Brok, L. H., Hawkins, J., Kallestrup, P., & Ryom, K.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Perspectives of stakeholders in Danish voluntary sports clubs on engaging in potential social prescribing programmes: A qualitative case study
- Description
- A rare look at social prescribing from the receiving end, asking the volunteers who would actually have to absorb referred patients whether they can and want to do it. The study used a collective case design across five Danish voluntary sports clubs, combining roughly 55 hours of ethnographic observation of activities for adults aged 18 and over and for participants aged 65 and over, with semi-structured face-to-face focus groups held in each club two to six months later. Eighteen club stakeholders took part, including members, instructors and board members. Stakeholders said they would welcome referred patients as ordinary community members, but only on the same footing as everyone else, meaning people who join out of personal interest and take responsibility for their own participation rather than arriving as patients to be managed. For referral to work, clubs said they need to know what a person can actually do and which activity would suit them. The sharper concern was about responsibility being quietly transferred onto unpaid instructors, and whether specific qualifications would now be expected of them, which the authors read as a clear need for support to build confidence in the sector. The conclusion is that social prescribing has to match people to activities by motivation and capacity while respecting the resources and culture of community providers, and that a community level approach to those barriers may be essential for programmes involving voluntary clubs. It is a corrective to social prescribing designs that treat community assets as unlimited free capacity.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Primary Care, 27(1), Article 175
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Denmark
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41888715/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-026-03282-w
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-069; REF-193
- Full APA reference
- Rasmussen, L. G., Nielsen, R. O., Brok, L. H., Hawkins, J., Kallestrup, P., & Ryom, K. (2026). Perspectives of stakeholders in Danish voluntary sports clubs on engaging in potential social prescribing programmes: A qualitative case study. BMC Primary Care, 27(1), Article 175. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12875-026-03282-w
REF-486
Paper, guideline or statement
Socioeconomic status and the 25 x 25 risk factors as determinants of premature mortality: A multicohort study and meta-analysis of 1.7 million men and women
Stringhini, S., Carmeli, C., Jokela, M., Avendano, M., Muennig, P., Guida, F., Ricceri, F., d’Errico, A., Barros, H., Bochud, M., Chadeau-Hyam, M., Clavel-Chapelon, F., Costa, G., Delpierre, C., Fraga, S., Goldberg, M., Giles, G. G., Krogh, V., Kelly-Irving, M., Layte, R., Lasserre, A. M., Marmot, M. G., Preisig, M., Shipley, M. J., Vollenweider, P., Zins, M., Kawachi, I., Steptoe, A., Mackenbach, J. P., Vineis, P., Kivimaki, M., & LIFEPATH Consortium · 2017 · The Lancet, 389(10075), 1229-1237
The study that made the case for treating social position as a risk factor in its own right, and it is still the most quotable number for that argument. In 2011 WHO member states signed up to the 25 x 25 initiative, a plan to cut non-communicable disease mortality by 25 per cent by 2025, but that plan left out socioeconomic factors entirely. This meta-analysis pooled individual level data from 48 independent prospective cohorts across seven high income WHO member countries, a total population of 1,751,479 people, 54 per cent of them women, with occupational position as the measure of socioeconomic status. Over 26.6 million person-years and a mean 13.3 years of follow up, 310,277 participants died. Low socioeconomic status carried a 42 per cent higher mortality hazard in men and 34 per cent in women, and that association held at 26 per cent even after mutual adjustment for all six of the 25 x 25 risk factors, meaning high alcohol intake, physical inactivity, current smoking, hypertension, diabetes and obesity. The years of life lost between ages 40 and 85 put the scale in plain terms: 4.8 years for current smoking, 3.9 for diabetes, 2.4 for physical inactivity, 2.1 for low socioeconomic status, 1.6 for hypertension, 0.7 for obesity and 0.5 for high alcohol intake. Low socioeconomic status cost more life expectancy than obesity, hypertension or heavy drinking. Only smoking and physical inactivity had a larger population attributable fraction. The authors conclude that socioeconomic circumstances should be targeted directly by local and global health strategies and included in health risk surveillance, not treated as background to behaviour.
Full APA reference
Stringhini, S., Carmeli, C., Jokela, M., Avendano, M., Muennig, P., Guida, F., Ricceri, F., d’Errico, A., Barros, H., Bochud, M., Chadeau-Hyam, M., Clavel-Chapelon, F., Costa, G., Delpierre, C., Fraga, S., Goldberg, M., Giles, G. G., Krogh, V., Kelly-Irving, M., Layte, R., Lasserre, A. M., Marmot, M. G., Preisig, M., Shipley, M. J., Vollenweider, P., Zins, M., Kawachi, I., Steptoe, A., Mackenbach, J. P., Vineis, P., Kivimaki, M., & LIFEPATH Consortium. (2017). Socioeconomic status and the 25 x 25 risk factors as determinants of premature mortality: A multicohort study and meta-analysis of 1.7 million men and women. The Lancet, 389(10075), 1229-1237. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32380-7
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-223, REF-203, REF-484
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-486
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Stringhini, S., Carmeli, C., Jokela, M., Avendano, M., Muennig, P., Guida, F., Ricceri, F., d’Errico, A., Barros, H., Bochud, M., Chadeau-Hyam, M., Clavel-Chapelon, F., Costa, G., Delpierre, C., Fraga, S., Goldberg, M., Giles, G. G., Krogh, V., Kelly-Irving, M., Layte, R., Lasserre, A. M., Marmot, M. G., Preisig, M., Shipley, M. J., Vollenweider, P., Zins, M., Kawachi, I., Steptoe, A., Mackenbach, J. P., Vineis, P., Kivimaki, M., & LIFEPATH Consortium
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Socioeconomic status and the 25 x 25 risk factors as determinants of premature mortality: A multicohort study and meta-analysis of 1.7 million men and women
- Description
- The study that made the case for treating social position as a risk factor in its own right, and it is still the most quotable number for that argument. In 2011 WHO member states signed up to the 25 x 25 initiative, a plan to cut non-communicable disease mortality by 25 per cent by 2025, but that plan left out socioeconomic factors entirely. This meta-analysis pooled individual level data from 48 independent prospective cohorts across seven high income WHO member countries, a total population of 1,751,479 people, 54 per cent of them women, with occupational position as the measure of socioeconomic status. Over 26.6 million person-years and a mean 13.3 years of follow up, 310,277 participants died. Low socioeconomic status carried a 42 per cent higher mortality hazard in men and 34 per cent in women, and that association held at 26 per cent even after mutual adjustment for all six of the 25 x 25 risk factors, meaning high alcohol intake, physical inactivity, current smoking, hypertension, diabetes and obesity. The years of life lost between ages 40 and 85 put the scale in plain terms: 4.8 years for current smoking, 3.9 for diabetes, 2.4 for physical inactivity, 2.1 for low socioeconomic status, 1.6 for hypertension, 0.7 for obesity and 0.5 for high alcohol intake. Low socioeconomic status cost more life expectancy than obesity, hypertension or heavy drinking. Only smoking and physical inactivity had a larger population attributable fraction. The authors conclude that socioeconomic circumstances should be targeted directly by local and global health strategies and included in health risk surveillance, not treated as background to behaviour.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 389(10075), 1229-1237
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28159391/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32380-7
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-223; REF-203; REF-484
- Full APA reference
- Stringhini, S., Carmeli, C., Jokela, M., Avendano, M., Muennig, P., Guida, F., Ricceri, F., d’Errico, A., Barros, H., Bochud, M., Chadeau-Hyam, M., Clavel-Chapelon, F., Costa, G., Delpierre, C., Fraga, S., Goldberg, M., Giles, G. G., Krogh, V., Kelly-Irving, M., Layte, R., Lasserre, A. M., Marmot, M. G., Preisig, M., Shipley, M. J., Vollenweider, P., Zins, M., Kawachi, I., Steptoe, A., Mackenbach, J. P., Vineis, P., Kivimaki, M., & LIFEPATH Consortium. (2017). Socioeconomic status and the 25 x 25 risk factors as determinants of premature mortality: A multicohort study and meta-analysis of 1.7 million men and women. The Lancet, 389(10075), 1229-1237. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32380-7
REF-487
Paper, guideline or statement
A 50-year history of the health impacts of Westernization on the lifestyle of Japanese Americans: A focus on the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study
Yoneda, M., & Kobuke, K. · 2020 · Journal of Diabetes Investigation, 11(6), 1382-1387
A natural experiment that separates genes from lifestyle about as cleanly as population research ever manages, and this review is the 50-year summary of it. Medical surveys of Japanese Americans have run since 1970, following emigrants from Hiroshima in Japan to Hawaii or Los Angeles in the United States, and their children. The design compares two populations who are genetically the same but who live very differently, the native Japanese residents of Hiroshima against Japanese Americans who experienced rapid and intense Westernization of daily life. The authors compare nutrient intake, the frequency of obesity, the prevalence of metabolic syndrome and diabetes, and the progression of atherosclerosis across the two groups. Their argument is forward looking as well as historical: what happened to the health of Japanese Americans can be read as a preview of what awaits native Japanese people as Westernized lifestyles spread inside Japan itself. For a lifestyle library this is one of the strongest available demonstrations that population level differences in cardiometabolic disease are driven by how people live and eat rather than by inherited risk. It is the companion paper to the atherosclerosis focused review from the same cohort already held as REF-479, and it is written from a diabetes and metabolic angle rather than a vascular one.
Full APA reference
Yoneda, M., & Kobuke, K. (2020). A 50-year history of the health impacts of Westernization on the lifestyle of Japanese Americans: A focus on the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study. Journal of Diabetes Investigation, 11(6), 1382-1387. https://doi.org/10.1111/jdi.13278
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-479, REF-469, REF-490, REF-491, REF-492
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-487
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Yoneda, M., & Kobuke, K.
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- A 50-year history of the health impacts of Westernization on the lifestyle of Japanese Americans: A focus on the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study
- Description
- A natural experiment that separates genes from lifestyle about as cleanly as population research ever manages, and this review is the 50-year summary of it. Medical surveys of Japanese Americans have run since 1970, following emigrants from Hiroshima in Japan to Hawaii or Los Angeles in the United States, and their children. The design compares two populations who are genetically the same but who live very differently, the native Japanese residents of Hiroshima against Japanese Americans who experienced rapid and intense Westernization of daily life. The authors compare nutrient intake, the frequency of obesity, the prevalence of metabolic syndrome and diabetes, and the progression of atherosclerosis across the two groups. Their argument is forward looking as well as historical: what happened to the health of Japanese Americans can be read as a preview of what awaits native Japanese people as Westernized lifestyles spread inside Japan itself. For a lifestyle library this is one of the strongest available demonstrations that population level differences in cardiometabolic disease are driven by how people live and eat rather than by inherited risk. It is the companion paper to the atherosclerosis focused review from the same cohort already held as REF-479, and it is written from a diabetes and metabolic angle rather than a vascular one.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Diabetes Investigation, 11(6), 1382-1387
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Japan and United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32311224/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/jdi.13278
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-479; REF-469; REF-490; REF-491; REF-492
- Full APA reference
- Yoneda, M., & Kobuke, K. (2020). A 50-year history of the health impacts of Westernization on the lifestyle of Japanese Americans: A focus on the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima Study. Journal of Diabetes Investigation, 11(6), 1382-1387. https://doi.org/10.1111/jdi.13278
REF-488
Paper, guideline or statement
Exploring the prevalence and components of metabolic syndrome in sub-Saharan African type 2 diabetes mellitus patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Musilanga, N., Nasib, H., Jackson, G., Shayo, F., Nhanga, C., Girukwigomba, S., Mwakibolwa, A., Henry, S., Kijusya, K., & Msonge, E. · 2024 · Journal of Obesity, 2024, Article 1240457
The clearest figure available on how heavily metabolic syndrome sits on top of type 2 diabetes across sub-Saharan Africa, and it is high enough to reframe diabetes care there as cardiometabolic care. The authors searched PubMed, Embase, Scopus, Google Scholar, African Index Medicus and African Journal Online from inception to 31 July 2023, screened 1,421 articles under PRISMA, and pooled 30 studies using a random effects model with Joanna Briggs Institute quality appraisal. Among people with type 2 diabetes, the weighted pooled prevalence of metabolic syndrome was 63.1 per cent under the 2004 National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel criteria and 60.8 per cent under International Diabetes Federation criteria. The sex gap is large and consistent across both definitions: 73.5 per cent of women against 50.5 per cent of men under the NCEP criteria, and 71.6 per cent against 44.5 per cent under the IDF criteria. Central obesity was the single most common component, at 55.9 per cent and 61.6 per cent respectively. There was no statistical evidence of publication bias in either pooled estimate. The authors call for lifestyle modification through regular exercise and balanced diets, routine obesity screening and early intervention, alongside broader public health measures aimed at central obesity. The record is a useful counterweight in a library where most cardiometabolic evidence comes from high income settings.
Full APA reference
Musilanga, N., Nasib, H., Jackson, G., Shayo, F., Nhanga, C., Girukwigomba, S., Mwakibolwa, A., Henry, S., Kijusya, K., & Msonge, E. (2024). Exploring the prevalence and components of metabolic syndrome in sub-Saharan African type 2 diabetes mellitus patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Obesity, 2024, Article 1240457. https://doi.org/10.1155/2024/1240457
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-489, REF-478
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-488
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Musilanga, N., Nasib, H., Jackson, G., Shayo, F., Nhanga, C., Girukwigomba, S., Mwakibolwa, A., Henry, S., Kijusya, K., & Msonge, E.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- Exploring the prevalence and components of metabolic syndrome in sub-Saharan African type 2 diabetes mellitus patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- The clearest figure available on how heavily metabolic syndrome sits on top of type 2 diabetes across sub-Saharan Africa, and it is high enough to reframe diabetes care there as cardiometabolic care. The authors searched PubMed, Embase, Scopus, Google Scholar, African Index Medicus and African Journal Online from inception to 31 July 2023, screened 1,421 articles under PRISMA, and pooled 30 studies using a random effects model with Joanna Briggs Institute quality appraisal. Among people with type 2 diabetes, the weighted pooled prevalence of metabolic syndrome was 63.1 per cent under the 2004 National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel criteria and 60.8 per cent under International Diabetes Federation criteria. The sex gap is large and consistent across both definitions: 73.5 per cent of women against 50.5 per cent of men under the NCEP criteria, and 71.6 per cent against 44.5 per cent under the IDF criteria. Central obesity was the single most common component, at 55.9 per cent and 61.6 per cent respectively. There was no statistical evidence of publication bias in either pooled estimate. The authors call for lifestyle modification through regular exercise and balanced diets, routine obesity screening and early intervention, alongside broader public health measures aimed at central obesity. The record is a useful counterweight in a library where most cardiometabolic evidence comes from high income settings.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Obesity, 2024, Article 1240457
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Sub-Saharan Africa
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/38410415/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1155/2024/1240457
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-489; REF-478
- Full APA reference
- Musilanga, N., Nasib, H., Jackson, G., Shayo, F., Nhanga, C., Girukwigomba, S., Mwakibolwa, A., Henry, S., Kijusya, K., & Msonge, E. (2024). Exploring the prevalence and components of metabolic syndrome in sub-Saharan African type 2 diabetes mellitus patients: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Obesity, 2024, Article 1240457. https://doi.org/10.1155/2024/1240457
REF-489
Paper, guideline or statement
Prevalence and determinants of metabolic syndrome among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus in the Buea Health District, South West Region, Cameroon
Mbota, C. F., Ojong, E. W., Ufuan, A. A., & Tambe, A. B. · 2026 · Pan African Medical Journal, 53, Article 88
A local Cameroonian study that puts named lifestyle and self-management factors behind the regional prevalence figures, which makes it more directly usable in practice than a pooled estimate. This hospital based cross-sectional study recruited 139 patients with type 2 diabetes by systematic sampling in the Buea Health District between February and May 2024, with a mean age of 59.5 years. Alongside sociodemographic, lifestyle and clinical data, the team measured anthropometry, fasting plasma glucose, triglycerides, high density lipoprotein cholesterol, blood pressure and glycated haemoglobin. Metabolic syndrome prevalence was 64.0 per cent under International Diabetes Federation criteria and 56.8 per cent under National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel criteria, significantly higher in women. Central obesity, hyperglycaemia and hypertension were the most common components and all were more prevalent in women. The determinants that reached significance are the practical part: being female, being older, consuming alcohol, not practising self glucose monitoring, and having poor glycaemic control all raised the likelihood of metabolic syndrome. The authors recommend lifestyle change together with good glycaemic control as prevention. As a single site cross-sectional study of 139 people it cannot establish causal direction, but it identifies modifiable targets, including self monitoring behaviour, that sit squarely in lifestyle medicine territory.
Full APA reference
Mbota, C. F., Ojong, E. W., Ufuan, A. A., & Tambe, A. B. (2026). Prevalence and determinants of metabolic syndrome among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus in the Buea Health District, South West Region, Cameroon. Pan African Medical Journal, 53, Article 88. https://doi.org/10.11604/pamj.2026.53.88.46412
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-488, REF-478
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-489
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mbota, C. F., Ojong, E. W., Ufuan, A. A., & Tambe, A. B.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Prevalence and determinants of metabolic syndrome among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus in the Buea Health District, South West Region, Cameroon
- Description
- A local Cameroonian study that puts named lifestyle and self-management factors behind the regional prevalence figures, which makes it more directly usable in practice than a pooled estimate. This hospital based cross-sectional study recruited 139 patients with type 2 diabetes by systematic sampling in the Buea Health District between February and May 2024, with a mean age of 59.5 years. Alongside sociodemographic, lifestyle and clinical data, the team measured anthropometry, fasting plasma glucose, triglycerides, high density lipoprotein cholesterol, blood pressure and glycated haemoglobin. Metabolic syndrome prevalence was 64.0 per cent under International Diabetes Federation criteria and 56.8 per cent under National Cholesterol Education Program Adult Treatment Panel criteria, significantly higher in women. Central obesity, hyperglycaemia and hypertension were the most common components and all were more prevalent in women. The determinants that reached significance are the practical part: being female, being older, consuming alcohol, not practising self glucose monitoring, and having poor glycaemic control all raised the likelihood of metabolic syndrome. The authors recommend lifestyle change together with good glycaemic control as prevention. As a single site cross-sectional study of 139 people it cannot establish causal direction, but it identifies modifiable targets, including self monitoring behaviour, that sit squarely in lifestyle medicine territory.
- Publication or publisher
- Pan African Medical Journal, 53, Article 88
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Cameroon
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42375556/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.11604/pamj.2026.53.88.46412
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-488; REF-478
- Full APA reference
- Mbota, C. F., Ojong, E. W., Ufuan, A. A., & Tambe, A. B. (2026). Prevalence and determinants of metabolic syndrome among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus in the Buea Health District, South West Region, Cameroon. Pan African Medical Journal, 53, Article 88. https://doi.org/10.11604/pamj.2026.53.88.46412
REF-490
Paper, guideline or statement
Association of dietary nutrient intake with early age-related macular degeneration in Japanese-Americans
Edo, A., Pertiwi, Y. D., Hirooka, K., Masuda, S., Kamaruddin, M. I., Yanagi, M., Nagao, A., Ohno, H., Yoneda, M., & Kiuchi, Y. · 2021 · Metabolites, 11(10), Article 673
Evidence that Westernized eating patterns show up in the eye as well as the artery, drawn from the same Japanese American population used to study atherosclerosis and diabetes. This cross-sectional study surveyed Japanese immigrants and their descendants living in Los Angeles, combining dietary habit interviews with fundus photography and physical examination, and classifying participants into early age-related macular degeneration or control groups on the basis of the retinal photographs. Of 555 participants, 111, or 20.0 per cent, had early age-related macular degeneration, and none had late stage disease. In multivariate logistic regression, higher intake of animal fat and of saturated fatty acids was positively associated with early disease, with p for trend of 0.01 and 0.02 respectively. Higher intake of vegetable fat, total carbohydrate, simple carbohydrate, sugar and fructose was inversely associated with it, with p for trend values between 0.02 and 0.046. The authors read this as excessive animal fat and saturated fat intake raising the risk of early macular degeneration in a population whose lifestyle has been Westernized. The inverse findings for sugar and simple carbohydrate deserve caution: in a cross-sectional design with correlated food groups, they may reflect displacement of animal fat rather than any protective effect, and the authors do not claim otherwise.
Full APA reference
Edo, A., Pertiwi, Y. D., Hirooka, K., Masuda, S., Kamaruddin, M. I., Yanagi, M., Nagao, A., Ohno, H., Yoneda, M., & Kiuchi, Y. (2021). Association of dietary nutrient intake with early age-related macular degeneration in Japanese-Americans. Metabolites, 11(10), Article 673. https://doi.org/10.3390/metabo11100673
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-479, REF-487, REF-492
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-490
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Edo, A., Pertiwi, Y. D., Hirooka, K., Masuda, S., Kamaruddin, M. I., Yanagi, M., Nagao, A., Ohno, H., Yoneda, M., & Kiuchi, Y.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Association of dietary nutrient intake with early age-related macular degeneration in Japanese-Americans
- Description
- Evidence that Westernized eating patterns show up in the eye as well as the artery, drawn from the same Japanese American population used to study atherosclerosis and diabetes. This cross-sectional study surveyed Japanese immigrants and their descendants living in Los Angeles, combining dietary habit interviews with fundus photography and physical examination, and classifying participants into early age-related macular degeneration or control groups on the basis of the retinal photographs. Of 555 participants, 111, or 20.0 per cent, had early age-related macular degeneration, and none had late stage disease. In multivariate logistic regression, higher intake of animal fat and of saturated fatty acids was positively associated with early disease, with p for trend of 0.01 and 0.02 respectively. Higher intake of vegetable fat, total carbohydrate, simple carbohydrate, sugar and fructose was inversely associated with it, with p for trend values between 0.02 and 0.046. The authors read this as excessive animal fat and saturated fat intake raising the risk of early macular degeneration in a population whose lifestyle has been Westernized. The inverse findings for sugar and simple carbohydrate deserve caution: in a cross-sectional design with correlated food groups, they may reflect displacement of animal fat rather than any protective effect, and the authors do not claim otherwise.
- Publication or publisher
- Metabolites, 11(10), Article 673
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34677388/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/metabo11100673
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-479; REF-487; REF-492
- Full APA reference
- Edo, A., Pertiwi, Y. D., Hirooka, K., Masuda, S., Kamaruddin, M. I., Yanagi, M., Nagao, A., Ohno, H., Yoneda, M., & Kiuchi, Y. (2021). Association of dietary nutrient intake with early age-related macular degeneration in Japanese-Americans. Metabolites, 11(10), Article 673. https://doi.org/10.3390/metabo11100673
REF-491
Paper, guideline or statement
The impact of overseas assignments on metabolic factors: Panasonic cohort study 23
Murano, T., Okada, H., Hamaguchi, M., Kurogi, K., Tatsumi, Y., Murata, H., Yoshida, N., Ito, M., & Fukui, M. · 2024 · Journal of Occupational Health, 66(1), Article uiae071
A well matched null result, and a useful one, because it tests the assumption that relocating to a different food and work environment reliably damages metabolic health. Using annual health examination data from Panasonic Corporation employees in Japan, this retrospective cohort study compared changes in body mass index, blood pressure, plasma glucose, lipid profiles, liver enzymes and uric acid between employees posted overseas and those who stayed. Propensity score matching produced two groups of 899 people each, both with a median age of 46 years, and the average overseas posting lasted 4.1 years. Notably, 65.4 per cent of those posted overseas went alone rather than with family. No significant differences emerged in any of the measured metabolic factors between the overseas and non-overseas groups, and subgroup analyses found that neither family accompaniment nor destination changed that. The negative finding sits interestingly against migration studies such as the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima work, where Westernization over decades and generations produced marked metabolic divergence. The difference is probably one of duration, age and permanence: a four year corporate posting in middle age is a very different exposure from permanent emigration and raising children in a new food environment. Worth holding for anyone reasoning about how long an environmental change needs to last before it moves cardiometabolic risk.
Full APA reference
Murano, T., Okada, H., Hamaguchi, M., Kurogi, K., Tatsumi, Y., Murata, H., Yoshida, N., Ito, M., & Fukui, M. (2024). The impact of overseas assignments on metabolic factors: Panasonic cohort study 23. Journal of Occupational Health, 66(1), Article uiae071. https://doi.org/10.1093/joccuh/uiae071
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-479, REF-487
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-491
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Murano, T., Okada, H., Hamaguchi, M., Kurogi, K., Tatsumi, Y., Murata, H., Yoshida, N., Ito, M., & Fukui, M.
- Year
- 2024
- Title
- The impact of overseas assignments on metabolic factors: Panasonic cohort study 23
- Description
- A well matched null result, and a useful one, because it tests the assumption that relocating to a different food and work environment reliably damages metabolic health. Using annual health examination data from Panasonic Corporation employees in Japan, this retrospective cohort study compared changes in body mass index, blood pressure, plasma glucose, lipid profiles, liver enzymes and uric acid between employees posted overseas and those who stayed. Propensity score matching produced two groups of 899 people each, both with a median age of 46 years, and the average overseas posting lasted 4.1 years. Notably, 65.4 per cent of those posted overseas went alone rather than with family. No significant differences emerged in any of the measured metabolic factors between the overseas and non-overseas groups, and subgroup analyses found that neither family accompaniment nor destination changed that. The negative finding sits interestingly against migration studies such as the Hawaii, Los Angeles, Hiroshima work, where Westernization over decades and generations produced marked metabolic divergence. The difference is probably one of duration, age and permanence: a four year corporate posting in middle age is a very different exposure from permanent emigration and raising children in a new food environment. Worth holding for anyone reasoning about how long an environmental change needs to last before it moves cardiometabolic risk.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Occupational Health, 66(1), Article uiae071
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Japan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39572004/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/joccuh/uiae071
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-479; REF-487
- Full APA reference
- Murano, T., Okada, H., Hamaguchi, M., Kurogi, K., Tatsumi, Y., Murata, H., Yoshida, N., Ito, M., & Fukui, M. (2024). The impact of overseas assignments on metabolic factors: Panasonic cohort study 23. Journal of Occupational Health, 66(1), Article uiae071. https://doi.org/10.1093/joccuh/uiae071
REF-492
Paper, guideline or statement
Diet in the general United States Asian American population: A scoping review
Chan, S. W. C., Godbole, N., LeCroy, M. N., Kuang, K. M., Cheng, J., Beasley, J. M., Laynor, G., Wang, V. H., Ali, S. H., & Yi, S. S. · 2026 · Current Developments in Nutrition, 10(5), Article 107693
A mapping exercise that starts from an equity problem rather than a clinical one: Asian American populations are underrepresented in dietary programmes and nutrition specific funding, and what is known about their eating tends to come from people who already have a diagnosed condition. This scoping review, conducted between December 2023 and December 2024, set out to describe food group consumption among Asian American people without noncommunicable disease. Seven databases were searched for articles published since 2000, three reviewers independently screened 1,486 articles leaving 165 for inclusion, and 15 grey literature sources were reviewed separately. Asian American adults and children generally consume more refined grains and less dairy than the general United States population, but the review is emphatic that the aggregate hides real variation. South Asian people report higher saturated fat and dairy intake, while Chinese, Filipino and Southeast Asian groups often fall short of recommended fruit and vegetable intake. Dietary staples differ by ethnicity too, from white rice and noodles in East and Southeast Asian diets to breads and buns among South Asian and Filipino communities. The recommendations point to culturally tailored nutrition education that works with traditional diets, promotes whole grain substitution and takes a family focused approach, with future research needed on meal sharing practices and cooking methods. The review is registered on the Open Science Framework. It is a direct argument against treating any pan-ethnic population as one dietary group.
Full APA reference
Chan, S. W. C., Godbole, N., LeCroy, M. N., Kuang, K. M., Cheng, J., Beasley, J. M., Laynor, G., Wang, V. H., Ali, S. H., & Yi, S. S. (2026). Diet in the general United States Asian American population: A scoping review. Current Developments in Nutrition, 10(5), Article 107693. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cdnut.2026.107693
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-490, REF-487
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-492
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Chan, S. W. C., Godbole, N., LeCroy, M. N., Kuang, K. M., Cheng, J., Beasley, J. M., Laynor, G., Wang, V. H., Ali, S. H., & Yi, S. S.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Diet in the general United States Asian American population: A scoping review
- Description
- A mapping exercise that starts from an equity problem rather than a clinical one: Asian American populations are underrepresented in dietary programmes and nutrition specific funding, and what is known about their eating tends to come from people who already have a diagnosed condition. This scoping review, conducted between December 2023 and December 2024, set out to describe food group consumption among Asian American people without noncommunicable disease. Seven databases were searched for articles published since 2000, three reviewers independently screened 1,486 articles leaving 165 for inclusion, and 15 grey literature sources were reviewed separately. Asian American adults and children generally consume more refined grains and less dairy than the general United States population, but the review is emphatic that the aggregate hides real variation. South Asian people report higher saturated fat and dairy intake, while Chinese, Filipino and Southeast Asian groups often fall short of recommended fruit and vegetable intake. Dietary staples differ by ethnicity too, from white rice and noodles in East and Southeast Asian diets to breads and buns among South Asian and Filipino communities. The recommendations point to culturally tailored nutrition education that works with traditional diets, promotes whole grain substitution and takes a family focused approach, with future research needed on meal sharing practices and cooking methods. The review is registered on the Open Science Framework. It is a direct argument against treating any pan-ethnic population as one dietary group.
- Publication or publisher
- Current Developments in Nutrition, 10(5), Article 107693
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42180656/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cdnut.2026.107693
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-490; REF-487
- Full APA reference
- Chan, S. W. C., Godbole, N., LeCroy, M. N., Kuang, K. M., Cheng, J., Beasley, J. M., Laynor, G., Wang, V. H., Ali, S. H., & Yi, S. S. (2026). Diet in the general United States Asian American population: A scoping review. Current Developments in Nutrition, 10(5), Article 107693. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cdnut.2026.107693
REF-493
Paper, guideline or statement
To what extent do Australian health policy documents address social determinants of health and health equity?
Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. · 2016 · Journal of Social Policy, 45(3), 545–564
The paper that documents, with evidence rather than assertion, that Australian health policy talks about social determinants and then funds health services instead. The authors analysed health policy documents published by nine Australian national or regional governments, asking how far the health sector had taken up the stewardship role that the 2008 Commission on the Social Determinants of Health asked of health agencies, meaning acting themselves and drawing other government sectors in. Policies across every jurisdiction commonly recognised the evidence on social determinants and health equity, and commonly stated goals to improve equity. What happened next is the finding. Those goals were predominantly operationalised through health care delivery and individualised behaviour change strategies. Relatively few strategies addressed social determinants beyond access to health care, and those that did were often limited in scope. National policies on Aboriginal health did the most to address determinants systemically. The authors used Kingdon multiple streams theory from 2011 to examine how problems, policies and politics combine to enable, partially allow or prevent action. For anyone working in lifestyle medicine this is the essential caution: a policy that names structural causes and then prescribes individual behaviour change has quietly shifted responsibility onto the person. Published in a social policy journal rather than a biomedical one, and not indexed in PubMed.
Full APA reference
Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. (2016). To what extent do Australian health policy documents address social determinants of health and health equity? Journal of Social Policy, 45(3), 545–564. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047279415000756
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-494, REF-495, REF-221, REF-414, REF-497, REF-498, REF-499, REF-501
Bibliographic details verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record and the publisher abstract page on Cambridge Core.
All fields
- ID
- REF-493
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- To what extent do Australian health policy documents address social determinants of health and health equity?
- Description
- The paper that documents, with evidence rather than assertion, that Australian health policy talks about social determinants and then funds health services instead. The authors analysed health policy documents published by nine Australian national or regional governments, asking how far the health sector had taken up the stewardship role that the 2008 Commission on the Social Determinants of Health asked of health agencies, meaning acting themselves and drawing other government sectors in. Policies across every jurisdiction commonly recognised the evidence on social determinants and health equity, and commonly stated goals to improve equity. What happened next is the finding. Those goals were predominantly operationalised through health care delivery and individualised behaviour change strategies. Relatively few strategies addressed social determinants beyond access to health care, and those that did were often limited in scope. National policies on Aboriginal health did the most to address determinants systemically. The authors used Kingdon multiple streams theory from 2011 to examine how problems, policies and politics combine to enable, partially allow or prevent action. For anyone working in lifestyle medicine this is the essential caution: a policy that names structural causes and then prescribes individual behaviour change has quietly shifted responsibility onto the person. Published in a social policy journal rather than a biomedical one, and not indexed in PubMed.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Social Policy, 45(3), 545–564
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/journal-of-social-policy/article/to-what-extent-do-australian-health-policy-documents-address-social-determinants-of-health-and-health-equity/BB5C219E2D0B05C7A80262DD1418A74C
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047279415000756
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record and the publisher abstract page on Cambridge Core.
- Related items
- REF-494; REF-495; REF-221; REF-414; REF-497; REF-498; REF-499; REF-501
- Full APA reference
- Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. (2016). To what extent do Australian health policy documents address social determinants of health and health equity? Journal of Social Policy, 45(3), 545–564. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047279415000756
REF-494
Paper, guideline or statement
To what extent do Australian child and youth health policies address the social determinants of health and health equity? A document analysis study
Phillips, C., Fisher, M., Baum, F., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. · 2016 · BMC Public Health, 16, Article 512
The child and youth companion to the broader Australian policy analysis, and it finds the same drift back to the individual at the point in life when structural action would matter most. The team conducted a document analysis of seventeen strategic level child and youth health policies from across Australia, using a coding framework built in advance to assess how far health departments address social determinants and health equity. Policies were drawn from a review of all federal and state or territory strategic health department policies dated between 2008 and 2013, included if the title addressed children, youth, paediatric health or families, or if they were whole of government policies covering child and youth health issues linked to the health department, or health promotion policies with a substantial section on children. The authors note that the health and wellbeing of Australian children and youth sits middle of the road against other OECD countries, and that no systematic analysis of these policies through a social determinants lens had been done before. Policies addressed health inequities to some extent, with the best examples in Aboriginal health, child protection and whole of government policies. Action on social determinants was limited. Every policy acknowledged social determinants, but the strategies were predominantly about improving health service delivery or access. Even policies that appeared to tackle important determinants such as early childhood development and healthy settings often took a narrow view of the evidence and drifted back to the individual. The conclusion asks for a shift away from a dominant medical or behavioural approach toward the structural determinants of child and youth health.
Full APA reference
Phillips, C., Fisher, M., Baum, F., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. (2016). To what extent do Australian child and youth health policies address the social determinants of health and health equity? A document analysis study. BMC Public Health, 16, Article 512. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-3187-6
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-493, REF-495, REF-221, REF-414, REF-497, REF-499
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-494
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Phillips, C., Fisher, M., Baum, F., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D.
- Year
- 2016
- Title
- To what extent do Australian child and youth health policies address the social determinants of health and health equity? A document analysis study
- Description
- The child and youth companion to the broader Australian policy analysis, and it finds the same drift back to the individual at the point in life when structural action would matter most. The team conducted a document analysis of seventeen strategic level child and youth health policies from across Australia, using a coding framework built in advance to assess how far health departments address social determinants and health equity. Policies were drawn from a review of all federal and state or territory strategic health department policies dated between 2008 and 2013, included if the title addressed children, youth, paediatric health or families, or if they were whole of government policies covering child and youth health issues linked to the health department, or health promotion policies with a substantial section on children. The authors note that the health and wellbeing of Australian children and youth sits middle of the road against other OECD countries, and that no systematic analysis of these policies through a social determinants lens had been done before. Policies addressed health inequities to some extent, with the best examples in Aboriginal health, child protection and whole of government policies. Action on social determinants was limited. Every policy acknowledged social determinants, but the strategies were predominantly about improving health service delivery or access. Even policies that appeared to tackle important determinants such as early childhood development and healthy settings often took a narrow view of the evidence and drifted back to the individual. The conclusion asks for a shift away from a dominant medical or behavioural approach toward the structural determinants of child and youth health.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 16, Article 512
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27301393/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-3187-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract content verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-495; REF-221; REF-414; REF-497; REF-499
- Full APA reference
- Phillips, C., Fisher, M., Baum, F., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., & McDermott, D. (2016). To what extent do Australian child and youth health policies address the social determinants of health and health equity? A document analysis study. BMC Public Health, 16, Article 512. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-016-3187-6
REF-495
Paper, guideline or statement
People’s health and the social determinants of health
Baum, F. · 2018 · Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 29(1), 8–9
A short agenda-setting editorial from one of the most influential Australian voices on health equity, written from the Southgate Institute for Health, Society and Equity at Flinders University. At two pages it is a position piece rather than a study, and its value is as a concise statement of the argument that population health depends on the economic and political arrangements people live under, not on individual choices. The reference list signals the frame directly: it draws on Oxfam Reward Work, Not Wealth from 2018, Fioramonti on the wellbeing economy from 2017, and Raworth Doughnut Economics from 2017, alongside the Australian Senate inquiry into the domestic response to the World Health Organization Commission on Social Determinants of Health, the Canadian Senate work on the federal role in health, and Australian social health atlas data. It also cites the Fisher and colleagues analysis of Australian health policy documents held here as REF-493. Indexed by PubMed as an Editorial, so it carries no abstract, methods or results, and should be cited as commentary. Useful as a compact reference point when explaining why a lifestyle framing that stops at individual behaviour is incomplete.
Full APA reference
Baum, F. (2018). People’s health and the social determinants of health. Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 29(1), 8–9. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.49
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-493, REF-494, REF-221, REF-497
Bibliographic details and article type verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, and authorship, affiliation and reference list verified against the Crossref API record.
All fields
- ID
- REF-495
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Baum, F.
- Year
- 2018
- Title
- People’s health and the social determinants of health
- Description
- A short agenda-setting editorial from one of the most influential Australian voices on health equity, written from the Southgate Institute for Health, Society and Equity at Flinders University. At two pages it is a position piece rather than a study, and its value is as a concise statement of the argument that population health depends on the economic and political arrangements people live under, not on individual choices. The reference list signals the frame directly: it draws on Oxfam Reward Work, Not Wealth from 2018, Fioramonti on the wellbeing economy from 2017, and Raworth Doughnut Economics from 2017, alongside the Australian Senate inquiry into the domestic response to the World Health Organization Commission on Social Determinants of Health, the Canadian Senate work on the federal role in health, and Australian social health atlas data. It also cites the Fisher and colleagues analysis of Australian health policy documents held here as REF-493. Indexed by PubMed as an Editorial, so it carries no abstract, methods or results, and should be cited as commentary. Useful as a compact reference point when explaining why a lifestyle framing that stops at individual behaviour is incomplete.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 29(1), 8–9
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29700943/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.49
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details and article type verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, and authorship, affiliation and reference list verified against the Crossref API record.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-494; REF-221; REF-497
- Full APA reference
- Baum, F. (2018). People’s health and the social determinants of health. Health Promotion Journal of Australia, 29(1), 8–9. https://doi.org/10.1002/hpja.49
REF-496
Paper, guideline or statement
Implementing lifestyle interventions in mental health care: Third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission
Teasdale, S. B., Machaczek, K. K., Marx, W., Eaton, M., Chapman, J., Milton, A., Oyeyemi, A. L., Pelupessy, D. C., Schuch, F. B., Gatera, G., Ahmed, H. U., Diatri, H., Jidda, I. M., Gutiérrez-Peláez, M., Elshazly, M., Fugu, M. A., Grinko, N., Indu, P. S., Oo, S. S., … Rosenbaum, S. · 2025 · The Lancet Psychiatry, 12(9), 700–722
The document that moves the field past arguing that lifestyle interventions work and onto the harder question of how to actually deliver them inside mental health services. This is the third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission, building on the Commission blueprint published in 2019 and held here as REF-390, and it extends that earlier guidance on health promotion, multiprofessional clinical care and future research. The report takes as settled that people living with mental illness carry a heavy load of lifestyle risk: high smoking rates, low physical activity, high sedentary behaviour, low cardiorespiratory fitness, lower diet quality, detrimental eating behaviour and poor sleep hygiene. It treats lifestyle interventions targeting those factors as effective adjunctive therapies that ease mental health symptoms, protect physical health and promote wellbeing. Having accepted the efficacy case, the Commission deliberately reframes the problem as one of implementation research: how these interventions become core clinical practice rather than optional add-ons or research projects. Critically for a library concerned with social determinants, it insists that implementation must account for the social and economic circumstances in which behavioural risk factors arise, because otherwise equal delivery will produce unequal outcomes. The author list spans authors from Australia, the United Kingdom, Nigeria, Indonesia, Brazil, Rwanda, Bangladesh, Colombia, India and Myanmar, alongside the Commission consortium, which makes it far less high income centric than most work in this area. Indexed as a Review, with no structured abstract on PubMed.
Full APA reference
Teasdale, S. B., Machaczek, K. K., Marx, W., Eaton, M., Chapman, J., Milton, A., Oyeyemi, A. L., Pelupessy, D. C., Schuch, F. B., Gatera, G., Ahmed, H. U., Diatri, H., Jidda, I. M., Gutiérrez-Peláez, M., Elshazly, M., Fugu, M. A., Grinko, N., Indu, P. S., Oo, S. S., … Rosenbaum, S. (2025). Implementing lifestyle interventions in mental health care: Third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission. The Lancet Psychiatry, 12(9), 700–722. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(25)00170-1
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-390, REF-166, REF-041, REF-027, REF-499, REF-501, REF-509
Bibliographic details and article type verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, and content verified against the article page on thelancet.com.
All fields
- ID
- REF-496
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Teasdale, S. B., Machaczek, K. K., Marx, W., Eaton, M., Chapman, J., Milton, A., Oyeyemi, A. L., Pelupessy, D. C., Schuch, F. B., Gatera, G., Ahmed, H. U., Diatri, H., Jidda, I. M., Gutiérrez-Peláez, M., Elshazly, M., Fugu, M. A., Grinko, N., Indu, P. S., Oo, S. S., … Rosenbaum, S.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Implementing lifestyle interventions in mental health care: Third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission
- Description
- The document that moves the field past arguing that lifestyle interventions work and onto the harder question of how to actually deliver them inside mental health services. This is the third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission, building on the Commission blueprint published in 2019 and held here as REF-390, and it extends that earlier guidance on health promotion, multiprofessional clinical care and future research. The report takes as settled that people living with mental illness carry a heavy load of lifestyle risk: high smoking rates, low physical activity, high sedentary behaviour, low cardiorespiratory fitness, lower diet quality, detrimental eating behaviour and poor sleep hygiene. It treats lifestyle interventions targeting those factors as effective adjunctive therapies that ease mental health symptoms, protect physical health and promote wellbeing. Having accepted the efficacy case, the Commission deliberately reframes the problem as one of implementation research: how these interventions become core clinical practice rather than optional add-ons or research projects. Critically for a library concerned with social determinants, it insists that implementation must account for the social and economic circumstances in which behavioural risk factors arise, because otherwise equal delivery will produce unequal outcomes. The author list spans authors from Australia, the United Kingdom, Nigeria, Indonesia, Brazil, Rwanda, Bangladesh, Colombia, India and Myanmar, alongside the Commission consortium, which makes it far less high income centric than most work in this area. Indexed as a Review, with no structured abstract on PubMed.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Psychiatry, 12(9), 700–722
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/40812962/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(25)00170-1
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details and article type verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, and content verified against the article page on thelancet.com.
- Related items
- REF-390; REF-166; REF-041; REF-027; REF-499; REF-501; REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Teasdale, S. B., Machaczek, K. K., Marx, W., Eaton, M., Chapman, J., Milton, A., Oyeyemi, A. L., Pelupessy, D. C., Schuch, F. B., Gatera, G., Ahmed, H. U., Diatri, H., Jidda, I. M., Gutiérrez-Peláez, M., Elshazly, M., Fugu, M. A., Grinko, N., Indu, P. S., Oo, S. S., … Rosenbaum, S. (2025). Implementing lifestyle interventions in mental health care: Third report of the Lancet Psychiatry Physical Health Commission. The Lancet Psychiatry, 12(9), 700–722. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(25)00170-1
REF-497
Paper, guideline or statement
Intersectoral action on SDH and equity in Australian health policy
Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., McDermott, D., & Phillips, C. · 2017 · Health Promotion International, 32(6), 953–963
The largest of this research group’s Australian policy analyses, and the one that puts a number on the problem. Intersectoral action between agencies across policy sectors and between levels of government is widely treated as essential if governments are to act on social determinants and reduce health inequities, with the health sector holding a stewardship role to engage other sectors about the health impacts of their policies. The team gathered and individually analysed 266 policy documents, being every published strategic health policy of the national Australian government and the eight state and territory governments current when sampled in late 2012 and early 2013. Strategies for intersectoral action turned out to be common in Australian health policy, but predominantly concerned with extending access to individualised medical or behavioural interventions to client groups sitting in other policy sectors. Where intersectoral strategies did propose action on social determinants beyond health care access, they were mostly limited to proximal factors rather than the policy settings that shape how socioeconomic resources are distributed. There was little evidence of engagement between the health sector and the policy sectors most able to influence systemic socioeconomic inequality in Australia. Read alongside REF-493 and REF-494, this completes the picture: cross-sector language is present, cross-sector power is not.
Full APA reference
Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., McDermott, D., & Phillips, C. (2017). Intersectoral action on SDH and equity in Australian health policy. Health Promotion International, 32(6), 953–963. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daw035
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-493, REF-494, REF-495, REF-498, REF-499
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-497
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., McDermott, D., & Phillips, C.
- Year
- 2017
- Title
- Intersectoral action on SDH and equity in Australian health policy
- Description
- The largest of this research group’s Australian policy analyses, and the one that puts a number on the problem. Intersectoral action between agencies across policy sectors and between levels of government is widely treated as essential if governments are to act on social determinants and reduce health inequities, with the health sector holding a stewardship role to engage other sectors about the health impacts of their policies. The team gathered and individually analysed 266 policy documents, being every published strategic health policy of the national Australian government and the eight state and territory governments current when sampled in late 2012 and early 2013. Strategies for intersectoral action turned out to be common in Australian health policy, but predominantly concerned with extending access to individualised medical or behavioural interventions to client groups sitting in other policy sectors. Where intersectoral strategies did propose action on social determinants beyond health care access, they were mostly limited to proximal factors rather than the policy settings that shape how socioeconomic resources are distributed. There was little evidence of engagement between the health sector and the policy sectors most able to influence systemic socioeconomic inequality in Australia. Read alongside REF-493 and REF-494, this completes the picture: cross-sector language is present, cross-sector power is not.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Promotion International, 32(6), 953–963
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27162245/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daw035
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-494; REF-495; REF-498; REF-499
- Full APA reference
- Fisher, M., Baum, F. E., MacDougall, C., Newman, L., McDermott, D., & Phillips, C. (2017). Intersectoral action on SDH and equity in Australian health policy. Health Promotion International, 32(6), 953–963. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daw035
REF-498
Paper, guideline or statement
Theories of Indigenous and non-Indigenous wellbeing in Australian health policies
Shakespeare, M., Fisher, M., Mackean, T., & Wilson, R. · 2021 · Health Promotion International, 36(3), 669–679
A policy analysis that asks a question most wellbeing strategies never answer: which theory of wellbeing is this actually built on? Governments in Australia and internationally show growing interest in wellbeing as a policy goal, and the authors argue that how wellbeing gets defined will delimit the strategies that follow. Wholly individualised conceptualisations of wellbeing tend to produce policy focused narrowly on improving individuals rather than on creating favourable social conditions. The paper also takes seriously that Indigenous theories of wellbeing may have a great deal to offer public wellbeing policy, while noting that little research had examined whether that potential was being considered. Working with a representative sample of current Australian health policy documents, the authors examine what theories or definitions of wellbeing are present, whether policies recognise social determinants of health, whether lifestyle drift is present, how Indigenous and non-Indigenous theories of wellbeing are positioned relative to each other, and whether the strategies proposed are actually consistent with the definitions of wellbeing the policies adopt. Directly relevant to anyone writing or reading a wellbeing framework, and one of the earlier papers in this collection to name lifestyle drift explicitly as an analytic category.
Full APA reference
Shakespeare, M., Fisher, M., Mackean, T., & Wilson, R. (2021). Theories of Indigenous and non-Indigenous wellbeing in Australian health policies. Health Promotion International, 36(3), 669–679. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daaa097
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-493, REF-497, REF-499, REF-326, REF-414
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
All fields
- ID
- REF-498
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Shakespeare, M., Fisher, M., Mackean, T., & Wilson, R.
- Year
- 2021
- Title
- Theories of Indigenous and non-Indigenous wellbeing in Australian health policies
- Description
- A policy analysis that asks a question most wellbeing strategies never answer: which theory of wellbeing is this actually built on? Governments in Australia and internationally show growing interest in wellbeing as a policy goal, and the authors argue that how wellbeing gets defined will delimit the strategies that follow. Wholly individualised conceptualisations of wellbeing tend to produce policy focused narrowly on improving individuals rather than on creating favourable social conditions. The paper also takes seriously that Indigenous theories of wellbeing may have a great deal to offer public wellbeing policy, while noting that little research had examined whether that potential was being considered. Working with a representative sample of current Australian health policy documents, the authors examine what theories or definitions of wellbeing are present, whether policies recognise social determinants of health, whether lifestyle drift is present, how Indigenous and non-Indigenous theories of wellbeing are positioned relative to each other, and whether the strategies proposed are actually consistent with the definitions of wellbeing the policies adopt. Directly relevant to anyone writing or reading a wellbeing framework, and one of the earlier papers in this collection to name lifestyle drift explicitly as an analytic category.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Promotion International, 36(3), 669–679
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Wellbeing measurement; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32968777/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daaa097
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-497; REF-499; REF-326; REF-414
- Full APA reference
- Shakespeare, M., Fisher, M., Mackean, T., & Wilson, R. (2021). Theories of Indigenous and non-Indigenous wellbeing in Australian health policies. Health Promotion International, 36(3), 669–679. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapro/daaa097
REF-499
Paper, guideline or statement
Tracing the undercurrents: A scoping review of the lifestyle drift concept
Halsall, T., Orpana, H., & Jan, M. · 2026 · BMC Public Health, 26(1), Article 321
The paper that gives the whole pattern a name and a literature. Lifestyle drift is the tendency for health interventions originally intended to address upstream social determinants to shift focus toward downstream efforts targeting individual behaviours. The authors note that although the term is increasingly cited, no scoping or systematic review of the concept existed before this one, so the aim was to summarise the literature, describe how lifestyle drift is defined, identify the causes or mechanisms that produce it, and collect the ways it might be addressed. A comprehensive search strategy was developed with a librarian and seven databases were searched, with title, abstract and full text screening in Covidence and thematic analysis in NVivo. From 318 articles identified, 32 met the inclusion criteria with lifestyle drift as a focus or major theme. Definitions shared some common elements but varied considerably. Neoliberalism and the biomedical model were the drivers named most often across the included articles. Many counter-strategies were proposed, and the two most commonly suggested were applying a health in all policies approach and securing participation from priority populations. The authors conclude that lifestyle drift is a recognised concern in public health, health promotion and chronic disease prevention, but that empirical research on its mechanisms and mitigation remains thin. This is the conceptual key to the Australian document analyses held here as REF-493, REF-494, REF-497 and REF-498, and it is the single most useful reference in this library for explaining why lifestyle interventions can undermine equity even when they work.
Full APA reference
Halsall, T., Orpana, H., & Jan, M. (2026). Tracing the undercurrents: A scoping review of the lifestyle drift concept. BMC Public Health, 26(1), Article 321. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-25616-6
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-493, REF-494, REF-497, REF-498, REF-496, REF-501, REF-504, REF-508
Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services. PubMed records the electronic publication date as 23 December 2025 while the article sits in volume 26, article 321, which the publisher cites as 2026. The publisher page could not be fetched directly.
All fields
- ID
- REF-499
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Halsall, T., Orpana, H., & Jan, M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Tracing the undercurrents: A scoping review of the lifestyle drift concept
- Description
- The paper that gives the whole pattern a name and a literature. Lifestyle drift is the tendency for health interventions originally intended to address upstream social determinants to shift focus toward downstream efforts targeting individual behaviours. The authors note that although the term is increasingly cited, no scoping or systematic review of the concept existed before this one, so the aim was to summarise the literature, describe how lifestyle drift is defined, identify the causes or mechanisms that produce it, and collect the ways it might be addressed. A comprehensive search strategy was developed with a librarian and seven databases were searched, with title, abstract and full text screening in Covidence and thematic analysis in NVivo. From 318 articles identified, 32 met the inclusion criteria with lifestyle drift as a focus or major theme. Definitions shared some common elements but varied considerably. Neoliberalism and the biomedical model were the drivers named most often across the included articles. Many counter-strategies were proposed, and the two most commonly suggested were applying a health in all policies approach and securing participation from priority populations. The authors conclude that lifestyle drift is a recognised concern in public health, health promotion and chronic disease prevention, but that empirical research on its mechanisms and mitigation remains thin. This is the conceptual key to the Australian document analyses held here as REF-493, REF-494, REF-497 and REF-498, and it is the single most useful reference in this library for explaining why lifestyle interventions can undermine equity even when they work.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Public Health, 26(1), Article 321
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle medicine as a discipline
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41436996/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-25616-6
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, article type and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary and efetch services. PubMed records the electronic publication date as 23 December 2025 while the article sits in volume 26, article 321, which the publisher cites as 2026. The publisher page could not be fetched directly.
- Related items
- REF-493; REF-494; REF-497; REF-498; REF-496; REF-501; REF-504; REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Halsall, T., Orpana, H., & Jan, M. (2026). Tracing the undercurrents: A scoping review of the lifestyle drift concept. BMC Public Health, 26(1), Article 321. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12889-025-25616-6
REF-500
Paper, guideline or statement
The social and economic benefits of improving mental health: Productivity Commission issues paper
Productivity Commission · 2019 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The opening document of the inquiry that reframed Australian mental health policy as an economic and social participation question rather than a purely clinical one. Released in January 2019 at 54 pages, its purpose was to help individuals and organisations prepare submissions, setting out the scope of the inquiry, the Commission procedures, the matters on which comment was sought and how to make a submission. The document records the key inquiry dates: terms of reference received 23 November 2018, initial consultations from November 2018 to April 2019, initial submissions due 5 April 2019, consultations on the draft report from November 2019 to February 2020, and the final report to Government due 23 May 2020. It explicitly invited participants not to restrict themselves to matters raised in the paper. Worth holding in a lifestyle and social determinants library because it shows the framing decisions made at the very start of a major inquiry, and because the Commission describes itself as the Australian Government independent research and advisory body on economic, social and environmental issues affecting the welfare of Australians, with independence underpinned by an Act of Parliament. Read alongside the final report to see which of the questions asked here survived into findings.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2019). The social and economic benefits of improving mental health: Productivity Commission issues paper. Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/issues/mental-health-issues.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-501, REF-502, REF-503, REF-504, REF-505
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-500
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2019
- Title
- The social and economic benefits of improving mental health: Productivity Commission issues paper
- Description
- The opening document of the inquiry that reframed Australian mental health policy as an economic and social participation question rather than a purely clinical one. Released in January 2019 at 54 pages, its purpose was to help individuals and organisations prepare submissions, setting out the scope of the inquiry, the Commission procedures, the matters on which comment was sought and how to make a submission. The document records the key inquiry dates: terms of reference received 23 November 2018, initial consultations from November 2018 to April 2019, initial submissions due 5 April 2019, consultations on the draft report from November 2019 to February 2020, and the final report to Government due 23 May 2020. It explicitly invited participants not to restrict themselves to matters raised in the paper. Worth holding in a lifestyle and social determinants library because it shows the framing decisions made at the very start of a major inquiry, and because the Commission describes itself as the Australian Government independent research and advisory body on economic, social and environmental issues affecting the welfare of Australians, with independence underpinned by an Act of Parliament. Read alongside the final report to see which of the questions asked here survived into findings.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/issues/mental-health-issues.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-501; REF-502; REF-503; REF-504; REF-505
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2019). The social and economic benefits of improving mental health: Productivity Commission issues paper. Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/issues/mental-health-issues.pdf
REF-501
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 1 (Report No. 95)
Productivity Commission · 2020 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The volume to read first, and one of the most consequential Australian policy documents in this library. Volume 1 of Inquiry Report No. 95, dated 30 June 2020 and 99 pages long, carries the transmittal letter to then Treasurer Josh Frydenberg under section 11 of the Productivity Commission Act 1998, the terms of reference, the key points, the overview and the full list of recommendations. The commissioners were Stephen King as Presiding Commissioner, Julie Abramson as Commissioner and Harvey Whiteford as Associate Commissioner. The economic case is stated plainly: the cost to the Australian economy of mental illness and suicide is estimated conservatively at up to about $70 billion per year, with at least $0.5 billion spent annually on reducing prevalence and preventing suicide and $9.2 billion on treating people who developed mental illness, plus a further largely avoidable cost of roughly $150 billion a year from diminished health and reduced life expectancy. In total the Commission puts the cost at about $200 to $220 billion per year, just over one tenth of Australia’s entire economic production in 2019. Almost half of Australian adults have met diagnostic criteria for a mental illness at some point, almost one in five in a given year, and about three quarters of adults with mental illness first experienced it before age 25. For this collection the critical passage is the Commission’s own list of system failures, which opens with a disproportionate focus on clinical services that overlooks other determinants of and contributors to mental health, including family, kinship groups, carers and social support providers, and which names a culture of superiority placing clinicians and clinical interventions above other service providers, consumers, families and carers. The overview also acknowledges that the vast majority of people manage their health themselves, including through positive adjustments to diet, exercise or sleep, and candidly states that risk factors arising from deeply entrenched social, economic and environmental challenges lie beyond the inquiry scope. That last admission is itself an example of the boundary drawing that the lifestyle drift literature examines.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 1 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume1.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-500, REF-502, REF-503, REF-504, REF-505, GOV-020, REF-499
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-501
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 1 (Report No. 95)
- Description
- The volume to read first, and one of the most consequential Australian policy documents in this library. Volume 1 of Inquiry Report No. 95, dated 30 June 2020 and 99 pages long, carries the transmittal letter to then Treasurer Josh Frydenberg under section 11 of the Productivity Commission Act 1998, the terms of reference, the key points, the overview and the full list of recommendations. The commissioners were Stephen King as Presiding Commissioner, Julie Abramson as Commissioner and Harvey Whiteford as Associate Commissioner. The economic case is stated plainly: the cost to the Australian economy of mental illness and suicide is estimated conservatively at up to about $70 billion per year, with at least $0.5 billion spent annually on reducing prevalence and preventing suicide and $9.2 billion on treating people who developed mental illness, plus a further largely avoidable cost of roughly $150 billion a year from diminished health and reduced life expectancy. In total the Commission puts the cost at about $200 to $220 billion per year, just over one tenth of Australia’s entire economic production in 2019. Almost half of Australian adults have met diagnostic criteria for a mental illness at some point, almost one in five in a given year, and about three quarters of adults with mental illness first experienced it before age 25. For this collection the critical passage is the Commission’s own list of system failures, which opens with a disproportionate focus on clinical services that overlooks other determinants of and contributors to mental health, including family, kinship groups, carers and social support providers, and which names a culture of superiority placing clinicians and clinical interventions above other service providers, consumers, families and carers. The overview also acknowledges that the vast majority of people manage their health themselves, including through positive adjustments to diet, exercise or sleep, and candidly states that risk factors arising from deeply entrenched social, economic and environmental challenges lie beyond the inquiry scope. That last admission is itself an example of the boundary drawing that the lifestyle drift literature examines.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume1.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-500; REF-502; REF-503; REF-504; REF-505; GOV-020; REF-499
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 1 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume1.pdf
REF-502
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health: Inquiry report, Actions and findings (Report No. 95)
Productivity Commission · 2020 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The single most useful volume for practitioners, because it collates every finding and action from across the three volumes into 74 pages, numbered to match the chapter that supplies the supporting detail. Finding 1.1 is the reason this document belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library. It states that a person’s mental health reflects the interaction of a lifetime of individual and lifestyle factors with a range of environmental, community and family risk factors, that regular exercise, eating a healthy diet and consistently getting enough sleep can reduce the risks of mental illness, and that genetic vulnerability and experiences such as trauma, socioeconomic disadvantage, isolation, discrimination and environmental stressors can all harm mental health and wellbeing. That is an Australian Government inquiry finding placing lifestyle and structural determinants in the same sentence, which is unusually direct. Other findings collated here record that mental illness is the second largest contributor to years lived in ill health, that almost half of all Australians will experience mental illness at some point, that most cases have onset before age 21, that suicide is the leading cause of death for Australians aged 15 to 44 and that suicide rates are higher in regional areas. Direct economic costs of mental ill health and suicide were estimated at $43 to $70 billion in 2018-19, comprising $16 billion in direct expenditure on healthcare and other supports, $12 to $39 billion in lower economic participation and lost productivity, and $15 billion in informal care by family and friends, with a further $151 billion for disability and premature death. The modelled benefits of the recommended reforms reach up to $18 billion per year in quality of life, corresponding to up to 84,000 quality-adjusted life years annually, plus up to $1.3 billion from increased economic participation, against expenditure of up to $4.2 billion per year and savings of up to $1.7 billion. Actions begin with Action 5.1 calling for coordinated government action to achieve universal screening for perinatal mental illness for all new parents.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Actions and findings (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-actions-findings.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-500, REF-501, REF-503, REF-504, REF-505, GOV-020
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-502
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Mental health: Inquiry report, Actions and findings (Report No. 95)
- Description
- The single most useful volume for practitioners, because it collates every finding and action from across the three volumes into 74 pages, numbered to match the chapter that supplies the supporting detail. Finding 1.1 is the reason this document belongs in a lifestyle and social determinants library. It states that a person’s mental health reflects the interaction of a lifetime of individual and lifestyle factors with a range of environmental, community and family risk factors, that regular exercise, eating a healthy diet and consistently getting enough sleep can reduce the risks of mental illness, and that genetic vulnerability and experiences such as trauma, socioeconomic disadvantage, isolation, discrimination and environmental stressors can all harm mental health and wellbeing. That is an Australian Government inquiry finding placing lifestyle and structural determinants in the same sentence, which is unusually direct. Other findings collated here record that mental illness is the second largest contributor to years lived in ill health, that almost half of all Australians will experience mental illness at some point, that most cases have onset before age 21, that suicide is the leading cause of death for Australians aged 15 to 44 and that suicide rates are higher in regional areas. Direct economic costs of mental ill health and suicide were estimated at $43 to $70 billion in 2018-19, comprising $16 billion in direct expenditure on healthcare and other supports, $12 to $39 billion in lower economic participation and lost productivity, and $15 billion in informal care by family and friends, with a further $151 billion for disability and premature death. The modelled benefits of the recommended reforms reach up to $18 billion per year in quality of life, corresponding to up to 84,000 quality-adjusted life years annually, plus up to $1.3 billion from increased economic participation, against expenditure of up to $4.2 billion per year and savings of up to $1.7 billion. Actions begin with Action 5.1 calling for coordinated government action to achieve universal screening for perinatal mental illness for all new parents.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-actions-findings.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-500; REF-501; REF-503; REF-504; REF-505; GOV-020
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Actions and findings (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-actions-findings.pdf
REF-503
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 2 (Report No. 95)
Productivity Commission · 2020 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The evidence engine of the inquiry, and at 747 pages the largest single document in this library. Volume 2 contains Part I on the case for major reform and Part II on prevention and early intervention. Part I runs through the inquiry scope and approach, including a dedicated section 1.2 titled What affects mental health and wellbeing, which is where the Commission sets out its model of individual, lifestyle, environmental, community and family risk factors. It then covers the state of Australia’s mental health, including the prevalence of mental ill health, the reduction in years of healthy life lived due to mental illness, and the diversity of needs and outcomes. Chapter 3 examines the effects and costs of mental ill health and suicide, and chapter 4 sets out the way forward, covering steps toward a person-centred mental health system, estimates of the benefits from additional productivity and better quality of life, how consumers would benefit, and the enablers of such a system. Part II moves into prevention and early intervention, beginning with early childhood and schooling. This is the volume to cite for the underlying analysis rather than the headline numbers, and the place to look when you need to know how the Commission reasoned about the relationship between lifestyle behaviours, social conditions and mental health rather than simply what it concluded.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 2 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume2.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-500, REF-501, REF-502, REF-504, REF-505
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-503
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 2 (Report No. 95)
- Description
- The evidence engine of the inquiry, and at 747 pages the largest single document in this library. Volume 2 contains Part I on the case for major reform and Part II on prevention and early intervention. Part I runs through the inquiry scope and approach, including a dedicated section 1.2 titled What affects mental health and wellbeing, which is where the Commission sets out its model of individual, lifestyle, environmental, community and family risk factors. It then covers the state of Australia’s mental health, including the prevalence of mental ill health, the reduction in years of healthy life lived due to mental illness, and the diversity of needs and outcomes. Chapter 3 examines the effects and costs of mental ill health and suicide, and chapter 4 sets out the way forward, covering steps toward a person-centred mental health system, estimates of the benefits from additional productivity and better quality of life, how consumers would benefit, and the enablers of such a system. Part II moves into prevention and early intervention, beginning with early childhood and schooling. This is the volume to cite for the underlying analysis rather than the headline numbers, and the place to look when you need to know how the Commission reasoned about the relationship between lifestyle behaviours, social conditions and mental health rather than simply what it concluded.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume2.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-500; REF-501; REF-502; REF-504; REF-505
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 2 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume2.pdf
REF-504
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 3 (Report No. 95)
Productivity Commission · 2020 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The volume that takes mental health reform outside the health portfolio, which makes it the most relevant of the three to a social determinants reading of the inquiry. Running to 503 pages, Volume 3 carries Part III on re-orienting healthcare, Part IV on re-orienting services and supports beyond health, and Part V on the enablers of reform. Part IV is the section that matters most here, because it addresses the domains where mental health is actually made or broken: income and employment support, workplaces, housing, education and the justice system. Part V covers the machinery questions of governance, funding and accountability across the tiers of government, which the Commission identified in its overview as a source of persistent wasteful overlaps and yawning gaps in service provision. If you are looking for the inquiry’s answer to the criticism that mental health policy stops at clinical services, this is the volume that contains it, and it is also the volume that shows how far a bounded inquiry can go before it runs into the structural determinants the Commission explicitly placed outside its scope.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 3 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume3.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-500, REF-501, REF-502, REF-503, REF-505, REF-499
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-504
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 3 (Report No. 95)
- Description
- The volume that takes mental health reform outside the health portfolio, which makes it the most relevant of the three to a social determinants reading of the inquiry. Running to 503 pages, Volume 3 carries Part III on re-orienting healthcare, Part IV on re-orienting services and supports beyond health, and Part V on the enablers of reform. Part IV is the section that matters most here, because it addresses the domains where mental health is actually made or broken: income and employment support, workplaces, housing, education and the justice system. Part V covers the machinery questions of governance, funding and accountability across the tiers of government, which the Commission identified in its overview as a source of persistent wasteful overlaps and yawning gaps in service provision. If you are looking for the inquiry’s answer to the criticism that mental health policy stops at clinical services, this is the volume that contains it, and it is also the volume that shows how far a bounded inquiry can go before it runs into the structural determinants the Commission explicitly placed outside its scope.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume3.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-500; REF-501; REF-502; REF-503; REF-505; REF-499
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Volume 3 (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-volume3.pdf
REF-505
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health: Inquiry report, Appendices B to K (Report No. 95)
Productivity Commission · 2020 · Productivity Commission, Australian Government
The online-only supporting material, and the place to go for method rather than conclusions. Across 268 pages, Part VI holds ten appendices: B on public consultations, C on income and employment support, D on employment and mental health, E on bullying and mental health, F on mental health and the workers compensation system, G on funding and commissioning arrangements, H on calculating the cost of mental ill health and suicide in Australia, I on the benefits and costs of improved mental health, J on mental health, labour market outcomes and health-related quality of life, and K on the detailed assumptions behind the benefit and cost estimates. Appendices C, D, E, F and J are the social determinants evidence base of the inquiry, covering income, work, bullying and compensation systems. Appendices H, I and K are where the headline dollar figures can be audited. Appendix B documents the scale of consultation: six roundtables covering consumers and carers, early childhood services, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people in urban areas, mental health modelling, the education system and workplace mental health; 13 days of public hearings across Adelaide, Brisbane, Broken Hill, Canberra, Darwin, Geraldton, Launceston, Melbourne and other locations between November 2019 and February 2020; 278 meetings with individual stakeholders across Australia; and 1,244 public submissions, of which 564 came before the draft report, plus 191 online comments before the draft report and 297 after it. Volume 1 records that this was one of the largest inquiries in the Commission’s history and attracted the most submissions it had ever received.
Full APA reference
Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Appendices B to K (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-appendices.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-500, REF-501, REF-502, REF-503, REF-504
PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
All fields
- ID
- REF-505
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Productivity Commission
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- Mental health: Inquiry report, Appendices B to K (Report No. 95)
- Description
- The online-only supporting material, and the place to go for method rather than conclusions. Across 268 pages, Part VI holds ten appendices: B on public consultations, C on income and employment support, D on employment and mental health, E on bullying and mental health, F on mental health and the workers compensation system, G on funding and commissioning arrangements, H on calculating the cost of mental ill health and suicide in Australia, I on the benefits and costs of improved mental health, J on mental health, labour market outcomes and health-related quality of life, and K on the detailed assumptions behind the benefit and cost estimates. Appendices C, D, E, F and J are the social determinants evidence base of the inquiry, covering income, work, bullying and compensation systems. Appendices H, I and K are where the headline dollar figures can be audited. Appendix B documents the scale of consultation: six roundtables covering consumers and carers, early childhood services, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people in urban areas, mental health modelling, the education system and workplace mental health; 13 days of public hearings across Adelaide, Brisbane, Broken Hill, Canberra, Darwin, Geraldton, Launceston, Melbourne and other locations between November 2019 and February 2020; 278 meetings with individual stakeholders across Australia; and 1,244 public submissions, of which 564 came before the draft report, plus 191 online comments before the draft report and 297 after it. Volume 1 records that this was one of the largest inquiries in the Commission’s history and attracted the most submissions it had ever received.
- Publication or publisher
- Productivity Commission, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Workplace and occupational health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-appendices.pdf
- Verification note
- PDF downloaded and read directly from assets.pc.gov.au on 17 September 2026. Title, report number, date, page count and quoted content taken from the document itself.
- Related items
- REF-500; REF-501; REF-502; REF-503; REF-504
- Full APA reference
- Productivity Commission. (2020). Mental health: Inquiry report, Appendices B to K (Report No. 95). Australian Government. https://assets.pc.gov.au/inquiries/completed/mental-health/report/mental-health-appendices.pdf
REF-506
Paper, guideline or statement
Bidirectional associations between loneliness and physical multimorbidity and the mediating role of social inactivity
Zhou, Y., Zhu, S., Holt-Lunstad, J., Kivimäki, M., & Xu, X. · 2026 · Nature Communications, 17, Article 9806
The study that turns loneliness and chronic disease from a correlation into a documented feedback loop, and then names the behaviour in the middle of it. Physical multimorbidity and loneliness are both treated as public health concerns, but the direction of travel between them had stayed unclear. The authors pooled longitudinal data on adults aged 45 and over across 19 countries and five prospective cohorts: the US Health and Retirement Study, the English Longitudinal Study on Ageing, the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe, the China Health and Retirement Longitudinal Study and the Korean Longitudinal Study of Aging. From 111,332 people with baseline information, 70,176 entered the analysis running from physical multimorbidity to loneliness and 48,243 entered the analysis running the other way, with 80,643 in the mediation models. Cox regression found associations in both directions. Physical multimorbidity predicted later loneliness with an adjusted hazard ratio of 1.25, 95% confidence interval 1.20 to 1.30, and loneliness predicted later physical multimorbidity with an adjusted hazard ratio of 1.10, 95% confidence interval 1.05 to 1.17. Random-intercept cross-lagged panel models confirmed the association between physical multimorbidity at the first time point and loneliness at the third, with social inactivity at the second time point acting as the mediator. Mean age in the multimorbidity to loneliness analysis was 64.4 years with a standard deviation of 8.3, and 54.7% were women. Only 48.6% of people in the mediation analysis reported being socially active at baseline. The authors conclude that the two conditions may create a vicious cycle in which each worsens the other, with social inactivity carrying the effect from multimorbidity toward loneliness. For lifestyle medicine this is a directly actionable finding, because social activity is the modifiable link rather than an outcome, and it suggests that treating multimorbidity without attending to social participation leaves the loop running. Note that this is an association study across observational cohorts, so the mediation is statistical rather than experimental.
Full APA reference
Zhou, Y., Zhu, S., Holt-Lunstad, J., Kivimäki, M., & Xu, X. (2026). Bidirectional associations between loneliness and physical multimorbidity and the mediating role of social inactivity. Nature Communications, 17, Article 9806. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-026-76770-3
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-095, REF-107, REF-382, REF-190, REF-383, REF-278, REF-196, REF-126, REF-508
Bibliographic details verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service and the publisher landing page at doi.org. Abstract, cohort composition and sample sizes verified against the open access full text in PubMed Central, PMC13575247. PubMed records the electronic publication date as 15 August 2026.
All fields
- ID
- REF-506
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhou, Y., Zhu, S., Holt-Lunstad, J., Kivimäki, M., & Xu, X.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Bidirectional associations between loneliness and physical multimorbidity and the mediating role of social inactivity
- Description
- The study that turns loneliness and chronic disease from a correlation into a documented feedback loop, and then names the behaviour in the middle of it. Physical multimorbidity and loneliness are both treated as public health concerns, but the direction of travel between them had stayed unclear. The authors pooled longitudinal data on adults aged 45 and over across 19 countries and five prospective cohorts: the US Health and Retirement Study, the English Longitudinal Study on Ageing, the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe, the China Health and Retirement Longitudinal Study and the Korean Longitudinal Study of Aging. From 111,332 people with baseline information, 70,176 entered the analysis running from physical multimorbidity to loneliness and 48,243 entered the analysis running the other way, with 80,643 in the mediation models. Cox regression found associations in both directions. Physical multimorbidity predicted later loneliness with an adjusted hazard ratio of 1.25, 95% confidence interval 1.20 to 1.30, and loneliness predicted later physical multimorbidity with an adjusted hazard ratio of 1.10, 95% confidence interval 1.05 to 1.17. Random-intercept cross-lagged panel models confirmed the association between physical multimorbidity at the first time point and loneliness at the third, with social inactivity at the second time point acting as the mediator. Mean age in the multimorbidity to loneliness analysis was 64.4 years with a standard deviation of 8.3, and 54.7% were women. Only 48.6% of people in the mediation analysis reported being socially active at baseline. The authors conclude that the two conditions may create a vicious cycle in which each worsens the other, with social inactivity carrying the effect from multimorbidity toward loneliness. For lifestyle medicine this is a directly actionable finding, because social activity is the modifiable link rather than an outcome, and it suggests that treating multimorbidity without attending to social participation leaves the loop running. Note that this is an association study across observational cohorts, so the mediation is statistical rather than experimental.
- Publication or publisher
- Nature Communications, 17, Article 9806
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- International
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Psychological mechanisms; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42736300/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-026-76770-3
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details verified 17 September 2026 against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service and the publisher landing page at doi.org. Abstract, cohort composition and sample sizes verified against the open access full text in PubMed Central, PMC13575247. PubMed records the electronic publication date as 15 August 2026.
- Related items
- REF-095; REF-107; REF-382; REF-190; REF-383; REF-278; REF-196; REF-126; REF-508
- Full APA reference
- Zhou, Y., Zhu, S., Holt-Lunstad, J., Kivimäki, M., & Xu, X. (2026). Bidirectional associations between loneliness and physical multimorbidity and the mediating role of social inactivity. Nature Communications, 17, Article 9806. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-026-76770-3
REF-507
Paper, guideline or statement
Effect of exercise on bone health in middle aged and older adults: Hierarchical network meta-analysis of randomised trials
Lu, C., Li, L., Zhang, L., Gao, Q., Meng, J., Xue, Y., Jiang, H., Yuan, T., Qian, H., Bao, N., Luo, Z., & Yang, X. · 2026 · BMJ, 394, Article e100561
A rare thing in exercise research: a large synthesis that answers not just whether exercise helps bone but which type and how much. The objective was to determine the type and dose of exercise needed to maintain bone mineral density and reduce fracture risk in adults aged 40 and over, using a hierarchical Bayesian network meta-analysis alongside a multivariable dose-response network meta-analysis. PubMed, Embase, the Cochrane Library and Web of Science were searched from inception to January 2026 for randomised controlled trials comparing structured exercise against non-exercise control or alternative exercise modalities in middle aged adults of 40 to 60 years and older adults over 60. Primary outcomes were changes in bone mineral density at the lumbar spine, femoral neck and total hip, with fracture incidence as secondary, and certainty rated with the Confidence in Network Meta-Analysis tool across six predefined domains. A total of 124 trials covering 18,429 participants was included. For lumbar spine density, brisk walking or jogging showed a mean difference of 0.013 g/cm2 with a 95% credible interval of 0.006 to 0.021 on low certainty evidence, and combined aerobic and resistance exercise showed 0.013 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.010 to 0.016 on low to moderate certainty. For the femoral neck, brisk walking or jogging gave 0.009 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.001 to 0.018 on low to moderate certainty, and mind-body exercise gave 0.007 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.002 to 0.013 on moderate certainty, the strongest certainty rating in the paper. For total hip, only brisk walking or jogging showed benefit at 0.021 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.005 to 0.038 on low certainty. The dose-response relations were non-linear and generally an inverted U shape, meaning more is not simply better. The minimal clinically important difference might be reached at about 400 metabolic equivalent minutes per week for the lumbar spine and around 600 for the femoral neck and total hip, which the authors equate to roughly 2 to 3 hours of brisk walking or jogging. In the fracture analysis of 26 trials and 11,132 participants, mixed aerobic exercise gave an odds ratio of 0.29 with an interval of 0.11 to 0.78 and mind-body exercise 0.58 with an interval of 0.36 to 0.93, both on low certainty, while other modalities were neutral. The authors are careful about their own limits, describing the findings as cautious support for integrating dose specific and modality tailored exercise prescriptions into bone health guidelines given the low to moderate confidence in several estimates. Two things make this useful in practice: walking and jogging outperform more elaborate protocols across all three sites, and mind-body exercise earns a genuine place for the femoral neck and for fracture risk rather than only for mood.
Full APA reference
Lu, C., Li, L., Zhang, L., Gao, Q., Meng, J., Xue, Y., Jiang, H., Yuan, T., Qian, H., Bao, N., Luo, Z., & Yang, X. (2026). Effect of exercise on bone health in middle aged and older adults: Hierarchical network meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ, 394, Article e100561. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2026-100561
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-008, REF-371, REF-374, REF-066, REF-162, REF-163, REF-143, REF-018, REF-509
Bibliographic details, title, volume, article number, full author list and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI and independently against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service. PubMed indexes it as a Network Meta-Analysis published 9 September 2026, BMJ volume 394, page e100561, accepted 30 July 2026, with 40 references. The article reports its systematic review registration as PROSPERO NCT42024553562, which uses a ClinicalTrials.gov style prefix rather than the usual PROSPERO CRD prefix.
All fields
- ID
- REF-507
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Lu, C., Li, L., Zhang, L., Gao, Q., Meng, J., Xue, Y., Jiang, H., Yuan, T., Qian, H., Bao, N., Luo, Z., & Yang, X.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effect of exercise on bone health in middle aged and older adults: Hierarchical network meta-analysis of randomised trials
- Description
- A rare thing in exercise research: a large synthesis that answers not just whether exercise helps bone but which type and how much. The objective was to determine the type and dose of exercise needed to maintain bone mineral density and reduce fracture risk in adults aged 40 and over, using a hierarchical Bayesian network meta-analysis alongside a multivariable dose-response network meta-analysis. PubMed, Embase, the Cochrane Library and Web of Science were searched from inception to January 2026 for randomised controlled trials comparing structured exercise against non-exercise control or alternative exercise modalities in middle aged adults of 40 to 60 years and older adults over 60. Primary outcomes were changes in bone mineral density at the lumbar spine, femoral neck and total hip, with fracture incidence as secondary, and certainty rated with the Confidence in Network Meta-Analysis tool across six predefined domains. A total of 124 trials covering 18,429 participants was included. For lumbar spine density, brisk walking or jogging showed a mean difference of 0.013 g/cm2 with a 95% credible interval of 0.006 to 0.021 on low certainty evidence, and combined aerobic and resistance exercise showed 0.013 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.010 to 0.016 on low to moderate certainty. For the femoral neck, brisk walking or jogging gave 0.009 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.001 to 0.018 on low to moderate certainty, and mind-body exercise gave 0.007 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.002 to 0.013 on moderate certainty, the strongest certainty rating in the paper. For total hip, only brisk walking or jogging showed benefit at 0.021 g/cm2 with an interval of 0.005 to 0.038 on low certainty. The dose-response relations were non-linear and generally an inverted U shape, meaning more is not simply better. The minimal clinically important difference might be reached at about 400 metabolic equivalent minutes per week for the lumbar spine and around 600 for the femoral neck and total hip, which the authors equate to roughly 2 to 3 hours of brisk walking or jogging. In the fracture analysis of 26 trials and 11,132 participants, mixed aerobic exercise gave an odds ratio of 0.29 with an interval of 0.11 to 0.78 and mind-body exercise 0.58 with an interval of 0.36 to 0.93, both on low certainty, while other modalities were neutral. The authors are careful about their own limits, describing the findings as cautious support for integrating dose specific and modality tailored exercise prescriptions into bone health guidelines given the low to moderate confidence in several estimates. Two things make this useful in practice: walking and jogging outperform more elaborate protocols across all three sites, and mind-body exercise earns a genuine place for the femoral neck and for fracture risk rather than only for mood.
- Publication or publisher
- BMJ, 394, Article e100561
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- General lifestyle and wellbeing; Prevention and public health; Integrative and mind body approaches; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42716561/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2026-100561
- Verification note
- Bibliographic details, title, volume, article number, full author list and abstract verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI and independently against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service. PubMed indexes it as a Network Meta-Analysis published 9 September 2026, BMJ volume 394, page e100561, accepted 30 July 2026, with 40 references. The article reports its systematic review registration as PROSPERO NCT42024553562, which uses a ClinicalTrials.gov style prefix rather than the usual PROSPERO CRD prefix.
- Related items
- REF-008; REF-371; REF-374; REF-066; REF-162; REF-163; REF-143; REF-018; REF-509
- Full APA reference
- Lu, C., Li, L., Zhang, L., Gao, Q., Meng, J., Xue, Y., Jiang, H., Yuan, T., Qian, H., Bao, N., Luo, Z., & Yang, X. (2026). Effect of exercise on bone health in middle aged and older adults: Hierarchical network meta-analysis of randomised trials. BMJ, 394, Article e100561. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2026-100561
REF-508
Paper, guideline or statement
Social determinants of health in psychiatric disorders: Exciting opportunities for biopsychosocial research and clinical care
Jeste, D. V., & Gyan, E. · 2026 · American Journal of Psychiatry, 183(7), 450-460
Close to a keystone paper for this library, because it does the one thing most social determinants writing avoids: it explains the biological route from social conditions into psychiatric illness, and it does so in the flagship American psychiatry journal. The authors start from the observation that social determinants of health are increasingly recognised as contributors to the development, course and outcomes of psychiatric disorders, yet their integration into clinical psychiatry and into mechanistic models remains limited. Two distinctions do a lot of work. The first separates individual level, clinically actionable health related social needs from structural determinants operating at family, community and society level, which is exactly the boundary that lifestyle drift blurs. The second insists on counting protective social factors, not only adverse ones. From there the paper sets out how social experience becomes biologically embedded, through interacting pathways including exposomics, epigenetics, allostatic load, accelerated inflammaging, immune dysregulation and gut-brain-microbiome signalling, and how those pathways in turn shape neural circuitry for stress regulation, reward processing and social cognition. Psychological processes are given real standing rather than treated as soft: individual differences in resilience, wisdom, compassion and purpose in life shape how people respond to social determinants and have identifiable neurobiological substrates. Social connection is named as the central and potentially modifiable determinant, strongly associated with whole health and longevity, with loneliness and social isolation described as major global public health challenges. The proposed biopsychosocial framework integrates social exposures, biological mechanisms, neural systems and psychological processes to account for risk, course and prevention of mental illness. The clinical implications are practical and stated plainly: routine assessment of social determinants, deliberate incorporation of protective factors at both individual and societal levels, and development of pragmatic multidomain interventions. The paper closes on digital technology and artificial intelligence, which it treats as genuine opportunity requiring careful governance, and argues for advancing toward human centred artificial wisdom so that technology can promote whole health for people with mental illness globally. It is an overview and framework paper rather than new primary data, drawing on 106 references. Its practical value here is that it supplies the mechanistic middle layer between the social determinants policy literature in this collection and the lifestyle psychiatry intervention literature.
Full APA reference
Jeste, D. V., & Gyan, E. (2026). Social determinants of health in psychiatric disorders: Exciting opportunities for biopsychosocial research and clinical care. American Journal of Psychiatry, 183(7), 450-460. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.20260402
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-506, REF-382, REF-383, REF-196, REF-041, REF-158, REF-437, REF-157, REF-114, REF-398, REF-499, REF-175
Title, authors, journal, volume, issue and pagination verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI, which lists American Journal of Psychiatry volume 183, issue 7, pages 450 to 460, published 1 July 2026 with 106 references. Independently confirmed against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, which indexes it as a Review, and the abstract was read in full from PubMed. PubMed author keywords are Artificial Wisdom, Biopsychosocial, Exposomics, Social Connections, Well-Being and Whole Health.
All fields
- ID
- REF-508
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Jeste, D. V., & Gyan, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Social determinants of health in psychiatric disorders: Exciting opportunities for biopsychosocial research and clinical care
- Description
- Close to a keystone paper for this library, because it does the one thing most social determinants writing avoids: it explains the biological route from social conditions into psychiatric illness, and it does so in the flagship American psychiatry journal. The authors start from the observation that social determinants of health are increasingly recognised as contributors to the development, course and outcomes of psychiatric disorders, yet their integration into clinical psychiatry and into mechanistic models remains limited. Two distinctions do a lot of work. The first separates individual level, clinically actionable health related social needs from structural determinants operating at family, community and society level, which is exactly the boundary that lifestyle drift blurs. The second insists on counting protective social factors, not only adverse ones. From there the paper sets out how social experience becomes biologically embedded, through interacting pathways including exposomics, epigenetics, allostatic load, accelerated inflammaging, immune dysregulation and gut-brain-microbiome signalling, and how those pathways in turn shape neural circuitry for stress regulation, reward processing and social cognition. Psychological processes are given real standing rather than treated as soft: individual differences in resilience, wisdom, compassion and purpose in life shape how people respond to social determinants and have identifiable neurobiological substrates. Social connection is named as the central and potentially modifiable determinant, strongly associated with whole health and longevity, with loneliness and social isolation described as major global public health challenges. The proposed biopsychosocial framework integrates social exposures, biological mechanisms, neural systems and psychological processes to account for risk, course and prevention of mental illness. The clinical implications are practical and stated plainly: routine assessment of social determinants, deliberate incorporation of protective factors at both individual and societal levels, and development of pragmatic multidomain interventions. The paper closes on digital technology and artificial intelligence, which it treats as genuine opportunity requiring careful governance, and argues for advancing toward human centred artificial wisdom so that technology can promote whole health for people with mental illness globally. It is an overview and framework paper rather than new primary data, drawing on 106 references. Its practical value here is that it supplies the mechanistic middle layer between the social determinants policy literature in this collection and the lifestyle psychiatry intervention literature.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Psychiatry, 183(7), 450-460
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Psychological mechanisms; Prevention and public health; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42380754/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.20260402
- Verification note
- Title, authors, journal, volume, issue and pagination verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI, which lists American Journal of Psychiatry volume 183, issue 7, pages 450 to 460, published 1 July 2026 with 106 references. Independently confirmed against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, which indexes it as a Review, and the abstract was read in full from PubMed. PubMed author keywords are Artificial Wisdom, Biopsychosocial, Exposomics, Social Connections, Well-Being and Whole Health.
- Related items
- REF-506; REF-382; REF-383; REF-196; REF-041; REF-158; REF-437; REF-157; REF-114; REF-398; REF-499; REF-175
- Full APA reference
- Jeste, D. V., & Gyan, E. (2026). Social determinants of health in psychiatric disorders: Exciting opportunities for biopsychosocial research and clinical care. American Journal of Psychiatry, 183(7), 450-460. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.20260402
REF-509
Paper, guideline or statement
Psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, barriers and facilitators: A scoping review
Dissanayake, I., Lamble, R., Wall, P. L., Fassnacht, D. B., Ali, K., Szuhany, K. L., White, R. L., Faulkner, G., Rosenbaum, S., Stubbs, B., Home, R. L., & Lederman, O. · 2026 · Health Psychology Review, advance online publication, 1-25
The rare paper that turns the lens on the practitioner rather than the client, and asks whether psychologists actually do the thing the evidence says works. The authors start from the position that strong evidence supports integrating physical activity promotion into psychotherapy, and that psychologists, as mental health practitioners with expertise in behaviour change, are well placed to promote physical activity as an adjunctive psychological intervention. The review systematically synthesised evidence on psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, including their knowledge, confidence and prior training, and mapped the reported barriers and facilitators onto the 14 domains of the Theoretical Domains Framework. Systematic searches yielded 11 studies meeting inclusion criteria. Of the nine studies measuring how often psychologists promote physical activity, 67 per cent reported that more than half of psychologists do so with clients. The more pointed finding comes from the four studies reporting on training: almost two thirds of psychologists have received no formal training in physical activity promotion at all. Mapped to the framework, the domains most often identified as barriers were social influences and skills, while the domains most often identified as facilitators were beliefs about consequences and beliefs about capabilities. In plain terms, psychologists are largely convinced it works and believe they could do it, but lack the skills and the professional and workplace expectations that would make it routine. The authors conclude that because physical activity promotion in psychotherapy is an effective intervention yet psychologists lack formal training in it, tailored training may improve their capability to promote physical activity safely and effectively. The evidence base is small at 11 studies, so this maps a gap rather than measures it precisely. The author list matters for placing it: it brings together the Australian exercise and mental health group including Rosenbaum and Lederman with Stubbs and Faulkner, so it connects directly to the lifestyle psychiatry meta-review literature already in this collection. Practically, it is a training and workforce argument aimed at the profession most of this library's intervention evidence assumes will deliver.
Full APA reference
Dissanayake, I., Lamble, R., Wall, P. L., Fassnacht, D. B., Ali, K., Szuhany, K. L., White, R. L., Faulkner, G., Rosenbaum, S., Stubbs, B., Home, R. L., & Lederman, O. (2026). Psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, barriers and facilitators: A scoping review. Health Psychology Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17437199.2026.2726379
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-041, REF-116, REF-064, REF-152, REF-025, REF-087, REF-125, REF-027, REF-170, REF-122, REF-056, REF-015, REF-078, REF-496, REF-148, REF-481, REF-038
Title, full 12 author list, journal, pagination and publication date verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI, which lists Health Psychology Review, pages 1 to 25, published online 5 September 2026, with 74 references under a CC BY-NC-ND licence. Independently confirmed against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, which indexes it as a Review, and the abstract was read in full from PubMed. No volume or issue number has been assigned yet because the article is advance online publication, so it is cited here without one. Lead author affiliation is the University of the Sunshine Coast.
All fields
- ID
- REF-509
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dissanayake, I., Lamble, R., Wall, P. L., Fassnacht, D. B., Ali, K., Szuhany, K. L., White, R. L., Faulkner, G., Rosenbaum, S., Stubbs, B., Home, R. L., & Lederman, O.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, barriers and facilitators: A scoping review
- Description
- The rare paper that turns the lens on the practitioner rather than the client, and asks whether psychologists actually do the thing the evidence says works. The authors start from the position that strong evidence supports integrating physical activity promotion into psychotherapy, and that psychologists, as mental health practitioners with expertise in behaviour change, are well placed to promote physical activity as an adjunctive psychological intervention. The review systematically synthesised evidence on psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, including their knowledge, confidence and prior training, and mapped the reported barriers and facilitators onto the 14 domains of the Theoretical Domains Framework. Systematic searches yielded 11 studies meeting inclusion criteria. Of the nine studies measuring how often psychologists promote physical activity, 67 per cent reported that more than half of psychologists do so with clients. The more pointed finding comes from the four studies reporting on training: almost two thirds of psychologists have received no formal training in physical activity promotion at all. Mapped to the framework, the domains most often identified as barriers were social influences and skills, while the domains most often identified as facilitators were beliefs about consequences and beliefs about capabilities. In plain terms, psychologists are largely convinced it works and believe they could do it, but lack the skills and the professional and workplace expectations that would make it routine. The authors conclude that because physical activity promotion in psychotherapy is an effective intervention yet psychologists lack formal training in it, tailored training may improve their capability to promote physical activity safely and effectively. The evidence base is small at 11 studies, so this maps a gap rather than measures it precisely. The author list matters for placing it: it brings together the Australian exercise and mental health group including Rosenbaum and Lederman with Stubbs and Faulkner, so it connects directly to the lifestyle psychiatry meta-review literature already in this collection. Practically, it is a training and workforce argument aimed at the profession most of this library's intervention evidence assumes will deliver.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Psychology Review, advance online publication, 1-25
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Behaviour change and adherence; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42700365/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1080/17437199.2026.2726379
- Verification note
- Title, full 12 author list, journal, pagination and publication date verified 17 September 2026 against the Crossref API record for the DOI, which lists Health Psychology Review, pages 1 to 25, published online 5 September 2026, with 74 references under a CC BY-NC-ND licence. Independently confirmed against the PubMed record via the NCBI E-utilities esummary service, which indexes it as a Review, and the abstract was read in full from PubMed. No volume or issue number has been assigned yet because the article is advance online publication, so it is cited here without one. Lead author affiliation is the University of the Sunshine Coast.
- Related items
- REF-041; REF-116; REF-064; REF-152; REF-025; REF-087; REF-125; REF-027; REF-170; REF-122; REF-056; REF-015; REF-078; REF-496; REF-148; REF-481; REF-038
- Full APA reference
- Dissanayake, I., Lamble, R., Wall, P. L., Fassnacht, D. B., Ali, K., Szuhany, K. L., White, R. L., Faulkner, G., Rosenbaum, S., Stubbs, B., Home, R. L., & Lederman, O. (2026). Psychologists' physical activity promotion practices, barriers and facilitators: A scoping review. Health Psychology Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/17437199.2026.2726379
REF-510
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in children
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
First global WHO guideline for children aged 29 days to under 10 years. Strongly recommends structured diet, physical activity and behaviour-change interventions in primary care and does not recommend medicines, bariatric surgery or weight-loss devices for children aged 0 to 9.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in children. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123397
View the source
Related items: REF-511, REF-535
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123397 (date on page: 7 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-510
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in children
- Description
- First global WHO guideline for children aged 29 days to under 10 years. Strongly recommends structured diet, physical activity and behaviour-change interventions in primary care and does not recommend medicines, bariatric surgery or weight-loss devices for children aged 0 to 9.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123397
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123397 (date on page: 7 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-511; REF-535
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). *WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in children*. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123397
REF-511
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in adolescents
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
Companion adolescent guideline released the same day. Approved medicines or bariatric surgery may be considered for adolescents only under specified conditions, with lifestyle care first. WHO reports 170 million people aged 5 to 19 living with obesity in 2024.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in adolescents. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123878
View the source
Related items: REF-510, REF-535, REF-538
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/news/item/07-10-2026-who-issues-first-global-guidelines-on-child-and-adolescent-obesity (date on page: 7 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-511
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in adolescents
- Description
- Companion adolescent guideline released the same day. Approved medicines or bariatric surgery may be considered for adolescents only under specified conditions, with lifestyle care first. WHO reports 170 million people aged 5 to 19 living with obesity in 2024.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/news/item/07-10-2026-who-issues-first-global-guidelines-on-child-and-adolescent-obesity
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/news/item/07-10-2026-who-issues-first-global-guidelines-on-child-and-adolescent-obesity (date on page: 7 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-510; REF-535; REF-538
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). *WHO guidelines on the integrated management of obesity in adolescents*. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240123878
REF-512
Paper, guideline or statement
World Mental Health Day 10 October 2026: Lived experiences heard: Real voices, real change
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
Calls for people with lived experience to shape policy and services as equal partners and for a planned shift from institutions to community, rights-based care. Only 9% of countries have fully moved to community-based care, and 49% of reported psychiatric admissions are involuntary.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). World Mental Health Day 10 October 2026: Lived experiences heard: Real voices, real change. https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-mental-health-day/2026
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-mental-health-day/2026 (date on page: Campaign for 10 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-512
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- World Mental Health Day 10 October 2026: Lived experiences heard: Real voices, real change
- Description
- Calls for people with lived experience to shape policy and services as equal partners and for a planned shift from institutions to community, rights-based care. Only 9% of countries have fully moved to community-based care, and 49% of reported psychiatric admissions are involuntary.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-mental-health-day/2026
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-mental-health-day/2026 (date on page: Campaign for 10 October 2026).
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). *World Mental Health Day 10 October 2026: Lived experiences heard: Real voices, real change*. https://www.who.int/campaigns/world-mental-health-day/2026
REF-513
Paper, guideline or statement
Helping consumers make healthier choices with front-of-pack nutrition labelling
Kania, D. · 2026 · World Health Organization Indonesia
WHO-supported Nutri-Level labels grade beverages A to D on sugar, salt and fat. MoH Decree 301 of 2026 is voluntary for ready-to-serve drinks; BPOM Regulation 10 of 2026 makes labels mandatory for packaged beverages within two years. Adult obesity rose from 15.4% to 23.4% in a decade.
Full APA reference
Kania, D. (2026, October 7). Helping consumers make healthier choices with front-of-pack nutrition labelling. World Health Organization Indonesia. https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/07-10-2026-helping-consumers-make-healthier-choices-with-front-of-pack-nutrition-labelling
View the source
Related items: REF-560
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/07-10-2026-helping-consumers-make-healthier-choices-with-front-of-pack-nutrition-labelling (date on page: 7 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-513
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kania, D.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Helping consumers make healthier choices with front-of-pack nutrition labelling
- Description
- WHO-supported Nutri-Level labels grade beverages A to D on sugar, salt and fat. MoH Decree 301 of 2026 is voluntary for ready-to-serve drinks; BPOM Regulation 10 of 2026 makes labels mandatory for packaged beverages within two years. Adult obesity rose from 15.4% to 23.4% in a decade.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization Indonesia
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Indonesia
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/07-10-2026-helping-consumers-make-healthier-choices-with-front-of-pack-nutrition-labelling
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/07-10-2026-helping-consumers-make-healthier-choices-with-front-of-pack-nutrition-labelling (date on page: 7 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-560
- Full APA reference
- Kania, D. (2026, October 7). *Helping consumers make healthier choices with front-of-pack nutrition labelling*. World Health Organization Indonesia. https://www.who.int/indonesia/news/detail/07-10-2026-helping-consumers-make-healthier-choices-with-front-of-pack-nutrition-labelling
REF-514
Paper, guideline or statement
Virtual launch: New report on ethics oversight of AI-related health research
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
Launch of WHO recommendations for researchers, ethics committees, regulators and funders on AI-enabled health research, covering consent, bias, ethics committee capacity and risks in low-income settings.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026, September 21). Virtual launch: New report on ethics oversight of AI-related health research [Event page for the report Artificial intelligence-related health research: Ethics review and oversight]. https://www.who.int/news-room/events/detail/2026/09/21/default-calendar/virtual-launch-new-report-on-ethics-oversight-of-ai-related-health-research
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/news-room/events/detail/2026/09/21/default-calendar/virtual-launch-new-report-on-ethics-oversight-of-ai-related-health-research (date on page: Launch event 21 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-514
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Virtual launch: New report on ethics oversight of AI-related health research
- Description
- Launch of WHO recommendations for researchers, ethics committees, regulators and funders on AI-enabled health research, covering consent, bias, ethics committee capacity and risks in low-income settings.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/news-room/events/detail/2026/09/21/default-calendar/virtual-launch-new-report-on-ethics-oversight-of-ai-related-health-research
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/news-room/events/detail/2026/09/21/default-calendar/virtual-launch-new-report-on-ethics-oversight-of-ai-related-health-research (date on page: Launch event 21 September 2026).
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026, September 21). *Virtual launch: New report on ethics oversight of AI-related health research* [Event page for the report *Artificial intelligence-related health research: Ethics review and oversight*]. https://www.who.int/news-room/events/detail/2026/09/21/default-calendar/virtual-launch-new-report-on-ethics-oversight-of-ai-related-health-research
REF-515
Paper, guideline or statement
The psychosocial working environment: Global developments and pathways for action
International Labour Organization · 2026 · International Labour Organization
Estimates that psychosocial risks at work cause more than 840,000 deaths and nearly 45 million DALYs each year, equal to 1.37% of global GDP. Sets out job demands, autonomy, working time and fair processes as levers for prevention.
Full APA reference
International Labour Organization. (2026). The psychosocial working environment: Global developments and pathways for action. https://doi.org/10.54394/00033223
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-547
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.ilo.org/publications/psychosocial-working-environment-global-developments-and-pathways-action (date on page: 22 April 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-515
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- International Labour Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The psychosocial working environment: Global developments and pathways for action
- Description
- Estimates that psychosocial risks at work cause more than 840,000 deaths and nearly 45 million DALYs each year, equal to 1.37% of global GDP. Sets out job demands, autonomy, working time and fair processes as levers for prevention.
- Publication or publisher
- International Labour Organization
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - ILO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Workplace and occupational health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.ilo.org/publications/psychosocial-working-environment-global-developments-and-pathways-action
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.54394/00033223
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.ilo.org/publications/psychosocial-working-environment-global-developments-and-pathways-action (date on page: 22 April 2026).
- Related items
- REF-547
- Full APA reference
- International Labour Organization. (2026). *The psychosocial working environment: Global developments and pathways for action*. https://doi.org/10.54394/00033223
REF-516
Paper, guideline or statement
Australian 24-hour movement guidelines for adults (18 to 64 years) and older adults (65+years)
Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing · 2026 · Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
Updated national guidelines combining physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep across the day, with recommendations for adults with disability and chronic conditions. Developed by a University of Wollongong-led team; about 46% of adults are not active enough.
Full APA reference
Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. (2026). Australian 24-hour movement guidelines for adults (18 to 64 years) and older adults (65+ years). https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/australian-24-hour-movement-guidelines-for-adults-18-to-64-years-and-older-adults-65years
View the source
Related items: REF-517, REF-540, GOV-002, REF-566
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.gov.au/ministers/the-hon-rebecca-white-mp/media/new-movement-guidelines-for-healthier-adults (date on page: 13 March 2026 (report page); ministerial release 6 May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-516
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Australian 24-hour movement guidelines for adults (18 to 64 years) and older adults (65+years)
- Description
- Updated national guidelines combining physical activity, sedentary behaviour and sleep across the day, with recommendations for adults with disability and chronic conditions. Developed by a University of Wollongong-led team; about 46% of adults are not active enough.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/australian-24-hour-movement-guidelines-for-adults-18-to-64-years-and-older-adults-65years
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.gov.au/ministers/the-hon-rebecca-white-mp/media/new-movement-guidelines-for-healthier-adults (date on page: 13 March 2026 (report page); ministerial release 6 May 2026).
- Related items
- REF-517; REF-540; GOV-002; REF-566
- Full APA reference
- Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Ageing. (2026). *Australian 24-hour movement guidelines for adults (18 to 64 years) and older adults (65+ years)*. https://www.health.gov.au/resources/publications/australian-24-hour-movement-guidelines-for-adults-18-to-64-years-and-older-adults-65years
- Same document as
- GOV-002
REF-517
Paper, guideline or statement
UK Chief Medical Officers' physical activity guidelines
UK Chief Medical Officers · 2026 · GOV.UK
Refresh of the 2019 guidance. Keeps 150 minutes a week for adults but stresses that the largest gains come from moving from inactivity to any activity, plus light activity, less sitting, and strength and balance work across life. One quarter of adults in England do under 30 minutes a week.
Full APA reference
UK Chief Medical Officers. (2026). UK Chief Medical Officers' physical activity guidelines. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/physical-activity-guidelines-uk-chief-medical-officers-report/uk-chief-medical-officers-physical-activity-guidelines
View the source
Related items: REF-516, REF-540, REF-566
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-uk-cmo-activity-guidelines-show-every-movement-counts (date on page: 10 July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-517
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- UK Chief Medical Officers
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- UK Chief Medical Officers' physical activity guidelines
- Description
- Refresh of the 2019 guidance. Keeps 150 minutes a week for adults but stresses that the largest gains come from moving from inactivity to any activity, plus light activity, less sitting, and strength and balance work across life. One quarter of adults in England do under 30 minutes a week.
- Publication or publisher
- GOV.UK
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-uk-cmo-activity-guidelines-show-every-movement-counts
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.gov.uk/government/news/new-uk-cmo-activity-guidelines-show-every-movement-counts (date on page: 10 July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-516; REF-540; REF-566
- Full APA reference
- UK Chief Medical Officers. (2026). *UK Chief Medical Officers' physical activity guidelines*. GOV.UK. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/physical-activity-guidelines-uk-chief-medical-officers-report/uk-chief-medical-officers-physical-activity-guidelines
REF-518
Paper, guideline or statement
Kennedy, Rollins unveil historic reset of U.S. nutrition policy, put real food back at center of health
U.S. Department of Agriculture · 2026 · U.S. Department of Agriculture (press release on the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2025-2030)
Releases the 2025-2030 Dietary Guidelines, which prioritise whole, nutrient-dense foods and limit highly processed foods, added sugars and refined carbohydrates. Notably recommends protein at every meal and full-fat dairy, a contested change from earlier editions.
Full APA reference
U.S. Department of Agriculture. (2026, January 7). Kennedy, Rollins unveil historic reset of U.S. nutrition policy, put real food back at center of health [Press release on the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2025-2030]. https://www.usda.gov/about-usda/news/press-releases/2026/01/07/kennedy-rollins-unveil-historic-reset-us-nutrition-policy-put-real-food-back-center-health
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.usda.gov/about-usda/news/press-releases/2026/01/07/kennedy-rollins-unveil-historic-reset-us-nutrition-policy-put-real-food-back-center-health (date on page: 7 January 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-518
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- U.S. Department of Agriculture
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Kennedy, Rollins unveil historic reset of U.S. nutrition policy, put real food back at center of health
- Description
- Releases the 2025-2030 Dietary Guidelines, which prioritise whole, nutrient-dense foods and limit highly processed foods, added sugars and refined carbohydrates. Notably recommends protein at every meal and full-fat dairy, a contested change from earlier editions.
- Publication or publisher
- U.S. Department of Agriculture (press release on the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2025-2030)
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.usda.gov/about-usda/news/press-releases/2026/01/07/kennedy-rollins-unveil-historic-reset-us-nutrition-policy-put-real-food-back-center-health
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.usda.gov/about-usda/news/press-releases/2026/01/07/kennedy-rollins-unveil-historic-reset-us-nutrition-policy-put-real-food-back-center-health (date on page: 7 January 2026).
- Full APA reference
- U.S. Department of Agriculture. (2026, January 7). *Kennedy, Rollins unveil historic reset of U.S. nutrition policy, put real food back at center of health* [Press release on the Dietary Guidelines for Americans, 2025-2030]. https://www.usda.gov/about-usda/news/press-releases/2026/01/07/kennedy-rollins-unveil-historic-reset-us-nutrition-policy-put-real-food-back-center-health
REF-519
Paper, guideline or statement
General wellness: Policy for low risk devices: Guidance for industry and Food and Drug Administration staff
U.S. Food and Drug Administration · 2026 · U.S. Food and Drug Administration
Updated January 2026 guidance on software and wearables intended to maintain or encourage a healthy lifestyle, which sit outside device regulation when not linked to diagnosing or treating disease. Widens the space for consumer wellness wearables.
Full APA reference
U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2026). General wellness: Policy for low risk devices: Guidance for industry and Food and Drug Administration staff. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/general-wellness-policy-low-risk-devices
View the source
Related items: REF-520, REF-549
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/general-wellness-policy-low-risk-devices (date on page: January 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-519
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- U.S. Food and Drug Administration
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- General wellness: Policy for low risk devices: Guidance for industry and Food and Drug Administration staff
- Description
- Updated January 2026 guidance on software and wearables intended to maintain or encourage a healthy lifestyle, which sit outside device regulation when not linked to diagnosing or treating disease. Widens the space for consumer wellness wearables.
- Publication or publisher
- U.S. Food and Drug Administration
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/general-wellness-policy-low-risk-devices
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/general-wellness-policy-low-risk-devices (date on page: January 2026).
- Related items
- REF-520; REF-549
- Full APA reference
- U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2026). *General wellness: Policy for low risk devices: Guidance for industry and Food and Drug Administration staff*. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/general-wellness-policy-low-risk-devices
REF-520
Paper, guideline or statement
Digital mental health tools (DMHTs)
Therapeutic Goods Administration · 2026 · Therapeutic Goods Administration, Australian Government
Explains when apps, websites and platforms for mental health assessment, therapy or self-management are regulated medical devices requiring ARTG listing, and when they are excluded. Includes consumer safety and privacy advice.
Full APA reference
Therapeutic Goods Administration. (2026, February 11). Digital mental health tools (DMHTs). Australian Government. https://www.tga.gov.au/products/medical-devices/software-and-artificial-intelligence-ai/overview/types-software-based-medical-devices/digital-mental-health-tools-dmhts
View the source
Related items: REF-519, REF-530, REF-553, GOV-180
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.tga.gov.au/products/medical-devices/software-and-artificial-intelligence-ai/overview/types-software-based-medical-devices/digital-mental-health-tools-dmhts (date on page: 11 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-520
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Therapeutic Goods Administration
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Digital mental health tools (DMHTs)
- Description
- Explains when apps, websites and platforms for mental health assessment, therapy or self-management are regulated medical devices requiring ARTG listing, and when they are excluded. Includes consumer safety and privacy advice.
- Publication or publisher
- Therapeutic Goods Administration, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.tga.gov.au/products/medical-devices/software-and-artificial-intelligence-ai/overview/types-software-based-medical-devices/digital-mental-health-tools-dmhts
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.tga.gov.au/products/medical-devices/software-and-artificial-intelligence-ai/overview/types-software-based-medical-devices/digital-mental-health-tools-dmhts (date on page: 11 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-519; REF-530; REF-553; GOV-180
- Full APA reference
- Therapeutic Goods Administration. (2026, February 11). *Digital mental health tools (DMHTs)*. Australian Government. https://www.tga.gov.au/products/medical-devices/software-and-artificial-intelligence-ai/overview/types-software-based-medical-devices/digital-mental-health-tools-dmhts
- Same document as
- GOV-180
REF-521
Paper, guideline or statement
Māori Health Strategy 2026: Whiria te Ora
Ministry of Health · 2026 · Ministry of Health, New Zealand Government
Sets direction to 2030 with priorities on prevention and early intervention, quality and accountability, workforce, and Māori health leadership. Notes life-expectancy gaps of 6.9 years for Māori men and 6.3 years for Māori women.
Full APA reference
Ministry of Health. (2026). Māori Health Strategy 2026: Whiria te Ora. New Zealand Government. https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files/2026-08/maori-health-strategy-2026.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-558, REF-577
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files/2026-08/maori-health-strategy-2026.pdf (date on page: July 2026 (ISBN 978-1-991324-80-1)).
All fields
- ID
- REF-521
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ministry of Health
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Māori Health Strategy 2026: Whiria te Ora
- Description
- Sets direction to 2030 with priorities on prevention and early intervention, quality and accountability, workforce, and Māori health leadership. Notes life-expectancy gaps of 6.9 years for Māori men and 6.3 years for Māori women.
- Publication or publisher
- Ministry of Health, New Zealand Government
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files/2026-08/maori-health-strategy-2026.pdf
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files/2026-08/maori-health-strategy-2026.pdf (date on page: July 2026 (ISBN 978-1-991324-80-1)).
- Related items
- REF-558; REF-577
- Full APA reference
- Ministry of Health. (2026). *Māori Health Strategy 2026: Whiria te Ora*. New Zealand Government. https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files/2026-08/maori-health-strategy-2026.pdf
REF-522
Paper, guideline or statement
Footprints in Time: Helping spirits stay strong: Social and emotional wellbeing report
Australian National University · 2026 · Department of Social Services, Australian Government
Draws on 14 waves of the Longitudinal Study of Indigenous Children. Culture, family, community and school are protective; young people who felt safe and supported at school were about 50% less likely to report self-harm or suicidal thoughts.
Full APA reference
Australian National University. (2026). Footprints in Time: Helping spirits stay strong: Social and emotional wellbeing report. Department of Social Services. https://www.dss.gov.au/long-term-research/helping-spirits-stay-strong-social-and-emotional-wellbeing-report
View the source
Related items: REF-536, REF-557, GOV-182
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.dss.gov.au/long-term-research/helping-spirits-stay-strong-social-and-emotional-wellbeing-report (date on page: 26 May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-522
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian National University
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Footprints in Time: Helping spirits stay strong: Social and emotional wellbeing report
- Description
- Draws on 14 waves of the Longitudinal Study of Indigenous Children. Culture, family, community and school are protective; young people who felt safe and supported at school were about 50% less likely to report self-harm or suicidal thoughts.
- Publication or publisher
- Department of Social Services, Australian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.dss.gov.au/long-term-research/helping-spirits-stay-strong-social-and-emotional-wellbeing-report
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.dss.gov.au/long-term-research/helping-spirits-stay-strong-social-and-emotional-wellbeing-report (date on page: 26 May 2026).
- Related items
- REF-536; REF-557; GOV-182
- Full APA reference
- Australian National University. (2026). *Footprints in Time: Helping spirits stay strong: Social and emotional wellbeing report*. Department of Social Services. https://www.dss.gov.au/long-term-research/helping-spirits-stay-strong-social-and-emotional-wellbeing-report
- Same document as
- GOV-182
REF-523
Paper, guideline or statement
Mental health and wellbeing reform progress report 2026
Department of Health · 2026 · Department of Health, Victorian Government
Tracks the Royal Commission's 74 recommendations: 19 delivered and work underway on 95%. More than 41,000 people have received care through 22 Local Services at 24 locations.
Full APA reference
Department of Health. (2026). Mental health and wellbeing reform progress report 2026. Victorian Government. https://www.health.vic.gov.au/sites/default/files/2026-05/mental-health-wellbeing-reform-progress-report.pdf
View the source
Related items: GOV-181
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.vic.gov.au/sites/default/files/2026-05/mental-health-wellbeing-reform-progress-report.pdf (date on page: May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-523
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Department of Health
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Mental health and wellbeing reform progress report 2026
- Description
- Tracks the Royal Commission's 74 recommendations: 19 delivered and work underway on 95%. More than 41,000 people have received care through 22 Local Services at 24 locations.
- Publication or publisher
- Department of Health, Victorian Government
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.health.vic.gov.au/sites/default/files/2026-05/mental-health-wellbeing-reform-progress-report.pdf
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.health.vic.gov.au/sites/default/files/2026-05/mental-health-wellbeing-reform-progress-report.pdf (date on page: May 2026).
- Related items
- GOV-181
- Full APA reference
- Department of Health. (2026). *Mental health and wellbeing reform progress report 2026*. Victorian Government. https://www.health.vic.gov.au/sites/default/files/2026-05/mental-health-wellbeing-reform-progress-report.pdf
- Same document as
- GOV-181
REF-524
Paper, guideline or statement
NSW Preventive Health Summit gets underway in Parramatta
NSW Government · 2026 · NSW Government (media release)
Two-day summit on preventive health and equity, launched with the Health of the People of NSW 2026 report. Residents aged 85 and over are projected to almost double by 2041.
Full APA reference
NSW Government. (2026, October 7). NSW Preventive Health Summit gets underway in Parramatta [Media release]. https://www.nsw.gov.au/ministerial-releases/nsw-preventive-health-summit-gets-underway-parramatta
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.nsw.gov.au/ministerial-releases/nsw-preventive-health-summit-gets-underway-parramatta (date on page: 7 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-524
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- NSW Government
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- NSW Preventive Health Summit gets underway in Parramatta
- Description
- Two-day summit on preventive health and equity, launched with the Health of the People of NSW 2026 report. Residents aged 85 and over are projected to almost double by 2041.
- Publication or publisher
- NSW Government (media release)
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - New South Wales
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.nsw.gov.au/ministerial-releases/nsw-preventive-health-summit-gets-underway-parramatta
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.nsw.gov.au/ministerial-releases/nsw-preventive-health-summit-gets-underway-parramatta (date on page: 7 October 2026).
- Full APA reference
- NSW Government. (2026, October 7). *NSW Preventive Health Summit gets underway in Parramatta* [Media release]. https://www.nsw.gov.au/ministerial-releases/nsw-preventive-health-summit-gets-underway-parramatta
REF-525
Paper, guideline or statement
Wales leads globally in recognising social connections as a public health priority
Public Health Wales · 2026 · Public Health Wales
Release of Loneliness, social isolation and social connection in Wales: A public health perspective. 13% of people aged 16 and over are lonely and 13% socially isolated; it calls for stronger evaluation of what works and for whom.
Full APA reference
Public Health Wales. (2026, February 18). Wales leads globally in recognising social connections as a public health priority. https://phw.nhs.wales/2026/02/18/wales-leads-globally-in-recognising-social-connections-as-a-public-health-priority/
View the source
Related items: REF-527, REF-547
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://phw.nhs.wales/2026/02/18/wales-leads-globally-in-recognising-social-connections-as-a-public-health-priority/ (date on page: 18 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-525
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Public Health Wales
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Wales leads globally in recognising social connections as a public health priority
- Description
- Release of Loneliness, social isolation and social connection in Wales: A public health perspective. 13% of people aged 16 and over are lonely and 13% socially isolated; it calls for stronger evaluation of what works and for whom.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Wales
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Wales
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://phw.nhs.wales/2026/02/18/wales-leads-globally-in-recognising-social-connections-as-a-public-health-priority/
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://phw.nhs.wales/2026/02/18/wales-leads-globally-in-recognising-social-connections-as-a-public-health-priority/ (date on page: 18 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-527; REF-547
- Full APA reference
- Public Health Wales. (2026, February 18). *Wales leads globally in recognising social connections as a public health priority*. https://phw.nhs.wales/2026/02/18/wales-leads-globally-in-recognising-social-connections-as-a-public-health-priority/
REF-526
Paper, guideline or statement
Eurobarometer survey on teens' screen use and mental health
EU Children's Participation Platform · 2026 · European Commission, EU Children's Participation Platform
Survey of 26,297 teenagers and 12,750 parents across all EU countries. 25% of teens report more than six hours of screen time on school days (46% on weekends); nine in ten met harmful content in the past three months.
Full APA reference
EU Children's Participation Platform. (2026, June 22). Eurobarometer survey on teens' screen use and mental health. European Commission. https://eu-for-children.europa.eu/activities-news/latest/eurobarometer-survey-on-teens-screen-use-and-mental-health_en
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://eu-for-children.europa.eu/activities-news/latest/eurobarometer-survey-on-teens-screen-use-and-mental-health_en (date on page: 22 June 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-526
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- EU Children's Participation Platform
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Eurobarometer survey on teens' screen use and mental health
- Description
- Survey of 26,297 teenagers and 12,750 parents across all EU countries. 25% of teens report more than six hours of screen time on school days (46% on weekends); nine in ten met harmful content in the past three months.
- Publication or publisher
- European Commission, EU Children's Participation Platform
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- European Union
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://eu-for-children.europa.eu/activities-news/latest/eurobarometer-survey-on-teens-screen-use-and-mental-health_en
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://eu-for-children.europa.eu/activities-news/latest/eurobarometer-survey-on-teens-screen-use-and-mental-health_en (date on page: 22 June 2026).
- Full APA reference
- EU Children's Participation Platform. (2026, June 22). *Eurobarometer survey on teens' screen use and mental health*. European Commission. https://eu-for-children.europa.eu/activities-news/latest/eurobarometer-survey-on-teens-screen-use-and-mental-health_en
REF-527
Paper, guideline or statement
WHO Commission on Social Connection online event: Creating connected places for health and well-being (June 25, 2026)
Cabinet Office, Government of Japan · 2026 · Cabinet Office, Government of Japan
Japan's Minister for Loneliness and Isolation outlines national policy and community systems that link isolated people to local spaces and support, at a WHO Commission event with Wales and Geneva.
Full APA reference
Cabinet Office, Government of Japan. (2026). WHO Commission on Social Connection online event: Creating connected places for health and well-being (June 25, 2026). https://www.cao.go.jp/kodoku_koritsu/20260625_iinkai-e.html
View the source
Related items: REF-525, REF-547
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.cao.go.jp/kodoku_koritsu/20260625_iinkai-e.html (date on page: Event 25 June 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-527
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Cabinet Office, Government of Japan
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- WHO Commission on Social Connection online event: Creating connected places for health and well-being (June 25, 2026)
- Description
- Japan's Minister for Loneliness and Isolation outlines national policy and community systems that link isolated people to local spaces and support, at a WHO Commission event with Wales and Geneva.
- Publication or publisher
- Cabinet Office, Government of Japan
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Web resource
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Japan
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cao.go.jp/kodoku_koritsu/20260625_iinkai-e.html
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.cao.go.jp/kodoku_koritsu/20260625_iinkai-e.html (date on page: Event 25 June 2026).
- Related items
- REF-525; REF-547
- Full APA reference
- Cabinet Office, Government of Japan. (2026). *WHO Commission on Social Connection online event: Creating connected places for health and well-being (June 25, 2026)*. https://www.cao.go.jp/kodoku_koritsu/20260625_iinkai-e.html
REF-528
Paper, guideline or statement
New ACLM framework aims to standardize lifestyle medicine data collection across healthcare systems
American College of Lifestyle Medicine · 2026 · American College of Lifestyle Medicine (press release, PR Newswire)
Reports the American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine paper Optimal data collection in lifestyle medicine at the point of care (Michael, Patel et al.). Proposes common data elements for lifestyle behaviours, outcomes, costs and patient experience in electronic records.
Full APA reference
American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2026, September 23). New ACLM framework aims to standardize lifestyle medicine data collection across healthcare systems [Press release]. PR Newswire. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-aclm-framework-aims-to-standardize-lifestyle-medicine-data-collection-across-healthcare-systems-302886736.html
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-aclm-framework-aims-to-standardize-lifestyle-medicine-data-collection-across-healthcare-systems-302886736.html (date on page: 23 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-528
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- New ACLM framework aims to standardize lifestyle medicine data collection across healthcare systems
- Description
- Reports the American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine paper Optimal data collection in lifestyle medicine at the point of care (Michael, Patel et al.). Proposes common data elements for lifestyle behaviours, outcomes, costs and patient experience in electronic records.
- Publication or publisher
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine (press release, PR Newswire)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-aclm-framework-aims-to-standardize-lifestyle-medicine-data-collection-across-healthcare-systems-302886736.html
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-aclm-framework-aims-to-standardize-lifestyle-medicine-data-collection-across-healthcare-systems-302886736.html (date on page: 23 September 2026).
- Full APA reference
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2026, September 23). *New ACLM framework aims to standardize lifestyle medicine data collection across healthcare systems* [Press release]. PR Newswire. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-aclm-framework-aims-to-standardize-lifestyle-medicine-data-collection-across-healthcare-systems-302886736.html
REF-529
Paper, guideline or statement
American College of Lifestyle Medicine welcomes national resolution advancing nature as a foundation for health and well-being
American College of Lifestyle Medicine · 2026 · American College of Lifestyle Medicine (press release, PR Newswire)
A wildlife agencies resolution recognises nature as supporting all six lifestyle medicine pillars. 83% of surveyed Americans would spend more time outside if a clinician advised it, but only 20% had been told to.
Full APA reference
American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2026, October 5). American College of Lifestyle Medicine welcomes national resolution advancing nature as a foundation for health and well-being [Press release]. PR Newswire. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/american-college-of-lifestyle-medicine-welcomes-national-resolution-advancing-nature-as-a-foundation-for-health-and-well-being-302897766.html
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/american-college-of-lifestyle-medicine-welcomes-national-resolution-advancing-nature-as-a-foundation-for-health-and-well-being-302897766.html (date on page: 5 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-529
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine welcomes national resolution advancing nature as a foundation for health and well-being
- Description
- A wildlife agencies resolution recognises nature as supporting all six lifestyle medicine pillars. 83% of surveyed Americans would spend more time outside if a clinician advised it, but only 20% had been told to.
- Publication or publisher
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine (press release, PR Newswire)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; General lifestyle and wellbeing
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/american-college-of-lifestyle-medicine-welcomes-national-resolution-advancing-nature-as-a-foundation-for-health-and-well-being-302897766.html
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/american-college-of-lifestyle-medicine-welcomes-national-resolution-advancing-nature-as-a-foundation-for-health-and-well-being-302897766.html (date on page: 5 October 2026).
- Full APA reference
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (2026, October 5). *American College of Lifestyle Medicine welcomes national resolution advancing nature as a foundation for health and well-being* [Press release]. PR Newswire. https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/american-college-of-lifestyle-medicine-welcomes-national-resolution-advancing-nature-as-a-foundation-for-health-and-well-being-302897766.html
REF-530
Paper, guideline or statement
Australians at risk as AI and digital mental health services roll out without appropriate evaluation
Australian Psychological Society · 2026 · Australian Psychological Society (media release)
Linked to the APS 2026-27 Pre-Budget Submission. Calls for benchmarking, safety and effectiveness standards and psychologically informed governance for AI and digital mental health services.
Full APA reference
Australian Psychological Society. (2026, February 3). Australians at risk as AI and digital mental health services roll out without appropriate evaluation [Media release]. https://psychology.org.au/about-us/news-and-media/media-releases/2026/australians-at-risk-as-ai-and-digital-mental-healt
View the source
Related items: REF-520, REF-533
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://psychology.org.au/about-us/news-and-media/media-releases/2026/australians-at-risk-as-ai-and-digital-mental-healt (date on page: 3 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-530
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Psychological Society
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Australians at risk as AI and digital mental health services roll out without appropriate evaluation
- Description
- Linked to the APS 2026-27 Pre-Budget Submission. Calls for benchmarking, safety and effectiveness standards and psychologically informed governance for AI and digital mental health services.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Psychological Society (media release)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://psychology.org.au/about-us/news-and-media/media-releases/2026/australians-at-risk-as-ai-and-digital-mental-healt
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://psychology.org.au/about-us/news-and-media/media-releases/2026/australians-at-risk-as-ai-and-digital-mental-healt (date on page: 3 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-520; REF-533
- Full APA reference
- Australian Psychological Society. (2026, February 3). *Australians at risk as AI and digital mental health services roll out without appropriate evaluation* [Media release]. https://psychology.org.au/about-us/news-and-media/media-releases/2026/australians-at-risk-as-ai-and-digital-mental-healt
REF-531
Paper, guideline or statement
Guidelines for preventive activities in general practice
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners · 2026 · Royal Australian College of General Practitioners, 10th edition
First Red Book update in eight years, now using GRADE. Adds anxiety, sleep and gambling as preventive topics, including a conditional recommendation to use the GAD-2 for patients aged 8 to 64 suspected of anxiety.
Full APA reference
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2026). Guidelines for preventive activities in general practice (10th ed.). https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/preventive-activities-in-general-practice/what-s-new-in-the-10th-ed-red-book
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.medicalrepublic.com.au/anxiety-welcome-to-the-red-book/108750 (date on page: January 2026 (Medical Republic report)).
All fields
- ID
- REF-531
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Guidelines for preventive activities in general practice
- Description
- First Red Book update in eight years, now using GRADE. Adds anxiety, sleep and gambling as preventive topics, including a conditional recommendation to use the GAD-2 for patients aged 8 to 64 suspected of anxiety.
- Publication or publisher
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners, 10th edition
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.medicalrepublic.com.au/anxiety-welcome-to-the-red-book/108750
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.medicalrepublic.com.au/anxiety-welcome-to-the-red-book/108750 (date on page: January 2026 (Medical Republic report)).
- Full APA reference
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2026). *Guidelines for preventive activities in general practice* (10th ed.). https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/preventive-activities-in-general-practice/what-s-new-in-the-10th-ed-red-book
REF-532
Paper, guideline or statement
Consumer sleep technology: A position statement from the National Sleep Foundation
Dzierzewski, J. M., Erickson, A. J., Ferri, R., Kanady, J., Kirchhoff, T., Lopos, J., Seixas, A., & Sullivan, S. S. · 2026 · Sleep Health, 12(2), 380-385
National Sleep Foundation position on wearables and other consumer sleep trackers. Supports their use for personal insight while calling on the public, clinicians, industry and funders to understand their limits.
Full APA reference
Dzierzewski, J. M., Erickson, A. J., Ferri, R., Kanady, J., Kirchhoff, T., Lopos, J., Seixas, A., & Sullivan, S. S. (2026). Consumer sleep technology: A position statement from the National Sleep Foundation. Sleep Health, 12(2), 380-385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleh.2026.02.003
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-552, REF-554
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41792005/ (date on page: 5 March 2026 (epub)).
All fields
- ID
- REF-532
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dzierzewski, J. M., Erickson, A. J., Ferri, R., Kanady, J., Kirchhoff, T., Lopos, J., Seixas, A., & Sullivan, S. S.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Consumer sleep technology: A position statement from the National Sleep Foundation
- Description
- National Sleep Foundation position on wearables and other consumer sleep trackers. Supports their use for personal insight while calling on the public, clinicians, industry and funders to understand their limits.
- Publication or publisher
- Sleep Health, 12(2), 380-385
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41792005/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleh.2026.02.003
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41792005/ (date on page: 5 March 2026 (epub)).
- Related items
- REF-552; REF-554
- Full APA reference
- Dzierzewski, J. M., Erickson, A. J., Ferri, R., Kanady, J., Kirchhoff, T., Lopos, J., Seixas, A., & Sullivan, S. S. (2026). Consumer sleep technology: A position statement from the National Sleep Foundation. *Sleep Health, 12*(2), 380-385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sleh.2026.02.003
REF-533
Paper, guideline or statement
More people seeking early support as Australia's mental health remains under pressure
Beyond Blue · 2026 · Beyond Blue (media release on Australia's Mental Health and Wellbeing Check 2026)
Survey of 5,146 adults. 41% sought support in the past year, 50% reported recent anxiety or depression symptoms and 47% named cost of living as a driver of distress. 16% used generative AI for mental health advice and 86% had concerns about it.
Full APA reference
Beyond Blue. (2026, October 8). More people seeking early support as Australia's mental health remains under pressure [Media release on Australia's Mental Health and Wellbeing Check 2026]. https://www.beyondblue.org.au/about/media/media-releases/australias-mental-health-survey-2026
View the source
Related items: REF-530, REF-534
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.beyondblue.org.au/about/media/media-releases/australias-mental-health-survey-2026 (date on page: 8 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-533
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Beyond Blue
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- More people seeking early support as Australia's mental health remains under pressure
- Description
- Survey of 5,146 adults. 41% sought support in the past year, 50% reported recent anxiety or depression symptoms and 47% named cost of living as a driver of distress. 16% used generative AI for mental health advice and 86% had concerns about it.
- Publication or publisher
- Beyond Blue (media release on Australia's Mental Health and Wellbeing Check 2026)
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.beyondblue.org.au/about/media/media-releases/australias-mental-health-survey-2026
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.beyondblue.org.au/about/media/media-releases/australias-mental-health-survey-2026 (date on page: 8 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-530; REF-534
- Full APA reference
- Beyond Blue. (2026, October 8). *More people seeking early support as Australia's mental health remains under pressure* [Media release on Australia's Mental Health and Wellbeing Check 2026]. https://www.beyondblue.org.au/about/media/media-releases/australias-mental-health-survey-2026
REF-534
Paper, guideline or statement
The future we choose: New Beyond Blue report explores the forces shaping the next decade of mental health in Australia
CSIRO · 2026 · CSIRO (news item on a Beyond Blue report)
Foresight report (lead author A. Bratanova) with four scenarios and five shifts: prevention, community connection, trusted technology, easier navigation and earlier support.
Full APA reference
CSIRO. (2026, September 9). The future we choose: New Beyond Blue report explores the forces shaping the next decade of mental health in Australia. https://www.csiro.au/en/news/all/news/2026/september/new-beyond-blue-report-explores-the-forces-shaping-the-next-decade-of-mental-health-in-australia
View the source
Related items: REF-533
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.csiro.au/en/news/all/news/2026/september/new-beyond-blue-report-explores-the-forces-shaping-the-next-decade-of-mental-health-in-australia (date on page: 9 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-534
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- CSIRO
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The future we choose: New Beyond Blue report explores the forces shaping the next decade of mental health in Australia
- Description
- Foresight report (lead author A. Bratanova) with four scenarios and five shifts: prevention, community connection, trusted technology, easier navigation and earlier support.
- Publication or publisher
- CSIRO (news item on a Beyond Blue report)
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.csiro.au/en/news/all/news/2026/september/new-beyond-blue-report-explores-the-forces-shaping-the-next-decade-of-mental-health-in-australia
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.csiro.au/en/news/all/news/2026/september/new-beyond-blue-report-explores-the-forces-shaping-the-next-decade-of-mental-health-in-australia (date on page: 9 September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-533
- Full APA reference
- CSIRO. (2026, September 9). *The future we choose: New Beyond Blue report explores the forces shaping the next decade of mental health in Australia*. https://www.csiro.au/en/news/all/news/2026/september/new-beyond-blue-report-explores-the-forces-shaping-the-next-decade-of-mental-health-in-australia
REF-535
Paper, guideline or statement
World obesity atlas 2026: Childhood obesity
World Obesity Federation · 2026 · World Obesity Federation, 2nd edition
Released for World Obesity Day on 4 March 2026. Childhood obesity is rising in more than 180 countries, and the campaign frames obesity as a systems problem, not individual blame.
Full APA reference
World Obesity Federation. (2026). World obesity atlas 2026: Childhood obesity (2nd ed.). https://www.worldobesity.org/resources/resource-library/world-obesity-atlas-2026
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.worldobesity.org/news/world-obesity-day-2026-8-billion-reasons-one-shared-challenge (date on page: 4 March 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-535
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Obesity Federation
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- World obesity atlas 2026: Childhood obesity
- Description
- Released for World Obesity Day on 4 March 2026. Childhood obesity is rising in more than 180 countries, and the campaign frames obesity as a systems problem, not individual blame.
- Publication or publisher
- World Obesity Federation, 2nd edition
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.worldobesity.org/news/world-obesity-day-2026-8-billion-reasons-one-shared-challenge
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.worldobesity.org/news/world-obesity-day-2026-8-billion-reasons-one-shared-challenge (date on page: 4 March 2026).
- Full APA reference
- World Obesity Federation. (2026). *World obesity atlas 2026: Childhood obesity* (2nd ed.). https://www.worldobesity.org/resources/resource-library/world-obesity-atlas-2026
REF-536
Paper, guideline or statement
Walking together: Strategies to support Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and families
WellMob, & Emerging Minds · 2026 · Emerging Minds and WellMob
Workforce survey (3,064 responses) found low self-rated competence and limited cultural supervision. Recommends Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander-led cultural governance, cultural supervision, community-led training and data sovereignty.
Full APA reference
WellMob, & Emerging Minds. (2026). Walking together: Strategies to support Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and families. https://emergingminds-cdn.b-cdn.net/content/uploads/2026/08/06135143/Walking-together-report-2026.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-522, REF-557
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://emergingminds-cdn.b-cdn.net/content/uploads/2026/08/06135143/Walking-together-report-2026.pdf (date on page: April 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-536
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- WellMob, & Emerging Minds
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Walking together: Strategies to support Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and families
- Description
- Workforce survey (3,064 responses) found low self-rated competence and limited cultural supervision. Recommends Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander-led cultural governance, cultural supervision, community-led training and data sovereignty.
- Publication or publisher
- Emerging Minds and WellMob
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://emergingminds-cdn.b-cdn.net/content/uploads/2026/08/06135143/Walking-together-report-2026.pdf
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://emergingminds-cdn.b-cdn.net/content/uploads/2026/08/06135143/Walking-together-report-2026.pdf (date on page: April 2026).
- Related items
- REF-522; REF-557
- Full APA reference
- WellMob, & Emerging Minds. (2026). *Walking together: Strategies to support Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and families*. https://emergingminds-cdn.b-cdn.net/content/uploads/2026/08/06135143/Walking-together-report-2026.pdf
REF-537
Paper, guideline or statement
Ultra-processed foods: Challenging corporate power and promoting local food systems to reclaim health
Carriedo, A., Labbé, M., Samuels, T. A., et al · 2026 · Globalization and Health, 22, Article 49
World Obesity Federation policy committee commentary treating ultra-processed foods as a structural, commercial determinant of health. Recommends taxes, warning labels, marketing limits and support for local and small-scale food systems.
Full APA reference
Carriedo, A., Labbé, M., Samuels, T. A., et al. (2026). Ultra-processed foods: Challenging corporate power and promoting local food systems to reclaim health. Globalization and Health, 22, Article 49. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-543, REF-560, REF-513
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0 (date on page: 2026 (volume 22)).
All fields
- ID
- REF-537
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Carriedo, A., Labbé, M., Samuels, T. A., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Ultra-processed foods: Challenging corporate power and promoting local food systems to reclaim health
- Description
- World Obesity Federation policy committee commentary treating ultra-processed foods as a structural, commercial determinant of health. Recommends taxes, warning labels, marketing limits and support for local and small-scale food systems.
- Publication or publisher
- Globalization and Health, 22, Article 49
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0 (date on page: 2026 (volume 22)).
- Related items
- REF-543; REF-560; REF-513
- Full APA reference
- Carriedo, A., Labbé, M., Samuels, T. A., et al. (2026). Ultra-processed foods: Challenging corporate power and promoting local food systems to reclaim health. *Globalization and Health, 22*, Article 49. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12992-026-01212-0
REF-538
Paper, guideline or statement
Consensus-based clinical and research recommendations for use of glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists in the context of eating disorders: A modified Delphi study
Keshen, A., Koning, E., Allison, K. C., Amaro, A., Bartel, S., Belliveau, P., Boniferro, L., Brar, S., et al · 2026 · World Psychiatry, 25(3), 465-474
International Delphi consensus on when and how GLP-1 medicines should be used, or avoided, in people with eating disorders. Relevant as obesity medicines spread alongside lifestyle care.
Full APA reference
Keshen, A., Koning, E., Allison, K. C., Amaro, A., Bartel, S., Belliveau, P., Boniferro, L., Brar, S., et al. (2026). Consensus-based clinical and research recommendations for use of glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists in the context of eating disorders: A modified Delphi study. World Psychiatry, 25(3), 465-474. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/20515545
View the source
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/20515545 (date on page: 15 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-538
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Keshen, A., Koning, E., Allison, K. C., Amaro, A., Bartel, S., Belliveau, P., Boniferro, L., Brar, S., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Consensus-based clinical and research recommendations for use of glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists in the context of eating disorders: A modified Delphi study
- Description
- International Delphi consensus on when and how GLP-1 medicines should be used, or avoided, in people with eating disorders. Relevant as obesity medicines spread alongside lifestyle care.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 25(3), 465-474
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/20515545
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/20515545 (date on page: 15 September 2026).
- Full APA reference
- Keshen, A., Koning, E., Allison, K. C., Amaro, A., Bartel, S., Belliveau, P., Boniferro, L., Brar, S., et al. (2026). Consensus-based clinical and research recommendations for use of glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists in the context of eating disorders: A modified Delphi study. *World Psychiatry, 25*(3), 465-474. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/20515545
REF-539
Paper, guideline or statement
Multidomain lifestyle intervention for the prevention of cognitive decline in at-risk older adults in Latin America (LatAm-FINGERS): A single-blind, multicentre, randomised controlled trial
Crivelli, L., Suemoto, C. K., Sosa, A. L., Lopera, F., Aguillón, D., Allegri, R. F., Nitrini, R., Calandri, I. L., ... LatAm-FINGERS Study Group · 2026 · The Lancet, 408(10553), 417-429
1,065 at-risk adults aged 60 to 77 in 11 Latin American countries. A culturally adapted, structured two-year programme improved global cognition more than a flexible programme (difference 0.11 SD a year). Note: abbreviated author list; the full list has 102 authors.
Full APA reference
Crivelli, L., Suemoto, C. K., Sosa, A. L., Lopera, F., Aguillón, D., Allegri, R. F., Nitrini, R., Calandri, I. L., ... LatAm-FINGERS Study Group. (2026). Multidomain lifestyle intervention for the prevention of cognitive decline in at-risk older adults in Latin America (LatAm-FINGERS): A single-blind, multicentre, randomised controlled trial. The Lancet, 408(10553), 417-429. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01278-X
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-541
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42442374/ (date on page: 13 July 2026 (epub); issue 1 August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-539
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Crivelli, L., Suemoto, C. K., Sosa, A. L., Lopera, F., Aguillón, D., Allegri, R. F., Nitrini, R., Calandri, I. L., ... LatAm-FINGERS Study Group
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Multidomain lifestyle intervention for the prevention of cognitive decline in at-risk older adults in Latin America (LatAm-FINGERS): A single-blind, multicentre, randomised controlled trial
- Description
- 1,065 at-risk adults aged 60 to 77 in 11 Latin American countries. A culturally adapted, structured two-year programme improved global cognition more than a flexible programme (difference 0.11 SD a year). Note: abbreviated author list; the full list has 102 authors.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet, 408(10553), 417-429
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Latin America (11 countries)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Social connection; General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42442374/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01278-X
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42442374/ (date on page: 13 July 2026 (epub); issue 1 August 2026).
- Related items
- REF-541
- Full APA reference
- Crivelli, L., Suemoto, C. K., Sosa, A. L., Lopera, F., Aguillón, D., Allegri, R. F., Nitrini, R., Calandri, I. L., ... LatAm-FINGERS Study Group. (2026). Multidomain lifestyle intervention for the prevention of cognitive decline in at-risk older adults in Latin America (LatAm-FINGERS): A single-blind, multicentre, randomised controlled trial. *The Lancet, 408*(10553), 417-429. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01278-X
REF-540
Paper, guideline or statement
The burden of low physical activity in Australia: A comprehensive comparative risk assessment
Bourke, E., Maddison, R., & Blakely, T. · 2026 · The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e642-e649
Counting the direct effects on depression and anxiety raises the Australian burden of low physical activity to 200,000 DALYs in 2024, 68% above standard estimates. About 40,100 of the extra DALYs come from depression and anxiety.
Full APA reference
Bourke, E., Maddison, R., & Blakely, T. (2026). The burden of low physical activity in Australia: A comprehensive comparative risk assessment. The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e642-e649. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00144-1
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-516, REF-541
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42612649/ (date on page: September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-540
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bourke, E., Maddison, R., & Blakely, T.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The burden of low physical activity in Australia: A comprehensive comparative risk assessment
- Description
- Counting the direct effects on depression and anxiety raises the Australian burden of low physical activity to 200,000 DALYs in 2024, 68% above standard estimates. About 40,100 of the extra DALYs come from depression and anxiety.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e642-e649
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42612649/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00144-1
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42612649/ (date on page: September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-516; REF-541
- Full APA reference
- Bourke, E., Maddison, R., & Blakely, T. (2026). The burden of low physical activity in Australia: A comprehensive comparative risk assessment. *The Lancet Public Health, 11*(9), e642-e649. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00144-1
REF-541
Paper, guideline or statement
Domain-specific physical activity levels and risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Feter, N., Iso-Markku, P., Markarian, T., Luong, D. M., Gunnink, J., Schröder, N., Caputo, E. L., Feter, J., Nanda, A., Hourihan, S., da Silva, G. S., Ventura, A., Bumaguin, D. B., Klimentidis, Y. C., Alexander, G. E., Umpierre, D., Hallal, P. C., Rombaldi, A. J., & Raichlen, D. A. · 2026 · The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e650-e664
74 studies, 4.2 million people in 30 countries. Leisure-time activity was linked to 24% lower dementia risk, but occupational activity (RR 1.20) and commuting activity (RR 1.10) were linked to higher risk. The authors call for equitable leisure time and safe spaces to exercise.
Full APA reference
Feter, N., Iso-Markku, P., Markarian, T., Luong, D. M., Gunnink, J., Schröder, N., Caputo, E. L., Feter, J., Nanda, A., Hourihan, S., da Silva, G. S., Ventura, A., Bumaguin, D. B., Klimentidis, Y. C., Alexander, G. E., Umpierre, D., Hallal, P. C., Rombaldi, A. J., & Raichlen, D. A. (2026). Domain-specific physical activity levels and risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e650-e664. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00142-8
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-540, REF-539, REF-578
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13532401/ (date on page: September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-541
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Feter, N., Iso-Markku, P., Markarian, T., Luong, D. M., Gunnink, J., Schröder, N., Caputo, E. L., Feter, J., Nanda, A., Hourihan, S., da Silva, G. S., Ventura, A., Bumaguin, D. B., Klimentidis, Y. C., Alexander, G. E., Umpierre, D., Hallal, P. C., Rombaldi, A. J., & Raichlen, D. A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Domain-specific physical activity levels and risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- 74 studies, 4.2 million people in 30 countries. Leisure-time activity was linked to 24% lower dementia risk, but occupational activity (RR 1.20) and commuting activity (RR 1.10) were linked to higher risk. The authors call for equitable leisure time and safe spaces to exercise.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Public Health, 11(9), e650-e664
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Workplace and occupational health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13532401/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00142-8
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13532401/ (date on page: September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-540; REF-539; REF-578
- Full APA reference
- Feter, N., Iso-Markku, P., Markarian, T., Luong, D. M., Gunnink, J., Schröder, N., Caputo, E. L., Feter, J., Nanda, A., Hourihan, S., da Silva, G. S., Ventura, A., Bumaguin, D. B., Klimentidis, Y. C., Alexander, G. E., Umpierre, D., Hallal, P. C., Rombaldi, A. J., & Raichlen, D. A. (2026). Domain-specific physical activity levels and risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *The Lancet Public Health, 11*(9), e650-e664. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(26)00142-8
REF-542
Paper, guideline or statement
The Lancet Commission on 21st century global threats to health
Murray, C. J. L., Vollset, S. E., Ahlstrom, A., Altay, U., Bhattacharjee, N., Bisignano, C., Brauer, M., Bryazka, D., et al · 2026 · The Lancet
Ranks threats by avoidable health loss to 2100 and identifies 15 catastrophic threats; media coverage reports obesity as the largest avoidable burden. Stresses the unequal impact on low-income and marginalised groups.
Full APA reference
Murray, C. J. L., Vollset, S. E., Ahlstrom, A., Altay, U., Bhattacharjee, N., Bisignano, C., Brauer, M., Bryazka, D., et al. (2026). The Lancet Commission on 21st century global threats to health. The Lancet. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01714-9
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-535, REF-546
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.healthdata.org/research-analysis/library/lancet-commission-21st-century-global-threats-health (date on page: 10 to 11 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-542
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Murray, C. J. L., Vollset, S. E., Ahlstrom, A., Altay, U., Bhattacharjee, N., Bisignano, C., Brauer, M., Bryazka, D., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The Lancet Commission on 21st century global threats to health
- Description
- Ranks threats by avoidable health loss to 2100 and identifies 15 catastrophic threats; media coverage reports obesity as the largest avoidable burden. Stresses the unequal impact on low-income and marginalised groups.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Climate, heat and environmental health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.healthdata.org/research-analysis/library/lancet-commission-21st-century-global-threats-health
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01714-9
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.healthdata.org/research-analysis/library/lancet-commission-21st-century-global-threats-health (date on page: 10 to 11 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-535; REF-546
- Full APA reference
- Murray, C. J. L., Vollset, S. E., Ahlstrom, A., Altay, U., Bhattacharjee, N., Bisignano, C., Brauer, M., Bryazka, D., et al. (2026). The Lancet Commission on 21st century global threats to health. *The Lancet*. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(26)01714-9
REF-543
Paper, guideline or statement
Reducing ultraprocessed foods from the diets of patients with depression: A pilot crossover trial
Chagwedera, D. N., Kim, E., Chiu, D. T., Jin, C., Lee, C., Tye, S., & Krystal, A. · 2026 · JAMA Psychiatry. Advance online publication
20 adults with depression and metabolic problems cut ultra-processed food by more than 85% for four weeks, with moderate-to-large gains on three depression measures. A small pilot that supports a larger trial.
Full APA reference
Chagwedera, D. N., Kim, E., Chiu, D. T., Jin, C., Lee, C., Tye, S., & Krystal, A. (2026). Reducing ultraprocessed foods from the diets of patients with depression: A pilot crossover trial. JAMA Psychiatry. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-561, REF-562, REF-537
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://media.jamanetwork.com/media-releases/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320 (date on page: 23 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-543
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Chagwedera, D. N., Kim, E., Chiu, D. T., Jin, C., Lee, C., Tye, S., & Krystal, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Reducing ultraprocessed foods from the diets of patients with depression: A pilot crossover trial
- Description
- 20 adults with depression and metabolic problems cut ultra-processed food by more than 85% for four weeks, with moderate-to-large gains on three depression measures. A small pilot that supports a larger trial.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Psychiatry. Advance online publication
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://media.jamanetwork.com/media-releases/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://media.jamanetwork.com/media-releases/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320 (date on page: 23 September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-561; REF-562; REF-537
- Full APA reference
- Chagwedera, D. N., Kim, E., Chiu, D. T., Jin, C., Lee, C., Tye, S., & Krystal, A. (2026). Reducing ultraprocessed foods from the diets of patients with depression: A pilot crossover trial. *JAMA Psychiatry*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2026.2320
REF-544
Paper, guideline or statement
Effectiveness of a nature-based social prescribing intervention on loneliness and health-related quality of life among vulnerable urban adults (RECETAS-BCN): An observer-blinded randomised controlled trial
Coll-Planas, L., Masó-Aguado, M., Briones-Buixassa, L., Morató, A., Mendez, S., Carbó, A., Fuente-Vidal, A., Olivella-Cirici, M., et al · 2026 · The Lancet Regional Health - Europe, 69, Article 101821
320 lonely adults in 12 low-income Barcelona neighbourhoods. Loneliness fell about 10.5% in both group nature sessions and active signposting, with no difference between arms; group sessions helped more for those lonelier or with lower wellbeing at baseline.
Full APA reference
Coll-Planas, L., Masó-Aguado, M., Briones-Buixassa, L., Morató, A., Mendez, S., Carbó, A., Fuente-Vidal, A., Olivella-Cirici, M., et al. (2026). Effectiveness of a nature-based social prescribing intervention on loneliness and health-related quality of life among vulnerable urban adults (RECETAS-BCN): An observer-blinded randomised controlled trial. The Lancet Regional Health - Europe, 69, Article 101821. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanepe.2026.101821
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-545, REF-529, REF-525
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42662493/ (date on page: 18 August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-544
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Coll-Planas, L., Masó-Aguado, M., Briones-Buixassa, L., Morató, A., Mendez, S., Carbó, A., Fuente-Vidal, A., Olivella-Cirici, M., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effectiveness of a nature-based social prescribing intervention on loneliness and health-related quality of life among vulnerable urban adults (RECETAS-BCN): An observer-blinded randomised controlled trial
- Description
- 320 lonely adults in 12 low-income Barcelona neighbourhoods. Loneliness fell about 10.5% in both group nature sessions and active signposting, with no difference between arms; group sessions helped more for those lonelier or with lower wellbeing at baseline.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Regional Health - Europe, 69, Article 101821
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Environmental and conservation psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Spain
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42662493/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanepe.2026.101821
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42662493/ (date on page: 18 August 2026).
- Related items
- REF-545; REF-529; REF-525
- Full APA reference
- Coll-Planas, L., Masó-Aguado, M., Briones-Buixassa, L., Morató, A., Mendez, S., Carbó, A., Fuente-Vidal, A., Olivella-Cirici, M., et al. (2026). Effectiveness of a nature-based social prescribing intervention on loneliness and health-related quality of life among vulnerable urban adults (RECETAS-BCN): An observer-blinded randomised controlled trial. *The Lancet Regional Health - Europe, 69*, Article 101821. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lanepe.2026.101821
REF-545
Paper, guideline or statement
A randomized controlled trial of social prescribing: Comparing a comprehensive navigation model with signposting
Dahrouge, S., Gauthier, A. P., Durand, F., Lemonde, M., Timony, P., Saluja, K., Kendall, C. E., Premji, K., Chomienne, M.-H., Taljaard, M., Hoyles, J., Toal-Sullivan, D., James, K., Presseau, J., & Prud'homme, D. · 2026 · Annals of Family Medicine, 24(4), 301-310
In Ontario primary care, longitudinal navigation beat 211 signposting for getting people to a needed health or social resource (50.3% vs 35.8%), and improved language-concordant access for Francophones.
Full APA reference
Dahrouge, S., Gauthier, A. P., Durand, F., Lemonde, M., Timony, P., Saluja, K., Kendall, C. E., Premji, K., Chomienne, M.-H., Taljaard, M., Hoyles, J., Toal-Sullivan, D., James, K., Presseau, J., & Prud'homme, D. (2026). A randomized controlled trial of social prescribing: Comparing a comprehensive navigation model with signposting. Annals of Family Medicine, 24(4), 301-310. https://doi.org/10.1370/afm.250265
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-544
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42509165/ (date on page: 27 July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-545
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dahrouge, S., Gauthier, A. P., Durand, F., Lemonde, M., Timony, P., Saluja, K., Kendall, C. E., Premji, K., Chomienne, M.-H., Taljaard, M., Hoyles, J., Toal-Sullivan, D., James, K., Presseau, J., & Prud'homme, D.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- A randomized controlled trial of social prescribing: Comparing a comprehensive navigation model with signposting
- Description
- In Ontario primary care, longitudinal navigation beat 211 signposting for getting people to a needed health or social resource (50.3% vs 35.8%), and improved language-concordant access for Francophones.
- Publication or publisher
- Annals of Family Medicine, 24(4), 301-310
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42509165/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1370/afm.250265
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42509165/ (date on page: 27 July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-544
- Full APA reference
- Dahrouge, S., Gauthier, A. P., Durand, F., Lemonde, M., Timony, P., Saluja, K., Kendall, C. E., Premji, K., Chomienne, M.-H., Taljaard, M., Hoyles, J., Toal-Sullivan, D., James, K., Presseau, J., & Prud'homme, D. (2026). A randomized controlled trial of social prescribing: Comparing a comprehensive navigation model with signposting. *Annals of Family Medicine, 24*(4), 301-310. https://doi.org/10.1370/afm.250265
REF-546
Paper, guideline or statement
First global synthesis of heat-related mental health impacts in children and young people: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Kwan, S., Stephens, J., Bradshaw, C. J. A., Varghese, B. M., Thompson, K., Judge, M. A., Le Souëf, P. N., & Fatima, S. H. · 2026 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(4), Article dyag121
Each 1°C rise in daily temperature was linked to 0.9% more mental health morbidity in people aged 0 to 25. No studies came from Africa or the Pacific, the hottest and most disadvantaged regions.
Full APA reference
Kwan, S., Stephens, J., Bradshaw, C. J. A., Varghese, B. M., Thompson, K., Judge, M. A., Le Souëf, P. N., & Fatima, S. H. (2026). First global synthesis of heat-related mental health impacts in children and young people: A systematic review and meta-analysis. International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(4), Article dyag121. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag121
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-542, REF-575
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13401444/ (date on page: 25 July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-546
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kwan, S., Stephens, J., Bradshaw, C. J. A., Varghese, B. M., Thompson, K., Judge, M. A., Le Souëf, P. N., & Fatima, S. H.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- First global synthesis of heat-related mental health impacts in children and young people: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Each 1°C rise in daily temperature was linked to 0.9% more mental health morbidity in people aged 0 to 25. No studies came from Africa or the Pacific, the hottest and most disadvantaged regions.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(4), Article dyag121
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13401444/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag121
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13401444/ (date on page: 25 July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-542; REF-575
- Full APA reference
- Kwan, S., Stephens, J., Bradshaw, C. J. A., Varghese, B. M., Thompson, K., Judge, M. A., Le Souëf, P. N., & Fatima, S. H. (2026). First global synthesis of heat-related mental health impacts in children and young people: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *International Journal of Epidemiology, 55*(4), Article dyag121. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag121
REF-547
Paper, guideline or statement
Social cohesion, social capital and mental health: Current evidence and future research directions
Kawachi, I. · 2026 · World Psychiatry, 25(2), 168-189
Review finding that social cohesion in neighbourhoods, schools and workplaces protects against common mental disorders, suicidality and substance misuse, drawing on studies from the US, Japan, Korea, Canada, the UK and Denmark.
Full APA reference
Kawachi, I. (2026). Social cohesion, social capital and mental health: Current evidence and future research directions. World Psychiatry, 25(2), 168-189. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70040
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-525, REF-527
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.wpanet.org/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/World-Psychiatry_June-2026.pdf (date on page: June 2026 issue).
All fields
- ID
- REF-547
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kawachi, I.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Social cohesion, social capital and mental health: Current evidence and future research directions
- Description
- Review finding that social cohesion in neighbourhoods, schools and workplaces protects against common mental disorders, suicidality and substance misuse, drawing on studies from the US, Japan, Korea, Canada, the UK and Denmark.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 25(2), 168-189
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.wpanet.org/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/World-Psychiatry_June-2026.pdf
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70040
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.wpanet.org/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/World-Psychiatry_June-2026.pdf (date on page: June 2026 issue).
- Related items
- REF-525; REF-527
- Full APA reference
- Kawachi, I. (2026). Social cohesion, social capital and mental health: Current evidence and future research directions. *World Psychiatry, 25*(2), 168-189. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70040
REF-548
Paper, guideline or statement
Real-world comprehensive care of people living with schizophrenia: Recommendations across different settings and clinical stages
Fusar-Poli, P., Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Rangaswamy, T., Asmal, L., Singh, S. P., Oliver, D., Stefanelli, R., et al · 2026 · World Psychiatry, 25(2), 231-264
Recommendations for high, middle and low-resource settings covering physical health, lifestyle, social determinants, peer support and culturally adapted care, including work with traditional and faith healers where appropriate.
Full APA reference
Fusar-Poli, P., Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Rangaswamy, T., Asmal, L., Singh, S. P., Oliver, D., Stefanelli, R., et al. (2026). Real-world comprehensive care of people living with schizophrenia: Recommendations across different settings and clinical stages. World Psychiatry, 25(2), 231-264. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70066
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-538
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13176881/ (date on page: 15 May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-548
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Fusar-Poli, P., Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Rangaswamy, T., Asmal, L., Singh, S. P., Oliver, D., Stefanelli, R., et al
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Real-world comprehensive care of people living with schizophrenia: Recommendations across different settings and clinical stages
- Description
- Recommendations for high, middle and low-resource settings covering physical health, lifestyle, social determinants, peer support and culturally adapted care, including work with traditional and faith healers where appropriate.
- Publication or publisher
- World Psychiatry, 25(2), 231-264
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Global
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13176881/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70066
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13176881/ (date on page: 15 May 2026).
- Related items
- REF-538
- Full APA reference
- Fusar-Poli, P., Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Rangaswamy, T., Asmal, L., Singh, S. P., Oliver, D., Stefanelli, R., et al. (2026). Real-world comprehensive care of people living with schizophrenia: Recommendations across different settings and clinical stages. *World Psychiatry, 25*(2), 231-264. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.70066
REF-549
Paper, guideline or statement
Continuous glucose monitoring in type 2 diabetes and beyond: A review
Dower, J. A., Johansson, M., Camp, A., Montori, V. M., & Lipska, K. J. · 2026 · JAMA Internal Medicine. Advance online publication
Finds no evidence that continuous glucose monitors improve health or prevent disease in people without diabetes, and warns of needless food restriction, anxiety and diverted resources.
Full APA reference
Dower, J. A., Johansson, M., Camp, A., Montori, V. M., & Lipska, K. J. (2026). Continuous glucose monitoring in type 2 diabetes and beyond: A review. JAMA Internal Medicine. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2026.2772
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-550, REF-519
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.gu.se/en/news/no-evidence-that-continuous-glucose-monitors-improve-health-in-people-without-diabetes (date on page: August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-549
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Dower, J. A., Johansson, M., Camp, A., Montori, V. M., & Lipska, K. J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Continuous glucose monitoring in type 2 diabetes and beyond: A review
- Description
- Finds no evidence that continuous glucose monitors improve health or prevent disease in people without diabetes, and warns of needless food restriction, anxiety and diverted resources.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Internal Medicine. Advance online publication
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Weight and metabolic health
- All lifestyle domains
- Weight and metabolic health; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.gu.se/en/news/no-evidence-that-continuous-glucose-monitors-improve-health-in-people-without-diabetes
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2026.2772
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.gu.se/en/news/no-evidence-that-continuous-glucose-monitors-improve-health-in-people-without-diabetes (date on page: August 2026).
- Related items
- REF-550; REF-519
- Full APA reference
- Dower, J. A., Johansson, M., Camp, A., Montori, V. M., & Lipska, K. J. (2026). Continuous glucose monitoring in type 2 diabetes and beyond: A review. *JAMA Internal Medicine*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2026.2772
REF-550
Paper, guideline or statement
DARE to wear: Digital health promotion and disease prevention using wearable devices
D'Ascanio, I., Moscato, S., Albites-Sanabria, J., Bacalini, M. G., Bellafiore, M., Belli, L., Berti, L., Bhuyan, M. J., ... Chiari, L. · 2026 · npj Digital Medicine
Describes 16 Italian DARE studies using 18 wearables from 12 makers to track activity, sleep, heart rate variability, nutrition and glucose in more than 8,000 participants, with frank notes on device limits.
Full APA reference
D'Ascanio, I., Moscato, S., Albites-Sanabria, J., Bacalini, M. G., Bellafiore, M., Belli, L., Berti, L., Bhuyan, M. J., ... Chiari, L. (2026). DARE to wear: Digital health promotion and disease prevention using wearable devices. npj Digital Medicine. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-551, REF-549
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z (date on page: 19 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-550
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- D'Ascanio, I., Moscato, S., Albites-Sanabria, J., Bacalini, M. G., Bellafiore, M., Belli, L., Berti, L., Bhuyan, M. J., ... Chiari, L.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- DARE to wear: Digital health promotion and disease prevention using wearable devices
- Description
- Describes 16 Italian DARE studies using 18 wearables from 12 makers to track activity, sleep, heart rate variability, nutrition and glucose in more than 8,000 participants, with frank notes on device limits.
- Publication or publisher
- npj Digital Medicine
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Italy
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z (date on page: 19 September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-551; REF-549
- Full APA reference
- D'Ascanio, I., Moscato, S., Albites-Sanabria, J., Bacalini, M. G., Bellafiore, M., Belli, L., Berti, L., Bhuyan, M. J., ... Chiari, L. (2026). DARE to wear: Digital health promotion and disease prevention using wearable devices. *npj Digital Medicine*. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41746-026-03230-z
REF-551
Paper, guideline or statement
Assessing the use of wearable mobile-monitoring devices among individuals with serious mental illness: Qualitative acceptability and feasibility study
Freitas, A. M., Chavez, J. G., Chinchilla, M., Calderon, R., Chassman, S., Hoffmann, L., & Young, A. S. · 2026 · Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28(1), Article e85087
Veterans with serious mental illness found Fitbit devices acceptable for tracking activity, sleep and mood, but needed help interpreting data and handling technical problems.
Full APA reference
Freitas, A. M., Chavez, J. G., Chinchilla, M., Calderon, R., Chassman, S., Hoffmann, L., & Young, A. S. (2026). Assessing the use of wearable mobile-monitoring devices among individuals with serious mental illness: Qualitative acceptability and feasibility study. Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28(1), Article e85087. https://doi.org/10.2196/85087
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-552, REF-550
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.jmir.org/2026/1/e85087/PDF (date on page: 15 May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-551
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Freitas, A. M., Chavez, J. G., Chinchilla, M., Calderon, R., Chassman, S., Hoffmann, L., & Young, A. S.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Assessing the use of wearable mobile-monitoring devices among individuals with serious mental illness: Qualitative acceptability and feasibility study
- Description
- Veterans with serious mental illness found Fitbit devices acceptable for tracking activity, sleep and mood, but needed help interpreting data and handling technical problems.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28(1), Article e85087
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.jmir.org/2026/1/e85087/PDF
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2196/85087
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.jmir.org/2026/1/e85087/PDF (date on page: 15 May 2026).
- Related items
- REF-552; REF-550
- Full APA reference
- Freitas, A. M., Chavez, J. G., Chinchilla, M., Calderon, R., Chassman, S., Hoffmann, L., & Young, A. S. (2026). Assessing the use of wearable mobile-monitoring devices among individuals with serious mental illness: Qualitative acceptability and feasibility study. *Journal of Medical Internet Research, 28*(1), Article e85087. https://doi.org/10.2196/85087
REF-552
Paper, guideline or statement
Using wearables in mental health care for children and adolescents: A scoping review
Bergwerff, C. E., Buisman, R. S. M., Nibbering, N., & Noordermeer, S. D. S. · 2026 · Research on Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, 54(1), Article 16
85 studies; most monitored sleep, and wearables were used almost only for assessment rather than intervention.
Full APA reference
Bergwerff, C. E., Buisman, R. S. M., Nibbering, N., & Noordermeer, S. D. S. (2026). Using wearables in mental health care for children and adolescents: A scoping review. Research on Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, 54(1), Article 16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-025-01408-9
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-551, REF-532, REF-550
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41588150/ (date on page: 26 January 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-552
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bergwerff, C. E., Buisman, R. S. M., Nibbering, N., & Noordermeer, S. D. S.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Using wearables in mental health care for children and adolescents: A scoping review
- Description
- 85 studies; most monitored sleep, and wearables were used almost only for assessment rather than intervention.
- Publication or publisher
- Research on Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, 54(1), Article 16
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41588150/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-025-01408-9
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41588150/ (date on page: 26 January 2026).
- Related items
- REF-551; REF-532; REF-550
- Full APA reference
- Bergwerff, C. E., Buisman, R. S. M., Nibbering, N., & Noordermeer, S. D. S. (2026). Using wearables in mental health care for children and adolescents: A scoping review. *Research on Child and Adolescent Psychopathology, 54*(1), Article 16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10802-025-01408-9
REF-553
Paper, guideline or statement
Comparative efficacy of digital health interventions for depression and anxiety symptoms in adolescents and young adults: A systematic review and Bayesian network meta-analysis
Wang, H., Yao, J., Jia, S., Chen, W., Guan, Y., Liu, J., Liao, M., Hu, E., & Zhang, Q. · 2026 · Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health
18 RCTs (5,821 young people aged 12 to 25). CBT-based digital tools ranked best and reduced anxiety; the effect on depression was not statistically significant, and evidence quality was low to moderate.
Full APA reference
Wang, H., Yao, J., Jia, S., Chen, W., Guan, Y., Liu, J., Liao, M., Hu, E., & Zhang, Q. (2026). Comparative efficacy of digital health interventions for depression and anxiety symptoms in adolescents and young adults: A systematic review and Bayesian network meta-analysis. Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13034-026-01042-3
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-520
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41691290/ (date on page: 14 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-553
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, H., Yao, J., Jia, S., Chen, W., Guan, Y., Liu, J., Liao, M., Hu, E., & Zhang, Q.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Comparative efficacy of digital health interventions for depression and anxiety symptoms in adolescents and young adults: A systematic review and Bayesian network meta-analysis
- Description
- 18 RCTs (5,821 young people aged 12 to 25). CBT-based digital tools ranked best and reduced anxiety; the effect on depression was not statistically significant, and evidence quality was low to moderate.
- Publication or publisher
- Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Clinical and counselling psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41691290/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s13034-026-01042-3
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41691290/ (date on page: 14 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-520
- Full APA reference
- Wang, H., Yao, J., Jia, S., Chen, W., Guan, Y., Liu, J., Liao, M., Hu, E., & Zhang, Q. (2026). Comparative efficacy of digital health interventions for depression and anxiety symptoms in adolescents and young adults: A systematic review and Bayesian network meta-analysis. *Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Mental Health*. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13034-026-01042-3
REF-554
Paper, guideline or statement
Defining the dose-response curve of digital CBT for insomnia: A model-based network meta-analysis of treatment duration and clinical effectiveness
Huang, Y.-B., Yuan, L., Zhu, Y., Chen, M., & Zheng, H. · 2026 · Behaviour Research and Therapy, 200, Article 105017
73 RCTs (14,465 people). Benefit from digital CBT-I rose with treatment time and plateaued beyond about 300 minutes; insomnia with comorbidities responded at lower doses.
Full APA reference
Huang, Y.-B., Yuan, L., Zhu, Y., Chen, M., & Zheng, H. (2026). Defining the dose-response curve of digital CBT for insomnia: A model-based network meta-analysis of treatment duration and clinical effectiveness. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 200, Article 105017. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2026.105017
View the sourceDOI
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41830655/ (date on page: 11 March 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-554
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Huang, Y.-B., Yuan, L., Zhu, Y., Chen, M., & Zheng, H.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Defining the dose-response curve of digital CBT for insomnia: A model-based network meta-analysis of treatment duration and clinical effectiveness
- Description
- 73 RCTs (14,465 people). Benefit from digital CBT-I rose with treatment time and plateaued beyond about 300 minutes; insomnia with comorbidities responded at lower doses.
- Publication or publisher
- Behaviour Research and Therapy, 200, Article 105017
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Health psychology and behavioural medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Sleep
- All lifestyle domains
- Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41830655/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2026.105017
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41830655/ (date on page: 11 March 2026).
- Full APA reference
- Huang, Y.-B., Yuan, L., Zhu, Y., Chen, M., & Zheng, H. (2026). Defining the dose-response curve of digital CBT for insomnia: A model-based network meta-analysis of treatment duration and clinical effectiveness. *Behaviour Research and Therapy, 200*, Article 105017. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2026.105017
REF-555
Paper, guideline or statement
Comparative efficacy of exercise interventions for anxiety disorders: A Bayesian network meta-analysis
Liu, J., Wang, H., Lan, Y., Yuan, D., Du, B., Zhou, Y., Zhang, W., Ke, X.-W., Jiang, Q., Wang, F., Cao, S., & Sun, J. · 2026 · Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 19, Article 570270
45 studies (2,643 people). Meditation (g = -0.72), yoga (-0.59) and tai chi or qigong (-0.52) had the largest effects on anxiety; resistance, aerobic and walking also helped.
Full APA reference
Liu, J., Wang, H., Lan, Y., Yuan, D., Du, B., Zhou, Y., Zhang, W., Ke, X.-W., Jiang, Q., Wang, F., Cao, S., & Sun, J. (2026). Comparative efficacy of exercise interventions for anxiety disorders: A Bayesian network meta-analysis. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 19, Article 570270. https://doi.org/10.2147/PRBM.S570270
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-556
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41737993/ (date on page: 17 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-555
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Liu, J., Wang, H., Lan, Y., Yuan, D., Du, B., Zhou, Y., Zhang, W., Ke, X.-W., Jiang, Q., Wang, F., Cao, S., & Sun, J.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Comparative efficacy of exercise interventions for anxiety disorders: A Bayesian network meta-analysis
- Description
- 45 studies (2,643 people). Meditation (g = -0.72), yoga (-0.59) and tai chi or qigong (-0.52) had the largest effects on anxiety; resistance, aerobic and walking also helped.
- Publication or publisher
- Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 19, Article 570270
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41737993/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2147/PRBM.S570270
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41737993/ (date on page: 17 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-556
- Full APA reference
- Liu, J., Wang, H., Lan, Y., Yuan, D., Du, B., Zhou, Y., Zhang, W., Ke, X.-W., Jiang, Q., Wang, F., Cao, S., & Sun, J. (2026). Comparative efficacy of exercise interventions for anxiety disorders: A Bayesian network meta-analysis. *Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 19*, Article 570270. https://doi.org/10.2147/PRBM.S570270
REF-556
Paper, guideline or statement
Adverse experiences in brief meditation practices: Randomized controlled trial
Simonsson, O., Jiwani, Z., Ruiz, M., Narayanan, J., Osika, W., Hirshberg, M. J., & Goldberg, S. B. · 2026 · JMIR Mental Health, 13(1), Article e95628
5,049 adults in the US and UK. Brief meditation did not raise distressing experiences compared with internet use and lowered increases in negative affect, though 10-minute sessions caused more distress than 5-minute ones.
Full APA reference
Simonsson, O., Jiwani, Z., Ruiz, M., Narayanan, J., Osika, W., Hirshberg, M. J., & Goldberg, S. B. (2026). Adverse experiences in brief meditation practices: Randomized controlled trial. JMIR Mental Health, 13(1), Article e95628. https://doi.org/10.2196/95628
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-555
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://mental.jmir.org/2026/1/e95628 (date on page: 14 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-556
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Simonsson, O., Jiwani, Z., Ruiz, M., Narayanan, J., Osika, W., Hirshberg, M. J., & Goldberg, S. B.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Adverse experiences in brief meditation practices: Randomized controlled trial
- Description
- 5,049 adults in the US and UK. Brief meditation did not raise distressing experiences compared with internet use and lowered increases in negative affect, though 10-minute sessions caused more distress than 5-minute ones.
- Publication or publisher
- JMIR Mental Health, 13(1), Article e95628
- Resource type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Evidence type
- Randomised controlled trial
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Positive psychology and wellbeing science
- Jurisdiction
- United States; United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- All lifestyle domains
- Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://mental.jmir.org/2026/1/e95628
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.2196/95628
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://mental.jmir.org/2026/1/e95628 (date on page: 14 September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-555
- Full APA reference
- Simonsson, O., Jiwani, Z., Ruiz, M., Narayanan, J., Osika, W., Hirshberg, M. J., & Goldberg, S. B. (2026). Adverse experiences in brief meditation practices: Randomized controlled trial. *JMIR Mental Health, 13*(1), Article e95628. https://doi.org/10.2196/95628
REF-557
Paper, guideline or statement
Being heard, being valued, being understood: Aboriginal community perspectives on adapting a healthy lifestyle program for Boorloo/Perth, Western Australia: A qualitative study
Paull, S., Smith, S., Bill, J., Moullin, J. C., Harris, T., & Anderson, Y. C. · 2026 · Health Expectations, 29(4), Article e70754
29 Aboriginal advisors, including 28 Elders, identified 16 barriers and 28 enablers for culturally safe adaptation of a family healthy lifestyle programme.
Full APA reference
Paull, S., Smith, S., Bill, J., Moullin, J. C., Harris, T., & Anderson, Y. C. (2026). Being heard, being valued, being understood: Aboriginal community perspectives on adapting a healthy lifestyle program for Boorloo/Perth, Western Australia: A qualitative study. Health Expectations, 29(4), Article e70754. https://doi.org/10.1111/hex.70754
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-522, REF-536, REF-558
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/hex.70754 (date on page: 16 July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-557
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Paull, S., Smith, S., Bill, J., Moullin, J. C., Harris, T., & Anderson, Y. C.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Being heard, being valued, being understood: Aboriginal community perspectives on adapting a healthy lifestyle program for Boorloo/Perth, Western Australia: A qualitative study
- Description
- 29 Aboriginal advisors, including 28 Elders, identified 16 barriers and 28 enablers for culturally safe adaptation of a family healthy lifestyle programme.
- Publication or publisher
- Health Expectations, 29(4), Article e70754
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Qualitative or perspectives study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Western Australia
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/hex.70754
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/hex.70754
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/hex.70754 (date on page: 16 July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-522; REF-536; REF-558
- Full APA reference
- Paull, S., Smith, S., Bill, J., Moullin, J. C., Harris, T., & Anderson, Y. C. (2026). Being heard, being valued, being understood: Aboriginal community perspectives on adapting a healthy lifestyle program for Boorloo/Perth, Western Australia: A qualitative study. *Health Expectations, 29*(4), Article e70754. https://doi.org/10.1111/hex.70754
REF-558
Paper, guideline or statement
Culturally adapted multimodal lifestyle approaches for metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease: Role of diet, physical activity and sleep
George, E. S., Sood, S., Sualeheen, A., Cartledge, S., Roberts, S. K., Daly, R. M., Tan, S.-Y., Scott, D., Wheeler, K., George, J., & Keating, S. E. · 2026 · Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, advance online publication, 1-13
Australian review urging culturally safe, co-designed diet, activity and sleep programmes for culturally and linguistically diverse and First Nations people, beyond a one-size Mediterranean model.
Full APA reference
George, E. S., Sood, S., Sualeheen, A., Cartledge, S., Roberts, S. K., Daly, R. M., Tan, S.-Y., Scott, D., Wheeler, K., George, J., & Keating, S. E. (2026). Culturally adapted multimodal lifestyle approaches for metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease: Role of diet, physical activity and sleep. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0029665126103048
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-557, REF-521
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/proceedings-of-the-nutrition-society/article/culturally-adapted-multimodal-lifestyle-approaches-for-metabolic-dysfunctionassociated-steatotic-liver-disease-role-of-diet-physical-activity-and-sleep/C3E1D5609C8ACDD0D7D662B7A952735A (date on page: 20 May 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-558
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- George, E. S., Sood, S., Sualeheen, A., Cartledge, S., Roberts, S. K., Daly, R. M., Tan, S.-Y., Scott, D., Wheeler, K., George, J., & Keating, S. E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Culturally adapted multimodal lifestyle approaches for metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease: Role of diet, physical activity and sleep
- Description
- Australian review urging culturally safe, co-designed diet, activity and sleep programmes for culturally and linguistically diverse and First Nations people, beyond a one-size Mediterranean model.
- Publication or publisher
- Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, advance online publication, 1-13
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/proceedings-of-the-nutrition-society/article/culturally-adapted-multimodal-lifestyle-approaches-for-metabolic-dysfunctionassociated-steatotic-liver-disease-role-of-diet-physical-activity-and-sleep/C3E1D5609C8ACDD0D7D662B7A952735A
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/S0029665126103048
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/proceedings-of-the-nutrition-society/article/culturally-adapted-multimodal-lifestyle-approaches-for-metabolic-dysfunctionassociated-steatotic-liver-disease-role-of-diet-physical-activity-and-sleep/C3E1D5609C8ACDD0D7D662B7A952735A (date on page: 20 May 2026).
- Related items
- REF-557; REF-521
- Full APA reference
- George, E. S., Sood, S., Sualeheen, A., Cartledge, S., Roberts, S. K., Daly, R. M., Tan, S.-Y., Scott, D., Wheeler, K., George, J., & Keating, S. E. (2026). Culturally adapted multimodal lifestyle approaches for metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease: Role of diet, physical activity and sleep. *Proceedings of the Nutrition Society*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0029665126103048
REF-559
Paper, guideline or statement
Socioeconomic inequalities in the prevalence of chronic non-communicable disease risk factors in the DIMAMO health and demographic surveillance system
Ravhuhali, K. G., Ntimana, C. B., & Maimela, E. · 2026 · Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1756409
In rural Limpopo, South Africa, smoking, inactivity and low fruit and vegetable intake clustered among poorer adults while diabetes and alcohol use were more common among wealthier adults.
Full APA reference
Ravhuhali, K. G., Ntimana, C. B., & Maimela, E. (2026). Socioeconomic inequalities in the prevalence of chronic non-communicable disease risk factors in the DIMAMO health and demographic surveillance system. Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1756409. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1756409
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-563, REF-564
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41778124/ (date on page: 16 February 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-559
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ravhuhali, K. G., Ntimana, C. B., & Maimela, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Socioeconomic inequalities in the prevalence of chronic non-communicable disease risk factors in the DIMAMO health and demographic surveillance system
- Description
- In rural Limpopo, South Africa, smoking, inactivity and low fruit and vegetable intake clustered among poorer adults while diabetes and alcohol use were more common among wealthier adults.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Public Health, 14, Article 1756409
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- South Africa
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Physical activity and exercise; Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41778124/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1756409
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41778124/ (date on page: 16 February 2026).
- Related items
- REF-563; REF-564
- Full APA reference
- Ravhuhali, K. G., Ntimana, C. B., & Maimela, E. (2026). Socioeconomic inequalities in the prevalence of chronic non-communicable disease risk factors in the DIMAMO health and demographic surveillance system. *Frontiers in Public Health, 14*, Article 1756409. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2026.1756409
REF-560
Paper, guideline or statement
Food-environment policies for child nutrition in Ecuador and Latin America: Beyond front-of-package labels and advertising restrictions
López-Gil, J. F., Quiroz-Cárdenas, F., & López-Moreno, M. · 2026 · The Lancet Regional Health - Americas, 61, Article 101532
Argues that warning labels and marketing limits are not enough where healthy food is unaffordable, and proposes school food, fiscal incentives, digital marketing rules and protection from industry capture.
Full APA reference
López-Gil, J. F., Quiroz-Cárdenas, F., & López-Moreno, M. (2026). Food-environment policies for child nutrition in Ecuador and Latin America: Beyond front-of-package labels and advertising restrictions. The Lancet Regional Health - Americas, 61, Article 101532. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lana.2026.101532
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-537, REF-513
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42375986/ (date on page: 18 June 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-560
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- López-Gil, J. F., Quiroz-Cárdenas, F., & López-Moreno, M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Food-environment policies for child nutrition in Ecuador and Latin America: Beyond front-of-package labels and advertising restrictions
- Description
- Argues that warning labels and marketing limits are not enough where healthy food is unaffordable, and proposes school food, fiscal incentives, digital marketing rules and protection from industry capture.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Regional Health - Americas, 61, Article 101532
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Nutrition and dietary science
- Jurisdiction
- Ecuador; Latin America
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet; Weight and metabolic health
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Prevention and public health; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42375986/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lana.2026.101532
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42375986/ (date on page: 18 June 2026).
- Related items
- REF-537; REF-513
- Full APA reference
- López-Gil, J. F., Quiroz-Cárdenas, F., & López-Moreno, M. (2026). Food-environment policies for child nutrition in Ecuador and Latin America: Beyond front-of-package labels and advertising restrictions. *The Lancet Regional Health - Americas, 61*, Article 101532. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lana.2026.101532
REF-561
Paper, guideline or statement
Integrating nutrition into mental health care: An exploratory cross-sectional survey of training, practices, barriers, and collaboration among mental health and nutrition professionals
Gurrieri, R., Hedrih, V., & Morphew-Lu, E. · 2026 · Nutrients, 18(16), Article 2601
196 professionals. 78% of mental health professionals address nutrition, but 51% have no formal training in it; 99% want interdisciplinary training.
Full APA reference
Gurrieri, R., Hedrih, V., & Morphew-Lu, E. (2026). Integrating nutrition into mental health care: An exploratory cross-sectional survey of training, practices, barriers, and collaboration among mental health and nutrition professionals. Nutrients, 18(16), Article 2601. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu18162601
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-543
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13516848/ (date on page: 8 August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-561
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Gurrieri, R., Hedrih, V., & Morphew-Lu, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Integrating nutrition into mental health care: An exploratory cross-sectional survey of training, practices, barriers, and collaboration among mental health and nutrition professionals
- Description
- 196 professionals. 78% of mental health professionals address nutrition, but 51% have no formal training in it; 99% want interdisciplinary training.
- Publication or publisher
- Nutrients, 18(16), Article 2601
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cross-sectional or survey study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13516848/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3390/nu18162601
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC13516848/ (date on page: 8 August 2026).
- Related items
- REF-543
- Full APA reference
- Gurrieri, R., Hedrih, V., & Morphew-Lu, E. (2026). Integrating nutrition into mental health care: An exploratory cross-sectional survey of training, practices, barriers, and collaboration among mental health and nutrition professionals. *Nutrients, 18*(16), Article 2601. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu18162601
REF-562
Paper, guideline or statement
We are what we eat
Abrams, Z. · 2026 · Monitor on Psychology, 57(2)
American Psychological Association feature on nutritional psychiatry and ultra-processed food for psychologists, summarising SMILES and later evidence.
Full APA reference
Abrams, Z. (2026, March 1). We are what we eat. Monitor on Psychology, 57(2). https://www.apa.org/monitor/2026/03/nutrition-food-mental-health
View the source
Related items: REF-543
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.apa.org/monitor/2026/03/nutrition-food-mental-health (date on page: 1 March 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-562
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Abrams, Z.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- We are what we eat
- Description
- American Psychological Association feature on nutritional psychiatry and ultra-processed food for psychologists, summarising SMILES and later evidence.
- Publication or publisher
- Monitor on Psychology, 57(2)
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.apa.org/monitor/2026/03/nutrition-food-mental-health
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.apa.org/monitor/2026/03/nutrition-food-mental-health (date on page: 1 March 2026).
- Related items
- REF-543
- Full APA reference
- Abrams, Z. (2026, March 1). We are what we eat. *Monitor on Psychology, 57*(2). https://www.apa.org/monitor/2026/03/nutrition-food-mental-health
REF-563
Paper, guideline or statement
At BRICS summit, India takes the lead on noncommunicable diseases
Roul, A. · 2026 · Think Global Health
Commentary on BRICS-endorsed initiatives including a Mission for Healthy Lifestyle, a 2026-29 roadmap and NIMHANS-coordinated mental health training hubs, and the need for targets and financing.
Full APA reference
Roul, A. (2026, September 23). At BRICS summit, India takes the lead on noncommunicable diseases. Think Global Health. https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/at-brics-summit-india-takes-the-lead-on-noncommunicable-diseases
View the source
Related items: REF-559
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/at-brics-summit-india-takes-the-lead-on-noncommunicable-diseases (date on page: 23 September 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-563
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Roul, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- At BRICS summit, India takes the lead on noncommunicable diseases
- Description
- Commentary on BRICS-endorsed initiatives including a Mission for Healthy Lifestyle, a 2026-29 roadmap and NIMHANS-coordinated mental health training hubs, and the need for targets and financing.
- Publication or publisher
- Think Global Health
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Narrative review or commentary
- Source type
- Other
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- India; BRICS
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/at-brics-summit-india-takes-the-lead-on-noncommunicable-diseases
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/at-brics-summit-india-takes-the-lead-on-noncommunicable-diseases (date on page: 23 September 2026).
- Related items
- REF-559
- Full APA reference
- Roul, A. (2026, September 23). *At BRICS summit, India takes the lead on noncommunicable diseases*. Think Global Health. https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/at-brics-summit-india-takes-the-lead-on-noncommunicable-diseases
REF-564
Paper, guideline or statement
Group therapy for depression in sub-Saharan Africa: A conversation with StrongMinds
Happier Lives Institute · 2026 · Happier Lives Institute
Practitioner account (not formal research) of lay-delivered group interpersonal therapy in six African countries, with reported gains in work attendance and children's meals.
Full APA reference
Happier Lives Institute. (2026, August 12). Group therapy for depression in sub-Saharan Africa: A conversation with StrongMinds. https://www.happierlivesinstitute.org/2026/08/12/strongminds-depression-africa-conversation/
View the source
Related items: REF-559
October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.happierlivesinstitute.org/2026/08/12/strongminds-depression-africa-conversation/ (date on page: 12 August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-564
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Happier Lives Institute
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Group therapy for depression in sub-Saharan Africa: A conversation with StrongMinds
- Description
- Practitioner account (not formal research) of lay-delivered group interpersonal therapy in six African countries, with reported gains in work attendance and children's meals.
- Publication or publisher
- Happier Lives Institute
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Community, social and cultural psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Sub-Saharan Africa
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Global and regional health differences; Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.happierlivesinstitute.org/2026/08/12/strongminds-depression-africa-conversation/
- Verification note
- October 2026 scan. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 17 October 2026 against https://www.happierlivesinstitute.org/2026/08/12/strongminds-depression-africa-conversation/ (date on page: 12 August 2026).
- Related items
- REF-559
- Full APA reference
- Happier Lives Institute. (2026, August 12). *Group therapy for depression in sub-Saharan Africa: A conversation with StrongMinds*. https://www.happierlivesinstitute.org/2026/08/12/strongminds-depression-africa-conversation/
REF-565
Paper, guideline or statement
Longitudinal associations between dietary intake and common mental disorders among adolescents in Australia
Davidson, L., Ashtree, D. N., Osman, B., Smout, S., Newton, N. C., Gardner, L. A., O'Neil, A., Jacka, F., Orr, R., Lane, M., Teesson, M., & Champion, K. E. · 2026 · Child and Adolescent Mental Health, Article camh.70129 (online ahead of issue)
Strong Australian evidence that what teenagers eat and drink tracks with later depression and anxiety. The study followed 6,537 students (average age about 12.5) from 71 secondary schools in NSW, Queensland and Western Australia, excluding those who already had symptoms at the start. Each extra daily serve of fruit was linked to a 13% lower risk of depression symptoms (aRR 0.87, 95% CI 0.82 to 0.93) and a 7% lower risk of anxiety symptoms (aRR 0.93, 0.87 to 0.99). Higher intake of sugar-sweetened drinks such as soft drinks, cordials and sports drinks was linked to higher risk in both sexes, more strongly in boys: risk ratios of 3.25 for depression and 5.50 for anxiety in boys, and 3.10 and 2.04 in girls. Analyses accounted for physical activity, age, sex and socioeconomic status. Average fruit intake was only 2 to 2.5 serves a day.
Full APA reference
Davidson, L., Ashtree, D. N., Osman, B., Smout, S., Newton, N. C., Gardner, L. A., O'Neil, A., Jacka, F., Orr, R., Lane, M., Teesson, M., & Champion, K. E. (2026). Longitudinal associations between dietary intake and common mental disorders among adolescents in Australia. Child and Adolescent Mental Health, Article camh.70129. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.70129
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-102
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/camh.70129 and the University of Sydney release (date on page: published online 18 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-565
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Davidson, L., Ashtree, D. N., Osman, B., Smout, S., Newton, N. C., Gardner, L. A., O'Neil, A., Jacka, F., Orr, R., Lane, M., Teesson, M., & Champion, K. E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Longitudinal associations between dietary intake and common mental disorders among adolescents in Australia
- Description
- Strong Australian evidence that what teenagers eat and drink tracks with later depression and anxiety. The study followed 6,537 students (average age about 12.5) from 71 secondary schools in NSW, Queensland and Western Australia, excluding those who already had symptoms at the start. Each extra daily serve of fruit was linked to a 13% lower risk of depression symptoms (aRR 0.87, 95% CI 0.82 to 0.93) and a 7% lower risk of anxiety symptoms (aRR 0.93, 0.87 to 0.99). Higher intake of sugar-sweetened drinks such as soft drinks, cordials and sports drinks was linked to higher risk in both sexes, more strongly in boys: risk ratios of 3.25 for depression and 5.50 for anxiety in boys, and 3.10 and 2.04 in girls. Analyses accounted for physical activity, age, sex and socioeconomic status. Average fruit intake was only 2 to 2.5 serves a day.
- Publication or publisher
- Child and Adolescent Mental Health, Article camh.70129 (online ahead of issue)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nutrition and diet
- All lifestyle domains
- Nutrition and diet
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.sydney.edu.au/news-opinion/news/2026/10/19/an-extra-serve-of-fruit-linked-to-lower-risk-of-depression-and-anxiety-in-teenagers.html
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.70129
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/camh.70129 and the University of Sydney release (date on page: published online 18 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-102
- Full APA reference
- Davidson, L., Ashtree, D. N., Osman, B., Smout, S., Newton, N. C., Gardner, L. A., O'Neil, A., Jacka, F., Orr, R., Lane, M., Teesson, M., & Champion, K. E. (2026). Longitudinal associations between dietary intake and common mental disorders among adolescents in Australia. *Child and Adolescent Mental Health*, Article camh.70129. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1111/camh.70129
REF-566
Paper, guideline or statement
Exercise prescriptions for cardiovascular health in adults: 2026 ACC scientific statement: A report of the American College of Cardiology
Myers, J., Beckie, T. M., Chastin, S., Fleg, J. L., Kitzman, D. W., Thompson, P. D., & Wasfy, M. M. · 2026 · Journal of the American College of Cardiology (online ahead of print)
Authoritative cardiology guidance that puts the biggest gains where people start from nothing. The American College of Cardiology statement says the largest health benefits come when inactive people begin to move, and it sets out how to prescribe aerobic, resistance, balance and flexibility training. Routine exercise testing before starting is not needed for most people without symptoms. Wearables are treated as useful add-ons, with explicit attention to equity and digital literacy so that device-based advice does not widen gaps.
Full APA reference
Myers, J., Beckie, T. M., Chastin, S., Fleg, J. L., Kitzman, D. W., Thompson, P. D., & Wasfy, M. M. (2026). Exercise prescriptions for cardiovascular health in adults: 2026 ACC scientific statement: A report of the American College of Cardiology. Journal of the American College of Cardiology. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2026.09.008
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-516, REF-517
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878712/ and Crossref (date on page: published online 15 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-566
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Myers, J., Beckie, T. M., Chastin, S., Fleg, J. L., Kitzman, D. W., Thompson, P. D., & Wasfy, M. M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Exercise prescriptions for cardiovascular health in adults: 2026 ACC scientific statement: A report of the American College of Cardiology
- Description
- Authoritative cardiology guidance that puts the biggest gains where people start from nothing. The American College of Cardiology statement says the largest health benefits come when inactive people begin to move, and it sets out how to prescribe aerobic, resistance, balance and flexibility training. Routine exercise testing before starting is not needed for most people without symptoms. Wearables are treated as useful add-ons, with explicit attention to equity and digital literacy so that device-based advice does not widen gaps.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of the American College of Cardiology (online ahead of print)
- Resource type
- Position or consensus statement
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Cardiometabolic health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Behaviour change and adherence; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878712/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2026.09.008
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878712/ and Crossref (date on page: published online 15 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-516; REF-517
- Full APA reference
- Myers, J., Beckie, T. M., Chastin, S., Fleg, J. L., Kitzman, D. W., Thompson, P. D., & Wasfy, M. M. (2026). Exercise prescriptions for cardiovascular health in adults: 2026 ACC scientific statement: A report of the American College of Cardiology. *Journal of the American College of Cardiology*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2026.09.008
REF-567
Paper, guideline or statement
Alcohol Intake and Health Study: No protective effect at low levels, with mortality increasing to 1 in 25 at 14 drinks per week
George, S., Naimi, T. S., Keyes, K., Martinez-Matyszczyk, P., Milam, A. J., Rehm, J., Alonso, A., Bell, S., Britton, A., Llamosas-Falcón, L., Hobin, E., Judd, S. E., Justice, A., Kahler, C., Liangpunsakul, S., Jones, S. K., Marcus, G., McGlynn, K., Satre, D., . . . Shield, K. · 2026 · Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 87(4), 621-638
Major US government-commissioned evidence that there is no safe level of drinking. The study modelled lifetime risk of alcohol-caused death and illness using national survey, census, CDC mortality and IHME morbidity data, plus a review of drinking patterns. No protective net effect appeared at low levels. Lifetime risk of an alcohol-caused death passed 1 in 1,000 above about 6.5 drinks a week for men and 7.0 for women, and passed 1 in 100 above 8.5 drinks a week for both. At 14 drinks a week for men, the former US upper limit, the risk was 1 in 25 (4%). More than 1 drink per occasion raised risks of breast cancer, cardiovascular disease and injury. The authors support tightening US guidance to no more than 1 drink a day for both sexes.
Full APA reference
George, S., Naimi, T. S., Keyes, K., Martinez-Matyszczyk, P., Milam, A. J., Rehm, J., Alonso, A., Bell, S., Britton, A., Llamosas-Falcón, L., Hobin, E., Judd, S. E., Justice, A., Kahler, C., Liangpunsakul, S., Jones, S. K., Marcus, G., McGlynn, K., Satre, D., . . . Shield, K. (2026). Alcohol Intake and Health Study: No protective effect at low levels, with mortality increasing to 1 in 25 at 14 drinks per week. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 87(4), 621-638. https://doi.org/10.15288/jsad.25-00435
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-082, REF-017, REF-568, REF-577
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42420014/ and Crossref (date on page: July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-567
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- George, S., Naimi, T. S., Keyes, K., Martinez-Matyszczyk, P., Milam, A. J., Rehm, J., Alonso, A., Bell, S., Britton, A., Llamosas-Falcón, L., Hobin, E., Judd, S. E., Justice, A., Kahler, C., Liangpunsakul, S., Jones, S. K., Marcus, G., McGlynn, K., Satre, D., . . . Shield, K.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Alcohol Intake and Health Study: No protective effect at low levels, with mortality increasing to 1 in 25 at 14 drinks per week
- Description
- Major US government-commissioned evidence that there is no safe level of drinking. The study modelled lifetime risk of alcohol-caused death and illness using national survey, census, CDC mortality and IHME morbidity data, plus a review of drinking patterns. No protective net effect appeared at low levels. Lifetime risk of an alcohol-caused death passed 1 in 1,000 above about 6.5 drinks a week for men and 7.0 for women, and passed 1 in 100 above 8.5 drinks a week for both. At 14 drinks a week for men, the former US upper limit, the risk was 1 in 25 (4%). More than 1 drink per occasion raised risks of breast cancer, cardiovascular disease and injury. The authors support tightening US guidance to no more than 1 drink a day for both sexes.
- Publication or publisher
- Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 87(4), 621-638
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42420014/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.15288/jsad.25-00435
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42420014/ and Crossref (date on page: July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-082; REF-017; REF-568; REF-577
- Full APA reference
- George, S., Naimi, T. S., Keyes, K., Martinez-Matyszczyk, P., Milam, A. J., Rehm, J., Alonso, A., Bell, S., Britton, A., Llamosas-Falcón, L., Hobin, E., Judd, S. E., Justice, A., Kahler, C., Liangpunsakul, S., Jones, S. K., Marcus, G., McGlynn, K., Satre, D., . . . Shield, K. (2026). Alcohol Intake and Health Study: No protective effect at low levels, with mortality increasing to 1 in 25 at 14 drinks per week. *Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 87*(4), 621-638. https://doi.org/10.15288/jsad.25-00435
REF-568
Paper, guideline or statement
Trends in Australian alcohol consumption and related harms, 2010–2023
Vieira, E., Miller, M., Peacock, A., Man, N., & Livingston, M. · 2026 · Drug and Alcohol Review, 45(7), e70261
Important Australian warning that falling drinking in surveys has not meant falling harm. Survey and wastewater measures of consumption declined between 2010 and 2023, but tax-based per-person consumption rose slightly and most alcohol-related harms rose substantially. The authors question how well surveys capture drinking and call for evidence-based alcohol policy rather than relying on reported declines.
Full APA reference
Vieira, E., Miller, M., Peacock, A., Man, N., & Livingston, M. (2026). Trends in Australian alcohol consumption and related harms, 2010–2023. Drug and Alcohol Review, 45(7), Article e70261. https://doi.org/10.1111/dar.70261
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-280, GOV-026, REF-567, REF-576, REF-577
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/dar.70261 (date on page: 19 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-568
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Vieira, E., Miller, M., Peacock, A., Man, N., & Livingston, M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Trends in Australian alcohol consumption and related harms, 2010–2023
- Description
- Important Australian warning that falling drinking in surveys has not meant falling harm. Survey and wastewater measures of consumption declined between 2010 and 2023, but tax-based per-person consumption rose slightly and most alcohol-related harms rose substantially. The authors question how well surveys capture drinking and call for evidence-based alcohol policy rather than relying on reported declines.
- Publication or publisher
- Drug and Alcohol Review, 45(7), e70261
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Wellbeing measurement
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1111/dar.70261
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/dar.70261
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/dar.70261 (date on page: 19 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-280; GOV-026; REF-567; REF-576; REF-577
- Full APA reference
- Vieira, E., Miller, M., Peacock, A., Man, N., & Livingston, M. (2026). Trends in Australian alcohol consumption and related harms, 2010–2023. *Drug and Alcohol Review, 45*(7), Article e70261. https://doi.org/10.1111/dar.70261
REF-569
Paper, guideline or statement
Alcohol use trajectories across disasters: Associations with depression and illness anxiety
Ayer, L., Atshan, S., Seelam, R., Ghosh-Dastidar, B., Harding, A. B., Parker, A., & Parks, V. · 2026 · Alcohol, Clinical and Experimental Research, 50(10), e70389
Useful long view of how repeated disasters shape drinking and mental health together. The study followed 941 adults in the US Gulf Coast STRONG cohort from 2016 to 2024, through the Deepwater Horizon oil spill aftermath, hurricanes and COVID-19. Four drinking patterns emerged: low and stable (36%), elevated and stable (47%), decreasing (11%) and increasing (7%). Depression rose among people whose drinking stayed elevated or increased, linking alcohol to cumulative disaster stress.
Full APA reference
Ayer, L., Atshan, S., Seelam, R., Ghosh-Dastidar, B., Harding, A. B., Parker, A., & Parks, V. (2026). Alcohol use trajectories across disasters: Associations with depression and illness anxiety. Alcohol, Clinical and Experimental Research, 50(10), Article e70389. https://doi.org/10.1111/acer.70389
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-241, REF-243
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/acer.70389 (date on page: October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-569
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Ayer, L., Atshan, S., Seelam, R., Ghosh-Dastidar, B., Harding, A. B., Parker, A., & Parks, V.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Alcohol use trajectories across disasters: Associations with depression and illness anxiety
- Description
- Useful long view of how repeated disasters shape drinking and mental health together. The study followed 941 adults in the US Gulf Coast STRONG cohort from 2016 to 2024, through the Deepwater Horizon oil spill aftermath, hurricanes and COVID-19. Four drinking patterns emerged: low and stable (36%), elevated and stable (47%), decreasing (11%) and increasing (7%). Depression rose among people whose drinking stayed elevated or increased, linking alcohol to cumulative disaster stress.
- Publication or publisher
- Alcohol, Clinical and Experimental Research, 50(10), e70389
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Nature and environment
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1111/acer.70389
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1111/acer.70389
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1111/acer.70389 (date on page: October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-241; REF-243
- Full APA reference
- Ayer, L., Atshan, S., Seelam, R., Ghosh-Dastidar, B., Harding, A. B., Parker, A., & Parks, V. (2026). Alcohol use trajectories across disasters: Associations with depression and illness anxiety. *Alcohol, Clinical and Experimental Research, 50*(10), Article e70389. https://doi.org/10.1111/acer.70389
REF-570
Paper, guideline or statement
Investigating the interplay of loneliness and social isolation across adolescence: Findings from a nationally representative longitudinal study
Bryan, B. T., Thompson, K. N., Fisher, H. L., Matthews, T., Milne, B., & Arseneault, L. · 2026 · Development and Psychopathology, 38(4), 2012-2028
Strong cohort evidence that loneliness and isolation in early adolescence each cast a long shadow. Using the UK E-Risk cohort of 2,232 twins born in 1994 and 1995, assessed at ages 12 and 18, the study found that loneliness and social isolation at 12 were each independently linked to poorer mental health, wellbeing and socioeconomic outcomes at 18. Neither buffered the other. The findings challenge the idea that feeling lonely reliably drives young people to reconnect, and support early action on both.
Full APA reference
Bryan, B. T., Thompson, K. N., Fisher, H. L., Matthews, T., Milne, B., & Arseneault, L. (2026). Investigating the interplay of loneliness and social isolation across adolescence: Findings from a nationally representative longitudinal study. Development and Psychopathology, 38(4), 2012-2028. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954579426101758
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-095, REF-190
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1017/s0954579426101758 (date on page: 28 July 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-570
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Bryan, B. T., Thompson, K. N., Fisher, H. L., Matthews, T., Milne, B., & Arseneault, L.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Investigating the interplay of loneliness and social isolation across adolescence: Findings from a nationally representative longitudinal study
- Description
- Strong cohort evidence that loneliness and isolation in early adolescence each cast a long shadow. Using the UK E-Risk cohort of 2,232 twins born in 1994 and 1995, assessed at ages 12 and 18, the study found that loneliness and social isolation at 12 were each independently linked to poorer mental health, wellbeing and socioeconomic outcomes at 18. Neither buffered the other. The findings challenge the idea that feeling lonely reliably drives young people to reconnect, and support early action on both.
- Publication or publisher
- Development and Psychopathology, 38(4), 2012-2028
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Psychological mechanisms
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954579426101758
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954579426101758
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1017/s0954579426101758 (date on page: 28 July 2026).
- Related items
- REF-095; REF-190
- Full APA reference
- Bryan, B. T., Thompson, K. N., Fisher, H. L., Matthews, T., Milne, B., & Arseneault, L. (2026). Investigating the interplay of loneliness and social isolation across adolescence: Findings from a nationally representative longitudinal study. *Development and Psychopathology, 38*(4), 2012-2028. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0954579426101758
REF-571
Paper, guideline or statement
The effectiveness of physical activity interventions on non-physiological symptoms of menopause: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Saidel, S., Hardy, R., He, L., Desai, R., Robinson, K., & Spector, A. · 2026 · Menopause (online ahead of print)
Fills a real gap: physical activity for the mood and quality-of-life side of menopause. The review pooled 12 randomised trials with 1,003 women aged 40 to 65. Activity reduced depression (g = −1.37) and improved mood (g = 0.84), psychological quality of life (g = 0.66) and overall quality of life (g = 1.10). Aerobic-based programs helped depression, mood and quality of life, while mind-body programs helped psychological quality of life.
Full APA reference
Saidel, S., Hardy, R., He, L., Desai, R., Robinson, K., & Spector, A. (2026). The effectiveness of physical activity interventions on non-physiological symptoms of menopause: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Menopause. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-572, REF-573, REF-579, REF-580
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827 (date on page: published online 13 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-571
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Saidel, S., Hardy, R., He, L., Desai, R., Robinson, K., & Spector, A.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The effectiveness of physical activity interventions on non-physiological symptoms of menopause: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Fills a real gap: physical activity for the mood and quality-of-life side of menopause. The review pooled 12 randomised trials with 1,003 women aged 40 to 65. Activity reduced depression (g = −1.37) and improved mood (g = 0.84), psychological quality of life (g = 0.66) and overall quality of life (g = 1.10). Aerobic-based programs helped depression, mood and quality of life, while mind-body programs helped psychological quality of life.
- Publication or publisher
- Menopause (online ahead of print)
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827 (date on page: published online 13 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-572; REF-573; REF-579; REF-580
- Full APA reference
- Saidel, S., Hardy, R., He, L., Desai, R., Robinson, K., & Spector, A. (2026). The effectiveness of physical activity interventions on non-physiological symptoms of menopause: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *Menopause*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1097/gme.0000000000002827
REF-572
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of exercise interventions on health-related quality of life in healthy older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
Zhang, S., Lu, P., & Gu, Y. · 2026 · BMC Geriatrics
Solid but cautious evidence that structured exercise lifts quality of life in healthy people aged 60 and over. Thirteen randomised trials were pooled. Exercise improved overall quality of life (g = 0.78, 95% CI 0.45 to 1.11), physical quality of life (g = 1.50, 1.04 to 1.96) and mental quality of life (g = 0.41, 0.23 to 0.60). Prediction intervals crossed zero for overall and mental quality of life, so results may vary across settings. No exercise type was clearly better (P = 0.17), and longer sessions were linked to smaller effects. Adherence, reported in 5 of 13 trials, ranged from 68.7% to 88%. Certainty was low for overall and physical quality of life and moderate for mental quality of life.
Full APA reference
Zhang, S., Lu, P., & Gu, Y. (2026). Effects of exercise interventions on health-related quality of life in healthy older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. BMC Geriatrics. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-066, REF-573, REF-571
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9 (date on page: 13 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-572
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Zhang, S., Lu, P., & Gu, Y.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of exercise interventions on health-related quality of life in healthy older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials
- Description
- Solid but cautious evidence that structured exercise lifts quality of life in healthy people aged 60 and over. Thirteen randomised trials were pooled. Exercise improved overall quality of life (g = 0.78, 95% CI 0.45 to 1.11), physical quality of life (g = 1.50, 1.04 to 1.96) and mental quality of life (g = 0.41, 0.23 to 0.60). Prediction intervals crossed zero for overall and mental quality of life, so results may vary across settings. No exercise type was clearly better (P = 0.17), and longer sessions were linked to smaller effects. Adherence, reported in 5 of 13 trials, ranged from 68.7% to 88%. Certainty was low for overall and physical quality of life and moderate for mental quality of life.
- Publication or publisher
- BMC Geriatrics
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Wellbeing measurement; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://link.springer.com/article/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9 (date on page: 13 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-066; REF-573; REF-571
- Full APA reference
- Zhang, S., Lu, P., & Gu, Y. (2026). Effects of exercise interventions on health-related quality of life in healthy older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. *BMC Geriatrics*. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12877-026-08481-9
REF-573
Paper, guideline or statement
Effects of physical activity intervention on active ageing and physical function among older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Wang, W., & Yao, L. · 2026 · Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1958928
Shows activity programs build the social and mental side of ageing well, not just the physical. Pooling 25 randomised trials with 7,861 older adults, physical activity improved overall active ageing (SMD 1.38), social participation (SMD 1.03) and mental health (SMD 0.6). The functional health domain did not reach significance (p = 0.07). Short Physical Performance Battery, chair stand and Timed Up and Go scores improved, but gait speed, grip strength and balance did not.
Full APA reference
Wang, W., & Yao, L. (2026). Effects of physical activity intervention on active ageing and physical function among older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 17, Article 1958928. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-152, REF-572, REF-571
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928 (date on page: 12 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-573
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wang, W., & Yao, L.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Effects of physical activity intervention on active ageing and physical function among older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- Shows activity programs build the social and mental side of ageing well, not just the physical. Pooling 25 randomised trials with 7,861 older adults, physical activity improved overall active ageing (SMD 1.38), social participation (SMD 1.03) and mental health (SMD 0.6). The functional health domain did not reach significance (p = 0.07). Short Physical Performance Battery, chair stand and Timed Up and Go scores improved, but gait speed, grip strength and balance did not.
- Publication or publisher
- Frontiers in Psychology, 17, 1958928
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928 (date on page: 12 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-152; REF-572; REF-571
- Full APA reference
- Wang, W., & Yao, L. (2026). Effects of physical activity intervention on active ageing and physical function among older adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *Frontiers in Psychology, 17*, Article 1958928. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2026.1958928
REF-574
Paper, guideline or statement
Supporting the transition to community-based mental health and social care: Practical guide to the deinstitutionalization of psychiatric hospitals
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
Landmark WHO guidance that treats housing, work and community life as part of mental health care. The 146-page guide helps hospital leaders and decision-makers move adults out of long psychiatric hospital stays (six months or more) into supported community living. It sets out actions across three phases (plan, prepare, provide) and three areas: reducing admissions and length of stay, changing care inside hospitals, and supported discharge with continuity of care. WHO says this cannot be done by hospitals alone: housing, health care, social support, education, employment and family support are essential, and people with lived experience must be partners. WHO's Mental Health Atlas found only 9% of reporting countries had fully shifted to community-based care, 53% were at an early stage, and 28% of people admitted to psychiatric hospitals stayed longer than six months.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). Supporting the transition to community-based mental health and social care: Practical guide to the deinstitutionalization of psychiatric hospitals. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240124134
View the source
Related items: REF-383
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240124134 and the WHO news release of 9 October 2026 (date on page: 9 October 2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012413-4).
All fields
- ID
- REF-574
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Supporting the transition to community-based mental health and social care: Practical guide to the deinstitutionalization of psychiatric hospitals
- Description
- Landmark WHO guidance that treats housing, work and community life as part of mental health care. The 146-page guide helps hospital leaders and decision-makers move adults out of long psychiatric hospital stays (six months or more) into supported community living. It sets out actions across three phases (plan, prepare, provide) and three areas: reducing admissions and length of stay, changing care inside hospitals, and supported discharge with continuity of care. WHO says this cannot be done by hospitals alone: housing, health care, social support, education, employment and family support are essential, and people with lived experience must be partners. WHO's Mental Health Atlas found only 9% of reporting countries had fully shifted to community-based care, 53% were at an early stage, and 28% of people admitted to psychiatric hospitals stayed longer than six months.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Social connection
- All lifestyle domains
- Social connection
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240124134
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240124134 and the WHO news release of 9 October 2026 (date on page: 9 October 2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012413-4).
- Related items
- REF-383
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). *Supporting the transition to community-based mental health and social care: Practical guide to the deinstitutionalization of psychiatric hospitals*. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240124134
REF-575
Paper, guideline or statement
Priority indicators to monitor the impact of heat exposure on maternal, newborn and child health
World Health Organization · 2026 · World Health Organization
First shared measuring stick for how extreme heat affects pregnant women, newborns and children. Developed by WHO with the World Meteorological Organization, UNICEF and UNFPA, the 56-page framework sets core and additional indicators across four domains: routine maternal, newborn and child health monitoring; public health surveillance; climate and health monitoring; and measures of heat exposure. It also guides joint analysis of health and heat data so countries can spot trends, flag likely impacts and adapt programs.
Full APA reference
World Health Organization. (2026). Priority indicators to monitor the impact of heat exposure on maternal, newborn and child health. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240125063
View the source
Related items: REF-251, REF-546, GOV-183
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240125063 (date on page: 21 October 2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012506-3).
All fields
- ID
- REF-575
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- World Health Organization
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Priority indicators to monitor the impact of heat exposure on maternal, newborn and child health
- Description
- First shared measuring stick for how extreme heat affects pregnant women, newborns and children. Developed by WHO with the World Meteorological Organization, UNICEF and UNFPA, the 56-page framework sets core and additional indicators across four domains: routine maternal, newborn and child health monitoring; public health surveillance; climate and health monitoring; and measures of heat exposure. It also guides joint analysis of health and heat data so countries can spot trends, flag likely impacts and adapt programs.
- Publication or publisher
- World Health Organization
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Intergovernmental
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Global - WHO
- Region
- Global
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Nature and environment
- All lifestyle domains
- Nature and environment
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Climate, heat and environmental health; Wellbeing measurement; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240125063
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240125063 (date on page: 21 October 2026; ISBN 978-92-4-012506-3).
- Related items
- REF-251; REF-546; GOV-183
- Full APA reference
- World Health Organization. (2026). *Priority indicators to monitor the impact of heat exposure on maternal, newborn and child health*. https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789240125063
REF-576
Paper, guideline or statement
Monash evaluation confirms success of Victoria's Public Intoxication Reform, calls for sustained care over criminalisation
Monash University · 2026 · Monash University
Clear Australian evidence that treating public drunkenness as a health issue, not a crime, works, while inequities persist. Victoria decriminalised public intoxication on 7 November 2023 and, unlike other states, added no replacement police powers. Monash University's independent 22-month evaluation, led by Professor Kyllie Cripps using Indigenous research methods, found no deaths in police custody and no one placed in a police cell solely for being drunk in public. Police referrals to health and sobering services rose from 6.5% to 15.4%. Arrests for other offences occurred in 5% of events overall but 9% for Aboriginal people. Aboriginal people were referred to dedicated services at more than triple the rate of others (20% vs 6%). The report makes 25 recommendations, including an independent body to oversee police discretion, a commitment against replacement police powers, 24/7 sobering outreach in regional Victoria, multi-year funding for Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Organisations, and six-monthly statewide monitoring. Co-author Professor Narelle Warren called for direct links to housing, mental health support and alcohol treatment. This record is the university's release; the report document itself was not located online.
Full APA reference
Monash University. (2026, October 16). Monash evaluation confirms success of Victoria's Public Intoxication Reform, calls for sustained care over criminalisation [Press release]. https://www.monash.edu/news/articles/monash-evaluation-confirms-success-of-victorias-public-intoxication-reform,-calls-for-sustained-care-over-criminalisation
View the source
Related items: GOV-068, REF-568, REF-591, REF-593
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against the Monash University news release and the Monash research project page https://research.monash.edu/en/projects/evaluation-of-the-justice-based-impacts-of-the-public-intoxicatio/ (date on page: 16 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-576
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Monash University
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Monash evaluation confirms success of Victoria's Public Intoxication Reform, calls for sustained care over criminalisation
- Description
- Clear Australian evidence that treating public drunkenness as a health issue, not a crime, works, while inequities persist. Victoria decriminalised public intoxication on 7 November 2023 and, unlike other states, added no replacement police powers. Monash University's independent 22-month evaluation, led by Professor Kyllie Cripps using Indigenous research methods, found no deaths in police custody and no one placed in a police cell solely for being drunk in public. Police referrals to health and sobering services rose from 6.5% to 15.4%. Arrests for other offences occurred in 5% of events overall but 9% for Aboriginal people. Aboriginal people were referred to dedicated services at more than triple the rate of others (20% vs 6%). The report makes 25 recommendations, including an independent body to oversee police discretion, a commitment against replacement police powers, 24/7 sobering outreach in regional Victoria, multi-year funding for Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Organisations, and six-monthly statewide monitoring. Co-author Professor Narelle Warren called for direct links to housing, mental health support and alcohol treatment. This record is the university's release; the report document itself was not located online.
- Publication or publisher
- Monash University
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Implementation or service evaluation
- Source type
- University research centre
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - Victoria
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.monash.edu/news/articles/monash-evaluation-confirms-success-of-victorias-public-intoxication-reform,-calls-for-sustained-care-over-criminalisation
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 28 October 2026 against the Monash University news release and the Monash research project page https://research.monash.edu/en/projects/evaluation-of-the-justice-based-impacts-of-the-public-intoxicatio/ (date on page: 16 October 2026).
- Related items
- GOV-068; REF-568; REF-591; REF-593
- Full APA reference
- Monash University. (2026, October 16). *Monash evaluation confirms success of Victoria's Public Intoxication Reform, calls for sustained care over criminalisation* [Press release]. https://www.monash.edu/news/articles/monash-evaluation-confirms-success-of-victorias-public-intoxication-reform,-calls-for-sustained-care-over-criminalisation
REF-577
Paper, guideline or statement
Health risks of alcohol consumption in Aotearoa New Zealand: Modelling to inform low-risk-drinking guidelines
Mizdrak, A., Sherk, A., Maynard, K., & Chambers, T. · 2026 · International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(6), dyag191
Strong regional evidence that New Zealand's drinking guidelines are out of date, with risk falling hardest on Māori. Using a life-table model that followed a cohort of 12-year-olds across their lives with 2018 New Zealand data, the study estimated alcohol-caused deaths at 0 to 100 g of alcohol a day. With WHO risk estimates, men reached a 1 in 100 lifetime risk of alcohol-caused death at 8.6 standard drinks (10 g each) a week and women at 9.2. Excluding conditions with the weakest evidence cut these to 2.7 drinks a week for men and 3.5 for women. Global Burden of Disease risk estimates gave more permissive results. Māori crossed the risk thresholds at lower levels of drinking than non-Māori. The authors conclude the guidelines need updating.
Full APA reference
Mizdrak, A., Sherk, A., Maynard, K., & Chambers, T. (2026). Health risks of alcohol consumption in Aotearoa New Zealand: Modelling to inform low-risk-drinking guidelines. International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(6), Article dyag191. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag191
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-567, REF-568, REF-521
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1093/ije/dyag191 and PubMed 42893797 (date on page: 14 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-577
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Mizdrak, A., Sherk, A., Maynard, K., & Chambers, T.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Health risks of alcohol consumption in Aotearoa New Zealand: Modelling to inform low-risk-drinking guidelines
- Description
- Strong regional evidence that New Zealand's drinking guidelines are out of date, with risk falling hardest on Māori. Using a life-table model that followed a cohort of 12-year-olds across their lives with 2018 New Zealand data, the study estimated alcohol-caused deaths at 0 to 100 g of alcohol a day. With WHO risk estimates, men reached a 1 in 100 lifetime risk of alcohol-caused death at 8.6 standard drinks (10 g each) a week and women at 9.2. Excluding conditions with the weakest evidence cut these to 2.7 drinks a week for men and 3.5 for women. Global Burden of Disease risk estimates gave more permissive results. Māori crossed the risk thresholds at lower levels of drinking than non-Māori. The authors conclude the guidelines need updating.
- Publication or publisher
- International Journal of Epidemiology, 55(6), dyag191
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Primary study or article
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- New Zealand
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity; Global and regional health differences
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://academic.oup.com/ije/article/55/6/dyag191/8917292
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag191
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://api.crossref.org/works/10.1093/ije/dyag191 and PubMed 42893797 (date on page: 14 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-567; REF-568; REF-521
- Full APA reference
- Mizdrak, A., Sherk, A., Maynard, K., & Chambers, T. (2026). Health risks of alcohol consumption in Aotearoa New Zealand: Modelling to inform low-risk-drinking guidelines. *International Journal of Epidemiology, 55*(6), Article dyag191. https://doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyag191
REF-578
Paper, guideline or statement
Aerobic physical activity is associated with lower pneumonia and COVID-19 mortality in adults with cognitive impairment
Shin, S., & Kim, M. · 2026 · GeroScience (online ahead of print)
Large registry evidence that even modest activity matters for people living with cognitive impairment. The study linked 116,563 Koreans with clinically confirmed mild cognitive impairment or dementia (Korean Dementia Relief Center registry, 2016 to 2021) to health screening and death records, with 400,500 person-years of follow-up (mean 3.4 years); 5,022 (4.31%) died. Compared with inactivity, low, moderate and high aerobic activity were linked to lower death from any cause (HR 0.728, 0.704 and 0.636). High activity was linked to lower pneumonia deaths (sHR 0.554) and COVID-19 deaths (sHR 0.520), and pneumonia deaths were lower at every activity level. The authors caution that activity may partly reflect better underlying health, so the findings do not show cause and effect.
Full APA reference
Shin, S., & Kim, M. (2026). Aerobic physical activity is associated with lower pneumonia and COVID-19 mortality in adults with cognitive impairment. GeroScience. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11357-026-02596-y
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-541, REF-139, GOV-009
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42925461/ and Crossref (date on page: published online 24 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-578
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Shin, S., & Kim, M.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Aerobic physical activity is associated with lower pneumonia and COVID-19 mortality in adults with cognitive impairment
- Description
- Large registry evidence that even modest activity matters for people living with cognitive impairment. The study linked 116,563 Koreans with clinically confirmed mild cognitive impairment or dementia (Korean Dementia Relief Center registry, 2016 to 2021) to health screening and death records, with 400,500 person-years of follow-up (mean 3.4 years); 5,022 (4.31%) died. Compared with inactivity, low, moderate and high aerobic activity were linked to lower death from any cause (HR 0.728, 0.704 and 0.636). High activity was linked to lower pneumonia deaths (sHR 0.554) and COVID-19 deaths (sHR 0.520), and pneumonia deaths were lower at every activity level. The authors caution that activity may partly reflect better underlying health, so the findings do not show cause and effect.
- Publication or publisher
- GeroScience (online ahead of print)
- Resource type
- Journal article
- Evidence type
- Cohort or longitudinal study
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Exercise and physical activity science
- Jurisdiction
- Republic of Korea
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42925461/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s11357-026-02596-y
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42925461/ and Crossref (date on page: published online 24 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-541; REF-139; GOV-009
- Full APA reference
- Shin, S., & Kim, M. (2026). Aerobic physical activity is associated with lower pneumonia and COVID-19 mortality in adults with cognitive impairment. *GeroScience*. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11357-026-02596-y
REF-579
Paper, guideline or statement
Management of vasomotor and genitourinary symptoms of menopause (C-Gyn 9)
Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists · 2026 · Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists
RANZCOG's first evidence-based (GRADE) menopause guideline, and a useful reality check on lifestyle claims. It covers hot flushes, night sweats and genitourinary symptoms in women aged 40 and over, including women with current or past breast cancer, but not bone health, joint pain, libido, depression or anxiety. Menopausal hormone therapy is the first-line medicine for troublesome hot flushes where there are no contraindications, with annual review. The guideline advises against physical activity as the only treatment for hot flushes because its effect is uncertain, while the quick reference guide notes exercise may improve quality of life, mental health, cognition, sleep, muscle mass and bone density. Hypnosis may slightly reduce hot flushes. It asks clinicians to raise symptoms proactively, especially with First Nations, Māori and Pacific women and others facing cultural, rural or remote barriers, and to weigh costs and availability in shared decisions.
Full APA reference
Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. (2026). Management of vasomotor and genitourinary symptoms of menopause (C-Gyn 9) [Clinical guideline]. https://ranzcog.edu.au/wp-content/uploads/Managing-Menopausal-Symptoms.pdf
View the source
Related items: REF-571, REF-580
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the RANZCOG news release, guideline PDF https://ranzcog.edu.au/wp-content/uploads/Managing-Menopausal-Symptoms.pdf and quick reference guide (date on page: 16 October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-579
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Management of vasomotor and genitourinary symptoms of menopause (C-Gyn 9)
- Description
- RANZCOG's first evidence-based (GRADE) menopause guideline, and a useful reality check on lifestyle claims. It covers hot flushes, night sweats and genitourinary symptoms in women aged 40 and over, including women with current or past breast cancer, but not bone health, joint pain, libido, depression or anxiety. Menopausal hormone therapy is the first-line medicine for troublesome hot flushes where there are no contraindications, with annual review. The guideline advises against physical activity as the only treatment for hot flushes because its effect is uncertain, while the quick reference guide notes exercise may improve quality of life, mental health, cognition, sleep, muscle mass and bone density. Hypnosis may slightly reduce hot flushes. It asks clinicians to raise symptoms proactively, especially with First Nations, Māori and Pacific women and others facing cultural, rural or remote barriers, and to weigh costs and availability in shared decisions.
- Publication or publisher
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia and New Zealand
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Physical activity and exercise
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Stress, mind and positive psychology; Sleep
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Integrative and mind body approaches
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://ranzcog.edu.au/news/menopause-guideline-vasomotor-genitourinary-symptoms/
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the RANZCOG news release, guideline PDF https://ranzcog.edu.au/wp-content/uploads/Managing-Menopausal-Symptoms.pdf and quick reference guide (date on page: 16 October 2026).
- Related items
- REF-571; REF-580
- Full APA reference
- Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists. (2026). *Management of vasomotor and genitourinary symptoms of menopause (C-Gyn 9)* [Clinical guideline]. https://ranzcog.edu.au/wp-content/uploads/Managing-Menopausal-Symptoms.pdf
REF-580
Paper, guideline or statement
ACOG clinical practice guideline: Management of menopause-related vasomotor, sleep, and mood symptoms
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists' Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines–Gynecology · 2026 · Obstetrics & Gynecology, 148(5), e345-e369
Major US guideline that brings sleep, mood and non-drug care into menopause treatment. Clinical Practice Guideline No. 13 replaces ACOG's 2014 guidance and covers spontaneous and induced menopause from age 40, using a modified GRADE approach. Systemic hormone therapy is strongly recommended for hot flushes, night sweats and related sleep disruption without contraindications, ideally started before 60 or within 10 years of menopause. Neurokinin receptor antagonists and SSRIs or SNRIs are strongly recommended, the latter for hot flushes and depressive symptoms together. Cognitive behavioural therapy, mindfulness-based interventions, exercise, clinical hypnosis and acupuncture are conditionally recommended for vasomotor, sleep and mood symptoms, usually alongside medication. Soy and other phytoestrogens and herbal supplements are not supported. Clinicians are asked to screen every midlife patient for hot flushes, sleep problems and mood changes.
Full APA reference
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists' Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines–Gynecology. (2026). ACOG clinical practice guideline: Management of menopause-related vasomotor, sleep, and mood symptoms (Clinical Practice Guideline No. 13). Obstetrics & Gynecology, 148(5), e345-e369. https://doi.org/10.1097/AOG.0000000000006428
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-571, REF-579
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878500/ and the ACOOG endorsement summary https://www.acoog.org/news/acoog-endorses-acog-menopause-guideline (date on page: published 15 October 2026; issue 1 November 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-580
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists' Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines–Gynecology
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- ACOG clinical practice guideline: Management of menopause-related vasomotor, sleep, and mood symptoms
- Description
- Major US guideline that brings sleep, mood and non-drug care into menopause treatment. Clinical Practice Guideline No. 13 replaces ACOG's 2014 guidance and covers spontaneous and induced menopause from age 40, using a modified GRADE approach. Systemic hormone therapy is strongly recommended for hot flushes, night sweats and related sleep disruption without contraindications, ideally started before 60 or within 10 years of menopause. Neurokinin receptor antagonists and SSRIs or SNRIs are strongly recommended, the latter for hot flushes and depressive symptoms together. Cognitive behavioural therapy, mindfulness-based interventions, exercise, clinical hypnosis and acupuncture are conditionally recommended for vasomotor, sleep and mood symptoms, usually alongside medication. Soy and other phytoestrogens and herbal supplements are not supported. Clinicians are asked to screen every midlife patient for hot flushes, sleep problems and mood changes.
- Publication or publisher
- Obstetrics & Gynecology, 148(5), e345-e369
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Multiple lifestyle domains
- All lifestyle domains
- Physical activity and exercise; Sleep; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Integrative and mind body approaches; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878500/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1097/AOG.0000000000006428
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/42878500/ and the ACOOG endorsement summary https://www.acoog.org/news/acoog-endorses-acog-menopause-guideline (date on page: published 15 October 2026; issue 1 November 2026).
- Related items
- REF-571; REF-579
- Full APA reference
- American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists' Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines–Gynecology. (2026). ACOG clinical practice guideline: Management of menopause-related vasomotor, sleep, and mood symptoms (Clinical Practice Guideline No. 13). *Obstetrics & Gynecology, 148*(5), e345-e369. https://doi.org/10.1097/AOG.0000000000006428
REF-581
Paper, guideline or statement
Health expenditure Australia 2024–25
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare · 2026 · Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
Key structural evidence that Australian health spending keeps tilting toward hospitals rather than prevention and primary care. Total health spending reached $290.7 billion in 2024–25 ($10,614 per person, 10.5% of GDP), up 3.4% after inflation. Hospital spending rose 4% to $123.4 billion, while primary health care including public health rose only 1.2% to $93 billion. Governments funded 70% of spending. Of the $195.1 billion that could be linked to specific diseases and injuries, cancer cost the most ($21.7 billion), followed by cardiovascular disease ($18.4 billion) and musculoskeletal disorders ($17.5 billion). Population growth drove 44.3% of spending growth and population ageing 16.0%.
Full APA reference
Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). Health expenditure Australia 2024–25. Australian Government. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/health-welfare-expenditure/health-expenditure
View the source
Related items: GOV-019, GOV-018
Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the AIHW news release published on Scimex (the AIHW report page blocks automated access, so the APA link points to the AIHW health expenditure topic page, which carries the latest edition) (date on page: October 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-581
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Health expenditure Australia 2024–25
- Description
- Key structural evidence that Australian health spending keeps tilting toward hospitals rather than prevention and primary care. Total health spending reached $290.7 billion in 2024–25 ($10,614 per person, 10.5% of GDP), up 3.4% after inflation. Hospital spending rose 4% to $123.4 billion, while primary health care including public health rose only 1.2% to $93 billion. Governments funded 70% of spending. Of the $195.1 billion that could be linked to specific diseases and injuries, cancer cost the most ($21.7 billion), followed by cardiovascular disease ($18.4 billion) and musculoskeletal disorders ($17.5 billion). Population growth drove 44.3% of spending growth and population ageing 16.0%.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.scimex.org/newsfeed/australias-health-services-tops290-7-billion-in-2024
- Verification note
- Digest cross-check, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the AIHW news release published on Scimex (the AIHW report page blocks automated access, so the APA link points to the AIHW health expenditure topic page, which carries the latest edition) (date on page: October 2026).
- Related items
- GOV-019; GOV-018
- Full APA reference
- Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. (2026). *Health expenditure Australia 2024–25*. Australian Government. https://www.aihw.gov.au/reports/health-welfare-expenditure/health-expenditure
REF-582
Paper, guideline or statement
Risky substance avoidance
American College of Lifestyle Medicine · n.d. · American College of Lifestyle Medicine
The American College of Lifestyle Medicine's own definition of the substance pillar, which is broader on paper than in practice. The pillar covers tobacco and nicotine, alcohol, nonmedical drug use, prescription medication misuse and other harmful exposures. ACLM frames it as nonjudgmental and person-centred: it is "not about blame, stigma, or moral judgment", but about understanding risk, making informed choices, reducing harm and getting support, tailored to a person's history, environment and readiness for change. Useful for comparing the stated scope of lifestyle medicine with what its programs and training actually cover.
Full APA reference
American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). Risky substance avoidance. Retrieved October 29, 2026, from https://lifestylemedicine.org/about-lifestyle-medicine/risky-substance-avoidance/
View the source
Related items: REF-583, REF-584
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://lifestylemedicine.org/about-lifestyle-medicine/risky-substance-avoidance/ (date on page: no date shown).
All fields
- ID
- REF-582
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Risky substance avoidance
- Description
- The American College of Lifestyle Medicine's own definition of the substance pillar, which is broader on paper than in practice. The pillar covers tobacco and nicotine, alcohol, nonmedical drug use, prescription medication misuse and other harmful exposures. ACLM frames it as nonjudgmental and person-centred: it is "not about blame, stigma, or moral judgment", but about understanding risk, making informed choices, reducing harm and getting support, tailored to a person's history, environment and readiness for change. Useful for comparing the stated scope of lifestyle medicine with what its programs and training actually cover.
- Publication or publisher
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://lifestylemedicine.org/about-lifestyle-medicine/risky-substance-avoidance/
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://lifestylemedicine.org/about-lifestyle-medicine/risky-substance-avoidance/ (date on page: no date shown).
- Related items
- REF-583; REF-584
- Full APA reference
- American College of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). *Risky substance avoidance*. Retrieved October 29, 2026, from https://lifestylemedicine.org/about-lifestyle-medicine/risky-substance-avoidance/
REF-583
Paper, guideline or statement
Harmful substances
British Society of Lifestyle Medicine · n.d. · British Society of Lifestyle Medicine
Shows how one lifestyle medicine society thinks about the substance pillar and is widening it. BSLM calls it the "negative" pillar because it is about not doing something, and centres it on alcohol, tobacco and recreational drugs, noting that alcohol and tobacco problems often go together. It now argues for a broader definition that includes excessive internet and social media use, gambling, and excessive or inappropriate use of prescription drugs. Its recommended approach is nonjudgemental: motivational interviewing, health coaching, screening, brief and extended interventions, replacing harmful ways of feeling good with activity, nature, sleep, food, meditation, music and social connection, and referral to treatment services. BSLM advocates wider use of lifestyle medicine in harm reduction and prevention.
Full APA reference
British Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). Harmful substances. Retrieved October 29, 2026, from https://bslm.org.uk/harmful-substances/
View the source
Related items: REF-582, REF-584
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://bslm.org.uk/harmful-substances/ (date on page: no date shown).
All fields
- ID
- REF-583
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- British Society of Lifestyle Medicine
- Year
- n.d.
- Title
- Harmful substances
- Description
- Shows how one lifestyle medicine society thinks about the substance pillar and is widening it. BSLM calls it the "negative" pillar because it is about not doing something, and centres it on alcohol, tobacco and recreational drugs, noting that alcohol and tobacco problems often go together. It now argues for a broader definition that includes excessive internet and social media use, gambling, and excessive or inappropriate use of prescription drugs. Its recommended approach is nonjudgemental: motivational interviewing, health coaching, screening, brief and extended interventions, replacing harmful ways of feeling good with activity, nature, sleep, food, meditation, music and social connection, and referral to treatment services. BSLM advocates wider use of lifestyle medicine in harm reduction and prevention.
- Publication or publisher
- British Society of Lifestyle Medicine
- Resource type
- Website or organisation page
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United Kingdom
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://bslm.org.uk/harmful-substances/
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://bslm.org.uk/harmful-substances/ (date on page: no date shown).
- Related items
- REF-582; REF-584
- Full APA reference
- British Society of Lifestyle Medicine. (n.d.). *Harmful substances*. Retrieved October 29, 2026, from https://bslm.org.uk/harmful-substances/
REF-584
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle medicine pillars and pedagogies in pre-registration health profession degrees: A scoping review
Natin, J., Ashfaque, M. A., Hickey, A., Doyle, F., & Pertl, M. · 2025 · Medical Science Educator, 35(3), 1787-1801
Direct evidence that the substance pillar is one of the least taught parts of lifestyle medicine. Reviewing 52 articles on lifestyle medicine teaching in health profession degrees, the authors found that avoidance of risky substances was taught in only 37% of programs, and social connection and sleep were also uncommonly taught. The authors note that substance use may be taught under other headings, such as Making Every Contact Count.
Full APA reference
Natin, J., Ashfaque, M. A., Hickey, A., Doyle, F., & Pertl, M. (2025). Lifestyle medicine pillars and pedagogies in pre-registration health profession degrees: A scoping review. Medical Science Educator, 35(3), 1787-1801. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40670-025-02359-y
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-582, REF-583
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against Crossref and Europe PMC (PMID 40625957) (date on page: published 17 March 2025).
All fields
- ID
- REF-584
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Natin, J., Ashfaque, M. A., Hickey, A., Doyle, F., & Pertl, M.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- Lifestyle medicine pillars and pedagogies in pre-registration health profession degrees: A scoping review
- Description
- Direct evidence that the substance pillar is one of the least taught parts of lifestyle medicine. Reviewing 52 articles on lifestyle medicine teaching in health profession degrees, the authors found that avoidance of risky substances was taught in only 37% of programs, and social connection and sleep were also uncommonly taught. The authors note that substance use may be taught under other headings, such as Making Every Contact Count.
- Publication or publisher
- Medical Science Educator, 35(3), 1787-1801
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific)
- All lifestyle domains
- General lifestyle (not domain-specific); Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Sleep; Social connection
- Health focus
- General health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC12228630/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1007/s40670-025-02359-y
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against Crossref and Europe PMC (PMID 40625957) (date on page: published 17 March 2025).
- Related items
- REF-582; REF-583
- Full APA reference
- Natin, J., Ashfaque, M. A., Hickey, A., Doyle, F., & Pertl, M. (2025). Lifestyle medicine pillars and pedagogies in pre-registration health profession degrees: A scoping review. *Medical Science Educator, 35*(3), 1787-1801. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40670-025-02359-y
REF-585
Paper, guideline or statement
Lifestyle interventions for substance use disorder
Naren, T., Cook, J., Armstrong, F., & Manger, S. · 2022 · Australian Journal of General Practice, 51(8), 560-564
Australian general practice review showing what lifestyle care can offer people with any substance use disorder, not just smokers and drinkers. Physical activity, especially moderate to high-intensity aerobic exercise, may raise abstinence and ease withdrawal across opioid, alcohol, tobacco and polydrug use, though the evidence is weak. Nutritional deficiencies are common. Poor sleep worsens severity, mood and suicidal behaviour, and CBT for insomnia improves sleep in alcohol use disorder without changing relapse. Loneliness is widespread (69% saw it as a problem), and strong community ties were linked to a 50% higher likelihood of survival; peer-led recovery and 12-step programs feature strongly. The authors also note that quitting smoking during treatment for other drugs does not worsen outcomes.
Full APA reference
Naren, T., Cook, J., Armstrong, F., & Manger, S. (2022). Lifestyle interventions for substance use disorder. Australian Journal of General Practice, 51(8), 560-564. https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-02-22-6331
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-586, REF-006, REF-592
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the AJGP article page and Crossref (date on page: August 2022).
All fields
- ID
- REF-585
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Naren, T., Cook, J., Armstrong, F., & Manger, S.
- Year
- 2022
- Title
- Lifestyle interventions for substance use disorder
- Description
- Australian general practice review showing what lifestyle care can offer people with any substance use disorder, not just smokers and drinkers. Physical activity, especially moderate to high-intensity aerobic exercise, may raise abstinence and ease withdrawal across opioid, alcohol, tobacco and polydrug use, though the evidence is weak. Nutritional deficiencies are common. Poor sleep worsens severity, mood and suicidal behaviour, and CBT for insomnia improves sleep in alcohol use disorder without changing relapse. Loneliness is widespread (69% saw it as a problem), and strong community ties were linked to a 50% higher likelihood of survival; peer-led recovery and 12-step programs feature strongly. The authors also note that quitting smoking during treatment for other drugs does not worsen outcomes.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian Journal of General Practice, 51(8), 560-564
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; Physical activity and exercise; Nutrition and diet; Sleep; Social connection; Stress, mind and positive psychology
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Behaviour change and adherence
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www1.racgp.org.au/ajgp/2022/august/lifestyle-interventions-for-substance-use-disorder
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-02-22-6331
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the AJGP article page and Crossref (date on page: August 2022).
- Related items
- REF-586; REF-006; REF-592
- Full APA reference
- Naren, T., Cook, J., Armstrong, F., & Manger, S. (2022). Lifestyle interventions for substance use disorder. *Australian Journal of General Practice, 51*(8), 560-564. https://doi.org/10.31128/AJGP-02-22-6331
REF-586
Paper, guideline or statement
Primary care at the intersection of lifestyle interventions and unhealthy substance use
Nakaishi, L., Sugden, S. G., & Merlo, G. · 2023 · American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 17(4), 494-501
Argues that lifestyle medicine and addiction medicine belong in the same consultation. The authors propose integrating the two fields in primary care, citing evidence that exercise increases abstinence and mindfulness reduces misuse, and note that most physicians miss prevention counselling opportunities.
Full APA reference
Nakaishi, L., Sugden, S. G., & Merlo, G. (2023). Primary care at the intersection of lifestyle interventions and unhealthy substance use. American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 17(4), 494-501. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221111047
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-585
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against Crossref and Europe PMC (PMID 37426739) (date on page: online 27 June 2022; issue July 2023).
All fields
- ID
- REF-586
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Nakaishi, L., Sugden, S. G., & Merlo, G.
- Year
- 2023
- Title
- Primary care at the intersection of lifestyle interventions and unhealthy substance use
- Description
- Argues that lifestyle medicine and addiction medicine belong in the same consultation. The authors propose integrating the two fields in primary care, citing evidence that exercise increases abstinence and mindfulness reduces misuse, and note that most physicians miss prevention counselling opportunities.
- Publication or publisher
- American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 17(4), 494-501
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle medicine
- Jurisdiction
- United States
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Lifestyle medicine as a discipline; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10328212/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221111047
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against Crossref and Europe PMC (PMID 37426739) (date on page: online 27 June 2022; issue July 2023).
- Related items
- REF-585
- Full APA reference
- Nakaishi, L., Sugden, S. G., & Merlo, G. (2023). Primary care at the intersection of lifestyle interventions and unhealthy substance use. *American Journal of Lifestyle Medicine, 17*(4), 494-501. https://doi.org/10.1177/15598276221111047
REF-587
Paper, guideline or statement
A systematic review and meta-analysis of the prevalence of alcohol and other drug use and problematic use among people accessing mental health treatment in Australia
Marel, C., Siedlecka, E., Wilson, J., Eugene Dit Rochesson, S., Chu, D., Fisher, A., & Mills, K. L. · 2025 · Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 59(4), 361-377
Key Australian evidence that substance use is routine, not exceptional, in mental health care. Drawing on 59 studies (55 meta-analysed), past-year use among people in mental health treatment ranged from 5% to 58% depending on the substance, and problematic use from 7% to 53%. Tobacco was the most common (58% use, 53% problematic), followed by cannabis (38% and 37%). The authors conclude that screening and assessment for alcohol and other drugs should be part of routine mental health care, including treatment for tobacco.
Full APA reference
Marel, C., Siedlecka, E., Wilson, J., Eugene Dit Rochesson, S., Chu, D., Fisher, A., & Mills, K. L. (2025). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the prevalence of alcohol and other drug use and problematic use among people accessing mental health treatment in Australia. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 59(4), 361-377. https://doi.org/10.1177/00048674251321272
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-588, REF-589
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39996272/ and Crossref (date on page: 2025, volume 59 issue 4).
All fields
- ID
- REF-587
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Marel, C., Siedlecka, E., Wilson, J., Eugene Dit Rochesson, S., Chu, D., Fisher, A., & Mills, K. L.
- Year
- 2025
- Title
- A systematic review and meta-analysis of the prevalence of alcohol and other drug use and problematic use among people accessing mental health treatment in Australia
- Description
- Key Australian evidence that substance use is routine, not exceptional, in mental health care. Drawing on 59 studies (55 meta-analysed), past-year use among people in mental health treatment ranged from 5% to 58% depending on the substance, and problematic use from 7% to 53%. Tobacco was the most common (58% use, 53% problematic), followed by cannabis (38% and 37%). The authors conclude that screening and assessment for alcohol and other drugs should be part of routine mental health care, including treatment for tobacco.
- Publication or publisher
- Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 59(4), 361-377
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39996272/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1177/00048674251321272
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39996272/ and Crossref (date on page: 2025, volume 59 issue 4).
- Related items
- REF-588; REF-589
- Full APA reference
- Marel, C., Siedlecka, E., Wilson, J., Eugene Dit Rochesson, S., Chu, D., Fisher, A., & Mills, K. L. (2025). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the prevalence of alcohol and other drug use and problematic use among people accessing mental health treatment in Australia. *Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 59*(4), 361-377. https://doi.org/10.1177/00048674251321272
REF-588
Paper, guideline or statement
The efficacy and safety of cannabinoids for the treatment of mental disorders and substance use disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Wilson, J., Dobson, O., Langcake, A., Mishra, P., Bryant, Z., Leung, J., Dawson, D., Graham, M., Teesson, M., Freeman, T. P., Hall, W., Chan, G. C. K., & Stockings, E. · 2026 · The Lancet Psychiatry, 13(4), 304-315
The largest review of medicinal cannabis for mental health, led from Sydney, and a clear finding of little benefit. Across 54 randomised trials with 2,477 participants, cannabinoids showed no significant benefit for anxiety, anorexia nervosa, psychotic disorders, PTSD or opioid use disorder, and there were no trials at all for depression. Combined CBD and THC reduced withdrawal (SMD −0.29) and weekly use (−1.00) in cannabis use disorder, and there was low-quality evidence of benefit for tics (SMD −0.68) and autistic traits (−0.36). Cannabinoids increased cocaine craving and raised the odds of any adverse event (OR 1.75, number needed to harm 7). 44% of trials had a high risk of bias. The authors conclude routine use for mental disorders is rarely justified.
Full APA reference
Wilson, J., Dobson, O., Langcake, A., Mishra, P., Bryant, Z., Leung, J., Dawson, D., Graham, M., Teesson, M., Freeman, T. P., Hall, W., Chan, G. C. K., & Stockings, E. (2026). The efficacy and safety of cannabinoids for the treatment of mental disorders and substance use disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Psychiatry, 13(4), 304-315. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(26)00015-5
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-589, REF-590, REF-587
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41856154 and Crossref (date on page: online 16 March 2026; issue April 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-588
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Wilson, J., Dobson, O., Langcake, A., Mishra, P., Bryant, Z., Leung, J., Dawson, D., Graham, M., Teesson, M., Freeman, T. P., Hall, W., Chan, G. C. K., & Stockings, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- The efficacy and safety of cannabinoids for the treatment of mental disorders and substance use disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis
- Description
- The largest review of medicinal cannabis for mental health, led from Sydney, and a clear finding of little benefit. Across 54 randomised trials with 2,477 participants, cannabinoids showed no significant benefit for anxiety, anorexia nervosa, psychotic disorders, PTSD or opioid use disorder, and there were no trials at all for depression. Combined CBD and THC reduced withdrawal (SMD −0.29) and weekly use (−1.00) in cannabis use disorder, and there was low-quality evidence of benefit for tics (SMD −0.68) and autistic traits (−0.36). Cannabinoids increased cocaine craving and raised the odds of any adverse event (OR 1.75, number needed to harm 7). 44% of trials had a high risk of bias. The authors conclude routine use for mental disorders is rarely justified.
- Publication or publisher
- The Lancet Psychiatry, 13(4), 304-315
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41856154/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(26)00015-5
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41856154 and Crossref (date on page: online 16 March 2026; issue April 2026).
- Related items
- REF-589; REF-590; REF-587
- Full APA reference
- Wilson, J., Dobson, O., Langcake, A., Mishra, P., Bryant, Z., Leung, J., Dawson, D., Graham, M., Teesson, M., Freeman, T. P., Hall, W., Chan, G. C. K., & Stockings, E. (2026). The efficacy and safety of cannabinoids for the treatment of mental disorders and substance use disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis. *The Lancet Psychiatry, 13*(4), 304-315. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(26)00015-5
REF-589
Paper, guideline or statement
Cannabis and mental health: A review
Kansagara, D., Terry, G. E., Ayers, C. K., & D'Souza, D. C. · 2026 · JAMA Internal Medicine, 186(5), 618-628
Clinician-focused review that treats cannabis as a modifiable risk factor worth raising in every mental health consultation. Benefits for mental health conditions remain poorly studied: THC-predominant cannabis may not help PTSD, evidence on anxiety, depression and ADHD is insufficient, and CBD alone may modestly reduce anxiety (low certainty). Harms are clearer. THC can worsen mania in bipolar disorder and psychotic symptoms in psychotic disorders. About 3 in 10 people who used cannabis in the past year have cannabis use disorder. Regular high-THC use in adolescents and young adults is linked to a roughly 2-fold to 11-fold higher risk of psychosis. The authors advise avoiding cannabis in young people, pregnancy, and people with bipolar or psychotic disorders or at risk of substance use disorders.
Full APA reference
Kansagara, D., Terry, G. E., Ayers, C. K., & D'Souza, D. C. (2026). Cannabis and mental health: A review. JAMA Internal Medicine, 186(5), 618-628. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2025.8215
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-588, REF-590, REF-587
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41801216 and Crossref (date on page: issue 186(5), 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-589
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Kansagara, D., Terry, G. E., Ayers, C. K., & D'Souza, D. C.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Cannabis and mental health: A review
- Description
- Clinician-focused review that treats cannabis as a modifiable risk factor worth raising in every mental health consultation. Benefits for mental health conditions remain poorly studied: THC-predominant cannabis may not help PTSD, evidence on anxiety, depression and ADHD is insufficient, and CBD alone may modestly reduce anxiety (low certainty). Harms are clearer. THC can worsen mania in bipolar disorder and psychotic symptoms in psychotic disorders. About 3 in 10 people who used cannabis in the past year have cannabis use disorder. Regular high-THC use in adolescents and young adults is linked to a roughly 2-fold to 11-fold higher risk of psychosis. The authors advise avoiding cannabis in young people, pregnancy, and people with bipolar or psychotic disorders or at risk of substance use disorders.
- Publication or publisher
- JAMA Internal Medicine, 186(5), 618-628
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Lifestyle psychiatry
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care; Prevention and public health
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41801216/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2025.8215
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41801216 and Crossref (date on page: issue 186(5), 2026).
- Related items
- REF-588; REF-590; REF-587
- Full APA reference
- Kansagara, D., Terry, G. E., Ayers, C. K., & D'Souza, D. C. (2026). Cannabis and mental health: A review. *JAMA Internal Medicine, 186*(5), 618-628. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2025.8215
REF-590
Paper, guideline or statement
Growing concerns: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cannabis use and mental health risks in youth
Sanz-Pérez, A., Serrano, D. R., Fraguas-Sánchez, A. I., Pardo, M. C., Sánchez de León, J. M. R., Estupiñá, F. J., Pérez, T., & González-Burgos, E. · 2026 · Addictive Behaviors, 172, 108528
Pooled evidence that cannabis use in young people tracks with depression, anxiety and suicidal behaviour. The review included 36 studies of people aged 15 to 30 (18 in the meta-analysis). Young cannabis users had higher odds of depression (OR 1.51; adjusted 1.28), anxiety (OR 1.58), suicidal ideation (adjusted OR 1.65) and suicide attempt (adjusted OR 1.80).
Full APA reference
Sanz-Pérez, A., Serrano, D. R., Fraguas-Sánchez, A. I., Pardo, M. C., Sánchez de León, J. M. R., Estupiñá, F. J., Pérez, T., & González-Burgos, E. (2026). Growing concerns: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cannabis use and mental health risks in youth. Addictive Behaviors, 172, Article 108528. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2025.108528
View the sourceDOI
Related items: REF-588, REF-589
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41145103 and Crossref (date on page: online 24 October 2025; issue January 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-590
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Sanz-Pérez, A., Serrano, D. R., Fraguas-Sánchez, A. I., Pardo, M. C., Sánchez de León, J. M. R., Estupiñá, F. J., Pérez, T., & González-Burgos, E.
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Growing concerns: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cannabis use and mental health risks in youth
- Description
- Pooled evidence that cannabis use in young people tracks with depression, anxiety and suicidal behaviour. The review included 36 studies of people aged 15 to 30 (18 in the meta-analysis). Young cannabis users had higher odds of depression (OR 1.51; adjusted 1.28), anxiety (OR 1.58), suicidal ideation (adjusted OR 1.65) and suicide attempt (adjusted OR 1.80).
- Publication or publisher
- Addictive Behaviors, 172, 108528
- Resource type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Evidence type
- Systematic review or meta-analysis
- Source type
- Academic journal
- Field or discipline
- Developmental and paediatric psychology
- Jurisdiction
- Research literature (no single jurisdiction)
- Region
- Not jurisdiction-specific
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental health and wellbeing
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Lifestyle psychiatry and mental health care
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/41145103/
- DOI link
- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2025.108528
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against PubMed 41145103 and Crossref (date on page: online 24 October 2025; issue January 2026).
- Related items
- REF-588; REF-589
- Full APA reference
- Sanz-Pérez, A., Serrano, D. R., Fraguas-Sánchez, A. I., Pardo, M. C., Sánchez de León, J. M. R., Estupiñá, F. J., Pérez, T., & González-Burgos, E. (2026). Growing concerns: A systematic review and meta-analysis of cannabis use and mental health risks in youth. *Addictive Behaviors, 172*, Article 108528. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2025.108528
REF-591
Paper, guideline or statement
Australia's annual overdose report 2026
Penington Institute · 2026 · Penington Institute
Shows the scale of drug harm that lifestyle practice rarely addresses. Drug-induced deaths in Australia reached a record 2,596 in 2024, up 10.7% from 2,345 in 2023, or 7 people a day and just under twice the road toll (1,307). Unintentional deaths passed 2,000 for the first time. Opioids were involved in 1,083 deaths, stimulants in 843 and benzodiazepines in 696, with record deaths involving heroin, cocaine and amphetamine-type stimulants. Drug-induced deaths are among the leading causes of death for Australians in their 20s, 30s and 40s and cost 76,887 years of potential life. The report says the widening burden among First Nations people should be a national policy priority.
Full APA reference
Penington Institute. (2026). Australia's annual overdose report 2026. https://www.penington.org.au/australias-annual-overdose-report-2026/
View the source
Related items: GOV-029, REF-576
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://www.penington.org.au/australias-annual-overdose-report-2026/ (date on page: August 2026).
All fields
- ID
- REF-591
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Penington Institute
- Year
- 2026
- Title
- Australia's annual overdose report 2026
- Description
- Shows the scale of drug harm that lifestyle practice rarely addresses. Drug-induced deaths in Australia reached a record 2,596 in 2024, up 10.7% from 2,345 in 2023, or 7 people a day and just under twice the road toll (1,307). Unintentional deaths passed 2,000 for the first time. Opioids were involved in 1,083 deaths, stimulants in 843 and benzodiazepines in 696, with record deaths involving heroin, cocaine and amphetamine-type stimulants. Drug-induced deaths are among the leading causes of death for Australians in their 20s, 30s and 40s and cost 76,887 years of potential life. The report says the widening burden among First Nations people should be a national policy priority.
- Publication or publisher
- Penington Institute
- Resource type
- Report or review
- Evidence type
- Report or review
- Source type
- NGO or charity
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Physical health
- Themes
- Prevention and public health; Social determinants and equity
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.penington.org.au/australias-annual-overdose-report-2026/
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://www.penington.org.au/australias-annual-overdose-report-2026/ (date on page: August 2026).
- Related items
- GOV-029; REF-576
- Full APA reference
- Penington Institute. (2026). *Australia's annual overdose report 2026*. https://www.penington.org.au/australias-annual-overdose-report-2026/
REF-592
Paper, guideline or statement
Prescribing drugs of dependence in general practice, Part A: Clinical governance framework
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners · 2015 · Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
The main Australian general practice guidance on prescription drugs of dependence, a substance problem that sits inside the clinic itself. It covers benzodiazepines and prescription opioids and states that reducing misuse of pharmaceutical drugs is a national priority. It sets out a clinical governance framework for practices, asks GPs to optimise non-pharmacological interventions, and suggests "substance use disorder" as less stigmatising language. Linked parts of the guideline cover benzodiazepines and opioids in more detail.
Full APA reference
Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2015). Prescribing drugs of dependence in general practice, Part A: Clinical governance framework. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/drugs-of-dependence
View the source
Related items: REF-585
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the RACGP guideline page and the Part A PDF (date on page: published 2015).
All fields
- ID
- REF-592
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
- Year
- 2015
- Title
- Prescribing drugs of dependence in general practice, Part A: Clinical governance framework
- Description
- The main Australian general practice guidance on prescription drugs of dependence, a substance problem that sits inside the clinic itself. It covers benzodiazepines and prescription opioids and states that reducing misuse of pharmaceutical drugs is a national priority. It sets out a clinical governance framework for practices, asks GPs to optimise non-pharmacological interventions, and suggests "substance use disorder" as less stigmatising language. Linked parts of the guideline cover benzodiazepines and opioids in more detail.
- Publication or publisher
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners
- Resource type
- Clinical or practice guideline
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Professional body or society
- Field or discipline
- Clinical guidelines and professional statements
- Jurisdiction
- Australia - national
- Region
- Australia
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Mental and physical health
- Themes
- Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/drugs-of-dependence
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against the RACGP guideline page and the Part A PDF (date on page: published 2015).
- Related items
- REF-585
- Full APA reference
- Royal Australian College of General Practitioners. (2015). *Prescribing drugs of dependence in general practice, Part A: Clinical governance framework*. https://www.racgp.org.au/clinical-resources/clinical-guidelines/key-racgp-guidelines/view-all-racgp-guidelines/drugs-of-dependence
REF-593
Paper, guideline or statement
A primer to reduce substance use stigma in the Canadian health system
Public Health Agency of Canada · 2020 · Public Health Agency of Canada
Practical government guide to one of the main reasons drugs other than alcohol and tobacco get pushed out of everyday care: stigma. It explains public, self and systemic stigma, including abstinence requirements before services and limited training, and the view that substance use reflects choice or weak willpower. Responses include trauma- and violence-informed care, cultural safety, harm reduction services that do not require abstinence (supervised consumption, needle exchange, naloxone, managed alcohol programs), wrap-around services covering housing and nutrition, peer support, person-first language, and training on substance use. It warns that messaging which equates recovery with abstinence can marginalise people.
Full APA reference
Public Health Agency of Canada. (2020). A primer to reduce substance use stigma in the Canadian health system. https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/publications/healthy-living/primer-reduce-substance-use-stigma-health-system.html
View the source
Related items: REF-085, REF-412, REF-576
Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/publications/healthy-living/primer-reduce-substance-use-stigma-health-system.html (date on page: January 2020).
All fields
- ID
- REF-593
- Source list
- Added 2026
- Year added to library
- 2026
- Author or organisation
- Public Health Agency of Canada
- Year
- 2020
- Title
- A primer to reduce substance use stigma in the Canadian health system
- Description
- Practical government guide to one of the main reasons drugs other than alcohol and tobacco get pushed out of everyday care: stigma. It explains public, self and systemic stigma, including abstinence requirements before services and limited training, and the view that substance use reflects choice or weak willpower. Responses include trauma- and violence-informed care, cultural safety, harm reduction services that do not require abstinence (supervised consumption, needle exchange, naloxone, managed alcohol programs), wrap-around services covering housing and nutrition, peer support, person-first language, and training on substance use. It warns that messaging which equates recovery with abstinence can marginalise people.
- Publication or publisher
- Public Health Agency of Canada
- Resource type
- Policy, strategy or framework
- Evidence type
- Guideline, policy or statement
- Source type
- Government
- Field or discipline
- Public health policy and prevention
- Jurisdiction
- Canada
- Region
- International
- Primary lifestyle domain
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- All lifestyle domains
- Alcohol, tobacco and other drugs
- Health focus
- Social determinants of health
- Themes
- Social determinants and equity; Implementation and barriers
- Curated section
- Not in original curated sections
- In curated section
- No
- URL
- https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/publications/healthy-living/primer-reduce-substance-use-stigma-health-system.html
- Verification note
- Substance scope search, October 2026. Title, authors, date and publication details checked 29 October 2026 against https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/publications/healthy-living/primer-reduce-substance-use-stigma-health-system.html (date on page: January 2020).
- Related items
- REF-085; REF-412; REF-576
- Full APA reference
- Public Health Agency of Canada. (2020). *A primer to reduce substance use stigma in the Canadian health system*. https://www.canada.ca/en/public-health/services/publications/healthy-living/primer-reduce-substance-use-stigma-health-system.html